WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORP
S-4, 1996-05-28
Previous: NEXTLINK CAPITAL INC, S-4, 1996-05-28
Next: MELLON BANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST, 8-K, 1996-05-28



<PAGE>   1
      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 28, 1996.
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                         WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                                      6712
            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

            ILLINOIS                                         36-3873352
  (State or Other Jurisdiction                            (I.R.S. Employer
of Incorporation or Organization)                        Identification No.)

     727 NORTH BANK LANE, LAKE FOREST, ILLINOIS 60045-1951, (847) 234-2882
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)

                                EDWARD J. WEHMER
             727 NORTH BANK LANE, LAKE FOREST, ILLINOIS 60045-1951
                                 (847) 234-2882
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                    Copy To:

                            JENNIFER R. EVANS, ESQ.
                       VEDDER, PRICE, KAUFMAN & KAMMHOLZ
                            222 NORTH LASALLE STREET
                            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS  60601
                                 (312) 609-7500

         APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  Upon
consummation of the Reorganization as described in the Registration Statement.

         If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box.  [ ]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================
                                                                             PROPOSED
                                       AMOUNT        PROPOSED MAXIMUM         MAXIMUM            AMOUNT OF
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF            TO BE          OFFERING PRICE         AGGREGATE         REGISTRATION
   SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       REGISTERED         PER SHARE*        OFFERING PRICE*           FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                                 <C>                  <C>               <C>                   <C>
 Common Stock, without par           5,238,414            $5.96             $31,217,050           $10,765
     value                             shares
====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


 *  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) based upon the average weighted book values of
    the common stock to be exchanged of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale
    Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., and Crabtree Capital Corporation
    as of March 31, 1996.

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2

                         WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Item Number                                       Location in Prospectus
                      -----------                                       ----------------------
 <S> <C>                                                 <C>
 A.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

      1.  Forepart of Registration Statement and         Cover Page
          Outside Front Cover of Prospectus

      2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages      Inside Cover Page, Outside Back Cover Page
          of Prospectus

      3.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed       RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
          Charges and Other Information

      4.  Terms of the Transaction                       SUMMARY;
                                                         BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION; TERMS OF THE
                                                         REORGANIZATION
      5.  Pro Forma Financial Information                PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      6.  Material Contacts with the Company Being       TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION --
          Acquired

      7.  Additional Information Required for            Not Applicable
          Reoffering by Persons and Parties Deemed to
          be Underwriters

      8.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel         Not Applicable

      9.  Disclosure of Commission Position on           Not Applicable
          Indemnification for Securities Act
          Liabilities

 B.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT

     10.  Information with respect to S-3 Registrants    Not Applicable

     11.  Incorporation of Certain Information by        Not Applicable
          Reference

     12.  Information with respect to S-2 or S-3         Not Applicable
          Registrants

     13.  Incorporation of Certain Information by        Not Applicable
          Reference
                   
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
 <S> <C>                                                 <C>
     14.  Information with respect to Registrants        SUMMARY; RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN OTHER
          other than S-2 or S-3 Registrants              CONSIDERATIONS; WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION;
                                                         NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.; MATTERS OF
                                                         GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO THE BANKS; DESCRIPTION OF
                                                         CAPITAL STOCK OF WINTRUST; COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF
                                                         SHAREHOLDERS OF WINTRUST AND THE COMPANIES;
                                                         AVAILABLE INFORMATION; INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 C.  INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY BEING ACQUIRED

     15.  Information with respect to S-3 Companies      Not Applicable

     16.  Information with respect to S-2 or S-3         Not Applicable
          Companies

     17.  Information with respect to Companies other    LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.; HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.;
          than S-2 or S-3 Companies                      LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.; MATTERS OF GENERAL
                                                         APPLICABILITY TO THE BANKS; CRABTREE CAPITAL
                                                         CORPORATION; INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 D.  VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
     18.  Information if proxies, consents or            MEETING INFORMATION; SUMMARY; WINTRUST FINANCIAL
          authorizations are to be solicited             CORPORATION

     19.  Information if proxies, consents or            Not Applicable
          authorizations are not to be solicited in
          an exchange offer
                           
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   4

                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                              1145 WILMETTE AVENUE
                           WILMETTE, ILLINOIS  60091

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                          TO BE HELD ON JULY ___, 1996

         A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of North
Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("North Shore"), will be
held on July ____, 1996 at ____ m., Chicago time, at
_____________________________.  The purpose of the Special Meeting is to
consider and vote to approve and adopt the proposed Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization, dated as of May 28, 1996 (the "Reorganization Agreement"), by
and among North Shore, Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Lake
Forest"), Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Hinsdale"),
Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Libertyville"), and
Crabtree Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Crabtree"), pursuant to
which the newly-formed merger subsidiaries of North Shore will merge with and
into Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree, and the shareholders of
each of the companies will be entitled to receive shares of North Shore on
basis of certain fixed exchange ratios, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Reorganization Agreement, all as more fully
described in the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  As a result of the
Reorganization, North Shore will be renamed Wintrust Financial Corporation,
with amended and restated articles and by-laws, which will be the combined
holding company for each of the respective businesses.  A copy of the
Reorganization Agreement is attached as Appendix A to the accompanying Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on
_______________, 1996 as the record date (the "Record Date") for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any
adjournments or postponements thereof.  The holders of record of North Shore
Common Stock at the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.


                                      By Order of the Board of Directors,



Wilmette, Illinois                    ________________________________________
__________, 1996                      Secretary


         WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, YOU
ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH, EVEN IF YOU
HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.
<PAGE>   5

                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
                              727 NORTH BANK LANE
                       LAKE FOREST, ILLINOIS  60045-1951

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                          TO BE HELD ON JULY ___, 1996

         A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of Lake
Forest Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Lake Forest"), will be held on
July ____, 1996 at ____ m., Chicago time, at _____________________________.
The purpose of the Special Meeting is to consider and vote to approve and adopt
the proposed Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of May 28, 1996
(the "Reorganization Agreement"), by and among North Shore Community Bancorp,
Inc., an Illinois corporation ("North Shore"), Lake Forest, Hinsdale Bancorp,
Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Hinsdale"), Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., an
Illinois corporation ("Libertyville"), and Crabtree Capital Corporation, a
Delaware corporation ("Crabtree"), pursuant to which the newly-formed merger
subsidiaries of North Shore will merge with and into Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
Libertyville and Crabtree, and the shareholders of each of the companies will
be entitled to receive shares of North Shore on basis of certain fixed exchange
ratios, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Reorganization Agreement, all as more fully described in the enclosed Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  As a result of the Reorganization, North Shore
will be renamed Wintrust Financial Corporation, with amended and restated
articles and by-laws, which will be the combined holding company for each of
the respective businesses.  A copy of the Reorganization Agreement is attached
as Appendix A to the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on
_______________, 1996 as the record date (the "Record Date") for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any
adjournments or postponements thereof.  The holders of record of Lake Forest
Common Stock at the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.



                                      By Order of the Board of Directors,



Lake Forest, Illinois                 ________________________________________
__________, 1996                      Secretary


         WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, YOU
ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH, EVEN IF YOU
HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.
<PAGE>   6

                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
                              25 EAST FIRST STREET
                         HINSDALE, ILLINOIS  60521-4115

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                          TO BE HELD ON JULY ___, 1996

         A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of Hinsdale
Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Hinsdale"), will be held on July ____,
1996 at ____ m., Chicago time, at _____________________________.  The purpose
of the Special Meeting is to consider and vote to approve and adopt the
proposed Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of May 28, 1996 (the
"Reorganization Agreement"), by and among North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.,
an Illinois corporation ("North Shore"), Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Lake Forest"), Hinsdale, Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois
corporation ("Libertyville"), and Crabtree Capital Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Crabtree"), pursuant to which the newly-formed merger
subsidiaries of North Shore will merge with and into Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
Libertyville and Crabtree, and the shareholders of each of the companies will
be entitled to receive shares of North Shore on basis of certain fixed exchange
ratios, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Reorganization Agreement, all as more fully described in the enclosed Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  As a result of the Reorganization, North Shore
will be renamed Wintrust Financial Corporation, with amended and restated
articles and by-laws, which will be the combined holding company for each of
the respective businesses.  A copy of the Reorganization Agreement is attached
as Appendix A to the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on
_______________, 1996 as the record date (the "Record Date") for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any
adjournments or postponements thereof.  The holders of record of Hinsdale
Common Stock at the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.



                                      By Order of the Board of Directors,



Hinsdale, Illinois                    ________________________________________
__________, 1996                      Secretary




         WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, YOU
ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH, EVEN IF YOU
HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.
<PAGE>   7

                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                           507 NORTH MILWAUKEE AVENUE
                         LIBERTYVILLE, ILLINOIS  60048

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                          TO BE HELD ON JULY ___, 1996

         A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of
Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Libertyville"), will be
held on July ____, 1996 at ____ m., Chicago time, at
_____________________________.  The purpose of the Special Meeting is to
consider and vote to approve and adopt the proposed Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization, dated as of May 28, 1996 (the "Reorganization Agreement"), by
and among North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("North
Shore"), Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Lake Forest"),
Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Hinsdale"), Libertyville and
Crabtree Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Crabtree"), pursuant to
which the newly-formed merger subsidiaries of North Shore will merge with and
into Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree, and the shareholders of
each of the companies will be entitled to receive shares of North Shore on
basis of certain fixed exchange ratios, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Reorganization Agreement, all as more fully
described in the enclosed Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  As a result of the
Reorganization, North Shore will be renamed Wintrust Financial Corporation,
with amended and restated articles and by-laws, which will be the combined
holding company for each of the respective businesses.  A copy of the
Reorganization Agreement is attached as Appendix A to the accompanying Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on
_______________, 1996 as the record date (the "Record Date") for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any
adjournments or postponements thereof.  The holders of record of Libertyville
Common Stock at the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.


                                      By Order of the Board of Directors,



Libertyville, Illinois                ________________________________________
__________, 1996                      Secretary


         WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, YOU
ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH, EVEN IF YOU
HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.
<PAGE>   8

                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION
                           475 NORTH MARTINGALE ROAD
                                   SUITE 440
                          SCHAUMBURG, ILLINOIS  60173

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                          TO BE HELD ON JULY ___, 1996

         A Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting") of Crabtree
Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Crabtree"), will be held on July
____, 1996 at ____ m., Chicago time, at _____________________________.  The
purpose of the Special Meeting is to consider and vote to approve and adopt the
proposed Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of May 28, 1996 (the
"Reorganization Agreement"), by and among North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.,
an Illinois corporation ("North Shore"), Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Lake Forest"), Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation
("Hinsdale"), Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation
("Libertyville") and Crabtree, pursuant to which the newly-formed merger
subsidiaries of North Shore will merge with and into Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
Libertyville and Crabtree, and the shareholders of each of the companies will
be entitled to receive shares of North Shore on basis of certain fixed exchange
ratios, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Reorganization Agreement, all as more fully described in the enclosed Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  As a result of the Reorganization, North Shore
will be renamed Wintrust Financial Corporation, with amended and restated
articles and by-laws, which will be the combined holding company for each of
the respective businesses.  A copy of the Reorganization Agreement is attached
as Appendix A to the accompanying Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

         The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on
_______________, 1996 as the record date (the "Record Date") for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Special Meeting and any
adjournments or postponements thereof.  The holders of record of Crabtree
Common Stock at the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.




                                      By Order of the Board of Directors,



Schaumburg, Illinois                  ________________________________________
__________, 1996                      Secretary



         WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, YOU
ARE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH, EVEN IF YOU
HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.

<PAGE>   9

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN
WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO THE
REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.


                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED __________, 1996
                             JOINT PROXY STATEMENT
                   SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF EACH OF
                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                   __________

                                   PROSPECTUS
                         WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

         This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is provided in connection with
the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of North Shore Community
Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("North Shore"), Lake Forest Bancorp,
Inc. a Delaware corporation ("Lake Forest"), Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., an
Illinois corporation ("Hinsdale"), Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., an Illinois
corporation ("Libertyville") and Crabtree Capital Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Crabtree"), to be voted at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of
North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree, respectively
(each a "Special Meeting" and collectively, the "Special Meetings"), to be held
on July ___, 1996, July ___, 1996, July ___, 1996, July ___, 1996, and July
___, 1996, respectively, and at any adjournment thereof, for the purpose of
considering and voting upon a proposal to approve the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization, dated as of May 28, 1996 (the "Reorganization Agreement"), by
and among North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree and
certain newly-formed merger subsidiaries of North Shore -- Lake Forest Bancorp
II, an Illinois corporation ("LFBII"), Hinsdale Bancorp II, an Illinois
corporation ("HBII"), Libertyville Bancorp II, an Illinois corporation
("LBII"), and Crabtree Capital Corporation II, an Illinois corporation
("Crabtree II") (each a "Constituent Corporation" and collectively, the
"Constituent Corporations").  Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, LFBII
will merge with and into Lake Forest, HBII will merge with and into Hinsdale,
LBII will merge with and into Libertyville and Crabtree II will merge with and
into Crabtree (the "Reorganization"), and North Shore will be renamed Wintrust
Financial Corporation ("Wintrust"), with amended and restated articles and
bylaws.  After the Reorganization, Wintrust will be the combined holding
company for each of the respective businesses.  The Reorganization Agreement is
attached to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A.

         This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus is also a prospectus of Wintrust
relating to its offering of shares of Wintrust Common Stock to be issued to the
holders of Common Stock of Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree in
connection with the proposed Reorganization.  If the Reorganization Agreement
is approved by the requisite vote of the shareholders of the Constituent
Corporations, following satisfaction of certain other conditions, upon
consummation of the Reorganization each issued and outstanding share of Lake
Forest, other than dissenting shares, will be converted into and exchanged for
9.67334 shares of Wintrust, each issued and outstanding share of Hinsdale,
other than dissenting shares, will be converted into and exchanged for 6.03398
shares of Wintrust, each issued and outstanding share of Libertyville, other
than dissenting shares, will be converted into and exchanged for 4.02578 shares
of Wintrust, and each issued and outstanding share of Crabtree, other than
dissenting shares, will be converted into and exchanged for 1.18332 shares of
Wintrust; provided that any such shares held by one of the other constituent
corporations shall be cancelled.  Immediately before, and contingent upon
consummation of the Reorganization, each issued and outstanding share of North
Shore will be adjusted pursuant to a stock split (the "North Shore Stock
Split") to represent 5.16180 shares of Wintrust.  See "TERMS OF THE
REORGANIZATION."

         Consummation of the Reorganization is subject to the approval of the
shareholders of each of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and
Crabtree, the receipt of all required regulatory approvals and certain other
conditions.  See "Conditions of Consummation" and "Statutory Authority Required
for Approvals" under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."

         INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS AND CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS." 


   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
        PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

      THE DATE OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS JULY ___, 1996

<PAGE>   10

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
MEETING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
         General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
         Purpose of the Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
         Shares Entitled to Vote; Votes Required  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
         Solicitation, Voting and Revocation of Proxies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                           
SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
         The Companies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
         The Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
         Reasons for the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
         Recommendations of the Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
         Opinions of Howe Barnes Investments, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
         Exchange of Stock Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
         Certain Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
         Regulatory Approvals and Other Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         Waiver, Amendment and Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         Dissenters' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         Resales of Wintrust Common Stock by Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         Market Prices of Common Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         Comparative Per Share Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
                                                                                                           
RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         Potential Conflicts of Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         Reliance on Key Personnel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         Additional Capital Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         Limited Market for Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         Impact of De Novo Operations on Wintrust Profitability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         Allowance for Loan Losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         Effect of Interest Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         Financial Institution Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
                                                                                                           
BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         Background of the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         Reasons for the Reorganization and Recommendations of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         Opinions of Howe Barnes Investments, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
                                                                                                           
TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
         General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
         Exchange Ratios  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
         Common Stock Warrants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
         Options/Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
         Closing Date of the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
         Surrender of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
         Conditions to the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
         Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
         Conduct of Business Pending the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
</TABLE>  

                                       i
<PAGE>   11
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
         Certain Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
         Accounting Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
         Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
         Termination, Amendment and Waiver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
         Interests of Certain Persons in the Reorganization; Conflicts of Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
         Material Arrangements Between the Companies; Certain Transactions with Management  . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
         Dissenters' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
         Resale of Wintrust Common Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
                                                                                                           
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WINTRUST  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
         General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
         Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
         Preferred Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
         Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws and Illinois Law  . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
                                                                                                           
COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS OF WINTRUST AND THE COMPANIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
         Authorized Capital Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
         Size and Classification of the Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
         Nominations for Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
         Action by Written Consent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
         Meetings of Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
         Shareholder Proposals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
         Indemnification of Officers and Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
         Limitation on Directors' Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
         Shareholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations with Principal Shareholders . . . . . . . . . .   40
         Amendment of the Articles and By-Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
                                                                                                           
WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
         Operational Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
         Management of Wintrust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
         Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
         Proposed Public Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
         Possible Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
         Dividend Policy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
         Reports to Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
                                                                                                           
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
         Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Condition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
         Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
         Notes to Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
                                                                                                           
NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
         Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
         Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
         Management Ownership of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
         Beneficial Ownership of Certain Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
         Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66
         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . .   66
                                                                                                           
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
         Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
         Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
</TABLE>

                                       ii                                    
                              
<PAGE>   12
<TABLE>     
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
         Management Ownership of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
         Beneficial Ownership of Certain Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   83
         Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   84
         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . .   84
                                                                                                           
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102
         Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102
         Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  102
         Management Ownership of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  103
         Beneficial Ownership of Certain Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  104
         Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  105
         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . .  106
                                                                                                           
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  124
         Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  124
         Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  124
         Management Ownership of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  125
         Beneficial Ownership of Certain Shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  126
         Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127
         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . .  127
                                                                                                           
MATTERS OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO BANKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  140
         Competition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  140
         Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  140
         Supervision and Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  140
                                                                                                           
CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  146
         Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  146
         Management Ownership of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  151
                                                                                                           
Beneficial Ownership of Certain Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  152
         Selected Financial Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  154
         Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . .  154
                                                                                                           
LEGAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  161
EXPERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  161
OTHER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  161
AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  162
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  163
APPENDIX A - AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-1
APPENDIX B - FAIRNESS OPINIONS OF HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1
APPENDIX C - SECTIONS 11.65 AND 11.70 OF THE ILLINOIS BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  C-1
APPENDIX D - SECTION 262 OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  D-1
</TABLE>                                                        
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                     iii
<PAGE>   13

                              MEETING INFORMATION                          

GENERAL

         This Prospectus and Joint Proxy Statement is being furnished to the
shareholders of each of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and
Crabtree (each a "Company" and collectively, the "Companies") in connection
with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of each of the
Companies for use at its Special Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to be held
on July ___, 1996, July ___, 1996, July ___, 1996, July ___, 1996 and July ___,
1996, respectively, at the applicable time and place specified in the
accompanying Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders, or any adjournments or
postponements thereof.

         Each of the Companies is deemed to have itself supplied all
information contained herein with respect to itself.

         This Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus was mailed to the shareholders
of the Companies on approximately July ___, 1996.

PURPOSE OF THE MEETINGS

         The purpose of each of the Special Meetings is to consider and vote
upon a proposal to approve the Reorganization Agreement providing for Lake
Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree to each merge with a separate
merger subsidiary of North Shore, the name of which will be thereupon be
changed to Wintrust Financial Corporation, such that Wintrust will become the
parent holding company of the businesses of each of the Companies which will
continue to be separately operated in subsidiaries of Wintrust.  Pursuant to
the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, among other things, (i) LFBII will
merge with and into Lake Forest, HBII will merge with and into Hinsdale, LBII
will merge with and into Libertyville, and Crabtree II will merge with and into
Crabtree, with Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree as the
surviving entities; (ii) each issued and outstanding share of Common Stock of
Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree, other than dissenting shares,
will be converted into the right to receive 9.67334, 6.03398, 4.02578 and
1.18332 shares of Wintrust Common Stock, respectively; and (iii) each issued
and outstanding share of North Shore Common Stock, other than dissenting
shares, shall be adjusted pursuant to the North Shore Stock Split to represent
5.16180 shares of Wintrust Common Stock.

SHARES ENTITLED TO VOTE; VOTES REQUIRED

         Only holders of record of the common stock of the Companies at the
close of business on __________, 1996 (the "Record Date") are entitled to
notice of and to vote at the Special Meetings.  On the Record Date, the number
of outstanding shares of North Shore Common Stock was [253,809], the number of
outstanding shares of Lake Forest Common Stock was [163,360], the number of
outstanding shares of Hinsdale Common Stock was [207,137], the number of
outstanding shares of Libertyville Common Stock was [229,929], and the number
of outstanding shares of Crabtree Common Stock was [1,025,265].  Each share of
the common stock of each of the Companies (collectively, the "Company Common
Stock") is entitled to one vote on each matter to come before the Special
Meeting of the respective Company.  As Illinois corporations, the Articles of
Incorporation of each of North Shore, Hinsdale and Libertyville require that
the Reorganization Agreement be approved by the affirmative vote of
shareholders owning at least  2/3 of the issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock entitled to vote at such Company's Special Meeting.  As Delaware
corporations, the Certificate of Incorporation of each of Lake Forest and
Crabtree require that the Reorganization Agreement be approved by the
affirmative vote of shareholders owning at least a majority of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at such Company's Special
Meeting.

         Each Company has been advised by its directors, executive officers and
certain other significant shareholders, as well as by directors and executive
officers of the other Companies who are shareholders of that
<PAGE>   14

Company, who together vote the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock
of the Companies set forth in the table below, that they intend to vote for
approval of the Reorganization Agreement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Number of Shares
                                             Held By Directors,
                                        Executive Officers and Other               Percent of
                 Company               Significant Shareholders(1)(2)         Outstanding Shares(2)
                 -------              -------------------------------         ---------------------   
      <S>                              <C>                                    <C>
      North Shore . . . . . . . . .              91,767                                36.16%
      Lake Forest . . . . . . . . .              70,869                                43.38%
      Hinsdale  . . . . . . . . . .              73,034                                35.26%
      Libertyville  . . . . . . . .              92,809                                40.36%
      Crabtree  . . . . . . . . . .             337,467                                32.92%
</TABLE>
____________________________________________________________________________
(1) Includes for each Company the aggregate number of shares of that Company
    held with the power to vote by those persons who are directors, executive
    officers or significant shareholders of any of the Companies, provided such
    persons have indicated their intention to vote such shares in favor of the
    Reorganization at the respective shareholder meetings.

(2) Assumes no exercise of options, rights and warrants prior to the
    Reorganization and therefore does not reflect beneficial ownership of
    shares subject thereto.  Does reflect conversion to Common Stock of shares
    of preferred stock outstanding at Lake Forest and Libertyville, as required
    by the Reorganization Agreement.

SOLICITATION, VOTING AND REVOCATION OF PROXIES

         In addition to soliciting proxies by mail, directors, officers and
employees of the Companies, without receiving additional compensation therefor,
may solicit proxies by telephone, by telegram or facsimile, and in person.
Arrangements may also be made with custodians, nominees and fiduciaries who do
not exercise voting discretion to forward solicitation materials to the
beneficial owners of shares of the Common Stock of the Companies, and each of
the Companies will reimburse such parties for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection therewith.  Because approval of the Reorganization
requires the applicable majority vote of each Company's total shares
outstanding, any shares represented by proxies which are not properly signed
and received by the respective Company prior to the Special Meeting will not be
voted and will thus have the same effect as a vote against the proposal.

         Proxies will be voted as specified.  However, if no contrary
specification is made in a proxy, it will be voted "FOR" approval of the
Reorganization Agreement.  A proxy may be revoked by (i) giving written notice
of revocation at any time before its exercise to the Secretary of the relevant
Company, c/o Mr. David A. Dykstra, 727 North Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois
60045-1951, or (ii) executing and delivering to the appropriate Company at any
time before the proxy's exercise a later dated proxy, or (iii) attending the
Special Meeting of the appropriate Company and voting in person.

         The Boards of Directors of the Companies are not aware of any business
to be acted upon at the Special Meetings other than consideration of the
proposal to approve the Reorganization.  If, however, other proper matters are
brought before the Special Meetings, or any adjournments or postponements
thereof, the persons appointed as proxies will have discretion to vote or
abstain from voting thereon according to their best judgment.

         WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, EACH
HOLDER OF SHARES OF ANY OF THE COMPANIES IS URGED TO COMPLETE, DATE AND SIGN
THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY TO THE RELEVANT COMPANY IN THE
ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PREPAID ENVELOPE.





                                       2
<PAGE>   15


                                    SUMMARY

         The following is a summary, which is not intended to be complete, of
certain information contained elsewhere in this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.  Reference is made to, and this summary is qualified in
its entirety by, the more detailed information contained herein and the
exhibits hereto.  Each shareholder is urged to carefully read this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus and the appendices hereto in their entirety.

THE COMPANIES

         Each of the Companies that is party to the proposed Reorganization,
except Crabtree, is a one-bank holding company providing community- based
banking services in different affluent suburbs of Chicago, Illinois.  Crabtree
is the holding company for First Premium Services, Inc., an Illinois
corporation whose primary business is the financing of insurance premiums
("First Premium").  Howard D. Adams is a founding shareholder and serves as
Chairman or Vice Chairman of each of the Companies.  The Companies share, to
varying degrees, common ownership, common senior management and/or business
relationships with each of the other Companies.

         Each of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale and Libertyville is engaged
in commercial banking through its bank subsidiary:  North Shore Community Bank
and Trust Company, an Illinois banking corporation ("North Shore Bank"), Lake
Forest Bank and Trust Company, an Illinois banking corporation ("Lake Forest
Bank"), Hinsdale Bank and Trust Company, an Illinois banking corporation
("Hinsdale Bank"), and Libertyville Bank and Trust Company, an Illinois banking
corporation ("Libertyville Bank"), respectively (collectively, the "Banks").
Lake Forest was incorporated in Delaware in 1991.  Hinsdale, North Shore and
Libertyville were incorporated in Illinois in 1992, 1992 and 1994,
respectively.

         Each of the Banks provides a variety of financial services to
individuals, businesses, local governmental units and institutional customers.
These services include personal and commercial banking services, including
demand, NOW, money market, savings, and time deposit accounts; real estate,
commercial, and consumer loans; safe deposit facilities; and other services
tailored for its customer base.  Lake Forest Bank, Hinsdale Bank, North Shore
Bank and Libertyville Bank each were organized and began operations as Illinois
state chartered banks in December 1991, October 1993, September 1994, and
October 1995, respectively.

         The address of North Shore's principal executive office is 1145
Wilmette Avenue, Wilmette, Illinois 60091; and its telephone number is (847)
853-1145.  As of March 31, 1996, North Shore had total assets of $117,938,000
and total shareholders' equity of $11,407,000.  See "Business" and "Selected
Financial Data" under "NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC."

         The address of Lake Forest's principal executive office is 727 North
Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045; and its telephone number is (847)
234-2882.  As of March 31, 1996, Lake Forest had total assets of $216,350,000
and total shareholders' equity of $11,095,000.  See "Business" and "Selected
Financial Data" under "LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC."

         Hinsdale Bank began operations as a bank in October of 1993.  The
address of Hinsdale's principal executive office is 25 East First Street,
Hinsdale, Illinois 60521 and its telephone number is (708) 323-4404.  As of
March 31, 1996, Hinsdale had total assets of $118,545,000 and total
shareholders' equity of $9,776,000.  See "Business" and "Selected Financial
Data" under "HINSDALE BANCORP, INC."

         The address of Libertyville's principal executive office is 507 North
Milwaukee Avenue, Libertyville, Illinois 60048 and its telephone number is
(847) 367-6800.  As of March 31, 1996, Libertyville had total assets of
$52,542,000 and total shareholders' equity of $9,387,000.  See "Business" and
"Selected Financial Data" under "LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC."





                                       3
<PAGE>   16


         Crabtree was incorporated in Delaware in 1979.  Crabtree is engaged in
the premium finance industry through its subsidiary First Premium.  The address
of Crabtree's principal executive office is 475 North Martingale Road, Suite
440, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173 and its telephone number is (847) 517-8030.  As
of March 31, 1996, Crabtree had total assets of $18,164,000 and total
shareholders' equity of $2,658,000.  See "Business" and "Selected Financial
Data" under "CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION."

THE REORGANIZATION

         As a result of the Reorganization, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville
and Crabtree will be merged with newly formed merger subsidiaries of North
Shore such that North Shore, the name of which will be changed to Wintrust
Financial Corporation as of the Effective Date, will become the parent holding
company of each of the separate businesses, and the shareholders of each of the
Companies will exchange their shares for Wintrust Common Stock.  Under the
terms of the Reorganization Agreement, when the Reorganization becomes
effective, each issued and outstanding share of Lake Forest Common Stock will
be converted into 9.67334 shares of Wintrust Common Stock, each issued and
outstanding share of Hinsdale Common Stock will be converted into 6.03398
shares of Wintrust Common Stock, each issued and outstanding share of
Libertyville Common Stock will be converted into 4.02578 shares of Wintrust
Common Stock, and each issued and outstanding share of Crabtree Common Stock
will be converted into 1.18332 shares of Wintrust Common Stock, except in each
case for any dissenting shares (the "Exchange Ratios").  In addition, each
issued and outstanding share of North Shore Common Stock will be adjusted
pursuant to the North Shore Stock Split to represent 5.16180 shares of Wintrust
Common Stock.  Cash will be paid by Wintrust in lieu of issuing fractional
shares.  See "Exchange Ratios" under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."

         The Reorganization Agreement also provides that existing articles of
incorporation and by-laws of North Shore will be amended and restated as the
Articles of Incorporation of Wintrust (the "Articles") and By-Laws of Wintrust
(the "By-Laws") providing Wintrust shareholders the rights contemplated by the
Reorganization Agreement and to read substantially as set forth in exhibits to
the Reorganization Agreement and made a part thereof.  See "Certain
Anti-Takeover Effects of Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws and Illinois Law"
under "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WINTRUST" and "COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF
SHAREHOLDERS OF WINTRUST AND THE COMPANIES."  The Reorganization Agreement is
included herein as Appendix A to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION

         The Board of Directors of each of the Companies believes that the
approval of the Reorganization Agreement is in the best interest of their
respective Companies and shareholders.  The Reorganization will result in a
combined bank holding company having greater access to financial and managerial
resources.  While preserving the focus on highly personalized services of the
individual banks and the benefits of local, decentralized management of
community based banking, the resulting multi-bank holding company should enable
the subsidiary banks and subsidiary premium finance company to compete more
effectively with other larger and more diversified banks, bank holding
companies and other financial services companies in the current and future
economic, legal and competitive environment facing all financial institutions.
Furthermore, the Boards believe that the Reorganization should establish a
combined organization with the size and resources necessary to raise capital
through the public equity markets in order to support anticipated further
growth and to achieve liquidity for shareholders through the anticipated
development of a public trading market for the Wintrust Common Stock.  However,
there can be no assurance that the Reorganization will have these results.  See
"Reasons for the Reorganization and Board Recommendations" under "BACKGROUND OF
THE REORGANIZATION."  See "BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION" and "WINTRUST
FINANCIAL CORPORATION."





                                       4
<PAGE>   17


RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS (AS DEFINED
BELOW) OF EACH OF THE COMPANIES HAVE APPROVED THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMEND THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE
REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.  The initial terms of the Reorganization Agreement
were proposed by the Companies' shared senior management team and the final
terms were approved by each of the Special Committees established by the Boards
of Directors of each of the Companies to consider the proposal.  The Special
Committees gave consideration to many factors, including, without limitation,
information concerning the relative financial positions, earnings and future
prospects of each Company, as well as the respective growth potential of each
of the Companies based upon their respective businesses, locations and market
areas.  The Boards of Directors, including in each case those directors of the
Company who do not serve as directors of any other party to the Reorganization
(the "disinterested directors"), after consideration of the terms and
conditions of the Reorganization Agreement and other factors deemed relevant by
the Boards of Directors, including the opinions of Howe Barnes Investments,
Inc. ("Howe Barnes") and the recommendation of their respective Special
Committees to approve the transaction, believe that the terms of the
Reorganization Agreement are fair and that the Reorganization is in the best
interests of their respective Companies and their shareholders.  See "Reasons
for the Reorganization and Board Recommendations" and "Opinions of Howe Barnes
Investments, Inc." under "BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION."

OPINIONS OF HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.

         Howe Barnes has furnished an opinion to the Board of Directors of each
of the Companies that the financial terms of the Reorganization Agreement,
pursuant to which shares of Common Stock of each of the Companies will be
converted into shares of Wintrust Common Stock, are fair to the shareholders of
each Company from a financial point of view (the "Fairness Opinions").  The
Fairness Opinions, which are included in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
as Appendix B, should be read in their entirety for information with respect to
the assumptions made, matters considered, and the limitations in the review
undertaken in rendering such opinions.  See "Opinions of Howe Barnes
Investment, Inc." under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."

EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES

         If the Reorganization Agreement is approved and the Reorganization is
consummated, instructions on how to exchange certificates representing shares
of any of the Companies' Common Stock for certificates representing shares of
Wintrust Common Stock will be sent to each shareholder of record of each of the
Companies on or shortly after the effective date of the Reorganization.  See
"Surrender of Certificates" under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."

         SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD NOT SEND IN THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES UNTIL THEY
RECEIVE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FORM AND INSTRUCTIONS FROM WINTRUST.

CERTAIN MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION

         An opinion of counsel has been obtained from Blackman Kallick
Bartelstein, LLP ("Blackman Kallick") to the effect that the Reorganization
will constitute a reorganization for federal income tax purposes within the
meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), subject to customary assumptions and representations, with the
consequences that no gain or loss will be recognized by the shareholders of the
Companies except with respect to the receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional
share of Wintrust Common Stock or upon the exercise of dissenters' rights.  See
"Certain Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization" under
"TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."





                                       5
<PAGE>   18


         SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD READ CAREFULLY THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH UNDER
"TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION -- CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE
REORGANIZATION" AND ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
SPECIFIC CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE REORGANIZATION UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL
AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

REGULATORY APPROVALS AND OTHER CONDITIONS

         As a condition to consummation of the Reorganization, the
Reorganization Agreement must be approved by the requisite shareholder vote of
each of the Companies.  In addition, the consummation of the Reorganization is
subject to required bank regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of certain
other conditions.

         On June ___, 1996, Wintrust filed an application with the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") under the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHC Act"), for the required
approval of the Reorganization.  By letter dated __________, 1996, the Federal
Reserve deemed the application informationally complete, and accepted the
application for processing under delegated authority.  It is anticipated that
the Federal Reserve will render its decision on the application by __________,
1996.  There are no assurances that all the required regulatory approvals will
be obtained or when such required approvals will be obtained.  See "Regulatory
Approvals" and "Conditions to the Reorganization" under "TERMS OF THE
REORGANIZATION."

WAIVER, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         The Reorganization Agreement provides that the parties to the
Reorganization Agreement may waive compliance with any obligations or other
acts of the parties provided for in the Reorganization Agreement.  See
"Termination, Amendment and Waiver" under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."

         The Reorganization Agreement and all related agreements may be amended
at any time before or after approval of the Reorganization Agreement by the
mutual agreement of the parties thereto; provided, however, that any amendment
subsequent to the approval of the Reorganization by each of the Companies'
shareholders may not impact the Exchange Ratios or North Shore Stock Split.
See "Termination, Amendment and Waiver" under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."

         The Reorganization Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
consummation of the Reorganization by the mutual agreement of the parties
thereto.  See "Termination, Amendment and Waiver" under "TERMS OF THE
REORGANIZATION."

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

         Sections 11.65 and 11.70 of the IBCA and Section 262 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware ("DGCL") (which are included herein as Appendices C
and D, respectively) allow a shareholder who objects to a merger and who
complies with those sections to dissent from the merger and to have paid to him
the fair cash value of his shares.  See "Dissenters' Rights" under "TERMS OF
THE REORGANIZATION."  To the extent dissenters' rights are exercised, they will
be satisfied from general funds of Wintrust.  The Board of Directors may
terminate the Reorganization if shareholders owning 10% or more of the Common
Stock of any of the Companies, or on a combined basis, the shares of Wintrust
Common Stock to be outstanding, exercise dissenters' rights.





                                       6
<PAGE>   19


RESALES OF WINTRUST COMMON STOCK BY AFFILIATES

         The resale of Wintrust Common Stock issued in connection with the
Reorganization to "affiliates" (as such term is defined by Rule 145 promulgated
by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")) of the Companies
will be subject to restriction.  Such shares may only be sold (a) pursuant to a
separate registration statement relating to such affiliates' shares of Wintrust
Common Stock (which Wintrust has not agreed to provide); (b) pursuant to the
terms and conditions of Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act by the
Commission which impose certain volume limitations and manner of sale
requirements for a period of two years following the Reorganization; or (c)
pursuant to some other exemption from registration.  For Wintrust to be able to
account for the Reorganization as a "pooling-of-interests," certain additional
restrictions will be placed on affiliates of the Companies with respect to
Wintrust Common Stock during the period beginning 30 days before the
Reorganization and ending when the results for at least 30 days of
post-Reorganization combined operations have been published.  See "TERMS OF THE
REORGANIZATION -- Resale of Wintrust Common Stock."

MARKET PRICES OF COMMON STOCK

         None of the Companies' Common Stock has ever been the subject of
published quotations in an over-the counter market nor have any established
public trading markets ever developed for any of the Companies' Common Stock.
Based on information supplied to the Companies, trading has occurred in
sporadic, privately negotiated transactions.  While there can be no assurances,
it is anticipated that certain broker dealers may commence making a market in
Wintrust Common Stock after the Reorganization in light of the combined number
of shareholders and the greater volume of shares to be outstanding.

COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA

         The following table presents comparative net income and book value per
share data for the Companies on a historical basis and a pro forma equivalent
basis, assuming the Reorganization had been effective during the periods
presented.  No common stock dividends have been paid by North Shore, Lake
Forest, Hinsdale or Libertyville since their inception, and Crabtree has paid
no dividends during the last five years.  The pro forma information gives
effect to the Reorganization accounted for as a "pooling-of-interests" and is
based on the North Shore Stock Split and the respective Exchange Ratios set
forth elsewhere herein. This table should be read in





                                       7
<PAGE>   20


conjunction with the Companies' consolidated financial statements and the Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information, including in each case the
notes thereto, which appear elsewhere herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              THREE MONTHS                                                     
                                                 ENDED                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              
                                               MARCH 31,          ----------------------------------------------------------  
                                                 1996                  1995                   1994                 1993        
                                            ---------------       ---------------        ---------------       -------------   
 <S>                                           <C>                    <C>                   <C>                  <C>               
 Net Income (Loss) per Common
 Share from Continuing Operations(1) :
 North Shore Historical  . . . . . . . .       $ (0.95)               $ (4.29)              $ (12.26)               N/A
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ (0.28)               $  1.37               $  (2.27)               N/A
 Lake Forest Historical  . . . . . . . .       $  1.01                $  5.95               $   3.05             $   1.32
   Pro Forma Equivalent Combined   . . .       $ (0.53)               $  2.57               $  (4.26)            $  (9.00)
 Hinsdale Historical . . . . . . . . . .       $  0.31                $  2.04               $  (6.11)            $ (12.55)

    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ (0.33)               $  1.61               $  (2.66)            $  (5.61)

 Libertyville Historical . . . . . . . .       $ (1.64)               $(14.19)                 N/A                  N/A
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ (0.22)               $  1.07                  N/A                  N/A
 Crabtree Historical . . . . . . . . . .       $ (0.03)               $  1.85               $  (0.70)            $  (2.71)
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ (0.06)               $  0.31               $  (0.52)            $  (1.10)
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1)  Historical net income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
     are computed by dividing net income (loss) per common share from
     continuing operations by the sum of the weighted average number of shares
     outstanding during the period plus dilutive common stock equivalents
     applicable to stock options, stock rights and stock warrants.  Pro forma
     equivalent combined net income (loss) per common share from continuing
     operations are computed by multiplying proforma net income (loss) per
     common share from continuing operations by the applicable Exchange Ratio,
     or in the case of North Shore, the North Shore Stock Split, so that the
     pro forma per share amounts are equated to the respective pro forma values
     for one share of the applicable Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                March 31,       December 31,
                                                  1996              1995      
                                             ---------------   ---------------
 <S>                                        <C>               <C>
 Book Value per Common Share:(1)
 North Shore Historical  . . . . . . . .       $ 41.80           $ 41.76
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ 33.91           $ 33.91
 Lake Forest Historical  . . . . . . . .       $ 62.98           $ 63.77
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ 63.55           $ 63.55
 Hinsdale Historical . . . . . . . . . .       $ 44.72           $ 44.78
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ 39.64           $ 39.64
 Libertyville Historical . . . . . . . .       $ 44.90           $ 46.64
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $ 26.45           $ 26.45
 Crabtree Historical . . . . . . . . . .       $  2.59           $  2.62
    Pro Forma Equivalent Combined  . . .       $  7.77           $  7.77
</TABLE>
_
(1)  Historical book value per share is computed by dividing shareholders'
     equity by the number of shares of the respective companies, as the case
     may be, outstanding at the balance sheet date, adjusted for the number of
     shares resulting from the exercise of dilutive stock options, stock rights
     and stock warrants.  The pro forma equivalent combined book values per
     share represent the pro forma combined book value of $6.57 and
     $6.57 as of March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively,
     multiplied by the applicable Exchange Ratio, or, in the case of North
     Shore, the North Shore Stock Split, so that the pro forma per share
     amounts are equated to the respective pro forma book value for one share
     of the applicable Company.





                                       8
<PAGE>   21

                 RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONSIDERATIONS


POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

         Certain directors of the Companies (i) presently serve as officers and
directors of more than one of the Companies; (ii) have been designated to serve
as directors and/or officers of Wintrust following the Effective Date; and/or
(iii) are shareholders of more than one of the Companies.  For these reasons,
certain directors and officers of the Companies may not be independent and may
be considered to have conflicts of interest with respect to the Reorganization
and Reorganization Agreement.  In addition, the Companies have retained common
legal, accounting, tax and financial advisors to represent them with respect to
various matters involved in this transaction.  See "BACKGROUND OF THE
REORGANIZATION."  See also "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION -- Interests of Certain
Persons in the Reorganization; Conflicts of Interests." Shareholders are urged
to carefully read this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and rely on their own
judgment in evaluating the advisability and fairness of the Reorganization
Agreement.

RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

         Wintrust's success will be largely dependent on its continuing ability
to retain the services of the Companies' existing senior management, including
Howard D. Adams and Edward J. Wehmer, and the management teams of each of the
Banks and First Premium, and, as Wintrust grows, to attract and retain
qualified additional senior and middle management.  The unexpected loss of
services of any of the key management personnel, or the inability to recruit
and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on
Wintrust's business and financial results.  It is anticipated that Wintrust and
its subsidiaries will enter into management employment contracts or other forms
of understanding with senior management; however, the terms and conditions of
such arrangements have not yet been finalized.

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL NEEDS

         It is anticipated that Wintrust will need to raise additional capital
in 1996 in order to support the growth of the Banks.  While management believes
that sufficient debt and/or equity capital is available, and that Wintrust, as
a combined organization, will be able to access more efficient sources of
capital than any of the Companies on a stand alone basis, there can be no
assurance that the needed funds will be raised on pricing terms deemed
favorable by existing shareholders.  To the extent such capital is funded
through the issuance of additional equity, Wintrust shareholders may experience
dilution and their percentage ownership will be diluted as a result of an
offering unless they acquire shares in that offering proportionate to their
current ownership interest in Wintrust.  See "WINTRUST FINANCIAL 
CORPORATION -- Proposed Public Offering."

LIMITED MARKET FOR SHARES

         While the shares of Wintrust Common Stock to be issued in the
Reorganization will be freely tradeable by persons other than those who are
currently affiliates of any of the Companies, there has been no prior public
market for the shares of any of the Companies and there can be no assurance
that an active public market will necessarily develop for the Wintrust Common
Stock.  However, it is anticipated that with more than 6.4 million shares to be
outstanding and more than [1,000] shareholders of Wintrust after consummation
of the Reorganization, certain broker dealer firms may commence making a
limited market in such shares.

         Management is currently considering the feasibility of publicly
offering shares of Wintrust Common Stock during the second half of 1996 in
order to address additional capital needs.  There can be no assurance, however,
that an offering will be made at that time or any future time or that a public
market will develop as a result of any such proposed public offering.
Management is unable to predict at what price such a market, if any, may
develop.  See "WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION -- Proposed Public Offering."





                                       9
<PAGE>   22

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         Certain provisions of Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws, which will
become effective as part of the Reorganization, and the Illinois Business
Corporation Act ("IBCA") may have the effect of impeding the acquisition of
control of Wintrust by means of a tender offer, a proxy fight, open-market
purchases or otherwise in a transaction not approved by the Board of Directors
of Wintrust.  These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future
takeover attempt which is not approved by the Board of Directors.  Such
provisions will also render the removal of the current Board of Directors or
management of Wintrust more difficult.  Such provisions include, among other
things, the authorization of "blank check" preferred stock, staggering the
board of directors, limiting the filling of Board vacancies to the Board of
Directors, prohibiting shareholder action by written consent, election of the
IBCA "fair price" provision, requiring advance notice with respect to
shareholder proposals and director nominations and requiring an 85% vote of the
shareholders to amend certain anti-takeover provisions in the Articles and
By-Laws.  Shareholders are encouraged to read carefully Wintrust's Articles and
By-Laws which are included in this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Exhibits
B and C, respectively, to the Reorganization Agreement which is set forth in
Appendix A.

         It is anticipated that the Board of Directors of Wintrust will
consider and may implement a shareholder rights plan ("rights plan") subsequent
to the consummation of the Reorganization to deter coercive, hostile bids for
corporate control and encourage a potential acquiror to negotiate with the
Board of Directors.  A rights plan, if implemented, will have also certain
anti-takeover effects.  See "Certain Anti- Takeover Effects of Wintrust's
Articles and By-Laws and Illinois Law" under "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
WINTRUST."

IMPACT OF DE NOVO OPERATIONS ON WINTRUST PROFITABILITY

         Each of the Banks was organized as a de novo banking organization
within the past five years.  Typically, de novo banks require 18 months to
three years of operation before becoming profitable due to the impact of
organizational and overhead expenses and the time lag typically involved in
redeploying deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding
earning assets.  Libertyville, formed in 1994, is still in the start-up phase,
and Libertyville Bank, which commenced operations in October 1995, is not yet
profitable.  North Shore, which commenced operations in September 1994,
recorded net losses for 1994 and 1995 and has recently incurred the
organizational costs associated with opening two new branches, one in
Glencoe in 1995 and one in Winnetka in 1996.  Hinsdale, which commenced banking
operations in October 1993, recorded net losses for both 1993 and 1994, and
first recorded net income for 1995.  While management believes that each of
these Banks has demonstrated significant success to date in deposit generation
and will likely continue to increase its loan-to-deposit ratio as loan
origination activities increase, the reported net income and return on average
assets for Wintrust will in the near term be impacted by start-up costs
associated with these and possible future de novo operations.  See "WINTRUST
FINANCIAL CORPORATION -- Possible Acquisitions" for information regarding a
possible acquisition from certain directors of the Companies of a corporation
formed to organized a de novo bank in a northwestern suburb of Chicago.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

         The Banks' and First Premium's allowances for loan losses are
maintained at a level considered adequate by management to absorb anticipated
losses.  While none of the Banks nor First Premium has experienced any
significant charge-offs since inception, the amount of future losses is
susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including
changes in interest rates, that may be beyond Wintrust's control, and such
losses may exceed current estimates.  Although management believes that the
allowances for loan losses are adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans
that may become uncollectible, there can be no assurance that the allowance
will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future.  In
particular, First Premium is currently seeking to recover the approximately
$1.1 million remaining amount related to an approximately $5.0 million premium
finance loan that was fraudulently obtained by the obligor, through pending
litigation in which First Premium has filed claims against several defendants,
including the obligor corporation, certain agents of the obligor and the
insurance company.  While First Premium management believes it will ultimately
recover the remaining amount and associated





                                       10
<PAGE>   23

costs of recovery and therefore has not fully reserved against possible loss of
these sums, there can be no assurances when or if such funds will be received.

EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES

         Like most banks, the Banks will realize income primarily from the
spread between interest earned on loans and investments and the interest paid
on deposits and borrowings.  It is expected that the Banks from time to time
will experience "gaps" in the interest rate sensitivities of their assets and
liabilities, meaning that either their interest-bearing liabilities will be
more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than their interest-earning
assets, or vice versa.  In either event, if market interest rates should move
contrary to the Banks' position, the "gap" will work against the Banks and
their earnings may be negatively affected.  Management will actively monitor
the interest rate sensitivities of the assets and liabilities of the Banks and
will work to prevent any gaps from approaching imprudent levels.

REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS

         None of the Companies has previously paid regular quarterly dividends.
While there can be no assurances, it is anticipated that Wintrust may commence
payment of dividends out of funds legally available therefor.  Wintrust's
sources of funds for dividend payments will consist primarily of dividends from
its direct and indirect subsidiaries.  Under the provisions of the Illinois
Banking Act, dividends may not be declared by the Banks except out of each
Bank's net profit (as defined therein), and unless each Bank has transferred to
surplus at least one-tenth of its net profits since the date of the declaration
of the last preceding dividend, until the amount of its surplus is at least
equal to its capital.  Presently, the surplus of each of the Banks equals or
exceeds regulatory capital.  There are no regulatory restrictions on
declaration of dividends by Crabtree.  There are, however, certain dividend
restrictions in the financial covenants of First Premium's securitization
facility and credit agreements of certain of the Companies that may limit
payment of dividends to Wintrust.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION REGULATION

         Wintrust, the Banks and their bank holding companies are subject to
extensive federal and state legislation, regulation and supervision.  Recently
enacted, proposed and future legislation and regulations have had, will
continue to have or may have significant impact on the financial services
industry.  Some of the legislative and regulatory changes may benefit Wintrust
and the Banks; others, however, may increase their costs of doing business and
thereby assist competitors.





                                       11
<PAGE>   24

                        BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION

BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION

         Each of the Companies shares certain common members of their senior
management teams, a number of common directors and numerous overlapping
investors.  Howard D. Adams, the principal founding shareholder of each of the
organizations, is the Chairman or Vice Chairman of each of the Boards of
Directors.  Together with members of his family, he is also the largest
shareholder of each of the Companies.  Edward J.  Wehmer, a principal organizer
of each of the banking organizations, is a director and Vice Chairman of each
of the Companies other than Crabtree.

         Commencing in January 1996, Messrs. Howard Adams, Wehmer, David A.
Dykstra, the chief financial officer of each of the bank holding companies,
Alan W. Adams, and a management representative of Crabtree, began seriously 
exploring the possibility of combining the five companies into a common holding
company structure.  The strategic rationale of the proposed consolidations was
to formalize the various cost sharing and shared executive management
arrangements already existent to varying degrees among the different Companies
in order to: (i) enhance operational systems for the ultimate benefit of
customer support; (ii) position the Banks to pursue insurance premium financing
as an additional specialized earning asset niche designed to increase overall
yield on assets; (iii) offer First Premium a lower cost source of funds through
the Banks' participation in premium finance receivables; (iv) provide each of
the Companies improved access as a larger entity to more efficient sources of
the additional capital that was anticipated to be needed in the near future to
fund further growth of the Banks and of First Premium; and (v) potentially
achieve greater liquidity for shareholders through the possible creation of
public market trading in their shares.

         By the end of January 1996, management had developed a proposed
transaction structure and an initial proposal regarding the basis for relative
valuations of the five Companies, as well as a sixth company, Wolfhoya, owned 
by Howard Adams' family and Ed Wehmer which Howard Adams and Mr. Wehmer
had formed for the purpose of organizing a fifth de novo bank.  In early
February 1996, management assembled a team of legal, accounting and tax
advisors to begin evaluating the proposed transaction structure and to advise
the Companies generally regarding various aspects of the proposal.  Over the
next approximately eight weeks, management met regularly with its legal, tax
and accounting advisors to refine the terms of the proposed consolidation in
order to accomplish a tax-free reorganization to be accounted for as a
pooling-of-interests.

         At Special Meetings of the respective Boards of Directors of the
Companies during the week of April 1, 1996, management introduced the concept
of the proposed Reorganization to each of the Boards, outlining the perceived
strategic benefits and potential business risks.  Following management's
presentation, legal counsel reviewed with each of the Boards the fiduciary
responsibilities of the directors in considering a transaction such as that
proposed where certain members of management and the Board may be deemed to
have conflicting loyalties.  Each of the Boards appointed a special committee
of disinterested directors to further evaluate the proposed transaction, to
consider retaining common advisors with the other Companies, and to select a
financial advisor to assist in evaluating the fairness to Shareholders of the
proposed transaction from a financial point of view.  Each Company also agreed
to share equally with the other Companies the expenses relating to pursuit of
the proposed transaction.

         On April 5, 1996, the Special Committees of each of the Companies
convened jointly to review in greater detail with management the terms of the
proposed transaction and to establish a process for further discussions among
the Special Committees in order to ensure fair dealing in arriving at the terms
of any proposed transaction.  The Special Committees determined to engage
jointly (i) Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz as the legal advisor to the
transaction with respect to certain corporate and securities matters, (ii) KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP, to advise as to certain accounting matters, and (iii)
Blackman Kallick Bartelstein, LLP, to advise as to certain tax matters.  Each
of the banking Companies separately retained Meltzer, Purtill & Stelle as
corporate and bank regulatory counsel and Crabtree retained Rudnick & Wolfe as
its corporate counsel to advise on certain matters relating to the transaction.
The Special Committees also considered four written proposals received by
management from





                                       12
<PAGE>   25

investment banking firms and requested that representatives of Howe Barnes
Investments, Inc. be invited to make a presentation to the combined Special
Committees regarding representing each of the Companies on a combined basis in
connection with delivery of separate fairness opinions to each of the Companies
regarding the proposed exchange ratios.

         Thereafter, at a meeting on April 12, 1996, following a presentation
by representatives of Howe Barnes, the Special Committees each engaged Howe
Barnes to evaluate management's proposed exchange ratios and to deliver a
separate opinion to each Company as to whether the proposed exchange ratios
were fair to their respective shareholders from a financial point of view.  It
was further agreed that if Howe Barnes did not conclude that the proposed
exchange ratios were fair, they would advise the Special Committees as to
exchange ratios that they did consider to be fair to all parties.  Subsequent
thereto, each Special Committee met separately with Howe Barnes, after
consultation with the management team of their respective subsidiary, to
discuss with Howe Barnes those factors the directors considered important in
assessing the valuation of that Company relative to the other Companies.

         The Special Committees met together on three subsequent occasions.  On
April 23, 1996, additional developments and certain due diligence matters were
discussed, including a presentation by management of First Premium to overview
its premium finance business, followed by a facility tour.  On May 7, 1996,
management advised the Special Committees that it had determined not to pursue
the acquisition of Wolfhoya at this time; legal counsel reviewed with the
members of the Special Committees the provisions of the proposed form of the
Reorganization Agreement, including the proposed Articles and By-laws of
Wintrust; and Howe Barnes delivered its oral opinions that the Exchange Ratios,
as modified by Howe Barnes to increase the relative valuation of Libertyville,
were fair to shareholders from a financial point of view.

         After several days involving various discussions among members of the
separate Special Committees and management, the committees jointly reconvened
on May 10, 1996, to consider the definitive proposal regarding the
Reorganization including the Exchange Ratios.  At the conclusion of this
meeting, each of the Special Committees indicated its intention to recommend
approval of the Reorganization Agreement to its respective Board of Directors.

         Special Meetings of the Boards of Directors of each of the Companies
were held during the week of May 13, 1996.  At each of these meetings,
management reviewed with the Board the strategic rationale for the proposed
Reorganization, legal counsel reviewed the terms of the definitive
Reorganization Agreement, including the Articles and By-laws of Wintrust, and
representatives of Howe Barnes delivered their oral fairness opinions to the
full boards.  At each meeting, following separate discussion among the
disinterested directors of such Board, the disinterested directors of each
Company approved the Reorganization Agreement and, after reconvening the full
board, the full board of each Company approved the Reorganization Agreement,
subject to requisite shareholder approval.

REASONS FOR THE REORGANIZATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF EACH COMPANY BELIEVES THAT THE
REORGANIZATION IS FAIR TO, AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF, THE RESPECTIVE COMPANY
AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS.  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF EACH COMPANY, INCLUDING THE
DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS THEREOF VOTING SEPARATELY, HAVE APPROVED THE
REORGANIZATION AND EACH BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS TO ITS SHAREHOLDERS TO
VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT.

         The Boards of Directors of the Companies, with the assistance of
outside financial and legal advisors, have evaluated the financial, legal and
market conditions bearing on the decision to recommend the Reorganization.  The
terms of the Reorganization, including the Exchange Ratios and the North Shore
Stock Split, were initially proposed by the shared senior management team of
the Companies.  The final terms of the Reorganization Agreement reflect ensuing
discussions among the Special Committees appointed by the Boards of each of the
Companies, management and the Companies' financial advisor.





                                       13
<PAGE>   26

         In reaching its conclusion to approve the Reorganization Agreement and
the transactions contemplated thereby, each Board consulted with its respective
management team, as well as its financial and legal advisors, and considered,
among other factors, the following:

                 (i)      each Company's business, financial condition, results
         of operations, management and prospects as a stand alone institution,
         including but not limited to its potential growth, development,
         productivity and profitability, and the business risks associated
         therewith;

                 (ii)     the current and prospective environment in which the
         Companies operate, including national and local economic conditions,
         the competitive environment for financial institutions generally, the
         increased regulatory burden on financial institutions generally and
         the trend towards consolidation in the financial services industry,
         particularly in the Chicago market area;

                 (iii)    information concerning the business, operations,
         asset quality and prospects of the Companies on a combined basis,
         including the ability of the combined entity to (a) compete more
         effectively and weather future unforeseen financial difficulties, (b)
         provide enhanced prospects for earlier dividends for shareholders of
         the Company, (c) provide shareholders with long term growth potential
         and liquidity through publicly registered shares, (d) provide capacity
         for a more efficient capital structure, and (e) provide access to more
         efficient sources of capital to finance future growth;

                 (iv)     the enhanced ability of the combined entity to
         develop additional profitable earning asset niches;

                 (v)      the conclusion of its Special Committee that the
         Reorganization is fair to its shareholders and the Special Committee's
         recommendation to approve the Reorganization;

                 (vi)     the opinion of Howe Barnes that the Exchange Ratios
         and North Shore Stock Split are fair to the holders of Common Stock of
         each of the Companies from a financial point of view;

                 (vii)    the review by each Board of Directors with its legal
         and financial advisors of the provisions of the Reorganization
         Agreement, including the conditions to consummation thereof;

                 (viii)   the belief of the Boards of Directors that the terms
         of the Reorganization Agreement are attractive in that they would
         allow shareholders of the Companies the opportunity to receive a more
         liquid investment in the form of Wintrust Common Stock, while
         permitting the shareholders to defer any tax liability associated with
         any gain in the value of their investment greater than the amount of
         cash received and to become shareholders Wintrust;

                 (ix)     the desirability of retaining access to the existing
         common senior management teams that have provided each Company a level
         of management, marketing and financial expertise beyond that which the
         respective Companies could have otherwise afforded to hire, and the
         operational compatibility of the respective business and management
         philosophies of the Companies, all of which are committed to
         prioritizing localized decisionmaking in order to deliver quality
         product and achieve a highly responsive level of personalized customer
         service;

                 (x)      the fact that the Companies need additional funds to
         support further growth in profitability and the opinion of senior
         management that a combined organization would enable the Companies to
         raise additional capital more efficiently and on more favorable terms
         than any of the Companies could likely achieve on a stand-alone basis;
         and

                 (xi)     the alternative strategic courses available to the
         Companies, including remaining independent and undertaking other
         potential capital raising alternatives.





                                       14
<PAGE>   27

         In reaching their determination to accept the Reorganization
Agreement, the Boards did not assign any relative or specific weights to the
foregoing factors, and individual directors may have given different weights to
different factors.  The importance of these factors relative to one another
cannot be precisely determined or stated herein and there can be no assurance
that the expected results or benefits of the proposed Reorganization will
actually occur.  Although there can be no assurance, the Boards of Directors
believe that the Reorganization will provide shareholders with increased value
and liquidity for their stock and will provide their communities and customers
with expanded services and products.

         The Board of Directors of each Company unanimously recommend that the
shareholders of the respective Company vote "FOR" approval and adoption of the
Reorganization Agreement.

OPINIONS OF HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.

         At separate meetings of the Boards of Directors of:  Crabtree on May
13, 1996; North Shore and Hinsdale on May 14, 1996; and Lake Forest and
Libertyville on May 15, 1996, at which the terms of the proposed Reorganization
were discussed and considered, Howe Barnes rendered opinions to the Board of
Directors for each of the Companies that, as of the date of such meetings, the
Exchange Ratios are fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of
Common Stock for each of the Companies.  Howe Barnes has confirmed its opinions
by delivery of a written opinion to the Board of Directors of each of the
Companies dated the date of this Proxy Statement stating that, as of the date
hereof and based on the matters set forth in such opinion, the Exchange Ratios
are fair, from a financial point of view, to the holders of common stock for
each of the Companies.

         THE FULL TEXT OF HOWE BARNES' OPINIONS DATED THE DATE HEREOF, WHICH
SET FORTH ASSUMPTIONS MADE, PROCEDURES FOLLOWED, MATTERS CONSIDERED, AND LIMITS
ON THE REVIEW UNDERTAKEN BY HOWE BARNES, ARE ATTACHED AS APPENDIX C AND ARE
INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.  THE DESCRIPTION OF THE HOWE BARNES OPINIONS
SET FORTH IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY
BY REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF SUCH OPINIONS. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO READ
THE APPLICABLE HOWE BARNES OPINION IN ITS ENTIRETY.

         Each Howe Barnes opinion as expressed herein is limited to the
fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratios to the holders
of the Companies' Common Stock and does not address the Companies' underlying
business decisions to proceed with the Reorganization.  Howe Barnes has been
retained on behalf of the Board of Directors of each of the Companies, and its
opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any holder of any of the
Companies' Common Stock as to how such holder should vote with respect to the
Reorganization Agreement at any meeting of holders of the Companies' Common
Stock.

         Howe Barnes, as part of its investment banking business, is regularly
engaged in the valuation of banks and bank holding companies, thrifts and
thrift holding companies, and various other financial services companies, in
connection with mergers and acquisitions, initial and secondary offerings of
securities, and valuations for other purposes.  The Board of Directors for each
of the Companies selected Howe Barnes on the basis of its familiarity with the
financial services industry, its qualifications, ability, previous experience,
and its reputation with respect to such matters.

         For purposes of its opinions dated the date hereof and in connection
with its review of the proposed transaction, Howe Barnes, among other things:
(i) reviewed each of the Companies' audited financial statements and related
financial information for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 (where
available), unaudited financial information for the three months ended March
31, 1996, as well as other internally generated reports relating to
asset/liability management, asset quality, and so forth; (ii) reviewed and
analyzed certain other information bearing upon the financial and operating
condition of each of the other Companies and materials prepared in connection
with the proposed transaction; (iii) conducted discussions with members of the
senior management of each of the Companies concerning the financial condition,
businesses, assets, earnings, and prospects of each, and such senior
management's views as to the future financial performance of each; (iv)
reviewed certain financial forecasts and projections of the Companies as
prepared by the management of each; (v) reviewed the offering document and
private placement memorandum for each of the Companies (where applicable) used
in





                                       15
<PAGE>   28

connection with the capitalization of each; (vi) reviewed the recent stock
prices and historical trading activity for the shares of each of the Companies;
(vii) reviewed the Reorganization Agreement and all of the related agreements;
and (viii) reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and performed
such other investigations and took into account such other matters as it deemed
necessary.

         Howe Barnes has assumed and relied, without independent verification,
upon the accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other
information supplied to it by each of the Companies for the purposes of this
opinion.  Howe Barnes has also assumed and relied upon the senior management of
each of the Companies as to the reasonableness and achievability of the
financial and operating forecasts (and the assumptions and bases therefor)
provided to it.  In that regard, Howe Barnes has assumed that such forecasts
reflect the best currently available estimates and judgment of management and
that such forecasts will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods
currently estimated by the management of each of the Companies.  Howe Barnes is
not an expert in the evaluation of allowances for loan losses, and has not made
an independent evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses of
each of the Companies, nor has Howe Barnes reviewed any individual loan credit
files and has assumed that the aggregate allowance for loan losses is adequate
to cover such losses.  In addition, Howe Barnes has not made an independent
evaluation or appraisal of the assets and liabilities of each of the Companies
or any of their subsidiaries, nor was Howe Barnes furnished with any such
evaluation or appraisal.  Its opinion is necessarily based on economic, market,
and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to it
as of, the date hereof.

         The following is a brief summary of the analysis presented by Howe
Barnes to the Board of Directors of each of the Companies in connection with
Howe Barnes' fairness opinion.

         Comparison of Performance.  Howe Barnes analyzed the historical
operating results of each of the Companies for 1994 and 1995, including the
balance sheet and income statement, asset quality, current asset/liability
sensitivity, and operating budgets.  Because of the limited operating history
for each of the Companies, Howe Barnes also reviewed and analyzed the projected
future performance for each of the Companies through 1999.  The projections
reviewed by Howe Barnes were prepared by the managements of each of the
Companies.  None of the Companies publicly discloses internal management
projections of the type provided to Howe Barnes in connection with the review
of the merger.  Such projections were not prepared with a view toward public
disclosure.  The projections were based on numerous variables and assumptions
which are inherently uncertain, including, without limitation, factors related
to general economic and competitive conditions.  Accordingly, actual results
could vary significantly from those set forth in such projections.

         This analysis showed, among other things, that from 1994 to 1995, Lake
Forest's assets grew 36.8% to $197 million from $144 million, while Lake
Forest's net income grew 99.8% to $1.015 million from $508 thousand for the
same period.  From 1994 to 1995 Hinsdale's assets grew 74.2% to $116 million
from $67 million, while net income grew to $420 thousand in 1995 from a net
loss of $893 thousand for 1994.  From 1994 to 1995 North Shore's assets grew
132.8% to $105 million from $45 million, while North Shore had net losses of
$862 thousand and $896 thousand for 1995 and 1994, respectively.  For 1995
Libertyville had total assets of $37 million and a net loss of $958 thousand.
From 1994 to 1995 Crabtree's assets grew 11.6% to $18.8 million from $16.9
million, while net income grew to $1,882 thousand from a net loss of $955
thousand.

         Discounted Cash Flow Analysis.  Using discounted cash flow analysis,
Howe Barnes estimated the future dividend streams that each of the Companies
could produce over the period from January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1999,
assuming a minimum required equity level of 5.5% of total assets, if each of
the Companies performed in accordance with forecasts based on the management's
estimates for each of the Companies.  Howe Barnes also estimated the net income
capitalization rate for each of the Companies as of December 31, 1999 ranging
from 9.0% to 10.0%.  The dividend streams and terminal value were discounted to
present values as of December 31, 1995 using discount rates ranging from 13.0%
to 14.0%, which reflect different assumptions regarding the required rate of
return of holders and prospective buyers of common stock.  Howe Barnes'
indicated theoretical values for Lake Forest, based on four-year projections of
return on average assets ranging between 0.70% and 1.40% and asset growth rates
ranging between 14.0% and 27.0%, indicated a range between $138.89





                                       16
<PAGE>   29

per share and $159.68 per share.  Howe Barnes' indicated theoretical values for
Hinsdale, based on four-year projections of return on average assets ranging
between 0.70% and 1.50% and asset growth rates ranging between 22.0% and 34.0%,
indicated a range between $88.00 per share and $100.92 per share.  Howe Barnes'
indicated theoretical values for North Shore, based on four-year projections of
return on average assets ranging between 0.30% and 1.40% and asset growth rates
ranging between 15.0% and 70.0%, indicated a range between $70.41 per share and
$80.86 per share.  Howe Barnes' indicated theoretical values for Libertyville,
based on four-year projections of return on average assets ranging between
(0.10)% and 1.40% and asset growth rates ranging between 22.0% and 150.0%,
indicated a range between $55.66 per share and $64.00 per share.  Howe Barnes'
indicated theoretical values for Crabtree, based on four-year projections of
net income ranging between $1.0 million and $4.6 million and asset growth rates
ranging between 24.0% and 38.0%, indicated a range between $16.81 per share and
$19.28 per share.

         Relative Contribution Analysis.  In performing a relative contribution
analysis, Howe Barnes analyzed the contribution of each of the Companies to the
income statement and balance sheet of the consolidated entity on a pro-forma
basis.  The balance sheet and income statement items analyzed included, among
other things, the relative contribution to the consolidated entity of each of
the Companies of preliminary unaudited total equity as of March 31, 1996, 1995
net income, and projected net income through 1999.  The proposed dollar values
for each of the Companies expressed as a percentage of the total combined
pro-forma value were 24.0%, 18.6%, 20.7%, 13.7%, and 23.0% for Lake Forest,
Hinsdale, North Shore, Libertyville, and Crabtree, respectively.

         The relative contribution analysis showed, among other things, that,
as of March 31, 1996, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North Shore, Libertyville, and
Crabtree would have contributed 25.0%, 22.1%, 25.7%, 21.2%, and 6.0% of total
shareholders' equity, respectively.

         Given the limited operating history of several of the Companies as
well as the projected growth potential and future prospects for each, Howe
Barnes considered not only the current level of net income contribution but
also the future projected net income contribution for each of the Companies.
Projected net income for each of the Companies was based on estimates of the
respective managements of the Companies.  The relative contribution analysis
also showed, among other things, that Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North Shore,
Libertyville, and Crabtree would have contributed 67.8%, 28.1%, (57.6)%,
(64.0)%, and 125.7% of net income as of December 31, 1995, and 24.8%, 19.2%,
20.3%, 14.2%, and 21.6% of projected net income (exclusive of any cost savings
and revenue enhancements resulting from the Reorganization) as of December 31,
1999, respectively.

         The foregoing is a summary of the material financial analyses
performed by Howe Barnes, but does not purport to be a complete description of
the analyses performed by Howe Barnes.  The preparation of a fairness opinion
is a complex process and is not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or
summary description.  Selecting portions of the analyses or of the summary set
forth above, without considering the analyses as a whole, could create an
incomplete view of the processes underlying Howe Barnes' opinion.  The ranges
of valuations resulting from any particular analysis described above should not
be taken to be Howe Barnes' view of the accrual value of the Companies.

         Howe Barnes examined the history of trading prices and volume for
Common Stock of the Companies and found the trading history to be limited in
most cases, and nonexistent in others.  None of the Companies trade on any
organized exchange and no active market for the Common Stock of any of the
Companies has developed.  As a result, the stock trading history of the
Companies was not deemed by Howe Barnes to be useful in rendering its fairness
opinion.  Howe Barnes also attempted to conduct a comparable transaction
analysis by compiling financial data from comparable merger transactions.
Given the unique aspects of this transaction, including the simultaneous merger
of five operating companies, the limited operating history of certain of the
Companies, and the differing asset sizes, profitability levels, and business
lines of the Companies, the usefulness of this valuation technique is
diminished.  In Howe Barnes' opinion, a material number of comparable
transactions could not be compiled which would sufficiently reflect the facts
of this transaction.  In arriving at its fairness determination, Howe Barnes
considered the results of all such analyses some of which are not mathematical,
but rather involve complex considerations and judgments concerning differences
in operating and financial characteristics including, among other





                                       17
<PAGE>   30

things, differences in revenue composition and earnings performance among the
Companies.  Reorganization transactions involve unique non-financial issues
that must be negotiated in a fair and equitable manner.  Although they are
difficult to quantify, these non-financial issues could influence the
appropriateness of the Exchange Ratios.  These issues include, among other
things, the name of the surviving corporation, location of headquarters, board
of directors composition, management structure, and respective ownership by
each Company's shareholders in the surviving corporation.  Representatives of
the Companies were responsible for the negotiation of these non-financial
issues, and as such, Howe Barnes has assumed that these factors did not
influence the Exchange Ratios.

         In performing its analyses, Howe Barnes made numerous assumptions with
respect to industry performance, business and economic conditions and other
matters, many of which are beyond the control of the Companies.  The analyses
performed by Howe Barnes are not necessarily indicative of actual values of
future results, which may be significantly more or less favorable than
suggested by such analyses.  Additionally, analyses relating to the values of
assets and liabilities do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices
at which such assets and liabilities actually may be sold or transferred to
another party.

         Pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement dated April 8, 1996, and
accepted by each of the Companies on April 23, 1996, each of the Companies
agreed jointly to pay Howe Barnes an aggregate fee of $120,000 for rendering of
its opinion.  In addition, the Companies have each agreed to indemnify Howe
Barnes against certain liabilities arising out of its engagement, including
liabilities under the federal securities laws.


                          TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The following description of the Reorganization is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Plan of
Merger (collectively, the "Reorganization Agreement"), which is attached hereto
as Appendix A to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and is incorporated
herein by reference.  ALL SHAREHOLDERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE
REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY.

GENERAL

         On the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the
Reorganization Agreement, LFBII will merge with and into Lake Forest, HBII will
merge with and into Hinsdale, LBII will merge with and into Libertyville, and
Crabtree II will merge with and into Crabtree, with Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
Libertyville and Crabtree to be surviving corporations which will continue to
exist as wholly-owned, mid-tier holding company subsidiaries of Wintrust
(formerly North Shore, the name of which will be changed at the Effective Date
pursuant to the Reorganization).  As part of, and simultaneous with the
Effective Date of, the Reorganization, the Articles of Incorporation and
By-Laws of North Shore will be amended and restated pursuant to the terms of
the Reorganization Agreement, and will govern Wintrust until amended or
repealed in accordance with applicable law.  The Articles of Incorporation or
Certificate of Incorporation, as the case may be, and by-laws of each of Lake
Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree in effect at the Effective Date
will govern the respective surviving corporation until amended or repealed in
accordance with applicable law.  The separate corporate existences of the Banks
and First Premium will be unaffected by the Reorganization.  See "WINTRUST
FINANCIAL CORPORATION -- Operational Philosophy."

EXCHANGE RATIOS

         In the Reorganization, each share of Lake Forest Common Stock,
Hinsdale Common Stock, Libertyville Common Stock and Crabtree Common Stock
which is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date, other
than dissenting shares, shall be converted into and represent the right to
receive shares of Wintrust Common Stock (the "Wintrust Shares") on the basis of
the Exchange Ratios set forth in the table below.  Each share of North Shore
Common Stock which is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Date, other than





                                       18
<PAGE>   31

dissenting shares, shall be adjusted in the form of a stock split (the "North
Shore Stock Split") so as to represent 5.16180 Wintrust Shares.

         The table below sets forth, based on the shares of Common Stock of
each of the Companies issued and outstanding as of May 22, 1996, and assuming
conversion to Common Stock of all preferred shares in accordance with the terms
thereof, (i) respective Exchange Ratios, (ii) the aggregate number of shares of
Wintrust Common Stock to be issued in exchange for the shares of Common Stock
of each Company, and (iii) the resulting percentage ownership of Wintrust
shares to be held by the shareholders of each Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          
                                                                  Aggregate
                                                                  Number of
                                                                  Shares of          Pro Forma
                                                                   Wintrust            % of
                                                                 Common Stock          Total
                                                                  Issuable in         Wintrust
                                         Exchange Ratio           Exchange(1)       Shares(1)(2)
                                         --------------          -------------      ------------
             <S>                         <C>                     <C>                <C>
             North Shore . . . . . .      5.16180                    1,189,841         18.5%
             Lake Forest . . . . . .      9.67334                    1,580,237         24.6%
             Hinsdale  . . . . . . .      6.03398                    1,196,508         18.6%
             Libertyville  . . . . .      4.02578                      848,840         13.2%
             Crabtree  . . . . . . .      1.18332                    1,612,829(3)      25.1%
                                                             
</TABLE>  
_
(1)   As of May 22, 1996, assuming full conversion of preferred shares in
      accordance with their respective terms and giving effect to cancellation
      of all intercompany holdings of Common Stock as provided in the
      Reorganization Agreement.

(2)   Assumes no exercise of currently outstanding warrants, right and options
      to purchase shares of Common Stock of the various Companies other than as
      specified in footnote (3) below.

(3)   Gives effect to the exercise of a portion of the First Premium common
      stock warrants and conversion thereof into 399,612 shares of Wintrust
      Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Reorganization
      Agreement.  Does not give effect to the possible exercise of the
      remaining portion of First Premium warrants which are not anticipated to
      be exercised prior to the Effective Date and would thereafter be
      exercisable for an additional 48,128 shares of Wintrust Common Stock on
      the basis of the Crabtree Exchange Ratio.

         Each share of LFBII, HBII, LBII and Crabtree II Common Stock which is
issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be
converted into the right to receive one share of either Lake Forest Common
Stock, Hinsdale Common Stock, Libertyville Common Stock or Crabtree Common
Stock, as the case may be.  The Reorganization Agreement provides that any
shares of Preferred Stock of Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree
which are issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date will be cancelled, it
being contemplated that all such Shares will have been previously converted to
Common Stock in accordance with provisions of the Reorganization Agreement.

COMMON STOCK WARRANTS

         There are outstanding certain Warrants to purchase shares of the North
Shore Common Stock, Hinsdale Common Stock and Libertyville Common Stock (the
"Common Stock Warrants") which, as of March 31, 1996, entitled the holders
thereof to purchase an aggregate of 5,000 shares of North Shore Common Stock,
10,000 shares of Hinsdale Common Stock and 20,760 shares of Libertyville Common
Stock, respectively.  Upon consummation of the Reorganization, each such
Warrant that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall
remain outstanding after the Effective Date and shall be unaffected by the
Reorganization, except that the North Shore Common Stock Warrants shall be
adjusted to give effect to the North Shore Stock Split.





                                       19
<PAGE>   32

         As of March 31, 1996, Warrants to purchase 6,493 shares of First
Premium were outstanding (the "First Premium Warrants").  At or prior to the
Effective Date, the Reorganization Agreement requires that the First Premium
Warrants will be amended so as to provide the holders thereof the right to
purchase that number of shares Crabtree Common Stock that will convert, on the
basis of the Crabtree Exchange Ratio, into an aggregate of 447,740 shares of
Wintrust Common Stock (assuming no prior exercise of the Warrants).  Any of
such Warrants that are not exercised prior to the Effective Date, will be
converted pursuant to the Reorganization into the right to purchase shares of
Wintrust Common Stock on terms appropriately adjusted to reflect such Exchange
Ratio.  The two holders of the First Premium Warrants, Internationale
Netherlanden Bank, N.V. and Deerpath Investments, LLP have indicated their
intention to agree to the proposed amendments to the First Premium warrants.

OPTIONS/RIGHTS

         Options/rights (each an "Option" and collectively, the "Options") to
purchase shares of North Shore Common Stock, Lake Forest Common Stock, Hinsdale
Common Stock, Libertyville Common Stock, Crabtree Common Stock, First Premium
Common Stock and Common Stock of The Credit Life Companies, Inc., a Delaware
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Crabtree ("Credit Life"), are
outstanding under several different stock option/rights plans and agreements.
Options to purchase 64,076 shares of North Shore Common Stock, 36,502 shares
Lake Forest Common Stock, 31,455 shares of Hinsdale Common Stock, 22,550 shares
of Libertyville Common Stock, 43,725 shares of Crabtree Common Stock, 1,783
shares of First Premium Common Stock and 74.7 shares of Credit Life Common
Stock were issued and outstanding as of March 31, 1996.  Upon consummation of
the Reorganization, each Option, other than the First Premium and Credit Life
Options, that is validly issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Date will automatically become an option to purchase the number of
shares of Wintrust Common Stock (a "Wintrust Stock Option") determined by
multiplying the number of shares of Lake Forest Common Stock, Hinsdale Common
Stock, Libertyville Common Stock and Crabtree Common Stock subject to the
Options by the respective Exchange Ratio and in the case of North Shore, by the
number of shares represented by the North Shore Stock Split.  At or prior to
consummation of the Reorganization, the Options to purchase shares of First
Premium Common Stock or Credit Life Common Stock which are validly issued and
outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date will be amended so as to
convert into the right to purchase an aggregate of 133,963 shares of Wintrust
Common Stock.

CLOSING DATE OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The closing of the Reorganization (the "Closing") will take place on a
date mutually agreed upon by the parties to the Reorganization Agreement as
soon as practicable following satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the
Reorganization.  See "-- Conditions to the Reorganization."  The parties shall
execute, acknowledge and file, in accordance with the governing corporate law,
a certificate of merger or articles of merger, as the case may be, upon
satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the consummation of the
Reorganization contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement.  The date and time
on which the Reorganization becomes effective is referred to herein as the
"Effective Date."

SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES

         As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, Wintrust will mail to
each holder of record of the Common Stock of each of North Shore, Lake Forest,
Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree a letter of transmittal and instructions
for use in effectuating the surrender of such holder's North Shore, Lake
Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree Common Stock certificates (the
"Certificates").

         NO SHAREHOLDERS SHOULD SEND IN THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES UNTIL THEY
RECEIVE THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FORM AND INSTRUCTIONS FROM WINTRUST.

         Upon surrender to Wintrust of one or more Certificates, together with
a properly completed letter of transmittal, Wintrust will cause to be issued
and mailed to holders of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and
Crabtree Common Stock, certificates representing the shares of Wintrust Common
Stock plus the





                                       20
<PAGE>   33

amount of cash which the holder is entitled to receive in lieu of fractional
shares pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement.  The surrendered certificates
of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree Common Stock
will thereupon be cancelled.  No fractional shares of Wintrust Common Stock
will be issued in exchange for shares of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
Libertyville and Crabtree Common Stock and holders thereof will receive cash in
lieu thereof.  A Wintrust Common Stock certificate may be issued in a name
other than the name in which the surrendered Certificate(s) is registered only
if a certificate representing such North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
Libertyville and Crabtree Common Stock is presented to Wintrust, accompanied by
all documents required to evidence and effect a transfer to the new name and by
evidence that any applicable stock transfer taxes have been paid.

         No dividends or other distributions declared after the Effective Date
with respect to Wintrust Common Stock shall be paid to the holder of any
unsurrendered certificate of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville
and Crabtree Common Stock (with respect to the right to receive any Wintrust
Common Stock represented thereby) until such holder of record shall have
surrendered such North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree
Common Stock certificate in good and proper form.  Subject to the effect, if
any, of applicable law, after the subsequent surrender and exchange of a
certificate, the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive any such dividends
or distributions, without interest thereon, which theretofore became payable
with respect to the Wintrust Common Stock represented by such certificate.

CONDITIONS TO THE REORGANIZATION

         Consummation of the Reorganization is subject to the satisfaction of
certain conditions unless waived, to the extent waiver is permitted by
applicable law.

         In addition to the required regulatory approvals described below, the
obligations of the Companies to effect the Reorganization are subject to the
fulfillment at the Effective Date of the following conditions (unless waived by
the appropriate parties): (i) there shall not be any order, injunction or decree
issued by any court or agency or legal restraint or prohibition preventing the
consummation of the Reorganization in effect, nor any statute, rule, regulation,
order, injunction or decree enacted, promulgated or enforced which prohibits,
materially restricts or makes illegal consummation of the Reorganization; (ii)
the Reorganization Agreement and the Reorganization shall have been approved by
at least  2/3 of the shares of Common Stock of each of North Shore, Hinsdale and
Libertyville entitled to vote thereon; and by at least a majority of the shares
of Common Stock of each of Lake Forest and Crabtree entitled to vote thereon;
(iii) the Fairness Opinion shall not have been withdrawn or materially modified
prior to the Effective Date; (iv) the absence of a stop order suspending
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus is a part and/or proceedings seeking such a stop order; (v)
the receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, including the approval of the
Federal Reserve and any other applicable regulatory authority required to
consummate the Reorganization; (vi) receipt of an opinion from Blackman Kallick
regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization
substantially to the effect that, among other matters, the shareholders of the
Constituent Corporations will not recognize taxable gain by reason of the
Reorganization except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional
shares; (vii) receipt of an opinion from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to the effect
that the Reorganization will qualify for "pooling-of-interests" method of
accounting and a favorable pooling letter from Arthur Andersen, LLP ("Arthur
Andersen") with respect to certain pooling issues relating to Crabtree and its
former and current subsidiaries; (viii) the First Premium Warrants shall have
been amended so as to provide the holders thereof the right to acquire upon
conversion or exercise an aggregate of 447,740 shares of Wintrust Common Stock;
(ix) the First Premium and Credit Life Options shall have been amended so as to
provide for the conversion of the Credit Life Options into the right to acquire
shares of First Premium on the Effective Date and the conversion of all options
to acquire First Premium Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior
to the Effective Date into the right to acquire an aggregate of 133,963 shares
of Wintrust Common Stock; (x) as of the Effective Date, there shall have been no
adverse change or changes in the assets, liabilities, properties, financial
condition, results of operations or business prospects of any one or more of the
Companies and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which would be
materially adverse to the results of operations, financial condition or business
prospects of Wintrust on a combined basis; and (xi) the merger of Credit Life
with and into First Premium shall have been completed.





                                       21
<PAGE>   34


REGULATORY APPROVALS

         Federal Reserve.  The Reorganization is subject to prior approval by
the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act, which requires that the Federal Reserve
take into consideration, among other factors, the financial and managerial
resources and future prospects of the respective institutions and the
convenience and needs of the communities to be served.  The BHC Act prohibits
the Federal Reserve from approving the Reorganization if the Reorganization
would result in a monopoly or be in furtherance of any combination or
conspiracy to monopolize or to attempt to monopolize the business of banking in
any part of the United States, or if the effect of the Reorganization in any
section of the country may be to substantially lessen competition or tend to
create a monopoly, or if it would in any other manner be a restraint of trade,
unless the Federal Reserve finds that the anticompetitive effects of the
Reorganization are clearly outweighed in the public interest by the probable
effect of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the
communities to be served.  It is highly improbable that the Reorganization
poses any antitrust issues.  The Federal Reserve also has the authority to deny
an application if it concludes that the combined organization would have an
inadequate capital position.  Furthermore, the Federal Reserve will assess the
records of the Banks under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended
(the "CRA").  The CRA requires that the Federal Reserve analyze, and take into
account when evaluating an application, each bank's record of meeting the
credit needs of its local communities, including low- and moderate-income
neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operation.

         Under the BHC Act, the Reorganization may not be consummated up to 30
days following the date of the Federal Reserve approval, during which time the
Department of Justice ("DOJ") may challenge the Reorganization on antitrust
grounds.  The Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the DOJ, may reduce the
30-day waiting period to 15 days.  The commencement of an antitrust action
would stay the effectiveness of the Federal Reserve's approval unless a court
specifically orders otherwise.  The BHC Act provides for the publication of
notice and public comment on the applications and authorizes the regulatory
agency to permit interested parties to intervene in the proceedings.

         Under the Federal Reserve's regulations, the Federal Reserve is
required to act on the application within the 60-day period (reduced to 30 days
if the Federal Reserve delegates processing of the application to the Federal
Reserve Bank of Chicago) that begins on the date of submission to the Federal
Reserve of a complete record of the application (a period that will be tolled
by any public comments or other circumstances that may trigger further requests
for information from the Federal Reserve).

         Wintrust filed its application with the Federal Reserve on [June]
_____, 1996.  By letter dated ________, 1996, the Federal Reserve deemed the
application informationally complete, and accepted the application for
processing under delegated authority.  It is anticipated that the Federal
Reserve will render its decision on the application by _____________, 1996.
There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will continue processing the
application under delegated authority.

         There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will approve the
Reorganization, and if the Reorganization is approved, there can be no
assurance as to the date of such approval.  There can likewise be no assurance
that the DOJ will not challenge the Reorganization or, if such a challenge is
made, as to the result thereof.

         The Reorganization cannot proceed in the absence of all requisite
regulatory approvals.  See "-- Conditions to the Reorganization," "-- Closing
Date of the Reorganization" and "-- Termination, Amendment and Waiver." The
Companies have agreed to take all reasonable actions necessary to obtain
approvals and comply with the requirements of the Federal Reserve and other
governmental entities.

         The Companies are not aware of any other governmental approvals or
actions that are required for consummation of the Reorganization except as
described above.  Should any other approval or action be required, it is
presently contemplated that such approval or action would be sought.  There can
be no assurance that any such approval or action, if needed, could be obtained
and, if such approvals or actions are obtained, there can be no assurance as to
the timing thereof.





                                       22
<PAGE>   35


CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE REORGANIZATION

         Under the Reorganization Agreement, pending consummation of the
transaction each of the Companies is generally obligated to (i) operate and
conduct its respective business only in the ordinary course consistent with
past practices; (ii) preserve, and to cause its respective operating
subsidiaries to preserve, their respective business organizations; (iii) use
best efforts to keep available the services of its respective present officers,
key employees, and agents; and (iv) use its best efforts to preserve the
goodwill of its key suppliers, customers and others having material business
relations therewith, except in each case where the loss of such services or
relationships will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
condition or business prospects of Wintrust.

         In this regard, each of the Companies has agreed: (i) not to make any
material change in its respective business or operations; (ii) to maintain its
respective property and physical assets in as good a state of operating
condition and repair, except for ordinary depreciation and wear and tear; (iii)
subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, pledge, lease, mortgage, encumber
or otherwise dispose of any of its respective assets, other than pursuant to
transactions in the normal course of business for fair value; (iv) to keep in
force all policies of insurance covering its respective businesses, properties
and assets and any of its respective subsidiaries and all policies of insurance
providing for directors and officers errors and omission coverage except as
same may be replaced with policies of insurance providing substantially similar
coverage; (v) except as otherwise contemplated in the Reorganization Agreement
or as provided for above in clause (iii) above, not to incur or agree to incur
any obligations to issue, sell, pledge or dispose of, or otherwise encumber,
any of its respective shares of capital stock, or any options, rights, or other
securities convertible into such shares, options, rights or other securities;
(vi) not to authorize or pay or agree to pay or accrue any increased wage,
salary or other remuneration of the directors, officers or other key employees
or agents of any of the Companies or North Shore Bank and not to authorize or
make any material changes in compensation or policy regarding compensation
payable or to become payable to any directors, officers or other employees, of
any of the Companies and their respective subsidiaries; (vii) not to declare,
set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other actual, constructive or
deemed distributions in respect of, any of its respective capital stock, or
otherwise make any payments to its respective shareholders in their capacity as
such; except as contemplated in the Reorganization Agreement, not to split,
combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the
issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution
for, shares of its capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire
any such shares; or, except as contemplated in the Reorganization Agreement,
not to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its respective
capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares;
(viii) not to amend its respective Articles of Incorporation or Certificate of
Incorporation (as the case may be) or amend in any material respect its
By-Laws, except as provided for in the Reorganization Agreement; (ix) not to
acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing
a portion of the assets of or equity in, or by any other manner, any business
or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or
division thereof; (x) not to change any accounting policies, procedures or
practices currently employed by it except for any such changes as may be
required to be implemented by GAAP or any other such changes which will not
have material effect on its financial condition or results of operations; or
(xi) not to enter into any material contract, agreement or lease or make any
material change in any existing contracts, agreements or leases except in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

         Pursuant to the terms of the Reorganization Agreement, the Companies
have agreed not to, and will cause their respective subsidiaries not to, borrow
any money other than in the usual and ordinary course of business.

         In addition, except with the prior consent of the other parties and
subject to certain exceptions, none of the Companies shall make, nor shall they
permit their respective subsidiaries to make, any extension of credit or
commitment to make any extension of credit not consistent with their current
lending policies or in excess of their current internal lending limits or to
any customer who is listed on their respective loan watch list as of the date
of the execution of the Reorganization Agreement.





                                       23
<PAGE>   36

CERTAIN MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE REORGANIZATION

         The Companies have received an opinion of Blackman Kallick that the
Reorganization will qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Section
368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.  Accordingly, the Companies will recognize no gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Reorganization and no
gain or loss will be recognized by any Company shareholder upon receipt of
Wintrust Common Stock pursuant to the Reorganization (except upon the receipt
of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Wintrust Common Stock).  The Internal
Revenue Service ("Service") has not been asked to rule upon the tax
consequences of the Reorganization and such request will not be made.  The
opinion of Blackman Kallick is based entirely upon the Code, regulations now in
effect thereunder, current administrative rulings and practice, and judicial
authority, all of which are subject to change.  Unlike a ruling from the
Service, an opinion of counsel is not binding on the Service and there can be
no assurance, and none is hereby given, that the Service will not take a
position contrary to one or more positions reflected herein or that the opinion
will be upheld by the courts if challenged by the Service.  EACH SHAREHOLDER IS
URGED TO CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX AND FINANCIAL ADVISORS AS TO THE EFFECT OF
SUCH FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ON HIS OR HER OWN PARTICULAR FACTS AND
CIRCUMSTANCES AND ALSO AS TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX
CONSEQUENCES ARISING OUT OF THE REORGANIZATION.

         Based upon the opinion of Blackman Kallick, which in turn is based
upon various representations and subject to various assumptions and
qualifications, the following federal income tax consequences to the Companies'
holders will result from the Reorganization:

                 (i)      Provided (a) that the merger of Lake Forest II with
         and into Lake Forest, Hinsdale II with and into Hinsdale, Libertyville
         II with and into Libertyville, and Crabtree II with and into Crabtree
         qualify as statutory mergers under applicable state law, (b) that
         after the transaction, each Company will hold substantially all of its
         assets and the assets of the respective Reorganization Subsidiary, and
         (c) that in the transaction, the shareholders of each Company exchange
         an amount of stock constituting control of the Company (within the
         meaning of section 368(c)) solely for Wintrust Common Stock, each
         proposed merger will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of
         section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.  The Reorganization will not be
         disqualified by reason of the fact that the Common Stock of Wintrust
         will be used in the merger.  (For purposes of the Blackman Kallick tax
         opinion, "substantially all" means at least 90 percent of the fair
         market value of the net assets and at least 70 percent of the fair
         market value of the gross assets of each of the Companies and
         Reorganization Subsidiaries.  Wintrust, and each of the Companies and
         Reorganization Subsidiaries will each be a "party to a reorganization"
         within the meaning of section 368(b) of the Code;

                 (ii)     No gain or loss will be recognized to each
         Reorganization Subsidiary upon the transfer of its assets to the
         respective Company in exchange for the shares of Company Common Stock;

                 (iii)    No gain or loss will be recognized to the Company
         upon the receipt of the assets of the respective Reorganization
         Subsidiary in exchange for the Company Common Stock;

                 (iv)     The basis of the Reorganization Subsidiary's assets
         in the hands of the respective Company will be the same as the basis
         of those assets in the hands of the Reorganization Subsidiary
         immediately before the Reorganization;

                 (v)      The holding period of the assets of the
         Reorganization Subsidiary in the hands of the Company will include the
         period during which such assets were held by the Reorganization
         Subsidiary;

                 (vi)     No gain or loss will be recognized to Wintrust upon
         the receipt of the Company Common Stock solely in exchange for the
         Reorganization Subsidiary Common Stock;





                                       24
<PAGE>   37

                 (vii)    No gain or loss will be recognized to the Company
         shareholders upon the receipt of stock solely in exchange for their
         shares of Company Common Stock;

                 (viii)   The basis of the Wintrust Common Stock to be received
         by the Company shareholders, including any fractional shares to which
         they may be entitled, will be the same as the basis of the Company
         Common Stock surrendered in exchange therefor;

                 (ix)     The holding period of the Wintrust Common Stock to be
         received by the Company shareholders, including any fractional shares
         to which they may be entitled, will include the holding period of the
         Company Common Stock surrendered in exchange therefor, provided that
         the Company Common Stock was held as a capital asset on the date of
         the exchange;

                 (x)      Pursuant to section 381(a) of the Code and section
         1.381(a)-1 of the Income Tax Regulations, the Company will succeed to
         and take into account the items of the respective Reorganization
         Subsidiary described in section 381(c) of the Code, subject to the
         provisions and limitations specified in sections 381, 382, 383, 384,
         and 1502 of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

                 (xi)     The Company will succeed to and take into account the
         earnings and profits, or deficit in earnings and profits, of the
         respective Reorganization Subsidiary as of the date of the transfer.
         Any deficit in earnings and profits of the Reorganization Subsidiary
         will be used only to offset the earnings and profits accumulated after
         the date of the transfer;

                 (xii)    Where a shareholder of the Company dissents to the
         proposed transaction and receives solely cash in exchange for such
         Shareholder's Company Common Stock, such cash will be treated as
         having been received by the shareholder as a distribution in
         redemption of his or her stock subject to the provisions and
         limitations of the Code.  Where as a result of such distribution, the
         Company shareholder neither holds any stock of Wintrust directly, nor
         is deemed to own any such stock under the constructive ownership rules
         of the Code, the redemption will be a complete termination of interest
         under the Code and will be treated as a distribution in full payment
         in exchange for the shares redeemed.  Accordingly, such shareholders
         will recognize gain or loss under the Code measured by the difference
         between the amount of cash received and such Shareholder's adjusted
         basis in the Company Common Stock surrendered;

                 (xiii)   The payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of
         Wintrust Common Stock will be treated as if the fractional shares were
         distributed as part of the exchange and then redeemed by Wintrust.
         These cash payments will be treated as having been received as
         distributions in full payment in exchange for stock redeemed as
         provided in the Code; and

                 (xiv)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of
         non-qualified options to buy shares in the Companies upon the
         conversion of those options into non-qualified options to buy shares
         of Wintrust Common Stock under the same terms and conditions as in
         effect immediately prior to the proposed transaction.

         The foregoing describes, in the opinion of Blackman Kallick, the
material federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization for shareholders
or residents of the United States and who hold their shares as capital assets,
without regard to the particular facts and circumstances of the tax situation
of each shareholder of the Companies.  It does not discuss all of the
consequences that may be relevant to shareholders of the Companies entitled to
special treatment under the Code (such as insurance companies, financial
institutions, dealers in securities, tax-exempt organizations or foreign
persons).  The summary set forth above does not purport to be a complete
analysis of all potential tax effects of the transactions contemplated by the
Reorganization Agreement or the Reorganization itself.  No information is
provided herein with respect to the tax consequences, if any, of the
Reorganization under state, local or foreign tax laws.





                                       25
<PAGE>   38

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

         Consummation of the Reorganization is conditioned upon qualification
of the Reorganization as a pooling-of-interests for accounting purposes.  The
Reorganization Agreement requires that the Companies receive (i) an opinion
from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP ("KPMG") to the effect that the Reorganization
qualifies for "pooling-of-interests" method of accounting and (ii) a favorable
pooling letter from Arthur Andersen, LLP with respect to certain pooling issues
relating to Crabtree.  Under the "pooling-of-interests" accounting treatment
the historical basis of the assets and liabilities of the Constituent
Corporations will be combined at the Effective Date and carried forward at
their previously recorded amounts and the shareholders' equity accounts of the
Constituent Corporations will be combined on Wintrust's consolidated balance
sheet.  Income and other financial statements of Wintrust issued after
consummation of the Reorganization will be restated retroactively to reflect
the consolidated operations of the Constituent Corporations as if the
Reorganization had taken place prior to the periods covered by such financial
statements.

         For the Reorganization to qualify for "pooling-of-interests"
accounting treatment, substantially all of the outstanding Common Stock of each
of the Companies must be exchanged for Wintrust Common Stock and certain other
technical requirements mandated by generally accepted accounting principles
must be satisfied.

EXPENSES

         The Reorganization Agreement provides that each of North Shore, Lake
Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree will equally share the total fees
and expenses incurred in connection with the Reorganization, including but not
limited to, legal fees and disbursements, investment banking and financial
advisory fees relating to the Fairness Opinions, fees relating to the tax
opinion and "pooling" opinions, SEC registration fees and the costs of printing
and mailing this Joint Prospectus/Proxy Statement and conducting special
shareholder meetings, and the costs of preparing and filing requisite
regulatory applications.

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

         Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Reorganization Agreement,
the Reorganization Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the
Effective Date, whether before or after approval by the shareholders of the
Constituent Corporations by: (i) the mutual written consent of all the parties
to the Reorganization Agreement; (ii) any party to the Reorganization Agreement
if (a) the Reorganization has not been effected on or prior to the close of
business on December 31, 1996 (the "Final Reorganization Date"); provided,
however, that the right to terminate the Reorganization Agreement pursuant to
this clause shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any
obligation of the Reorganization Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted
in, the failure of the Reorganization to have been effected on or prior to such
date; or (b) any court of competent jurisdiction has issued an order, decree or
ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization
Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become
final and non-appealable; (iii) any party to the Reorganization Agreement in
the event that such party's due diligence investigation and review of any of
the other parties as provided for in the Reorganization Agreement discloses
matters which such party in good faith believes to (a) be inconsistent in any
material respect with any of the representations and warranties of any party
contained in the Reorganization Agreement or (b) be of such significance as to
materially and adversely affect the financial condition or the business
prospects of any party and its respective subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,
or (c) deviate materially and adversely from the applicable financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 1995 by giving written notice of
termination to the other parties hereto within seven days after the Review Date
(as defined in the Reorganization Agreement); provided however, that no party
may terminate the Reorganization Agreement pursuant to clause (iii) as a result
of any changes in general economic conditions or matters which affect financial
institutions or premium finance businesses generally; or (iv) any party to the
Reorganization Agreement if any condition precedent cannot be satisfied by the
Final Reorganization Date.





                                       26
<PAGE>   39
          
         The Reorganization Agreement may be amended, supplemented or
interpreted at any time before or after approval of the matters presented in
connection with the Reorganization by the shareholders of the Constituent
Corporations, but after any such approval, no amendment may be made which would
have an effect on the Exchange Ratios as approved by such shareholders.  At any
time prior to the Effective Date, any party to the Reorganization Agreement
may, to the extent legally allowed, waive any term or condition of the
Reorganization Agreement intended to benefit the waiving party.

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE REORGANIZATION; CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

         Certain directors of the Companies (i) presently serve as officers and
directors of more than one of the Companies; (ii) have been designated to serve
as directors and/or officers of Wintrust following the Effective Date; and/or
(iii) are shareholders of more than one of the Companies.  For these reasons,
certain directors and officers of the Companies may not be independent and may
be considered to have conflicts of interest with respect to the Reorganization
and Reorganization Agreement.  In addition, the Companies have retained common
legal, accounting, tax and financial advisors to represent them with respect to
various matters involved in this transaction.  See "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION
- -- Material Arrangements Between Companies and Certain Transactions with
Management."

         Those persons designated in the Reorganization Agreement to serve as
directors and executive officers of Wintrust are listed in "Management of
Wintrust" and certain information regarding executive compensation is set forth
in "Executive Compensation," both under "WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION."

         Numerous of the directors and officers hold certain rights and options
to acquire Common Stock of certain of the Companies.  The Reorganization
Agreement provides that such rights and options will be converted in the
Reorganization on the basis of the applicable Exchange Ratio so as to represent
the right to acquire shares of Wintrust Common Stock at appropriately adjusted
exercise prices.

         Howard D. Adams holds certain options relating to shares of Credit
Life, a subsidiary of Crabtree that has discontinued operations.  Such options
are to be amended in connection with the Reorganization Agreement so as to
convert to options to acquire Wintrust Common Stock at an exercise price
appropriately adjusted to reflect such conversion. Such options may be more
valuable after the Reorganization since Wintrust will have ongoing operations. 
In addition, Howard D. Adams owns 40,000 shares of Crabtree Common Stock which
were purchased at a discount of $20 per share from the market price prevailing
at the time of purchase, pursuant to the Crabtree Capital Corporation 1990
Stock Purchase Plan.  The terms of the Crabtree Capital Corporation 1990 Stock
Purchase Plan provide that if such shares are proposed to be sold, then
Crabtree would have the right of first refusal to repurchase the stock, net of
the original discount of $20 per share.  The terms of such plan, however, also
provide that Crabtree's right of first refusal terminates effective upon the
effectiveness of a registration statement relating to such shares.  The
registration statement, of which this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus
constitutes a part, relates to the shares of Wintrust Common Stock into which
the Crabtree shares will convert; therefore, after the Reorganization, Howard
D. Adams will hold the shares of Wintrust Common Stock into which such Crabtree
shares are to be converted with no continuing restrictions or discounts.

         Mr. James Knollenberg, the President of First Premium and a director
nominee of Wintrust, holds certain options to purchase shares of First Premium.
The Reorganization Agreement provides that such options shall be converted in
the Reorganization so as to represent options to acquire Wintrust Common Stock
at an exercise price appropriately adjusted to reflect such conversion.  The
provision in the Reorganization Agreement is intended to eliminate the
possibility of minority interests in one of Wintrust's operating subsidiaries
from which Wintrust may look to receive dividends.  Absent such provision of
the Reorganization Agreement, Mr. Knollenberg would continue to hold an option
to purchase a minority position in a wholly-owned subsidiary of a mid-tier
holding company and for which there is unlikely to develop any established
market for such shares.





                                       27
<PAGE>   40

MATERIAL ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN THE COMPANIES; CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS WITH
MANAGEMENT

         Howard D. Adams was a founder and is a principal shareholder and
director of each of the Companies, and Edward J. Wehmer was a founder and is a
principal shareholder and a director of each of the Companies other than
Crabtree.  Numerous of the other directors have also participated as organizers
of and serve as a director of more than one of the Companies.  See "Management
Ownership of Common Stock" under "NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.," "LAKE
FOREST BANCORP, INC.," "HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.," "LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.,"
and "CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION" for information relating to interlocking
directorships and such directors' share ownership.  Many directors who do not
serve as directors of some or all of the other Companies also own shares in
some or all of the other Companies.  In addition, certain of the Companies have
purchased shares in certain of the other Companies, at the price per share
applicable to concurrent public or private offerings by such other Companies,
as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Shares of          Shares of          Shares of
                                                 Hinsdale         North Shore        Libertyville
                                               Common Stock       Common Stock       Common Stock
                                               ------------       ------------       ------------
                                             Number      %      Number      %      Number      % 
                                             ------     ---     ------     ---     ------     ---
        <S>                                   <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>
        Lake Forest . . . . . . . . . . . .   8,842     4.3%    11,300     4.4%    6,359      3.1%
        Hinsdale  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      --      --      6,000     2.4     6,359      3.1

        North Shore . . . . . . . . . . . .      --      --         --      --     6,360      3.1
        Libertyville  . . . . . . . . . . .      --      --      6,000     2.4        --       --
                                              -----    ----     ------   -----    ------    -----
           Total Inter-Company                                                                      
                Ownership . . . . . . . . .   8,842     4.3%    23,300     9.2%   19,078      9.3%
                                              =====    ====     ======   =====    ======    =====


</TABLE>



The Reorganization Agreement provides that these inter-Company shares will be
cancelled in the Reorganization.  See "PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
INFORMATION."


   Each of North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale and Libertyville currently share
in the salaries of Mr. Howard D. Adams, Mr. Edward J. Wehmer, Mr. David A.
Dykstra, Mr. Robert F. Key, Mr. Lloyd Bowden and Mr. Randolph Hibben who
currently provide services to each of these Companies.  See "WINTRUST FINANCIAL
CORPORATION -- Executive Compensation."  The Boards of Directors of each of
North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale and Libertyville determined that it was in
the best interests of the entities to share in the costs of retaining these
individuals for their professional services which they could not justify on an
individual entity basis.  With the common senior management team, certain cost
savings have occurred as a result of the increased buying power of the combined
group of banks.  In particular, the Banks have experienced cost savings and/or
product enhancements for insurance, data processing and certain professional
fees.

   In connection with the Reorganization, the Companies entered into an expense
sharing agreement relating to certain professional fees and other costs
associated with the pursuit of the proposed transaction.  See "TERMS OF THE
REORGANIZATION -- Expenses."

   During 1995, 1994 and 1993, Crabtree's bank debt was guaranteed by Mr.
Howard D. Adams in connection with which Crabtree pays a fee to Mr. Adams at a
rate of 1.5% of the balance of the debt guaranteed.  These transactions
resulted in expense to Crabtree and income to Mr. Adams of $32,973, $29,840 and
$68,339 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  This guarantee arrangement
remains in place during 1996; however, it is anticipated that the arrangement
will be terminated following consummation of the Reorganization.

   The Banks have in the past participated, and it is expected they will
continue to participate, with one another on the funding of certain customer
loans and have jointly pursued certain earning asset investments.  By pursuing
earning asset niches from the perspective of the combined lending capacity of
the Banks, senior management believes each of the Banks has enjoyed the
enhanced origination of earning assets.  Because deposit





                                       28
<PAGE>   41

fund generation typically outpaces loan generation in de novo banks, the
origination of loans through such earning asset niches has allowed the Banks to
accelerate the deployment of deposit funds into higher yielding assets than
might otherwise have been achieved.

   Each of the Companies shares in expenses incurred by HDA Capital
Corporation, a corporation owned by the Alan W. Adams Family Trust and the
Sarah K. Adams Family Trust, for marketing personnel, secretarial personnel and
direct costs incurred on behalf of the respective Companies.  HDA Capital
Corporation provides periodic invoices to each of the Companies for such
marketing and secretarial time and direct expenses based upon specific
activities attributable to each of the respective Companies and based on
estimated actual cost.  The Alan W. Adams Family Trust and the Sarah K. Adams
Family Trust are co-trusteed by Emmett McCarthy, a Crabtree director, and
either Alan W. Adams and Sarah K. Adams, respectively, the two adult children
of Howard D. Adams.  Alan W. Adams is proposed to be a director of Wintrust.

   In addition to the expense sharing arrangement noted above, HDA Capital
Corporation receives consulting fees from Crabtree for services rendered by
Howard D. Adams.  Such fees amounted to $142,692 and $111,030 for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  It is anticipated that
following consummation of the Reorganization, Mr. Adams will be compensated
directly for his services as an executive officer of Wintrust.

   Directors and principal officers of the Companies and the Banks and their
associates were customers of, and have had transactions with the Banks in the
ordinary course of business during 1995 and 1996.  Comparable transactions may
be expected to take place in the future.  All loans included in such
transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest
rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions with other customers, and in the opinion of each Bank's Board of
Directors did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or
present other abnormally unfavorable features.  Each Bank expects to continue
its banking transactions in the ordinary course of business on the same terms,
including interest rates and collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the
same time for comparable transactions with others.

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

   Hinsdale, Libertyville, and North Shore.  Any holder of Hinsdale,
Libertyville or North Shore Common Stock as of the Record Date has the right to
dissent to the approval of the Reorganization pursuant to Section 11.65 of the
BCA and the right to receive the "fair value" of his or her shares of Common
Stock in cash by complying with the procedures set forth in Section 11.70 of
the Illinois Business Corporation Act.

   Holders of record of Hinsdale, Libertyville or North Shore common stock who
desire to exercise any dissenters' rights which they may have must satisfy all
of the conditions contained in Sections 11.65 and 11.70 of the IBCA.  A written
demand for payment for shares of Hinsdale, Libertyville or North Shore common
stock must be delivered to Hinsdale, Libertyville or North Shore by a
shareholder seeking payment before the taking of the vote on the
Reorganization.  This written demand must be separate from any proxy or vote
abstaining from or voting against approval of the Reorganization.  Voting
against approval of the Reorganization abstaining from voting or failing to
vote with respect to approval of the Reorganization will not constitute a
demand for payment within the meaning of Sections 11.65 and 11.70.

   SHAREHOLDERS ELECTING TO EXERCISE THEIR DISSENTERS' RIGHTS UNDER SECTIONS
11.65 AND 11.70 MUST NOT VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION.  A VOTE BY A
SHAREHOLDER AGAINST APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION IS NOT REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR
THAT SHAREHOLDER TO EXERCISE DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.  HOWEVER, IF A SHAREHOLDER
RETURNS A SIGNED PROXY BUT DOES NOT SPECIFY A VOTE AGAINST APPROVAL OF THE
REORGANIZATION OR A DIRECTION TO ABSTAIN, THE PROXY, IF NOT REVOKED, WILL BE
VOTED FOR APPROVAL OF THE REORGANIZATION, WHICH WILL HAVE THE EFFECT OF WAIVING
THAT SHAREHOLDER'S DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.





                                       29
<PAGE>   42

   A demand for appraisal will be sufficient if it reasonably informs Hinsdale,
Libertyville or North Shore of the identity of the shareholder and that such
shareholder intends thereby to demand payment.  If the Hinsdale, Libertyville
or North Shore common stock is owned of record in a fiduciary capacity, such as
by a trustee, guardian, or custodian, such demand must be executed by the
fiduciary.  If the Hinsdale, Libertyville or North Shore common stock is owned
of record by more than one person, as in a joint tenancy or tenancy in common,
such demand must be executed by all joint owners.  An authorized agent,
including an agent for two or more joint owners, may exercise the demand for
appraisal for a shareholder of record; however, the agent must identify the
record owner or owners and expressly disclose the fact that, in exercising the
demand, he or she is acting as agent for the record owner or owners.

   A record owner, such as a broker, who holds Hinsdale, Libertyville or North
Shore common stock as a nominee for others, may exercise his or her right of
appraisal with respect to the shares held for all or less than all beneficial
owners of shares as to which he or she is the record owner.  In such case, the
written demand must set forth the number of shares covered by such demand.
Where the number of shares is not expressly stated, the demand will be presumed
to cover all shares of Hinsdale, Libertyville and North Shore common stock
outstanding in the name of such record owner.  A beneficial owner of shares who
is not the record owner may assert dissenters' rights as to shares held on such
person's behalf only if the beneficial owner submits to Hinsdale, Libertyville
and North Shore the record owner's written consent to the dissent before or at
the time the beneficial owner asserts dissenters' rights.

   If the Reorganization is approved and consummated, the surviving
corporation, Wintrust, shall within ten days of such consummation or 30 days
after the delivery of the shareholder's demand for payment in cash, whichever
is later, send to the dissenting shareholder a written opinion as to its
estimate of the value of the shares and a commitment that it will pay the
estimated value of the shares in cash upon delivery of the stock certificates
by such shareholder to Wintrust.  Wintrust must also include with the estimate
and commitment, its consolidated balance sheet as of the end of the most recent
fiscal year, its consolidated statement of income for such year and its latest
available unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

   If the dissenting shareholder does not agree with the opinion of Wintrust as
to the value of his shares, such shareholder, within 30 days from the delivery
of Wintrust's statement of value, shall notify Wintrust of his estimate of
value and shall demand payment for the difference between such estimate of
value and the amount that Wintrust has agreed to pay to the shareholder.  If
within 60 days of the delivery of the shareholder's estimate of value to
Wintrust, Wintrust and the dissenting shareholder have not agreed in writing
upon the value of the shares, Wintrust shall either: (i) pay the difference
between the shareholder's estimate of value and any amount previously paid by
Wintrust; or (ii) file a petition in the circuit court of Lake County, Illinois
requesting that the court determine the fair value of the shares.  All
dissenting shareholders whose claims remain unsettled at the time of the filing
of the action must be joined as parties thereto and be bound by the judgment of
the Court.  The Court may appoint one or more persons to serve as appraisers to
hear evidence and determine the fair value of the shares.

   Each dissenting shareholder who is a party to the action will be entitled to
the payment of the fair value of the shares as determined by the Court, plus
interest at a rate deemed fair and reasonable by the Court, from the Effective
Date of the Reorganization until the date of payment.  The Court may also
assess court costs, other than attorneys' fees of the parties, against Wintrust
if the fair value as determined by the Court, materially exceeds the amount
which Wintrust initially agreed to pay for the shares.

   The provisions of Section 11.65 and 11.70 are technical in nature and
complex.  The preceding summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to
Sections 11.65 and 11.70, the complete text of which is attached hereto as
Appendix D. Hinsdale, Libertyville or North Shore shareholders desiring to
exercise dissenters' rights and obtain payment of the fair value of their
Hinsdale, Libertyville and North Shore Common Stock should consult counsel, as
failure to comply strictly with the provisions of Sections 11.65 and 11.70 may
defeat their dissenters' rights.

   Lake Forest and Crabtree.  Each shareholder of Lake Forest and Crabtree has
the right to demand an appraisal of the fair value of his shares of stock by
the Delaware Court of Chancery and to receive the appraised





                                       30
<PAGE>   43

value of such shares in cash if the shareholder follows the procedures set
forth under Delaware law and summarized below.

   Under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, a Lake Forest or
Crabtree shareholder seeking to exercise his appraisal rights must: (i) deliver
to Lake Forest or Crabtree, as the case may be, prior to the vote on the
Reorganization a written demand for appraisal of his shares of stock; and (ii)
not vote in favor of the Reorganization at the Special Meeting.  By failing to
file a demand for appraisal or by voting in favor of the Reorganization a
shareholder will be deemed to be not entitled to appraisal rights.  A
shareholder who perfects his appraisal rights by delivering a demand for
appraisal prior to the vote and by not voting in favor of the Reorganization
may withdraw his demand for appraisal and accept the terms of the
Reorganization for a period of 60 days after the Effective Date of the
Reorganization.

   If the Reorganization is approved and consummated, within ten days after the
Effective Date, Wintrust, as the surviving corporation, will notify each Lake
Forest or Crabtree shareholder who has perfected his appraisal rights of the
date upon which the Reorganization was consummated.  Within 120 days of the
Effective Date, each shareholder who has perfected his appraisal rights is
entitled, upon such shareholder's written request to Wintrust, to receive from
Wintrust a statement setting forth the aggregate number of shares of stock
owned by all Lake Forest or Crabtree shareholders who have perfected their
appraisal rights.  Such written statement must be mailed by Wintrust within ten
days after receipt of a shareholder's written request.

   Within 120 days after the Effective Date of the Reorganization, Wintrust or
any shareholder who has perfected his appraisal rights may file a petition in
the Court of Chancery demanding a determination of the value of the stock of
all shareholders of Lake Forest or Crabtree who have perfected their appraisal
rights.  If the petition is filed by a shareholder, Wintrust will be served
with a copy of such petition and must, within 20 days of such service, file in
the office of the Register in Chancery where the petition was filed a duly
verified list of the names and addresses of the shareholders who have demanded
payment for the value of their shares of stock and with whom Wintrust has not
reached agreement as to such value.  If the petition is filed by Wintrust, such
duly verified list of shareholders must accompany the filing.  If ordered by
the Court, the Register of Chancery shall give notice, by certified or
registered mail, of the time and place fixed for a hearing on the petition to
Wintrust and to each shareholder on the list of shareholders.  The notice of
time and place of hearing will also be published in one or more newspapers of
general circulation at least one week prior to the hearing.

   At the hearing on such petition, the Court shall first determine which of
the shareholders of Lake Forest or Crabtree have complied fully with the
appraisal rights provisions of the DGCL and have become entitled to appraisal
rights.  The Court may also require all shareholders who demand appraisal to
present their stock certificates to the Register of Chancery for the placement
of a notation thereon as to the pendency of the appraisal proceeding.  After
determination of the shareholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court will
appraise the fair value of the shares, exclusive of any element of value
arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Reorganization.  The
Court may also determine a fair rate of interest to be paid on the fair value
of the shares, considering, among other factors, the rate of interest which
Wintrust would have paid on borrowed money during the pendency of the appraisal
proceedings.

   After appraisal of the fair value of the shares, the Court will direct
Wintrust to pay such amount, with interest if any, to the shareholders entitled
to such payment.  Payment will be made only upon the surrender of stock
certificates evidencing shares of stock by the shareholder to Wintrust.  The
cost of the appraisal proceedings will be determined by the Court and such cost
will be allocated to the parties in a manner deemed to be equitable by the
Court.  Also, upon application of a shareholder, the Court may order all or a
portion of the expenses incurred by the shareholders in connection with the
appraisal proceedings, including reasonable attorney's fees and the fees and
expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all shares
subject to appraisal.

   The provisions of Section 262 are technical in nature and complex.  The
preceding summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to Section 262, the
complete text of which is attached hereto as Appendix E.  Lake Forest or
Crabtree shareholders desiring to exercise dissenters' rights and obtain
payment of the fair value of their





                                       31
<PAGE>   44

Lake Forest or Crabtree common stock should consult counsel, as failure to
comply strictly with the provisions of Section 262 may defeat their dissenters'
rights.

RESALE OF WINTRUST COMMON STOCK

   Shares of Wintrust Common Stock issued to shareholders of Wintrust will be
transferable without restriction upon disposition, except shares issued to any
person who may be considered an "affiliate" of one or more of the Companies, as
defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities
Act.  In general, those persons who are directors or officers and certain 10%
or greater shareholders, of a company are deemed to be an "affiliate" for these
purposes.  Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, each of the Companies has
delivered to Wintrust a written undertaking from each affiliate of such Company
to the effect that (a) he or she will not sell or dispose of the Wintrust
Common Stock, acquired by him or her in connection with the Reorganization,
other than in accordance with the Securities Act and pursuant to (i) a separate
registration statement for such distribution (which Wintrust has not agreed to
provide), or (ii) in accordance with all applicable provisions of Rule 145
promulgated thereunder by the Commission including the manner-of-sale
requirements and the volume limitations, or (iii) pursuant to some other
exemption from registration; and (b) he or she will not dispose of the Wintrust
Common Stock or otherwise reduce his or her risk relative to the Wintrust
Common Stock prior to the publication by Wintrust of an earnings statement
covering at least 30 days of combined operations after the Effective Date.  It
is anticipated that the latter requirements would be satisfied during November
1996.

   The availability of the Rule 145 resale exemption is conditioned upon
Wintrust making timely filings of all periodic reports required to be filed
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The provisions of Rule 145 will
generally restrict, for a period of two years following the Effective Date, the
ability of any "affiliate" of any of the Companies to sell an amount of shares
of Wintrust Common Stock in excess of certain prescribed volume limitations.
During any three-month period, an affiliate is permitted to sell up to an
amount equal to the greater of 1% of the total shares outstanding at the time
of sale or the average weekly trading volume for the prior four-week period (if
a trading market does develop) of the Wintrust Common Stock.  In addition, such
sales must be made in unsolicited "brokers' transactions" through a
broker-dealer, and the affiliate must file a notice of sale on a form
prescribed by the SEC.

   Shareholders of the Companies who become "affiliates" of Wintrust will be
subject to similar sale restrictions for as long as they remain "affiliates" of
Wintrust.  Generally, in the absence of other factors indicating a control
relationship, persons who are not officers, directors or greater than 10%
shareholders of the Companies prior to the Reorganization and are not officers,
directors or greater than 10% shareholders of Wintrust after the Reorganization
will not be considered "affiliates" of Wintrust and will not be subject to
resale restrictions after two years have elapsed from the Effective Date of the
Reorganization.


                    DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF WINTRUST

GENERAL

   Wintrust is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares, without par value, of
common stock (the "Common Stock") and 20,000,000 shares, without par value, of
preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock").  There are currently shares of Common
Stock outstanding.  Wintrust currently expects to issue approximately 6,428,255
shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock in the Reorganization,
with approximately 1,224,064 additional shares of Common Stock to be reserved
for issuance upon the exercise of currently outstanding options, rights and
warrants.  See "Exchange Ratios," "Common Stock Warrants" and "Options/Rights"
under "TERMS OF THE REORGANIZATION."  Each share of Wintrust Common Stock will
have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with,
each other share of Common Stock.  Upon consummation of the Reorganization all
such stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.





                                       32
<PAGE>   45

COMMON STOCK

   Dividends.  Wintrust may pay dividends if, as and when declared by its Board
of Directors.  The payment of dividends by Wintrust is subject to limitations
which are imposed by the IBCA.  The holders of Wintrust Common Stock will be
entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as may be declared by
the Board of Directors of Wintrust out of funds legally available therefor.  If
Wintrust issues Preferred Stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over
the holders of the Common Stock with respect to dividends.

   Voting Rights.  Upon the Reorganization, the holders of Common Stock of
Wintrust will possess voting rights in Wintrust.  They will elect Wintrust's
Board of Directors and act on such other matters as are required to be
presented to them under Illinois law or as are otherwise presented to them by
the Board of Directors.  Each holder of Common Stock will be entitled to one
vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of
directors.  If Wintrust issues Preferred Stock, holders of the Preferred Stock
may also possess voting rights to the extent designated by the Board of
Directors of Wintrust.

   Liquidation.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
Wintrust, the holders of its Common Stock would be entitled to receive, after
payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Wintrust, all
assets of Wintrust available for distribution.  If Preferred Stock is issued,
the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the Common Stock in
the event of any liquidation or dissolution.

   Preemptive Rights and Redemption.  Holders of the Common Stock of Wintrust
will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may
be issued in the future by Wintrust.  The Common Stock is not subject to
redemption by Wintrust.

PREFERRED STOCK

   None of the shares of Wintrust's authorized Preferred Stock will be issued
in the Reorganization.  The Preferred Stock authorized may be issued at such
time as the Board of Directors of Wintrust may determine, without further
shareholder action, except as otherwise provided by law.  Shareholders will not
have preemptive rights to subscribe for shares of Preferred Stock.

   The dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, conversion prices,
voting rights, redemption rights and terms (including sinking fund provisions,
if any), the redemption price or prices and the liquidation preferences of any
series of the authorized Preferred Stock and the numbers of such shares of
Preferred Stock in each series will be established by the Board of Directors of
Wintrust as such shares are to be issued.  It is not possible to state the
actual effect of the Preferred Stock on the rights of holders of Common Stock
until the Board of Directors of Wintrust determines the rights of the holders
of a series of the Preferred Stock.  However, such effects might include (i)
restrictions on dividends; (ii) dilution of the voting power to the extent that
the Preferred Stock were given voting rights; (iii) dilution of the equity
interest and voting power if the Preferred Stock were convertible into Common
Stock; and (iv) restrictions upon any distribution of assets to the holders of
Common Stock upon liquidation or dissolution until the satisfaction of any
liquidation preference granted to holders of the Preferred Stock.

   Furthermore, although it has no present intention to do so, Wintrust's Board
of Directors could cause Wintrust to issue, in one or more transactions, shares
of Preferred Stock or additional shares of Common Stock or rights to purchase
such shares (subject to the limits imposed by applicable laws and the rules of
any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system to the extent that such
rules may become applicable or may be observed by Wintrust) in amounts which
could make more difficult and, therefore, less likely, a takeover, proxy
contest, change in management of Wintrust or any other extraordinary corporate
transaction which might be opposed by the incumbent Board of Directors.  Any
issuance of Preferred Stock or of Common Stock could have the effect of
diluting the earnings per share, book value per share and voting power of
Common Stock held by Wintrust shareholders.





                                       33
<PAGE>   46

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF WINTRUST'S ARTICLES AND BY-LAWS AND ILLINOIS
LAW

   General.  Certain provisions of Wintrust's Articles, By-Laws and the IBCA
may have the effect of impeding the acquisition of control of Wintrust by means
of a tender offer, a proxy fight, open-market purchases or otherwise in a
transaction not approved by the Board of Directors of Wintrust.

   These provisions may have the effect of discouraging a future takeover
attempt which is not approved by the Board of Directors but which individual
Wintrust shareholders may deem to be in their best interests or in which
Wintrust shareholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over
then current market prices.  As a result, shareholders who might desire to
participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so.  Such
provisions will also render the removal of the current Board of Directors or
management of Wintrust more difficult.

   The provisions of the Articles and By-Laws described below are designed to
reduce, or have the effect of reducing, the vulnerability of Wintrust to an
unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or substantially all
of the assets of Wintrust or an unsolicited takeover attempt which is unfair to
Wintrust shareholders.

   It is anticipated that the Board of Directors of Wintrust will consider and
may implement a shareholder rights plan subsequent to the consummation of the
Reorganization to deter coercive, hostile bids for corporate control and
encourage a potential acquiror to negotiate with the Board of Directors.  If a
rights plan is implemented, each share of Wintrust Common Stock would include
an associated preferred or common share purchase right.  The purchase right
would entitle the holder to purchase shares of Wintrust Common Stock at a price
and under such other terms and conditions as set forth in the rights plan.  A
rights plan, if implemented, will have certain anti-takeover effects in
addition to those measures described below.

   The following description of certain of the provisions of the Articles and
By-Laws of Wintrust is necessarily general and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Articles and By-Laws of Wintrust and the IBCA.

   Although no specific proposals have yet been made, the Board of Directors of
Wintrust expressly reserves the right to introduce in the future additional
measures, including the rights plan, which might have an anti-takeover effect.

   Authorized Shares.  The Articles of Wintrust authorize the issuance of
30,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.
The shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock were authorized in an amount
greater than that to be issued in the Reorganization to provide Wintrust's
Board of Directors with as much flexibility as possible to effect, among other
transactions, financings, acquisitions, stock dividends, stock splits, employee
stock options and a rights plan.  However, these additional authorized shares
may also be used by the Board of Directors consistent with its fiduciary duty
to deter future attempts to gain control of Wintrust.  The Board of Directors
also has sole authority to determine the terms of any one or more series of
Preferred Stock, including voting rights, conversion rates, and liquidation
preferences.  As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of
Preferred Stock, the Board has the power to the extent consistent with its
fiduciary duty to issue a series of Preferred Stock to persons friendly to
management in order to attempt to block a merger or other transaction by which
a third party seeks control, and thereby assist the incumbent Board of
Directors and management to retain their respective positions.  Wintrust's
Board of Directors currently has no plans for the issuance of additional
shares.

   Classified Board of Directors, Filling of Board Vacancies.  The Board of
Directors of Wintrust is divided into three classes, each of which contains
approximately one-third of the whole number of the members of the Board.  Each
class serves a staggered term, with approximately one-third of the total number
of directors being elected each year.  The Articles and By-Laws provide that
the size of the Board of Directors is determined by a majority of the
directors.  The Articles and By-Laws provide that any vacancy occurring in the
Board, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors or
resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from
office or other cause, shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term





                                       34
<PAGE>   47

exclusively by a majority vote of the directors then in office.  The staggered
board is intended to provide for continuity of the Board of Directors and to
make it more difficult and time consuming for a shareholder group to fully use
its voting power to gain control of the Board of Directors without the consent
of the incumbent Board of Directors of Wintrust.

   Cumulative Voting; Action by Written Consent and Shareholder Meetings.  The
Articles do not provide for cumulative voting for any purpose.  The Articles
and By-Laws also provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by
the shareholders of Wintrust may be taken only at an annual or special meeting
and prohibits shareholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
Directors also retain the right to postpone any previously scheduled
shareholder meeting and adjourn any shareholder meeting at any time, whether or
not a quorum is present.

   Shareholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations with Principal
Shareholders.  Wintrust's Articles expressly elect to be governed by the
provisions of Section 7.85 of the IBCA which applies to a transaction with an
"Interested Shareholder" (as defined below) (the "IBCA fair price provision").
Under Illinois law, absent this provision, business combinations, including
mergers, consolidations and sales of substantially all of the assets of a
corporation must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the
holders of only a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the
corporation and any other affected class of stock.  Under the IBCA fair price
provision and the Articles of Wintrust, the approval of at least 80% of the
shares is required in connection with any transaction involving an Interested
Shareholder except (i) in cases where the proposed transaction has been
approved in advance by a majority of those members of Wintrust's Board of
Directors who are unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were
directors prior to the time when the Interested Shareholder became an
Interested Shareholder or (ii) if the proposed transaction met certain
conditions set forth therein which are designed to afford the shareholders of
Wintrust a fair price in consideration for their shares, in which case approval
of only a majority of the outstanding shares of voting stock is required.

   The term "Interested Shareholder" is defined to include any individual,
corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Wintrust or any
Subsidiary) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or
more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Wintrust.  This provision of
the Articles of Wintrust applies to any "Business Combination," which is
defined to include (i) any merger or consolidation of Wintrust or any of its
subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate
(as defined in the Articles) of an Interested Shareholder; (ii) any sale,
lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, or other disposition to or with any
Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate of 10% or more of the assets
of Wintrust on a consolidated basis; (iii) the issuance or transfer to any
Interested Shareholder or its Affiliate or Associate by Wintrust (or any
Subsidiary) of any securities of Wintrust in exchange for any assets, cash or
securities the value of which equals or exceeds 10% of the consolidated assets
of Wintrust; (iv) the adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution
of Wintrust proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate
or Associate thereof; and (v) any reclassification of securities,
recapitalization, merger or consolidation of Wintrust which has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of Common Stock or any class of equity or
convertible securities of Wintrust owned directly or indirectly, by an
Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof.

   In a Business Combination involving cash or other consideration being paid
to Wintrust's shareholders, the consideration would be required to be either
cash or the same type of consideration used by the Interested Shareholder in
acquiring the largest portion of shares previously acquired by it.  In the case
of payments to holders of Common Stock, the per share fair market value of such
payments generally would have to be at least equal in value to the higher of
(i) the highest per-share price paid (including any brokerage commissions,
transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) by the Interested Shareholder in
acquiring any Wintrust Common Stock during the two-year period prior to the
first public announcement of the proposed Business Combination (although not an
Interested Shareholder at the time of any such acquisitions) or in the
transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher);
or (ii) the fair market value of Wintrust shares on the first trading date
after the date of such announcement date or on the first trading date after the
date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder,
(whichever is higher); in any case appropriately adjusted for any stock
dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.





                                       35
<PAGE>   48


   In a Business Combination involving cash or other consideration being paid
to the holders of Wintrust shares other than Wintrust Common Stock, the
consideration would have to be at least equal in value to the higher of (i) the
highest per-share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes
and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder in acquiring
any Wintrust Common Stock during the two-year period prior to the first public
announcement of the proposed business combination (although not an Interested
Shareholder at the time of any such acquisitions) or in the transaction in
which it became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher); or (ii) the
highest per-share amount to which the holders of shares are entitled in the
event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
Wintrust; or (iii) the fair market value of Wintrust shares on the first
trading date after such announcement date or the date on which the Interested
Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher); and (iv)
the price per-share equal to the fair market value per-share determined in
(iii) above, multiplied by the ratio of (x) the highest per-share price paid by
the Interested Shareholder in acquiring any Wintrust Common Stock during the
two-year period prior to such announcement date (although not an Interested
Shareholder at the time of any such acquisitions) to (y) the fair market value
per-share on the first day in such two-year period upon which the Interested
Shareholder acquired any shares; in any case appropriately adjusted for any
stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

   Fair price provisions are designed to impede two-step takeover transactions
which might otherwise result in disparate treatment of Wintrust's shareholders.

   Amendment of the Articles and By-Laws.  Amendment of the Articles must be
approved by a majority vote of the Board of Directors and also by a  2/3 vote
of the outstanding shares of Wintrust Common Stock, provided, however, that an
affirmative vote of at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock entitled to
vote is required to amend or repeal certain provisions of the Articles,
including provisions (i) limiting voting rights, (ii) relating to certain
business combinations, (iii) limiting the shareholders ability to act by
written consent, (iv) regarding the number, classification of directors,
filling of Board vacancies, newly created directorships, indemnification of
directors and officers by Wintrust and limitation of liability for directors,
(v) regarding shareholder proposals and director nominations and (vi) regarding
amendment of the foregoing super majority provisions of Wintrust's Articles.
Wintrust's By-Laws may be amended only by the Board of Directors.

   Certain By-Laws Provisions.  The By-Laws of Wintrust also require a
shareholder who intends to nominate a candidate for election to the Board of
Directors, or to raise new business at a shareholder meeting to provide advance
notice to the Secretary of Wintrust.  The notice provision requires a
shareholder who desires to raise new business to provide certain information to
Wintrust concerning the nature of the new business, the shareholder and the
shareholder's interest in the business matter.  Similarly, a shareholder
wishing to nominate any person for election as a director must provide Wintrust
with certain information concerning the nominee and the proposing shareholder.

   The provisions described above are intended to reduce Wintrust's
vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions which have
not been negotiated with and approved by members of its Board of Directors.

   Attempts to take over corporations have recently become increasingly common.
An unsolicited non-negotiated proposal can seriously disrupt the business and
management of a corporation and cause it great expense.  Accordingly, the Board
of Directors of each of the Companies believes it is in the best interests of
Wintrust and its shareholders to encourage potential acquirors to negotiate
directly with management and that these provisions will encourage such
negotiations and discourage non-negotiated takeover attempts.  It is also the
view of each of the Boards of Directors that these provisions should not
discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price that
reflects the true value of Wintrust and that otherwise is in the best interest
of all shareholders.





                                       36
<PAGE>   49

                 COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS OF WINTRUST
                               AND THE COMPANIES

   Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the shareholders of each of the
Companies who receive Wintrust Common Stock will become shareholders of
Wintrust and their rights will be governed by the Articles and the By-Laws of
Wintrust which differ in certain material respects from the corporate governing
documents of each of the Companies.  In addition, as shareholders of Wintrust,
the rights of each of the former Company shareholders will be governed by the
IBCA under which Wintrust was incorporated, rather than the respective state of
incorporation under which each Company was incorporated.

   In some respects the rights of holders of Company common stock are similar
to those of Wintrust Common Stock.  For example, the holders of the Company
common stock and Wintrust Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights.
There are, however, differences between the IBCA and the DGCL and between the
Articles of Incorporation or Certificate of Incorporation (collectively, the
"Charters"), as the case may be, and by-laws of the Companies, and Wintrust's
Articles and By-Laws.  Although it is impractical to compare all aspects of
those differences, the following discussion summarizes certain significant
aspects of the principal differences.

   The following comparison of the corporate governance documents of each of
the Companies and Wintrust is not intended to be complete and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the relevant provisions of the DGCL and the IBCA,
each of the Company's Charter and by-laws and Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws.
Copies of each Company's Charter and By-laws are available for inspection at
the offices of each Company and copies will be sent to the Constituent
Corporations' shareholders upon request.  Copies of Wintrust's Articles and
By-Laws are attached hereto as Exhibit B and Exhibit C, respectively, to
Appendix A to this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.  See also "DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK OF WINTRUST."

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

   North Shore's authorized capital stock currently consists of 400,000 common
shares, without par value; Hinsdale's authorized capital stock currently
consists of 350,000 common shares, par value $1.00 per share; Lake Forest's
authorized capital stock currently consists of 200,000 common shares, par value
$1.00 per share, and 7,500 preferred shares, par value $2.00 per share;
Libertyville's authorized capital stock currently consists of 350,000 common
shares, without par value, and 25,000 preferred shares, without par value; and
Crabtree's authorized capital stock currently consists of 2,000,000 common
shares, par value $1.00 per share.  The holders of the shares of the
Constituent Corporations' common stock are entitled to one vote for each share
held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.  There is no
cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors.  Prior to or on
the Effective Date, all of the preferred stock of the Companies that is issued
and  outstanding as of this date will be redeemed and it is expected that no
additional shares shall be issued prior to the Reorganization.

   Wintrust's Articles authorize the issuance of 30,000,000 shares of Wintrust
Common Stock.  As of [June _, 1996], shares of Wintrust Common Stock are
authorized but unissued.  The holders of Wintrust Common Stock are entitled to
one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by
shareholders.  There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of
directors.  Holders of Wintrust Common Stock have no conversion, preemptive or
other subscription rights, and, there are no redemption provisions applicable
to Wintrust Common Stock.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of Wintrust, the Wintrust Common Stock is entitled to share ratably in all
assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of
liabilities.  The holders of Wintrust Common Stock are entitled to receive
dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally available therefor, subject to the prior rights of holders of any
outstanding Preferred Stock.

   Wintrust's Articles also authorize the issuance of 20,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock.  The Board of Directors, without the need for shareholder
approval, is authorized by the Articles to issued the Preferred Stock in one or
more series, from time to time, with such voting powers, full or limited, and
with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined by the
Board of Directors.  As of the date hereof, all Wintrust's Preferred Stock is
authorized but unissued.  There are no plans for the issuance of any such
shares at the present.  The





                                       37
<PAGE>   50

issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock would affect the relative rights of
Wintrust Common Stock, depending upon the exact terms, qualifications,
limitations and relative rights and preferences, if any, of the shares of the
Preferred Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.

SIZE AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   Currently, the directors of each Company are elected annually by the
shareholders to serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors
are elected and qualified.  With the exception of Lake Forest and Crabtree, any
vacancies occurring on the Boards of Directors of the Companies may be filled
by the shareholders of the respective Company.  Any vacancies occurring on the
Lake Forest and Crabtree Boards are filled by a majority of the directors then
in office.

   Under Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws, the size of the Board of Directors
may be increased or decreased by the Board of Directors provided that in no
event shall the number be less than six (6) members.  The initial number of
directors is 21.  In addition, the Board of Directors is divided into three (3)
classes of directors as nearly equal in size as possible and the directors are
elected to serve staggered three-year terms so that the term of office of one
class of directors will expire each year.  Vacancies which occur on the Board
may be filled by the Board of Directors and directors elected to fill a vacancy
will hold office for the remainder of the term of the class to which they have
been elected.  If the number of directors is modified, any increase in
directorships would be apportioned among the classes so as to make all classes
as nearly equal in number as possible.

   The staggered election of directors ensures that at any given time,
approximately two-thirds of the directors serving will have had prior
experience on the Board.  Staggered terms for directors also would moderate the
pace of any change in the Board by extending the time required to elect a
majority of directors from one to two years.  It would be impossible, assuming
no resignations or removals of directors, for the shareholders to change a
majority of the directors at any annual meeting should they consider such a
change desirable, unless Article Ten of Wintrust's Articles are amended by
action of at least 85 percent of the voting shares of Wintrust.

NOMINATIONS FOR DIRECTORS

   Under the Charters of the Companies there are no specific procedures for the
nomination for the election of directors by shareholders, therefore directors
can be nominated from the floor at the annual meeting of the shareholders.

   Wintrust's By-Laws provide that nominations for the election of directors
may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote
for the election of directors, subject to the nomination having been made in
compliance with certain notice and informational requirements.

   In light of these requirements, a shareholder may be deterred from
nominating an individual for election as a director.  This provision is
designed to prevent nominations from the floor at the annual meeting without
advance notice and requires that sufficient information be provided regarding
each nominee.  The Board of Directors believes that such disclosure is
beneficial and the elimination of the element of surprise will allow a more
reasonable consideration of the qualifications of all nominees.

ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

   Under the IBCA, DGCL and the Charters and by-laws of the Companies, whenever
shareholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action
may be taken without a meeting on written consent setting forth the action so
taken signed by the holders of all shares.  Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws
prohibit shareholder action by written consent.  The purpose of this limitation
is to require that all proposals be addressed at the regularly scheduled
meetings of shareholders, thereby creating sufficient opportunity to
disseminate information to all shareholders resulting in a more reasonable
consideration of matters by the shareholders.





                                       38
<PAGE>   51

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

   Under the IBCA, Wintrust shareholders holding not less than one-fifth of the
outstanding shares may call a special meeting of shareholders.  A quorum for a
meeting of the shareholders of Wintrust generally is a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote for the transaction of any business.
Except as described below under the subheadings "Shareholder Vote Required to
Approve Business Combinations with Principal Shareholders" and "Amendment of
the Articles and By-Laws" a majority of the quorum is generally required for
the transaction of any general business.  Extraordinary matters such as a
merger, consolidation, share exchange or sale of substantially all of the
assets of the corporation requires the affirmative vote of  2/3 of the shares
of the corporation.  The IBCA provides that the articles of incorporation of an
Illinois corporation may require any number or percentage greater than a
majority to constitute a quorum.  In contrast, the DGCL requires only the
approval of a majority of the outstanding shares to approve extraordinary
matters.

   Wintrust's Articles and By-Laws permit the Board of Directors of Wintrust to
postpone any previously scheduled meeting and adjourn any shareholder meeting
at any time, whether or not a quorum is present.  The Charters and By-laws of
the Companies do not give this power to their respective Boards of Directors.
The Board of Directors of Wintrust believes such a provision is necessary to
ensure that shareholders are not asked to act on matters without being fully
informed.

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

   Under the Charters of the Companies there are no specific procedures for the
consideration of shareholder proposals, therefore proposals can be introduced
from the floor at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders.

   Wintrust's By-Laws establish procedures that must be followed for a
shareholder to submit a proposal for consideration at a meeting of the
shareholders.  No proposal for a shareholder vote may be submitted to the
shareholders by a shareholder unless such submitting shareholder has timely
filed with the Secretary of Wintrust a written statement setting forth
specified information, including the name and address of the shareholder making
the proposal, the class and number of shares of capital stock of Wintrust
beneficially owned by such shareholder, a brief description of the proposal and
the reasons for bringing such business before the annual meeting and any
material interest of the shareholder in such business.  If the presiding
officer at any shareholders' meeting determines that any such proposal was not
made in accordance with these procedures or is otherwise not in accordance with
the law, such presiding officer may refuse to permit the matter to come before
the meeting.

   In light of these requirements, a shareholder may be deterred from bringing
a matter before the shareholders.  This provision is designed to prevent the
introduction of matters from the floor at a meeting without advance notice and
sufficient information.  The Board of Directors believes that such disclosure
is beneficial and the elimination of the element of surprise will allow a more
reasonable consideration of the merits of the matter.

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   The indemnification of officers and directors of a corporation under the
IBCA, DGCL and the Charters and by-laws of the Companies is substantially
similar to the indemnification provided by the Articles and By-Laws of
Wintrust.

   The Articles and By-Laws provide that Wintrust may indemnify its officers
and directors to the fullest extent provided by the IBCA.  The IBCA authorizes
an Illinois corporation to indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made,
a party in any civil or criminal proceeding (other than an action by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, against judgments,
fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses (including attorneys'
fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person as a result of such action
or proceeding or any appeal therein).  With respect to actions by or in the
rights of the corporation, the IBCA authorizes





                                       39
<PAGE>   52

indemnification of such person against reasonable expenses, including attorneys
fees, and amounts paid in settlement.  To be entitled to indemnification, a
person must have acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation,
and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe his conduct was unlawful.  Court approval is required as a
prerequisite to indemnification of expenses in respect of any claim as to which
a person has been adjudged liable to the corporation.  The IBCA requires
indemnification against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any
director, officer, employee or agent in connection with a proceeding against
such person for action in such capacity to the extent that the person has been
successful on the merits or otherwise.  Advancement of expense (i.e., payment
prior to a determination on the merits) is permitted, but not required, by the
IBCA, which further requires that any director or officer must undertake to
repay such expenses if it is ultimately determined that such officer or
director is not entitled to indemnification.  The disinterested members of the
board of directors (or independent legal counsel or the shareholders) must
determine, in each instance where indemnification is not required by the IBCA,
that such director, officer, employee or agent is entitled to indemnification.
The IBCA provides that the indemnification provided by statute is not
exclusive.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Wintrust has been informed that in the
opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

   Under the IBCA and DGCL, a corporation may limit or eliminate the personal
liability of directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty in such capacity.  This limitation on
liability is not available for (i) a breach of the director's duty of loyalty
to the corporation or its shareholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good
faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii)
any transaction in which the director derived an improper personal benefit; or
(iv) resulted in a violation of Section 8.65 of the IBCA, or Section 174 of the
DGCL, as the case may be, which, among other things, prohibit certain dividend
declarations, stock repurchases and redemptions.

   Of the Companies, only the corporate governance documents of each of Lake
Forest and Crabtree provide for the limitation of liability for directors.
Wintrust's Articles provide for the limitation on directors' liability as
permitted by these statutes.  In recent years, directors of corporations have
faced increasing personal liability for corporate decisions and significant and
increasing expenses in defending their actions.  At the same time, liability
insurance for directors is costly.  Such a provision is necessary if Wintrust
is to remain competitive for the services of the most highly qualified persons
and keep Wintrust's insurance costs manageable.

SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED TO APPROVE BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS

   Wintrust's Articles expressly elect to be governed by the provisions of
Section 7.85 of the IBCA which applies to a transaction with an "Interested
Shareholder" (as defined below) (the "IBCA fair price provision").  Under
Illinois law, absent this provision, business combinations, including mergers,
consolidations and sales of substantially all of the assets of a corporation
must, subject to certain exceptions, be approved by the vote of the holders of
only a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
and any other affected class of stock.  Under the IBCA fair price provision and
the Articles of Wintrust, the approval of at least 80% of the shares is
required in connection with any transaction involving an Interested Shareholder
except (i) in cases where the proposed transaction has been approved in advance
by a majority of those members of Wintrust's Board of Directors who are
unaffiliated with the Interested Shareholder and were directors prior to the
time when the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder or (ii)
if the proposed transaction met certain conditions set forth therein which are
designed to afford the shareholders of Wintrust a fair price in consideration
for their shares, in which case approval of only a majority of the outstanding
shares of voting stock is required.





                                       40
<PAGE>   53

   The term "Interested Shareholder" is defined to include any individual,
corporation, partnership or other entity (other than Wintrust or any
Subsidiary) which owns beneficially or controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or
more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Wintrust.  This provision of
the Articles of Wintrust applies to any "Business Combination," which is
defined to include (i) any merger or consolidation of Wintrust or any of its
subsidiaries with or into any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate
(as defined in the Articles) of an Interested Shareholder; (ii) any sale,
lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, or other disposition to or with any
Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate of 10% or more of the assets
of Wintrust on a consolidated basis; (iii) the issuance or transfer to any
Interested Shareholder or its Affiliate or Associate by Wintrust (or any
Subsidiary) of any securities of Wintrust in exchange for any assets, cash or
securities the value of which equals or exceeds 10% of the consolidated assets
of Wintrust; (iv) the adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution
of Wintrust proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate
or Associate thereof; and (v) any reclassification of securities,
recapitalization, merger or consolidation of Wintrust which has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of Common Stock or any class of equity or
convertible securities of Wintrust owned directly or indirectly, by an
Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof.

   In a Business Combination involving cash or other consideration being paid
to Wintrust's shareholders, the consideration would be required to be either
cash or the same type of consideration used by the Interested Shareholder in
acquiring the largest portion of shares previously acquired by it.  In the case
of payments to holders of Common Stock, the per share fair market value of such
payments generally would have to be at least equal in value to the higher of
(i) the highest per-share price paid (including any brokerage commissions,
transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) by the Interested Shareholder in
acquiring any Wintrust Common Stock during the two-year period prior to the
first public announcement of the proposed business combination (although not an
Interested Shareholder at the time of any such acquisitions) or in the
transaction in which it became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher);
or (ii) the fair market value of Wintrust shares on the first trading date
after the date of such announcement date or on the first trading date after the
date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder,
(whichever is higher); in any case appropriately adjusted for any stock
dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

   In a Business Combination involving cash or other consideration being paid
to the holders of Wintrust shares other than Wintrust Common Stock, the
consideration would have to be at least equal in value to the higher of (i) the
highest per-share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes
and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Shareholder in acquiring
any Wintrust Common Stock during the two-year period prior to the first public
announcement of the proposed business combination (although not an Interested
Shareholder at the time of any such acquisitions) or in the transaction in
which it became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher); or (ii) the
highest per-share amount to which the holders of shares are entitled in the
event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
Wintrust; or (iii) the fair market value of Wintrust shares on the first
trading date after such announcement date or the date on which the Interested
Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher); and (iv)
the price per-share equal to the fair market value per-share determined in
(iii) above, multiplied by the ratio of (x) the highest per-share price paid by
the Interested Shareholder in acquiring any Wintrust Common Stock during the
two-year period prior to such announcement date (although not an Interested
Shareholder at the time of any such acquisitions) to (y) the fair market value
per-share on the first day in such two-year period upon which the Interested
Shareholder acquired any shares; in any case appropriately adjusted for any
stock dividend; stock split, combination of shares or similar event.

   Fair price provisions are designed to impede two-step takeover transactions
which might otherwise result in disparate treatment of Wintrust's shareholders.
The Charters and by-laws of the Companies do not contain any super majority
shareholder voting provisions or fair price provisions with respect to
transactions with interested parties.





                                       41
<PAGE>   54

AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES AND BY-LAWS

   Amendment of the Articles must be approved by a majority vote of the Board
of Directors and also by a  2/3 vote of the outstanding shares of Wintrust
Common Stock, provided, however, that an affirmative vote of at least 85% of
the outstanding voting stock entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal
certain provisions of the Articles, including provisions (i) limiting voting
rights, (ii) relating to certain business combinations, (iii) limiting the
shareholders ability to act by written consent, (iv) regarding the number,
classification of directors, filling of Board vacancies, newly created
directorships, indemnification of directors and officers by Wintrust and
limitation of liability for directors, (v) regarding shareholder proposals and
director nominations and (vi) regarding amendment of the foregoing super
majority provisions of Wintrust's Articles.  Wintrust's By-Laws may be amended
only by the Board of Directors.

   The Charters and by-laws of the Companies do not contain any super majority
shareholder vote requirement to amend the Charters and by-laws of the
Companies.


                         WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

   Upon effectiveness of the Reorganization, Wintrust will have five direct
wholly-earned subsidiaries:  Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North Shore Bank,
Libertyville, and Crabtree; and four second-tier operating subsidiaries:  Lake
Forest Bank, Hinsdale Bank, Libertyville Bank and First Premium, each of which
will continue to be wholly-owned by its respective parent holding company.
(There will continue to be outstanding following the Reorganization certain
warrants to purchase shares of Hinsdale and Libertyville held by certain
officers and directors.)

   After the Effective Date, the operations of the Companies will continue to
be conducted in substantially the same manner as presently conducted.  Each of
the Companies has effectively competed in its respective business niches by
emphasizing quality products delivered through traditional and state-of-the-art
systems and by prioritizing highly responsive and personalized attention to
customer service.  Management believes that these operational objectives can be
best achieved by retaining decision making in the on-site Bank management
personnel and their respective Bank boards, largely comprised of local
community leaders in the Bank's respective market areas.  Similarly, First
Premium management and its board will continue to manage the insurance premium
finance operations in order to allow Wintrust to maximize the benefit of the
significant specialized expertise of such persons in this financial services
niche and to best preserve the many insurance agent relationships key to the
success of First Premium's business.

   The present senior management currently shared by the Companies are
anticipated to serve as the Wintrust executive officers after the Effective
Date and will continue to have responsibility for capital planning, long-term
strategic planning, marketing and advertising, financial management and
asset/liability management and technology, while the existing management teams
of the Banks and First Premium will continue to have the full managerial
responsibilities with respect to customer service and the ongoing day-to-day
operations of their respective subsidiaries.  The Boards of Directors of each
of the Banks and of First Premium will not be changed as a result of the
Reorganization and will continue to have full oversight responsibilities of
their respective management teams.

   Management believes that, in addition to the operational efficiencies
of formally combining the shared senior management functions and the improved
access to more efficient sources of additional capital, the strategic
combination of the five Companies offers certain synergies to potentially
enhance profitability.  While the Banks, as is typical for newly formed
retail-oriented banks, have generated core deposits in excess of earning asset
growth, First Premium utilizes external funding sources, such as its
securitization facility, to support planned growth in insurance premium
receivables.  The Banks can potentially offer First Premium an alternative
lower cost funding





                                       42
<PAGE>   55

source, while potential investments in premium finance receivables originated
by First Premium can offer the Banks an additional source of higher yielding
earning assets.  This investment opportunity would be consistent with the
Banks' strategy of pursuing specialized earning asset niches having large
volumes of homogenous assets that can be acquired for the Banks' portfolios,
such as the indirect auto loan program currently in place, and possibly sold in
the secondary market to generate fee income.  Management intends to pursue
opportunities to leverage off of the respective Companies' asset/liability
generating strengths.

MANAGEMENT OF WINTRUST

   As provided in the Reorganization Agreement, the Board of Directors of
Wintrust will initially consist of 21 members comprised of certain members of
the currents boards of each of the Companies.  Following consummation of the
Reorganization, the Wintrust Board will determine which directors will serve as
Class I, II and III directors to hold office for staggered three-year terms as
provided in the By-Laws.  See "COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS OF WINTRUST
AND THE COMPANIES -- Size and Classification of the Board of Directors."  It is
currently anticipated that the Board will establish certain committees to
include, among possible others, an Audit Committee, Nominating Committee and
Asset/Liability Management Committee, with the full board acting as the
Compensation Committee.  The Wintrust Board is expected to meet quarterly and
at such other times deemed necessary.

   The names, certain background information and the ages of the persons
designated in the Reorganization Agreement to constitute the initial Board of
Directors and the executive officers of Wintrust are provided below.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Howard D. Adams -- (63) Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Wintrust.

   Mr. Adams is a financier who, for more than the past 10 years, has
concentrated his investments primarily in diversified financial services
businesses.  He was the principal organizer of each of the Companies.  Since
1986, Mr. Adams has served as Chairman of Crabtree and has been an officer and
director of its various subsidiaries, including First Premium.  Together with
Edward J. Wehmer and certain other organizers, he founded Lake Forest in 1991,
Hinsdale in 1993, North Shore in 1994 and Libertyville in 1995.  He is
currently the Chairman and a Director of Crabtree, Lake Forest and
Libertyville, and he is the Vice-Chairman and a Director of North Shore and of
Hinsdale.  He also serves as director of each of the Banks and First Premium.

   Prior to 1986, Mr. Adams was associated in various capacities with the firm
of Booz, Allen & Hamilton Inc. for 23 years where he was the partner
responsible for domestic and international banking and financial consulting
services.  He eventually served as the senior advisor in those areas.  Mr.
Adams is a Trustee of the Chicago Horticultural Society and Colby College of
Waterville, Maine (retired) and is a member of the Lake Forest Open Lands
Association.

Edward J. Wehmer -- (42) President and Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Wehmer has been a principal organizer, together with Howard D. Adams, of
each of the banking organizations.  He has served as the President of Lake
Forest and Lake Forest Bank since its establishment in 1991.  Mr. Wehmer serves
as the Vice Chairman and a Director of Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North Shore,
Libertyville and each of the Banks.

   Prior to joining Lake Forest, Mr. Wehmer was President and a director of
Lincoln National Bank, Chicago, Illinois and Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, and a director of its parent company, River Forest Bancorp,
Chicago, Illinois.  Mr. Wehmer also served as a managing director of that
organization's six other banking subsidiaries and as President of a mortgage
banking subsidiary and a commercial finance subsidiary.  Mr. Wehmer is also a
certified public accountant and earlier in his career spent seven years with
the accounting firm of Ernst & Whinney specializing in the banking field and
particularly in the area of bank mergers and acquisitions.  Mr.





                                       43
<PAGE>   56

Wehmer is a Trustee of Barat College, Lake Forest, Illinois, and is involved in
several other charitable and fraternal organizations.

Lemuel H. Tate, Jr. -- (70) Director of Wintrust.

   From 1982 to 1988, Mr. Tate was an executive with Northwestern
Telecommunication Services (now known as Northwestern Technologies Group) which
is a venture partnership company jointly owned by Northwestern University and
Northwestern Memorial Hospital Group.  He retired as President and Chief
Operating Officer of the company in 1988.  During his retirement since 1988, he
has been active in volunteer work in the area.  He is a member of the Evanston
Rotary Club and is active in the International Executive Service Corps.  Since
establishment, Mr. Tate has been Chairman and a Director of North Shore and
North Shore Bank, which opened in 1994, and he served on the Special Committee
appointed by the North Shore Board to consider the Reorganization.

Alan W. Adams -- (31) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Adams has been Vice President/Lending at Lake Forest Bank since August
1993.  Prior to his association with Lake Forest Bank, Mr. Adams was the Senior
Financial and Strategic Analyst for Crabtree after obtaining his law degree in
1993.  He is licensed to practice law in the State of Illinois and is a member
of the Illinois and American Bar Associations.  From 1987 through 1989, Mr.
Adams was a commercial lending representative for Harris Trust and Savings
Bank, specializing in banking relationships with companies in the food and
agribusiness industries.  Mr. Adams serves on the board of directors of the
Gorton Community Center and the Associate Board of the Lake Forest Open Lands
Association.  He is the son of Howard D. Adams.

Peter Crist -- (44) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Crist is a partner with Crist Partners, Ltd., an executive search firm
he founded in 1994.  Immediately prior thereto he was the Managing Director of
the Chicago office of Russell Reynolds Associates, Inc., the largest executive
search firm in the Midwest where he was employed for more than ___ years.  He
is a Director of Hinsdale and Hinsdale Bank, and he served on the Special
Committee appointed by the Hinsdale Board to consider the Reorganization.

Maurice F. Dunne, Jr. -- (69) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Dunne has been the President of Maurice F. Dunne Ltd., an educational
consulting firm, since September 1991.  Prior thereto, he served as President
of the Graduate School of Management at Lake Forest College, Lake Forest,
Illinois for more than 25 years.  Mr. Dunne also served as the chief operating
officer of the Northern Illinois Business Association from September 1991 to
June 1993.  Mr. Dunne is a Director of North Shore and Lake Forest and their
respective bank subsidiaries.

Eugene Hotchkiss III -- (68) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Hotchkiss served as the President of Lake Forest College from 1970 to
1993 and has been the President Emeritus of Lake Forest College since 1993.
Since 1994, Mr. Hotchkiss has been the Senior Fellow of the Foundation for
Independent Higher Education, Lake Forest College.  Mr.  Hotchkiss is a
Director of Lake Forest and Lake Forest Bank.

James Knollenberg -- (48) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Knollenberg serves as the President of First Premium, which he helped
form, together with an experienced management team, in 1990.  Mr. Knollenberg
has 25 years experience in corporate financial services.  In 1975, he
co-founded Borg-Warner Insurance Finance Corp. (BWIFC), the premium finance
unit of Borg Warner Financial Services, which was later acquired by
Transamerica Corporation.  In the 1980's he served four years as





                                       44
<PAGE>   57

Chief Financial Officer of Willis Corroon's Brokerage Services Group followed
by four years as Director of Receivables Management for Sedgwick, Inc.

John S. Lillard -- (65) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Lillard spent more than fifteen years as an executive with JMB
Institutional Realty Corporation, a real estate investment firm, where he
served as President from 1979 to 1991 and as Chairman-Founder from 1992 to
1994.  In addition, Mr. Lillard serves as a director of Cintas Corporation and
Stryker Corporation.  Mr. Lillard was a general partner of Scudder Stevens &
Clark until joining JMB in 1979.  Mr. Lillard is a Director of Lake Forest and
Lake Forest Bank.

James E. Mahoney -- (59) Director of Wintrust.

   From 1978 to present, Mr. Mahoney has been the owner and President of
Heidi's Cheese Products, Inc., Mundelein, Illinois.  Mr. Mahoney is a Director
of Libertyville and Libertyville Bank, and he served on the Special Committee
appointed by the Libertyville Board to consider the Reorganization.

James B. McCarthy -- (45) Director of Wintrust.

   From 1991 to present, Mr. McCarthy has been President and a Director of
Gemini Consulting Group, Inc., Oak Brook, Illinois, a management consulting
firm focusing on the health care industry.  Mr. McCarthy is a Director of
Hinsdale and Hinsdale Bank, and he served on the Special Committee appointed by
the Hinsdale Board to consider the Reorganization.

Marguerite Savard McKenna -- (51) Director of Wintrust.

   Ms. McKenna, an attorney, has practiced in Wilmette since 1983.  She is a
member of the Rotary Club, Wilmette Chamber of Commerce and the North Suburban
Bar Association.  Ms. McKenna is a Director of North Shore and North Shore
Bank, and she served on the Special Committee appointed by the North Shore
Board to consider the Reorganization.

Tull Monsees -- (62) Non-voting Director of Wintrust.

   For over five years, Mr. Monsees has been a Senior Vice President with
Principal Financial Securities (and two predecessor firms, Illinois Company and
Hamilton Investments), Chicago, Illinois.  Mr. Monsees is a Director of
Crabtree, and he served on the Special Committee appointed by the Crabtree
Board to consider the Reorganization.  He will serve as a non-voting director
of Wintrust due to his affiliation with the securities brokerage firm.

Albin F. Moschner -- (43) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Moschner has been President and CEO and a director of Zenith
Electronics, Glenview, Illinois, since 1991.  Previously he held the positions
of Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President of Operations.  Mr.
Moschner is also a director of Polaroid Corporation and Pella Windows.  Mr.
Moschner is a Director of Lake Forest and Lake Forest Bank, and he served on
the Special Committee appointed by the Lake Forest Board to consider the
Reorganization.

Hollis W. Rademacher -- (60) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Rademacher is currently self-employed as a business consultant and
private investor.  He has participated with Mr. Adams and Mr. Wehmer as an
organizer of each of the Banks.  From 1957 to 1993, Mr. Rademacher held various
positions with Continental Bank, N.A., Chicago, Illinois, from 1988 to 1993
holding the positions of Officer in Charge, U.S. Banking Department, Chief
Credit Officer and Chief Financial Officer.  Mr.





                                       45
<PAGE>   58

Rademacher also currently serves as a director of Schawk, Inc., Cityscape
Financial Corp., Anthem Financial, Inc., Continere Corp., Kirke/Van Orsdel,
Inc., Harken's Distribution, Inc., and Banker's Systems, Inc.  He is a Director
of North Shore, Hinsdale, Libertyville, Lake Forest and each of the Banks.

J. Christopher Reyes -- (42) Director of Wintrust.

   Since 1979, Mr. Reyes has been Chairman and President of Chicago Beverage
Systems, Inc., a beverage distributor headquartered in Lake Forest, Illinois.
Mr. Reyes is a Director of Lake Forest and Lake Forest Bank, and he served on
the Special Committee appointed by the Lake Forest Board to consider the
Reorganization.

John N. Schaper -- (44) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Schaper is a general agent for American United Life Insurance Company.
Mr. Schaper is a Director of Libertyville and Libertyville Bank, and he served
on the Special Committee appointed by the Libertyville Board to consider the
Reorganization.

John J. Schornack -- (65) Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Schornack is Chairman and CEO of KraftSeal Corporation, Lake Forest,
Illinois.  From 1955 to 1991 Mr. Schornack was a certified public accountant
with Ernst & Young, serving most recently as Vice Chairman and Managing Partner
of the Midwest Region.  Mr. Schornack also serves as a director of Binks
Manufacturing Company.  Mr. Schornack is a Director of North Shore and North
Shore Bank, and he served on the Special Committee appointed by the North Shore
Board to consider the Reorganization.

Jane R. Stein -- (51) Director of Wintrust.

   Ms. Stein is currently the Executive Director of the Lake County Medical
Society, Vernon Hills, Illinois, a not-for-profit professional association.
Ms. Stein is a Director of Libertyville and Libertyville Bank, and she served
on the Special Committee appointed by the Libertyville Board to consider the
Reorganization.

Katherine Sylvester -- (56) Director of Wintrust.

   Mrs. Sylvester has been active in civic affairs in the Hinsdale area for
many years.  She is on the Board of Trustees of the Hinsdale Community House
and is an Associate Member of the Women's Auxiliary of the Robert Crown Center
for Health Education, and an Associate Member of the Women's Board of the
Rehabilitation Institute of Chicago.  Mrs. Sylvester is a Director of Hinsdale
and Hinsdale Bank, and she served on the Special Committee appointed by the
Hinsdale Board to consider the Reorganization.

Larry Wright -- (56) Director of Wintrust.

   For the past 32 years, Mr. Wright has been Vice President of Milbank
Corporation, Chicago, Illinois, an investment advisory firm.  He is a Director
of Crabtree, and he served on the Special Committee appointed by the Crabtree
Board to consider the Reorganization.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

   The following persons, all of whom are currently employed on a shared basis
by each of the banking Companies or otherwise provide consulting services to
each of the Companies, are designated in the Reorganization Agreement to serve
as the executive officers of Wintrust following the Effective Date.





                                       46
<PAGE>   59

Howard D. Adams -- (63) Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Wintrust.

   Mr. Adams will serve as Wintrust's Chief Executive Officer and will oversee
the long-term strategic, marketing and organizational planning of the Company.
See the description above under "Board of Directors" for biographical
information.

Edward J. Wehmer -- (42) President and Director of Wintrust.

   Mr. Wehmer will serve as Wintrust's President and perform the functions of
the Chief Operating Officer.  Accordingly, he will be responsible for
overseeing the execution of Wintrust's day-to-day operations and strategic
initiatives.  Mr. Wehmer also serves as President of Lake Forest and its
subsidiary.  See the description above under "Board of Directors" for
biographical information.

David A. Dykstra -- (35) Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer of Wintrust.

   Mr. Dykstra will serve as Wintrust's Chief Financial Officer and will
oversee all financial affairs of Wintrust, including internal and external
financial reporting.  Mr. Dykstra currently serves as an Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North Shore,
Libertyville and each of the Banks.  Prior thereto, Mr. Dykstra was employed
from 1990 to 1995 in a similar capacity by River Forest Bancorp, Inc., Chicago,
Illinois, most recently holding the position of Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer.  Prior to his association with River Forest Bancorp, Mr.
Dykstra spent seven years with KPMG Peat Marwick, most recently holding the
position of Audit Manager in the Financial Institutions practice.  In addition
to various civic and charitable activities, Mr. Dykstra is a Trustee of the
Village of Lake Villa.  Mr. Dykstra is a Director of Libertyville and
Libertyville Bank.

Lloyd Bowden -- (42) Executive Vice President -- Technology.

   Mr. Bowden will serve as Executive Vice President - Technology for Wintrust
and will be responsible for planning, implementing and maintaining all aspects
of the Banks' internal data processing systems and technology designed to
service the Banks' customer base.  Mr. Bowden joined the Companies in April
1996 to serve as the Director of Technology at Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North
Shore and Libertyville with responsibility for implementing technological
improvements to enhance customer service capabilities and operational
efficiencies.  Prior thereto, he was employed by Electronic Data Systems, Inc.
in various capacities since 1982, most recently in an executive management
position with the Banking Services Division and previously in the Banking Group
of the Management Consulting Division.

Robert F. Key -- (41) Executive Vice President -- Marketing.

   Mr. Key will serve as the Executive Vice President - Marketing for Wintrust
and will direct all advertising and marketing programs for each of the
Companies.  Mr. Key joined the Companies in March 1996 to serve as Executive
Vice President of Marketing at Lake Forest, Hinsdale, North Shore and
Libertyville.  From 1978 through





                                       47
<PAGE>   60

March 1996, Mr. Key was a Vice President/Account Director at Leo Burnett
Company where he most recently had responsibility for the $30 million
advertising budget of a $600 million business.





                                       48
<PAGE>   61

PRO FORMA BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INFORMATION

   The table below sets forth the pro forma beneficial ownership of Wintrust
Common Stock of (i) each director nominee of Wintrust as designated in the
Reorganization Agreement; (ii) each proposed executive officer of Wintrust as
designated in the Reorganization Agreement; (iii) such director nominees and
executive officers as a group; and (iv) all other persons anticipated to be
holders of or who might be deemed to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of
the Wintrust Common Stock to be outstanding upon the Effective Date of the
Reorganization.  For more detailed information regarding beneficial ownership
of the respective Companies, see "Management Ownership of Common Stock" and
"Beneficial Ownership of Certain Shareholders" under "NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY
BANCORP, INC.," "LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.," "HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.,"
"LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.," and "CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                           
                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                        Pro Forma
                                         Total       Total        Total         Total                    Wintrust           %
                                      Lake Forest   Hinsdale    North Shore  Libertyvile    Crabtree     Pro forma      Ownership 
                                       Beneficial   Beneficial  Beneficial    Beneficial    Beneficial   Beneficial        of 
                                       Ownership    Ownership   Ownership     Ownership     Ownership   Ownership(1)  Wintrust(1)(2)
                                      ------------  ---------  ------------  ----------     ----------  -----------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
DIRECTORS NOMINEES OF WINTRUST                                                                                                   
Alan W. Adams(3)  . . . . . . . . .       4,840       1,050        9,402       15,659        20,433        155,969        2.42%  
Howard D. Adams(4)**  . . . . . . .      18,090      22,083        6,368        5,300       123,141        485,920        7.56%  
Peter Crist . . . . . . . . . . . .          --       3,210        1,000        1,000            --         27,652           *   
Maurice F. Dunne, Jr. . . . . . . .       1,780       2,100        2,882        2,200            --         53,623           *   
Eugene Hotchkiss III  . . . . . . .         334          --           --          200            --          4,036           *   
James Knollenberg . . . . . . . . .         200         300          300          300        61,361         79,111        1.22%  
John S. Lillard . . . . . . . . . .       3,966          --        1,623        1,000            --         50,768           *   
James E. Mahoney  . . . . . . . . .          --          --           --        1,620            --          6,522           *   
James B. McCarthy . . . . . . . . .          --       2,717           --           --            --         15,489           *   
Marguerite Savard McKenna . . . . .          --          --        3,162          600            --         18,737           *   
Tull Monsees  . . . . . . . . . . .          --          --           --           --        40,800         48,279           *   
Albin F. Moschner.  . . . . . . . .         400          --           --           --            --          3,869           *   
Hollis W. Rademacher  . . . . . . .          --       2,590        3,194        3,995            --         47,293           *   
J. Christopher Reyes  . . . . . . .       3,414       4,400        5,083        4,000            --        101,915        1.58%  
John N. Schaper . . . . . . . . . .          --          --           --          300            --          1,208           *   
John J. Schornack . . . . . . . . .          --          --        1,952           --            --         10,076           *   
Jane R. Stein . . . . . . . . . . .          --          --           --           --            --             --           *   
Katherine Sylvester . . . . . . . .          --         980           --           --            --          5,008           *   
Lemuel H. Tate  . . . . . . . . . .          --          --        3,113          100            --         16,471           *   
Edward J. Wehmer**  . . . . . . . .      10,884       6,936        8,989        7,350            --        210,581        3.20%  
Larry Wright(5) . . . . . . . . . .      14,650      20,400       15,600        2,500       123,753        501,836        7.72%  
                                         ------      ------       ------       ------       -------      ---------       -----  
  Total Directors . . . . . . . . .      59,558      66,766       62,668       46,124       369,488      1,844,363       28.50%  
                                                                                                                                 
NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS                                                                                                  
Lloyd M. Bowden . . . . . . . . . .         455         625          667        1,000            --         10,223           *   
David A. Dykstra  . . . . . . . . .         550         500          175        1,958            --         14,949           *   
Robert F. Key . . . . . . . . . . .         409         563          600          900            --         14,074           *   
                                         ------      ------       ------       ------       -------      ---------       -----  
                                                                                                                                 
  Total Directors and Executive          60,972      68,454       64,110       49,982       369,488      1,883,659       29.19%  
                                         ======      ======       ======       ======       =======      =========       =====  
OTHER SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS                                                                                                   
Milbank Corporation(6)  . . . . . .      15,650      20,990       15,600        2,500       124,453        514,992        8.01%  


</TABLE>



   ---------------                                                         
   *    Less than 1%                                                       
   **   Denotes executive officer (in addition to director status)         
                                                                           




                                       49
<PAGE>   62

(1)  Excludes beneficial ownership of any shares subject to warrants of
     Hinsdale and Libertyville which will remain outstanding after the
     Reorganization at the respective mid-tier holding company subsidiary of
     Wintrust.

(2)  Assumes no exercise prior to the Reorganization of outstanding options,
     rights or warrants other than the anticipated exercise of a portion of the
     First Premium warrants resulting in 399,612 additional shares of Wintrust
     Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the Effective Date of
     the Reorganization.  Includes shares deemed beneficially owned by such
     persons in any of the other Companies, giving effect to the applicable
     Exchange Ratios and North Shore Stock Split.  Also gives effect to the
     cancellation of intercompany share ownership as provided in the
     Reorganization Agreement.

(3)  Includes shares to be held in certain family trusts for the benefit of
     Alan W. Adams and with respect to which he has shared voting and
     investment power.  Does not include shares to be held in certain other
     family trusts (for which Alan Adams does not act as co-trustee) and does
     not include shares to be held directly by, or indirectly through other
     family trusts for the benefit of Sarah K. Adams, Alan Adams' sister.
     Sarah K. Adams and Alan W. Adams are the two adult children of Howard D.
     Adams.

(4)  Includes shares to be held in certain family trusts for the benefit of Mr.
     Adams' children or in charitable foundations with respect to which either
     Mr. Adams or his wife has voting power and with respect to which Mr. Adams
     disclaims beneficial ownership.  Does not include shares to be held
     directly by, or indirectly through certain other family trusts (for which
     neither Mr. Adams nor his wife act as co- trustees) for the benefit of,
     Mr. Adams' two adult children.  See the footnotes to beneficial ownership
     tables in the section "Management Ownership of Common Stock" under each of
     "NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.," "LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.,"
     "HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.," "LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.," AND "CRABTREE
     CAPITAL CORPORATION" for additional information.

(5)  Includes (i) 16,393 shares to be held directly by Mr. Wright; (ii) 5,804
     shares to be held by Milbank Corporation ("Milbank") of which Mr.  Wright
     is an officer, director and principal shareholder and with respect to
     which shares he exercises shared voting and investment power; (iii) 22,611
     shares to be held by an employee retirement plan of Milbank of which Mr.
     Wright is a trustee with shared voting and investment power; (iv) 377,588
     shares to be held in Deerpath Investments LLP, a limited partnership
     ("Deerpath"), to which Milbank serves as investment advisor and with
     respect to which Mr. Wright exercises shared voting and investment power;
     and (v) 4,827 shares to be held in certain family trusts of another
     officer of Milbank with respect to which certain officers of Milbank act
     as co-trustees and exercise shared voting power.  Also includes 74,612
     shares to be subject to purchase by Deerpath pursuant to the exercise of
     warrants (assuming no prior exercise) giving effect to the conversion of
     the outstanding First Premium common stock warrants as contemplated by the
     Reorganization Agreement.  See footnote (6) below for a description of
     Milbank total pro forma beneficial ownership which includes that of Mr.
     Wright.

(6)  Includes (i) 16,393 shares to be held by Larry Wright, a director of
     Crabtree, and an aggregate of 3,483 shares to be held or to be subject to
     currently exercisable options held by Robert D. Harnach, a director of
     Lake Forest and Hinsdale, each of whom are officers of Milbank Corporation
     ("Milbank"); (ii) 5,804 shares to be held by Milbank; (iii) 22,611 shares
     to be held by an employee retirement plan of Milbank of which Mr. Wright
     and Mr. Harnach are trustees with voting and investment power; (iv)
     377,588 shares to be held in Deerpath Investments LLP, a limited
     partnership ("Deerpath") to which Milbank serves as investment advisor and
     with respect to which Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach exercise shared voting
     and investment power; and (v) 14,500 shares to be held in certain family
     trusts of another officer of Milbank with respect to which certain
     officers of Milbank act as co-trustees and exercise shared voting power.
     Also includes 74,612 shares to be subject to purchase by Deerpath pursuant
     to the exercise of warrants (assuming no prior exercise) giving effect to
     the conversion of the outstanding First Premium common stock warrants as
     contemplated by the Reorganization Agreement.  See footnote (5) above for
     a description of the pro forma beneficial ownership of Larry Wright
     included within that of Milbank.





                                       50
<PAGE>   63

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table summarizes the compensation paid, on a pro forma
combined basis giving effect to the Reorganization, to the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer and the four other most highly paid executive officers (the
"Named Executive Officers"), for 1995 and 1994 and the salary and certain other
compensation estimated to be paid in 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                                            
                                                                 Summary Compensation Table                                     
                         --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
                                             Annual Compensation                     Long-Term Compensation                     
                                   ---------------------------------------     ----------------------------------                   
                                                                                        Awards            Payouts                   
                                                                                --------------------     --------                   
                                                                   Other                     Securities                           
                                                                  Annual                       Under-                  All Other  
                                                                  Compen-      Restricted      lying        LTIP        Compen-   
       Name and                    Salary (5)       Bonus        sation (2)      Stock        Options/     Payouts     sation (4) 
  Principal Position    Year          ($)           ($)              ($)         Awards       SARs (#)       ($)          ($)     
  ------------------    -----      ----------       --------    ----------     ---------    ---------    --------     -----------
<S>                     <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>        
Howard D. Adams(6)      1996        250,000            --(1)          --(2)       --           --           --             --      
Chairman and CEO        1995        190,000        43,000            629          --           --           --             --      
                        1994        141,000        10,000             --          --           --           --             --      
                                                                                                                                   
Edward J. Wehmer(7)     1996        395,000            --(1)          --(2)       --           --           --             --      
Chief Operating         1995        326,250        43,000          5,935          --           --           --          3,592      
  Officer               1994        255,000        25,000          4,862          --           --           --          3,482      
                                                                                                                                   
David A. Dykstra        1996        155,000            --(1)          --(2)       --        2,779           --             --      
Exec. Vice President    1995         80,889        12,000          2,486          --       30,880           --             --      
  & Chief Financial     1994            N/A           N/A            N/A          --           --           --             --      
  Officer                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                   
Robert Key              1996        121,233        15,000(3)          --(2)       --       29,226           --             --      
Exec. Vice President    1995            N/A           N/A            N/A          --           --           --             --      
  & Director of         1994            N/A           N/A            N/A          --           --           --             --      
  Marketing                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                   
Lloyd Bowden            1996         90,082        10,000(3)          --(2)       --       18,671           --             --      
Exec. Vice President    1995            N/A           N/A            N/A          --           --           --             --      
  & Director of         1994            N/A           N/A            N/A          --           --           --             --      
  Technology                                                               
</TABLE>                                                                   

- ---------------
(1) Mr. Adams, Mr. Wehmer, and Mr. Dykstra are entitled to be paid         
    discretionary bonuses as determined by the compensation committee of the  
    Board of Directors. To date, no such bonuses have been declared or paid.

(2) Other compensation represents the sum of compensation for the use of a
    company car and/or the payment of club dues.

(3) Mr. Key and Mr. Bowden were employed by North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale,
    and Libertyville on March 11, 1996 and April 1, 1996, respectively.  The
    bonus amounts presented represent the aggregate signing bonus paid to these
    individuals in 1996.  Mr. Key and Mr. Bowden are also entitled to be paid
    additional discretionary bonuses as determined by the compensation
    committee of the Board of Directors. To date, no such additional bonuses
    have been declared or paid.

(4) Represents compensation to the executive officer for the aggregate life
    insurance premium paid on behalf of the named executive officer by any of
    the Companies subject to the Reorganization.

(5) The 1996 salary amount presented for each individual reflects the
    aggregated base annual salary amounts expected to be paid in 1996 based on
    the number of days employed in 1996 and the level at which the named
    executive is currently being paid by each of the Companies subject to this
    Reorganization.

(6) Mr. Adams also received a salary from HDA Capital Corporation of $50,000
    for 1995 and 1994 and is receiving the same amount in 1996.  Such amounts
    are not included as compensation in the above table.  HDA Capital
    Corporation receives income in the form of consulting fees from Crabtree
    for Mr. Adams' services.  Specifically, consulting fees of $46,671,
    $142,692 and $111,030 were received for the four months ended April 30,
    1996, the year ended December 31, 1995 and the year ended December 31,
    1994, respectively.  HDA Capital Corporation is owned by the Alan W. Adams
    Family Trust and the Sarah K. Adams Family Trust.





                                       51
<PAGE>   64
(7) During 1996, Edward J. Wehmer entered into deferred compensation plans with
    Libertyville and Lake Forest.  The deferred compensation plans are in the
    form of "Phantom Stock Agreements" whereby the amount of compensation
    deferred is equal to the value which Edward J. Wehmer would have received
    had he held 6,000 shares of Libertyville and 1,300 shares of Lake Forest as
    of the date of the awards, respectively.


         The information presented below summarizes certain information, on a
pro forma combined basis giving effect to the Reorganization, about the
Wintrust Common Stock underlying options which were granted in 1995 by the
Companies to the named executive officers.

                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

<TABLE>       
                                             % of                                      Potential Realized     
                            Number of        Total                                      Value at Assumed      
                             Wintrust      Options/                                      Annual Rates of      
                              Shares         SARs                                         Stock Price         
                            Underlying    Granted to     Exercise                         Appreciation        
                             Options/      Employees     of Base                         for Option Term      
                               SARs        in Fiscal      Price       Expiration   -----------------------   
           Name               Granted       Year (1)     ($Sh)(1)       Date          5%             10%      
           ----             ----------    ----------     --------     ----------   -------         -------   
 <S>                          <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
 Howard D. Adams                  --            --           --            --             --             --
 Edward J. Wehmer                 --            --           --            --             --             --
 David A. Dykstra             30,880         18.38%          --(2)       2005      $ 207,850      $ 526,732
                                                         
 Robert F. Key                    --            --           --            --             --             --
 Lloyd Bowden                     --            --           --            --             --             --
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1) All information is presented on a pro forma combined basis assuming each of
    the Companies' options and exercise prices have been converted by giving
    effect to the Exchange Ratios and represent on a pro forma basis options to
    purchase shares of Wintrust Common Stock.

(2) The exercise price per share is $9.30 for options to purchase 11,608 shares
    of Wintrust Common Stock; $10.77 for options to purchase 7,241 shares of
    Wintrust Common Stock; $11.62 for options to purchase 6,194 shares of
    Wintrust Common Stock; and $12.42 for options to purchase 5,837 shares of
    Wintrust Common Stock.





                                       52
<PAGE>   65
         The following table summarizes the number and value of stock options
relating to Wintrust Common Stock, on a pro forma combined basis giving effect
to the Reorganization, that were unexercised at December 31, 1995.  No stock
options were exercised by the named executives during 1995 or the first quarter
of 1996.

   AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END
                              OPTION/SAR VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Number of
                                                            Securities Underlying
                                                                 Unexercised           Value of Unexercised
                                                               Options/SARs at            Options/SARs at
                                                            December 31, 1995 (#)      December 31, 1995 ($) 
                            Shares                         ------------------------  ------------------------
                          Acquired on         Value              Exercisable/              Exercisable/
          Name            Exercise (#)     Realized ($)        Unexercisable(1)          Unexercisable(1)
          ----           -------------     ------------    ------------------------  ------------------------   
 <S>                       <C>              <C>              <C>                       <C>
                                                                                                                                 
 Howard D. Adams               --               --              11,234/2,902              18,349/10,500                      
 Edward J. Wehmer              --               --              84,622/31,458            413,658/144,354                     
 David A. Dykstra              --               --               4,712/26,168              9,000/45,000                      
 Robert Key                    --               --                  --/--                     --/--                      
 Lloyd Bowden                  --               --                  --/--                     --/--                      
</TABLE>      

- ---------------
(1) The numbers and amounts in the above table represent, on a pro forma
    combined basis giving effect to the Reorganization, shares of Wintrust
    Common Stock subject to stock options that were unexercised as of December
    31, 1995, assuming such options had been converted to reflect the
    respective Company's Exchange Ratio.


PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING

         It is anticipated that Wintrust will need additional capital to
support further growth in assets at a number of the Banks within the next six
months to a year.  The Reorganization offers each of the Companies the benefit
of raising capital as a larger organization with greater access to more
efficient capital markets and the opportunity to potentially obtain more
favorable terms.  It is anticipated that Wintrust may seek to raise up to an
additional $20 million of debt and/or equity capital in 1996.  Among other
capital raising alternatives, management has considered seeking to borrow on a
consolidated basis from a commercial bank, with borrowings to be possibly
secured by pledges of capital stock of the Banks and First Premium, and a
possible public or private offering of shares of Wintrust Common Stock which
may be targeted to investors residing in new market areas being targeted by the
Banks or Wintrust.

         While there can be no assurance that Wintrust will determine to pursue
a public offering of Wintrust Common Stock to raise capital in the near term,
should Wintrust proceed with an underwritten public offering of its shares, a
market for Wintrust Common Stock may develop which could provide a source of
liquidity to investors in the Companies.  It is also anticipated that, whether
or not Wintrust undertakes a public offering, certain broker-dealer firms may
commence to make a market in the Wintrust shares following the Reorganization.
Management is unable to predict at what price such a market, if any, may
develop.  See "RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONSIDERATIONS -- Limited Market
for Shares."

POSSIBLE ACQUISITION

        Following consummation of the Reorganization, it is expected that the
Board of Directors and management of Wintrust will consider the feasibility of
acquiring a fifth bank currently in organization by Howard D. Adams, Edward J.
Wehmer and certain other persons who are  directors and/or executive officers
of one or more of the Companies and may serve as directors and/or executive
officers of Wintrust.  Organizational efforts





                                       53
<PAGE>   66

completed to date include identifying a favorable location and securing
a lease for the bank site in a northwestern suburban community, commencement of
the bank regulatory application process and initial discussions with potential
candidates to serve as bank personnel.  The organizers have initially
capitalized an Illinois corporation, Wolfhoya Investments, Inc. ("Wolfhoya"),
with $526,000 to fund organizational expenses relating to the de novo bank
formation and hold certain warrants to acquire additional shares in Wolfhoya.

         The Organizers believe that acquiring Wolfhoya in its organizational
phase could provide Wintrust an attractive opportunity to expand its franchise
into an affluent community not yet served by the other Banks where the same
community banking concept and similar marketing strategies can be successfully
employed to achieve significant growth in deposits.  Accordingly, the
organizers have indicated their willingness to sell Wolfhoya to Wintrust after
consummation of the Reorganization; however, the terms of any such transaction
would be subject to negotiation by Wintrust after the Reorganization and would
require approval by the Wintrust Board of Directors.  Consequently, there can
be no assurances when or if this possible acquisition may be consummated.

DIVIDEND POLICY

         Pre-Reorganization Dividend Policy.  None of the banking Companies has
since inception nor has Crabtree during the past five years declared or paid
any dividends.  With the exception of the North Shore Stock Split, the
Reorganization Agreement prohibits the Companies from declaring or paying any
dividend on, or making any other distribution in respect of, its outstanding
shares of capital stock pending consummation of the Reorganization.

         Post-Reorganization Dividend Policy.  It is the current intention of
the Board of Directors of Wintrust to declare cash dividends on the Wintrust
Common Stock following the Reorganization.  Shareholders should note that no
such dividends have previously been declared and that all future dividends will
be determined by the Wintrust Board of Directors in light of earnings and
financial condition of Wintrust and its subsidiaries and other factors,
including applicable governmental regulations and policies.  In that regard,
Wintrust is a separate and distinct entity from its banking and non-banking
subsidiaries, and the principal sources of Wintrust's income are dividends and
interest from such subsidiaries.  Payments of dividends by Wintrust's banking
subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions under applicable governmental
regulations.  See "RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN OTHER CONSIDERATIONS -- Regulatory
Restrictions on Dividends."

REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

         After the Effective Date, Wintrust will become subject to the periodic
financial reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
(the "Exchange Act"), including but not limited to filing with the Securities
and Exchange Commission annual reports on Form 10-K within 90 days of year-end,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q within 45 days of the quarter end, and other
current reports on Form 8-K.  It is anticipated that Wintrust shareholders will
begin receiving quarterly and annual reports after the close of the 1996 third
quarter.  Neither Wintrust nor any of the Companies has ever been previously
subject to the Exchange Act.





                                       54
<PAGE>   67

               PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of
Condition as of March 31, 1996 combines the historical consolidated statements
of condition of each of the Companies as if the Reorganization had occurred on
that date after giving effect to pro forma adjustments described in the
accompanying notes.

         Also presented are the Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of
Operations for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996, and the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, giving effect to the Reorganization as if it
had been consummated at the beginning of the earliest period presented.  The
pro forma information is based on the historical consolidated financial
statements of the Companies presented elsewhere herein, giving effect to the
proposed transaction under the "pooling-of-interests" method and on the
assumptions and adjustments set forth in the accompanying notes to the pro
forma condensed consolidated financial statements.  These pro forma statements
may not be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have
occurred if the Reorganization had been consummated on the date indicated or
which may occur in the future.

         The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information
should be read in conjunction with the separate historical consolidated
financial statements and related footnotes of each of the Companies.







                                       55


<PAGE>   68
              PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996                 
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            NORTH SHORE          LAKE               
                                             COMMUNITY          FOREST       HINSDALE  LIBERTYVILLE   CRABTREE 
                                              BANCORP           BANCORP,     BANCORP,   BANCORP,       CAPITAL 
                                               INC.               INC.         INC.       INC.          CORP.  
                                            -----------         --------     --------  ------------   ---------
                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        
ASSETS
Cash and demand balance due from banks  . . . . .  $  3,739     $  4,291    $  1,612    $   642    $   585    
Money market assets:
   Interest-bearing deposits at banks . . . . . .    10,000          100          --      9,000         --    
   Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8,875       18,155      10,221     11,285         --    
Investment securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12,054       62,467      32,440      4,588         --    
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    74,338      121,055      67,505     22,311     14,564    
   Less:  allowance for possible loan losses  . .       510          950         583        130        788    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Loans, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    73,828      120,105      66,922     22,181     13,776    
Premises and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . .     7,107        8,098       5,085      4,064      1,007    
Goodwill and organization costs . . . . . . . . .       288           44          76        101         --    
Other assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2,047        2,390       2,189        681      2,796    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $117,938     $216,350    $118,545    $52,542    $18,164    
                                                   ========     ========    ========    =======    =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
   Noninterest-bearing  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12,569       17,094      10,471      7,282         --    
   Interest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    93,671      182,927      95,921     35,293         --    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Total deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   106,240      200,021     106,392     42,575         --    
Accrued interest and other expenses . . . . . . .       291        1,282         577        219      8,895    
Notes and loans payable . . . . . . . . . . . . .        --        3,952       1,800        361      4,400    
Subordinated notes payable  . . . . . . . . . . .        --           --          --         --      1,999    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   106,531      205,255     108,769     43,155     15,294    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Minority interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        --           --          --         --        212    

Stockholders' equity
   Common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       254          161         207        206      1,032    
   Convertible warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . .        25           --          25         25         --    
   Convertible preferred stock  . . . . . . . . .        --            3          --        500         --    
   Surplus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12,161        9,549       9,506      8,994     17,971    
   Undivided profit (deficit) . . . . . . . . . .    (1,032)       1,185          19       (338)   (16,180)   
   Less:  Treasury shares . . . . . . . . . . . .        --           --          --         --       (165)   
   Net unrealized gain (loss) -- securities                                                                   
     available-for-sale, net of tax . . . . . . .        (1)         197          19         --         --    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Total stockholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . .    11,407       11,095       9,776      9,387      2,658    
                                                   --------     --------    --------    -------    -------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $117,938     $216,350    $118,545    $52,542    $18,164    
                                                   ========     ========    ========    =======    =======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996                 
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                     PROFORMA ADJUSTMENTS                          
                                                     --------------------                          COMBINED 
                                                           DEBIT                 CREDIT            PROFORMA
                                                        -----------          --------------        --------  
                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>        
ASSETS
Cash and demand balance due from banks  . . . . .    $   541     (D)                                 $11,410
Money market assets:
   Interest-bearing deposits at banks . . . . . .                                                     19,100
   Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                     49,236
Investment securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             $ 3,375     (A)        108,174
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                    299,773
   Less:  allowance for possible loan losses  . .                                                      2,961 
                                                                                                    --------
Loans, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                    296,812
Premises and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . .                                                     25,361
Goodwill and organization costs . . . . . . . . .                                                        509
Other assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                     10,103
                                                                                                    --------
Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                   $520,705
                                                                                                    ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
   Noninterest-bearing  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                     47,416
   Interest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                    407,812
                                                                                                    --------
Total deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                    455,228
Accrued interest and other expenses . . . . . . .        106     (A)                                  11,158
Notes and loans payable . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                     10,513
Subordinated notes payable  . . . . . . . . . . .        499     (D)                                   1,500
                                                                                                    --------
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                    478,399
                                                                                                    --------
Minority interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        212     (D)               50     (E)             50

Stockholders' equity
   Common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,656  (A)(B)(E)         6,225  (C)(D)(E)       6,429
   Convertible warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . .         50     (E)                                      25
   Convertible preferred stock  . . . . . . . . .        503     (C)                                      --
   Surplus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50,455  (A)(B)(E)        44,414  (C)(D)(E)      52,140
   Undivided profit (deficit) . . . . . . . . . .                                                    (16,346)
   Less:  Treasury shares . . . . . . . . . . . .                                 165     (B)             --
   Net unrealized gain (loss) -- securities          
     available-for-sale, net of tax . . . . . . .        207     (A)                                       8
                                                     -------                                        --------
Total stockholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . .                                                     42,256
Total liabilities and stockholders'                                                                 -------- 
equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $54,229                  $54,229               $520,705 
                                                     =======                  =======               ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to condensed pro forma combined financial statements.


                                       56
<PAGE>   69

PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three Months Ended March 31, 1996                        
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    North Shore                                            Crabtree
                                    Community     Lake Forest  Hinsdale   Libertyville      Capital    Pro Forma
                                     Bancorp,       Bancorp,   Bancorp,     Bancorp,     Corporation   Adjustments
                                     Inc. and      Inc. and    Inc. and    Inc. and          and      -------------      Pro Forma
                                    Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries  Debit  Credit      Combined
                                    ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------  ------      ---------
                                                                     (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>
Total interest income  . . . . . .   $1,804      $3,445       $1,999      $  645        $  394                         $8,287
Total interest expense . . . . . .    1,114       2,200        1,295         416           182                $ 7       5,200
                                     ------      ------       ------      ------        ------                         ------
Net interest income  . . . . . . .      690       1,245          704         229           212                          3,087
Provision for loan losses  . . . .       79         110          104          75            42                            410
                                     ------      ------       ------      ------        ------                         ------
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses . . . .      611       1,135          600         154           170                          2,677
Gain on sale of receivables  . . .       --          --           --          --           967                            967
Total noninterest income . . . . .      149         258          230          57           353       $44                1,003
Total noninterest expense  . . . .      997       1,133          762         546         1,520                 26       4,932
                                     ------      ------       ------      ------        ------                         ------
Net income before income taxes . .   $ (237)        260           68        (335)          (30)                          (285)
Income tax expense   . . . . . . .       --          82           --          --            --                             82
                                     ------      ------       ------      ------        ------      ----     ----      ------
Net income (loss)                    $ (237)     $  178       $   68      $ (335)       $  (30)      $44      $33      $ (367)
                                     ======      ======       ======      ======        ======      ====     ====      ======
Average number of common
 shares outstanding  . . . . . . .      250         176          219         204         1,025                          6,695

Net income (loss) per share   
 from continuing operations  . . .   $(0.95)     $ 1.01       $ 0.31      $(1.64)       $(0.03)                        $(0.05)
                                     ======      ======       ======      ======        ======                         ======
Net income (loss) per share  . . .   $(0.95)     $ 1.01       $ 0.31      $(1.64)       $(0.03)                        $(0.05)
                                     ======      ======       ======      ======        ======                         ======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31, 1995                          
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 North Shore                                            Crabtree
                                  Community     Lake Forest  Hinsdale   Libertyville      Capital    Pro Forma
                                   Bancorp,       Bancorp,   Bancorp,     Bancorp,     Corporation   Adjustments
                                   Inc. and      Inc. and    Inc. and    Inc. and          and     -------------       Pro Forma
                                 Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries  Debit  Credit       Combined
                                 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------  ------      ----------
                                                            (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                               <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>
Total interest income  . . . . . . $ 4,587       $12,180     $ 5,837     $   321       $  2,547                       $25,472
Total interest expense . . . . . .   2,841         7,749       3,770         164          1,336           $ 29         15,831
                                   -------       -------     -------     -------       --------                       -------
Net interest income  . . . . . . .   1,746         4,431       2,067         157          1,211                         9,641
Provision for loan losses  . . . .     428           301         299          55            347                         1,430
                                   -------       -------     -------     -------       --------                       -------
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses   . . .   1,318         4,130       1,768         102            864                         8,211
Gain on sale of receivables  . . .      --            --          --          --          4,421                         4,421
Total noninterest income . . . . .     264         1,115         572          21          2,151    $85                  4,038
Total noninterest expense  . . . .   2,444         4,402       2,260       1,081          5,537             85         15,639
                                   -------       -------     -------     -------       --------                       -------
Net income before income taxes . .    (862)          843          80        (958)         1,899                         1,031
Income tax (benefit) expense . . .      --          (172)       (340)         --             --                          (512)
                                   -------       -------     -------     -------       --------                       -------  
Net income (loss) from
 continuing operations . . . . . .    (862)        1,015         420        (958)         1,899                         1,543
Loss from operations of
 discontinued subsidiaries,
 net of minority interest of $75 .      --            --          --          --            (17)                          (17)
                                   -------       -------     -------     -------       --------   ----    -----        -------
Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . $  (862)       $1,015     $   420     $  (958)      $  1,882    $85    $ 114       $ 1,526
                                   =======       =======     =======     =======       ========   ====    =====       =======

Average number of common shares
 outstanding   . . . . . . . . . .     201           171         206          68          1,025                         5,799
Net income (loss) per share
 from continuing operations  . . . $ (4.29)       $ 5.95     $  2.04     $(14.19)      $   1.85                       $  0.27
                                   =======       =======     =======     =======       ========                       =======
Net income (loss) per share  . . . $ (4.29)       $ 5.95     $  2.04     $(14.19)      $   1.83                       $  0.26
                                   =======       =======     =======     =======       ========                       =======
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to condensed pro forma combined financial statements.




                                      57
<PAGE>   70

PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended December 31, 1994                          
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 North Shore                                            Crabtree
                                  Community     Lake Forest  Hinsdale   Libertyville      Capital    Pro Forma
                                   Bancorp,       Bancorp,   Bancorp,     Bancorp,     Corporation  Adjustments 
                                   Inc. and      Inc. and    Inc. and    Inc. and          and     -------------       Pro Forma
                                 Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries  Debit  Credit       Combined
                                 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------  ------      ----------
                                                            (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>    <C>         <C>
Total interest income  . . . . . . $   460        $6,708      $ 2,305       $ --       $  8,271                        $17,744
Total interest expense   . . . . .     276         3,831        1,732         --          4,769             $27         10,581
                                   -------        ------       ------       ----       --------                        -------
Net interest income  . . . . . . .     184         2,877          573         --          3,502                          7,163
Provision for loan losses  . . . .      50           240          180         --            137                            607
                                   -------        ------       ------       ----       --------                        -------
Net interest income after 
 provision for loan losses . . . .     134         2,637          393         --          3,365                          6,556
Gain on sale of receivables  . . .      --            --           --         --             --                             --
Total noninterest income . . . . .      36           649          237         --            564     $ 50                 1,436
Total noninterest expense  . . . .   1,066         2,778        1,523         --          4,648              50          9,965
                                   -------        ------       ------       ----       --------                        -------
Net income (loss) from 
 continuing operations  
 before income taxes . . . . . . .    (896)          508         (893)        --           (719)                        (1,973)
Income tax (benefit) expense . . .      --            --           --         --             --                             -- 
                                   -------        ------       ------       ----       --------                        -------
Net income (loss) from 
 continuing operations   . . . . .    (896)          508         (893)        --           (719)                        (1,973)
Loss from operations of 
 discontinued subsidiaries, net 
 of minority interest of $180  . .      --            --           --         --           (236)                          (236)
                                   -------        ------       ------       ----       --------     ----    ----       -------
Net income (loss) 
 from continuing operations  . . . $  (896)       $  508       $ (893)      $ --       $   (955)    $ 50    $ 77       $(2,209)
                                   =======        ======       ======       ====       ========     ====    ====       =======
 
Average number of common shares                      
 outstanding   . . . . . . . . . .      73           167          146         --          1,025                          4,483
Net income (loss) per share
 from continuing operations  . . . $(12.26)       $ 3.05       $(6.11)        --       $  (0.70)                       $ (0.44)
                                   =======        ======       ======       ====       ========                        =======
Net income (loss) per share  . . . $(12.26)       $ 3.05       $(6.11)      $ --       $  (0.93)                       $ (0.49)
                                   =======        ======       ======       ====       ========                        =======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year Ended December 31, 1993                          
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 North Shore                                            Crabtree
                                  Community     Lake Forest  Hinsdale   Libertyville      Capital    Pro Forma
                                   Bancorp,       Bancorp,   Bancorp,     Bancorp,     Corporation   Adjustments 
                                   Inc. and      Inc. and    Inc. and    Inc. and          and     -------------       Pro Forma
                                 Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Subsidiaries  Debit  Credit       Combined
                                 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------  ------      ----------
                                                            (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>    <C>         <C>
Total interest income. . . . . . . $ --         $  3,743    $    73       $ --        $  4,423                          $ 8,239   
Total interest expense . . . . . .   --            1,939         66         --           2,321              $ 26          4,300   
                                   ----         --------    -------       ----        --------                          -------   
Net interest income  . . . . . . .   --            1,804          7         --           2,102                            3,939   
Provision for loan losses  . . . .   --              240         --         --             887                            1,127   
                                   ----         --------    -------       ----        --------                          -------   
Net interest income after                                                                                                         
 provision for loan losses . . . .   --            1,564          7         --           1,215                            2,812   
Gain on sale of receivables  . . .   --               --         --         --              --                               --   
Total noninterest income . . . . .   --              783         43         --             318      $ 40                  1,104   
Total noninterest expense  . . . .   --            2,147        615         --           4,314                40          7,036   
                                   ----         --------    -------       ----        --------                          -------   
Net income (loss) from continuing                                                                                                 
 operations before income taxes. .   --              200       (565)        --          (2,781)                          (3,120)  
Income tax (benefit) expense . . .   --               --         --         --              --                               --   
                                   ----         --------    -------       ----        --------                          -------   
Net income (loss) from continuing                                                                                                 
 operations  . . . . . . . . . . .   --              200       (565)        --          (2,781)                          (3,120)  
Loss from operations of                                                                                                           
 discontinued subsidiaries, net                                                                                                   
 of minority interest of $112. . .   --               --         --         --            (193)                            (193)  
                                   ----         --------    -------       ----        --------      ----    ----        -------   
Net income (loss)  . . . . . . . . $ --         $    200    $  (565)      $ --        $ (2,974)     $ 40    $ 66        $(3,313)  
                                   ====         ========    =======       ====        ========      ====    ====        =======   
Average number of common shares                                                                                                   
 outstanding   . . . . . . . . . .   --              152         45         --           1,025                            3,354   
Net income (loss) per share                                                                                                       
 from continuing operations  . . .   --         $   1.32    $(12.55)        --        $  (2.71)                         $ (0.93)  
                                   ====         ========    =======       ====        ========                          =======   
Net income (loss) per share  . . . $ --         $   1.32    $(12.55)      $ --        $  (2.90)                         $ (0.99)  
                                   ====         ========    =======       ====        ========                          =======   

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to condensed pro forma combined financial statements.




                                      58
<PAGE>   71

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Note 1.  Basis of Presentation

         The unaudited pro forma financial information does not give effect to
any synergies that are expected to occur due to the integration of the North
Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and Crabtree operations.
Additionally, the unaudited pro forma financial information excludes the
transaction costs of the Reorganization and the nonrecurring costs and expenses
associated with integrating the operations of the businesses.  The impact of
the majority of the transaction costs of the Reorganization, and the
nonrecurring costs and expenses associated with integrating the operations is
expected to be recorded in the second quarter of 1996.

         The merger will be accounted for under the "pooling-of-interests"
method.  Accordingly, recorded assets and liabilities are carried forward to
the combined company at their historical values.

Note 2.  Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Condition Adjustments

         A.      Elimination of Intercompany Shares

         Each of Lake Forest, North Shore, Hinsdale and Libertyville own shares
in one or more of the other Companies.  The Reorganization Agreement provides
that such shares will be retired at the Effective Date of the Reorganization
and, thus, will not be outstanding at or subsequent to the date of the
Reorganization.  This entry reflects such shares as being retired as Treasury
shares.


         B.      Elimination of Treasury Shares of Crabtree Capital Corporation

         Crabtree has 7,000 shares of Treasury Stock that have a carrying value
of $164,500.  This entry eliminates the Treasury Stock against the Common Stock
and paid-in capital of Crabtree.

         C.      Conversion of Preferred Shares into Common Shares

         Lake Forest has 1,700 shares of preferred stock outstanding that are
convertible into 2,550 shares of common stock.  Libertyville has 24,000 shares
of preferred stock outstanding that are convertible into 24,000 shares of
common stock.  This entry assumes the preferred shares are converted to common
shares prior to the Effective Date of the Reorganization as contemplated by the
Reorganization Agreement.

         D.      Conversion and Exercise of First Premium Warrants

         The pro forma condensed combined financial information assumes that a
portion of the outstanding warrants at First Premium -- which are to be
converted under the terms of the Reorganization Agreement so as to represent
the right to acquire, or are to be exercised for shares to be exchanged for, an
aggregate of 477,740 shares of Wintrust Common Stock -- will be exercised and
exchanged for 399,612 shares of Wintrust Common Stock and that the remaining
warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 48,128 shares of Wintrust
Common Stock.  In conjunction with the conversion of the warrants into Common
Stock, a portion of the proceeds received from the warrant holders to exercise
such warrants is assumed to retire the subordinated debt of First Premium
because the holder of certain warrants is also the owner of the subordinated
debt.

         E.      Shareholders' Equity

         The combined equity accounts of Wintrust reflect the combination of
the equity accounts for North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale, Libertyville and
Crabtree.  Shares of common stock are presented on the basis of a stated value
of $1.00 per share.  Based on the Exchange Ratios, and assuming no exercise of
options, rights or warrants





                                      59
<PAGE>   72

(except the partial exercise of First Premium warrants as described above), the
following shares of Wintrust Common Stock will be issued to holders of the
respective Companies' common stock and will be outstanding:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 WINTRUST
                                                                                  SHARES
                                                                               TO BE ISSUED
                                                    EXCHANGE RATIO           AND OUTSTANDING
                                                    --------------           ---------------
<S>                                                      <C>                     <C>
North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. . . . . .            5.16180                 1,189,841
Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. . . . . . . . . . .            9.67334                 1,580,237
Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . .            6.03398                 1,196,508
Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.  . . . . . . . . .            4.02578                   848,840
Crabtree Capital Corporation  . . . . . . . .            1.18332                 1,213,217
Converted First Premium Warrants  . . . . . .                                      399,612
                                                                                ----------
  Total Wintrust Shares . . . . . . . . . . .                                    6,428,255
                                                                                ==========
</TABLE>

         The average number of shares of common stock shown to be outstanding
during the periods presented in the Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of
Operations includes 339,612 shares under the assumption that a portion of the
First Premium warrants would be converted to Common Stock of Wintrust in
accordance with the terms of the Reorganization Agreement.

         Also, the Pro Forma Statement of Condition assumes that no
shareholders of the Companies dissent to the transaction and exercise appraisal
rights and that fractional shares issued upon consummation of the
Reorganization will be immaterial.

Note 3.  Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations Adjustments

         F.      Reflects the elimination from noninterest expense of
intercompany fees charged by Lake Forest to (1) Hinsdale in 1993 of $40,000;
(2) North Shore in 1994 of $50,000; and (3) Libertyville in 1995 of $50,000.

         G.      Reflects the elimination from noninterest expense of an
aggregate of $26,000 and $35,000 of fees charged by Hinsdale Bank to Lake
Forest Bank, North Shore Bank and Libertyville Bank for services performed in
servicing a portfolio of indirect automobile loans for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995, respectively.  Such fees
were only applicable in 1995 and the first quarter of 1996.

         H.      Reflects the elimination from noninterest income of an $18,000
gain on the sale of shares of Hinsdale Common Stock by Lake Forest in the first
quarter of 1996.

         I.      Reflects the reduction of interest expense associated with the
elimination of the subordinated debt at First Premium as discussed above in
Note D.  Interest expense has been reduced by $7,413 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996, and $28,565, $26,906 and $26,232 for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.





                                      60
<PAGE>   73
                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.


BUSINESS

        Organization and Operation.  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
("North Shore") is a bank holding company that was incorporated by an Illinois
corporation in December of 1992. The primary asset of North Shore is its
ownership of 100% of the common shares of North Shore Bank. North Shore is
engaged in the business of banking through its ownership of North Shore Bank.
Its mailing address is 1145 Wilmette Avenue, Wilmette, Illinois 60091 and its
telephone number is (847) 853-1145. As of March 31, 1996, North Shore had total
assets of $117,938,000 and total stockholders' equity of $11,407,000.

        North Shore Bank was organized under the laws of the State of Illinois
and commenced operation in October, 1993. North Shore and North Shore Bank are
regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank. Additionally, North Shore Bank is
regulated by the [Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Trust Companies ("CBTC")]
and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

        North Shore Bank is the only locally owned and managed full service
commercial bank in its primary service area of Wilmette, Glencoe, Winnetka and
Kenilworth, Illinois. The Village of Wilmette is located approximately 17 miles
north of the downtown Chicago area and has a population of approximately
28,000. The Villages of Glencoe and Winnetka are located north of Wilmette and
house the full service branch banking facilities. Glencoe and Winnetka have
populations of approximately 12,000 and 16,000, respectively. Kenilworth,
Illinois is an adjacent community which North Shore Bank serves and has a
population of approximately 3,500 residents.

        Employees.  As of March 31, 1996, North Shore Bank employed 46
full-time equivalent employees. North Shore has no paid employees.

        Services.  North Shore Bank is an Illinois chartered, FDIC-insured
commercial bank which provides the full range of banking services. North Shore
Bank furnishes personal and commercial banking services, including demand, NOW,
money market, savings, and time deposit accounts; real estate, commercial, and
consumer loans; and safe deposit facilities. North Shore Bank anticipates
adding trust services during late 1996 or early 1997.

        North Shore Bank was formed to provide the Wilmette and Kenilworth
communities with a community bank alternative. As North Shore Bank showed
strong growth in those communities, the services were extended to Glencoe and
Winnetka. As such, North Shore Bank is focused on providing a highly personal,
professional level of service to commercial and retail customers residing in
these areas. Emphasis is placed on local ownership and management in attracting
and maintaining deposit, loan and trust customers.

        Property.  North Shore Bank currently has four physical banking
locations. North Shore Bank owns the main bank facility that is a one story
brick building located at 1145 Wilmette Avenue in downtown Wilmette, Illinois.
North Shore Bank constructed a 9,600 square foot drive-in, walk-up banking
facility at 720 12th Street, approximately one block west of the main banking
facility. North Shore Bank also opened a full service banking facility at 362
Park Avenue in Glencoe, Illinois. Additionally, during May, 1996, North Shore
Bank opened a branch banking facility in Winnetka, Illinois where it leases
approximately 4,000 square feet. North Shore Bank maintains automated teller
machines at each of its locations, except Glencoe and Winnetka. North Shore
Bank has no offsite automated teller machines.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        For a description of North Shore's and North Shore Bank's competition,
litigation, regulatory environment, interests in affiliates, transactions with
management and relationship with independent public accountants, see "MATTERS
OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO BANKS."

                                      61
<PAGE>   74

MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

         The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 1996, with
respect to beneficial ownership of shares of North Shore Common Stock held by 
(i) each director of North Shore, (ii) each executive officer of North Shore, 
and (iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            
                                                     Shares      Shares     Shares       Total      
                                                   Subject to  Subject to  Subject to    North        % of     Pro Forma
                                                     Common      Common     Vested       Shore       North        % of
                                        Common       Stock       Stock       Stock    Beneficial     Shore      Wintrust
                                        Shares       Rights     Warrants    Options    Ownership    Total(2)  Total(2)(3)
                                     ------------ ----------- ---------------------- -----------  ----------- ------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>   
DIRECTORS                                                                                                                   
- ---------                                                                                                                 
Howard D. Adams **  . . . . . . . .       6,368          --          --          --      6,368         2.51%       7.56%  
Gilbert W. Bowen  . . . . . . . . .         265          --          --          24        289            *           *   
T. Tolbert Chisum **  . . . . . . .       3,355         449          85         704      4,593         1.80%          *   
John W. Close **  . . . . . . . . .       5,226       1,681          --       1,250      8,157         3.18%          *   
Joseph DeVivo, Jr.  . . . . . . . .       1,721         449         125         192      2,487            *           *   
Maurice F. Dunne, Jr. . . . . . . .       2,241         449          --         192      2,882         1.13%          *   
Gayle Inbinder  . . . . . . . . . .         641         449          50         228      1,368            *           *
Thomas J. McCabe, Sr. . . . . . . .         541         449          --         216      1,206            *           *   
Marguerite Savard McKenna . . . . .       2,435         449          50         228      3,162         1.24%          *   
Donald L. Olson . . . . . . . . . .       1,232         449          25         228      1,934            *           *   
Hollis Rademacher . . . . . . . . .       2,541         449          --         204      3,194         1.26%          *   
John J. Schornack . . . . . . . . .       1,311         449          --         192      1,952            *           *   
Ingrid S. Stafford  . . . . . . . .         571         449          25         204      1,249            *           *   
Lemuel H. Tate  . . . . . . . . . .       1,907       1,121          85          --      3,113         1.22%          *   
Edward J. Wehmer ** . . . . . . . .       4,796       2,943       1,250          --      8,989         3.48%       3.20%  
Stanley R. Weinberger . . . . . . .       1,400          --          --          48      1,448            *           *   
Elizabeth C. Warren . . . . . . . .          --          --          --          48         48            *           *   
                                        -------      ------       -----       -----    -------        -----
   Total Directors  . . . . . . . .      36,551      10,235       1,695       3,958     52,439        20.53%              
                                                                                                                                
NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS                                                                                                 
- -------------------------------                                                                                                 
Lloyd M. Bowden . . . . . . . . . .         667          --          --          --        667            *           *   
David A. Dykstra  . . . . . . . . .         175          --          --          --        175            *           *   
Randolph Hibben . . . . . . . . . .         500          --          --          --        500            *           *   
Robert F. Key . . . . . . . . . . .         600          --          --          --        600            *           *   
Donald F. Krueger . . . . . . . . .       1,100         224          --         250      1,574            *           *   
Brian V. Masterton  . . . . . . . .       1,400          --          --          --      1,400            *           *   
Robert H. Meeder  . . . . . . . . .       1,901         840          --         500      3,241         1.27%          *   
                                        -------      ------       -----       -----    -------        -----
                                                                                                                          
Total Directors and Executive                                                                                             
  Officers as a group                    42,894      11,299       1,695       4,708     60,596        23.74%              
                                        =======      ======       =====       =====     ======        =====

Total Common Share                                                                                                        
  Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . .     253,809      20,000       5,000       5,400    284,209                            
                                        =======      ======       =====       =====    =======        =====
</TABLE>
- ----------      
 * -- Less than 1%      
** -- Denotes executive officer (in addition to director status)
      
(1)  Includes shares held directly and, if applicable, indirectly through such
     person's spouse, minor children, certain family trusts, IRA's 401(k) 
     plans.      
      
(2)  Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC Rule
     13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
      
      
                                      62
<PAGE>   75

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS

         On March 31, 1996, North Shore had 253,809 shares of common stock
outstanding.  As of such date, the following persons not listed under
"Management Ownership of Common Stock" are known by North Shore to be the
owners of or might be deemed to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of its
common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Number of Shares            Percent of
                    Name                     Address            Beneficially Owned            Class(1)                       
 -----------------------------------   ------------------     ---------------------          -----------
 <S>                                   <C>                            <C>                       <C>
 Milbank Corporation(2)                 135 South LaSalle              15,600                    6.15%
                                        Chicago, Illinois
 Emmett D. McCarthy, as trustee 
 for(3):
   Alan W. Adams Family Trust           570 Crabtree Lane              18,364                    7.12%
   Sarah K. Adams Family Trust          Lake Forest, Illinois          
</TABLE>
                     
- ---------------------

(1)    Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC
       Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(2)    Larry Wright, a director of Crabtree, and Robert D. Harnach, a director
       of Lake Forest and Hinsdale, are officers, directors and principal
       shareholders of Milbank Corporation ("Milbank"). The beneficial ownership
       shown in the table includes 600 shares held by an employee retirement
       plan of Milbank of which Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach are trustees with
       shared voting and investment power, and 15,000 shares held in Deerpath
       Investments LLP, a limited partnership to which Milbank serves as
       investment advisor and with respect to which Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach
       exercise shared voting and investment power.

(3)    The Alan W. Adams Family Trust and the Sarah K. Adams Family Trust are
       irrevocable trusts for which Emmett McCarthy and either Alan W. Adams or
       Sarah K. Adams, respectively, serve as co-trustees. Mr. McCarthy is a
       Director of Crabtree. Of the total shares beneficially owned by the two
       Trusts, each Trust owns 5,130 shares of North Shore Common Stock, rights
       to acquire 3,427 shares of North Shore Common Stock, and warrants to
       acquire 625 shares of North Shore Common Stock. The beneficiaries of the
       respective Trusts are Alan W. Adams and Sara K. Adams, respectively,
       adult children of Howard D. Adams, and Mr. McCarthy disclaims beneficial
       ownership of all such shares. Mr. Alan W. Adams is currently a vice
       president of Lake Forest Bank and a Director nominee of Wintrust and
       directly owns an additional 220 shares.






                                       55
<PAGE>   76

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three Months            Year Ended     Period Ended
                                                        Ended March 31,          December 31,    December 31, 
                                                 ------------------------------ -------------- ---------------
                                                      1996           1995            1995          1994(1)
                                                 -------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                                      (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
 Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 1,804        $    787       $  4,587          $   460
 Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,114             507          2,841              276
                                                   --------        --------       --------          -------
 Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        690             280          1,746              184
 Provision for possible loan losses  . . . . . .         79              60            428               50
                                                   --------        --------       --------          -------
 Net interest income after provision for
  possible loan losses   . . . . . . . . . . . .        611             220          1,318              134
 Noninterest income, excluding security gains. .        149              26            264               36
 Security gains  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          0               0              0                0
 Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        997             450          2,444            1,066
                                                   --------        --------       --------          -------
 Net loss before income taxes  . . . . . . . . .       (237)           (204)          (862)            (896)
 Income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          0               0              0                0
                                                   --------        --------       --------          -------
 Net loss  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $   (237)       $   (204)      $   (862)         $  (896)
                                                   ========        ========       ========          =======

 Net loss per common share . . . . . . . . . . .   $  (0.95)       $  (1.04)      $  (4.29)         $(12.26)
 Cash dividends declared per common share  . . .   $      0        $      0       $      0          $     0
                                                                                 
 Total assets at end of period . . . . . . . . .   $117,938        $ 59,544       $105,122          $45,164
 Total deposits at end of period . . . . . . . .   $106,240        $ 51,367       $ 93,657          $36,736

 Return on average total assets  . . . . . . . .      (0.86%)         (1.53%)        (1.23%)             __(2)
 Return on average common
  shareholders' equity   . . . . . . . . . . .        (8.43%)        (10.04%)       (10.44%)             __(2)
 
</TABLE>
- -------------------
(1)      Management has for this period presented selected financial data
         reflecting reported results from the date of incorporation (December
         30, 1992) to December 31, 1994.  The Company was in a capital raising
         and organizational phase and as described elsewhere herein was only
         operational from September 14, 1994 through December 31, 1994.
         Accordingly, management believes that separate selected financial data
         from the date of incorporation to December 31, 1993 and for January 1,
         1994 to December 31, 1994 is not meaningful as the period presented
         herein approximates those revenues and expenses that would have been
         recognized had 1994 been presented on a stand-alone calendar year 
         basis.

(2)      Return on average assets and average equity ratios are not meaningful
         as a result of the nature as discussed in Note 1 above.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

         General.  North Shore completed its first full year of operations in
1995.  During that time period, North Shore has conducted no business other
than that directly related to North Shore Bank.  North Shore's results of
operations are primarily dependent on North Shore Bank's net interest income,
which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and
interest expense on interest bearing liabilities.  In addition, to a lesser
extent, North Shore Bank's operating results are affected by fees paid by
borrowers, fees earned on residential mortgage loans sold to the secondary
market, customer service charges and other income.  Also, noninterest expenses
such as employee salaries and benefits, office occupancy, marketing, insurance
costs and other expenses affect the results of operations.

         Operational results are also affected by general economic conditions
(particularly changes in interest rates), competition, government policies and
actions of regulatory agencies.





                                       56
<PAGE>   77
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of Results for the Period Ended March 31, 1996 to the Period Ended
March 31, 1995

         The net loss for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996 was
$237,000 compared to a net loss for the three-month period ended March 31, 1995
of $204,000.  The following discussion will discuss the components of the net
losses and the change between the respective three-month periods.

         Net interest income increased to $690,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 from approximately $280,000 for the same period of 1995.  This
increase is a result of a 89.7% increase in interest earning assets at March
31, 1996 compared to March 31, 1995 and the fact that the mix of
interest-earning assets has gradually shifted more into higher yielding loans
from short-term money market investment products.  Management anticipates that
the net interest income amount will continue to grow in the remaining quarters
of 1996 due to the continuation of the growth in earning assets, specifically
the loan category.

         The provision for possible loan losses increased to $79,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to $60,000 for the prior year
three-month period.  North Shore Bank has provided a higher amount to the
allowance for possible loan losses during the first quarter of 1996 because of
the growth in the loan portfolio.  Management considers it prudent to continue
to build a reserve for unanticipated credit problems that may occur with the
existing portfolio despite a low level of actual charge-offs since the
inception of North Shore Bank.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage
of total loans outstanding stood at 0.69% at March 31, 1996  and December 31,
1995, and 0.64% as of March 31, 1995.  Management considers the amount of the
provision and the level of the allowance for loan losses to be adequate for the
period ended and as of March 31, 1996.

         Other noninterest income totaled $149,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 compared to approximately $26,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1995.  The increase is predominantly related to fees on fixed rate
residential mortgage loans which were sold to the secondary market.  During
1995, this activity was just underway as North Shore Bank entered its second
full quarter of operations and customer relationships were being established,
whereas in 1996, the service has become an established function at North Shore
Bank and has generated the additional revenues.  Fees on loans sold during the
first quarter of 1996 were approximately $117,000 compared to only $16,000
during the first quarter of 1995.

         Other noninterest expenses were $997,000 and $450,000 for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively.  The
major components of the other noninterest expenses for the respective
three-month periods are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Three Months Ended March 31,  
                                            ----------------------------------
                                                 1996                   1995  
                                            -----------------   --------------
<S>                                              <C>                   <C>  
  Salaries and employee benefits  . . . .          $523                  $218 
  Occupancy expense . . . . . . . . . . .            73                    21 
  Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . .           401                   211 
                                                   ----                  ---- 
  Total other noninterest expenses  . . .          $997                  $450 
                                                   ====                  ==== 
</TABLE>

         The substantial increase in each of the other noninterest expense
categories for the three-month periods presented in the table above is
primarily a result of the three banking locations that were operational and the
one additional banking location that was in the organizational phase in the
first quarter of 1996, compared to only one main banking location during the
first quarter of 1995.  During the fourth quarter of 1995, the North Shore Bank
opened a walk-up/drive-through banking location in Wilmette and opened a full
service banking location in Glencoe, Illinois.  Also during the fourth quarter
of 1995 and into the first quarter of 1996, North Shore Bank began the process
of building a staff, renovating a building and accumulating furniture and
supplies to open a full service banking facility in Winnetka, Illinois.  As a
result, the other noninterest expense categories increased significantly.





                                       57
<PAGE>   78

Comparison of Results for the Year Ended December 31, 1995 and Period Ended
December 31, 1994

         General.  North Shore had a net loss of $862,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1995, compared with a net loss of $896,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1994.  The increase in net loss was due primarily to the fact that
1995 was North Shore's first full year of operations.  The company began to
organize its banking operations in 1994 and ultimately became operational in
September of 1994.  Consequently, the 1994 period included only slightly over
three months of actual operations and revenue generation; however, a
significant amount of expenditures were incurred during the organizational and
start-up phases of operations.  It is typical for a new bank to incur operating
losses during its first few years of operation due to the overhead
infrastructure required to house and staff a banking facility.  As the bank is
able to grow its deposit base and deploy those funds into interest earning
assets, the net interest income earned should generally grow to support the
overhead expenses and provide a profit.  Accordingly, the increase in the net
loss was anticipated by management due to the start-up nature of the entity.

         These and other details will be discussed in greater detail in the
following sections.

         Interest Income and Interest Expense.  The major source of earnings
for North Shore is net interest income.  In fact, net interest income was
approximately 87% and 84% of the net revenues during 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Net interest income is defined as the difference between
interest income and fees on earning assets and interest expense on deposits and
borrowings.  The following table sets forth information relating to North
Shore's consolidated average balances and interest income and expense
components for the year ended December 31, 1995.  The table reflects the types
of accounts generating interest income and interest expense as well as those
accounts' average balances and yields/rates.  Information related to the period
ended 1994 has not been presented due to limited operations in 1994.





                                       58
<PAGE>   79

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1995               
                                                                           -----------------------------------
                                                                             Average                Average
                                                                             Balance    Interest   Yield/Rate 
                                                                           ----------- ---------- ------------
                                                                                  (dollars in thousands)
                              <S>                                            <C>          <C>         <C>
                              ASSETS
                              Interest bearing deposits with banks  . . .      $14,178      $  914       6.45%
                              Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . . .        8,193         478       5.83%
                              Taxable securities  . . . . . . . . . . . .        9,218         546       5.92%
                              Loans, net of unearned discount . . . . . .       31,611       2,649       8.38%     
                                                                               -------      ------       ---- 
                              Total earning assets  . . . . . . . . . . .       63,200       4,587       7.26%

                              Cash and due from banks-noninterest bearing        1,841 
                              Allowance for possible loan losses  . . . .         (165)
                              Premises and equipment, net . . . . . . . .        3,187 
                              Other assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        1,770
                                                                               -------
                              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $69,833
                                                                               =======

                              LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                              Deposits-interest bearing
                              NOW accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 2,618          77       2.94%
                              Savings and money market deposits . . . . .       18,374         710       3.86%
                              Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       32,507       2,054       6.32%  
                                                                               -------       -----       ---- 
                              Total interest-bearing deposits . . . . . .       53,499       2,841       5.31%  
                                                                               -------       -----       ----   
                                                                                                           
                                                                                                           
                              Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . . .            0           0       0.00%
                              Term-debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            0           0       0.00%
                                                                               -------       -----       ----   
                              Total interest-bearing liabilities  . . . .       53,499       2,841       5.31%
                              Noninterest bearing deposits  . . . . . . .        7,879                        
                              Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .          198                        
                              Shareholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . .        8,257
                                                                               -------       -----       ----   
                              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity       $69,833
                                                                               =======

                              Interest income/average earning assets  . .                                7.26%
                              Interest expense/average interest-bearing                                   
                              liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                5.31%
                                                                                                         ---- 
                              Net interest spread . . . . . . . . . . . .                   $1,746       1.95%
                                                                                            ======      =====
                              Net interest margin(1)  . . . . . . . . . .                                2.76%
                                                                                                         =====
</TABLE>

- --------------------------
(1) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of the
    average earning assets for the period.


         Changes in Interest Income and Expense.  Because North Shore has had
only one complete fiscal year and no prior period of comparison, presentation
of a disclosure of the dollar amount of changes in interest income and expense
by major categories of assets and liabilities attributable to changes in volume
or rate or both for such period is not considered meaningful.

         Provision for Possible Loan Losses.  The provision for possible loan
losses increased from $50,000 for the period through 1994 to $428,000 in 1995.
The increase is due to reflecting the full year of banking operations in
1995.  Management's additions to the allowance for possible loan losses were
deemed appropriate as the loan portfolio increased approximately $53.8 million
between the year-end periods.  At December 31, 1995, the allowance for possible
loan losses stood at 0.69% of loans outstanding which management feels is
adequate to cover potential losses in the portfolio.  There can be no assurance
that future losses will not exceed the amounts provided for, thereby affecting
future results of operations.  Future additions to the allowance for possible
loan losses are dependent upon the economy, changes in real estate values,
interest rates, the view of regulatory agencies toward adequate reserve levels,
and past due and non-performing loan levels.





                                       59
<PAGE>   80

         Other Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income increased to $264,000 in
1995 from $36,000 in the previous period, an increase of $228,000.
Approximately $196,000 of the increase was primarily attributable to fees on
loans sold.  North Shore Bank had no such fees during its first few months of
operations in 1994.  Fees on loans sold relate to income received by North
Shore Bank for its services of originating and selling residential real estate
loans into the secondary market.  The remaining increase in noninterest income
of $33,000 is a result of North Shore Bank receiving a full year of service
charges and miscellaneous fees in 1995.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expense includes all expenses other
than interest expense and the provision for possible loan losses.  The
following table provides a detailed analysis of the composition of these
expenses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR             PERIOD
                                                            ENDED              ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,       DOLLAR
                                                             1995              1994           CHANGE  
                                                       ----------------  ----------------   ----------
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>             <C>
   Salaries and employee benefits  . . . . . . . . .    $1,189              $  546          $  643
   Occupancy expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       124                  43              81
   Advertising and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . .       205                  65             140
   Data processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       143                  36             107
   Depreciation -- furniture and equipment . . . . .       104                  22              82
   Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .       679                 354             325 
                                                        ------              ------          ------
      Total noninterest expenses   . . . . . . . . .    $2,444              $1,066          $1,378
                                                        ======              ======          ======
</TABLE>

The following discussion will review changes related to individual components
of noninterest expenses.

         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  Salaries and employee benefits
increased by $643,000 to $1,189,000 in 1995.  The increase in salaries is a
result of four fundamental factors:  (1) North Shore Bank was in its initial
operations for the period ended 1994; and, as such, the period did not fully
represent operational salaries and employee benefits.  Staffing levels began to
accumulate in April of 1994 as North Shore Bank began the process of chartering
a new bank.  A full staffing complement was achieved in September of 1994 when
North Shore Bank received regulatory approval and began to operate; (2) North
Shore Bank established a drive-through banking facility that became operational
in November, 1995 and required additional teller staffing; (3) North Shore Bank
established a full service banking facility in Glencoe, Illinois which began
serving customers in October of 1995.  Salary and employee benefits related to
that branch in 1995 were approximately $94,000; and (4) North Shore Bank began
the process of establishing a full service banking facility in Winnetka,
Illinois and began to add key staff members at the end of 1995.  Salaries and
employee benefits related to the Winnetka branch in 1995 were approximately
$9,000.

         Occupancy Expenses.  Occupancy expenses include those expenses which
relate directly to the operation of the buildings, improvements and property.
The major components of occupancy expense in 1995 were $64,000 for depreciation
expense on the buildings and improvements and $34,000 for real estate taxes.
The remaining $26,000 of expense in 1995 was for such items as utilities,
maintenance and repair of the buildings and grounds and rental expense.  The
occupancy expense amount in 1995 was substantially higher than the prior period
ended 1994 because of the full year of operations in 1995 and due to the
establishment of the new drive-through banking facility and the Glencoe banking
facility that opened in October of 1995.

         Advertising and Marketing.  Marketing and advertising expenditures
amounted to $205,000 during 1995 compared to $65,000 for the period ended 1994.
North Shore Bank considers effective marketing to be a cornerstone of
establishing effective market penetration.  North Shore Bank developed
community oriented deposit and loan products to attract its deposit base during
its initial months of operation and determined that expenditures for marketing
these products was appropriate.  Management believes the advertising and
marketing expenses were instrumental in achieving the rapid growth in the
deposit base since the inception of North Shore Bank.





                                       60
<PAGE>   81
Management anticipates that relatively similar levels of marketing expenses
will be incurred in 1996 as North Shore Bank continues to establish its base of
customers and to promote the opening of its Winnetka banking facility.

         Data Processing.  Data processing expense increased to $143,000 in
1995 from $36,000 for the period ended 1994, or a 297% increase.  The increase
is directly related to the increase in the number of customer deposit and loan
accounts that were processed and the number of months North Shore Bank was in
operation during 1995.  Customer deposit and loan balances increased 155% and
560%, respectively, from year-end 1994 to year-end 1995.  Also, 1995
represented a full year of operations whereas the period ended 1994 had
slightly over three months of banking operations.

         Depreciation--Furniture and Equipment.  Depreciation of furniture and
equipment increased $82,000 in 1995 to $104,000.  Again, the increase in this
category relates directly to the number of months of operation in 1995 versus
the period ended 1994, and the fact that additional furniture and equipment
were added in the later stages of 1995 to furnish and equip the new
drive-through location and the Glencoe banking facility.

         Other Noninterest Expenses.  Other noninterest expenses increased to
$679,000 in 1995 from $354,000 in the period ended 1994.  The primary reasons
for the increase in this category are the length of time that North Shore Bank
was operational in 1995 and the expenses incurred to support the growth in
deposit and loan accounts.  This category of expenses contains insurance
expense, stationery and supplies expense, postage expense, amortization of
organizational costs, audits and examinations expense, and other sundry
expenses.  Controlling overhead expenses is a basic philosophy of management
and is closely evaluated.  North Shore Bank's ratio of noninterest expenses to
average assets was 3.55% compared to its peer group average of 3.76% for the
year ended December 31, 1995.  Despite having an expense ratio that is slightly
better than its peer group average, management is committed to continually
evaluating its operations to determine whether additional expense savings are
possible without impairing the goal of providing superior customer service.

         Income Taxes.  North Shore had no Federal or State income tax expense
for 1995 or for the period ended 1994.  Management has established a valuation
allowance against its net deferred tax assets with the result being that no
federal or state income tax expense or benefit was realized in the financial
statements.  Management anticipates that income tax expense or benefit will
begin to be recorded when North Shore Bank's earnings history and projected
future earnings are sufficient to make a judgment that the realization of the
net deferred tax asset is more likely than not.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

         The dynamics of a community bank's balance sheet is generally
reflective of the ability of management to attract additional deposit accounts
to fund the growth of the institution.  This is the current situation at North
Shore Bank as it is a relatively new institution which is still diligently
attempting to establish itself as the bank of choice in a significant amount of
households and businesses in the communities it serves.  Accordingly, the
discussion of the financial condition of North Shore Bank will focus first on
the sources of funds received through the liability side of the balance sheet
which is predominantly deposit growth.

         Deposits.  Total deposit balances increased to $93,657,000 at December
31, 1995 compared to $36,736,000 at the end of 1994.  Also, during the first
quarter of 1996, deposits increased by approximately $12,583,000 from the 1995
year-end level.  The deposit growth was a result of effective marketing of
North Shore Bank's community oriented deposit products, management and director
interaction with the community, and the opening of a new banking facility in
Glencoe as well as a new drive-through banking facility in Wilmette.  Deposit
growth occurred in all major deposit categories as shown in the table below
(dollars in thousands):





                                       61
<PAGE>   82

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31,                    
                                        March 31,         ----------------------------------------------------
                                          1996                       1995                      1994           
                                ------------------------- ------------------------- --------------------------
                                               Percent                    Percent                   Percent
                                               of Total                  of Total                   of Total
                                  Balance      Deposits     Balance      Deposits      Balance      Deposits  
                                ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------
 <S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
 Demand  . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 12,569       11.8%      $ 13,571       14.5%      $ 5,539        15.1%
 Savings . . . . . . . . . . .      10,910       10.3%        10,153       10.8%        7,258        19.8%
 NOW . . . . . . . . . . . . .      11,878       11.2%         7,601        8.1%        1,475         4.0%
 Money Market  . . . . . . . .      13,661       12.8%        12,131       13.0%        7,974        21.7%
 Certificates of deposit . . .      57,222       53.9%        50,201       53.6%       14,490        39.4%              
                                   -------      -----       --------      -----       -------       ----- 
   Total deposits  . . . . . .    $106,240      100.0%      $ 93,657      100.0%      $36,736       100.0%           
                                  ========      =====       ========      =====       ======        ===== 
</TABLE>

         North Shore Bank offered a variety of special deposit account
promotions during its initial months of operations in 1994 when the main
location in Wilmette opened.  Additionally, similar special deposit account
promotions were offered to households in Glencoe when that branch opened in
late October 1995, and to Winnetka residents during the first quarter of 1996
in anticipation of that facility opening in the second quarter of 1996.
Customers who opened a combination of accounts (generally a combination of an
interest-bearing account and a noninterest-bearing account) were afforded
special privileges as a "founding" depositor of North Shore Bank.  These
privileges included rights to receive free safe deposit boxes, favorable loan
deposit rates as compared to the stated market rates, and other selected
prerequisites.  The most popular product for North Shore Bank's initial
depositors was the certificate of deposit accounts.  North Shore Bank continues
to aggressively promote its products to the community and attempts to meld the
competitive products with superior customer service.  The result should be a
continuing growth in all deposit categories throughout 1996.

         Reference is made to the average balance/rate table for data regarding
average daily deposits and rates paid thereon for the periods ended December
31, 1995 and 1994.  North Shore Bank has no foreign deposits.

         The aggregate amounts of time deposits, in denominations of $100,000
or more, by maturity, as of December 31, 1995 are shown below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                 <C>
   Three months or less  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 9,167
   Over three through six months . . . . . . . . . . .   1,650
   Over six through twelve months  . . . . . . . . . .   2,207
   Over twelve months  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7,045
                                                       -------
      Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20,069
                                                       =======
</TABLE>

         Accrued Interest Payable and Other Liabilities.  Accrued interest
payable and other liabilities as of December 31, 1995 were $337,000 compared to
$178,000 at the end of the prior year.  The increase can be primarily
attributed to a higher amount of accrued interest payable on deposit accounts
due to the significant growth in the level of deposits.  No other significant
changes were present in this financial statement category.

         Total Assets and Earning Assets.  Total assets and earning assets were
$105,122,000 and $93,974,000, respectively, at December 31, 1995 compared to
$45,164,000 and $39,960,000, respectively, at December 31, 1994.  The increase
in total assets and earning assets during the year was a result of significant
growth in all types of deposit categories.  The level of earning assets as a
percentage of total assets remained steady at approximately 89% of total
assets; however, the composition of earning assets shifted as North Shore Bank
began to invest deposit funds into loans from shorter-term money market
investments.  Loans comprised 67.5% of total earning assets at December 31,
1995 compared to 24.1% at December 31, 1994.  These changes in the mix of
earning assets will be discussed further below.





                                       62
<PAGE>   83

         Loans.  The following table shows Bancorp's loans classified by type
at March 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            December 31,        
                                                   March 31,      ------------------------------
                                                     1996             1995             1994     
                                                --------------   --------------   --------------
 <S>                                            <C>              <C>               <C>
            Residential real estate . . . . .   $ 7,117           $ 8,557           $   465
            Commercial  . . . . . . . . . . .    22,664            20,344             3,551
            Home equity . . . . . . . . . . .    23,816            19,212             5,175
            Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . .    18,251            15,417               427   
                                                -------           -------           -------
               Total gross loans  . . . . . .    71,848            63,439             9,618
            Less unearned discount  . . . . .        --                --                --
                                                     --                --                --
               Net loans  . . . . . . . . . .   $71,848           $63,439           $ 9,618
                                               ======             =======           =======
</TABLE>

         Total loans increased to $63,439,000 at December 31, 1995 from
$9,618,000 at December 31, 1994.  As can be seen from the table above,
significant growth occurred in all loan types during 1995.  Generally, the
growth in the loan portfolio was a result of the following factors: (1) during
North Shore Bank's first few months of operations in 1994, the focus of
management was to concentrate on attracting deposit accounts and providing
superior customer service; (2) management was cautious in making loans during
the initial months of operations until a stable core deposit base could be
established; and (3) loan product development and customer relationships
evolved during 1995 which resulted in higher loan demand.  The following
paragraphs will highlight the growth by loan type.

         The commercial loan category increased by $16,793,000 from year-end
1994 to year-end 1995.  This category includes such loans as working capital
lines of credit, equipment financing, interim construction financing for
builders, commercial real estate financing and balloon financing for a variety
of real estate investors.  The increase can be attributed to an expanded
customer base, referral networks, and the moving of customer relationships from
previous bank affiliations with North Shore Bank's senior officers.

         The outstanding level of home equity loans increased $13,946,000
during 1995.  Several promotional home equity loan products were offered during
the year which featured competitive rates and fee arrangements.  Also,
depositors who opened accounts with the bank during the first six months of its
operations were awarded certain lifetime benefits, one of which was a special
rate on home equity loans.  Management attributes the growth in this lending
category to these promotional programs.  These loans are secured by first or
second position mortgage liens on the underlying property with loan-to-value
ratios not exceeding 80%.

         Consumer loans increased approximately $15 million from December 31,
1994 to December 31, 1995.  Approximately $10.4 million of this increase is
related to the purchase of fixed rate indirect automobile loans.  These
indirect automobile loans are purchased from Hinsdale Bank and Trust Company,
an affiliated bank, and are loans secured by new and used automobiles.  These
credits generally have an original maturity of 36 to 60 months; however, the
average actual maturity is estimated to be approximately 37 months.  The risk
associated with this portfolio is diversified amongst many individual
borrowers.

         Residential real estate increased $8,092,000 during 1995.  This
category includes adjustable rate mortgages that have repricing terms from one
to three years, construction loans to individuals, and bridge financing loans
for qualifying customers.  North Shore Bank does not generally originate loans
for its own portfolio with long-term fixed rates due to interest rate risk
considerations.  However, North Shore Bank does accommodate customer requests
for these fixed rate loans by originating and selling the loans in the
secondary market for which North Shore Bank receives a fee.

     North Shore Bank has no loans to businesses or governments of foreign
countries.

         Money Market Investments and Investment Securities.  North Shore
Bank's objective in managing its securities portfolio is to balance North Shore
Bank's liquidity risk, interest rate risk and credit quality such that the





                                       63
<PAGE>   84

earnings of North Shore Bank are maximized.  As noted in the "Loan" section
above, the predominant portion of the funds received from new deposit accounts
was invested in the various loan categories during 1995.  Management has
maintained the funds that were not invested in loans in short-term investment
securities and money market investments as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       December 31,         
                                               March 31,     -------------------------------
                                                 1996            1995              1994     
                                            --------------   -------------    --------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>              <C>
Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 8,875             $12,000         $ 7,170
Interest bearing deposits with banks  . .    10,000               7,000          14,000
Investment securities . . . . . . . . . .    12,056              11,535           9,172   
                                            -------             -------         -------
Total money market investments
  and investment securities   . . . . . .   $30,931             $30,535         $30,342
                                            =======             =======         =======
</TABLE>



         Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks.  Federal
funds sold and interest bearing deposits with banks are very short-term
investments with high quality banks.  The balances in these accounts fluctuate
based upon deposit inflows and loan demand.  These accounts are extremely
liquid and provide management with the ability to meet liquidity needs for
supplying loan demand or for other reasons.

         Investment Securities.  The carrying value of securities held by North
Shore at December 31, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31,          
                                                    -------------------------------
                                                         1995             1994     
                                                    --------------   --------------
         <S>                                       <C>               <C>
         AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
            U.S. agency obligations  . . . . . .      $ 8,971              $   --
            Other securities . . . . . . . . . .        2,002                  --
            Federal Reserve Bank stock . . . . .          212                  --
            Equity securities  . . . . . . . . .          350                  --
                                                      -------                 ---
              Total available-for-sale   . . . .      $11,535                  --
                                                      -------              ------
         HELD-TO-MATURITY                                                        
            U.S. agency obligations  . . . . . .           --               8,974
            Federal Reserve Bank stock . . . . .           --                 198
                                                      -------              ------
              Total held-to-maturity   . . . . .           --               9,172
                                                      -------              ------
                                                                                 
              Total investment securities  . . .      $11,535              $9,172
                                                      =======              ======
</TABLE>


         There were no securities of any single issuer which had book value in
excess of 10% of shareholders' equity at December 31, 1995.

Maturities of securities as of December 31, 1995 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Within      From 1      From 5 to      After       Equity
                                     1 Year    to 5 years     10 years     10 years   Securities      Total   
                                   ---------- ------------ -------------  ---------- ------------ ------------
 <S>                                <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
 U.S. agency obligations . . . .    $8,971      $   --       $   --        $   --      $   --      $ 8,971
 Other securities  . . . . . . .       499       1,503           --            --          --        2,002
 Federal Reserve Bank stock  . .        --          --           --            --         212          212
 Equity securities . . . . . . .        --          --           --            --         350          350                 
                                    ------      ------       ------        ------      ------      -------
 Total  . . . . . . . . . . . .    $9,470       $1,503       $   --        $   --      $  562      $11,535
                                   ======       ======       ======        ======      ======     ========
</TABLE>





                                       64
<PAGE>   85
The weighted average yield for each range of maturities of securities is shown
below as of December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Within      From 1      From 5 to      After       Equity
                                    1 Year    to 5 years     10 years     10 years   Securities      Total   
                                  ---------- ------------ -------------  ---------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>         <C> 
 U.S. agency obligations . . . .    5.66%        --           --             --         --         5.66%
 Other securities  . . . . . . .    5.38%      6.52%          --             --         --         6.24%
 Federal Reserve Bank stock  . .      --         --           --             --       6.00%        6.00%
 Equity securities . . . . . . .     N/A        N/A          N/A            N/A        N/A          N/A
</TABLE>

Yields on equity securities are not considered meaningful for purposes of this
analysis.

North Shore did not own any federally tax-advantaged securities during the
periods presented.

         Shareholders' Equity.  North Shore was initially capitalized through
the issuance of 1,000 common shares, no par value, at $1 each; 10,000 no par
preferred convertible shares at $50 each; and 5,000 no par common stock series
A warrants at $5 each.  Each series A warrant entitles the holder to acquire
one share of common stock at a purchase price of $50.

         Subsequent to the initial capitalization, in 1994, North Shore raised
an additional $8,670,000 through the private placement issuance of 173,480 no
par common shares.  During the initial period of operations, North Shore
allocated $1,000,000 of the initial surplus to undivided profits to cover
initial operating expenditures.

         The 10,000 preferred shares initially outstanding were exchanged in
the fourth quarter of 1994 for 22,500 common shares of North Shore Common 
Stock, as the preferred stock was retired by North Shore.

         North Shore also has a stock rights plan for certain key employees and
Directors.  Each stock right entitles the holder to purchase one share of North
Shore's common stock for $40.00 per share.  The plan was adopted on December 1,
1993 and expires on December 1, 2003.  The plan provides for the issuance of a
total of 20,000 such rights, all of which have been awarded.  As of December
31, 1995, none of the stock rights had been exercised.

         Because of growth, during 1995, North Shore authorized the issuance of
additional shares of common stock at $75 per share.  This additional offering
of common stock resulted in additional capital proceeds of approximately $4.3
million.  Of the $4.3 million raised, approximately $3.7 million was received
in 1995 and the remaining $0.6 million was received in the first quarter of
1996.

         The following table reflects various measures of capital at March 31,
1996, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,          
                                                                  MARCH 31,      -------------------------------
                                                                    1996             1995             1994     
                                                                --------------   --------------   --------------
                        <S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>
                        Ending tier 1 risk based capital ratio  . .   12.8%            15.2%            18.4%
                        Ending total risk based capital ratio . . .   13.4%            15.8%            18.5%
                        Ending leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . .    9.5%            10.3%            17.6%
                        Dividend payout ratio . . . . . . . . . . .    0.0%             0.0%             0.0%
</TABLE>


         The leverage ratios, tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and total
capital ratios all exceed the "well capitalized" levels established by
regulatory agencies of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively.

         Management is not aware of any known trends, events, regulatory
recommendations or uncertainties that will have any adverse effect on North
Shore's capital resources or operations.





                                       65
<PAGE>   86
ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

         As a continuing part of its financial strategy, North Shore attempts
to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on its net
interest income.  This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between
interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield.
Asset-liability management policies are established and monitored by management
in conjunction with the Board of Directors.  The policy establishes guidelines
for acceptable limits on the sensitivity of the market value of assets and
liabilities to changes in interest rates.

         The following table illustrates North Shore's estimated interest rate
sensitivity and periodic and cumulative gap positions as calculated as of March
31, 1996.  An institution with more assets repricing than liabilities over a
given timeframe is considered asset sensitive and will generally benefit from
rising rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             0-90         91-365         1-5          Over 5
                                             Days          Days         Years          Years         Total   
                                         -----------   -----------   ------------  ------------   -----------
 <S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
 Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . .     $81,015       $ 7,321        $ 9,919       $19,683       $117,938
 Total liabilities and equity  . . . .      63,460        16,001         12,003        26,474        117,938           
                                           -------       -------        -------       -------       --------       
 Interest sensitivity gap  . . . . . .     $17,555       $(8,680)       $(2,084)      $(6,791)
                                           =======       =======        =======       =======

 Cumulative interest sensitivity gap .     $17,555       $ 8,875        $ 6,791
 Ratio of cumulative rate sensitivity
    gap to rate sensitive assets . . .       14.93%         7.55%          5.78%
 Cumulative ratio of rate-sensitive
    assets to rate-sensitive                
    liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . .      127.66%       111.17%        107.42%       100.00%
</TABLE>

         To protect the net interest margin from the volatility of the business
cycle, particular attention is given to managing the interest rate spread
between the yield on earning assets and the cost of funds.  Management has
determined that this can best be achieved by maintaining a balance sheet with
an asset sensitive posture.  The tables shown above depicts an interest rate
sensitivity position consistent with management's philosophy.

LIQUIDITY

         At the Bank Level.  Liquidity management involves planning to meet
anticipated funding needs at a reasonable cost.  Liquidity management is guided
by policies formulated and monitored by North Shore Bank's Asset/Liability
Committee, which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and
stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments.

         "Liquid assets" refers to money market assets such as Federal funds
sold and interest bearing deposits with banks, as well as available-for-sale
debt securities and held-to-maturity securities with a remaining maturity of
less than one year.  Net liquid assets would represent the sum of the liquid
asset categories less the amount of assets pledged to secure public funds.  At
December 31, 1995, net liquid assets totaled approximately $24 million,
compared to approximately $30 million at December 31, 1994.  Thus, North Shore
Bank has substantial short-term balance sheet liquidity.

         Long-term liquidity needs are provided by a large core deposit base,
which is the most stable source of liquidity a community bank can have due to
the long-term relationships established with the depositors and the security of
deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  At
December 31, 1995, 66% of total assets were funded by core deposits with
balances less than $100,000 while the remaining assets were funded by other
funding sources such as core deposits with balances in excess of $100,000,
public funds, purchased funds, and the capital of North Shore Bank.  At
December 31, 1994, 76% of total assets were funded by core deposits with
balances less than $100,000.





                                       66
<PAGE>   87

         North Shore Bank routinely accepts deposits from a variety of
municipal entities.  Typically, these municipal entities require that banks
pledge marketable securities to collateralize these public deposits.  At
December 31, 1995 and 1994, North Shore Bank had approximately $5,800,000 and
$0 of such public deposits, respectively.  These assets are not considered to
be core deposits and the assets that are pledged as collateral for these
deposits are not deemed to be liquid assets.

         At the Holding Company Level.  North Shore's principal funds are
dividends from North Shore Bank subsidiary, and if necessary, borrowings or
additional equity offerings.  Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount
of dividends which can be paid to North Shore by North Shore Bank.  Based on
these laws, North Shore Bank is not permitted to pay dividends until such time
as any previous operating losses have been recovered through earnings.  As
such, no cash dividends were paid to North Shore by North Shore Bank during the
periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1994.

         Also, North Shore Bank is required to maintain a 9% capital-to-assets
ratio for three years as a de novo bank, and is not allowed to pay dividends
during this de novo time period without prior approval of the banking
regulators. This three year period ends as of October, 1997.

         Subsequent to the three year de novo period, North Shore Bank could,
subject to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to North Shore
without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (a) undivided
profits, and (b) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the
current and prior two years.

         At January 1, 1996, North Shore Bank was not allowed to pay dividends
based upon the above mentioned restrictions.

         Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans.  Nonaccrual loans at
March 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1994 are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31,          
                                                  March 31,      -------------------------------         
                                                     1996             1995             1994     
                                                --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                      
                                                                 
<S>                                             <C>              <C>               <C>
Nonaccrual loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 659              $ 519             $ --
Nonaccrual loans to total loans . . . . . .     0.92%               0.82%               0%
</TABLE>

         It is the policy of North Shore to discontinue the accrual of interest
income on any loan for which there is a reasonable doubt as to the payment of
interest or principal.  Nonaccrual loans are returned to an accrual status when
the financial position of the borrower indicates there is no longer any
reasonable doubt as to the payment of principal or interest.  The loans included
above as nonaccrual were not past due more than 90 days; however, management
believed the loans exhibited certain characteristics that created doubt as to
the payment of interest or principal.  Other than those loans indicated above,
North Shore had no significant loans (1) for which the terms of had been
renegotiated, or (2) for which there were serious doubts as to the ability of
the borrower to comply with repayment terms.

         There were no loans past due 90 days or more at March 31, 1996 or
December 31, 1995 or 1994.

         Potential Problem Loans.  In addition to the nonaccrual loans shown in
the table above, there are certain loans in the portfolio which management has
identified, through its problem loan identification system, which exhibit a
higher than normal credit risk.  However, these loans do not represent
non-performing loans to North Shore.  Management's review of the total loan
portfolio to identify loans where there is concern that the borrower will not
be able to continue to satisfy present loan repayment terms includes factors
such as review of individual loans, recent loss experience and current economic
conditions.  Loans in this category include those with characteristics such as
those past maturity more than 45 days, those that have recent adverse operating
cash flow or balance sheet trends, or have general risk characteristics that
the loan officer feels might jeopardize the future timely collection





                                       67
<PAGE>   88

of principal and interest payments.  The principal amount of loans in this
category as of December 31, 1995 was approximately $383,000.  Loans in this
category generally include loans that were classified for regulatory purposes.
At December 31, 1995, there were no significant loans which were classified by
any bank regulatory agency that are not included above as nonaccrual, past due,
or restructured.

         Loan Concentrations.  Loan concentrations are considered to exist when
there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar
activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other
conditions.  At December 31, 1995, North Shore had no concentrations of loans
exceeding 10% of total loans.

         Other Real Estate Owned.  In addition to the risk elements identified
above, Other Real Estate Owned would provide insight into the historical
quality of the loan portfolio.  North Shore has had no Other Real Estate Owned
during any of the reporting periods.

         Summary of Loan Loss Experience.  The following table summarizes loan
balances at the end of each period, changes in the allowance for possible loan
losses arising from additions to the allowance which have been charged to
earnings, and loans charged-off and recoveries on loans previously charged-off
by loan category.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     THREE MONTHS
                                                         ENDED            YEAR ENDED        PERIOD ENDED
                                                       MARCH 31,         DECEMBER 31,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1996                1995               1994       
                                                  ------------------  ------------------ ------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                 <C>                   <C>
 Balance at beginning of period  . . . . . . . . . .  $   440,000            $    50,000             $     --
 Total loans charged off . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       10,000                 38,000                   --
 Total recoveries on loans previously charged-off  .       (1,000)                    --                   --
 Add:  Provision for possible loan losses  . . . . .       79,000                428,000               50,000  
                                                      -----------            -----------             --------
 Balance at end of period  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   510,000            $   440,000             $ 50,000
                                                      ===========            ===========             ========
 Average loans outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $68,245,000            $31,611,000             $988,000
                                                      ===========            ===========             ========
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
   average loans outstanding during the period   . .         0.01%                  0.12%                0.00%
                                                      ===========            ===========             ======== 
</TABLE>

         As of December 31, 1995, management allocated the allowance for
possible loan losses by specific category as shown in the following table.  The
allocation was made after considering all relevant qualitative and quantitative
factors about the loan portfolio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENT OF
                                                               LOANS IN EACH
                                                                CATEGORY TO
                                                AMOUNT          TOTAL LOANS   
                                            --------------   -----------------
     <S>                                <C>                 <C>          
     Residential real estate . . . . . .       $  8,000               14%
     Commercial  . . . . . . . . . . . .        123,000               32%
     Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . .        108,000               30%
     Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .         85,000               24%
     Unallocated . . . . . . . . . . . .        116,000              N/A
                                               --------              ---
       Total   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $440,000              100%  
                                               ========              ===
</TABLE>

         Prior to 1995, management did not perform a specific allocation of the
allowance for possible loan losses by category.  Management believes that the
loan portfolio is well diversified and well secured, without undue
concentration in any specific risk area.  Control of the loan quality is
continually monitored by management and





                                       68
<PAGE>   89

is reviewed by the Board of Directors and its Credit Committee on a monthly
basis.  Independent external review of the loan portfolio is provided by the
examinations conducted by regulatory authorities, independent public
accountants in conjunction with their annual audit, and an independent loan
review performed by an entity engaged by the Board of Directors.  The amount of
additions to the allowance for possible loan losses which are charged to
earnings through the provision for possible loan losses are determined based on
a variety of factors, including actual charge-offs during the year, historical
loss experience, delinquent loans, and an evaluation of current and prospective
economic conditions in the market area.  Management believes the allowance for
possible loan losses is adequate to cover any potential losses.





                                       69
<PAGE>   90
                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.

BUSINESS

         Organization and Operation.  Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. ("Lake Forest")
is a bank holding company that was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on
June 25, 1991.  The primary asset of Lake Forest is its ownership of 100% of
the common shares of Lake Forest Bank.  Lake Forest is engaged in the business
of banking through its ownership of Lake Forest Bank.  Its mailing address is
727 North Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045 and its telephone number is
(847) 234-2442.  As of March 31, 1996, Lake Forest had total assets of
$216,859,000 and total stockholders' equity of $11,095,000.

         Lake Forest Bank was organized under the laws of the State of Illinois
and commenced operation in December, 1991.  Lake Forest and Lake Forest Bank
are regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank.  Additionally, Lake Forest Bank is
regulated by the "CBTC" and the FDIC.

         Lake Forest Bank is the only locally owned and managed full service
commercial bank in its primary service area of Lake Forest, Illinois and Lake
Bluff, Illinois.  The City of Lake Forest is located approximately 20 miles
north of the downtown Chicago area and has a population of approximately
17,900.  The City of Lake Bluff is located directly north and adjacent to the
City of Lake Forest and has a population of approximately 5,500.

         Employees.  As of March 31, 1996, Lake Forest Bank employed 51
full-time equivalent employees.  Lake Forest has no paid employees.

         Services.  Lake Forest Bank is an Illinois chartered, FDIC-insured
commercial bank which provides the full range of banking services, including
trust operations.  Lake Forest Bank furnishes personal and commercial banking
services, including demand, NOW, money market, savings, and time deposit
accounts; real estate, commercial, and consumer loans; safe deposit facilities;
and trust services.

         Lake Forest Bank was formed to provide the Lake Forest and Lake Bluff
communities with a community bank alternative.  As such, Lake Forest Bank is
focused on providing a highly personal, professional level of service to
commercial and retail customers residing in these areas.  Emphasis is placed on
local ownership and management in attracting and maintaining deposit, loan and
trust customers.

         Property.  Lake Forest Bank has four physical banking locations.  Lake
Forest Bank owns the main bank facility that is a three story, 18,000 square
foot brick building located at 727 North Bank Lane in Lake Forest, Illinois.
Lake Forest Bank constructed a drive-in, walk-up banking facility on land
leased from the City of Lake Forest on the corner of Bank Lane and Wisconsin
Avenue in Lake Forest, approximately one block north of the main banking
facility.  Lake Forest Bank also leases a 1,200 square foot, full service
banking facility at 103 East Scranton Avenue in Lake Bluff, Illinois and a
2,100 square foot, full service banking facility on the west side of Lake
Forest, Illinois at 810 South Waukegan Road.  Lake Forest Bank maintains
automated teller machines at each of its locations except the 810 South
Waukegan Road facility.  Lake Forest Bank has no offsite automated teller
machines.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         For a description of Lake Forest's and Lake Forest Bank's competition,
litigation, regulatory environment, interests in affiliates, transactions with
management and relationship with independent public accountants, see "MATTERS
OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO BANKS."





                                           70
<PAGE>   91

MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

        The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 1996, with
respect to beneficial ownership of shares of Lake Forest Common Stock held by
(i) each director of Lake Forest, (ii) each executive officer of Lake Forest and
(iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Shares
                                                  Issuable
                                                    Upon        Shares       Total                     Pro
                                                 Conversion    Subject        Lake        % of        Forma
                                                     of       to Vested      Forest       Lake         % of
                                       Common     Preferred     Stock      Beneficial    Forest      Wintrust
                                      Shares(1)   Shares(2)    Options     Ownership    Total(3)   Total(3)(4)   
                                     ----------  ------------ ------------ ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
DIRECTORS
- ---------
Howard D. Adams** . . . . . . . . .     17,890         --          200       18,090        11.06%       7.56%
Craig E. Arnesen**  . . . . . . . .      3,280        750        4,634        8,664         5.16%       1.46%
Maurice F. Dunne, Jr. . . . . . . .      1,200         --          580        1,780         1.09%          *
Robert Harnach  . . . . . . . . . .     14,050         --           --       14,050         8.60%       6.31%
John A. Hilton, Jr. . . . . . . . .        410         --          467          877            *           *
Eugene Hotchkiss  . . . . . . . . .        200         --          134          334            *           *
Moris T. Hoversten  . . . . . . . .      1,430         --          673        2,103         1.28%          *
John S. Lillard . . . . . . . . . .      3,500         --          466        3,966         2.42%          *
Albin Moschner  . . . . . . . . . .        400         --           --          400            *           *
Genevieve M. Plamondon  . . . . . .      1,200         --          700        1,900         1.16%          *
Hollis Rademacher . . . . . . . . .         --         --           --           --            *           *
J. Christopher Reyes  . . . . . . .      3,000         --          414        3,414         2.08%       1.58%
Babette Rosenthal . . . . . . . . .        362         --           --          362            *           *
Ellen A. Stirling . . . . . . . . .      7,000         --          540        7,540         4.60%       1.51%
Edward J. Wehmer**  . . . . . . . .        636      1,500        8,748       10,884         6.32%       3.20%              
                                       -------      -----        -----       ------        -----     
   Total Directors  . . . . . . . .     54,558      2,250       17,556       61,664        44.98%

NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
David A. Dykstra  . . . . . . . . .        250         --          300          550            *           *
Randolph Hibben . . . . . . . . . .        784        300        2,443        3,527         2.13%          *
Robert F. Key . . . . . . . . . . .        409         --           --          409            *           *
Joseph Alaimo . . . . . . . . . . .        333         --          250          583            *           *
Frank Strainis  . . . . . . . . . .        105         --          250          355            *           *
Lloyd M. Bowden . . . . . . . . . .        455         --           --          455            *           * 
                                       -------      -----       ------      -------        -----     

Total Directors and
   Executive Officers as a group  .     56,894      2,550       20,799       80,243        48.54%  
                                       =======      =====       ======      =======        ===== 

Total Common Shares and Share
   Equivalents  . . . . . . . . . .    160,810      2,550       23,806      187,166             
                                       =======      =====       ======      =======

</TABLE>
- ----------------

 * --  Less than 1%
** --  Denotes executive officer (in addition to director status)
(1)    Includes shares held directly and, if applicable, indirectly through such
       person's spouse, minor children, certain family trusts, IRA's or 401(k) 
       plans.
(2)    Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, all preferred shares are to be
       converted to shares of Common Stock prior to consummation of the
       Reorganization. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 1.5 
       shares of Lake Forest Common Stock.
(3)    Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC
       Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(4)    Assumes no exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants other
       than the anticipated exercise of a portion of the First Premium warrants
       resulting in 399,612 additional shares of Wintrust Common Stock to be
       outstanding immediately following the Effective Date of the
       Reorganization. Includes shares deemed beneficially owned by such persons
       in any of the other Companies, giving effect to the applicable Exchange
       Ratios and North Shore Stock Split. Also gives effect to the cancellation
       of intercompany share ownership as provided in the Reorganization
       Agreement.
(5)    Includes an aggregate 3,280 shares held in certain family trusts for the
       benefit of Mr. Adams' children and with respect to which Mr. Adams' wife
       has voting power; also includes 80 shares held by a charitable foundation
       with respect to which shares Mr. Adams has voting power. Mr. Adams
       disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.  Does not include an
       aggregate of 8,450 shares held by the Alan W. Adams Family Trust and the
       Sarah K. Adams Family Trust for the benefit of Mr. Adams' adult children
       nor an additional 649 shares held by his children.  See "-- Beneficial
       Ownership of Certain Shareholders."
(6)    Includes (i) 600 shares held by Milbank Corporation of which Mr. Harnach
       is an officer, director and principal shareholder; (ii) 750 shares held
       by an employee retirement plan of Milbank Corporation of which Mr.
       Harnach is a trustee; and (iii) 12,700 shares held by Deerpath
       Investments LLP to which Milbank Corporation serves as investment advisor
       and with respect to which shares Mr. Harnach has shared voting and
       investment power.     



                                           71
<PAGE>   92

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS

         On March 31, 1996, Lake Forest had 160,810 shares of common stock
outstanding.  As of such date, the following persons not listed under
"Management Ownership of Common Stock" are known by Lake Forest to be the
owners of more than 5% of its common stock.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Number of Shares             Percent 
                 Name                                       Address                     Beneficially Owned           of Class(1)   
 ------------------------------------            ---------------------------          -----------------------      ---------------
 <S>                                             <C>                                  <C>                          <C>
 Milbank Corporation(2)                           135 South LaSalle Street                      15,650                     9.58%
                                                  Chicago, Illinois 60603

 Emmett D. McCarthy, as trustee for(3):

   Alan W. Adams Family Trust                     570 Crabtree Lane
   Sarah K. Adams Family Trust                    Lake Forest, Illinois                          8,450                     5.18%

</TABLE>

(1)  Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC Rule
     13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(2)  Includes (i) 600 shares held by Milbank Corporation ("Milbank") of which
     Robert D. Harnach, a director of Lake Forest and Hinsdale, is an officer,
     director and principal shareholder with shared voting and investment power
     relating to such shares; (ii) 600 shares held by Larry Wright, a director
     of Crabtree who is also an officer, director and principal of Milbank;
     (iii) 750 shares held by an employee retirement plan of Milbank of which
     Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach are trustees with voting and investment power;
     (iv) 12,700 shares held in Deerpath Investments LLP, a limited partnership
     to which Milbank serves as investment advisor and with respect to which Mr.
     Wright and Mr. Harnach exercise shared voting and investment power; and (v)
     1,000 shares held in certain family trusts of another officer of Milbank
     with respect to which such officer of Milbank acts as co-trustee and 
     exercises voting power.

(3)  The Alan W. Adams Family Trust and the Sarah K. Adams Family Trust are
     irrevocable trusts for which Emmett McCarthy and either Alan W. Adams or
     Sarah K. Adams, respectively, serve as co-trustees. Mr. McCarthy is a
     Director of Crabtree. Of the total shares beneficially owned by the two
     Trusts, each Trust owns 4,225 shares of Lake Forest Common Stock. The
     beneficiaries of the respective Trusts are Alan W. Adams and Sarah K. 
     Adams, respectively, the two adult children of Howard D. Adams, and Mr. 
     McCarthy disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. Mr. Alan W. 
     Adams is currently a vice president of Lake Forest Bank and a Director 
     nominee of Wintrust and directly owns an additional 449 shares and has 
     vested options to acquire an additional 100 shares.



SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                      Period
                                  Three Months Ended                                                   ended
                                       March 31,                        Year Ended December 31,       Dec. 31,
                             ---------------------------- ------------------------------------------ ---------
                                  1996           1995         1995     1994       1993        1992    1991(1)
                             -------------  ------------- ---------  ---------  ----------  -------- ---------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest income . . . . . .  $  3,445     $  2,665       $ 12,180     $  6,708     $ 3,743      $ 1,800   $   18
Interest expense  . . . . .     2,200        1,692          7,749        3,831       1,939        1,031        8
                             --------     --------       --------     --------     -------      -------   ------
Net interest income . . . .     1,245          973          4,431        2,877       1,804          769       10
Provision for possible loan
losses  . . . . . . . . . .       110           63            301          240         240          182        0
                             --------     --------       --------     --------     -------      -------   ------
Net interest income after
   provision for possible
   loan losses  . . . . . .     1,135          910          4,130        2,637       1,564          587       10
Noninterest income,
   excluding security gains       240          149          1,115          628         760           52        0
Security gains  . . . . . .        18            0              0           21          23            0        0
Noninterest expense . . . .     1,133          969          4,402        2,778       2,147        2,025      340
                             --------     --------       --------     --------     -------      -------   ------
Net income before income          
taxes . . . . . . . . . . .       260           90            843          508         200       (1,386)    (330)
Income tax expense
(benefit) . . . . . . . . .        82            0           (172)           0           0            0        0
                             --------     --------       --------     --------     -------      -------   ------
Net income (loss) . . . . .  $    178     $     90       $  1,015     $    508     $   200      $(1,386)  $ (330)
                             ========     ========       ========     ========     =======      =======   ======

Net income (loss) per
   common share . . . . . .  $   1.01     $   0.54       $   5.95     $   3.05     $  1.32      $(13.36)      NM
Cash dividends per common
share . . . . . . . . . . .  $      0     $      0       $      0     $      0     $     0      $     0   $    0

Total assets at end of
period  . . . . . . . . . .  $216,350     $164,642       $197,140     $144,155     $96,186      $50,128   $9,033
Total deposits at end of
period  . . . . . . . . . .  $200,021     $151,618       $181,186     $126,067     $81,452      $42,996   $2,361
Secured-term debt at end of
period  . . . . . . . . . .  $  3,952     $  2,922       $  3,952     $  2,742     $     0      $   600   $  600
Preference stock at end of
period  . . . . . . . . . .  $      3     $      3       $      3     $      3     $     3      $     3   $    0

Return on average total
assets  . . . . . . . . . .      0.35%        0.23%          0.58%        0.44%       0.28%       (3.90%)     --(2)
Return on average common
  shareholders' equity  . .      6.49%        3.79%          9.98%        5.53%       2.35%      (25.18%)     --(2)
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(1)      Management has for this period presented selected financial data
         reflecting reported results from the date of incorporation (September
         25, 1991) to December 31, 1991.  The Company was in a capital raising
         and organizational phase and as described elsewhere herein was only
         operational from December 27, 1991 to December 31, 1991.

(2)      Return on average assets and average equity ratios are not meaningful
         as a result of the nature of operations as discussed in Note 1 above.





                                           72
<PAGE>   93

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

         General.  Lake Forest completed its fourth full year of operations in
1995.  During that time period, Lake Forest has conducted no business other
than that directly related to "Lake Forest Bank".  Lake Forest's results of
operations are primarily dependent on Lake Forest Bank's net interest income,
which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and
interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities.  In addition, to a lesser
extent, Lake Forest Bank's operating results are affected by fees paid by
borrowers, fees earned on residential mortgage loans sold to the secondary
market, customer service charges and other income.  Also, noninterest expenses
such as employee salaries and benefits, office occupancy, marketing, insurance
costs and other expenses affect the results of operations.  Finally, income tax
consequences have an impact on the reported results of operations.

         Operational results are also affected by general economic conditions
(particularly changes in interest rates), competition, government policies and
actions of regulatory agencies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of Results for the Period Ended March 31, 1996 to the Period Ended
March 31, 1995

         Lake Forest recorded net income of $178,000 and $90,000 for the
three-month period ended March 31, 1996 and for the three-month period ended
March 31, 1995, respectively.  The following discussion will discuss the
components of the net income and the change between the respective three month
periods.

         Net interest income increased to $1,245,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 from approximately $973,000 for the same period of 1995.  This
28% increase in net interest income can generally be attributable to a 29%
increase in average earning assets for the first quarter of 1996 as compared to
the first quarter of 1995.  The net interest margin was 2.66% for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 compared to 2.68% for the three months ended March
31, 1995.  Accordingly, the increase in average earning assets combined with a
very slight compression of the net interest margin appropriately explains the
increase in the net interest margin.

         The provision for possible loan losses increased to $110,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to $63,000 for the prior year three
month period.  Lake Forest Bank has provided a higher amount to the allowance
for possible loan losses during the first quarter of 1996 because of the growth
in the loan portfolio.  Loans outstanding at March 31, 1996 were $121,055,000
compared to $77,068,000 at March 31, 1995.  Management considers it prudent to
continue to build a reserve for unanticipated credit problems that may occur
with the existing portfolio despite having no loans on nonaccrual status or
significantly past due at March 31, 1996.  The allowance for loan losses as a
percentage of total loans outstanding stood at 0.78% at March 31, 1996 compared
to 0.91% as of March 31, 1995.  The decline in the ratio of the allowance to
total loans is a function of the growth in the loan portfolio and net
charge-offs of approximately 98,000 during the first quarter of 1996.  However,
due to the high quality of the outstanding loan portfolio, management considers
the amount of the provision and the level of the allowance for loan losses to
be adequate for the period ended and as of March 31, 1996.

         Other noninterest income, excluding security gains, totaled $240,000
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to approximately $150,000
for the three months ended March 31, 1995.  The increase in the 1996 and 1995
three month periods is primarily a result of (1) approximately $40,000 of
increased revenue related to fees on fixed rate residential mortgage loans
which were sold to the secondary market; and (2) approximately $37,000 of
increased income from trust administration services.  Additionally, Lake Forest
recorded an $18,000 gain on the sale of securities that were available for
sale, whereas 1995's first quarter had no gains from the sales of securities.

         Other noninterest expenses were $1,133,000 and $969,000 for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively.  The
major components of the other noninterest expenses for the respective three
month periods are as follows (in thousands):





                                           73
<PAGE>   94
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Three Months Ended March 31,      
                                                   ---------------------------------------
                                                          1996                 1995       
                                                   ------------------   ------------------
        <S>                                               <C>                  <C>               
        Salaries and employee benefits  . . . .           $  620                $478             
        Occupancy expense . . . . . . . . . . .              124                  89             
        Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . .              389                 402             
                                                          ------                ----             
        Total other noninterest expenses  . . .           $1,133                $969             
                                                          ======                ====             
</TABLE>


  Salaries and Employee Benefits and Occupancy Expense.  Salaries and employee
benefits and occupancy expenses were higher in the first quarter of 1996
compared to the first quarter of 1995 primarily because of the opening of a new
banking facility in the western section of Lake Forest during the second
quarter of 1995.  Accordingly, the 1996 amounts include salaries and benefits
for 5 additional employees related to that facility compared to no such
expenses in the first three months of 1995.  Also, normal salary increases
contributed to the increase from the 1995 period to the 1996 period.
Additionally, occupancy expense increased for 1996's first three months
fundamentally as a result of the additional bank location.

  Other Noninterest Expenses.  Notwithstanding the additional expenses incurred
related to the opening of the additional banking facility as noted in the
preceding section, other noninterest expenses declined for the first quarter of
1996 as compared to the first quarter of 1995 primarily as a result of (1) a
significant reduction in the level of premiums charged for Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit insurance.  During the first quarter of
1995, Lake Forest Bank was paying a premium $0.23 per $100 of deposits for FDIC
insurance, or approximately $66,000; however during for the first quarter of
1996, Lake Forest Bank recorded expense of only $500 due to a significant
restructuring of the deposit insurance rate schedule.  Lake Forest Bank expects
the $500 per quarter rate to apply for the remainder of 1996 unless the rate
schedule is further modified by the FDIC; (2) the amount recorded for
advertising and marketing expenses for the first three months of 1996 was
approximately $24,000 less than the same period of 1995 primarily due to the
fact that 1995's marketing expenses included promotions for the upcoming
opening of the new banking facility in western side of Lake Forest; and (3)
offsetting these expense reductions were the normal operating costs of
operating the one additional banking location in 1996's first quarter compared
to 1995's first quarter.

Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1995 and December 31,
1994

  General.  Lake Forest had net income of $1,015,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1995, compared with $508,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994.
The increase in net income was due to an increase in net interest income of
$1,554,000, an increase in other noninterest income of $466,000, the
realization of $172,000 in income tax benefits, offset by an increase in the
provision for possible loan losses of $61,000 and other noninterest expenses of
$1,624,000.  These and other details will be discussed in greater detail in the
following sections.

  Net Interest Income.  The major source of earnings for Lake Forest is net
interest income.  Net interest income was approximately 80%, 82% and 70% of the
net revenues during 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.  Net interest income is
defined as the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets
and interest expense on deposits and borrowings.

  Interest Income and Interest Expense.  Interest income increased from
$6,708,000 in 1994 to $12,180,000 in 1995.  This $5,472,000 increase in
interest income was attributable to (1) a 52% increase in average earning
assets; (2) a shift in the earning assets mix such that higher yielding loans
comprised a larger portion of the total earning assets; and (3) a rise in
interest rates during 1995.  Interest expense increased from $3,831,000 in 1994
to $7,749,000 in 1994.  The 102% increase in interest expense was attributable
to a 56% increase in interest-bearing liabilities and a general rise in
interest rates paid to depositors during 1995.  An analysis of the components
and characteristics of interest income and interest expense is presented in the
table below, including average balances and average rates/yields for Lake
Forest Bank's earning assets and interest bearing liabilities for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.





                                           74
<PAGE>   95


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1995                            1994                              1993               
                                 ------------------------------- ------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                                                        AVERAGE                        AVERAGE                            AVERAGE
                                   AVERAGE              YIELD/    AVERAGE              YIELD/     AVERAGE                 YIELD/
ASSETS                             BALANCE   INTEREST    RATE     BALANCE  INTEREST     RATE      BALANCE    INTEREST      RATE   
                                 ----------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
                                                                          (dollars in thousands)
<S>                              <C>          <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest bearing deposits 
  with banks . . . . . . . . .   $  21,265    $ 1,130   6.25%    $ 12,351   $  555      4.49%    $ 7,663    $  258        3.37%
Federal funds sold . . . . . .      15,044        876   5.82%       8,551      361      4.22%      7,808       239        3.06%
Taxable debt securities  . . .      34,960      1,916   5.48%      27,442    1,380      5.03%     17,534       827        4.72%
                                     1,334          0   0.00%         381        0      0.00%          0         0          --
Loans, net of 
  unearned discount  . . . . .      89,764      8,058   8.98%      57,883    4,412      7.62%     34,398     2,419        7.03%
                                 ---------    -------   ----     --------   ------      ----     -------    ------        ----
  Total earning assets . . . .     162,367     12,180   7.50%     106,608    6,708      6.29%     67,403     3,743        5.55%
                                 ---------    -------   ----     --------   ------      ----     -------    ------        ----

Cash and due from banks-
  noninterest bearing  . . . .       3,674                          3,006                          1,782
Allowance for possible 
  loan losses  . . . . . . . .        (770)                          (521)                          (293)
Premises and equipment, net. .       7,504                          4,796                          2,025
Other assets . . . . . . . . .       2,043                          2,430                          1,521
                                 ---------                       --------                        -------
  Total Assets . . . . . . . .   $ 174,818                       $116,319                        $72,438
                                 =========                       ========                        =======

LIABILITIES AND 
  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits-interest bearing
  NOW accounts . . . . . . . .   $  18,406        713   3.87%    $  6,505      174      2.67%    $ 3,090        83        2.69%
  Savings and money 
    market deposits  . . . . .      50,813      2,020   3.98%      53,427    1,953      3.66%     38,326     1,303        3.40%
  Time deposits  . . . . . . .      76,202      4,681   6.14%      29,642    1,417      4.78%     13,583       518        3.81%
                                 ---------    -------   ----     --------   ------      ----     -------    ------        ----
  Total interest-bearing 
    deposits . . . . . . . . .     145,421      7,414   5.10%      89,574    3,544      3.96%     54,999     1,904        3.46%
                                 ---------    -------   ----     --------   ------      ----     -------    ------        ----

Short-term borrowings  . . . .       1,141         59   5.17%       4,960      200      4.03%      1,505        35        2.33%
Term-debt  . . . . . . . . . .       3,125        276   8.83%       1,220       87      7.13%          0         0          --
                                 ---------    -------   ----     --------   ------      ----     -------    ------        ----
  Total interest-bearing 
    liabilities  . . . . . . .     149,687      7,749   5.18%      95,754    3,831      4.00%     56,504     1,939        3.43%
                                 ---------    -------   ----     --------   ------      ----     -------    ------        ----
Noninterest bearing deposits .      14,558                         11,127                          7,254
Other liabilities  . . . . . .         407                            245                            164
Shareholders' equity . . . . .      10,166                          9,193                          8,516
                                 ---------                       --------                        -------
  Total liabilities and
    shareholders' equity . . .   $ 174,818                       $116,319                        $72,438
                                 =========                       ========                        =======
Interest income/average 
  earning assets . . . . . . .                          7.50%                           6.29%                             5.55%
Interest expense/average                                                                                          
  interest-bearing                                                                                                
  liabilities  . . . . . . . .                          5.18%                           4.00%                             3.43%
                                                        ----                            ----                              ----
Net interest spread  . . . . .                $ 4,431   2.32%               $2,877      2.29%               $1,804        2.12%
                                              =======   ====                ======      ====                ======        ====
Net interest margin(1) . . . .                          2.73%                           2.70%                             2.68%
                                                        ====                            ====                              ====
</TABLE>

(1) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of the
    average earning assets during the period.





                                       75
<PAGE>   96

         Changes in Interest Income and Expense.  The following table shows the
dollar amount of changes in interest income and expense by major categories of
assets and liabilities attributable to changes in volume or rate or both, for
the periods indicated (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1995 Compared to 1994                1994 Compared to 1993      
                                     ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                          Change        Change                  Change      Change
                                          Due to        Due to       Total      Due to      Due to     Total
                                          Volume         Rate        Change     Volume       Rate      Change  
                                     --------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C> 
Interest-earning deposits with
  banks  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $   502        $   273     $   775     $   192     $   105    $   297
Federal funds sold . . . . . . . .          343            172         515          24          98        122
Taxable securities . . . . . . . .          417            257         674         495          58        553
Loans, net of discount . . . . . .        2,728            780       3,508     $ 1,775         218      1,993
                                        -------        -------     -------     -------     -------    -------
    Total interest income  . . . .      $ 3,990        $ 1,482     $ 5,472     $ 2,468     $   479    $ 2,965
                                        -------        -------     -------     -------     -------    -------
NOW accounts . . . . . . . . . . .          433            106         539          91          --         91
Savings and money
  market deposits  . . . . . . . .          (85)           152          67         546         104        650
Time deposits  . . . . . . . . . .        2,763            501       3,264         740         159        899
Short-term borrowings  . . . . . .         (223)            82        (141)        125          40        165
Term debt  . . . . . . . . . . . .          164             25         189          87          --         87
                                        -------        -------     -------     -------     -------    -------
   Total interest expense  . . . .        3,052            866       3,918       1,589         303      1,892
                                        -------        -------     -------     -------     -------    -------
   Net interest income . . . . . .      $   938        $   616     $ 1,554     $   897     $   176    $ 1,073
                                        =======        =======     =======     =======     =======    =======
                                                                                          
</TABLE>

        Volume variances are computed using the change in volume multiplied by
the previous year's rate.  Rate variances are computed using the changes in
rate multiplied by the previous year's volume.  The change in interest due to
both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to
the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.  Lake
Forest did not own any federally tax-advantaged securities during the periods
presented.

         Provision for Possible Loan Losses.  The provision for possible loan
losses increased from $240,000 in 1994 to $301,000 in 1995.  Management
continued to provide for additions to the allowance for possible loan losses as
the loan portfolio increased approximately $40 million, or 58%, between the
year-end periods.  At December 31, 1995, the allowance for possible loan losses
stood at 0.85% of loans outstanding which management feels is adequate to cover
potential losses in the portfolio.  There can be no assurance that future
losses will not exceed the amounts provided for thereby affecting future
results of operations.  Future additions to the allowance for possible loan
losses are dependent upon the economy, changes in real estate values, interest
rates, the view of regulatory agencies toward adequate reserve levels, and past
due and non-performing loan levels.

         Other Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income increased to $1,115,000
in 1995 from $649,000 in the previous year.  Approximately $197,000 of the
increase was attributable to additional trust administration fees.  In early
1995, the trust department added two new senior managers to oversee the trust
operations, investments, administration and new business development.  These
individuals were responsible for generating additional trust business during
the course of 1995.  Management expects further increases in trust revenue in
1996.  Also, during 1995, Lake Forest Bank recorded approximately $125,000 in
fee income for services rendered to Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Wolfhoya
Investments, Inc.  Lake Forest Bank contributed its marketing plans, data
processing file structure, new product development materials and other services
to assist these entities in establishing de novo bank operations.  Fees on
loans sold increased approximately $74,000 in 1995 as compared to the prior
year.  A favorable interest rate environment and an experienced lending officer
contributed to this increase.  Fees on loans sold relate to income received by
Lake Forest Bank for its services of originating and selling residential real
estate loans into the secondary market.  Service charges on deposit accounts
increased from $105,000 in 1994 to $146,000





                                       76
<PAGE>   97

in 1995, or approximately $41,000, primarily as a result of the rapid growth in
the retail deposit base.  The level of service charges received on deposit
accounts is substantially below peer group levels as management believes in the
philosophy of providing high quality service without encumbering that service
with numerous activity charges.  That philosophy has contributed to the strong
growth in retail deposits.  The remaining increase in noninterest income is a
result of a variety of less material items.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expenses include all expenses other
than interest expense and the provision for possible loan losses.  The
following table provides a detailed analysis of the composition of these
expenses (in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the Year
                                                        Ended December 31,     
                                                      ----------------------      Dollar       Percentage                          
                                                         1995        1994         Change         Change  
                                                      ----------   ---------      ------       ----------
 <S>                                                   <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
 Salaries and employee benefits  . . . . . . . . .     $2,283      $1,436       $  847            59.0%
 Occupancy expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        394         223          171            76.7%
 Advertising and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . .        234         152           82            53.9%
 Data processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        314         211          103            48.8%
 Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        222         239          (17)           (7.1%)
 Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .        955         517          438            84.7%
                                                       ------      ------       ------           -----
    Total noninterest expenses . . . . . . . . . .     $4,402      $2,778       $1,624            58.5%
                                                       ======      ======       ======            ====
</TABLE>


The following discussion will review changes related to individual components
of noninterest expenses.

         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  The opening of two new branch banking
facilities and the continuing expansion of the deposit base by 44% were largely
responsible for the growth in salaries and employee benefits.  In December of
1994, a branch was established in the neighboring community of Lake Bluff,
approximately four miles to the north of Lake Forest Bank's main offices.
Located six miles to the south and west, another branch was opened in May of
1995.  The additional facilities required expanding the payroll by ten
full-time equivalent employees.  The addition of many new accounts and the
increased utilization of established relationships also contributed to the need
for more support staff.  Also, annual salary and wage increases were partially
responsible for the increase in salaries.  As of December 31, 1995, Lake Forest
Bank had a ratio of $3.82 million of assets per full-time equivalent employee
as compared to a ratio $2.07 million of assets per full- time equivalent
employee for its peer group.  This places Lake Forest Bank in the 97th
percentile of its peer group.  Lake Forest has a philosophy of paying a fewer
number of highly effective individuals a salary that is at a premium over
market rates rather than staffing at higher peer group levels.  Management
believes that this staffing philosophy is effective in attracting talented
individuals and achieving high levels of productivity.

         Occupancy Expenses.  The opening of the two new branch facilities
during 1995 as discussed in the preceding paragraph added an additional $67,000
of lease rental expense during the year ended December 31, 1995.  These two new
facilities also resulted in additional occupancy related expenses such as
depreciation on leasehold improvements, maintenance and repairs, utilities and
other miscellaneous expenses related to the premises.  Also, 1995 included a
full year of occupancy of Lake Forest Bank's permanent banking facilities which
were occupied beginning in April of 1994 compared to only eight full months in
the prior year.

         Advertising and Marketing.  Marketing and advertising expenditures
amounted to $234,000 during 1995 compared to $152,000 in 1994.  The increase in
this category can be primarily attributed to the opening of the two new branch
banking facilities during 1995 and the desire of management to effectively
integrate the opening of those facilities into the overall marketing plan of
Lake Forest Bank.  Lake Forest Bank has traditionally developed community
oriented deposit and loan products and considers the marketing expenses as an
instrumental part in achieving the growth in the deposit base.  Management
anticipates that relatively similar levels of marketing expenses will be
incurred in 1996 as Lake Forest Bank continues to pursue its objective of
increasing its base of customers.





                                           77
<PAGE>   98


         Data Processing.  Data processing expenses increased by approximately
$103,000 or 48.8% for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the results
for the year ended December 31, 1994.  Data processing expenses are highly
dependent on the number of accounts processed by Lake Forest Bank.  As such,
the increase during 1995 in deposit and loan balances of approximately 44% and
58%, respectively, was the primary reason for the increase in this expense
category.  Additionally, data processing charges related to account processing
for the trust department is included in this expense category.  As a result,
the increase in trust accounts during 1995 translated into higher data
processing charges.

         Insurance.  Insurance expense represents costs incurred to secure
insurance policies for risks associated with the physical properties, fidelity
concerns, director and officer liability, deposit insurance supplied by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and other sundry insurance
products.  The decline in this expense category is a function of a significant
decrease in the level of premiums charged by the FDIC during 1995.  Lake Forest
Bank recorded approximately $143,000 and $192,000 of insurance expense related
to FDIC deposit insurance in 1995 and 1994, respectively.  Lake Forest Bank
anticipates incurring only $2,000 in FDIC deposit insurance expense in 1996 as
a result of the restructuring of the deposit insurance rates.  Offsetting the
decline in FDIC insurance was a general increase in premiums associated with
Lake Forest Bank's other insurance policies.  Many of Lake Forest's insurance
policies have premium rates that are based partly upon the number of employees
and the total deposit and asset levels of Lake Forest Bank.  Due to the
increase in these areas during 1995, the cost of some of the other insurance
policies increased.

         Other Noninterest Expenses.  Other noninterest expenses increased to
$955,000 for the year ended December 31,1995 from $517,000 for the year ended
December 31,1994.  This category of expenses represents stationery and supplies
expense, loan origination expenses, postage expense, audits and examinations
expense, and other sundry expenses.  The increase in this category is a general
increase of all of the above categories primarily due to the higher volume of
accounts outstanding and the additional depreciation, supplies, and other
sundry expenses related to the opening of the new branch facilities.  For
example, depreciation expense on furniture and equipment increased by $104,000
as a result of furnishing the new facilities with desks, computers, other
furnishings and a full year of depreciation expense on the furnishings of the
main bank facility which was occupied in April of 1994.  Also, stationery and
supplies expense increased approximately $52,000 due to the additional supplies
necessary to operate the two new branch banking facilities.  Controlling
overhead expenses is a basic philosophy of management and is closely evaluated.
Management is committed to continually evaluating its operations to determine
whether additional expense savings are possible without impairing the goal of
providing superior customer service.

         Despite the increases in the various noninterest expense categories
during 1995, Lake Forest's ratio of noninterest expenses to total average
assets was 2.52% of average assets in 1995 compared to its peer group that has
a ratio of noninterest expenses to total average assets of approximately 3.51%.
Thus, Lake Forest Bank has controlled its noninterest expenses in a fashion
which is admirable when compared to other banks in its peer group.

         Income Taxes.  Lake Forest had no Federal or state income tax expense
for 1995 or 1994.  In 1995, an income tax benefit of $172,000 was recorded as
management determined that the realization of certain deferred tax assets not
previously valued was more likely than not to occur.  In 1994, management had
established a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets with the
result being that no Federal or state income tax expense or benefit was
realized in the financial statements.  However, in 1995, management determined
that its earnings history and projected future earnings were sufficient to make
a judgment that the realization of the net deferred tax asset was more likely
than not.  As such, an income tax benefit was recorded to the extent that no
valuation allowance was required to offset any deferred tax assets.

Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1994 and December 31,
1993

         General.  Lake Forest had net income of $508,000 for the year ended
December 31,1994, compared with $200,000 for the year ended December 31,1993.
The increase in net income was due to an increase in net interest income of
$1,073,000, offset by a slight decrease in the noninterest income of $134,000
and an increase in other





                                           78
<PAGE>   99

noninterest expenses of $631,000.  These and other details will be discussed in
greater detail in the following sections.

         Interest Income and Interest Expense.  Interest income increased from
$3,743,000 in 1993 to $6,708,000 in 1994.  This 79% increase in interest income
was attributable to (1) a 58% increase in average earning assets; (2) a shift
in the earning assets mix such that higher yielding loans comprised a larger
portion of total earning assets; and (3) a general rise in interest rates
during 1994.

         Interest expense increased from $1,939,000 in 1993 to $3,831,000 in
1994.  The near doubling of interest expense was attributable to a 69% increase
in interest-bearing liabilities and a general rise in interest rates paid to
depositors during 1994.

         A complete analysis of the components and characteristics of interest
income and interest expense is shown in the average balance/rate table
presented previously.  Also, changes in interest income and expense due to
fluctuations in the rate environment and volume levels is presented in the
section above titled "Changes in Interest Income and Expense".

         Provision for Possible Loan Losses.  The provision for possible loan
losses totaled $240,000 in 1994 and 1993.  Management continued to provide for
additions to the allowance for possible loan losses as the loan portfolio
increased approximately $24.8 million between the year-end periods.  At
December 31, 1994, the allowance for possible loan losses stood at 0.91% of
loans outstanding which management determined was adequate to cover potential
losses in the portfolio.

         Other Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income decreased to $649,000 in
1994 from $783,000 in 1993, or approximately $134,000.  The primary reason for
the decline was a result of approximately $276,000 less from fees on loans sold
in 1994 as compared to 1993.  Fees on loans sold relate to income received by
Lake Forest Bank for its services of originating and selling residential real
estate loans into the secondary market.  The income derived from these sales is
highly dependent on the volume of real estate sales transactions and
refinancing activity.  As such, the business is sensitive to the interest rate
environment and other economic conditions.  When market interest rates begin to
decline until the time that they level off, is the period in which the greatest
number of consumer mortgage refinancings can be anticipated.  As rates
stabilize or rise, the pool of seasoned higher coupon mortgage loans suitable
for refinance diminishes.  Accordingly, because interest rates began an upward
trend in 1994, the number of loans which actually benefited from refinancing
diminished and fee income declined also.  Offsetting the decline from fees on
loans sold was an increase in trust administration fees of approximately
$110,000 to $202,000 in 1994.  The increase in trust fees was primarily due to
the fact that 1994 was the second full year of trust services and the trust
department was continuing its growth by effectively marketing itself to the
community.  The remaining change in noninterest income was a result of a slight
increase in service charges on deposit accounts and other income.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expenses include all expenses other
than interest expense and the provision for possible loan losses.  The
following table provides a detailed analysis of the composition of these
expenses (in thousands).





                                           79
<PAGE>   100

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              FOR THE YEAR
                                                                           ENDED DECEMBER 31,        
                                                                        -----------------------       DOLLAR        PERCENTAGE
                                                                            1994       1993           CHANGE          CHANGE    
                                                                        ----------- -------------  -------------  --------------
                    <S>                                                  <C>          <C>             <C>            <C>
                    Salaries and employee benefits  . . . . . . . . . .    $1,436        $1,179         $257           21.8%
                    Occupancy expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       223           190           33           17.4%
                    Advertising and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . .       152           106           46           43.4%
                    Data processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       211           158           53           33.5%
                    Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       239           151           88           58.3%
                    Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .       517           363          154           42.4%
                                                                           ------        ------         ----           ---- 
                      Total noninterest expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .    $2,778        $2,147         $631           29.4%
                                                                           ======        ======         ====           ====
</TABLE>


The following discussion will review changes related to individual components
of noninterest expenses.

         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  The primary contributor to the
increase in salaries and employee benefits expense of $257,000 from 1993 to
1994 was the additional staffing required to open Lake Forest Bank's permanent
offices at 727 North Bank Lane in Lake Forest, Illinois.  The improved facility
and aggressive marketing resulted in deposit and loan growth of approximately
54.8% and 54.6%, respectively, from year-end 1993 to year-end 1994.  The growth
in loans and deposits resulted in the need for additional employees to
appropriately service the accounts.  Also, normal annual salary and wage
increases contributed to the increase.

         Occupancy Expenses.  Occupancy expenses increased approximately
$33,000, or 17.4% for the year ended December 31, 1994 compared to the year
ended December 31, 1993.  The move to the new 18,000 square foot permanent
offices in April 1994 and the growth as described in the preceded paragraph
accounted for the growth in this expense category.

         Advertising and Marketing.  The majority of the $46,000 increase in
advertising and marketing expense from year-end 1993 to year-end 1994 is
directly attributable to the opening of Lake Forest Bank's permanent offices.
A myriad of promotions were employed to mark the event.  Events included such
festivities as a series of open houses for local dignitaries and community
leaders and an outdoor carnival for children and families.  All of the
promotional events were designed to draw attention to Lake Forest Bank at a
important time in its growth cycle.

         Data Processing.  Data processing expenses increased by approximately
$53,000 or 33.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994 compared to the results
for the year ended December 31, 1993.  Data processing expenses are highly
dependent on the number of accounts processed by Lake Forest Bank.  As a
result, the increase during 1994 in both deposit and loan balances of
approximately 55% was the primary reason for the increase in this expense
category.

         Insurance.  For the year ended December 31, 1994, insurance expense
increased to approximately $239,000 from $151,000 in the prior year, or a 58.3%
increase.  This increase is primarily a result of the additional premiums paid
for FDIC insurance.  During 1993 and 1994, Lake Forest Bank paid deposit
insurance premiums based upon the amount of deposits and certain other factors.
Because of the substantial increase in deposit balances, the expense related to
FDIC deposit insurance increased by approximately $79,000 in 1994 from 1993.
The remainder of the increase was a result of slightly higher premium amounts
for Lake Forest Bank's other insurance policies due to the growth in the level
of employees and assets.

         Other Noninterest Expenses.  Other noninterest expenses increased to
approximately $517,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994 from approximately
$363,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993.  This increase represents a
42.4% increase in 1994 from 1993.  No individual expense category stands for
any significant portion of the increase.  Rather the increase relates primarily
to the growth in loans and deposits and the requisite additional sundry
expenses associated with that growth.





                                           80
<PAGE>   101

         Notwithstanding the increase in each of the noninterest expense
categories, Lake Forest's ratio of noninterest expenses as a percent of average
assets in 1994 was approximately 2.39% which was substantially below its peer
group's 1994 level of 3.26%.

         Income Taxes. Lake Forest recorded no income tax expense or benefit
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.  The net operating losses
generated during the initial years of operation were available to be carried
forward to offset income in these years.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

         The dynamics of a community bank's balance sheet is generally
dependent upon the ability of management to attract additional deposit accounts
to fund the growth of the institution.  This is the current situation at Lake
Forest Bank as it has recently expanded the number of banking facilities in its
delineated service area and is still diligently attempting to solidify itself
as the bank that the constituents of the communities select as their preferred
bank.  Accordingly, the discussion of the financial condition of Lake Forest
Bank will focus first on the sources of funds received through the liability
side of the balance sheet which is predominantly deposit growth.  After it is
understood how Lake Forest Bank was funded during the periods under discussion,
the latter section of this "Financial Condition" discussion will focus on the
asset categories where Lake Forest invested the funds.

         Deposits.  Total deposits balances increased to $200,021,000 at March
31, 1996 compared to $181,186,000 at December 31, 1995 and $126,067,000 at the
end of 1994.  This follows a $44,615,000 increase in deposits in 1994 from the
$81,452,000 deposit level at the end of 1993.  The following table presents the
balances of deposits by category and those categories' relative percentage of
the total deposits at March 31, 1996 and at December 31 during the past three
years (dollars in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   March 31, 1996        December 31, 1995     December 31, 1994     December 31, 1993  
                                --------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------
                                            Percent                Percent               Percent               Percent
                                Balance     of Total    Balance    of Total    Balance   of Total   Balance    of Total 
                                ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
Demand  . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17,094     8.5%      $ 16,930      9.3%     $ 13,787     10.9%   $ 13,664     10.9%
Savings . . . . . . . . . . . .   26,235    13.1%        26,208     14.5%       30,280     24.0%     27,054     24.0%
NOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23,692    11.9%        22,287     12.3%        9,903      7.9%      4,306      7.9%
Money market  . . . . . . . . .   30,589    15.3%        25,469     14.1%       23,650     18.8%     18,906     18.8%
Certificates of deposit . . . .  102,411    51.2%        90,292     49.8%       48,447     38.4%     17,522     38.4%
                                --------   -----       --------    -----      --------    -----    --------    ----- 
    Total Deposits  . . . . . . $200,021   100.0%      $181,186    100.0%     $126,067    100.0%   $ 81,452    100.0%
                                ========   =====       ========    =====      ========    =====    ========    =====
</TABLE>

         With the exception of savings accounts, all deposit categories have
exhibited positive growth trends for the periods presented above.  Although the
stratification of the deposit categories is somewhat typical of a community
bank's balance sheet, two categories stand out in particular.  In January,
1995, Lake Forest Bank was the successful bidder and was able to garner the
banking relationship of the municipality in which Lake Forest Bank has its
headquarters.  The dramatic increase in the NOW account balances since 1994 is
directly attributable to that municipality's deposit accounts.  Certificates of
deposit is the second area displaying unusually rapid growth.  In late 1992,
Lake Forest Bank introduced a variable rate certificate of deposit account
whose rate was indexed to the U.S. Treasuries yield.  This product has proven
to be highly successful contributing approximately $36 million to the overall
increase in the balances from 1993 to 1995.  The modest reduction in savings
balances from 1994 to 1995 resulted from customers' desire to lock in higher
rates of return on term certificates of deposit.

         Reference is made to the average balance/rate table for data regarding
average daily deposits and rates paid thereon for each of the three years ended
December 31, 1995.  Lake Forest Bank has no foreign deposits.





                                           81
<PAGE>   102

         The aggregate amounts of time deposits, in denominations of $100,000
or more, by maturity, as of December 31, 1995 are shown below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
              <S>                                              <C>
               Three months or less  . . . . . . . . . . . . . $24,135
               Over three through six months . . . . . . . . .   5,158
               Over six through twelve months  . . . . . . . .   9,909
               Over twelve months  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4,452
                                                               -------
                  Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $42,835
                                                               =======
                                                                                    
</TABLE>


         Accrued Interest and Other Expenses, Treasury Tax and Loan and Other
Liabilities.  The collective balances of these financial statement categories
as of December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 were $1,088,000, $900,000, and
$660,000, respectively.  The increase can be primarily attributed to a higher
amount of accrued interest payable on deposit accounts due to the significant
growth in the level of deposits.  No other significant changes were present in
these financial statement categories.

         Total Assets and Earning Assets.  Total assets and earning assets were
$197,140,000 and $183,765,000, respectively, at December 31, 1995 compared to
$144,155,000 and $129,993,000, respectively, at December 31, 1994.  The
increase in total assets and earning assets during the year was a result of
continued growth in the deposit categories discussed above.  The level of
earning assets as a percentage of total assets increased to approximately 93%
of total assets at December 31, 1995 from approximately 90% at December 31,
1994.  This increase in the level of earning assets occurred because Lake
Forest Bank was able to reduce the ratio of capital required to support total
assets.  Lake Forest Bank, as a de novo bank, was required to maintain a 9%
leverage ratio during its first three years of operation; however, this
requirement expired in December 1994 (see discussion of capital in the
"Shareholders' Equity" section below).  Additionally, the composition of
earning assets shifted as Lake Forest Bank increased the level of deposit funds
invested into loans from shorter-term money market investments.  Loans
comprised 60.2% of total earning assets at December 31, 1995 compared to 54.0%
at December 31, 1994.  These changes in the mix of earning assets will be
discussed further below.

         Loans.  The following table shows Lake Forest's loans at March 31,
1996 and as of December 31 for the previous five fiscal years (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31,                       
                                     March 31,    ----------------------------------------------------------
                                       1996          1995        1994        1993        1992       1991    
                                  --------------  ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             
Residential real estate . . . . .   $ 25,174      $ 19,500   $ 19,260    $ 14,095    $  9,020    $    --
Commercial  . . . . . . . . . . .     57,098        52,811     31,852      13,537       4,659         --
Home equity . . . . . . . . . . .     21,223        23,239     15,455      12,892       6,351         --
Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . .     17,580        15,146      3,691       4,926       3,140         --
                                    --------      --------   --------    --------    --------    -------
Total gross loans . . . . . . . .    121,075       110,696     70,258      45,450      23,171         --
Less:  unearned discount  . . . .         20            23         --          --          --         --
                                    --------      --------   --------    --------    --------    -------
Net loans . . . . . . . . . . . .   $121,055      $110,673   $70,258     $45,450     $ 23,171    $    --
                                    ========      ========   =======     =======     ========    =======

</TABLE>

        Total net loans increased to $110,673,000 at December 31, 1995 from
$70,258,000 at December 31, 1994.  As can be seen from the table above, growth
occurred in all loan types during 1995.  The following paragraphs will
highlight the growth by loan type.

         The commercial loan category exhibited the larger dollar increase from
year-end 1994 to year-end 1995 of $20,959,000.  The commercial loan component
is comprised primarily of commercial real estate loans, working capital lines
of credit, and equipment financing.  Commercial real estate is predominantly
owner occupied and secured by a first mortgage lien and assignment of rents on
the property.  Equipment loans are fully amortized over 24 to 60 months and
secured by titles and/or U.C.C. filings.  Working capital lines are renewable
annually and





                                       82
<PAGE>   103

supported by business assets, personal guarantees and often some sort of
additional collateral.  The vast majority of commercial loans are made within
Lake Forest Bank's immediate market area.  The increase can be attributed to an
emphasis on business development calling programs and aggressive servicing of
existing commercial loan customers which has increased referrals.

         The outstanding level of home equity loans increased $7,784,000 during
1995.  The growth was a result of several promotional home equity loan products
that were offered during the year.  The special home equity loan products
featured competitive rates structures and fee arrangements.  These loans are
generally secured by first or second position mortgage liens on the underlying
property with loan-to-value ratios not exceeding 80%.

         Consumer loan increased approximately $11,455,000 million from
December 31, 1994 to December 31, 1995.  Approximately $10.4 million of this
increase is related to the purchase of fixed rate indirect automobile loans.
These indirect automobile loans are purchased from Hinsdale Bank and Trust
Company, an affiliated bank, and are loans secured by new and used automobiles.
These credits generally have an original maturity of 36 to 60 months; however,
the average actual maturity is estimated to be approximately 37 months.  The
risk associated with this portfolio is diversified amongst many individual
borrowers.

         The residential real estate category continues to increase and
includes adjustable rate mortgages that have repricing terms from one to three
years, construction loans to individuals, and bridge financing loans for
qualifying customers.  Lake Forest Bank does not generally originate loans for
its own portfolio with long-term fixed rates due to interest rate risk
considerations.  However, Lake Forest Bank does accommodate customer requests
for these fixed rate loans by originating and selling the loans in the
secondary market for which Lake Forest Bank receives a fee.

         Lake Forest has no loans to businesses or governments of foreign
countries.

         Money Market Investments and Investment Securities.  Lake Forest
Bank's objective in managing its securities portfolio is to balance Lake Forest
Bank's liquidity risk, interest rate risk and credit quality such that the
earnings of Lake Forest Bank are maximized.  As noted in the "Loans" section
above, the predominant portion of the funds received from new deposit accounts
was invested in the various loan categories during 1995.  Management has
maintained the funds that were not invested in loans in short-term investment
securities and money market investments as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      December 31,           
                                                               March 31,    ----------------------------------
                                                                 1996             1995              1994      
                                                           ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>               <C>
Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $18,855           $ 13,100          $  7,135
Interest bearing deposits with Bank . . . . . . . . . . .        100             21,100            16,699
Investment securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62,467             38,892            35,801
                                                              ------             ------            ------     
Total money market investments and
   investment securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $81,422           $ 73,092           $59,635
                                                              ======             ======            ======
</TABLE>
        Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks.  Federal
funds sold and interest bearing deposits with banks are very short-term
investments with high quality banks.  The balances in these accounts fluctuate
based upon deposit inflows and loan demand.  These accounts are extremely
liquid and provide management with the ability to meet liquidity needs for
supplying loan demand or for other reasons.

         Investment Securities.  The carrying value of securities held by Lake
Forest at December 31, are presented by category as follows (in thousands):





                                           83
<PAGE>   104

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1995             1994              1993
                                                                          ----             ----              ----
                          <S>                                          <C>              <C>               <C>
                           Available-for-Sale
                             U.S. Treasury obligations . . . . .        $    --          $    --           $ 4,919
                             U.S. agency obligations . . . . . .         12,972               --                --
                             Other securities  . . . . . . . . .         18,655            4,773             9,390
                             Federal Reserve Bank stock  . . . .            316              290               256
                             Equity securities . . . . . . . . .          1,947              854                --
                                                                        -------          -------           -------
                               Total available-for-sale  . . . .         33,890            5,917            14,565   
                                                                        -------          -------           -------
                           Held-to-Maturity
                             U.S. Treasury obligations . . . . .          5,002           10,009                --
                             U.S. agency obligations . . . . . .             --           19,975             9,432
                             Other securities  . . . . . . . . .             --               --                --
                             Equity securities . . . . . . . . .             --               --                --
                                                                             --               --                --
                             Total held-to-maturity  . . . . . .          5,002           29,984             9,432
                                                                        -------          -------           -------
                             Total securities  . . . . . . . . .        $38,892          $35,901           $23,997
                                                                        =======          =======           =======
</TABLE>


Maturities of securities as of December 31, 1995 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Within        From 1       From 5 to       After        Equity
                                 1 Year      to 5 Years     10 years      10 Years     Securities       Total   
                               ----------   ------------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
 <S>                           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
 U.S. Treasuries . . . . .       $    --      $ 5,002       $   --       $    --        $  --         $ 5,002
 U.S. agency obligations .        10,481        2,491           --            --           --          12,972
 Other securities  . . . .        14,610        4,045           --            --           --          18,655
 Federal Reserve Bank  . .            --           --           --            --          316             316
 Stock equity  . . . . . .            --           --           --            --        1,947           1,947
                                 -------      -------       ------      --------       ------         -------
     Total . . . . . . . .       $25,091      $11,538       $   --      $     --       $2,263         $38,892
                                 =======      =======       ======      ========       ======         =======
</TABLE>


The weighted average yield for each range of maturities of securities is shown
below as of December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Within        From 1       From 5 to       After        Equity
                                 1 Year      to 5 Years     10 years      10 Years     Securities       Total   
                               ----------   ------------   -----------   ----------   ------------   -----------
 <S>                              <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>
 U.S. Treasuries . . . . .           --         5.00%           --             --           --          5.00%
 U.S. agency obligations .         5.78%        5.19%           --             --           --          5.67%
 Other securities  . . . .         5.73%        6.07%           --             --           --          5.98%
 Federal Reserve Bank  . .           --           --            --             --         6.00%         6.00%
 Equity securities . . . .          N/A          N/A           N/A            N/A          N/A           N/A
</TABLE>

Yields on equity securities are not considered meaningful for purposes of this
analysis.

         Lake Forest did not own any federally tax-advantaged securities during
the periods presented.

         There were no securities of any single issuer which had book value in
excess of 10% of shareholders' equity at December 31, 1995.

         Shareholders' Equity.  The following table reflects various measures
of capital at March 31, 1996 and at year-end 1995 and 1994 for Lake Forest:





                                           84
<PAGE>   105

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,          
                                                          MARCH 31,     --------------------------------
                                                             1996             1995             1994      
                                                        --------------   --------------   ---------------
          <S>                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>
          Ending tier 1 risk-based ratio  . . . . . .         8.0%            8.4%             12.0%
          Ending total risk-based capital ratio . . .         8.7%            9.2%             12.8%
          Ending leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . .         5.1%            5.5%              6.5%
          Dividend payout ratio . . . . . . . . . . .         0.0%            0.0%              0.0%
</TABLE>


         The leverage ratios and tier 1 risk-based capital ratios exceed the
"well capitalized" levels established by regulatory agencies of 5% and 6%,
respectively.  The total risk-based capital ratios exceed the regulatory
agencies' threshold for an "adequately capitalized" institution.

         Management is not aware of any known trends, events, regulatory
recommendations or uncertainties that will have any adverse effect on Lake
Forest's capital resources or operations.

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

         As a continuing part of its financial strategy, Lake Forest attempts
to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on its net
interest income.  This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between
interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield.
Asset-liability management policies are established and monitored by management
in conjunction with the Board of Directors.  The policy establishes guidelines
for acceptable limits on the sensitivity of the market value of assets and
liabilities to changes in interest rates.

         The following table illustrates Lake Forest's estimated interest rate
sensitivity and periodic and cumulative gap positions as calculated as of March
31, 1996.  An institution with more assets repricing than liabilities over a
given timeframe is considered asset sensitive and will generally benefit from
rising rates.

<TABLE>
                                                      0-90         91-365        1-5         OVER 5
                                                      DAYS          DAYS        YEARS        YEARS        TOTAL    
                                                 -------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
     Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 126,171        $ 33,745     $ 34,522     $  21,912    $ 216,350
     Total liabilities and equity . . . . . .       127,614          25,171       11,841        51,724      216,350   
                                                    -------         -------      -------      --------             
     Interest sensitivity gap . . . . . . . .     $  (1,443)       $  8,574     $ 22,681     $ (29,812)
                                                   ========        ========     ========     =========
                                             
     Cumulative interest sensitivity gap. . .     $  (1,443)       $  7,131     $ 29,812
     Ratio of cumulative rate sensitivity gap   
       to rate sensitive assets . . . . . . .          (.67)%          3.32%        13.9%
     Cumulative ratio of rate-sensitive assets
      to rate-sensitive liabilities . . . . .         98.87%         104.67%      118.11%       100.00%
</TABLE>                                     

         To protect the net interest margin from the volatility of the business
cycle, particular attention is given to managing the interest rate spread
between the yield on earning assets and the cost of funds.  Management has
determined that this can best be achieved by maintaining a balance sheet with
an asset sensitive posture.  The table shown above depicts an interest rate
sensitivity position consistent with management's philosophy.

LIQUIDITY

         At the Bank Level.  Liquidity management involves planning to meet
anticipated funding needs at a reasonable cost.  Liquidity management is guided
by policies formulated and monitored by Lake Forest Bank's Asset/Liability
Committee, which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and
stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments.





                                           85
<PAGE>   106

         "Liquid assets" refers to money market assets such as Federal funds
sold and interest bearing deposits with banks, as well as available-for-sale
debt securities and held-to-maturity securities with a remaining maturity of
less than one year.  Net liquid assets would represent the sum of the liquid
asset categories less the amount of assets pledged to secure public funds.  At
December 31, 1995, net liquid assets totaled approximately $50 million,
compared to approximately $32 million at December 31, 1994.  Thus, Lake Forest
Bank has substantial short-term balance sheet liquidity.

         Long-term liquidity needs are provided by a large core deposit base,
which is the most stable source of liquidity a community bank can have due to
the long-term relationships established with the depositors and the security of
deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  At
December 31, 1995, 64% of total assets were funded by core deposits with
balances less than $100,000 while the remaining assets were funded by other
funding sources such as core deposits with balances in excess of $100,000,
public funds, purchased funds, and the capital of Lake Forest Bank.  At
December 31, 1994, 63% of total assets were funded by core deposits.

         Lake Forest Bank routinely accepts deposits from a variety of
municipal entities.  Typically, these municipal entities require that banks
pledge marketable securities to collateralize these public deposits.  At
December 31, 1995 and 1994, Lake Forest Bank had approximately $20,500,000 and
$9,800,000 of such public deposits, respectively.  These assets are not
considered to be core deposits and the assets that are pledged as collateral
for these deposits are not deemed to be liquid assets.

         At the Holding Company Level.  Lake Forest's principal funds are
dividends from Lake Forest Bank subsidiary, and if necessary, borrowings or
additional equity offerings.  Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount
of dividends which can be paid to Lake Forest by Lake Forest Bank.  Based on
these laws, Lake Forest Bank could, subject to minimum capital requirements,
declare dividends to Lake Forest without obtaining regulatory approval in an
amount not exceeding (a) undivided profits, and (b) the amount of net income
reduced by dividends paid for the current and prior two years.  At January 1,
1996, $1,007,000 was available as dividends from the subsidiary Bank without
prior regulatory approval, compared with no dividend availability from the
subsidiary Bank at December 31, 1994.  No cash dividends were paid to Lake
Forest by the subsidiary during the periods ended December 31, 1995, 1994, or
1993.

         Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans.  Nonaccrual loans at
December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             December 31,                       
                                                       March 31,     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1996           1995        1994         1993        1992        1991
                                                    --------------   ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ----------
   <S>                                                    <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
   Nonaccrual loans  . . . . . . .                        $0            $ 150       $0          $0          $0           $0
   Nonaccrual loans to total
     loans   . . . . . . . . . . .                         0%            0.14%       0%          0%          0%           0%
</TABLE>

         It is the policy of Lake Forest to discontinue the accrual of interest
income on any loan for which there is a reasonable doubt as to the payment of
interest or principal.  Nonaccrual loans are returned to an accrual status when
the financial position of the borrower indicates there is no longer any
reasonable doubt as to the payment of principal or interest.  Other than those
loans indicated above, Lake Forest had no significant loans (i) for which the
terms of had been renegotiated, or (ii) for which there were serious doubts as
to the ability of the borrower to comply with repayment terms.

         The table below sets forth loans past due 90 days or more, including
nonaccrual loans, at the dates shown (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         March 31,                           December 31,                     
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1996          1995        1994        1993       1992        1991  
                                                      --------------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
  <S>                                                      <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
   Loans past due 90 days
     or more . . . . . . . . . . .                          $0           $187        $13          $0         $0          $0
</TABLE>





                                           86
<PAGE>   107

         Potential Problem Loans.  In addition to those loans disclosed under
"Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans," there are certain loans in the
portfolio which management has identified, through its problem loan
identification system, which exhibit a higher than normal credit risk.
However, these loans do not represent non-performing loans to Lake Forest.
Management's review of the total loan portfolio to identify loans where there
is concern that the borrower will not be able to continue to satisfy present
loan repayment terms includes factors such as review of individual loans,
recent loss experience and current economic conditions.  Loans in this category
include those with characteristics such as those past maturity more than 45
days, those that have recent adverse operating cash flow or balance sheet
trends, or have general risk characteristics that the loan officer feels might
jeopardize the future timely collection of principal and interest payments.
The principal amount of loans in this category as of December 31, 1995 was
approximately $177,000.  Loans in this category generally include loans that
were classified for regulatory purposes.  At December 31, 1995, there were no
significant loans which were classified by any bank regulatory agency that are
not included above as nonaccrual, past due or restructured.

         Loan Concentrations.  Loan concentrations are considered to exist when
there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar
activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other
conditions.  At December 31, 1995, Lake Forest had no concentrations of loans
exceeding 10% of total loans.

         Other Real Estate Owned.  In addition to the risk elements identified
above, Other Real Estate Owned would provide insight into the historical
quality of the loan portfolio.  Lake Forest has had no Other Real Estate Owned
during any of the reporting periods.





                                           87
<PAGE>   108


         Summary of Loan Loss Experience.  The following table summarizes loan
balances at the end of each period, changes in the allowance for possible loan
losses arising from additions to the allowance which have been charged to
earnings, and loans charged-off and recoveries on loans previously charged-off
by loan category (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 
                                 THREE MONTHS  
                                     ENDED                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             PERIOD ENDED
                                   MARCH 31,    ----------------------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,             
                                     1996          1995        1994        1993        1992          1991     
                                --------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  --------------
 <S>                             <C>              <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
 Balance at beginning of year    $    938         $  642     $  422      $   182    $    --       $   --

 LOANS CHARGED-OFF:
 Residential real estate . . .         --             --         --           --         --           --
 Commercial  . . . . . . . . .         --             --        (20)          --         --           --
 Home Equity . . . . . . . . .        (96)            --         --           --         --           --
 Consumer  . . . . . . . . . .         (2)            (5)        --           --         --           --
                                 --------        -------    -------      -------    -------       ------
 Total charge-offs . . . . . .        (98)            (5)       (20)          --         --           --
                                 --------        -------    -------      -------    -------       ------
 RECOVERIES:
 Residential real estate . . .         --             --         --           --         --           --
 Commercial  . . . . . . . . .         --             --         --           --         --           --
 Home Equity . . . . . . . . .         --             --         --           --         --           --
 Consumer  . . . . . . . . . .         --             --         --           --         --           --
                                 --------        -------    -------      -------    -------       ------
 Total recoveries  . . . . . .         --             --         --           --         --           --
                                 --------        -------    -------      -------    -------       ------
 Net loans (charged-off) or
    recovered  . . . . . . . .        (98)            (5)       (20)          --          --           --
                                 --------        -------    -------      -------    -------       ------

 Add: Provision for possible
    loan losses  . . . . . . .        110            301        240          240        182           --
                                 --------        -------    -------      -------    -------       ------
 Balance at end of year  . . .   $    950        $   938    $   642      $   422    $   182       $   --
                                 ========        =======    =======      =======    =======       ======

 Average loans outstanding . .   $112,388        $89,764    $57,883      $34,398    $12,287       $   --
                                 ========        =======    =======      =======    =======       ======
 Ratio of net charge-offs
    during the period to
    average loans outstanding
    during the period  . . . .        0.1%           0.0%       0.0%         0.0%       0.0%         0.0%
                                      ===            ===        ===          ===        ===          === 
</TABLE>


         As of December 31, 1995, management allocated the allowance for
possible loan losses by specific category as shown in the following table (in
thousands).  The allocation was made after considering all relevant qualitative
and quantitative factors about the loan portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PERCENT OF
                                                                LOANS IN EACH
                                                                 CATEGORY TO
                                                 AMOUNT          TOTAL LOANS    
                                                 ------      -------------------
   <S>                                             <C>              <C>
   Residential real estate . . . . . . . . .       $ 16               17%
   Commercial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        290               48%
   Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        128               21%
   Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         84               14%
   Unallocated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        420              N/A
                                                   ----              ---
     Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $938              100%
                                                   ====              === 
</TABLE>    


         Prior to 1995, management did not perform a specific allocation of the
allowance for possible loan losses by category.  Management believes that the
loan portfolio is well diversified and well secured, without undue





                                           88
<PAGE>   109
concentration in any specific risk area.  Control of the loan quality is
continually monitored by management and is reviewed by the Board of Directors
and its Credit Committee on a monthly basis.  Independent external review of
the loan portfolio is provided by the examinations conducted by regulatory
authorities, independent public accountants in conjunction with their annual
audit, and an independent loan review performed by an entity engaged by the
Board of Directors.  The amount of additions to the allowance for possible loan
losses which are charged to earnings through the provision for possible loan
losses are determined based on a variety of factors, including actual
charge-offs during the year, historical loss experience, delinquent loans, and
an evaluation of current and prospective economic conditions in the market
area.  Management believes the allowance for possible loan losses is adequate
to cover any potential losses.





                                           89
<PAGE>   110

                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.

BUSINESS

         Organization and Operation.  Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. ("Hinsdale") is a
bank holding company that was incorporated as an Illinois corporation in
December of 1992.  The primary asset of Hinsdale is its ownership of 100% of
the common shares of Hinsdale Bank.  Hinsdale is engaged in the business of
banking through its ownership of Hinsdale Bank.  Its mailing address is 25 East
First Street, Hinsdale, Illinois 60521 and its telephone number is (708)
323-4404.  As of March 31, 1996, Hinsdale had total assets of $118,545,000 and
total stockholders' equity of $9,776,000.

         Hinsdale Bank was organized under the laws of the State of Illinois
and commenced operation in October, 1993.  Hinsdale and Hinsdale Bank are
regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank.  Additionally, Hinsdale Bank is
regulated by the CBTC and the FDIC.

         Hinsdale Bank is the only locally owned and managed full service
commercial bank in its primary service area of Hinsdale, Illinois and Clarendon
Hills, Illinois.  The Village of Hinsdale is located approximately 17 miles
west of the downtown Chicago area and has a population of approximately 17,000.
The Village of Clarendon Hills is located immediately west and adjacent to the
Village of Hinsdale and has a population of approximately 8,000.

         Employees.  As of March 31, 1996, Hinsdale Bank employed 24 full-time
equivalent employees.  Hinsdale has no paid employees.

         Services.  Hinsdale Bank is an Illinois chartered, FDIC-insured
commercial bank which provides the full range of banking services.  Hinsdale
Bank furnishes personal and commercial banking services, including demand, NOW,
money market, savings, and time deposit accounts; real estate, commercial, and
consumer loans; and safe deposit facilities.  Hinsdale Bank anticipates adding
trust services during late 1996 or early 1997.

         Hinsdale Bank was formed to provide the Hinsdale and Clarendon Hills
communities with a community bank alternative.  As such, Hinsdale Bank is
focused on providing a highly personal, professional level of service to
commercial and retail customers residing in these areas.  Emphasis is placed on
local ownership and management in attracting and maintaining deposit, loan and
trust customers.

         Property.  Hinsdale Bank currently has two physical banking locations.
Hinsdale Bank owns its main bank facility that is a two story brick building
located at 25 East First Street in downtown Hinsdale, Illinois.  Hinsdale Bank
constructed a 1,000 square foot drive-in, walk-up banking facility at 130 West
Chestnut, approximately two blocks west of the main banking facility.  Hinsdale
Bank maintains automated teller machines at both of its locations.  Hinsdale
Bank has no offsite automated teller machines.

         Hinsdale Bank has purchased a building in Clarendon Hills which has
approximately 6,000 square feet.  Hinsdale Bank intends to occupy approximately
2,000 square feet as a full service banking facility and lease the remainder of
the space to unrelated parties.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         For a description of Hinsdale's and Hinsdale Bank's competition,
litigation, regulatory environment, interests in affiliates, transactions with
management and relationship with independent public accountants, see "MATTERS
OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO BANKS."





                                           90
<PAGE>   111

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

         The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 1996, with
respect to beneficial ownership of shares of Hinsdale Common Stock held by 
(i) each director of Hinsdale, (ii) each executive officer of Hinsdale, and 
(iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SHARES      SHARES
                                              SUBJECT TO  SUBJECT TO       TOTAL                   PRO FORMA
                                                COMMON      VESTED       HINSDALE        % OF         % OF
                                   COMMON       STOCK        STOCK      BENEFICIAL     HINSDALE     WINTRUST
                                  SHARES(1)   WARRANTS(2)   OPTIONS      OWNERSHIP     TOTAL(3)    TOTAL(3)(4)    
                                ----------- ------------- -----------    ---------   ----------- -------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
DIRECTORS
- ---------
Howard D. Adams(5)**  . . . .     18,397        3,686           --          22,083       10.47%       7.56%
Peter Crist . . . . . . . . .      2,700          150          360           3,210        1.55%          *
Diane Dean  . . . . . . . . .      1,000          150          320           1,470           *           *
Robert D. Harnach(6)  . . . .     18,100          150          440          18,690        9.00%       6.31%
Dennis J. Jones **  . . . . .      3,170          527        3,700           7,397        3.50%          * 
James B. McCarthy . . . . . .      2,227          150          340           2,717        1.31%          *
Mary Martha Mooney  . . . . .        716          150          440           1,306           *           *
Frank J. Murnane, Sr. . . . .      1,000           --          240           1,240           *           *
Richard B. Murphy **  . . . .      1,148          188        1,850           3,186        1.52%          *
Joel Nelson . . . . . . . . .        530          150          380           1,060           *           *
Hollis W. Rademacher  . . . .      2,000          150          440           2,590        1.25%          *
Ralph Schindler . . . . . . .      1,500          550          460           2,510        1.21%          *
Katherine Sylvester . . . . .        450          150          380             980           *           *
Edward J. Wehmer ** . . . . .      4,857        2,079           --           6,936        3.32%       3.20%
Lorraine Wolfe  . . . . . . .         --          150          180             330           *           *
                                  ------        -----        -----           -----       -----    
   Total Directors  . . . . .     57,795        8,380        9,530          75,705       36.19%

NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE
   OFFICERS 
- ------------
David A. Dykstra  . . . . . .        200           --          300             500           *           *
Randolph Hibben . . . . . . .        500           --           --             500           *           *
Robert F. Key . . . . . . . .        563           --           --             563           *           *
Lloyd M. Bowden . . . . . . .        625           --           --             625           *           *
George Mitchell . . . . . . .         --           --          200             200           *           *
Richard J. Stefanski  . . . .         --           --          200             200           *           *
                                  ------        -----       ------          ------       -----    
Total Directors and Executive
Officers as a group . . . . .     59,683        8,380       10,230          78,293       37.44%
                                  ======        =====       ======          ======       =====
Total Common Shares and
   Share Equivalents  . . . .    207,137       10,000       11,720         228,857
                                 =======       ======       ======         =======       

</TABLE>

 * -- Less than 1%
** -- Denotes executive officer (in addition to director status)

(1)  Includes shares held directly and, if applicable, indirectly through such 
     person's spouse, minor children, certain family trusts, IRA's or 401(k) 
     plans.

(2)  After the Effective Date of the Reorganization, Hinsdale Common Stock
     warrants will continue to represent the right to acquire shares of
     Hinsdale, which will then be a mid-tier holding company and a subsidiary of
     Wintrust.

(3)  Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC Rule
     13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


(4)  Assumes no exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants other than
     the anticipated exercise of a portion of the First Premium warrants to
     acquire shares of Crabtree Common Stock as contemplated by the
     Reorganization Agreement, resulting in 399,612 additional shares of
     Wintrust Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the Effective
     Date of the Reorganization. Includes shares deemed beneficially owned by
     such persons in any of the other Companies, giving effect to the applicable
     Exchange Ratios and North Shore Stock Split.  Also gives effect to the
     cancellation of intercompany share ownership as provided in the
     Reorganization Agreement.

(5)  Does not include an aggregate of 612 shares owned directly by or indirectly
     through certain family trusts for the benefit of Mr. Adams' two adult
     children, nor an additional 788 shares subject to warrants beneficially
     owned by his children.

(6)  Includes (i) 1,600 shares held by an employee retirement plan of Milbank
     Corporation of which Mr. Harnach is a trustee; (ii) 16,500 shares held by
     Deerpath Investments LLP to which Milbank Corporation, of which Mr. Harnach
     is an officer, director and principal shareholder, serves as investment
     advisor and with respect to which shares Mr. Harnach has shared voting and
     investment power; and (iii) 590 shares subject to options and warrants held
     by Mr. Harnach.

                                           91
<PAGE>   112

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS

         On March 31, 1996, Hinsdale had 207,137 shares of common stock
outstanding.  As of such date, the following persons not listed under
"Management Ownership of Common Stock" are known by Hinsdale to be the owners
of more than 5% of its common stock.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF SHARES
            NAME                      ADDRESS              BENEFICIALLY OWNED        PERCENT OF CLASS(1)
 -------------------------   -------------------------   ----------------------  ----------------------------
 <S>                         <C>                                 <C>                         <C>
 Milbank Corporation(2)      135 South LaSalle Street            20,990                      10.10%
                             Chicago, IL  60603

</TABLE>

(1)  Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC Rule
     13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(2)  Includes (i) 1,500 shares held by Larry Wright, a director of Crabtree, and
     an aggregate of 590 shares subject to currently exercisable options or
     warrants held by Robert D. Harnach, a director of Lake Forest and Hinsdale,
     each of whom are officers, directors and principal shareholders of Milbank
     Corporation ("Milbank"); (ii) 1,600 shares held by an employee retirement
     plan of Milbank of which Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach are trustees with
     shared voting and investment power; (iii) 16,500 shares held in Deerpath
     Investments LLP, a limited partnership to which Milbank serves as
     investment advisor and with respect to which Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach
     exercise shared voting and investment power; and (iv) 800 shares held in
     certain family trusts of another officer of Milbank with respect to which
     certain officers of Milbank act individually as co-trustees and exercise
     shared voting power.


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           PERIOD
                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED                 YEARS ENDED             ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31,                     DECEMBER 31,           DECEMBER 31,      
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1996             1995            1995          1994          1993(1)     
                                         ----------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)               
<S>                                     <C>                <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  1,999          $  1,102        $  5,837       $  2,305      $     73
Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . .     1,295               744           3,770          1,732            66
                                         --------          --------        --------       --------      --------
Net interest income . . . . . . . . . .       704               358           2,067            573             7
Provision for possible loan losses  . .       104                60             299            180             0
Net interest income after provision
   for possible loan losses . . . . . .       600               298           1,768            393             7
Noninterest income, excluding
   security gains (losses)  . . . . . .       230                93             572            237            43
Security gains (losses) . . . . . . . .         0                 0               0              0             0
Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . .       762               427           2,260          1,523           615
                                         --------          --------        --------       --------      --------
Net income (loss) before income                                               
   taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        68               (36)             80           (893)         (565)
Income taxes benefit  . . . . . . . . .         0                 0             340              0             0
                                         --------          --------        --------       --------      --------
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . .  $     68          $    (36)        $   420       $   (893)     $   (565)
                                         ========          ========         =======       ========      ========
Net income (loss) per common
   share  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $    0.31          $  (0.19)       $   2.04       $  (6.11)     $ (12.55)
Cash dividends per common share . . . . $       0          $      0        $      0       $      0      $      0

Total assets at end of period . . . . . $ 118,545          $ 72,466        $115,868       $ 66,519      $ 23,795
Total deposits at end of period . . . .   106,392            62,286         104,402         59,182        16,812
Secured-term debt at end of period  . .     1,800                 0           1,600              0           900
Preference stock at end of period . . .         0                 0               0              0             0
Return on average total assets  . . . .      0.23%            (0.20%)          0.49%         (1.88%)        --(2)
Return on average common
   shareholders' equity . . . . . . . .      2.80%            (1.65%)          4.57%        (15.15%)        --(2)

</TABLE>

- ---------------------------------
(1) Management has for this period presented selected financial data reflecting
    reported results from the date of incorporation (September 25, 1992) to
    December 31, 1993.  The company was in a capital raising and organizational
    phase and as described elsewhere herein was only operational from October
    27, 1993 through December 31, 1993.  Accordingly, management believes that
    separate selected financial data from the date of incorporation (September
    25, 1992) to December 31, 1992 and for January 1, 1993 to December 31, 1993
    is not meaningful as the period presented herein approximates those
    revenues and expenses that would have been recognized had 1994 been
    presented on a stand-alone calendar year basis.





                                           92
<PAGE>   113


(2) Return on average assets and average equity ratios are not meaningful as a
    result of the nature of operations as discussed in Note 1 above.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

         General.  Hinsdale completed its second full year of operations in
1995.  During that time period, Hinsdale has conducted no business other than
that directly related to Hinsdale Bank.  Hinsdale's results of operations are
primarily dependent on Hinsdale Bank's net interest income, which is the
difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest
expense on interest-bearing liabilities.  In addition, to a lesser extent,
Hinsdale Bank's operating results are affected by fees paid by borrowers, fees
earned on residential mortgage loans sold to the secondary market, customer
service charges and other income.  Also, noninterest expenses such as employee
salaries and benefits, office occupancy, marketing, insurance costs and other
expenses affect the results of operations.  Finally, income tax consequences
have an impact on the reported results of operations.

         Operational results are also affected by general economic conditions
(particularly changes in interest rates). competition, government policies and
actions of regulatory agencies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of Results for the Period Ended March 31, 1996 to the Period Ended
March 31, 1995

         Hinsdale recorded net income of $68,000 for the three-month period
ended March 31, 1996 compared to a net loss of $36,000 for the three-month
period ended March 31, 1995.  The following discussion will highlight the
components of the net income and the change between the respective three month
periods.

         Net interest income increased to $704,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 from approximately $358,000 for the same period of 1995.  The
near doubling of net interest income can generally be attributed to a 68%
increase in average earning assets for the first quarter of 1996 as compared to
the first quarter of 1995.  The net interest margin was 2.64% for the three
months ended March 31, 1996 compared to 2.26% for the three months ended March
31, 1995.  Accordingly, the increase in average earning assets combined with
the modest increase of the net interest margin appropriately explains the
increase in the net interest income.

         The provision for possible loan losses increased to $104,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to $60,000 for the prior year three
month period.  Hinsdale Bank has provided a higher amount to the allowance for
possible loan losses during the first quarter of 1996 because of the growth in
the loan portfolio.  Loans outstanding at March 31, 1996 were $67,505,000
compared to $28,538,000 at March 31, 1995.  Management considers it prudent to
continue to build a reserve for unanticipated credit problems that may occur
with the existing portfolio despite having no loans on nonaccrual status or
significantly past due at March 31, 1996.  The allowance for loan losses as a
percentage of total loans outstanding stood at 0.86% at March 31, 1996 compared
to 0.84% as of March 31, 1995.  Due to the high quality of the outstanding loan
portfolio, management considers the amount of the provision and the level of
the allowance for loan losses to be adequate for the period ended and as of
March 31, 1996.

         Other noninterest income totaled $230,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 compared to approximately $93,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1995.  The increase in the 1996 and 1995 three-month periods is a
primarily a result of (1) approximately $54,000 of increased revenue related to
fees on fixed rate residential mortgage loans which were sold to the secondary
market; and (2) approximately $49,000 from the gain on the sale of a parcel of
property.

         Other noninterest expenses were $762,000 and $427,000 for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1995, respectively.  The
major components of the other noninterest expenses for the respective three
month periods are as follows (in thousands):





                                           93
<PAGE>   114

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,     
                                                   --------------------------------------
                                                         1996                 1995       
                                                   -----------------   ------------------
            <S>                                            <C>                  <C>      
            Salaries and employee benefits  . .            $414                 $206     
            Occupancy expense . . . . . . . . .              49                   27     
            Other noninterest expenses  . . . .             299                  194     
                                                           ----                 ----     
                                                                                         
            Total other noninterest expenses  .            $762                 $427     
                                                           ====                 ====     
</TABLE>


         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  The increase in salaries and employee
benefits to $414,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1996 from $206,000
for the same period in the prior year is a result of a variety of causes of
which the most significant were: (1) Hinsdale Bank started a lending department
to originate indirect automobile loans for its own portfolio and to sell to
other parties.  This department had 3 full time equivalent employees during
1996 but had no such employees in the first quarter of 1995; (2) Hinsdale Bank
opened a new drive-in/walk-up facility in late 1995 and, therefore, the first
quarter of 1995 had no salaries or benefits associated with that location
whereas 1996 had expense for approximately 5 full-time equivalent employees;
(3) the growth of Hinsdale Bank from $72 million in assets at March 31, 1995 to
approximately $119 million at March 31, 1996 required the addition of one
employee in the operations, new accounts and lending areas of Hinsdale Bank,
respectively; and (4) normal salary and wage increases as January 1, 1996.

         Occupancy Expense.  Occupancy expense totaled approximately $49,000
for the first three months of 1996 compared to $27,000 for the first three
months of 1995.  The increase in this expense category is a result of the
opening of the drive-in/walk-up banking facility in the fourth quarter of 1995.
As such, 1995's first quarter had no occupancy expenses associated with this
new facility, whereas the first three months of 1996 included additional
depreciation, maintenance, property taxes, utilities and other miscellaneous
expenses.

         Other Noninterest Expenses.  Other noninterest expenses were $299,000
for the first quarter of 1996 compared to $194,000 for the same period of the
prior year.  The increase is primarily related to a 71% increase in the level
of deposit accounts from March 31, 1995 to March 31, 1996 and the inclusion of
the expenses related to the new drive-in/walk-up facility in 1996.  The major
categories that exhibited large increases were (1) data processing increased
$21,000 as a result of additional loan and deposit accounts that required
processing; (2) depreciation expense increased approximately $17,000 primarily
due to the depreciation of the furnishings and equipment at the new facility;
(3) postage expense and stationery/supplies expense increased approximately
$10,000 and $9,000, respectively, due to the additional account volume between
years; and (4) Hinsdale Bank's indirect auto lending department was operational
in 1996 but was not operational during the first quarter of 1995.  Accordingly,
various expenses related to the execution of that department acted to increase
this expense category.  Offsetting these additional expenses was a decline in
the level of premiums assessed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for
deposit insurance of approximately $24,000.

Comparison of Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1995 and December 31,
1994

         General.  Hinsdale had net income of $420,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1995, compared with a net loss of $893,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1994.  The increase of $1,313,000 in net income was due to an
increase in net interest income of $1,494,000, an increase in other noninterest
income of $335,000, the realization of $340,000 in income tax benefits, offset
by an increase in the provision for possible loan losses of $119,000, and other
noninterest expenses of $737,000.  These and other details will be discussed in
greater detail in the following sections.

         Net Interest Income.  The major source of earnings for Hinsdale is net
interest income.  In fact, net interest income was approximately 78% and 71% of
the net revenues during 1995 and 1994, respectively.  Net interest income is
defined as the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets
and interest expense on deposits and borrowings.





                                           94
<PAGE>   115


         Interest Income and Interest Expense.  Interest income increased from
$2,305,000 in 1994 to $5,837,000 in 1995, whereas, interest expense increased
from $1,732,000 in 1994 to $3,770,000 in 1995.  The significant increases in
each of these categories were due primarily to the increases in earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities of 80% and 83%, respectively.  Increases in
the general rate environment also contributed to the higher level of interest
income and interest expense.  An analysis of the components and characteristics
of interest income and interest expense is presented in the table below,
including average balances and average rates/yields for Hinsdale Bank's earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 1995
and 1994.  Data for the period ended 1993 is not presented because Hinsdale
Bank was only in operation for less than three months and net interest income
amounted to only $7,000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995                                1994           
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            AVERAGE                AVERAGE     AVERAGE              AVERAGE
                                            BALANCE    INTEREST  YIELD/RATE    BALANCE   INTEREST  YIELD/RATE
                                            -------    --------  ----------    -------   --------  ----------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>       <C> 
ASSETS
Interest bearing deposits with banks  . .   $ 14,021   $  870        6.20%     $13,184   $  566    4.29%
Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . .      9,041      528        5.84%       6,953      288    4.14%
Taxable debt securities . . . . . . . . .     13,803      738        5.35%      11,537      589    5.11%
Equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . .        287        0        0.00%           0        0    0.00%
Loans, net of unearned discount . . . . .     40,440    3,701        9.15%      11,374      862    7.58%
                                            --------   ------        ----      -------   ------    ----
    Total earning assets  . . . . . . . .     77,592    5,837        7.52%      43,048    2,305    5.35%
                                            --------   ------        ----      -------   ------    ----

Cash and due from banks-noninterest
  bearing   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2,072                               679
Allowance for possible loan losses  . . .       (293)                              (85)
Premises and equipment, net . . . . . . .      5,037                             2,842
Other assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1,215                               909
                                            --------                           ------- 
    Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 85,623                           $47,393
                                            ========                           =======

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits-interest bearing
  NOW accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $  2,093   $   51        2.44%     $   855   $   22    2.57%
  Savings and money market deposits   . .     36,347    1,781        4.90%      25,461    1,130    4.44%
  Time deposits   . . . . . . . . . . . .     30,280    1,862        6.15%      11,376      542    4.76%
                                            --------   ------        ----      -------   ------    ----
    Total interest-bearing deposits   . .     68,720    3,694        5.38%      37,692    1,694    4.49%
                                            --------   ------        ----      -------   ------    ----
Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . . .          0        0        0.00%           0        0    0.00%
Term-debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        995       76        7.64%         450       38    8.44%
                                            --------   ------        ----      -------   ------    ----
    Total interest-bearing liabilities  .     69,715    3,770        5.41%      38,142    1,732    4.54%
                                            --------   ------        ----      -------   ------    ----

Noninterest bearing deposits  . . . . . .      6,440                             3,215
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . .        276                               143
Shareholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . .      9,192                             5,893
                                            --------                           -------   
    Total liabilities and shareholders'
    equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 85,623                           $47,393
                                            ========                           =======

Interest income/average earning assets  .                           7.52%                          5.35%
Interest expense/average interest-bearing                                                      
  liabilities   . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           5.41%                          4.54%
                                                                    ----                           ----
Net interest spread . . . . . . . . . . .              $2,067       2.11%                $  573    0.81%
                                                       ======       ====                 ======    ====
Net interest margin(1)  . . . . . . . . .                           2.66%                          1.33%
                                                                    ====                           ====
 
</TABLE>
(1) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of the
    average earning assets for the period.





                                           95
<PAGE>   116

         Changes in Interest Income and Expense.  The following table shows the
dollar amount of changes in interest income and expense by major categories of
assets and liabilities attributable to changes in volume or rate or both, for
the period of 1995 as compared to 1994 (in thousands).  Because Hinsdale did
not have a complete fiscal year during 1993, the presentation of the 1994
comparison to 1993 is not meaningful.  As such, no such disclosure for the
1994/1993 changes in interest income and expense is applicable.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1995 COMPARED TO 1994              
                                                                      --------------------------------------------------
                                                                        CHANGE DUE        CHANGE DUE          TOTAL
                                                                         TO VOLUME          TO RATE           CHANGE    
                                                                      ---------------   --------------   ---------------
                           <S>                                        <C>                <C>             <C>
                           Interest-earning deposits with banks  .    $   38              $266             $  304
                           Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . .       101               139                240
                           Taxable securities  . . . . . . . . . .       120                29                149
                           Loans, net of discount  . . . . . . . .     2,626               213              2,839
                                                                      ------              ----             ------
                               Total interest income   . . . . . .     2,885               647              3,532
                                                                      ------              ----             ------

                           NOW accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .        30                (1)                29
                           Savings and money market deposits . . .       524               127                651
                           Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1,123               197              1,320
                           Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . .        --                --                 --
                           Term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        41                (3)                38
                                                                      ------              ----             ------
                               Total interest expense  . . . . . .     1,718               320              2,038
                                                                      ------              ----             ------

                               Net interest income   . . . . . . .    $1,167              $327             $1,494
                                                                      ======              ====             ======
</TABLE>


         Volume variances are computed using the change in volume multiplied by
the previous year's rate.  Rate variances are computed using the changes in
rate multiplied by the previous year's volume.  The change in interest due to
both rate and volume has been allocated between the factors in proportion to
the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Hinsdale did not own any federally tax-advantaged securities during the periods
presented.

         Provision for Possible Loan Losses.  The provision for possible loan
losses increased from $180,000 in 1994 to $299,000 in 1995.  Management
continued to provide for additions to the allowance for possible loan losses as
the loan portfolio increased approximately $35,758,000 between the year-end
periods.  At December 31, 1995, the allowance for possible loan losses stood at
0.8% of loans outstanding which management feels is adequate to cover potential
losses in the portfolio.  There can be no assurance that future losses will not
exceed the amounts provided for thereby affecting future results of operations.
Future additions to the allowance for possible loan losses are dependent upon
the economy, changes in real estate values, interest rates, the view of
regulatory agencies toward adequate reserve levels, and past due and
non-performing loan levels.

         Other Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income increased to $572,000 in
1995 from $237,000 in the previous year, or an increase of $335,000.  Fees on
loans sold increased approximately $181,000 in 1995 as compared to the prior
year.  A favorable interest rate environment and an experienced lending officer
contributed to this increase.  Fees on loans sold relate to income received by
Hinsdale Bank for its services of originating and selling residential real
estate loans into the secondary market.  Service charges on deposit accounts
increased from $29,700 in 1994 to $73,200 in 1995, or approximately $43,500,
primarily as a result of the rapid growth in the retail deposit base.  It
should be noted that approximately 75% of the service charges on deposit
accounts relates to customary fees on accounts in overdraft positions and for
return items on an account.  The level of service charges received on deposit
accounts is substantially below peer group levels as management believes in the
philosophy of providing high quality service without encumbering that service
with numerous activity charges.  That philosophy has contributed to the strong
growth in retail deposits.  The remaining increase in noninterest income is a
result of (1) an additional $69,000 in rental income in 1995 as compared to the
prior year, and (2) Hinsdale





                                           96
<PAGE>   117

Bank began servicing indirect automobile loan portfolios for affiliated banks
in 1995 which resulted in approximately $35,000 of servicing fee income.  The
servicing rate charged the affiliated banks is at a market rate.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expenses include all expenses other
than interest expense and the provision for possible loan losses.  The
following table provides a detailed analysis of the composition of these
expenses (dollars in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                DOLLAR       PERCENTAGE
                                                                         1995        1994       CHANGE         CHANGE    
                                                                      ----------  ----------   ---------   --------------
                           <S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
                           Salaries and employee benefits  . . . .    $1,166       $  754       $ 412           54.6%
                           Occupancy expenses  . . . . . . . . . .       124          139         (15)          10.8%
                           Advertising and marketing . . . . . . .       116           71          45           63.4%
                           Data processing . . . . . . . . . . . .       151           88          63           71.6%
                           Depreciation-furniture and equipment  .        94           58          36           62.1%
                           Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       115           94          21           22.3%
                           Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . .       494          319         175           54.9%
                                                                      ------       ------       -----           ----
                                     Total noninterest expenses  .    $2,260       $1,523       $ 737           48.4%
                                                                      ======       ======       =====           ====
</TABLE>

The following discussion will review changes related to individual components
of noninterest expenses.

         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  Salaries and employee benefits
expense increased to $1,166,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 from
$754,000 for the prior year.  The growth in loans and deposits of 160% and 76%,
respectively, required additional employees to appropriately service the
accounts.  The level of full-time equivalent employees increased to 20 at
year-end 1995 from 14 at year-end 1994.  As of December 31, 1995, this staffing
level translates into a ratio of $5.79 million of assets per full-time
equivalent employee as compared to a ratio of $2.77 million of assets per
full-time equivalent employee of its peer group.  This places Hinsdale Bank in
the 92nd percentile of its peer group.  A portion of the loan growth mentioned
above occurred because during the second quarter of 1995, Hinsdale Bank
initiated a lending department to originate indirect automobile loans for its
own portfolio and for sale to other financial institutions.  The employees in
this department are included in the 20 full-time equivalent employees
referenced above.  Also, normal annual salary and wage increases contributed to
the increase.

         Occupancy Expenses.  Occupancy expenses include those expenses which
relate directly to the operation of the buildings, improvements and property.
The major components of occupancy expense in 1995 were $59,000 for depreciation
expense on the buildings and improvements and $30,000 for repairs and
maintenance expense.  The remaining $35,000 of expense in 1995 was for such
items as utilities, real estate taxes, and other sundry expense related to the
occupancy of the buildings and grounds.  The occupancy expense amount in 1995
was approximately $15,000 less than the prior year due to efficiencies
implemented during Hinsdale Bank's second full year of operations.

         Advertising and Marketing.  Marketing and advertising expenditures
amounted to $116,000 during 1995 compared to $71,000 in 1994.  The increase in
this category can be primarily attributed to Hinsdale Bank's effort to attract
new deposit accounts through the marketing of its competitive money market and
certificate of deposit accounts (see discussion of these accounts in the
"Financial Condition" section).  Additionally, Hinsdale Bank more aggressively
marketed its home equity loan product during 1995.  The results of these
marketing campaigns were positive as balances increased substantially over
their 1994 levels.  Hinsdale Bank continually attempts to develop community
oriented deposit and loan products that meet the needs of its delineated market
area and considers the marketing expenses instrumental in achieving the growth
in the deposit base.  Management anticipates that relatively similar levels of
marketing expenses will be incurred in 1996 as Hinsdale Bank continues to
pursue its objective of increasing its base of customers.





                                           97
<PAGE>   118

         Data Processing.  Data processing expenses increased by approximately
$63,000 or 71.6% for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the results
for the year ended December 31, 1994.  Data processing expenses are highly
dependent on the number of accounts processed by Hinsdale Bank.  As such, the
increase during 1995 in deposit and loan balances of approximately 76% and
160%, respectively, was the primary reason for the increase in this expense
category.

         Insurance.  For the year ended December 31, 1995 insurance expense
increased by approximately $21,000, or 22.3% from the prior year level.  Many
of Hinsdale Bank's insurance policies have premium rates that are based partly
upon the number of employees and the total deposit and asset levels of Hinsdale
Bank.  Due to the increase in these areas during 1995, the cost of insurance
for Hinsdale Bank increased.

         Other Noninterest Expenses.  Other noninterest expenses increased to
$494,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 from $319,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1994.  This category of expenses represents stationery and
supplies expense, loan origination expenses, postage expense, amortization of
organizational costs, audits and examinations expense, and other sundry
expenses.  The 54.9% increase in this category is a general increase of all of
the above categories primarily due to the higher volume of accounts
outstanding.  For example, postage expense increased approximately 69% which is
comparable to the increase in deposit balances.  Also, during 1995, Hinsdale
Bank offered a home equity loan product that had no fees or costs borne by the
customer; thus, Hinsdale Bank incurred the costs of appraisals, title searches
and other miscellaneous costs of originating home equity loans.   Controlling
overhead expenses is a basic philosophy of management and is closely evaluated.
Management is committed to continually evaluating its operations to determine
whether additional expense savings are possible without impairing the goal of
providing superior customer service.

         Despite the increases in the various noninterest expense categories
during 1995, Hinsdale's ratio of noninterest expenses to total average assets
declined to 2.64% of average assets in 1995 from 3.21% of average assets in
1994.  Hinsdale Bank's peer group has a ratio of noninterest expenses to total
average assets of approximately 3.17%.  Thus, Hinsdale Bank has controlled its
noninterest expenses in a fashion which is superior to other banks in its peer
group.

         Income Taxes.  Hinsdale had no Federal or state income tax expense for
1995 or 1994.  In 1995, an income tax benefit of $340,000 was recorded as
management determined that the realization of certain deferred tax assets not
previously valued was more likely than not to occur.  In 1994, management had
established a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets with the
result being that no Federal or state income tax expense or benefit was
realized in the financial statements.  However, in 1995, management determined
that its earnings history and projected future earnings were sufficient to make
a judgment that the realization of a portion of the net deferred tax asset was
more likely than not.  As such, an income tax benefit was recorded to record
the portion of the net deferred tax asset that was more likely than not to be
recognized.

Comparison of Results for the Year Ended December 31, 1994 and Period Ended
December 31, 1993

         General.  Hinsdale had a net loss of $893,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1994, compared with a net loss of $565,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1993.  It is typical for a new bank to incur operating losses
during its first few years of operation due to the overhead infrastructure
required to house and staff a banking facility.  As Hinsdale Bank is able to
grow its deposit base and employ those funds into interest earning assets, the
net interest income earned should eventually generate enough income to support
the overhead expenses and provide a profit.  Accordingly, the increase in the
net loss was anticipated by management due to the start-up nature of the
entity.

         The details of the components of the net loss will be discussed in
greater detail in the following sections.

         Interest Income and Interest Expense.  Interest income increased from
$73,000 in the period ended 1993 to $2,305,000 in 1994.  Similarly, interest
expense increased from $66,000 in the period ended 1993 to $1,732,000 in 1994.
The significant rise in interest income and interest expense from 1993 to 1994
is attributable to the fact





                                           98
<PAGE>   119

that Hinsdale Bank only began banking operations in October of 1993 and,
therefore, the level of interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning
assets were just beginning to accumulate in the last few months of 1993.
During 1994, the volume of deposits and loans increased as customer
relationships were established.

         A complete analysis of the components and characteristics of interest
income and interest expense is shown in the average balance/rate table
presented previously.

         Provision for Possible Loan Losses.  The provision for possible loan
losses totaled $180,000 in 1994; however, no provision for possible loan losses
was charged to earnings during the period ended in 1993.  Management provided
for the addition to the allowance for possible loan losses as the loan
portfolio increased approximately $22 million between the year-end periods.  At
December 31, 1994, the allowance for possible loan losses stood at 0.81% of
loans outstanding which management considered adequate to cover potential
losses in the portfolio.

         Other Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income increased to $237,000 in
1994 from $43,000 in the period ended 1993, or approximately $194,000.  The
primary reason for the decline was a result of approximately $124,000 of income
from fees on loans sold in 1994 whereas the period ended 1993 had no such fees.
Fees on loans sold relate to income received by Hinsdale Bank for its services
of originating and selling residential real estate loans into the secondary
market.  The income derived from these sales is highly dependent on the volume
of real estate sales transactions and refinancing activity.  As such, the
business is sensitive to the interest rate environment and other economic
conditions.  The remaining $90,000 increase in noninterest income was a result
of a slight increase in service charges on deposit accounts and other income.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expenses include all expenses other
than interest expense and the provision for possible loan losses.  The
following table provides a detailed analysis of the composition of these
expenses (dollars in thousands).


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR             PERIOD
                                                                           ENDED             ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,        DOLLAR
                                                                           1994              1993            CHANGE   
                                                                      ---------------   ---------------   ------------
                          <S>                                          <C>                 <C>            <C>
                          Salaries and employee benefits  . . . .      $  754              $ 310          $ 444
                          Occupancy expenses  . . . . . . . . . .         139                 33            106
                          Advertising and marketing . . . . . . .          71                 44             27
                          Data processing . . . . . . . . . . . .          88                 19             69
                          Depreciation-furniture and equipment  .          58                  8             50
                          Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          94                  6             88
                          Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . .         319                195            124
                                                                        -----              -----          -----
                                     Total noninterest expenses .       $1,523             $ 615          $ 908

</TABLE>


The following discussion will review changes related to individual components
of noninterest expenses.

         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  Hinsdale Bank began to accumulate
staff in June of 1993 as the company began the process of organizing the bank
holding company and chartering the Hinsdale Bank.  A full staffing complement
was achieved by October of 1993 when Hinsdale Bank received regulatory approval
and began to operate.  From October 1993 and through December 31, 1993,
Hinsdale Bank had approximately xx full-time equivalent employees to perform
all the operations, customer service, lending and administration of the main
banking location and its drive-up banking facility.  Approximately $177,000 of
the total salaries and employee benefits expense in the period ended 1993 was
incurred during the start-up phase with the remaining $133,000 of





                                           99

<PAGE>   120
this expense category incurred subsequent to the opening of Hinsdale Bank.  The
level of salaries increased in 1994 to $754,000 primarily due to a full year of
operations in 1994.

         Occupancy Expenses, Advertising and Marketing, Data Processing,
Insurance, and All Other Noninterest Expenses.  Each of these expense
categories increased significantly due primarily to the 12 months of operations
in 1994 compared to only two full months of operations in 1993.  The expenses
incurred in these categories in both years were normal operational expenses for
a community bank.  No significant or unusual individual expenditures were
incurred which warrant any further special discussion.

         Income Taxes.  Hinsdale recorded no income tax expense or benefit for
the year ended December 31, 1994 and the period ended December 31, 1993 due to
the net operating losses generated during the initial years of operation.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

         The dynamics of a community bank's balance sheet is generally
dependent upon the ability of management to attract additional deposit accounts
to fund the growth of the institution.  This is the current situation at
Hinsdale Bank as it has expanded the number of banking facilities in its
delineated market area and is persistent in its attempt to establish itself as
Hinsdale Bank that the communities' residents and businesses select as their
preferred bank.  Accordingly, the discussion of the financial condition of
Hinsdale will focus first on the sources of funds received through the
liability side of the balance sheet which is predominantly deposit growth.
After it is understood how Hinsdale was funded during the periods under
discussion, the latter section of this "Financial Condition" discussion will
focus on the asset categories where Hinsdale invested the funds.

         Deposits.  Total deposits balances increased to $106,392,000 at March
31, 1996 compared to $104,402,000 at December 31, 1995 and $59,182,000 at the
end of 1994.  This follows a $42,370,000 increase in deposits in 1994 from the
$16,812,000 deposit level at the end of 1993.  The following table presents the
balances of deposits by category and those categories' relative percentage of
the total deposits as of March 31, 1996 and as of year-end during the past
three years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          MARCH 31,                                   DECEMBER 31,                           
                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------
                            1996                   1995                  1994                   1993         
                    --------------------   -------------------   --------------------  ----------------------
                                PERCENT                PERCENT               PERCENT                 PERCENT
                     BALANCE    OF TOTAL   BALANCE    OF TOTAL    BALANCE   OF TOTAL     BALANCE    OF TOTAL 
                    ---------   --------   --------   --------   --------   ---------  ----------   ---------
 <S>                <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
 Demand  . . . .    $ 10,471       9.8%    $ 11,640     11.2%    $ 5,792       9.8%     $ 1,387       8.3%
 Savings . . . .       7,010       6.6%       6,765      6.5%      7,830      13.2%       4,732      28.1%
 NOW . . . . . .       3,470       3.3%       3,029      2.9%      1,709       2.9%         103       0.6%
 Money market  .      35,383      33.3%      34,071     32.6%     26,190      44.3%       7,979      47.5%
 Certificates of
   Deposit   . .      50,058      47.0%      48,897     46.8%     17,661      29.8%       2,611      15.5%
                    --------     -----     --------    -----     -------     -----      -------     -----
 Total Deposits     $106,392     100.0%    $104,402    100.0%    $59,182     100.0%     $16,812     100.0%
                    ========     =====     ========    =====     =======     =====      =======     =====
</TABLE>


         Since the inception of Hinsdale Bank in October of 1993, management
has aggressively marketed money market and certificate of deposit products
which provide a yield slightly higher than those of its primary competitors.
Hinsdale Bank's primary money market product originally paid a rate at or
slightly above the yield on the 91-day Treasury Bill.  This market yield, tied
with the flexibility of the money market account helped to generate close to
$30 million in deposits for Hinsdale Bank.  This growth has slowed somewhat due
to the management's decision in mid-1995 to remove the tie to the 91-day
Treasury Bill.  However, this account still pays a rate higher than the money
market accounts of Hinsdale Bank's primary competitors.

         Similar to the money market account, Hinsdale Bank has offered
certificates of deposits which have paid a rate equal to or slightly higher
than the rate paid by its primary competitors.  This pricing, coupled with
aggressive marketing of unique one-time certificate of deposit product
offerings have generated substantial deposits





                                           100
<PAGE>   121

for Hinsdale Bank.  This type of marketing and pricing is a strategy Hinsdale
Bank purposefully employs in order to generate customer loyalty and serve the
needs of the community in a fashion unlike its competitors.

         One of the biggest challenges Hinsdale Bank has faced since opening,
has been attracting demand deposit and N.O.W. accounts.  At the time Hinsdale
Bank opened, customer accessibility was limited due to a lack of a drive-up and
customer parking lot.  This situation was remedied, in part, during October of
1995 when Hinsdale Bank opened its drive-up facility.  Since this time,
combined DDA and NOW balances have grown by a combined $4.1 million.

         Reference is made to the average balance/rate table for data regarding
average daily deposits and rates paid thereon for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1994.  Hinsdale Bank has no foreign deposits.

         The aggregate amounts of time deposits, in denominations of $100,000
or more, by maturity, as of December 31, 1995 are shown below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
              <S>                                                  <C>
              Three months or less  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 9,035
              Over three through six months . . . . . . . . . . .    6,330
              Over six through twelve months  . . . . . . . . . .    3,588
              Over twelve months  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7,651
                                                                   -------
                  Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $26,604
                                                                   =======
</TABLE>

         Accrued Interest Payable and Other Liabilities.  The collective
balance of these two financial statement categories as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 were $222,000 and $123,000, respectively.  The increase can be primarily
attributed to a higher amount of accrued interest payable on deposit accounts
due to the significant growth in the level of deposits.  No other significant
changes were present in this financial statement category.

         Term Debt.  In December, 1995, Hinsdale entered into a revolving loan
agreement with an unaffiliated bank allowing borrowings up to $3,000,000.  The
loan is secured by 100% of the common stock of Hinsdale Bank.  Borrowings under
the agreement bear interest at the prime rate or at the rate of LIBOR plus 1.5%
and will be due quarterly.  The final maturity date for the agreement is
December 31, 1997.  The debt was entered into as a means to contribute
additional capital to Hinsdale Bank to support its continued growth.

         Total Assets and Earning Assets.  Total assets and earning assets were
$115,868,000 and $105,516,000, respectively, at December 31, 1995 compared to
$66,519,000 and $61,648,000, respectively, at December 31, 1994.  The increase
in total assets and earning assets during the year was a result of significant
growth in all types of deposit categories.  The level of earning assets as a
percentage of total assets fell slightly to 91.1% at year-end 1995 from 92.7%
at the end of 1994.  The decline in the level of earning assets relative to the
total asset base was a result of the additional building and premise
expenditures made to establish a drive-through banking facility in Hinsdale.
However, the composition of earning assets shifted as Hinsdale Bank began to
invest deposit funds into loans from shorter-term money market investments.
Loans comprised 55.0% of total earning assets at December 31, 1995 compared to
36.2% at December 31, 1994.  These changes in the mix of earning assets will be
discussed further below.

         Loans.  The following table shows Hinsdale's loans classified by type
at March 31, 1996 and as of December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 (in thousands):





                                           101
<PAGE>   122

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MARCH 31,                     DECEMBER 31,                
                                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                  1996           1995           1994            1993     
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------   --------------
              <S>                             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>       
              Residential real estate . . .   $ 9,942         $ 8,838        $ 6,463        $  --
              Commercial  . . . . . . . . .    25,614          21,165          9,503          105
              Home equity . . . . . . . . .    11,553          11,481          5,614          198
              Consumer  . . . . . . . . . .    22,101          18,082            747           35
                                              -------         -------        -------        -----
                 Total gross loans  . . . .    69,210          59,566         22,327          338
              Less:  unearned discount  . .     1,705           1,481             --           --
                                              -------         -------        -------        ------
                 Net loans  . . . . . . . .   $67,505         $58,085        $22,327        $ 338
                                              =======         =======        =======        =====
</TABLE>

         Hinsdale Bank's loan portfolio has grown substantially from date of
opening to over $58 million as of December 31, 1995, increasing from $22.3
million at the end of 1994.  As of December 31, 1995, the portfolio can be
broken down into three distinct categories.  The first category, which consists
of approximately $20 million, is made up of loans secured by single family
homes.  These loans are either nonconforming first mortgage residential real
estate loans which Hinsdale Bank is unable to sell to the secondary market or
home equity lines of credit.  These loans, which are all variable rate, are
secured by homes in the suburban Chicagoland area.

         The second category is commercial loans which total approximately $21
million.  These loans consist of over $10 million in commercial real estate
secured transactions which have terms of less than 10 years and are generally
variable rate.  The commercial real estate loans are generally not secured by
any significant amount of speculative real estate transactions; rather, the
loans are underwritten based upon stable verifiable cash flows generated by the
property and also supported by the properties' collateral value.  The balance
of the category consists of loans to small, locally based companies, which
typically have terms of one year or less.  In general, these loans are secured
by a combination of business assets, real estate and personal guaranties.

         The last category is consumer loans which consists of over $16 million
in indirect automobile loans and approximately $2 million in other consumer
loans to individuals.  Hinsdale Bank has developed a niche business which
provides for select automobile dealers to send applications directly to
Hinsdale Bank for approval.  The loans are secured by a first lien on the
purchased automobile.  The loans typically will have a term from 36 to 60
months and have a fixed rate.

         Hinsdale has no loans to businesses or governments of foreign
countries.

         Money Market Investments and Investment Securities.  Hinsdale Bank's
objective in managing its securities portfolio is to balance Hinsdale Bank's
liquidity risk, interest rate risk and credit quality such that the earnings of
Hinsdale Bank are maximized.  As noted in the "Loans" section above, the
predominant portion of the funds received from new deposit accounts was
invested in the various loan categories during 1995.  Management has maintained
the funds that were not invested in loans in short-term investment securities
and money market investments as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      MARCH 31,                     DECEMBER 31,             
                                                                      ---------------------------------------
                                                        1996                 1995                 1994       
                                                    ------------      ------------------   ------------------
 <S>                                               <C>                 <C>                  <C>
 Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $10,221           $16,022              $10,494
 Interest bearing deposits with Banks  . . . .            --            16,000               11,500
 Investment securities . . . . . . . . . . . .        32,440            15,409               17,327
                                                     -------           -------              -------
 Total money market investments
     and investment securities . . . . . . . .       $42,661           $47,431              $39,321
                                                     =======           =======              =======
</TABLE>





                                           102
<PAGE>   123

         Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks.  Federal
funds sold and interest bearing deposits with banks are very short-term
investments with high quality banks.  The balances in these accounts fluctuate
based upon deposit inflows and loan demand.  These accounts are extremely
liquid and provide management with the ability to meet liquidity needs for
supplying loan demand or for other reasons.

         Investment Securities.  The carrying value of securities held by
Hinsdale at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,                    
                                                      --------------------------------------------

                                                        1995             1994              1993  
                                                      --------         --------          --------
           <S>                                        <C>               <C>              <C> 
            AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
               U.S. Treasury Obligations . . .        $   5,529        $     --           $    --
               U.S. agency obligations . . . .            3,728              --                --
               Other securities  . . . . . . .            5,105              --                --
               Federal Reserve Bank stock  . .              247              --                --
               Equity securities . . . . . . .              800              --                --
                                                      ---------        --------           -------
                  Total available-for-sale   .           15,409              --                --
                                                      ---------        --------           -------

           HELD-TO-MATURITY
               U.S. Treasury obligations . . .              --             587                --
               U.S. agency obligations . . . .              --          13,555               885
               Other securities  . . . . . . .              --           3,036             2,811
               Federal Reserve Bank stock  . .              --             149               129
                                                      ---------        --------           -------
                  Total held-to-maturity   . .              --          17,327             3,825
                                                      ---------        --------           -------
                  Total securities   . . . . .        $ 15,409         $17,327             3,825
</TABLE>


         Maturities of securities as of December 31, 1995 are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     WITHIN      FROM 1      FROM 5 TO      AFTER       EQUITY
                                     1 YEAR    TO 5 YEARS     10 YEARS     10 YEARS   SECURITIES      TOTAL   
                                  ----------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury obligations . . . . $5,529       $   --        $  --         $  --        $    --        $5,529
U.S. agency obligations . . . . .  3,728           --           --            --             --         3,728
Other securities  . . . . . . . .    498        4,607                                                 5,105
Federal Reserve Bank stock  . . .     --           --           --            --            247           247
Equity securities . . . . . . . .     --           --           --            --         
                                      --           --           --            --            800           800
                                  ------       ------        -----         -----         ------      --------
 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $9,755       $4,607        $  --         $  --         $1,047      $ 15,409
                                  ======       ======        =====         =====         ======      ========
</TABLE>





                                           103
<PAGE>   124

The weighted average yield for each range of maturities of securities is shown
below as of December 31, 1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     WITHIN      FROM 1      FROM 5 TO      AFTER       EQUITY
                                     1 YEAR    TO 5 YEARS     10 YEARS     10 YEARS   SECURITIES      TOTAL   
                                  ----------- ------------ ------------------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury obligations . . . .     5.72%          --%           --%        --%          --%        5.72%
U.S. agency obligations . . . . .     5.74%          --%           --%        --%          --%        5.74%
Other securities  . . . . . . . .     5.38%        6.17%           --%        --%          --%        6.09%
Federal Reserve Bank stock  . . .       --%          --%           --%        --%        6.00%        6.00%
Equity securities . . . . . . . .      N/A          N/A            --%        --%         N/A          N/A
</TABLE>


Yields on equity securities are not considered meaningful for purposes of this
analysis.

         Hinsdale did not own any federally tax-advantaged securities during
the periods presented.

         There were no securities of any single issuer which had book value in
excess of ten percent of shareholders' equity at December 31, 1995.

         Shareholders' Equity.  Hinsdale was incorporated on September 25, 1992
and initially capitalized through the issuance of 20 no par common shares at
$50 each; 10,000 no par preferred convertible shares at $50 each; and 5,000 no
par common stock Series A warrants at $5 each.  Each Series A warrant entitles
the holder to acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of $50.

         Subsequent to the initial capitalization, Hinsdale raised an
additional $6,042,827 through the private placement issuance of 120,834 no par
common shares.  During the initial period of operations, Hinsdale allocated
$1,000,000 of the initial surplus to undivided profits to cover initial
operating expenditures.

         The Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Recapitalization Plan, as approved by
the shareholders, provided for the redemption of the 10,000 convertible,
preferred shares of Hinsdale stock outstanding in a like kind exchange for
common stock and the issuance of additional common stock warrants.  The
preferred shares were held primarily by officers and employees of Hinsdale who
contributed significantly to the organization, capitalization and opening of
Hinsdale Bank.

         2.15 shares of common stock were exchanged for each preferred share
outstanding.  The 10,000 preferred shares outstanding were exchanged for 21,500
common shares of Hinsdale common stock.  The preferred stock received was
retired by Hinsdale.

         Hinsdale also authorized and issued 5,000 common stock Series B
warrants.  Each Series B warrant entitles the holder to acquire one share of
Hinsdale's common stock at a price of $31.50 per share.  The warrants have a
ten year life and were issued to the holders of the preferred stock.

         Because of growth, during 1994, Hinsdale authorized the issuance of an
additional shares of common stock at $65 per share.  This issuance resulted in
63,683 shares sold, resulting in proceeds of approximately $4,100,000.





                                           104
<PAGE>   125

         The following table reflects various measures of capital at March 31,
1996 and year-end 1995 and 1994 for Hinsdale:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                MARCH 31,          --------------------------------------
                                                  1996                    1995                 1994
                                              ------------         ------------------   -----------------
     <S>                                          <C>                   <C>                  <C>
     Ending tier I risk-based capital ratio. .    12.1%                  12.8%                17.6%
     Ending total risk-based capital ratio . .    12.8%                  13.5%                18.0%
     Ending leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . .     8.2%                   8.3%                10.7%
     Dividend payout ratio . . . . . . . . . .     0.0%                   0.0%                 0.0%
</TABLE>

         The leverage ratios, tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and total
capital ratios all exceed the "well capitalized" levels established by
regulatory agencies of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively.

         Management is not aware of any known trends, events, regulatory
recommendations or uncertainties that will have any adverse effect on
Hinsdale's capital resources or operations.

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

         As a continuing part of its financial strategy, Hinsdale attempts to
manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on its net interest
income.  This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest
rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield.
Asset-liability management policies are established and monitored by management
in conjunction with the Board of Directors.  The policy establishes guidelines
for acceptable limits on the sensitivity of the market value of assets and
liabilities to changes in interest rates.

         The following table illustrates Hinsdale's estimated interest rate
sensitivity and periodic and cumulative gap positions as calculated as of March
31, 1996.  An institution with more assets repricing than liabilities over a
given timeframe is considered asset sensitive and will generally benefit from
rising rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               0-90          91-365          1-5        OVER 5
                                               DAYS           DAYS          YEARS        YEARS        TOTAL   
                                           ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 72,268      $ 17,180        $ 17,851     $ 11,246     $118,545    
Total liabilities and equity  . . . . . .      63,100        14,120          17,766       23,559      118,545    
                                             --------      --------        --------     --------                 
Interest sensitivity gap  . . . . . . . .    $  9,168      $  3,060        $     85     $(12,313)                
                                             ========      ========        ========     ========                 
                                                                                                                 
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap . . .    $  9,168      $ 12,288        $ 12,313                              
Ratio of cumulative rate                                                                                         
   sensitivity gap to rate                                                                                       
   sensitive assets . . . . . . . . . . .        7.79%        10.44%          10.45%                             
Cumulative ratio of rate-sensitive                                                                               
   assets to rate-sensitive                                                                                      
   liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . .      114.52%       115.84%        112.961%      100.00%                
</TABLE>

         To protect the net interest margin from the volatility of the business
cycle, particular attention is given to managing the interest rate spread
between the yield on earning assets and the cost of funds.  Management has
determined that this can best be achieved by maintaining a balance sheet with
an asset sensitive posture.  The table shown above depicts an interest rate
sensitivity position consistent with management's philosophy.





                                      105
<PAGE>   126

LIQUIDITY

         At The Bank Level.  Liquidity management involves planning to meet
anticipated funding needs at a reasonable cost.  Liquidity management is guided
by policies formulated and monitored by Hinsdale Bank's Asset/Liability
Committee, which takes into account the marketability of assets, the sources
and stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments.

         "Liquid Assets" refers to money market assets such as Federal funds
sold and interest bearing deposits with banks, as well as available-for-sale
debt securities and held-to-maturity securities with a remaining maturity of
less than one year.  Net liquid assets would represent the sum of the liquid
asset categories less the amount of assets pledged to secure public funds.  At
December 31, 1995, net liquid assets totaled approximately $38 million,
compared to approximately $31 million at December 31, 1994.  Thus, Hinsdale
Bank has substantial short-term balance sheet liquidity.

         Long-term liquidity needs are provided by a large core deposit base,
which is the most stable source of liquidity a community bank can have due to
the long-term relationships established with the depositors and the security of
deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  At
December 31, 1995, 67% of total assets were funded by core deposits with
balances less than $100,000 while the remaining assets were funded by other
funding sources such as core deposits with balances in excess of $100,000,
public funds, purchased funds, and the capital of Hinsdale Bank.  At December
31, 1994, 79% of total assets were funded by core deposits.

         Hinsdale Bank routinely accepts deposits from a variety of municipal
entities.  Typically, these municipal entities require that banks pledge
marketable securities to collateralize these public deposits.  At December 31,
1995 and 1994, Hinsdale Bank had approximately $8,258,000 and $5,640,000 of
securities collateralizing such public deposits, respectively.  These amounts
are not considered to be core deposits and the assets that are pledged as
collateral for these deposits are not deemed to be liquid assets.

         At the Holding Company Level.  Hinsdale's principal funds are
dividends from Hinsdale Bank subsidiary, and if necessary, borrowings or
additional equity offerings.  Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount
of dividends which can be paid to Hinsdale by Hinsdale Bank.  Based on these
laws, Hinsdale Bank could, subject to minimum capital requirements, declare
dividends to Hinsdale without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not
exceeding (1) undivided profits, and (2) the amount of net income reduced by
dividends paid for the current and prior two years.  No cash dividends were
paid to Hinsdale by the subsidiary during the periods ended December 31, 1995,
1994, or 1993.

         Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans.  Hinsdale Bank had no
nonaccrual loans at March 31, 1996.  At December 31, 1995, Hinsdale Bank had
$15,000 of nonaccrual consumer loans.  There were no nonaccrual loans at
December 31, 1994 or 1993.

         It is the policy of Hinsdale to discontinue the accrual of interest
income on any loan for which there is a reasonable doubt as to the payment of
interest or principal.  Nonaccrual loans are returned to an accrual status when
the financial position of the borrower indicates there is no longer any
reasonable doubt as to the payment of principal or interest.  Hinsdale had no
significant loans (1) for which the terms of had been renegotiated, or (2) for
which there were serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply
with repayment terms.

         Loans past due 90 days or more, including nonaccrual loans at December
31, are presented as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                 MARCH 31,    -----------------------------------
                                                   1996         1995        1994         1993
                                                -----------   ---------   ---------   -----------
            <S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
            Loans past due 90 days
              or more   . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 41         $ 99        $  0         $  0
</TABLE>
3




                                      106
<PAGE>   127


         Potential Problem Loans.  In addition to those loans disclosed under
"Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans," there are certain loans in the
portfolio which management has identified, through its problem loan
identification system, which exhibit a higher than normal credit risk.
However, these loans do not represent non-performing loans to Hinsdale.
Management's review of the total loan portfolio to identify loans where there
is concern that the borrower will not be able to continue to satisfy present
loan repayment terms includes factors such as review of individual loans,
recent loss experience and current economic conditions.  Loans in this category
include those with characteristics such as those past maturity more than 45
days, those that have recent adverse operating cash flow or balance sheet
trends, or have general risk characteristics that the loan officer feels might
jeopardize the future timely collection of principal and interest payments.
The principal amount of loans in this category as of December 31, 1995 was
approximately $44,000.  Loans in this category generally include loans that
were classified for regulatory purposes.  At December 31, 1995, there were no
significant loans which were classified by any bank regulatory agency that are
not included in above as nonaccrual, past due or restructured.

         Loan Concentrations.  Loan concentrations are considered to exist when
there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar
activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other
conditions.  At December 31, 1995, Hinsdale had no concentrations of loans
exceeding 10% of total loans.

         Other Real Estate Owned.  In addition to the risk elements identified
above, Other Real Estate Owned would provide insight into the historical
quality of the loan portfolio.  Hinsdale has had no Other Real Estate Owned
during any of the reporting periods.

         Summary of Loan Loss Experience.  The following table summarizes loan
balances at the end of each period, changes in the allowance for possible loan
losses arising from additions to the allowance which have been charged to
earnings, and loans charged-off and recoveries on loans previously charged-off
by loan category (dollars in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    
                                                    THREE MONTHS                                   PERIOD
                                                       ENDED         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       ENDED
                                                     MARCH 31,    ----------------------------- DECEMBER 31,
                                                        1996           1995           1994         1993
                                                   -------------- -------------- -------------- -----------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of year  . . . . . . . . . .     $   479         $   180        $    --        $    --
Total loans charged-offs  . . . . . . . . . . . .          --              --             --             --
Total recoveries on loans                                  --
   previously charged-off  . . . . . . . . . . .           --              --             --             --
Add: Provision for possible
    loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         104             299            180             --
                                                      -------         -------        -------        -------
Balance at end of period  . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   583         $   479        $   180        $    --
                                                      =======         =======        =======        =======

Average loans outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . .     $62,612         $40,440        $11,374        $19,000
                                                      =======         =======        =======        =======
Ratio of net charge-offs
    during the period
    to average loans outstanding
    during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        0.00%           0.00%          0.00%          0.00%
                                                      =======         =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>


         As of December 31, 1995, management allocated the allowance for
possible loan losses by specific category as shown in the following table
(dollars in thousands).  The allocation was made after considering all relevant
qualitative and quantitative factors about the loan portfolio.





                                      107
<PAGE>   128

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENT OF
                                                              LOANS IN EACH
                                                               CATEGORY TO
                                                 AMOUNT        TOTAL LOANS
                                              -----------    ---------------
            <S>                                <C>               <C>   
            Residential real estate . . . . .   $  2                15%
            Commercial  . . . . . . . . . . .     61                36%
            Home equity . . . . . . . . . . .     46                20%
            Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . .     70                29%
            Unallocated . . . . . . . . . . .    300               N/A
                                                ----              ----
             Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $479               100%
                                                ====              ==== 
</TABLE>


         Prior to 1995, management did not perform a specific allocation of the
allowance for possible loan losses by category.  Management believes that the
loan portfolio is well diversified and well secured, without undue
concentration in any specific risk area.  Control of the loan quality is
continually monitored by management and is reviewed by the Board of Directors
and its Credit Committee on a monthly basis.  Independent external review of
the loan portfolio is provided by the examinations conducted by regulatory
authorities, independent public accountants in conjunction with their annual
audit, and an independent loan review performed by an entity engaged by the
Board of Directors.  The amount of additions to the allowance for possible loan
losses which are charged to earnings through the provision for possible loan
losses are determined based on a variety of factors, actual charge-offs during
the year, historical loss experience, delinquent loans, and an evaluation of
current and prospective economic conditions in the market area.  Management
believes the allowance for possible loan losses is adequate to cover any
potential losses.





                                           108
<PAGE>   129

                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.

BUSINESS

         Organization and Operation.  Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
("Libertyville") is a bank holding company that was incorporated as an Illinois
corporation in September of 1994.  The primary asset of Libertyville is its
ownership of 100% of the common shares of Libertyville Bank.  Libertyville is
engaged in the business of banking through its ownership of Libertyville Bank.
Its mailing address is 507 North Milwaukee Avenue, Libertyville, Illinois 60048
and its telephone number is (847) 367-6800.  As of March 31, 1996, Libertyville
had total assets of $52,542,000 and total stockholders' equity of $9,387,000.

         Libertyville Bank was organized under the laws of the State of
Illinois and commenced operation in October, 1995.  Libertyville and
Libertyville Bank are regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank.  Additionally,
Libertyville Bank is regulated by Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Trust
Companies and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

         Libertyville Bank is the only locally owned and managed full service
commercial bank in its primary service area of Libertyville, Mundelein and
Vernon Hills, Illinois.  Each of these villages has a population of
approximately 20,000 and is located approximately 25 miles north of downtown
Chicago.

         Employees.  As of March 31, 1996, Libertyville Bank employed 21
full-time equivalent employees.  Libertyville has no paid employees.

         Services.  Libertyville Bank is an Illinois chartered, FDIC insured
commercial bank which provides the full range of banking services, including
trust operations.  Libertyville Bank furnishes personal and commercial banking
services, including demand, NOW, money market, savings, and time deposit
accounts; real estate, commercial, and consumer loans; and, safe deposit
facilities.

         Libertyville Bank was formed to provide the Libertyville and Vernon
Hills communities with a community bank alternative.  As such, Libertyville
Bank is focused on providing a highly personal, professional level of service
to commercial and retail customers residing in these areas.  Emphasis is placed
on local ownership and management in attracting and maintaining deposit, loan
and trust customers.

         Property.  Libertyville Bank currently has two physical banking
locations.  Libertyville Bank owns the main bank facility that is a 13,000
square foot two story brick building located at 507 North Milwaukee Avenue in
downtown Libertyville, Illinois.  Libertyville Bank also owns a 2,500 square
foot drive-in, walk-up banking facility at 201 Hurlburt Court, approximately
five blocks southeast of the main banking facility.  Libertyville Bank
maintains automated teller machines at both of its locations.  Libertyville
Bank has no offsite automated teller machines.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         For a description of Libertyville's and Libertyville Bank's
competition, litigation, regulatory environment, interests in affiliates,
transactions with management and relationship with independent public
accountants, see "MATTERS OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO BANKS."





                                           109
<PAGE>   130
MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

         The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 1996, with
respect to beneficial ownership of shares of Libertyville held by (i) each
director of Libertyville, (ii) each executive officer of Libertyville, and
(iii) all directors and executive officers as a group.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SHARES
                                               ISSUABLE                  SHARES
                                                 UPON        SHARES      SUBJECT
                                               CONVERSION   SUBJECT TO      TO        TOTAL                        PRO FORMA
                                                  OF         COMMON       VESTED    LIBERTYVILLE      % OF           % OF
                                    COMMON     PREFERRED     STOCK        STOCK      BENEFICIAL    LIBERTYVILLE    WINTRUST
                                    SHARES(1)   SHARES(2)   WARRANTS(3)  OPTIONS     OWNERSHIP      TOTAL(4)      TOTAL(4)(5)
                                 ------------ ----------- -----------  ----------  -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
DIRECTORS
- ---------
Howard D. Adams(6) ** . . . . .     5,300             --          --          --        5,300           2.31%          7.56%
J. Albert Carstens ** . . . . .     3,216          2,402       2,000          --        7,618           3.28%             *
David A. Dykstra ** . . . . . .       777            641         540          --        1,958              *              *
Donald Flannery . . . . . . . .     1,033            802         660          --        2,495           1.08%             *
Scott Lucas . . . . . . . . . .       500             --          --          --          500              *              *
James E. Mahoney. . . . . . . .     1,620             --          --          --        1,620              *              *
Susan Milligan  . . . . . . . .       400             --          --          --          400              *              *
William Newell  . . . . . . . .     1,500             --          --          --        1,500              *              *
Hollis W. Rademacher  . . . . .     2,533            802         660          --        3,995           1.73%             *
John N. Schaper . . . . . . . .       300             --          --          --          300              *              *
Jane R. Stein   . . . . . . . .        --             --          --          --           --              *              *
Jack Stoneman . . . . . . . . .     4,000             --          --          --        4,000           1.74%             *
Edward Werdell ** . . . . . . .     3,086            962         800          --        4,848           2.10%             *
Edward J. Wehmer ** . . . . . .       854          5,088       1,408          --        7,350           3.18%          3.20%
                                  -------         ------      ------        ----      -------          -----           ----
Total Directors . . . . . . . .    25,119         10,697       6,068          --       41,884          18.15%

NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- -------------------------------
Brian Mikaelian . . . . . . . .       656            319         260          --        1,235              *              *
Randolph Hibben . . . . . . . .       500             --          --          --          500              *              *
Robert F. Key . . . . . . . . .       900             --          --          --          900              *              *
Lloyd M. Bowden . . . . . . . .     1,000             --          --          --        1,000              *              *
                                  -------         ------      ------        ----      -------          -----           ----
Total Directors and Executive
Officers as a group . . . . . .    28,175         11,016       6,328          --       45,519          19.73%
                                  =======         ======      ======        ====      =======          =====           ==== 

Total Common Shares and Share
Equivalents . . . . . . . . . .   205,929         24,000      20,760          --      250,689
                                  =======         ======      ======        ====      =======
 

</TABLE>
- -----------------------
 * -- Less than 1%
** -- Denotes executive officer (in addition to director status)

(1)   Includes shares held directly and, if applicable, indirectly through such
      person's spouse, minor children, certain family trusts, IRA's or 401(k)
      plans.

(2)   Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, all preferred shares are to be
      converted to Shares of Common Stock prior to consummation of the 
      Reorganization. Each share of preferred stock converts into one share of
      Common Stock.

(3)   After the Effective Date of the Reorganization, Libertyville Common Stock
      warrants will continue to represent the right to acquire shares of
      Libertyville which will then be a mid-tier holding company and a
      subsidiary of Wintrust.

(4)   Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC
      Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(5)   Assumes no exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants other than 
      the anticipated exercise of certain First Premium warrants resulting in
      399,612 additional shares of Wintrust Common Stock to be outstanding
      immediately following the Effective Date of the Reorganization. Includes
      shares deemed beneficially owned by such persons in any of the other
      Companies, giving effect to the applicable Exchange Ratios and North
      Shore Stock Split. Also gives effect to the cancellation of intercompany
      share ownership as provided in the Reorganization Agreement.

(6)   Includes an aggregate of 1,600 shares held in certain family trusts for
      the benefit of Mr. Adams' children and with respect to which Mr. Adams'
      wife has voting power; Mr. Adams disclaims beneficial ownership of such
      shares.
        



                                           110
<PAGE>   131

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS

         On March 31, 1996, Libertyville had 205,929 shares of common stock
outstanding.  As of such date, the following persons not listed under
"Management Ownership of Common Stock" are known by Libertyville to be the
owners of or might be deemed to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of its
common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Number of Shares               Percent of
            Name                      Address               Beneficially Owned               Class(1)          
 -------------------------   -------------------------   ------------------------   -------------------------
 <S>                         <C>                             <C>                             <C>
 Emmett D. McCarthy, as
 trustee for(2):

    Alan W. Adams            570 Crabtree                    15,479(1)                       6.53%(1)
    Family Trust             Lake Forest, IL

    Sarah K. Adams           570 Crabtree                    15,479(1)                       6.53%(1)
    Family Trust             Lake Forest, IL
</TABLE>


- ---------------
(1) Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC Rule
    13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(2) The Alan W. Adams Family Trust and the Sarah K. Adams Family Trust are each
    irrevocable trusts for which Emmett McCarthy and either Alan W. Adams or
    Sarah K. Adams, respectively, serve as co-trustees.  Mr. McCarthy is a
    Director of Crabtree. The 15,479 shares shown for each Trust represent 1,771
    shares of Common Stock, 6,492 shares of Preferred Stock which are
    convertible into Common Stock at a ratio of 1:1, and warrants to acquire
    7,216 shares of Common Stock.  The beneficial owners of the respective
    Trusts are Alan W. Adams and Sarah K. Adams, respectively, the two adult
    children of Howard D. Adams, and Mr. McCarthy disclaims beneficial ownership
    of all shares shown.  Mr. Alan W. Adams is currently a vice president of
    Lake Forest Bank and a Director nominee of Wintrust, and he directly owns an
    additional 180 shares.





                                           111
<PAGE>   132

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              
                                                                         Three Months          Period Ended
                                                                       Ended March 31,         December 31,
                                                                             1996                 1995(1)
                                                                     --------------------     --------------
                                                                              (dollars in thousands)
 <S>                                                                  <C>                      <C>
 Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $    645                 $    321
 Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           416                      164
                                                                      --------                 --------
 Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           229                      157
 Provision for possible loan losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            75                       55
                                                                      --------                 --------
 Net interest income after provision for possible loan losses  .           154                      102
 Noninterest income, excluding security gains (losses) . . . . .            57                       21
 Security gains  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             0                        0
 Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           546                    1,081
                                                                      --------                 --------
 Net loss before income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (335)                    (958)
 Income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            --                       --
                                                                      --------                 --------
 Net loss  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $   (335)                    (958)
                                                                      ========                 ========

 Net loss per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $  (1.64)                $ (14.19)
 Cash dividends declared per common share  . . . . . . . . . . .      $      0                 $      0

 Total assets at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $ 52,542                 $ 37,479
 Total deposits at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        42,575                   26,413
 Secured-term debt at end of period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           361                    1,064
 Preference stock at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           500                      500

 Return on average total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (2.91%)                     --(2)
 Return on average common shareholders' equity . . . . . . . . .        (14.10%)                     --(2)
 
</TABLE>

- -----------------
(1)  Management has for this period presented selected financial data
     reflecting reported results from the date of incorporation (September 26,
     1994) to December 31, 1995.  The Company was in a capital raising and
     organizational phase and as described elsewhere herein was only
     operational from October 10, 1995 through December 31, 1995.  Accordingly,
     management believes that separate selected financial data from the date of
     incorporation (September 26, 1994) to December 31, 1994 and for January 1,
     1995 to December 31, 1995 is not meaningful as the period presented herein
     approximates those revenues and expenses that would have been recognized
     had 1995 been presented on a stand-alone calendar year basis.

(2)  Return on average assets and average equity ratios are not meaningful as a
     result of the nature of operations as discussed in Note 1 above.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

         General.  Libertyville was organized and approved as a one bank
holding company in 1995.  Additionally, Libertyville Bank was approved to begin
banking operations in October of 1995.  As such, the following discussion of
the results of operations include the activity of Company during its
organizational period and the results as a functioning one-bank holding company
during the period of October 10, 1995 through December 31, 1995.  Generally,
community bank holding companies' results of operations are reliant upon the
net interest income to produce an overall profit for the company.  However, as
Libertyville Bank was only operational for less than three months, the revenues
generated through net interest income were not sufficient to offset
organizational expenses and the company experienced a loss.  This is not
unusual for a start-up banking organization and was anticipated by





                                           112
<PAGE>   133

management during its initial planning.  The following discussion will focus on
describing the components of the net loss incurred for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 and the period ended December 31, 1995.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of Results for the Period Ended March 31, 1996 to the Period Ended
December 31, 1995

         The net loss for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996 was
$335,000.  The following discussion will compare the results for the first
quarter of 1996 to the last quarter of 1995 due to the fact that Libertyville
Bank was only operational during that period in 1995.

         Net interest income increased to $229,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 from approximately $157,000 for the period ended 1995.  This
increase is a result of a substantial increase in interest earning assets since
the inception of operations and the fact that the mix of interest earning
assets has gradually shifted more into higher yielding loans from short-term
money market investment products.  Management anticipates that the net interest
income amount will continue to grow in the remaining quarters of 1996 due to
the continuation of the growth in earning assets, specifically the loan
category.

         The provision for possible loan losses increased to $75,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 1996 compared to $55,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1995.  Libertyville Bank has provided a higher amount to the
allowance for possible loan losses during the first quarter of 1996 as compared
to the period ended 1995 because of the growth in the loan portfolio.  Although
the Libertyville Bank has no non-performing loans or loans past due greater
than 90 days, management considers it prudent to build a reserve for
unanticipated credit problems that may occur with the existing portfolio.

         Other noninterest income totaled $57,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 compared to approximately $21,000 for the period ended 1995 that
Libertyville Bank was operational.  The increase is predominantly related to
fees on fixed rate residential mortgage loans which were sold to the secondary
market.  During 1995, this activity was just underway and customer
relationships were being established, whereas in 1996, the service has become
an established function at Libertyville Bank and has generated the additional
revenues.

         Other noninterest expenses were $546,000 for the three-month period
ended March 31, 1996 compared to $1,081,000 for the period ended December 31,
1995.  If the organizational period expenses are deducted from the total, the
other noninterest expenses related to the three-months in which Libertyville
was operation were $607,000.  The slight decrease to $546,000 from $607,000 in
the comparable operational periods was due primarily to the fact that
significant marketing, advertising, and supplies were expended in 1995 to
successfully announce the grand opening of the facility.  During the first few
months of 1996, these expenses were modestly reduced.

Operating Results for the Period Ended December 31, 1995

         General.  Libertyville had a net loss of $958,000 for the period ended
December 31, 1995.  The net loss was primarily a result of $1,081,000 of
noninterest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy-related
expenses, marketing expenses, stationery and supplies and other sundry
expenses.  These expenses were offset by approximately $157,000 in net interest
income and $21,000 in miscellaneous fee income.  Libertyville Bank also charged
$55,000 against earnings as a provision for possible loan losses which
contributed to the loss position.  These and other details will be discussed in
greater detail in the following sections.

         Interest Income and Interest Expense.  The primary source of earnings
for Libertyville during the period ended 1995 was net interest income.  In
fact, net interest income accounted for approximately 88% of the net revenues
during the period ended 1995.  Net interest income is defined as the difference
between interest income and fees on earning assets and interest expense on
deposits and borrowings.  An analysis of the components and characteristics of
interest income and interest expense is presented in the table below, including
average balances





                                           113
<PAGE>   134

and average rates/yields for Libertyville Bank's earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities for the period ended December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995                   
                                                                   -------------------------------------------
                                                                      AVERAGE                      AVERAGE
                                                                      BALANCE       INTEREST     YIELD/RATE   
                                                                   -------------- ------------ ---------------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>             <C>
ASSETS 
Interest bearing deposits with banks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $1,695         $  80           4.72%
Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2,894           166           5.74%
Taxable debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       34             2           5.88%
Equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       38             0           0.00%
Loans, net of unearned discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      841            73           8.68%
                                                                    ------         -----           ---- 
Total earning assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,502           321           5.83%
                                                                    ------         -----           ---- 

Cash and due from banks-noninterest bearing . . . . . . . . . . .      819
Allowance for possible loan losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (3)
Premises and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,343
                                                                
Other assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      230
                                                                       ---

  Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $7,391
                                                                    ======

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits-interest bearing
  NOW accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $   97             3           3.09%
  Savings and money market deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      713            30           4.21%
  Certificates of deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,735           108           6.22%
                                                                    ------         -----           ----
    Total interest-bearing deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2,545           141           5.54%
                                                                    ------         -----           ---- 

Notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      793            23           2.90%
Term-debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        4             0           0.00%
                                                                    ------         -----           ---- 
Total interest-bearing liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,342           164           4.91%
                                                                    ------         -----           ---- 

Noninterest bearing deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      427
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       23
Shareholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,599
                                                                    ------

  Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . .   $7,391
                                                                    ======

Interest income/average earning assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  5.83%
Interest expense/average interest-bearing liabilities . . . . . .                                  4.91%
                                                                                                   ----
Net interest spread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  $ 157           0.92%
                                                                                   =====           ==== 

Net interest margin(1)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  2.85%
                                                                                                   ==== 
 </TABLE>
- ----------------
(1)      Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of the
         average earning assets for the period.

         Interest Income.  As shown in the table above, the primary source of
interest income was derived from short-term money market investments such as
Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits with banks.  It was
management's intention to invest primarily in high credit quality investments
which were extremely liquid during the initial months of operations until a
stable core deposit base could be established.  These types of investments
provide a much lower yield than investments in loans and other investment
products with extended maturities.  As such, the overall yield on the average
earning assets for the period ended December 31, 1995 was only 5.83%,





                                           114
<PAGE>   135

providing only a slight net interest spread of 0.92% to interest-bearing
liabilities.  Management is confident that the overall earning asset yield and
its spread to the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities will increase
substantially as the deposit base grows and matures and as those funds are
invested more predominantly in higher yielding loan accounts.

         Interest Expense.  The information provided in the table above
indicates that the vast majority of the interest expense related to
certificates of deposits.  As discussed in the "Financial Condition" section
below, Libertyville Bank offered a variety of special deposit account
promotions during its initial months of operations in 1995.  The most popular
product for Libertyville Bank's initial depositors was the certificate of
deposit accounts.  Accordingly, the bulk of the interest expense was
concentrated in that category.  During the initial stages of 1996, Libertyville
Bank has experienced significant deposit growth in all deposit categories
resulting in a more diverse deposit base.

         The Company also incurred approximately $23,000 in interest expense on
debt outstanding which financed the acquisition of Libertyville Bank's two
banking facilities.  The rate indicated in the table above is less than the
rate paid because a certain amount of interest expense was capitalized during
the construction of the facilities.  Please refer to Footnote 2 of the audited
consolidated financial statements for a detailed description of the terms of
the debt.

         Provision for Possible Loan Losses.  Management recorded a charge
against earnings of $55,000 for the provision for possible loan losses.
Although the loan portfolio was recently originated and management clearly did
not anticipate any losses on the loans just closed, it was deemed prudent to
provide for an allowance for possible loan losses.  Based upon the $55,000
provision and the $10,189,000 of loans outstanding at December 31, 1995, the
allowance for possible loan losses stood at 0.54% of loans outstanding.
Management feels is adequate to cover potential losses in the portfolio.  There
can be no assurance that future losses will not exceed the amounts provided for
thereby affecting future results of operations.  Management will continue to
provide for possible loan losses in 1996; however, the magnitude of future
additions to the allowance for possible loan losses are dependent upon loan
growth, the economy, changes in real estate values, interest rates, the view of
regulatory agencies toward adequate reserve levels, and past due and
non-performing loan levels.

         Other Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income totaled $21,000 for the
period ended 1995.  Approximately $14,000 of the noninterest income was
attributable to fees on loans sold.  Fees on loans sold relate to income
received by Libertyville Bank for its services of originating and selling
residential real estate loans into the secondary market.  The remaining
increase in noninterest income of $7,000 is a result of insignificant
miscellaneous fees collected in the period ended 1995.

         Noninterest Expense.  Noninterest expenses include all expenses other
than interest expense and the provision for possible loan losses.  The
following table provides a detailed analysis of the composition of these
expenses for the period ended December 31, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
             <S>                                                <C>
              Salaries and employee benefits  . . . . . . . . .  $  514
              Occupancy expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      46
              Advertising and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . .     127
              Depreciation - furniture and equipment  . . . . .      27
              Stationery and supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . .      95
              Other noninterest expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .     272
                                                                 ------
                 Total noninterest expenses . . . . . . . . . .  $1,081
                                                                 ======
</TABLE>

The following discussion will review changes related to individual components
of noninterest expenses.

         Salaries and Employee Benefits.  Libertyville began to accumulate
staff in May of 1995 as the company began the process of organizing a bank
holding company and chartering a new bank.  A full staffing complement was
achieved by October of 1995 when Libertyville Bank received regulatory approval
and began to operate.  At October 1995 and through December 31, 1995,
Libertyville Bank had approximately 20 full-time equivalent





                                           115
<PAGE>   136

employees to perform all the operations, customer service, lending and
administration of the main banking location and its drive-up banking facility.
Approximately $279,000 of the total salaries and employee benefits expense was
incurred during the startup phase with the remaining $235,000 of this expense
category incurred subsequent to the opening of Libertyville Bank.  Management's
philosophy in staffing Libertyville Bank was to attract the best individuals to
properly establish Libertyville Bank as a dominant customer service oriented
bank in the Libertyville, Illinois market area.  As such, the staffing level of
20 full-time equivalent employees and the amount of expense recorded during the
start-up phase were deemed appropriate in order to institute a solid customer
service oriented bank with a strong level of internal controls.  Management
also anticipated a reasonably rapid growth rate in its deposit base and
determined that the staffing level would be sufficient to support growth during
the initial six to twelve months of operations.

         Occupancy Expenses.  Occupancy expenses include those expenses which
relate directly to the operation of the buildings, improvements and property.
The major components of occupancy expense in the period ended 1995 were $18,600
for depreciation of the two buildings and their improvements, $14,800 for
utilities expense such as electricity, gas, water, and sewer charges, and
$12,900 for property taxes.  Additionally, Libertyville Bank incurred other
sundry operating expense related to the occupancy of the buildings of
approximately $11,900.  Offsetting these expenses was approximately $12,700 of
rental income collected from tenants of the main bank facility.

         Advertising and Marketing.  Marketing and advertising expenditures
amounted to approximately $127,000 for the period ended 1995.  As a new banking
organization, expenditures on marketing products and advertising were essential
to communicate the concept of opening a new community oriented bank to the
residents of the market area.  Libertyville Bank developed many community
oriented deposit and loan products to attract its deposit base during its
initial months of operation and determined that expenditures for marketing
these products was imperative.  Management believes the advertising and
marketing expenses were instrumental in achieving the rapid growth in the
deposit base which has resulted during the time period since the inception of
Libertyville Bank and, consequently, appropriately incurred.  Management
anticipates that appropriate but relatively high levels of marketing expenses
will be incurred in 1996 as Libertyville Bank continues to establish its base
of customers.

         Depreciation -- Furniture and Equipment.  The $27,000 of depreciation
expense in this category represents the depreciation on the furniture and
equipment purchased to outfit Libertyville Bank.  The depreciation expense
began in October of 1995, the time when the items were placed in service.  This
expense category should continue to charge earnings at the same relative
monthly pace because Libertyville Bank was fully furnished upon its opening.

         Stationery and Supplies.  Stationery and supplies expense totaled
approximately $95,000 for the period ended 1995.  As Libertyville Bank was a
new bank in 1995, it had to purchase an entire inventory of stationery and
other administrative supplies.  Many of these supplies were used in the initial
months for mailings to customers, office supplies to equip employees' desks,
deposit and withdrawal tickets for use in the lobbies, and many other uses.
The amount expended on supplies in future periods should not approach the
historical level of spending due to the one time expense associated with some
of these initial supply demands.

         Other Noninterest Expenses.  This category of expenses represents
insurance expense, data processing expense, postage expense, amortization of
organizational costs, audits and examinations expense, and other sundry
expenses.  Of the $272,000 recorded in this expense category, approximately
$119,000 was incurred during the start-up phase of the organization, the
remaining amounts were incurred subsequent to the opening of Libertyville Bank.
Of the amounts incurred while Libertyville Bank was operational, approximately
$23,000 related to legal, accounting and other professional fees, $16,000
related to data processing expenses, $10,000 for insurance, and $13,000 for
postage expense.  The remaining expense amounts were disbursed among many
different categories and were not individually significant.  Controlling
overhead expenses is a basic philosophy of management and is continually
evaluated to determine whether additional expense savings are possible without
impairing the goal of providing superior customer service.





                                           116
<PAGE>   137

         Income Taxes.  Libertyville had no Federal or state income tax expense
for the period ended 1995.  Management has established a valuation allowance
against its net deferred tax assets with the result being that no Federal or
state income tax expense or benefit was realized in the financial statements.
Management anticipates that income tax expense or benefit will begin to be
recorded when Libertyville's earnings history and projected future earnings are
sufficient to make a judgment that the realization of the net deferred tax
asset is more likely than not.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

         The dynamics of a community bank's balance sheet is generally
dependent upon the ability of management to attract additional deposit accounts
to fund the growth of the institution.  This is the current situation at
Libertyville Bank as it is a new institution which is still diligently
attempting to establish itself as the bank of choice in a significant amount of
households and businesses in the communities it serves.  Accordingly, the
discussion of the financial condition of Libertyville Bank will focus first on
the sources of funds received through the liability side of the balance sheet
which is predominantly deposit growth.  After it is understood how Libertyville
Bank was funded during the periods under discussion, the latter section of this
"Financial Condition" discussion will focus on the asset categories where
Libertyville invested the funds.

         Deposits.  Total deposits balances were $26,413,000 at December 31,
1995 and $42,575,000 at March 31, 1996.  The deposit growth was a result of
effective marketing of Libertyville Bank's community oriented deposit products,
management and director interaction with the community, and the dedication of
the experienced staff assembled to service a new customer base.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                MARCH 31, 1996                     DECEMBER 31, 1995         
                                       ---------------------------------   ----------------------------------
                                                           PERCENT OF                           PERCENT OF
                                         BALANCE AT      TOTAL DEPOSITS      BALANCE AT       TOTAL DEPOSITS 
                                       ---------------   ---------------   ---------------   ----------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 <S>                                   <C>                <C>                  <C>                <C>
 Demand  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 7,282            17.1%                $ 3,728            14.1%
 Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . .       6,906            16.2%                  4,063            15.4%
 NOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       1,441             3.4%                    768             2.9%
 Money market  . . . . . . . . . .       3,046             7.2%                  2,572             9.7%
 Certificates of Deposit . . . . .      23,900            56.1%                 15,282            57.9%
                                       -------           -----                 -------           ----- 
 Total Deposits  . . . . . . . . .     $42,575           100.0%                $26,413           100.0%
                                       =======           =====                 =======           ===== 
</TABLE>


         Deposit growth occurred in all major deposit categories as shown in
the table above; however, certificates of deposit comprised the majority of the
total deposits.  Libertyville Bank offered a variety of special deposit account
promotions during its initial months of operations in 1995.  Customers who
opened a combination of accounts (generally a combination of an
interest-bearing account and a noninterest bearing account) were afforded
special privileges as "founding" depositors of Libertyville Bank.  These
privileges included such rights to receive free safe deposit boxes, favorable
loan deposit rates as compared to the stated market rates, and other selected
perquisites.  The most popular product for Libertyville Bank's initial
depositors was the certificate of deposit accounts.  Libertyville Bank
continues to aggressively promote its products to the community and attempts to
meld its competitive products with superior customer service.  The result
should be a continuing growth in all deposit categories throughout 1996.

         Reference is made to the average balance/rate table for data regarding
average daily deposits and rates paid thereon for the period ended December 31,
1995.  Libertyville Bank has no foreign deposits.

         The aggregate amounts of time deposits, in denominations of $100,000
or more, by maturity, as of December 31, 1995 are shown below (in thousands):





                                           117
<PAGE>   138

<TABLE>
                 <S>                                                    <C>
                 Three months or less  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  720
                 Over three through six months . . . . . . . . . . .         0
                 Over six through twelve months  . . . . . . . . . .     1,942
                 Over twelve months  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1,448
                                                                        ------
                          Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $4,110
                                                                        ======
</TABLE>

         Accrued Interest Payable and Other Liabilities.  Accrued interest
payable and other liabilities as of December 31, 1995 were $110,000.  The
balance is comprised of $46,000 for accrued interest payable on deposit
accounts and $64,000 related to all other miscellaneous other liabilities, none
of which are individually material.

         Notes Payable.  Libertyville borrowed $1,770,000 to fund the purchase
of real estate and to cover initial start-up expenses.  This debt was paid down
to $1,064,000 by December 31, 1995, primarily with the proceeds received
through the issuance of common shares in a private placement offering.  On
January 5, 1996, this debt was further reduced by $703,000.  The remaining
outstanding note balance bears interest at 9% per annum, amortizes monthly and
matures on July 1, 1999.

         Total Assets and Earning Assets.  Total assets and earning assets were
$37,479,000 and $31,979,000, respectively, at December 31, 1995.  The level of
earning assets as a percentage of total assets was approximately 85% of total
assets.  Management expects that the ratio of earning assets as a percentage of
total assets will increase during 1996 to a level approaching 88% to 89%.  It
is desirable to have a higher level of assets invested in earning assets;
however, due to the disproportionate amount of building and premises needed to
establish the banking locations, the ratio was lower than Libertyville Bank's
peer group during the initial months of operation.  These components of earning
assets will be discussed further in the sections below.

         Loans.  The following table shows the categories of loans at March 31,
1996 and December 31, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              MARCH 31,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                1996              1995     
                                             ----------      --------------
      <S>                                     <C>               <C>
      Residential real estate . . . . . .     $ 1,195           $   179
      Commercial  . . . . . . . . . . . .      12,101             6,526
      Home equity . . . . . . . . . . . .       2,696               751
      Consumer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       6,319             2,733
                                              -------           -------  
         Total gross loans                     22,311            10,189
      Less unearned discount  . . . . . .          --                --
                                              -------           -------     
         Net loans  . . . . . . . . . . .     $22,311           $10,189
                                              =======           =======
</TABLE>

         Total loans amounted to $10,189,000 at December 31, 1995.  As can be
seen from the table above, significant growth occurred primarily in the
Commercial and Consumer loan categories.  It should be noted that management
was cautious in making loans during the initial months of operations until a
stable core deposit base could be established; however, loan product
development and customer relationships evolved during 1995 and into 1996 which
should result in healthy loan growth during Libertyville Bank's first full year
of operation.  The following paragraphs will highlight the growth by loan type.

         The Commercial loan category includes $2,763,000 of commercial loans
to small-to-medium size businesses that are primarily secured by general
business assets and personal guarantees.  These loans have been made to
established companies where the lending officers have had previous relationship
history.  This category also includes approximately $1,473,000 of loans secured
by income producing real estate property and approximately $2,290,000 of
investment grade commercial paper.  Therefore, this category of commercial
loans is well diversified.  The continued growth in this category subsequent to
year-end 1995 is a result of business development activities of Libertyville
Bank's senior officers and the movement of certain commercial loan accounts to
Libertyville Bank based upon prior relationships with Libertyville Bank's
lending officers.





                                           118
<PAGE>   139


         Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 1995 were $2,733,000.
Approximately $2,110,000 of this balance is related to the purchase of fixed
rate indirect automobile loans.  These indirect automobile loans are purchased
from Hinsdale Bank and Trust Company, an affiliated bank, and are loans secured
by new and used automobiles.  These credits generally have an original maturity
of 36 to 60 months; however, the average actual maturity is estimated to be
approximately 37 months.  The risk associated with this portfolio is
diversified amongst many individual borrowers.

         Residential real estate and home equity loans did not comprise a
significant portion of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 1995.

         Libertyville has no loans to businesses or governments of foreign
countries.

         Money Market Investments and Investment Securities.  Libertyville
Bank's objective in managing its securities portfolio is to balance
Libertyville Bank's liquidity risk, interest rate risk and credit quality such
that the earnings of Libertyville Bank are maximized.  As noted in the
"Interest Income" section above, the predominant portion of the funds received
from new deposit accounts was invested in the short-term money market
investment categories during 1995.  The following table identifies of the
financial statement categories in which Libertyville Bank invested its
short-term funds as of March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MARCH 31,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                1996              1995      
                                                           --------------   ----------------
              <S>                                               <C>                <C>             
              Federal funds sold  . . . . . . . . . . .         $11,285           $14,690          
              Interest bearing deposits with banks  . .           9,000             6,500          
              Investment securities . . . . . . . . . .           4,588               600          
                                                                -------           -------          
              Total money market investments and                                                   
                 investment securities . . . . .  . . .         $24,873           $21,790          
                                                                =======           =======          
</TABLE>


         Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks.  Federal
funds sold and interest bearing deposits with banks are very short-term
investments with high quality banks.  The balances in these accounts fluctuate
based upon deposit inflows and loan demand.  These accounts are extremely
liquid and provide management with the ability to meet liquidity needs for
supplying loan demand or for other reasons.

         Investment Securities.  The carrying value of securities held by
Libertyville at December 31, 1995 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
            <S>                                               <C>
            Available-for-Sale
               Federal Reserve Bank stock   . . . . . . .     $150
               Equity securities  . . . . . . . . . . . .      450
                                                              ----
                  Total available-for-sale  . . . . . . .     $600
                                                              ====
</TABLE>

         Libertyville Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank and is
required, as a condition of membership, to own stock based upon the level of
capital and surplus of Libertyville Bank.  Accordingly, Libertyville Bank
invested $150,000 in the Federal Reserve Bank.  The $450,000 investment in
equity securities represents an investment made by the holding company in North
Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., an affiliated bank holding company.

         All of the securities owned by Libertyville were held as
available-for-sale.





                                           119
<PAGE>   140

         Maturities of securities as of December 31, 1995 are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           WITHIN       FROM 1      FROM 5 TO      AFTER        EQUITY
                                           1 YEAR     TO 5 YEARS    10 YEARS     10 YEARS     SECURITIES      TOTAL    
                                        ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>      
Federal Reserve Bank stock . . . .      $   --         $   --       $    --     $    --          $150          $150   
Equity securities  . . . . . . . .          --             --            --          --           450           450   
                                        ------         ------       -------     -------          ----          ----   
    Total  . . . . . . . . . . . .      $   --         $   --       $    --     $    --          $600          $600   
                                        ======         ======       =======     =======          ====          ====   
</TABLE>


The weighted average yield for each range of maturities of securities is shown
below as of December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      WITHIN       FROM 1      FROM 5 TO      AFTER         FEDERAL
                                      1 YEAR     TO 5 YEARS    10 YEARS     10 YEARS      RESERVE BANK    TOTAL
                                    ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   --------------   ------
 <S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>
 Federal Reserve Bank stock           N/A          N/A          N/A           N/A          6.00%          6.00%
 Equity securities . . . . . . . .    N/A          N/A          N/A           N/A           N/A            N/A
</TABLE>


         Yields on equity securities are not considered meaningful for purposes
of this analysis.

         Libertyville did not own any federally tax-advantaged securities
during the periods presented.

         There were no securities of any single issuer which had book value in
excess of 10% of shareholders' equity at December 31, 1995.

         Shareholders' Equity.  Libertyville was incorporated on September 26,
1994 and initially capitalized through the issuance of 1,000 no par common
shares at $1 each; 10,000 no par preferred convertible shares at $50 each; and
5,000 no par common stock series A warrants at $5 each.  Each series A warrant
entitles the holder to acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of
$50.

         Subsequent to the initial capitalization, Libertyville raised an
additional $10,030,000 through the private placement issuance of 200,689 no par
common shares.  During the initial period of operations, Libertyville allocated
$1,000,000 of the initial surplus to undivided profits to cover initial
operating expenditures.

         Subsequent to the private placement of the 200,689 shares of common
shares, the shareholders approved the Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.  1995
Recapitalization Plan ("Plan") which provided for the exchange of the 10,000
existing shares of preferred convertible stock for new preferred shares and
common stock warrants.  Under the Plan, the existing preferred shareholders
received 2.4 shares of new Series B Preferred stock and two Series B Common
Stock Warrants for each share of existing preferred shares held.  As such,
subsequent to the Plan, 24,000 Series B Preferred Shares and 20,000 Series B
Common Stock Warrants are outstanding.

         The Series B Common Stock Warrants have a ten year life.  Each warrant
entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Common Stock at a purchase
price of $40 per share.

         The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting and will not pay dividends
for a period of at least ten years from issuance and thereafter, dividends, if
any, will not be cumulative.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is
convertible into one share of Common Stock.

         The following table presents certain ratios relating to Libertyville's
equity at March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995 for Libertyville:





                                           120
<PAGE>   141

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        MARCH 31,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1996              1995      
                                                     --------------  -----------------
        <S>                                            <C>             <C>
        Ending tier 1 risk-based capital ratio. . .      28.6%           52.6%
        Ending total risk-based capital ratio . . .      29.0%           52.9%
        Ending leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . .      17.7%           25.3%
        Dividend payout ratio . . . . . . . . . . .       0.0%            0.0%
</TABLE>


         The leverage ratios, tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and total
capital ratios all exceed the "well capitalized" levels established by
regulatory agencies of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively.  The capital ratios
declined between December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 due to the substantial
asset growth during the period.  As a de novo banking institution,
Libertyville's subsidiary bank is required to maintain a leverage ratio in
excess of 9% during its first three years of operation.  In order to fulfill
its obligation under the 9% limit, Libertyville raised sufficient capital at
the holding company level to support the anticipated asset growth of
Libertyville Bank during its initial 12 to 24 months of operations.  After that
period, if asset growth required additional capital at Libertyville Bank level,
Libertyville would consider capitalizing Libertyville Bank with additional
funding from the holding company which would be raised in the form of debt or
additional capital offerings.

         Management is not aware of any known trends, events, regulatory
recommendations or uncertainties that will have any adverse effect on
Libertyville's capital resources or operations.

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

         As a continuing part of its financial strategy, Libertyville attempts
to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on its net
interest income.  This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between
interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield.
Asset-liability management policies are established and monitored by management
in conjunction with the Board of Directors.  The policy establishes guidelines
for acceptable limits on the sensitivity of the market value of assets and
liabilities to changes in interest rates.

         The following table illustrates Libertyville's estimated interest rate
sensitivity and periodic and cumulative gap positions as calculated as of March
31, 1996.  An institution with more assets repricing than liabilities over a
given timeframe is considered asset sensitive and will generally benefit from
rising rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              0-90        91-365          1-5         OVER 5
                                              DAYS         DAYS          YEARS        YEARS         TOTAL    
                                          -----------   ----------    ----------   ----------   ------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                       
 <S>                                         <C>       <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>            
 Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . .         $32,705     $ 3,279        $ 7,306       $ 9,252     $52,542
 Total liabilities and equity  . . .          15,744      12,141          7,176        17,481      52,542     
                                             -------     -------        -------       -------                
 Interest sensitivity gap  . . . . .         $16,961     $(8,862)       $   130       $(8,229)                   
                                             =======     =======        =======       =======                    
                                                                                                                   
 Cumulative interest sensitivity gap         $16,961     $ 8,099        $ 8,229                                    
 Ratio of cumulative rate sensitivity                                                                              
    gap to rate sensitive assets . .           32.67%      15.85%         16.11%                                   
 Cumulative ratio of rate-sensitive                                                                                
    assets to rate-sensitive                                                                                       
    liabilities  . . . . . . . . . .          207.73%     129.04%        123.47%       100.00%                   
</TABLE>

         To protect the net interest margin from the volatility of the business
cycle, particular attention is given to managing the interest rate spread
between the yield on earning assets and the cost of funds.  Management has
determined that this can best be achieved by maintaining a balance sheet with
an asset sensitive posture.  The table shown above depicts an interest rate
sensitivity position consistent with management's philosophy.





                                           121
<PAGE>   142

LIQUIDITY

         At The Bank Level.  Liquidity management involves planning to meet
anticipated funding needs at a reasonable cost.  Liquidity management is guided
by policies formulated and monitored by Libertyville Bank's Asset/Liability
Committee, which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and
stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments.

         "Liquid assets" refers to money market assets such as Federal funds
sold and interest bearing deposits with banks, as well as available-for-sale
debt securities and held-to-maturity securities with a remaining maturity less
than one year.  Net liquid assets would represent the sum of the liquid asset
categories less the amount of assets pledged to secure public funds.  At
December 31, 1995, net liquid assets totaled approximately $xx million.  Thus,
Libertyville Bank has substantial short-term balance sheet liquidity.

         Long-term liquidity needs are provided by a large core deposit base,
which is the most stable source of liquidity a community bank can have due to
the long-term relationships established with the depositors and the security of
deposit insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  At
December 31, 1995, 64% of total assets were funded by core deposits with
balances less than $100,000 while the remaining assets were funded by other
funding sources such as core deposits with balances in excess of $100,000,
public funds, purchased funds, and the capital of Libertyville Bank.

         Libertyville Bank may in the future accept deposits from a variety of
municipal entities.  Typically, these municipal entities require that banks
pledge marketable securities to collateralize these public deposits.  At
December 31, 1995, Libertyville Bank had none of these public deposits;
however, if received in the future, these deposits will not be considered core
deposits and the assets that are pledged as collateral for these deposits will
not deemed to be liquid assets.

         At the Holding Company Level.  Libertyville's principal funds are
dividends from Libertyville Bank subsidiary, and if necessary, borrowings or
additional equity offerings.  Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount
of dividends which can be paid to Libertyville by Libertyville Bank.  Based on
these laws, Libertyville Bank is not permitted to pay dividends until such time
as any previous operating losses have been recovered through earnings.  As
such, no cash dividends were paid to Libertyville by the subsidiaries during
the periods ended December 31, 1995.

         Also, Libertyville Bank is required to maintain a 9% capital to asset
ratio for three years as a de novo Bank, and is not allowed to pay dividends
during this de novo time period without prior approval of the banking
regulators.  This three year period ends as of October, 1998.

         Subsequent to the three year de novo period, Libertyville Bank could,
subject to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to Libertyville
without obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (1) undivided
profits, and (2) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the
current and prior two years.

         At January 1, 1996, Libertyville Bank was not allowed to pay dividends
based upon the above mentioned restrictions.

         Nonaccrual Past Due and Restructured Loans.  Libertyville had no
nonaccrual loans or loans past due 90 days or more at March 31, 1996 or
December 31, 1995.

         Potential Problem Loans.  Management has not identified any loans in
the portfolio through its problem loan identification system which exhibit a
higher than normal credit risk.  The lack of problem loans is expected by
management because all loans have been outstanding less than three months (the
time period Libertyville Bank has been open).





                                           122
<PAGE>   143

         Management continually reviews the total loan portfolio to identify
loans where there may be a concern that the borrower will not be able to
continue to satisfy present loan repayment terms.  Factors that management
analyzes to determine whether a loan could be a problem loan include current
economic conditions, loans such as those past maturity more than 45 days,
borrowers that have recent adverse operating cash flow or balance sheet trends,
or have general risk characteristics that the loan officer feels might
jeopardize the future timely collection of principal and interest payments.
Loans in this category generally include loans that were classified for
regulatory purposes.  At December 31, 1995, there were no significant loans
which were classified by any bank regulatory agency.  At December 31, 1995,
Libertyville Bank was not a lender for any highly-leveraged transactions.

         Loan Concentrations.  Loan concentrations are considered to exist when
there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar
activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other
conditions.  At December 31, 1995, Libertyville Bank had no concentrations of
loans exceeding 10% of total loans.

         Other Real Estate Owned.  In addition to the risk elements identified
above, Other Real Estate Owned would provide insight into the historical
quality of the loan portfolio.  Libertyville Bank has had no Other Real Estate
Owned during any of the reporting periods.

         Summary of Loan Loss Experience.  The following table summarizes loan
balances at the end of each period, changes in the allowance for possible loan
losses arising from additions to the allowance which have been charged to
earnings, and loans charged-off and recoveries on loans previously charged-off
by loan category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED        PERIOD ENDED
                                                        MARCH 31,             DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1996                   1995       
                                                 -----------------------   ------------------
       <S>                                        <C>                          <C>
       Balance at beginning of period  . . . . .  $    55,000                    $     --
       Total loans charged-off . . . . . . . . .           --                          --
       Total recoveries on loans
         previously charged-off  . . . . . . . .           --                          --
       Add:  Provision for possible loan
         losses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       75,000                      55,000
                                                  -----------                    --------
       Balance at end of period  . . . . . . . .  $   130,000                    $ 55,000
                                                  ===========                    ========

       Average loans outstanding . . . . . . . .  $15,536,000                    $841,000
                                                  ===========                    ========
</TABLE>


         Libertyville has not allocated the allowance for possible loan losses
by specific category due to the start-up nature of Libertyville Bank.
Libertyville will allocate the allowance for possible loan losses to specific
loan categories when the portfolio characteristics begin to develop so that
meaningful allocations can be determined.  However, management believes that
the loan portfolio is well diversified and well secured, without undue
concentration in any specific risk area.  Control of the loan quality is
continually monitored by management and is reviewed by the Board of Directors
and its Credit Committee on a monthly basis.  Independent external review of
the loan portfolio is provided by the examinations conducted by regulatory
authorities, independent public accountants in conjunction with their annual
audit, and an independent loan review performed by an entity engaged by the
Board of Directors.  The amount of additions to the allowance for possible loan
losses which are charged to earnings through the provision for possible loan
losses are determined based on a variety of factors, including actual
charge-offs during the year, historical loss experience, delinquent loans, and
an evaluation of current and prospective economic conditions in the market
area.  Management believes the allowance for possible loan losses is adequate
to cover any potential losses.





                                           123
<PAGE>   144

                   MATTERS OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO BANKS

COMPETITION

         North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale and Libertyville (collectively, the
"Holding Companies") compete in the commercial banking industry through their
subsidiaries, North Shore Bank, Lake Forest Bank, Hinsdale Bank and Libertyville
Bank (collectively, the "Banks").  The commercial banking industry is highly
competitive, and the Banks face strong direct competition for deposits, loans,
and other financial-related services.  The Banks compete directly in Cook,
DuPage and Lake counties with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions,
stockbrokers, and the finance divisions of automobile companies.  Some of these
competitors are local, while others are statewide or nationwide.  The Banks have
developed a community banking and marketing strategy.  In keeping with this
strategy, the Banks provide highly personalized and responsive service unique to
locally-owned and managed institutions.  As such, the Banks compete for deposits
principally by offering depositors a variety of deposit programs, convenient
office locations, hours and other services, and for loan originations primarily
through the interest rates and loan fees they charge, the efficiency and quality
of services they provide to borrowers and the variety of their loan products.
Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with
which the Banks compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as that
imposed on bank holding companies and Illinois banking corporations.  In
addition, the larger banking organizations have significantly greater resources
than those that will be available to the Banks.  As a result, such competitors
have advantages over the Banks in providing certain non-deposit services.
Currently, major competitors in certain of the Banks' markets include banking
subsidiaries of Harris Bankcorp, Inc., Northern Trust Corporation, and First
Chicago/NBD Corp.  For a description of the competition relating to Crabtree
Capital Corporation, see "Competition" under "CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION."

LITIGATION

         The Holding Companies and their subsidiaries from time to time are
subject to pending and threatened legal action and proceedings arising in the
normal course of business.  Since the Banks act as depositories of funds, they
are named as defendants in various lawsuits (such as garnishments proceedings)
involving claims to the ownership of funds in particular accounts.  All such
litigation is incidental to each Bank's business.  After reviewing these
actions and all other pending or threatened actions and proceedings with
counsel, based upon information currently available to management, management
of each of the Companies has informed Wintrust that it considers the outcome of
such actions or proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the
operations or financial condition of such Company or its subsidiary(ies).

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

         Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under
federal and state law.  References under this heading to applicable statutes or
regulations are brief summaries of portions thereof which do not purport to be
complete and which are qualified in their entirety by reference to those
statutes and regulations.  Any change in applicable laws or regulations may
have a material adverse effect on the business of commercial banks and bank
holding companies, including the Holding Companies and the Banks.

BANK HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

         The Holding Companies are registered as "bank holding companies" with
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve
Board") and, accordingly, are subject to supervision by the Federal Reserve
Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the
regulations issued thereunder (collectively, the "BHC Act").  The Holding
Companies are required to file with the Federal Reserve Board periodic reports
and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require
pursuant to the BHC Act.  The Federal Reserve Board examines the Holding
Companies and may examine the Banks.





                                           124
<PAGE>   145


         The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve Board approval for, among
other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect
ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all
the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or for a merger or
consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company.
With certain exceptions, the BHC Act prohibits a bank holding company from
acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares of any
company which is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging directly
or indirectly in any activity other than banking or managing or controlling
banks or performing services for its authorized subsidiaries.  A bank holding
company may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in a company that
engages in activities which the Federal Reserve Board has determined by
regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or
controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto, such as owning and
operating the premium finance business conducted by Crabtree.  Under the BHC
Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations, the Holding Companies and the Banks
are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with
an extension of credit, lease, sale of property, or furnishing of services.

         Any person, including associates and affiliates of and groups acting
in concert with such person, who purchases or subscribes for 5% or more of the
Holding Companies' Common Stock may be required to obtain prior approval of the
Illinois Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Board.  Under the Illinois
Banking Act, any person who thereafter acquires stock of the Holding Companies
such that its interest exceeds 10% of the Holding Companies, may be required to
obtain the prior approval of the Illinois Commissioner and under the Change in
Bank Control Act, after the Holding Companies and the Banks commence
operations, a person may be required to obtain the prior regulatory approval of
the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring the power to directly
or indirectly direct the management, operations or policies of the Holding
Companies or the Banks or before acquiring control of 25% or more of any class
of the Holding Companies' or Banks' outstanding voting stock.  In addition, any
corporation, partnership, trust or organized group that acquires a controlling
interest in the Holding Companies or the Banks may have to obtain approval of
the Federal Reserve Board to become a bank holding company and thereafter be
subject to regulation as such.

         It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that the Holding
Companies are expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Banks
and to commit resources to support the Banks.  The Federal Reserve Board takes
the position that in implementing this policy, it may require the Holding
Companies to provide such support when the Holding Companies otherwise would
not consider themselves able to do so.

         The Federal Reserve Board has adopted risk-based capital requirements
for assessing bank holding company capital adequacy.  These standards revised
the definition of capital and established minimum capital standards in relation
to assets and off-balance sheet exposures, as adjusted for credit risks.  The
Federal Reserve Board's risk-based guidelines apply on a consolidated basis for
bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $150 million or more and on
a "bank-only" basis for bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less
than $150 million, subject to certain terms and conditions.  Under the Federal
Reserve Board's risk-based guidelines, capital is classified into two
categories.  For bank holding companies, Tier I or "core" capital consists of
common shareholders' equity, perpetual preferred stock (subject to certain
limitations) and minority interests in the common equity accounts of
consolidated subsidiaries, and is reduced by goodwill, certain other intangible
assets and certain investments in other corporations ("Tier I Capital").  Tier
2 capital consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses (subject to
certain conditions and limitations), perpetual preferred stock, "hybrid capital
instruments," perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, and
term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock.

         Under the Federal Reserve Board's capital guidelines, bank holding
companies are required to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying capital to
risk-weighted assets of 8%, of which at least 4% must be in the form of Tier I
Capital.  The Federal Reserve Board also requires a minimum leverage ratio of
Tier I Capital to total assets of 3%, except that bank holding companies not
rated in the highest category under the regulatory rating system are required
to maintain a leverage ratio of 1% to 2% above such minimum.  The 3% Tier I
Capital to total assets ratio constitutes the minimum leverage standard for
bank holding companies, and will be used in conjunction with the





                                           125
<PAGE>   146

risk-based ratio in determining the overall capital adequacy of banking
organizations.  In addition, the Federal Reserve Board continues to consider
the Tier I leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new
activities.

         In its capital adequacy guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board
emphasizes that the foregoing standards are supervisory minimums and that
banking organizations generally are expected to operate well above the minimum
ratios.  These guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing
internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong
capital positions substantially above the minimum levels.

         As of March 31, 1996, on a pro forma combined basis, the Holding
Companies had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve's minimum
requirements.  On a pro forma combined basis, Wintrust would have had a total
risk-based capital ratio of 11.3% and a leverage ratio of 8.0% as of March 31,
1996.

         In August, 1995, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and other federal
banking agencies published a final rule modifying their existing risk-based
capital standards to provide for consideration of interest rate risk when
assessing the capital adequacy of a bank.  Under the final rule, the Federal
Reserve Board and the FDIC must explicitly include a bank's exposure to
declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates
as a factor in evaluating a bank's capital adequacy.  The Federal Reserve
Board, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies also published a joint
policy statement for public comment that describes the process the banking
agencies will use to measure and assess the exposure of a bank's net economic
value to change in interest rates.  Under the policy, the federal regulators
will consider results of supervisory and internal interest rate risk models as
one factor in evaluating capital adequacy.  At a future date the Federal
Reserve Board, the FDIC and other federal regulators intend to incorporate
explicit minimum requirements for interest rate risk in their respective
risk-based capital standards through the use of the model developed from the
policy statement and proposed rules.

BANK REGULATION

         Under Illinois law, the Banks are subject to supervision and
examination by the Illinois Commissioner.  As affiliates of the Banks, the
Holding Companies are also subject to examination by the Illinois Commissioner.

         The deposits of the Banks are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund under
the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA") and the Banks
are, therefore, also subject to supervision and examination by the FDIC.  The
FDIA requires that the appropriate federal regulatory authority (the FDIC in
the case of the Banks) approve any merger and/or consolidation by or with an
insured bank, as well as the establishment or relocation of any bank or branch
office.  The FDIC also supervises compliance with the provisions of federal law
and regulations which place restrictions on loans by FDIC-insured banks to
their directors, executive officers and other controlling persons.

         Furthermore, banks are affected by the credit policies of other
monetary authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, which regulate the
national supply of bank credit.  Such regulation influences overall growth of
bank loans, investments, and deposits and may also affect interest rates
charged on loans and paid on deposits.  The monetary policies of the Federal
Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of
commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the
future.

         All banks located in Illinois have traditionally been restricted as to
the number and geographic location of branches which they may establish.  The
Illinois Banking Act was amended in June, 1993, however, to eliminate such
branching restrictions.  Accordingly, banks located in Illinois are now
permitted to establish branches anywhere in Illinois without regard to the
location of other banks' main offices or the number of branches previously
maintained by the bank establishing the branch.





                                           126
<PAGE>   147

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION REGULATION GENERALLY

         Transactions with Affiliates.  Transactions between a bank and its
holding company or other affiliates are subject to various restrictions imposed
by state and federal regulatory agencies.  Such transactions include loans and
other extensions of credit, purchases of securities and other assets, and
payments of fees or other distributions.  In general, these restrictions limit
the amount of transactions between an institution and an affiliate of such
institution, as well as the aggregate amount of transactions between an
institution and all of its affiliates, and require transactions with affiliates
to be on terms comparable to those for transactions with unaffiliated entities.

         Dividend Limitations.  Federal and state statutes and regulations
impose restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Holding Companies and
the Banks.

         Federal Reserve Board policy provides that a bank holding company
should not pay dividends unless (i) the bank holding company's net income over
the prior year is sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (ii) the
prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the capital
needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding
company and its subsidiaries.

         In addition, Illinois law places certain limitations on the ability of
the Holding Companies to pay dividends.  For example, the Holding Companies may
not pay dividends to its shareholders if, after giving effect to the dividend,
the Holding Companies would not be able to pay their debts as they become due.
Since a major source of the Holding Companies' revenue is dividends the Holding
Companies receive and expect to receive from the Banks, the Holding Companies'
ability to pay dividends is likely to be dependent on the amount of dividends
paid by the Banks.  No assurance can be given that the Banks will, in any
circumstances, pay dividends on their stock.  As Illinois state-chartered
banks, none of the Banks may pay dividends in an amount greater than its
current net profits after deducting losses and bad debts out of undivided
profits provided that its surplus equals or exceeds its capital.  For the
purpose of determining the amount of dividends that an Illinois bank may pay,
bad debts are defined as debts upon which interest is past due and unpaid for a
period of six months or more unless such debts are well-secured and in the
process of collection.

         Financial Management Requirements.  On December 19, 1991, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") was enacted
into law.  Among other things, FDICIA requires federal banking regulators to
adopt safety and soundness standards for depository institutions and their
holding companies on matters such as internal controls, loan documentation,
credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, and
compensation and other benefits, as well as standards specifying maximum
classified assets to capital ratios, minimum earnings sufficient to absorb
losses without impairing capital, and to the extent feasible, a minimum ratio
of market value to book value for publicly traded shares of depository
institutions and holding companies.  FDICIA also requires depository
institutions to be examined annually by the banking regulators, and those
depository institutions having $500 million or more in total assets are
required to have an annual independent audit of financial statements performed
by independent public accountants, to establish an independent audit committee
comprised solely of outside directors, and to file annual management reports
with banking regulators which include an assessment of the effectiveness of the
institution's internal control structure and procedures and compliance with
laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness.

         A range of other provisions in FDICIA include requirements applicable
to closure of branches; additional disclosures to depositors with respect to
terms and interest rates applicable to deposit accounts; uniform regulations
for extensions of credit secured by real estate; restrictions on activities of
and investments by state-chartered banks; modification of accounting standards
to conform to generally accepted accounting principles including the reporting
of off-balance sheet items and supplemental disclosure of estimated fair market
value of assets and liabilities in financial statements filed with the banking
regulators; increased penalties in making or failing to file assessment reports
with the FDIC; greater restrictions on extensions of credit to directors,
officers and principal shareholders; and increased reporting requirements on
agricultural loans and loans to small businesses.





                                           127
<PAGE>   148

         Prompt Corrective Action.  FDICIA requires the federal banking
regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, to take prompt
corrective action with respect to depository institutions that fall below
certain capital standards and prohibits any depository institution from making
any capital distribution that would cause it to be undercapitalized.
Institutions that are not adequately capitalized may be subject to a variety of
supervisory actions including, but not limited to, restrictions on growth,
investment activities, capital distributions and affiliate transactions and
will be required to submit a capital restoration plan which, to be accepted by
the regulators, must be guaranteed in part by any company having control of the
institution (such as the Company).  Only well-capitalized institutions and
adequately capitalized institutions receiving a waiver from the FDIC are
permitted to accept brokered deposits, and only those institutions eligible to
accept brokered deposits may provide pass-through deposit insurance for
participants in employee benefit plans.  In other respects, FDICIA provides for
enhanced supervisory authority, including greater authority for the appointment
of a conservator or receiver for under-capitalized institutions.

         As of the date of this Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, not all the
regulations necessary to implement FDICIA have been adopted by the applicable
federal regulators.  The precise terms and timing of the final regulations
cannot be predicted by the Holding Companies and the Banks; therefore, the
Holding Companies and the Banks are unable to determine the effect such
regulations will have on their respective financial conditions and operations.

         Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  Under FDICIA, as an FDIC-insured
institution, each of the Banks is required to pay deposit insurance premiums
based on the risk it poses to the insurance fund.  The FDIC recently amended
the risk-based assessment system and on December 11, 1995, adopted a new
assessment rate schedule for BIF insured deposits.  The new assessment rate
schedule, effective with respect to the semiannual premium assessment beginning
January 1, 1996, provides for an assessment range of zero to .27% (subject to a
$2,000 minimum) of deposits depending on capital and supervisory factors.  Each
depository institution is assigned to one of three capital groups: "well
capitalized," "adequately capitalized" or "less than adequately capitalized."
Within each capital group, institutions are assigned to one of three
supervisory subgroups: "healthy," "supervisory concern" or "substantial
supervisory concern." Accordingly, there are nine combinations of capital
groups and supervisory subgroups to which varying assessment rates would be
applicable.  An institution's assessment rate depends on the capital category
and supervisory category to which it is assigned.

         During the first six months of 1996, the Banks were assessed at an
average rate of the statutory minimum of $2,000.  Deposit insurance may be
terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe
or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue
operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or
condition imposed by the FDIC.  The management of each of the Banks does not
know any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of
deposit insurance.

         Legislative proposals to combine the Savings Association Insurance
Fund and the Bank Insurance Fund pending in Congress as of the date of this
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, however, could further alter the FDIC's
proposed insurance assessment schedule.  The effect of such legislative
proposals cannot be accurately predicted at this time.

         Federal Reserve System.  The Banks are subject to Federal Reserve
Board regulations requiring depository institutions to maintain
noninterest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW
and regular checking accounts).  The Federal Reserve Board regulations
generally require 3% reserves on the first $51.9 million of transaction
accounts and $1.6 million plus 10% on the remainder.  The first $4.0 million of
otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve
Board) are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The Banks are in compliance
with the foregoing requirements.





                                           128
<PAGE>   149

         Community Reinvestment.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA"),
a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent
with the safe and sound operation of such institution, to help meet the credit
needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income
neighborhoods.  The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or
programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's
discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are
best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.  The CRA
requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a
financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the
institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take
such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the
institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit
facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or
assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
The CRA also requires that all institutions make public disclosure of their CRA
ratings.  Each of the Banks received "satisfactory" ratings from the FDIC on
their most recent CRA performance evaluations.

         Brokered Deposits.  Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to
limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution
is able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from
the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such
deposits.  Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered
deposits.  [None of the Banks currently intends to seek brokered deposits,
although they are eligible under the statutory standard to do so.]

         Enforcement Actions.  Federal and state statutes and regulations
provide financial institution regulatory agencies with great flexibility to
undertake enforcement action against an institution that fails to comply with
regulatory requirements, particularly capital requirements.  Possible
enforcement actions range from the imposition of a capital plan and capital
directive to receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit
insurance.

         Interstate Banking and Branching Legislation.  On September 29, 1994,
the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate
Banking Act") was enacted.  Under the Interstate Banking Act, adequately
capitalized and adequately managed bank holding companies will be allowed to
acquire banks across state lines subject to certain limitations.  In addition,
under the Interstate Banking Act, beginning on June 1, 1997, banks will be
permitted to merge with one another across state lines and thereby create a
main bank with branches in separate states.  After establishing branches in a
state through an interstate merger transaction, Libertyville Bank could
establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where
any bank involved in the interstate merger could have established or acquired
branches under applicable federal and state law.

         Under the Interstate Banking Act, states may adopt legislation
permitting interstate mergers before June 1, 1997.  Alternatively, states may
adopt legislation before June 1, 1997, subject to certain conditions, opting
out of interstate branching.  Illinois adopted legislation, effective September
29, 1995, permitting interstate mergers beginning on June 1, 1997.  It is
anticipated that this interstate merger and branching ability will increase
competition and further consolidate the financial institutions industry.

MONETARY POLICY AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

         The earnings of banks and bank holding companies are affected by
general economic conditions and also by the fiscal and monetary policies of
federal regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve.  Through open
market transactions, variations in the discount rate and the establishment of
reserve requirements, the Federal Reserve exerts considerable influence over
the cost and availability of funds obtainable for lending or investing.

         The above monetary and fiscal policies and resulting changes in
interest rates have affected the operating results of all commercial banks in
the past and are expected to do so in the future.  The Holding Companies cannot
fully predict the nature or the extent of any effects which fiscal or monetary
policies may have on their business and earnings.





                                           129
<PAGE>   150

                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION

BUSINESS

         General.  Crabtree Capital Corporation is a financial services holding
company engaged primarily in the business of financing the payment of insurance
premiums through its majority-owned subsidiary, First Premium.  Crabtree has no
other operating subsidiaries but does have some residual business from former
subsidiaries which have either been liquidated or sold.  This non-operating
business involves primarily the run-off of a small amount of lease receivables
and the settlement of certain litigation and contingency issues incurred by a
former insurance holding company's subsidiary.

         Crabtree was organized on September 10, 1979 and adopted its present
name on August 12, 1985.  Crabtree was inactive until late 1985 when it
purchased a property and casualty insurance company, Addison Farmers' Insurance
Company.  Crabtree subsequently purchased a controlling interest in a credit
life insurance holding company, Credit Life, and organized four new companies,
Spring Financial Services, Inc., a commercial finance company; Prospect Leasing
Company, a leasing company ("Prospect"); and two insurance premium finance
companies, First Premium and Crabtree Premium Finance Company.

         Crabtree subsequently sold Addison Farmers' Insurance Company in 1990,
Spring Financial Services, Inc. in 1991, and Crabtree Premium Finance Company
in 1992.  In 1992, Prospect sold approximately 90% of its leasing portfolio.
Most of Prospect's income since 1992 has come from run-off of its retained
lease portfolio.  In 1995, Crabtree effectively bought out the remaining
minority shareholders in Credit Life by having Credit Life repurchase all of
its common stock held by the minority shareholders.  During 1996, Prospect will
merge with and into Crabtree, and Credit Life will merge with and into First
Premium.

         Credit Life has no current operations, but has certain unresolved
outstanding litigation and contingency issues from prior years.  All of these
issues are immaterial with the exception of a lawsuit which Credit Life has
against a former agent.  The suit is intended to enable Credit Life to recover
losses incurred by a subsidiary relative to an unauthorized transaction by the
agent which resulted in a loss of approximately $4 million by the subsidiary.

         Credit Life also has tax net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $10.1 million as of December 31, 1995.  As the result of Crabtree
becoming a 100% owner of Credit Life, and Credit Life merging with First
Premium in 1996, certain of these tax loss carryforwards may be utilized by
First Premium in future years.

         First Premium is a financial services company engaged in the business
of financing the payment of insurance premiums.  The company offers financing
of approximately 80% of an insurance premium to individuals and commercial
purchasers of property and casualty and liability insurance who wish to pay
their insurance premiums on an installment basis.  Whereas many insurance
carriers require advance payment of a full year's premium, the company allows
the insured to spread the cost of the insurance policy over time.

         First Premium finances insurance premiums without assuming the risk of
loss borne by insurance carriers.  When the insured buys an insurance policy
from an independent insurance agent or broker who offers financing through the
company, the insured generally pays a down payment of approximately 15% to 25%
of the total premium and signs a premium finance agreement for the balance due.
Under the terms of the company's standard form of financing contract, the
company is given the power to cancel the insurance policy if there is a default
in the payment on the finance contract and to collect the unearned portion of
the premium from the insurance carrier, which secures payment of the balance
due under the financing contract.  The down payment is set at a level designed
such that, in the event of cancellation of a policy, the return premium from
the insurance carrier is sufficient to cover the loan balance plus interest and
other charges due to the company.  The company derives profit to the extent
that interest earned and fees charged generate income exceeding the interest
expense for borrowed funds and the company's selling and operating expenses.





                                           130
<PAGE>   151

         First Premium is licensed or otherwise qualified to do business as an
insurance premium finance company in 38 states.  Virtually all of the company's
outstanding receivables are commercial accounts.  At December 31, 1995, the
company had approximately 11,000 active accounts.

         To finance its insurance premium loans, the company has in the past
relied primarily on proceeds of loan sales to First Premium Financing Corp.
(FPFC), a wholly-owned special-purpose corporation.  FPFC sells loans acquired
from the company to an independent multi-seller conduit, which issues
commercial paper to finance the acquisition of the loans.  To a lesser degree,
loans are financed by short term lines of credit and subordinated debt.

         The company's marketing strategy is based on establishing and
maintaining relationships with insurance agents by offering a high degree of
service and innovative products.  Senior management is directly involved in the
company's marketing efforts which currently focus on commercial accounts.  The
company believes that these accounts provide higher returns at lower risk than
other sectors of the marketplace.

         Industry Background.  Premium finance companies are licensed to
finance property, casualty and liability insurance premiums for corporate and
individual insureds that are unable or do not wish to pay an entire insurance
premium in one lump sum.  The insured may be able to finance a premium with an
affiliated company of the insurance carrier, if any, an independent premium
finance company such as the company, or a bank or other lending institution.
Customarily, insurance agents utilize the services of premium finance companies
to assist in the sale of an insurance policy to their customers.  Upon the
execution of a finance agreement with the insured, the agent forwards the
completed documents and the down payment to the premium finance company.  The
premium finance company then pays the premium in full to the insurance carrier
or its agent.  The premium finance company collects principal and interest from
the insured (borrower) in the form of an installment payment.  In the event the
insured (borrower) defaults, the company has the right to cancel the insurance
policy by mailing a notice of cancellation to the insurance carrier.  The
insurance carrier is then required by state law to refund the gross unearned
premium in full to the finance company for the benefit of the insured, and the
finance company applies the proceeds there of against the balance due from the
insured, and the finance company applies the proceeds thereof against the
balance due from the insured.

         Insurance Premium Financing Services.  The company offers financing to
qualified purchasers of various types of insurance policies, including coverage
for property, casualty and liability insurance, of up to approximately 75% to
85% of the entire premium for such policies.  The company's standard form of
premium finance agreement discloses to the insured, among other things, the
price of the total premium; the amount of the cash down payment made; the
amount financed; the amount of the finance charge; the aggregate amount which
will have been paid after the insured has made all payments as scheduled; the
applicable annual percentage rate charged; that a late charge of 5% of the
payment is due in the event a payment is more than five days late (or such
lesser amount as may be provided by the appropriate state law); the insured's
entitlement to a refund of part of the finance charge in the event of
prepayment; that the insured is granting to the company a security interest in
any and all unearned return premiums which may become payable under the policy;
and that the insured is appointing the company as the insured's
attorney-in-fact with all authority to cancel the policy and to receive from
the insurance carrier the unearned portion of the premium.  The company's
agreements generally provide for monthly payments over a period of nine months
on a one-year policy.

         Each insurance broker in the company's referral network is provided
with financing forms and/or quoting software.  When an insured seeks premium
financing, the broker completes (and has the insured sign) the company's form
of premium finance agreement and collects a down payment of approximately 15%
to 25% of the total premium.  The broker also signs the contract to certify
that the insurance policy has been issued and delivered.  The broker submits
the original and one copy of the executed premium finance agreement to the
company, together with the down payment.  Upon acceptance of the finance
contract, the company remits payment for the amount financed to the insurance
carrier or its agent.  The company inputs all information into its computer
system and sends a copy to the insured.  The first payment is due approximately
30 days from the effective date of coverage.  The company gives notice to the
carrier of its interest in the policy and informs the carrier that any return
premiums must be sent to the company in the event of cancellation of the
policy.





                                           131
<PAGE>   152


         Although the insured is primarily liable on his or its finance
contract, the company does not look solely to the borrower's credit-worthiness
for payment.  Rather, the insured assigns to the company his or its interest in
any unearned premiums relating to the financed insurance policy as security for
the loan and grants to the company the power to cancel the insurance policy,
and collect the unearned premium, if there is a default in payment on the
finance contract.  Thus, the unearned premiums held by the insurance company
provide a collateral source of payment on a delinquent finance contract.

         The company endeavors to increase revenues by using its resources to
finance as many premiums profitably as is practical.  From the inception of the
Company's operations through December 31, 1995, the company has accepted 49,257
premium finance loans covering approximately 100,000 insurance policies.  The
company currently does business with over 600 insurance agents and brokers.
The average individual loan the company has accepted is approximately $15,600.

         In order to minimize losses, the company will not finance premiums
unless the insurance policy provides for the return of unearned premiums
connected therewith upon cancellation.  The company generally requires
policyholders to make a loan payment sufficient to ensure that at all times the
unearned premium available for refund will pay the loan balance plus interest
and other charges.  Advance payment of approximately 15% to 25% of the premium
generally ensures such margin.

         The company has the power to cancel an insurance policy if payments
due to it from the insured are more than approximately 20 days late (the number
of days varies by state law).  After a payment is approximately 10 days late,
the company mails a late notice to the insured and charges the insured a late
charge of 5% of the installment due (or lesser amount as provided by state
law).  If payment is not received within 10 days thereafter, the company has
the right to cancel the policy by sending a notice of cancellation of the
policy to the insurance company with a copy to both the insured and the
insurance agent or broker.  The financing agreement is structured so that the
insured will already have paid for insurance coverage for a period of time
extending beyond such 20-day period.

         Any monies paid for insurance coverage for time extending after the
cancellation date constitute "unearned premium" and must, under applicable
state statutes, be refunded to the insured.  The company's form of premium
finance agreement provides that all such refunds be remitted by the insurance
carrier to the company on behalf of the insured.  Before it forwards the refund
to the insured (or to the broker on behalf of the insured where state
regulations require), the company deducts all interest, service and late
charges due to it.  In the company's experience, the time periods between the
cancellation date and receipt of the refund of unearned premiums has averaged
between 60 and 120 days.  There can be no assurances, however, that the company
will not experience increasing delays in collecting, or inability to collect,
such refunds in the future.

         Upon receipt of the gross return or unearned premium from the
insurance carrier, and the crediting of this return to the insured's account,
debit balances might still be reflected in certain instances.  The causes of
such a situation include improper disclosure of information to insurance agents
on the insured's application for insurance, special payment terms offered by
the company which did not provide full collateralization of the loan, or
clerical errors by company personnel.  The company uses its in-house collection
capability in an attempt to collect such balances.  If in-house efforts are
unsuccessful, the use of external collection attorneys is initiated.  Certain
transactions are written with recourse against the producing agent, broker or
agency and/or offsetting reserves to a few selected insurance producers.

         Sales and Marketing.  The company generates business through sales
representatives, who solicit premium loans from independent insurance agents
and brokers.  As of the end of 1995, the company employed 10 such sales
representatives.  Independent agents and brokers are associated with various
insurance companies.  Insurance brokers may refer financing business to an
insurance premium financing company because such companies can assist them in
servicing their clients, particularly where the insurance carrier does not
offer an installment payment option.  Since the company has no contracts with
any brokers to continue to refer business to the company, there can be no
assurance that brokers presently directing financing business to the company
will continue to do so or that the company will be able to locate and establish
relationships with additional brokers.





                                           132
<PAGE>   153


         The company believes that it offers more flexibility with regard to
late payments and policy cancellations than affiliated companies of insurance
carriers, banks and other lending institutions which generally subject a policy
to automatic cancellation on a designated date if a premium payment is late.
It is the company's policy to notify the broker immediately when any payment is
past due, thereby allowing the broker to arrange with the insured for payment
and to prevent cancellation of the policy.  Under certain circumstances the
grace period can be extended, thereby avoiding cancellation of the policy and
the loss of part of the broker's commission which may result from such
cancellation.  No assurances can be given that the affiliated companies of the
insurance carriers, banks and other lending institutions will not add greater
flexibility to their insurance financing business practices and, in the event
this should occur, there may be a material adverse effect on the company's
business operations.

         Regulation.  The operations of the company's subsidiary, First
Premium, are regulated by state statutes, and regulations promulgated
thereunder, which provide for the licensing, administration and supervision of
premium finance companies.  Such statutes and regulations impose significant
restrictions on the operation of First Premium's business.

         First Premium is currently licensed or otherwise qualified to do
business as an insurance premium finance company in 38 states.  Generally, it
must renew its license to operate as a premium finance company each year in
each state.  First Premium is also subject to periodic examinations and
investigations by state regulators.

         Among other things, certain state statutes and regulations impose
minimum capital requirements, govern the form and content of financing
agreements, limit the interest and service charges First Premium may impose,
prescribe notice periods prior to the cancellation of policies for non-payment,
limit delinquency and collection charges and govern the procedure for
cancellation of policies and collection of unearned premiums.  Changes in the
regulation of First Premium's activities, such as increased rate regulation,
could have an adverse effect on First Premium's operations.  The statutes do
not provide for automatic adjustments in the rates a premium finance company
may charge.  Consequently, during periods of high prevailing interest rates on
institutional indebtedness and fixed statutory ceilings on rates First Premium
may charge its insureds, First Premium's ability to operate profitably could be
adversely affected.

         Competition.  First Premium encounters intense competition from
numerous other firms, including a number of national commercial premium finance
companies, companies affiliated with insurance carriers, independent insurance
brokers who offer premium finance services, banks and other lending
institutions.  Some of First Premium's competitors are larger and have greater
financial and other resources and are better known than First Premium.  In
addition, there are few, if any, barriers to entry into this industry in the
event other firms, particularly insurance carriers and their affiliates, seek
to compete in this market.

         The market for premium finance companies is three-tiered.  The first
tier is that of national companies that are owned by insurance companies,
banks, and commercial finance companies.  In this group are five companies that
on a combined basis finance over $9 billion per annum of premium finance
agreements.  The second tier is a group of five to ten regional companies
financing $200-800 million each per year.  The third tier is comprised of
smaller local companies and is highly fragmented.  First Premium is the size of
the second tier companies but competes mainly with the first tier companies.

         First Premium believes that it offers better service and more
flexibility with regard to late payments and policy cancellations than
affiliates of insurance carriers, banks and other lending institutions.  First
Premium competes with these entities by emphasizing a high level of knowledge
of the insurance industry, flexibility in structuring financing transactions,
and the timely purchase of qualifying contracts.  First Premium believes that
its commitment to account service also distinguishes it from its competitors.
It is First Premium's policy to notify the insurance agent when an insured is
in default and to assist in collection, if requested by the agent.  To the
extent that affiliates of insurance carriers, banks, and other lending
institutions add greater service and flexibility to their financing practices
in the future, the company's operations could be adversely affected.  There can
be no assurance that First Premium will be able to continue to compete
successfully in its markets.





                                           133
<PAGE>   154

         Personnel.  Crabtree has no full-time employees.  First Premium's
staff consists of 44 employees (all of whom are full-time employees), including
5 executive officers, 10 sales and marketing representatives, and 29 clerical
and administrative employees.

         Description of Property.  Crabtree's offices are located at 475 N.
Martingale Rd., Suite 440, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173.  The company leases
approximately 1100 square feet of office space at a cost of $2,000 per month
under a two-year lease expiring in the year 1997.

         First Premium's offices are located at 520 Lake Cook Road, Suite 300,
Deerfield, Illinois 60015.  The company leases approximately 12,000 square feet
of office space at a cost of $27,000 per month under a five-year lease expiring
in the year 2000.

MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

         The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 1996, with
respect to beneficial ownership of shares of Crabtree held by (i) each director
of Crabtree, (ii) the executive officers of Crabtree and certain executive
officers of First Premium, and (ii) all directors and executive officers as a
group.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SHARES                                    PRO
                                                                    SUBJECT         TOTAL                    FORMA
                                                      SHARES       TO VESTED      CRABTREE       % OF         % OF
                                   COMMON           SUBJECT TO       STOCK       BENEFICIAL    CRABTREE    WINTRUST
                                  SHARES(1)          WARRANTS(2)    OPTIONS(3)    OWNERSHIP    TOTAL(4)   TOTAL(4)(5)
                                 ----------       -------------   ------------   -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                              <C>                <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
DIRECTORS
- ---------
Howard D. Adams(6)**. . . . . .      115,283                --          7,858        123,141       11.92%      7.88%
Robert P. Knight  . . . . . . .       25,000                --          3,000         28,000        2.72%         *
Emmett D. McCarthy (7)  . . . .       56,484                --             --         56,484        5.51%      4.90%  
Tull Monsees  . . . . . . . . .       40,800                --             --         40,800        3.98%         * 
Larry Wright (8)  . . . . . . .       60,700            63,053             --        123,753       11.37%      7.72%
                                  ----------        ----------      ---------      ---------    --------                
Total Directors . . . . . . . .      298,267            63,053         10,858        372,178       35.50%

NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- -------------------------------
Frank J. Burke (2)  . . . . . .           --                --         31,680         31,680        3.00%         *
James Knollenberg (2) . . . . .           --                --         61,361         61,361        5.65%      1.22%
                                  ----------        ----------      ---------      ---------    --------     
Total Directors and Executive
    Officers as a group . . . .      298,267            63,053        103,899        465,219       44.15%
                                  ==========        ==========      =========      =========    ========     
Total Common Share
    Equivalents Outstanding . .    1,025,265           378,376        156,934      1,560,575
                                  ==========        ==========      =========      =========    ========     

</TABLE>

- ---------------
 *  Less than 1%.
**  Denotes executive officer (in addition to director status).

(1)   Includes shares held directly and, if applicable, indirectly through such
      person's spouse, minor children, certain family trusts, IRA's or 401(k)
      plans.

(2)   Represents First Premium warrants presented as if they were converted into
      warrants to acquire shares of Crabtree Common Stock, as contemplated by
      the Reorganization Agreement. The Reorganization Agreement provides that
      these warrants will convert into warrants to acquire 447,740 shares of
      Wintrust Common Stock (assuming no prior exercise of such warrants).

(3)   Reflects vested stock options to purchase shares of Crabtree Common
      Stock. Also includes shares subject to vested stock options of First
      Premium and of Credit Life as if they were converted into Crabtree options
      as provided for in the Reorganization Agreement.

(4)   Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC
      Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(5)   Assumes no exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants other than
      the anticipated exercise of certain First Premium warrants resulting in
      399,612 additional shares of Wintrust Common Stock to be outstanding
      immediately following the Effective Date of the Reorganization. Includes
      shares deemed beneficially owned by such persons in any of the other
      Companies, giving effect to the applicable Exchange Ratios and North Shore
      Stock Split.  Also gives effect to the cancellation of intercompany share
      ownership as provided in the Reorganization Agreement.

(6)   Includes 8,817 shares held in a family trust for the benefit of Mr. Adams'
      son and 1,000 shares held in a charitable foundation with respect to all
      of which Mr. Adams has voting power; Mr. Adams disclaims beneficial
      ownership of such shares. Does not include 46,750 shares held in other
      family trusts for the benefit of Mr. Adams' children for which Emmet D.
      McCarthy serves as co-trustee, nor an additional 2,500 shares held
      directly by Mr. Adams' children.

(7)   Includes an aggregate of 46,750 shares held by the Alan W. Adams Family
      Trust and Sarah Katherine Adams Family Trust for which Mr. McCarthy has
      shared voting and investment power as co-trustee together with either Alan
      W. Adams or Sarah K. Adams, respectively, adult children of Howard D.
      Adams.  Alan W. Adams is a Vice President of Lake Forest Bank and a
      proposed director of Wintrust.  Mr. McCarthy disclaims beneficial
      ownership of all shares held in the Adams family trusts.

(8)   In addition to 1,300 shares held by Mr. Wright, the beneficial ownership
      shown includes (i) 500 shares held by an employee retirement plan of
      Milbank Corporation of which Mr. Wright is a trustee and with respect to
      which shares he has shared voting and investment power; (ii) 58,900 shares
      held by Deerpath Investments LLP, a limited partnership ("Deerpath") to
      which Milbank Corporation, of which Mr. Wright is an officer, director and
      principal shareholder, serves as investment advisor and with respect to
      which shares Mr. Wright has shared voting and investment power; and (iii)
      63,053 shares which Deerpath will have the right to purchase pursuant to
      the exercise of warrants assuming conversion of the outstanding First
      Premium common stock warrants in accordance with the provisions of the
      Reorganization Agreement.

(9)   Mr. Knollenberg is President and a Director and Mr. Burke is an Executive
      Vice President of First Premium, the primary subsidiary of Crabtree.


                                           134
<PAGE>   155
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS

    On March 31, 1996, Crabtree had 1,025,265 shares of common stock
outstanding. As of such date, the following persons not listed under
"Management Ownership of Common Stock" are known by Crabtree to be the owners
of or might be deemed to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of its common
stock.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NUMBER OF SHARES            PERCENT OF
              NAME                          ADDRESS                 BENEFICIALLY OWNED              CLASS       
 ------------------------------   --------------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------
 <S>                              <C>                             <C>                          <C>
 Internationale Netherlanden      135 East 57th Street                   315,323                      23.52%
 Bank, N.V.(2)                    New York, NY

 Milbank Corporation(3)           135 South LaSalle                      124,453                      11.44%
                                  Chicago, IL

 Electra Investment Trust, PLC    70 East 55th Street                     63,830                       6.22%
                                  New York, NY

 Bert A. Getz                     3634 Civic Center Plaza                 60,000                       5.85%
                                  Scottsdale, AZ
 
 William H. Sherer(4)             P.O. Box 1617                           60,380                       5.89%
                                  Mercer Island, WA

</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1)     Beneficial ownership percentages are calculated in accordance with SEC
        Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(2)     Represents shares subject to First Premium warrants giving effect to the
        conversion of such warrants into the right to acquire Crabtree shares as
        required by the terms of the Reorganization Agreement.

(3)     Includes (i) 1,300 shares held by Larry Wright, a director of Crabtree,
        and 700 shares held by Robert D. Harnach, a director of Lake Forest and
        Hinsdale, each of whom are officers, directors and principal
        shareholders of Milbank Corporation ("Milbank"); (ii) 500 shares held by
        an employee retirement plan of Milbank of which Mr. Wright and Mr.
        Harnach are trustees with voting and investment power; and (iii) 58,900
        shares held in Deerpath Investment LLP, a limited partnership
        ("Deerpath") to which Milbank serves an investment advisor and with
        respect to which Mr. Wright and Mr. Harnach exercise shared voting and
        investment power. Also includes 63,053 shares subject to purchase by
        Deerpath pursuant to the exercise of warrants, assuming the conversion
        of the outstanding First Premium common stock warrants as contemplated
        by the Reorganization Agreement.

(4)     Represents 48,280 shares held in a trust for the benefit of William H.
        Sherer for which William H. Sherer is trustee; 2,500 shares held in a
        trust for the benefit of William H. Sherer for which William C. Sherer
        is trustee; 9,600 shares held in an irrevocable trust for the benefit of
        William H. Sherer for which Patricia K. Sherer is trustee.




                                           135
<PAGE>   156

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          
                                      ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                           1996           1995        1995      1994     1993      1992     1991  
                                      -------------- -------------- --------  -------- --------  -------- --------
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues:
   Finance charges  . . . . . . .     $    394       $  1,303       $ 2,547   $ 8,271  $ 4,423   $ 4,043   $11,370
   Gain on sale of receivables  .          967          1,616         4,421        --       --        --        --
   Servicing and management fees           324            175         1,083        --       --        --        --
   Other income . . . . . . . . .           29              4         1,068       564      318       707     2,796
   Gain on sale of subs . . . . .           --             --            --        --       --        --     4,793
                                      --------       --------       -------   -------  -------   -------   ------- 
     Total revenues . . . . . . .        1,714          3,098         9,119     8,835    4,741     4,750    18,959
                                      --------       --------       -------   -------  -------   -------   -------

Expenses:
   Interest expense . . . . . . .          182            645         1,248     4,032    1,879     2,484     7,082
   Provision for loan losses  . .           42             89           347       137      887       934     1,445
   Salaries and benefits  . . . .          640            650         2,859     2,583    2,047       828       553
   Other expense  . . . . . . . .          880            841         2,766     2,802    2,709     4,955     9,635
                                      --------       --------       -------   -------  -------   -------   -------
     Total expenses . . . . . . .        1,744          2,225         7,220     9,554    7,522     9,201    18,715
                                      --------       --------       -------   -------  -------   -------   -------

Income (loss) from continuing
operations
   before income taxes  . . . . .          (30)          873          1,899      (719)  (2,781)   (4,451)      244
   Income taxes . . . . . . . . .           --            --             --        --       --        --        --
Income (loss) from continuing
                                      --------       -------        -------   -------  -------   -------   -------
operations  . . . . . . . . . . .          (30)          873          1,899      (719)  (2,781)   (4,451)      244

Income (loss) from operations and
sale of discontinued subsidiaries           --            (3)           (17)     (236)    (193)      102     1,261
                                      --------       -------        -------   -------  -------   -------   -------
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . .     $    (30)      $   870        $ 1,882   $  (955) $(2,974)  $(4,349)  $ 1,505
                                      ========       =======        =======   =======  =======   =======   =======

</TABLE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         Crabtree derives its income from its three major subsidiaries:  First
Premium, Credit Life, and Prospect.  Crabtree has no significant recurring
income of its own, but has expenses which include salaries and professional
fees, operating expenses and interest on debt.  Credit Life and Prospect have
been in various stages of liquidation since 1991, and thus a greater proportion
of the consolidated group's income each year is derived from First Premium.

         In 1992, Prospect sold approximately 90% of its leasing portfolio.
Most of its income since that time has come from the run-off of its retained
lease portfolio.  The majority of the income and expense of Credit Life since
1991, when it sold the last of its major operating subsidiaries, has been from
the proceeds and expense of various litigation and contractual proceedings
which have occurred as the result of the termination of their business
operations.  Virtually no ongoing business operations have occurred since 1991.

         First Premium derives its income from the origination, sale and
management of insurance premium finance receivables.  First Premium sells the
majority of the premium finance receivables originated to a wholly-owned,
bankruptcy remote subsidiary, First Premium Financing Corporation.  First
Premium Financing Corporation in turn sells the receivables to Holland Limited
Securitization, Inc., which is an independent, multi-seller conduit which
issues commercial paper or other indebtedness to fund the purchase of
receivables from First Premium Financing Corporation.  All receivable sales to
Holland Limited Securitization, Inc. are without recourse.  First Premium
recognizes a gain at the time of each sale based on the estimate of excess
servicing, as defined, to be earned over the life of the receivables sold.





                                           136
<PAGE>   157

         The following table sets forth the spread that First Premium has
maintained for the last three fiscal years and the three month periods ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996 based on average managed receivables.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        ENDED MARCH 31,         
                               --------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                                      1993             1994             1995              1995             1996      
                               ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>
Average Managed
 Installment Loans
 Receivable  . . . . . . . . .    $49,470,391     $85,912,066       $107,091,603      $98,746,588     $114,926,350
Interest Income (Spread) . . .      2,275,219       3,910,489          6,105,378        1,347,370        1,537,868
% of Spread of Avg. Loans
 Receivable  . . . . . . . . .           4.60            4.55               5.70             5.46             5.35
</TABLE>

         First Premium is presently licensed or otherwise qualified to do
business in 38 states. For the year ended December 31, 1995, 16% of its
receivables were originated in the state of Texas. No other single state
represented more than 10% of the premium finance receivables originated by
First Premium.

         The following table sets forth certain income statement items of First
Premium as a percentage of First Premium's total revenues.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        ENDED MARCH 31,         
                               --------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                                      1993             1994             1995              1995             1996      
                               ----------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>
Revenues:
Premium finance charges earned . .   99.0%             99.1%            31.5%             41.5%            22.4%
Gain on sale of receivables  . . .      0                 0             55.0              52.8             58.2
Servicing and management fees  . .      0                 0             13.5               5.7             19.4
Interest income  . . . . . . . . .    1.0                .9                0                 0                0
                                    -----             -----            -----             -----            -----                 
   Total Revenues  . . . . . . . .  100.0%            100.0%           100.0%            100.0%           100.0%
                                    =====             =====            =====             =====            =====
Expenses:
Operating expenses . . . . . . . .   67.1%             51.4%            56.3%             39.9%            74.7%
Interest expense . . . . . . . . .   38.1              45.5             11.5              18.3              6.8
Provision for possible
   credit losses . . . . . . . . .    3.1                .8              3.0               2.9              2.5
                                    -----             -----            -----             -----            -----                 
   Total Expenses  . . . . . . . .  108.3%             97.7%            70.8%             61.1%            84.0%
                                    =====             =====            =====             =====            =====
Income from operations before
   provision for income taxes  . .   (8.3%)             2.3%            44.6%             38.9%            16.0%
Provision for income taxes . . . .     --                --               --                --               --
                                    -----             -----            -----             -----            -----                 
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . .   (8.3%)             2.3%            29.2%             38.9%            16.0%
                                    =====             =====            =====             =====            =====
</TABLE>

         First Premium records a general provision for possible losses on
finance receivables in such amounts as management deems appropriate.
Case-by-case direct write-offs, net of recoveries on finance receivables, are
charged to First Premium's allowance for possible losses.  The amount of such
allowance is reviewed periodically in light of economic conditions, the status
of the outstanding finance receivables, and other factors.

         First Premium loan losses are minimal since its premium finance
receivables are generally fully secured by unearned insurance premiums.  If a
borrower defaults, First Premium seeks to obtain a refund of unearned premiums
from the insurance carriers.

         First Premium bears the credit risk of collections from the insurance
carriers.  Upon a carrier becoming insolvent and unable to pay claims to an
insured or refund unearned premiums upon cancellation of a policy to a finance
company, each state provides a state guaranty fund that will pay such refund,
less a per claim deductible in certain states.  First Premium diversifies its
financing activities among a wide range of brokers and insurance carriers.

         The following table sets forth information concerning First Premium's
allowance for possible credit losses on finance receivables and its loss
experience for the years ended December 31, 1993 through 1995 and for the three
month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.





                                      137
<PAGE>   158


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          THREE MONTHS
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  ENDED MARCH 31,       
                                     ------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
                                          1993           1994          1995           1995           1996     
                                     -------------- -------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Allowance for possible losses at
   beginning of year  . . . . . . .   $ 93,572        $225,102       $250,669       $250,669       $280,911
Provision for possible losses . . .    136,525          65,080        246,701         89,176         41,608
Charge-offs . . . . . . . . . . . .     (7,091)        (42,518)      (246,534)       (78,741)       (44,382)
Amounts recovered . . . . . . . . .      2,096           3,005         30,075          7,147          3,006
                                      --------        --------       --------       --------       --------
Allowance for possible losses at
   end of year  . . . . . . . . . .   $225,102        $250,669       $280,911       $268,251       $281,143
                                      ========        ========       ========       ========       ========
Percentage of allowance for 
   possible losses to finance 
   receivables outstanding at 
   end of year  . . . . . . . . . .        .36%            .27%           .25%           .23%           .22%
                                      ========        ========       ========       ========       ========
Percentage of net losses to finance
   receivables liquidated during
   year . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       .004%            .02%           .08%           .10%           .05%
                                      ========        ========       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>


Comparison of Results for Period Ended March 31, 1995 to Period Ended March 31,
1996

         The consolidated net income of Crabtree decreased from net income of
$869,854 in the first three months of 1995 to a net loss of $30,380 in the
first three months of 1996.  The net income by component is included in the
following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  
                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,              INCREASE
                                  ------------------------------------------      (DECREASE)
                                           1995                 1996              IN INCOME
                                  --------------------- --------------------     ------------
             <S>                     <C>                  <C>                    <C>
             Crabtree income . .     $    8,681            $    4,500            $   (4,181)
             Crabtree expenses .       (315,679)             (306,277)                9,402
             First Premium . . .      1,192,852               266,397              (926,455)
             Prospect  . . . . .        (13,000)                5,000                18,000
             Credit Life . . . .         (3,000)                   --                 3,000
                                     ----------            ----------            ----------
                                     $  869,854            $  (30,380)           $ (900,234)
                                     ==========            ==========            ==========
                                                                          
</TABLE>

        Crabtree's expenses decreased $9,402 or 3.0% from $315,679 for the
period ended March 31, 1995 to $306,277 for the period ended March 31, 1996.
The major component of the reduction was interest expense which decreased
$13,078 or 14.9% from 1995 to 1996 as the result of there being approximately
$300,000 less debt outstanding during the period.  Occupancy expense decreased
$7,200 or 49.4% from 1995 to 1996 as the result of a move to smaller offices.
Legal fees also decreased $9,739 from 1995 to 1996.  These decreases were
offset by an increase in insurance expense of $6,270 or 27.3% from 1995 to 1996
as the result of expanded insurance coverages.

         First Premium's net income decreased by 77.7% from $1,192,852 in the
first three months of 1995 to $266,397 in the first three months of 1996.
Premium financing revenues decreased $901,244 or 70.8% from $1,273,000 in 1995
to $371,756 in 1996.  This decrease resulted from a change in the structure of
the company's securitization facility in February of 1995 which dictated
different accounting treatment for loans sold to the securitization facility.
The new structure permitted the company to record gains on receivables sold at
the time of sale rather than recording the income over the life of the loan as
the company had done in prior years.  A large one-time gain was recorded in
February of 1995 when loans were sold to the new facility.  Gain on sale of
receivables decreased $649,000 or 40.2% from $1,616,000 in 1995 to $967,000 in
1996 as a result of the one-time gain.  Total loans financed, net of finance
charges, decreased 1.7% to $75,125,000 in 1996 from $76,385,612 in 1995, and
the number of contracts represented decreased 3.2% to 4,241 in 1996 from 4,589
in 1995.  First Premium's average managed receivables for the quarter ended
March 31, 1996 increased $16,179,162 or 16.4% from $98,746,588 in 1995 to
$114,926,350 in 1996.  First Premium's total expenses decreased $474,267 or
25.4% from $1,870,469 in 1995 to $1,396,202 in 1996.  The primary components of
this decrease involved interest expense primarily on





                                      138
<PAGE>   159

commercial paper which decreased $454,833 or 81.1% from $559,658 in 1995 to
$104,825 in 1996.  This decrease was the result of the change in the company's
securitization facility.  The major increases in operating expenses involved
office and occupancy expenses which were attributable to an expansion of the
space occupied by First Premium in anticipation of future business growth.

Comparison of Results for Year Ended December 31, 1994 to Year Ended December
31, 1993

         The net loss of Crabtree decreased from $2,974,403 in the year ended
December 31, 1993 to $955,060 in the year ended December 31, 1994.  The net
loss by component is included in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               INCREASE
                                  ------------------------------------------     (DECREASE)
                                           1993                 1994              IN INCOME
                                  --------------------- --------------------    ------------
             <S>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>
             Crabtree income . .     $   106,981            $   373,013          $  266,032
             Crabtree expenses .      (1,389,924)            (1,183,459)            206,465
             First Premium . . .        (361,546)               190,386             551,932
             Prospect  . . . . .        (761,000)               (99,000)            662,000
             Credit Life . . . .        (568,914)              (236,000)            332,914
                                     -----------            -----------          ----------
                                     $(2,974,403)           $  (955,060)         $2,019,343
                                     ===========            ===========          ==========
                                                                         
</TABLE>

        Crabtree's income increased $266,032 from 1993 to 1994.  This increase
was primarily attributable to two major items in 1994 which were a gain on the
sale of certain fixed assets of approximately $112,000 and a gain from the
reduction of fees owed to a law firm which were previously fully accrued in the
amount of approximately $237,000.  Crabtree's expenses decreased from 1993 to
1994 by $206,465 or 14.9% which was primarily attributable to a decrease in
salaries and employee benefits from $508,000 in 1993 to $318,000 in 1994.

         First Premium's net income increased 153% from $(361,546) in 1993 to
$190,386 in 1994.  Premium financing revenues increased $3,935,143 or 91.6%
from $4,297,447 in 1993 to $8,232,590 in 1994. This increase resulted primarily
from the increase in the amount of managed insurance premium receivables
financed in 1994 over 1993.  Total loans financed, net of finance charges,
increased 57.4% to $247,551,180 from $157,342,176 in 1993, and the number of
contracts representing these loans increased 40.8% to 16,285 from 11,570. First
Premium's average managed receivables for the year ended December 31, 1994
increased $36,441,674, or 73.5%, from the year ended December 31, 1993.  First
Premium's total expenses increased $3,413,862 or 72.6% from $4,703,800 in 1993
to $8,117,662 in 1994.  The primary component of this increase was in interest
expense which increased $2,126,057 or 128% from $1,654,848 in 1993 to
$3,780,905 in 1994.  This increase was due to the 73.5% increase in the amount
of receivables outstanding from 1993 to 1994.  Salaries and employee benefits
increased $686,201 or 50.4% from $1,361,340 in 1993 to $2,047,541 in 1994.
This increase was as a result of First Premium hiring additional sales and
administrative personnel to handle the increase in the outstanding premium
finance receivables.

         Prospect's net loss decreased from $(761,000) in 1993 to $(99,000) in
1994.  This reduction in the net loss primarily resulted from a decrease in the
provision for lease losses from $750,000 in 1993 to $72,000 in 1994.  The large
lease loss provision in 1993 was primarily due to additional losses in the
remaining portfolio retained by Prospect and against receivables which were
sold with recourse in prior years.

         Credit Life net loss decreased from $(568,914) in 1993 to $(236,000)
in 1994.  This loss was primarily attributable to a $422,000 loss provision in
1993 which was required as a result of accounting for certain contractual
obligations entered into by Crabtree in conjunction with the purchase of Credit
Life in 1987.





                                      139
<PAGE>   160

Comparison of Results for Year Ended December 31, 1995 to Year Ended December
31, 1994

         The net income of Crabtree increased from $955,060 in the year ended
December 31, 1994 to income of $1,882,401 in the year ended December 31, 1995.
The net income by component is included in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                INCREASE
                                  ------------------------------------------      (DECREASE)
                                           1994                 1995              IN INCOME
                                  --------------------- --------------------     -----------
             <S>                     <C>                    <C>                  <C>
             Crabtree income . .     $   373,013             $ 1,009,903         $  636,890
             Crabtree expenses .      (1,183,459)             (1,269,264)           (85,805)
             First Premium . . .         190,386               2,344,598          2,154,212
             Prospect  . . . . .         (99,000)               (186,000)           (87,000)
             Credit Life . . . .     $  (236,000)            $   (16,836)        $  219,164
                                     -----------             -----------         ----------
                                     $  (955,060)            $ 1,882,401         $2,837,461
                                     ===========             ===========         ==========
</TABLE>

        Crabtree's income increased $636,890 from $373,013 in 1994 to
$1,009,903 in 1995.  This increase was primarily attributable to a gain of
approximately $735,000 which was realized in 1995 from a settlement agreement
reached with Credit Life in connection with certain obligations of Crabtree
which were created as a result of the purchase agreement entered into whereby
Crabtree purchased a controlling interest in Credit Life in 1987.  Crabtree's
expenses increased $85,805 or 7.3% from $1,183,459 in 1994 to $1,269,264 in
1995.  This increase was primarily attributable to increased interest expense
of $64,215 or 22.9% from $279,864 in 1994 to $344,079 in 1995.  This increase
in interest expense was attributable to slightly higher average debt
outstanding and higher interest rates.

         First Premium's net income increased by 1132% from $190,386 in 1994 to
$2,344,598 in 1995.  Premium financing revenues decreased $5,699,933 or 69.2%
from $8,232,590 in 1994 to $2,534,657 in 1995.  This decrease resulted from a
change in the structure of the company's securitization facility in February of
1995 which dictated different accounting treatment for loans sold to the
securitization facility.  The new structure permitted the company to record
gains on receivables sold to an independent third party at the time of sale
rather than recording the income as earned over the life of the loan as the
company had done in prior years.  Gain on sale of receivables of $4,421,000 was
recorded in 1995 versus none in 1994.  This amount represented the normal sales
under the new facility plus a one-time gain which was recorded in February of
1995 when existing loans were sold to the new facility.  Total loans financed,
net of finance charges, increased 21.9% to $301,852,237 in 1995 from
$247,551,180 in 1994, and the number of contracts represented increased 5.0% to
17,104 in 1995 from 16,285 in 1994.  First Premium's average managed
receivables for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased $21,179,537 or 24.7%
from $85,912,066 in 1994 to $107,091,603 in 1995.  First Premium's total
expenses decreased $2,424,461 or 29.9% from $8,117,662 in 1994 to $5,693,201 in
1995.  The primary components of the decrease involved interest expense
primarily related to commercial paper, which decreased $2,856,330 or 75.6% from
$3,780,905 in 1994 to $924,575 in 1995.  This decrease was the result of the
change in the company's securitization facility.  Prior to February, 1995,
First Premium funded the origination of Premium finance receivables through the
issuance of commercial paper.  As discussed above, beginning in February, 1995,
First Premium began selling its receivables to a third party and recorded a
gain on the sale.  This new securitization facility provided liquidity and a
source of funding to replace the commercial paper.  The major increases in
operating expenses involved salaries and benefits which increased $295,123 or
14.4%, provision for doubtful accounts which increased $181,621 or 279%, and
other operating expenses which increased $355,101 or 137%.  The increased
operating expenses were generally attributable to the overall increase in
business activity and the amount of premium finance receivables outstanding.

         Prospect's net loss increased from $99,000 in 1994 to $186,000 in
1995.  This increase in the net loss was primarily attributable to an increase
in the provision for lease losses from $72,000 in 1994 to $100,000 in 1995 and
a lower amount of income as a result of the continuing run-off of the remaining 
lease portfolio of Prospect.
 



                                      140
<PAGE>   161

         Credit Life net loss decreased from $236,000 in 1994 to $16,836 in
1995.  This decrease is primarily attributable to less expense as a result of
the majority of the operations of Credit Life being wound down and final
contingencies being settled.  As of December 31, 1995, Crabtree has adopted
liquidation accounting for the remaining operations of Credit Life and has
effectively written off its entire remaining investment in Credit Life.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         Crabtree's operations are dependent on the continuing availability of
funds at satisfactory terms and rates.  Crabtree has bank debt of $1,950,000
together with subordinated debt of $1,200,000 as of December 31, 1995.  This
debt was primarily incurred in prior years to finance investments in operating
subsidiaries.

         At December 31, 1995, First Premium's operations are also dependent on
the availability of funds at satisfactory terms and rates.  First Premium uses
such funds principally to finance the origination of installment loans under
premium finance agreements.  First Premium obtains funds from a variety of
sources, including internal generation of funds, secured borrowings under lines
of credit, use of an asset securitization facility, placement of subordinated
debt, and the sale of common equity.

         As First Premium increases the size of its business, it originates
more installment loans receivable than it collects, resulting in a larger
outstanding balance of installment loans receivable.  The following table sets
forth the amounts of installment loans receivable originated and the collection
of the installment loans receivable for the periods indicated (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 THREE MONTHS
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED MARCH 31,         
                                     ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                           1993             1994            1995             1995             1996      
                                     ---------------- ---------------- --------------- ---------------- ----------------
 <S>                                   <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
 Installment loans originated  . . .   $162,111,431     $255,997,476    $313,988,071     $ 79,848,248      $ 79,307,555
 Installment loans collected . . . .    121,754,057      226,878,470     294,352,076       70,054,169        76,738,861

</TABLE>

         The growth in First Premium's loan portfolio has been the single
largest factor influencing First Premium's cash flow from operations and its
need for financing.  The majority of First Premium's financing is provided by
the sale of installment loan receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary, First
Premium Financing Corporation, which in turn sells the receivables to Holland
Limited Securitization, Inc., which is an independent, multi-seller conduit
which issues commercial paper or other indebtedness to fund the purchase of
receivables from First Premium Financing Corporation.  For the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994, net cash provided by operating activities was
$4,721,000, and $6,355,000, respectively.  For the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1994, net cash used in and provided by financing activities was
$(83,287,000) and $23,826,000, respectively.

         First Premium has no present plans for any significant capital
expenditures, but does intend to add marketing personnel in order to increase
its volume of new business.  First Premium does not expect that such additional
marketing personnel will require any significant capital expenditures.  First
Premium is not aware of any pending legislation that would have a material
effect on capital requirements or business prospects.

         First Premium is subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by
certain of the states in which it is licensed.  First Premium is substantially
in excess of the requirements of all the states in which it is licensed to
conduct business.  In addition, First Premium is prohibited from declaring or
paying any dividends on its capital stock pursuant to agreements entered into
in conjunction with its securitization facility and bank loan agreements.

         The source of funds (other than internal generation of funds and the
sale of common equity) which are presently available are being utilized by
First Premium as described below.  Management believes that the sources of
funds presently available to First Premium are adequate for the conduct of its
business at its present level.  To the extent that First Premium in the future
expands its business and increases its total installment receivables
outstanding beyond its present level of funding, First Premium will need to
obtain additional sources of funds or expand existing sources of funds, which
may not be available, or, if available, may not be available on terms
acceptable to First Premium.





                                      141
<PAGE>   162


LINES OF CREDIT

         At December 31, 1995, First Premium had a revolving loan agreement
with a bank, which matures in May 1996.  Terms of the agreement include
providing a lien and first security interest in the premium finance receivables
not sold to its securitization facility to the bank, as well as restrictions on
maintenance of various operating ratios and tangible net worth.  The facility
is comprised of two lines of credit which can be combined to a maximum of $13
million.  The primary line is at the bank's prime rate of interest.  Borrowings
are based on an eligible premium finance receivables base to a maximum of $13
million.  The supplemental line bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus
1.0%, to a maximum of $3 million.  Borrowings are based on amounts of
collateral First Premium maintains in its securitization facility.  During the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the maximum aggregate amount
outstanding under these lines during this time were $2,975,658 and $2,989,178,
respectively.

SECURITIZATION FACILITY

         Beginning in 1993 and continuing until the formation of a new facility
in 1995, First Premium sold its receivables to a nominally capitalized,
independently owned, special-purpose corporation called First Premium Funding
Corporation ("FPFC").  FPFC was in the business of issuing commercial paper and
purchasing receivables from First Premium.  Pursuant to a Sales and Servicing
Agreement between First Premium and FPFC, FPFC had engaged First Premium to
provide certain administrative services related to the servicing of the loans
and compensated First Premium as the Servicer.  First Premium also was
performing all other administrative functions of FPFC, such as cash management
and accounting services, pursuant to a management agreement.

         In 1993, Internationale Netherlanden Bank, N.V. ("ING") became the
credit enhancer for commercial paper issued by FPFC. ING continued to provide
temporary liquidity to FPFC.  The interest rate charged on any borrowing on the
liquidity line would be the higher of prime or the federal funds rate plus
1/2%.

         Effective January 31, 1995, First Premium entered into a new
securitization facility with ING and Holland Limited Securitization, Inc.
("HLS").  The new facility effectively amends and modifies the above-discussed
facility and provides First Premium with a vehicle into which $200 million of
receivables may be sold and funded by HLS, subject to certain terms and
conditions.  On the closing date of the previous facility, FPFC and First
Premium terminated all contractual obligations with regard to the discontinued
facility, and FPFC ceased operations.

         In connection with the 1995 facility restructuring, First Premium
formed a new wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiary, First Premium
Financing Corporation ("FPFIN"), to purchase the receivables from First Premium
and simultaneously sell the receivables to HLS.  Consistent with the prior
securitization facility, all the receivable sales to HLS are without recourse.
FPFIN recognizes a gain at the time of each sale based on its estimate of
Excess Servicing, as defined, to be earned over the life of the receivables
sold.  All of the subsidiary accounts are maintained by First Premium and
consolidated with First Premium's financial statements.  First Premium performs
all administrative functions of FPFIN, such as cash management and accounting
services.

         HLS is an independent multiseller conduit which issues commercial
paper or other indebtedness to fund the purchase of receivables from FPFC.  HLS
is not affiliated with First Premium or its affiliates.  Pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement between HLS and FPS, HLS has engaged First Premium to
provide certain administrative services related to the servicing of the loans
and compensates First Premium as the Servicer.  Also pursuant to the Sales and
Servicing Agreement, First Premium is required to maintain facility collateral
at an amount equal to 105.5% of commercial paper outstanding.  The amount of
this over collateralization is recorded as a long-term asset on First Premium's
consolidated financial statement.  Consistent with the prior securitization
facility terms, ING will provide the credit and liquidity enhancement for the
facility.





                                      142
<PAGE>   163

SUBORDINATED DEBT

         First Premium has obtained subordinated debt in the amount of $500,000
from Crabtree and from an independent investor which is also a stockholder of
Crabtree.  The subordinated notes of $300,000 from the independent investor and
$200,000 from Crabtree bear interest at prime plus 0.5% and mature on December
23, 1997.  First Premium may at its option prepay the loans in whole or in part
at any time.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

         Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz, 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago,
Illinois 60601, will pass upon the validity of the shares of Wintrust Financial
Corporation Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization and
certain other legal matters in connection with the Reorganization for each of
the Companies.

         Certain legal matters in connection with the Reorganization will be
passed upon for North Shore, Lake Forest, Hinsdale and Libertyville by Meltzer,
Purtill & Stelle, 1515 East Woodfield Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60173, and for
Crabtree by Rudnick & Wolfe, 203 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601.


                                    EXPERTS

         The consolidated financial statements of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. as
of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1995, Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 1995
and 1994 and for the each of the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the
period September 25, 1992 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1993, North
Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.  as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and for the period December 30, 1992 (date of
incorporation) to December 31, 1994, and Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and for the period September 26, 1994 (date of incorporation)
to December 31, 1995, have been included herein and in the registration
statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

         The consolidated financial statements Crabtree Capital Corporation
included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement, to the
extent and for the periods indicated in their reports, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.


                                 OTHER MATTERS

         As of the date hereof, the Boards of Directors of the Companies do not
know of any matters to be presented at the Special Meetings other than those
listed in the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders pertaining thereto.  If
any other matters come before a Special Meeting or any adjournment thereof, it
is intended that the proxies will be voted in respect thereof in accordance
with the judgment of the person or persons voting the proxies.




                                        
                                      143
<PAGE>   164

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         Wintrust Financial Corporation has filed a Registration Statement
under the 1933 Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection
with the Wintrust Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus and Joint Proxy
Statement omits certain information, exhibits and undertakings set forth in the
Registration Statement.  Such materials may be examined and copies thereof may
be obtained, upon payment of prescribed rates, from the public reference
facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C.  20549 and at the Regional Office of the Commission at the
following locations: Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661.  For
further information with respect to Wintrust, reference is hereby made to the
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto. Statements contained in this
Prospectus and Joint Proxy Statement concerning the provisions of any contract,
agreement or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance
reference is made to the copy of such contract, agreement or other document
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement for a full statement of the
provisions thereof.  Each such statement in this Prospectus and Joint Proxy
Statement is qualified in all respects by such reference.

         For fiscal years which end following the Effective Date, Wintrust will
furnish to its stockholders annual reports of Wintrust Financial Corporation,
including consolidated financial statements of Wintrust, certified by
independent public accountants.





                                      144
<PAGE>   165

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            Page
                                                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
         Independent Auditors' Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-1
         Consolidated Statements of Condition as of March 31, 1996 (unaudited)
             and December 31, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-2
         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three-month
             periods ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited),
             and for the year and period ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively . . . . . . . . . .  F-3
         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
             for the three-month period ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited),
             and for the year and period ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively . . . . . . . . . .  F-4
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three-month
             periods ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited),
             and for the year and period ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively . . . . . . . . . .  F-5
         Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-6

LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
         Independent Auditors' Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-19
         Consolidated Statements of Condition as of March 31, 1996
             (unaudited) and December 31, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-20
         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three-month
             periods ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited),
             and for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-21
         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the
             three-month period ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited),
             and for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-22
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three-month periods
             ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited), and for the
             years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-23
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-24

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
         Independent Auditors' Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-39
         Consolidated Statements of Condition as of March 31, 1996
             (unaudited) and December 31, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-40
         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three-month periods
             ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited), and for
             the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and
             for the period ended December 31, 1993 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-41
         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the
             three-month period ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited),
             and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and
             for the period ended December 31, 1993 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-42
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three-month periods
             ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited), and for the
             years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the period
             ended December 31, 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-43
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-44

</TABLE>





                                      145
<PAGE>   166


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
         Independent Auditors' Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-58
         Consolidated Statements of Condition as of March 31, 1996
             (unaudited) and December 31, 1995  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-59
         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three-month period ended
             March 31, 1996 (unaudited), and for the period ended December 31, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-60
         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the three-month
             period ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited), and for the period ended
             December 31, 1995  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-61
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three-month period ended
             March 31, 1996 (unaudited), and for the period ended
             December 31, 1995  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-62
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-63

CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
         Report of Independent Public Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-73
         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1996 (unaudited)
             and December 31, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-74
         Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months
             ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited), and
             for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-75
         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three months
             ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited), and for the
             years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-76
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months
             ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited), and for the years
             ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-77
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-78

</TABLE>





                                      146
<PAGE>   167













                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


  To the Board of Directors and
       Shareholders of North Shore
       Community Bancorp, Inc. and
       Subsidiaries:


  We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition
  of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (Bancorp) as of
  December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the related consolidated statements of
  operations, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the
  year ended December 31, 1995 and the period from December 30, 1992
  (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1994.  These consolidated
  financial statements are the responsibility of Bancorp's management.
  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
  financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
  to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
  are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
  test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
  financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
  principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
  as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe
  that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
  present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
  1995 and 1994 and the results of their operations and their cash flows
  for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period December 30, 1992
  (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1994 in conformity with
  generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                  /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


  March 11, 1996


                                      F-1

<PAGE>   168

NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Condition

(in thousands, except share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        December 31,
                                                                  March 31,    --------------------------------
                  ASSETS                                           1996            1995             1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                                           <C>                     <C>               <C>

Cash and demand balances due from banks                       $       3,739             3,772            2,042
Money market assets:
 Interest-bearing deposits at banks                                  10,000             7,000           14,000
 Federal funds sold                                                   8,875            12,000            7,170
Investment securities:
 Available-for-sale, at fair value                                   12,054            11,535              --
 Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $9,101)             --                --             9,172

Loans                                                                74,338            63,439            9,618
 Less allowance for possible loan losses                                510               440               50
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans, net                                                           73,828            62,999            9,568

Accrued interest receivable                                             541               571              176
Premises and equipment, net                                           7,107             5,807            2,522
Deferred organization costs                                             232               252              327
Goodwill                                                                 56                57               59
Other assets                                                          1,506             1,129              128
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                  $     117,938           105,122           45,164
======================================================================================================================
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS# EQUITY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits:
 Noninterest-bearing                                                 12,569            13,571            5,539
 Interest-bearing                                                    93,671            80,086           31,197
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deposits                                                      106,240            93,657           36,736

Accrued interest payable                                                187               142               31
Other liabilities                                                       104               195              147
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                                   106,531            93,994           36,914

Shareholders' equity:
 Common stock, no par value; stated value $1 per share; 400,000
  shares authorized; 253,809, 246,855 and 196,980 shares issued
  and outstanding at March 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and 1994,
  respectively                                                          254               246              197
 Convertible warrants, no par value, 5,000 shares authorized,
  issued, and outstanding                                                25                25               25
 Surplus                                                             12,161            11,651            7,961
 Undivided profits (deficit)                                         (1,032)             (795)              67
 Net unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale                    (1)                1              --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                           11,407            11,128            8,250
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                    $     117,938           105,122           45,164
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>   169

NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Three months                
                                                                ended March 31,        Year ended      Period ended   
                                                          -------------------------    December 31,    December 31,   
                                                             1996           1995          1995            1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>           <C>            <C>
Interest income:
 Loans, including fees                                   $    1,350             279         2,649              72
 Money market assets:
  Interest-bearing deposits at banks                             93             254           914             169
  Federal funds sold                                            169             111           478             142
 Investment securities                                          192             143           546              77
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income                                         1,804             787         4,587             460
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
 Deposits                                                     1,114             507         2,841             260
 Term debt                                                      --              --            --               16
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense                                        1,114             507         2,841             276
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income                                             690             280         1,746             184

Provision for possible loan losses                               79              60           428              50
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision for possible loan losses    611             220         1,318             134
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest income:
 Retail income                                                   23               4            36               7
 Fees on loans sold                                             117              16           196             --
 Other income                                                     9               6            32              29
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income                                        149              26           264              36
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest expense:
 Salaries and other compensation                                523             218         1,189             546
 Net occupancy                                                   73              21           124              43
 Advertising and marketing                                       72              32           205              65
 Data processing                                                 57              29           143              36
 Depreciation - furniture, fixtures and equipment                53              24           104              22
 Amortization of organization costs and goodwill                 21              17            77              24
 Other                                                          198             109           602             330
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest expense                                       997             450         2,444           1,066
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss                                                 $     (237)           (204)         (862)           (896)
======================================================================================================================
Loss per share                                           $    (0.95)          (1.04)        (4.29)         (12.26)
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>   170

NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Net
                                                                                                 unrealized
                                                                                                   gain on
                                                                                     Undivided    securities      Total
                                           Common     Preferred  Convertible          profits     available    shareholders'
                                           stock       stock     warrants   Surplus  (deficit)    for sale       equity
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                               
Initial Capital Contribution               $      1       500         25       --        --          --            526
                                                                                               
Redemption of 5,000 warrants                    --        --         (25)      --        --          --            (25)
                                                                                               
Reissuance of 2,500 warrants                    --        --          13       --        --          --             13
                                                                                               
Issuance of 2,500 warrants                      --        --          12       --        --          --             12
                                                                                               
Dividends paid                                  --        --         --        --        (37)        --            (37)
                                                                                               
Initial offering                                173       --         --      7,497     1,000         --          8,670
                                                                                               
Capital issuance costs                          --        --         --        (13)      --          --            (13)
                                                                                               
Conversion of preferred                                                                        
 stock                                           23      (500)       --        477       --          --            --
                                                                                               
Net loss                                        --        --         --        --       (896)        --           (896)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               
Balance at December 31, 1994                    197       --          25     7,961        67         --          8,250
                                                                                               
Common stock issuance                            49       --         --      3,690       --          --          3,739
                                                                                               
Net loss                                        --        --         --        --       (862)        --           (862)
                                                                                               
Change in unrealized                                                                           
 gain on securities                                                                            
 available-for-sale, net of tax effect          --        --         --        --        --            1             1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance at December 31, 1995                    246       --          25    11,651      (795)          1        11,128
                                                                                               
Common stock issuance                             9       --         --        557       --          --            566
                                                                                               
Repurchase of common stock                       (1)      --         --        (47)      --          --            (48)
                                                                                               
Net loss                                        --        --         --       --        (237)        --           (237)
                                                                                               
Change in unrealized                                                                           
 gain on securities                                                                            
 available-for-sale, net of tax effect          --        --         --       --         --           (2)           (2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                               
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)      $    254       --          25    12,161    (1,032)         (1)       11,407
=============================================================================================================================
                                                                                               
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-4

<PAGE>   171

NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
======================================================================================================================
                                                                  Three months            Year ended      Period ended
                                                                 ended March 31,          December 31,     December 31,
                                                                1996          1995           1995             1994
                                                           -------------------------
                                                            (unaudited)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>
Operating activities:
 Net loss                                                     $     (237)         (204)           (862)           (896)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
  operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                     104            52             217             (38)
   Provision for possible loan losses                                 79            60             428              50
   Net accretion/amortization of investment securities               (88)         (121)           (257)            (67)
   Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets         (345)         (301)         (1,372)           (606)
   Increase in other liabilities                                     (46)          (46)            159             235
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities                               (533)         (560)         (1,687)         (1,322)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing activities:
 Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits at banks    (3,000)      (10,465)          7,000         (14,000)
 Net decrease (increase) in Federal funds sold                     3,125         1,728          (4,830)         (7,170)
 Purchase of investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock               --            --               (14)           (198)
 Purchases of investment securities                              (21,935)       (2,844)        (21,588)         (8,907)
 Maturity of investment securities                                21,500         5,095          19,495             --
 Purchase of premises and equipment                               (1,383)         (471)         (3,447)         (2,625)
 Net increase in loans                                           (10,908)       (7,612)        (53,859)         (9,618)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                            (12,601)      (14,569)        (57,243)        (42,518)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing activities:
 Net increase in deposits                                         12,583        14,631          56,921          36,736
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                              566          --             3,739           8,658
 Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock                          --            --              --               500
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock warrants                    --            --              --                25
 Repurchase of common stock                                          (48)         --              --              --
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                           --            --              --             1,400
 Repayment of long-term debt                                        --            --              --            (1,400)
 Dividends paid                                                     --            --              --               (37)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                         13,101        14,631          60,660          45,882
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                 (33)         (498)          1,730           2,042
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                   3,772         2,042           2,042            --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                    $    3,739         1,544           3,772           2,042
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information--
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest                                                    $    1,069           473           2,730             245
  Income taxes                                                      --            --              --              --
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>   172



NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements






(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. (Bancorp) was incorporated on December
    30, 1992.  North Shore Community Bank and Trust Company (Bank) is a
    subsidiary of Bancorp.  The Bank commenced operations on September 14,
    1994, operating under an Illinois state banking charter.  The Bank
    currently operates primarily in the Wilmette, Kenilworth, Glencoe and
    Winnetka, Illinois areas.

    The former North Shore Building Corporation (the Building Corporation) was
    a wholly owned subsidiary of Bancorp that was merged into the Bancorp in
    June 1995.  The net assets of the Building Corporation were subsequently
    contributed from the Bancorp to the Bank.  The Building Corporation's
    primary asset was the banking premises for the Bank.

    The consolidated financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned
    subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
    accounting principles and prevailing practices of the banking industry.
    All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
    the consolidated financial statements.

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
    accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain
    estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
    liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
    amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.  Actual
    results may differ from those estimates.

    The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant
    to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual
    financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and
    regulations.  In the opinion of Bancorp, all adjustments necessary for a
    fair presentation for the periods presented have been reflected and are of
    a normal and recurring nature.  Results of operations for the interim
    periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for
    the year.

     PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

    Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.  For financial reporting purposes, depreciation and
    amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
    useful lives of the related assets, ranging from five to ten years for
    equipment and thirty-nine years for buildings.  Additions to the premises
    are capitalized.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
    incurred.



                                     F-6
<PAGE>   173



NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




     INCOME TAXES
 
    Bancorp files consolidated Federal and state income tax returns which
    include the subsidiaries.  The subsidiaries provide for income taxes on a
    separate return basis and remit to Bancorp amounts determined to be
    currently payable.  Tax benefits attributable to losses are recognized and
    allocated to the extent that such losses can be utilized in the
    consolidated return.

    Bancorp and subsidiaries record income taxes under the asset and liability
    method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
    tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
    statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
    respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
    using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
    which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
    The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
    is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

     ORGANIZATION COSTS

    Organization costs consist primarily of professional fees and other
    start-up costs and are being amortized over five years.

     INTANGIBLE ASSETS

    Goodwill, representing the cost in excess of the fair value of net assets
    acquired by Wintrust Investments, Inc. is amortized on a straight-line
    basis over a period of fifteen years.

     CASH EQUIVALENTS

    For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, Bancorp considers
    all cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due
    from correspondent banks to be cash equivalents.

     LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    Loans are recorded at the principal amount outstanding.  The allowance for
    possible loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to provide for
    potential loan losses.  The Bank receives loan fees for loans originated by
    the Bank, as well as for loan referrals.  Fees associated with loans
    originated by the Bank are deferred and amortized over the life of the
    loans as an adjustment of yield using the interest method.  Loan fees for
    referrals are recognized as income when received.


    On January 1, 1995, Bancorp adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board
    Statement No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan"
    (Statement 114), as amended by Statement No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors
    for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures" (Statement
    118).  Under Statement 114, impaired loans are reported at the present
    value of expected future cash flows at the loan's effective interest rate,
    and the loan's observable market price or fair value of the collateral, if
    the loan is collateral dependent.  The impact of the adoption of Statements
    114 and 118 was not material to the Bancorp.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-7



<PAGE>   174



NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
    Investment securities are accounted for by applying the provisions of
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting of Certain
    Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (Statement 115).  Under Statement
    115, the Bank can classify securities in one of three categories:  trading,
    held-to-maturity, or available-for-sale.  Trading securities are bought
    principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term.
    Held-to-maturity securities are those securities in which the Bank has the
    ability and intent to hold the security until maturity.  All other
    securities are classified as available-for-sale as they may be sold prior
    to maturity.

    Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost which represents
    actual cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount
    using methods that generally approximate the effective interest method.
    Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value.  Unrealized holding
    gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes,
    are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of
    shareholders' equity until realized.  A decline in the market value of any
    available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost, that is deemed
    to be other than temporary, is charged to earnings.  Gains or losses on the
    sale of securities are recorded on a completed transaction basis using
    specific identification and are reflected in the accompanying statements of
    operations as part of other noninterest income.

    Trading account securities are stated at fair value.  Trading account gains
    and losses from closing positions and from changes in market values of the
    trading inventory are reflected in the accompanying statement of operations
    as part of other noninterest income.  Bancorp did not maintain any trading
    account securities in 1995 or 1994.

    A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
    security below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to
    earnings resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the
    security.  Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.
    Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available-for-sale
    and held-to-maturity are included in earnings and are derived using the
    specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

     RECLASSIFICATION

    Certain amounts in the prior years' financial statements have been
    reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(2) TERM DEBT

    The Bancorp and subsidiaries borrowed $1,400,000 to fund the purchase of
    real estate and cover initial start up expenses.  This debt was paid off
    prior to December 31, 1994 with proceeds Bancorp received through the
    issuance of common shares in the private placement offering (see note 12).
        


                                                                     (Continued)
      
                                        F-8



<PAGE>   175

      


NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(3) INVESTMENT SECURITIES

    The following tables represent amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and
    losses, and fair value for the investment securities at December 31, 1995
    and 1994.  These tables are by contractual maturity which may differ from
    actual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay
    obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================
                                              December 31, 1995
                                  ------------------------------------------------- 
                                                Gross       Gross     Approximate
                                  Amortized   unrealized  unrealized    market
                                    cost        gains       losses       value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Available-for-sale:
   Federal Agencies - due in
        one year or less            $8,974       -          (3)         8,971
   Corporate notes - due in one
        year or less                   497       2           -            499
   Corporate notes - due in one
        to five years                1,501       3          (1)         1,503
   Common Stock - Libertyville
        Bancorp, Inc.                  350       -           -            350
   Federal Reserve Bank stock          212       -           -            212
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   $11,534       5          (4)        11,535
===================================================================================
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================
                                                December 31, 1994
                                ---------------------------------------------------
                                             Gross       Gross     Approximate
                                Amortized  unrealized  unrealized    market
                                  cost       gains       losses       value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                            (in thousands)
 <S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
 Held-to-maturity:
    Federal Agencies - due in
         one year or less        $8,974       -          (71)        8,903
    Federal Reserve Bank stock      198       -           -            198
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 $9,172       -          (71)        9,101
===================================================================================
</TABLE>

    There were no sales of investment securities in 1995 or 1994 and,
    accordingly, there were no realized gains or losses on sales of investment
    securities. At December 31, 1995, securities having a carrying value of
    $5,977,000 were pledged as collateral for public deposits.  There were no
    pledged securities at December 31, 1994.



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-9


<PAGE>   176




NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    The Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB's) issuance of A Guide to
    Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in
    Debt & Equity Securities, permitted the transfer of securities from the
    Held to Maturity classification to the Available for Sale classification
    during the period from November 15, 1995 to December 31, 1995, with no
    recognition of any related unrealized gain or loss in current earnings.  On
    December 29, 1995, the Bancorp's portfolio of securities Held to Maturity
    was transferred, in its entirety, to the securities Available for Sale
    classification.  The carrying amount of the securities and the net
    unrealized gain related to the transfer were $11,534,000 and $1,000,
    respectively.


(4)  LOANS

    A summary of the loan portfolio by category at December 31, 1995 and 1994
    is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1995     1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>
                                           (in thousands)

    Commercial                            $20,344    3,551
    Home equity                            19,121    5,175
    Residential                             8,557      465
    Installment                            15,417      427
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $63,439    9,618
===================================================================================
</TABLE>


    Certain officers and directors of Bancorp and its subsidiaries and certain
    corporations and individuals related to such persons incurred indebtedness
    totaling approximately $1,298,000 in the form of loans from the Bank.
    These loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest
    rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable
    transactions with other borrowers.




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-10


<PAGE>   177



NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




(5) ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    A summary of the changes in the allowance for possible loan losses for the
    periods ending December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995     1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (in thousands)
    <S>                                          <C>     <C>        
    Allowance at beginning of period             $ 50     -
    Provision                                     428     50
    Charge-offs                                   (38)    -
    Recoveries                                     -      -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Allowance at end of period                   $440     50
===================================================================================
</TABLE>


    The provision for possible loan losses is charged to operations and
    recognized loan losses (recoveries) are charged (credited) to the allowance
    for possible loan losses.  At December 31, 1995, non-accrual loans had a
    carrying value approximating $519,000.  The recorded investment in loans
    considered to be impaired loans under Statement 114, at December 31, 1995,
    approximated $492,000 for which no specific allowance for loan losses was
    required in accordance with Statement 114.


(6)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

    A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as
    follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995     1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (in thousands)
    <S>                                        <C>       <C>     
    Land                                       $  666      189
    Buildings                                   3,830    1,830
    Furniture and equipment                     1,031      542
    Leasehold improvements                        480       -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                6,007    2,561
    Less accumulated depreciation 
      and amortization                            200       39
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $5,807    2,522
===================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-11



<PAGE>   178





NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(7)  TIME DEPOSITS

    Certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more approximated
    $20,069,000 and $2,400,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. For
    the periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, interest expense related to
    these deposits approximated $584,000 and $16,000, respectively.


(8)  LEASE EXPENSE AND OBLIGATIONS

    Gross rental expense for all noncapitalized leases was $11,000 in 1995.
    Rental income was $26,000 in 1995.  Lease commitments are primarily for
    office space.  Minimum gross rental commitments as of December 31, 1995 for
    all noncancelable leases are as follows:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>        
                <S>                                            <C>      
                 1996                                          $      106
                 1997                                                 168
                 1998                                                 173
                 1999                                                 179
                 2000                                                 185
                 2001 and thereafter                                  651
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Total minimum future rentals                  $    1,462
===================================================================================
                 Minimum gross rental income as of December
                 31, 1995 for all noncancelable leases are as
                 follows:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)

                 1996                                          $       23
                 1997                                                  24
                 1998                                                  25
                 1999                                                  26
                 2000                                                  27
                 2001 and thereafter                                   45
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Total minimum future rentals                  $      170
===================================================================================
</TABLE>

(9)  INCOME TAXES

    The Bancorp had no Federal or state income tax expense in the years ended
    December 31, 1995 and 1994.



                                                                     (Continued)



                                      F-12


<PAGE>   179








NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Income taxes for 1995 and 1994 differ from the expected tax expense for
    those years (computed by applying the applicable statutory U.S. Federal
    income tax rate of 34% to income before income taxes) as a result of the
    following:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995     1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (in thousands)
        <S>                                             <C>        <C>    
        Computed "expected" income tax expense           $ (293)    (263)
        Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from:
           Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets      347      262
           Other, net                                       (54)       1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         $   -        -
===================================================================================
      
        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
        significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred
        tax liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are presented
        below:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                          1995      1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (in thousands)
        Deferred tax assets:
           Startup costs                                 $  114      140
           Federal net operating loss carryforward          766      264
           State net operating loss carryforward            183       56
           Other, net                                         3        -

        Total gross deferred tax assets                   1,066      460
        Valuation allowance                                 693      346
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total net deferred tax assets                       373      114
===================================================================================

        Deferred tax liabilities:
           Allowance for possible loan losses                30       33
           Premises and equipment, due to
             differences in depreciation                     41        1
           Accrual to cash adjustment                       252       58

           Other, net                                        50       22
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total gross deferred tax liabilities                373      114
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Net deferred tax assets                            $ -        -
=================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-13


<PAGE>   180





NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    At December 31, 1995, Bancorp had Federal net operating losses of
    approximately $2,253,000, and state net operating losses of approximately
    $2,555,000.  Such amounts are available for carryforward to offset future
    taxable income and expire in 2009-2010.  The realization of such deferred
    tax assets in future years is uncertain due to the lack of a sufficient tax
    history.  As a result, a valuation allowance has been recognized for the
    portion of the net operating loss carryforwards not offset by deferred tax
    liabilities.


(10) COMPENSATION PLANS

    Effective September 16, 1994 upon shareholder approval, Bancorp adopted a
    Stock Option Plan (Plan) which provides options to purchase an aggregate of
    up to 31,500 shares of Bancorp's common stock at the fair market value of
    the stock on the date the option is granted.  The Plan permits the grant of
    incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock.
    It covers certain key employees of Bancorp.  The incentive and nonqualified
    options expire at such time as the Stock Option Committee shall determine
    at the time of grant; however, in no case shall they be exercisable later
    than ten years after the grant. These options generally vest 10% in the
    first year subsequent to the grant, 10% in the second year subsequent to
    the grant, 20% in the year in which the Company attains certain
    profitability levels, and 20% in each year thereafter.

    A summary of the activity in the Plan for 1995 and 1994 is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================        
                                                         Common    Range of
                                                         Shares  Strike Prices
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
       <S>                                                <C>       <C>

        Beginning balance at December 30, 1992             -         -
        Granted                                          23,000    $50.00
        Exercised                                          -         -
        Forfeited or canceled                              -         -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
        Outstanding at December 31, 1994                 23,000    $50.00

        Granted                                           6,100  $60.00-$75.00
        Exercised                                          -          -
        Forfeited or canceled                              -          -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
        Outstanding at December 31, 1995                 29,100  $50.00-$75.00
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Available for grant at December 31, 1995          2,400
=================================================================================
</TABLE>




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-14


<PAGE>   181







NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     In December 1995, the Board of Directors approved the granting of 9,614
     additional common stock options to employees and certain directors of the
     Company.  The grants are subject to the approval of the stockholders to
     increase the number of authorized shares under the Plan by 20,000 to
     accommodate such grants.  Stockholder approval was requested in March 1996 
     and is pending final vote.

     During 1995, Bancorp provided a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (401(k)
     Plan).  The 401(k) Plan covers all employees meeting certain eligibility
     requirements.  Contributions by employees are made through salary
     reductions at their direction, limited to $9,240 annually.  Employer
     contributions to the 401(k) Plan are made at the employer's discretion.
     Participants completing 501 hours of service are eligible to share in an
     allocation of employer contributions.  No employer contributions were made 
     in 1995.


(11) REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

     Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount of dividends which can be
     paid to Bancorp by the subsidiaries.  Based on these laws, the Bank is not
     permitted to pay dividends until such time as any previous operating
     losses have been recovered through earnings.  No cash dividends were paid
     to Bancorp by the subsidiaries during the periods ended December 31, 1995
     and 1994.

     The Bank is required to maintain a 9% of capital to asset ratio for three  
     years as a de novo Bank.

     The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Act to maintain reserves
     against deposits. Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or
     balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on average
     daily deposit balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type
     of deposit account.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, reserve balances of    
     approximately $357,000 and $25,000, respectively, were required.


(12) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Bancorp was incorporated on December 30, 1992 and initially capitalized
     through the issuance of 1,000 no par common shares at $1 each; 10,000 no
     par preferred convertible shares at $50 each; and 5,000 no par common
     stock series A warrants at $5 each.  Each series A warrant entitles the
     holder to  acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of $50.

     Subsequent to the initial capitalization, in 1994, Bancorp raised an
     additional $8,670,000 through the private placement issuance of 173,480 no
     par common shares.  During the initial period of operations, Bancorp
     allocated $1,000,000 of the initial surplus to undivided profits to cover  
     initial operating expenditures.

     The 10,000 preferred shares initially outstanding were exchanged for
     22,500 common shares of the Bancorp common stock.  The preferred stock
     received was retired by the Bancorp.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-15


<PAGE>   182





NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  
       The Bancorp also has a stock rights plan for certain key employees and
       Directors.  Each stock right entitles the holder to purchase one share
       of the Bancorp's common stock for $40.00 per share.  The plan was
       adopted on December 1, 1993 and expires on December 1, 2003.  The plan
       provides for the issuance of a total of 20,000 such rights.  All of the
       stock rights have been awarded. As of December 31, 1995, none of the
       stock rights have been exercised. 

       Because of growth, during 1995, the Bancorp authorized the issuance of
       53,334 shares of common stock at $75 per share.  As of December 31,
       1995, this issuance resulted in an additional 49,875 shares sold,
       resulting in proceeds of approximately $3.7 million.

     
 (13)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

       Bancorp is subject to routine litigation arising in the normal course
       of their business.  In the opinion of management after consultation
       with legal counsel, liabilities arising from these proceedings, if
       any, are not expected to be material to Bancorp's financial position.

       FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

       The Bancorp is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet
       risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of
       its customers.  These financial instruments are loan commitments to
       extend credit and letters of credit.  Those instruments involve, to
       varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts
       recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.  The contract amount of
       these instruments reflects the extent of involvement the Bancorp has
       in these financial instruments.

       The Bancorp's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance
       by the other party to the financial instruments for loan commitments
       to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the
       contractual amounts of these instruments.  The Bancorp uses the same
       credit policies in making loan commitments as it does for on-balance
       sheet loans.

       Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk at
       December 31, 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================
                                                              (in thousands)
 <S>                                                          <C>     
       Commitments to extend credit                                 $   26,137
       Letters of credit                                                   405
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

       Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer
       as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the
       contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
       termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the
       commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
       commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
       requirements.  Collateral held varies but may include residential real
       estate, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment,
       and income-producing commercial  properties.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-16


<PAGE>   183




NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


       Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the
       Bancorp to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and
       are subject to the same credit review and approval process as loans.
        

 (14)  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       The following table presents the carrying amounts and
       estimated fair values of Bancorp's financial instruments at
       December 31, 1995.  Financial Accounting Standards Board
       Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
       Instruments, defines the fair value of a financial
       instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be
       exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Carrying   Fair
                                                         value     value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (in thousands)
           <S>                                            <C>       <C>         
            Financial assets:
               Cash and demand balances due from banks    $3,772    3,772
               Interest-bearing deposits at banks          7,000    7,000
               Federal funds sold                         12,000   12,000
               Available-for-sale securities              11,535   11,535
               Loans                                      63,439   63,486
               Allowance for possible loan losses           (440)    (440)
               Accrued interest receivable                   571      571
            Financial liabilities:
               Non-maturity deposits                      43,456   43,456
               Deposits with stated maturities            50,201   50,658
               Accrued interest payable                      142      142
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


    Cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds sold:  The
    carrying value of cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds
    sold approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those
    instruments.

    Interest-bearing deposits at banks and securities:  Fair values of these
    instruments are based on quoted market prices of comparable assets.

    Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar
    financial characteristics.  Loans are analyzed by type such as commercial,
    residential real estate, etc.  Each category of loans is further segmented
    into fixed and variable interest rate terms.
   

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-17


<PAGE>   184



NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   
       For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently, estimated fair values
       are based on carrying values.  The fair value of residential real estate
       loans is based on secondary market sources for securities backed by
       similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The    
       fair value for other loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash
       flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount
       rates that reflect the credit and interest rate inherent in the loan.

       Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable:  The carrying  
       value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable       
       approximates market value due to the relatively short period of time to
       expected realization.

       Deposit liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated
       maturity, such as non-interest bearing deposits, savings, NOW accounts   
       and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as
       of year-end (i.e. the carrying value).  The fair value of certificates
       of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. 
       The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently in effect for
       deposits of similar remaining maturities.

       Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:  The fair
       value of commitments to extend credit is based on fees currently charged
       to enter into similar arrangements, the remaining term of the agreement, 
       the present creditworthiness of the counterparty, and the difference
       between current interest rates and committed interest rates on the
       commitments.  Because most of Bancorp's commitment agreements were
       recently entered into and/or contain variable interest rates, the
       carrying value of Bancorp's commitments to extend credit approximates
       fair value.


 (15)  EVENTS (UNAUDITED) SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THE REPORT OF THE
       INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

       The Board of Directors have approved a proposed Agreement and Plan of
       Reorganization (Agreement) by and among Bancorp, Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.,
       Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Crabtree
       Capital  Corporation (the Constituents) with North Shore Community
       Bancorp, Inc. as the Resulting Corporation.  As a part of the merger,
       North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. will be renamed to "WINTRUST
       FINANCIAL CORPORATION" (WINTRUST).  Pursuant to the Agreement, common
       stock of WINTRUST will be exchanged for the outstanding shares of common
       stock of the Constituents based upon exchange ratios specified in the
       Agreement.  The proposed transaction is contemplated to be accounted for
       as a pooling of interests transaction and is subject to shareholder and
       regulatory approval.





                                      F-18
<PAGE>   185
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


   To the Board of Directors and
        Stockholders of Lake Forest
        Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary:


   We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition
   of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (Bancorp) as of December
   31, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of
   operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of
   the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995.  These
   consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Bancorp's
   management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
   consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
   to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
   are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
   test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
   financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
   principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
   as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe
   that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
   present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
   Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and
   1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
   each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, in
   conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 

                                                   /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


   March 1, 1996

                                      F-19

                                       
 
<PAGE>   186
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Condition

(in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                December 31,
                                                                         March 31,      ----------------------------         
                          ASSETS                                           1996              1995            1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (unaudited)
<S>                                                                   <C>                   <C>             <C>
Cash and demand balances due from banks                               $       4,291            3,680           6,379
Money market assets:
 Interest-bearing deposits at banks                                             100           21,100          16,699
 Federal funds sold                                                          18,855           13,100           7,135
Investment securities:
 Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of
    $4,988 in 1996, $4,959 in 1995 and $29,270 in 1994)                       5,002            5,002          29,984
 Available-for-sale, at fair value                                           57,465           33,890           5,917
Loans                                                                       121,055          110,673          70,258
 Less allowance for possible loan losses                                        950              938             642
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans                                                                   120,105          109,735          69,616

Premises and equipment, net                                                   8,098            8,144           7,222
Goodwill                                                                         44               45              47
Other assets                                                                  2,390            2,444           1,156
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                          $     216,350          197,140         144,155
====================================================================================================================

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits:
 Noninterest-bearing                                                         17,094           16,930          13,787
 Interest-bearing                                                           182,927          164,256         112,280
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total deposits                                                              200,021          181,186         126,067
Accrued interest and other expenses                                             313              339             182
Short-term debt                                                               3,952            3,952           2,742
Repurchase agreements                                                            --               --           5,022
Treasury tax and loan                                                           631              528             694
Other liabilities                                                               338              221              24
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                                           205,255          186,226         134,731
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stockholders' equity
 Common stock $1 par value; 200,000 shares authorized;
  160,810, 160,605, and 158,993 shares issued and outstanding
  at March 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively                   161              161             159
 Convertible preferred stock no par value; 7,500 shares authorized;
  1,700 shares issued and outstanding                                             3                3               3
 Surplus                                                                      9,549            9,533           9,406
 Undivided profit (loss)                                                      1,185            1,007              (8)
 Net unrealized gain (loss) - securities available-for-sale, 
   net of tax                                                                   197              210            (136)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                   11,095           10,914           9,424
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                            $     216,350          197,140         144,155
====================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                     F-20
<PAGE>   187
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Three months ended                               
                                                                  March 31,           Year ended December 31,  
                                                              -------------------  ----------------------------
                                                                1996       1995       1995     1994      1993  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (unaudited)                                 
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>     
                                                                                                               
Interest income:                                                                                               
 Loans, including fees                                    $    2,434     1,619       8,058    4,412     2,419  
 Money market assets:                                                                                          
  Interest-bearing deposits at banks                             148       348       1,330      555       258  
  Federal funds sold                                             204       197         876      361       239  
 Investment securities                                           659       501       1,916    1,380       827  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Total interest income                                          3,445     2,665      12,180    6,708     3,743  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Interest expense:                                                                                              
 Deposits                                                      2,124     1,630       7,473    3,744     1,904  
 Short-term debt                                                  76        62         276       87        35  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Total interest expense                                         2,200     1,692       7,749    3,831     1,939  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Net interest income                                            1,245       973       4,431    2,877     1,804  
                                                                                                               
Provision for possible loan losses                               110        63         301      240       240  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Net interest income after provision for possible 
  loan losses                                                  1,135       910       4,130    2,637     1,564  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Noninterest income:                                                                                            
 Service charges on deposits                                      34        32         146      105        92  
 Fees on loans sold                                               68        28         349      275       551  
 Gain on sale of securities                                       18         -           -       21        23  
 Trust fees                                                      115        78         399      202        92  
 Other                                                            23        11         221       46        25  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Total noninterest income                                         258       149       1,115      649       783  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Noninterest expense:                                                                                           
 Salaries and other compensation                                 620       478       2,283    1,436     1,179  
 Net occupancy                                                   124        89         394      223       190  
 Advertising                                                      34        58         234      152       106  
 Data processing                                                  96        70         314      211       158  
 Depreciation - furniture and equipment                           70        46         236      132        66  
 Insurance                                                        18        85         222      239       151  
 Other                                                           171       143         719      385       297  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Total noninterest expense                                      1,133       969       4,402    2,778     2,147  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Net income before income taxes                                   260        90         843      508       200  
                                                                                                               
Income tax expense/(benefit)                                      82         -        (172)       -         -  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
Net income                                                $      178        90       1,015      508       200  
================================================================================================================
                                                                                                               
Earnings per share                                        $     1.01      0.54        5.95     3.05      1.32  
================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-21
<PAGE>   188
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=========================================================================================================================
                                                                                             Net                         
                                                                                           unrealized                    
                                                                                           gain (loss)                   
                                                                                               on                        
                                                                              Undivided     securities        Total      
                                           Common       Preferred              profits      available     stockholders'  
                                            stock         stock     Surplus     (loss)       for sale         equity     
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>              
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1992               $  126          3        6,819        (716)           -            6,232      
                                                                                                                         
Common stock issuance                          32          -        2,550           -            -            2,582      
                                                                                                                         
Net income                                      -          -            -         200            -              200      
                                                                                                                         
Change in unrealized gain on securities                                                                                  
 available-for-sale, net of tax effect of $8    -          -            -           -           16               16      
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1993                  158          3        9,369        (516)          16            9,030      
                                                                                                                         
Common stock issuance                           1          -           37           -            -               38      
                                                                                                                         
Net income                                      -          -            -         508            -              508      
                                                                                                                         
Change in unrealized gain on securities                                                                                  
 available-for-sale, net of tax effect of $53   -          -            -           -         (152)            (152)     
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1994                  159          3        9,406          (8)        (136)           9,424      
                                                                                                                         
Common stock issuance                           2          -          127           -            -              129      
                                                                                                                         
Net income                                      -          -            -       1,015            -            1,015      
                                                                                                                         
Change in unrealized gain on securities                                                                                  
 available-for-sale, net of tax                                                                                          
  effect of $108                                -          -            -           -          346              346      
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1995                  161          3        9,533       1,007          210           10,914      
                                                                                                                         
Common stock issuance                           -          -           16           -            -               16      
                                                                                                                         
Net income                                      -          -            -         178            -              178      
                                                                                                                         
Change in unrealized gain on securities                                                                                  
 available-for-sale, net of tax effect of $6    -          -            -           -          (13)             (13)     
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)       $ 161          3        9,549       1,185          197           11,095      
=========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-22

<PAGE>   189
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                            Three months ended
                                                                                 March 31,              Year ended December 31,
                                                                         ------------------  ------------------------------------  
                                                                            1996         1995         1995       1994       1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>       
Cash flows from operating activities:                                                                                             
 Net income                                                             $    178           90        1,015        508        200  
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided                                                                         
   by operating activities:                                                                                                       
   Provision for possible loan losses                                        110           63          301        240        240  
   Depreciation and amortization                                             116           90          413        194        141  
   Deferred income taxes                                                     (82)           -            9          -          -  
   Gain on sales of investment securities, net                               (18)           -            -        (21)       (23) 
   Amortization of goodwill                                                    1            1            2          2          2  
   Net accretion/amortization of investment securities                      (127)          10         (219)       139        276  
   Net increase in other assets                                              143         (464)      (1,296)      (519)      (293) 
   Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and other liabilities              91          (24)         246        148         (9) 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                  
Net cash provided by operating activities                                    412         (234)         471        691        534  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --
                                                                                                                                  
Cash flows from investing activities:                                                                                             
 Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits at banks            21,000      (19,000)      (4,401)   (10,500)     3,801  
 Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold                            (5,755)      (1,205)      (5,965)     6,520     (6,142) 
 Purchase of Federal Reserve Bank stock                                       -             -          (26)       (36)      (136) 
 Purchase of premises and equipment                                          (70)        (233)      (1,335)    (2,971)    (2,768) 
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities, available for sale             126            -        5,006      4,944      6,140  
 Proceeds from maturities of investment securities, held to maturity           -       17,500       20,000     23,500     14,955  
 Proceeds from maturities of investment securities, available for sale    61,969       10,525       80,234      8,900    (39,157) 
 Purchases of investment securities, held to maturity                          -            -            -    (43,853)         -  
 Purchases of investment securities, available for sale                  (85,545)     (24,849)    (107,533)    (5,646)         -  
 Net increase in loans                                                   (10,480)      (6,810)     (40,420)   (24,807)   (22,280) 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                  
Net cash used in investing activities                                    (18,755)     (24,072)     (54,440)   (43,949)   (45,587) 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                  
Cash flows from financing activities:                                                                                             
 Net increase in deposits                                                 18,835       25,551       55,119     44,615     38,456  
 Net increase (decrease) in treasury tax and loan                            103         (412)        (166)        92        369  
 Net decrease (increase) in securities sold under agreement to                                                                    
   repurchase                                                                  -       (5,022)      (5,022)       (22)     5,044  
 Net proceeds from issuance of common stock                                   16           41          129         38      2,582  
 Increase in short-term debt                                                   -          180        1,210      2,742          -  
 Repayment of short-term debt                                                  -            -            -          -       (600) 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                  
Net cash provided by financing activities                                 18,954       20,338       51,270     47,465     46,451  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                         611       (3,968)      (2,699)     4,207      1,398  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                             3,680        6,379        6,379      2,172      1,374  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                $  4,291        2,411        3,680      6,379      2,772  
==================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                                                  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information -                                                                               
 cash paid during the year for:                                                                                                   
  Interest                                                              $  2,226        1,653        7,592      3,690      1,951  
  Income taxes                                                                 -            -            -          -          -  
==================================================================================================================================

</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-23
<PAGE>   190




LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The consolidated financial statements of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.,
     (Bancorp) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Lake Forest Bank and Trust
     Company (the Bank) have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and prevailing practices of the banking industry.
     All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
     the consolidated financial statements.

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
     amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.  Actual
     results may differ from those estimates.

     The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant
     to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual
     financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and
     regulations.  In the opinion of Bancorp, all adjustments necessary for a
     fair presentation for the periods presented have been reflected and are of
     a normal and recurring nature.  Results of operations for the interim
     periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for
     the year.

          PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
     amortization.  For financial reporting purposes, depreciation and
     amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
     useful lives of the related assets ranging from five to ten years for
     equipment and the lesser of the useful life or life of the lease for
     premises and leasehold improvements.  Additions to premises are
     capitalized.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

          INCOME TAXES

     The Bancorp files consolidated Federal and state income tax returns which
     include the Bank.  The Bank provides for income taxes on a separate return
     basis and remits to Bancorp amounts determined to be currently payable.
     Tax benefits attributable to losses are recognized and allocated to the
     extent that such losses can be utilized in the consolidated return.
 
     Bancorp and the Bank record income taxes under the asset and liability
     method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
     tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
     statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
     respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
     using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
     which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
     The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
     is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
                                                                          

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-24


<PAGE>   191


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



================================================================================

          CASH EQUIVALENTS

     For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, Bancorp considers
     all cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due
     from correspondent banks to be cash equivalents.

          INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Goodwill, representing the cost in excess of the fair value of net assets
     acquired from Crabtree Trust Company is amortized on a straight-line basis
     over a period of 25 years.
 
          LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

     Loans are recorded at the principal amount outstanding.  The allowance for
     possible loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to provide for
     potential loan losses.  The Bank receives loan fees for loans originated by
     the Bank, as well as for loan referrals.  Fees associated with loans
     originated by the Bank are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan
     as an adjustment of yield using the interest method.  Loan fees for
     referrals are recognized as income when received.

     On January 1, 1995, Bancorp adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board
     Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
     (Statement 114), as amended by Statement No. 118, Accounting by Creditors
     for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures (Statement
     118).  Under Statement 114, impaired loans are reported at the present
     value of expected future cash flows at the loan's effective interest rate,
     and the loan's observable market price or fair value of the collateral, if
     the loan is collateral dependent.  The impact of the adoption of Statements
     114 and 118 was not material to the Bancorp.

     On January 1, 1996, the Bancorp adopted Financial Accounting Standards
     Board Statement No. 122, Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights, an
     amendment to FASB Statement No. 65 (Statement 122).  Statement 122 provides
     guidance for the recognition of mortgage servicing rights as a separate
     asset when servicing mortgage loans for others, regardless of how those
     rights are acquired.  Also, Statement No. 122 requires the measurement of
     impairment of those servicing rights based upon the difference between the
     carrying amount of the servicing rights and their current fair value with a
     valuation allowance utilized to account for the difference.  The impact of
     the adoption of Statement 122 is not expected to be material to the
     Bancorp.

          INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     Investment securities are accounted for by applying the provisions of
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting of Certain
     Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (Statement 115).  Under Statement
     115, the Bank can classify securities in one of three categories:  trading,
     held-to-maturity, or available-for-sale.  Trading securities are bought
     principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term.
     Held-to-maturity securities are those securities in which the Bank has the
     ability and intent to hold the security until maturity.  All other
     securities are classified as available-for-sale as they may be sold prior
     to maturity.         




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-25


<PAGE>   192


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



================================================================================

     Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost which represents
     actual cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount
     using methods that generally approximate the effective interest method.
     Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value.  Unrealized holding
     gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes,
     are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of
     stockholders' equity until realized.  A decline in the market value of any
     available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost, that is deemed
     to be other than temporary, is charged to earnings.  Gains or losses on the
     sale of securities are recorded on a completed transaction basis using
     specific identification and are reflected in the accompanying statements of
     operations as part of other noninterest income.

     Trading account securities are stated at fair value.  Trading account gains
     and losses from closing positions and from changes in market values of the
     trading inventory are reflected in the accompanying statement of operations
     as part of other noninterest income.  Bancorp did not maintain any trading
     account securities in 1995, 1994, or 1993.
 
     A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
     security below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to
     earnings, resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the
     security.  Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.
     Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available-for-sale
     and held-to-maturity are included in earnings and are derived using the
     specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

          TRUST ASSETS

     Assets held by the Bancorp in fiduciary or agency capacity for customers
     are not included in the consolidated financial statements as such are not
     assets of Bancorp or its subsidiary.  Fee income is recognized on an
     accrual basis for financial reporting purposes.

          PER SHARE DATA

     Earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted
     average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents
     outstanding during each period.

          RECLASSIFICATION

     Certain amounts in the prior years' financial statements have been
     reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.


(2)  SHORT-TERM DEBT

     On December 30, 1993 the Bancorp entered into a revolving loan agreement
     with an unaffiliated bank allowing the Bancorp to borrow up to $3,500,000.
     This agreement was amended on June 30, 1995 to allow the Bancorp to borrow
     up to $5,000,000.  The loan is secured by 100% of the common stock of the
     Bank.  Borrowings under the agreement bear interest at the prime rate and
     will be due quarterly.  The final maturity date for the agreement is
     December 31, 1996.  At                                                   


                                                                         

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-26







<PAGE>   193

LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


================================================================================

     December 31, 1995 and 1994, a total of $3,952,000 and $2,742,000,
     respectively, had been drawn under the agreement.  The Bank pays a 1/4 of
     1% per annum commitment fee on amounts undrawn.


(3)  INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     The following table represents amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and
     losses, and fair value for the investment securities held-to-maturity and
     available-for-sale at December 31, 1995 and 1994.  This table is by
     contractual maturity which may differ from actual maturities because
     borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without
     call or prepayment penalties.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================

                                                          December 31, 1995
                                            ------------------------------------------
                                                            Gross       Gross
                                            Amortized    unrealized  unrealized   Fair
                                               cost         gains      losses    value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            (in thousands)
     <S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>       <C>
      Held-to-maturity -
         U.S. Treasury - due
            in one to five years            $  5,002           -        (43)     4,959
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total securities held-to-maturity        5,002           -        (43)     4,959

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Available-for-sale:
          Federal agencies - due in one
             year or less                     10,486           -         (5)    10,481
          Federal agencies - due in one
             to five years                     2,503           -        (12)     2,491
          Corporate notes - due in one
             year or less                     14,599          14         (3)    14,610
          Corporate notes - due in one
             to five years                     4,032          17         (4)     4,045
          Common stock - Hinsdale
             Bancorp, Inc.                       638         111           -       749
          Common stock - North Shore
             Community Bancorp, Inc.             648         200           -       848
          Common stock - Libertyville
             Bancorp, Inc.                       350           -           -       350
          Federal Reserve Bank stock             316           -           -       316
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Total securities available-for-sale     33,572         342        (24)    33,890
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Total investment securities           $ 38,574         342        (67)    38,849
======================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-27

<PAGE>   194


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================

                                                           December 31, 1994
                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                           Gross       Gross
                                             Amortized  unrealized  unrealized   Fair
                                                cost       gains       losses    value
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (in thousands)
     <S>                                   <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>
      Held-to-maturity:
          U.S. Treasury - due
            in one to five years            $  10,009           -        (494)     9,515
          Federal agencies -
            due in one year or less            19,975           8        (228)    19,755
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total securities held-to-maturity        29,984           8        (722)    29,270
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Available-for-sale:
           Corporate notes - due in one
             year or less                         700           1         -          701
           Corporate notes - due in one
             to five years                      4,208          19        (155)     4,072
           Common stock - Hinsdale
             Bancorp, Inc.                        454           -         -          454
           Common Stock - North Shore
             Community Bancorp, Inc.              400           -         -          400
           Federal Reserve Bank stock             290           -         -          290
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Total securities available-for-sale       6,052          20        (155)     5,917
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Total investment securities           $  36,036          28        (877)    35,187
========================================================================================
</TABLE>


     During 1995 and 1994, the Bancorp had gross realized gains on sales of
     investment securities classified as available-for-sale of $226 and $21,000,
     respectively.  During 1993, the Bancorp had gross realized gains on sales
     of investment securities of $46,000 and gross realized losses of $23,000,
     resulting in a net gain of $23,000.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994,
     investment securities having a carrying value of $20,982,000 and
     $21,919,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral for securities sold
     under agreement to repurchase, public deposits, and trust deposits.
     Securities carried at $0 and $5,006,000 were sold under agreement to
     repurchase at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.


     The Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB's) issuance of A Guide to
     Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in
     Debt & Equity Securities permitted the transfer of securities from the
     held-to-maturity classification to the available-for-sale classification
     during the period from November 15, 1995 to December 31, 1995, with no
     recognition of any related unrealized gain or loss in current earnings.  On
     December 29, 1995, the amortized cost and net unrealized gain of Bancorp's
     portfolio of securities held-to-maturity transferred to the securities
     available-for-sale classification was $32,428,000 and $318,000,
     respectively.                                                             

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-28




<PAGE>   195



LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

================================================================================
(4)  LOANS

     A summary of the loan portfolio by category at December 31, 1995 and 1994
     is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================

                                                                1995      1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (in thousands)
                                                  
     <S>                                                    <C>        <C>
     Commercial                                             $  52,811   31,852
     Home equity                                               23,239   15,455
     Residential                                               19,500   19,260
     Installment                                               15,123    3,691
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     
                                                              110,673   70,258
     Less allowance for possible loan losses                      938      642
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                            $ 109,735   69,616
================================================================================
</TABLE>


     Certain officers and directors of Bancorp and its subsidiaries and certain
     corporations and individuals related to such persons borrowed funds from
     the Bank.  These loans totaling $1,180,000 were made on substantially the
     same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at
     the time for comparable transactions with other borrowers.


(5)  ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

     A summary of the changes in the allowance for possible loan losses for
     years ending December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================

                                                            1995   1994   1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (in thousands)
     <S>                                                    <C>    <C>    <C>
     
     Allowance at beginning of period                      $  642    422    182
     Provision                                                301    240    240
     Charge-offs                                               (5)   (20)    -
     Recoveries                                                -      -      -
     
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Allowance at end of period                           $   938    642    422
================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-29


<PAGE>   196

LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


================================================================================




     The provision for possible loan losses is charged to operations, and
     recognized loan losses (recoveries) are charged (credited) to the allowance
     for possible loan losses. At December 31, 1995, nonaccrual loans had a
     carrying value of $150,000.  There were no nonaccrual loans as of December
     31, 1994.  There were no material impaired loans as of and for the year
     ended December 31, 1995.


(6)  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================

                                                                1995       1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                                                     <C>         <C>
                                                                (in thousands)
    
     Land                                                     $  1,300      967
     Buildings and improvements                                  5,884    5,144
     Furniture and equipment                                     1,777    1,172
     Construction in progress                                       16      379
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                                 8,977    7,662
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                833      440
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                                              $  8,144    7,222
===============================================================================
</TABLE>



(7)  TIME DEPOSITS

     Certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more approximated
     $42,835,000 and $29,957,000, respectively, at December 31, 1995 and 1994.
     Interest expense related to these deposits approximated $1,442,000,
     $859,000, and $294,000 for the periods ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and
     1993, respectively.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                     F-30


<PAGE>   197
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
==============================================================================




(8)  LEASE EXPENSE AND OBLIGATIONS

     Gross rental expense for all noncapitalized leases was $192,000, $133,000,
     and 127,000 in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.  Rental income was
     $141,000, $99,000 and $29,000 in 1995, 1994, and 1993,  respectively.
     Lease commitments are primarily for office space.  Minimum gross rental
     commitments as of December 31, 1995 for all noncancelable leases are as
     follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                        (in thousands)

    <S>                                      <C>
     1996                                    $  195
     1997                                       201
     1998                                       208
     1999                                       215
     2000                                       222
     2001 and thereafter                        550
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
     Total minimum future rentals            $1,591
================================================================================
  </TABLE>
   
     Minimum gross rental income as of December 31, 1995 for all noncancelable
     leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===============================================================================
                                                                  (in thousands)
    
     <S>                                                               <C>
     1996                                                                $   57
     1997                                                                     8
     1998                                                                     8
     1999                                                                     2
     2000 and thereafter                                                      -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
     Total minimum future rentals                                        $   75
================================================================================
</TABLE>



(9) INCOME TAXES

    The Bancorp had no Federal or state income tax expense in the each of the
    years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995. In 1995, the
    Bancorp recorded a tax benefit of $172,199 as management determined that the
    realization of certain deferred tax assets not previously valued was more
    likely than not to occur.                  




                                                                     (Continued)

                                     F-31
                                   




<PAGE>   198


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
===============================================================================


    Income taxes for 1995, 1994, and 1993 differ from the expected tax expense
    for those years (computed by applying the applicable statutory U.S. Federal
    income tax rate to income before income taxes) as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================
                                                           1995     1994     1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (in thousands)

    <S>                                                  <C>     <C>      <C>
    Computed "expected" income tax expense                $ 287      174       68
    Decrease in tax resulting from:
       Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets         (454)    (167)     (68)
       Other, net                                            (5)      (7)        -

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Income tax benefit                                    $(172)        -        -
===================================================================================
</TABLE>

 
    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
    portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December
    31, 1995 and 1994 are presented below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================
                                                              1995     1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (in thousands)
 <S>                                                          <C>          <C>
  Deferred tax assets:
     Allowance for possible loan losses                         $  216       63
     Startup costs                                                  35       30
     Deferred compensation                                          46       46
     Federal net operating loss carryforward                       406      621
     State net operating loss carryforward                         199      200
     Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities                -       53
     Other, net                                                     12        6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total gross deferred tax assets                                  914    1,019
  Valuation allowance                                                -      454
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total net deferred tax assets                                    914      565
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Deferred tax liabilities:
     Premises and equipment, due to
        differences in depreciation                                164       71
     Accrual to cash adjustment                                    565      446
     Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities              108        -
     Other, net                                                     68       48
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total gross deferred tax liabilities                             905      565
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net deferred tax asset                                        $    9        -
==================================================================================

</TABLE>



                                                                     (Continued)

                                     F-32


<PAGE>   199


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


===============================================================================


     The realization of deferred tax assets in 1994 was uncertain due to the
     lack of an adequate earnings history for the Bancorp and the Bank.  As a
     result, in 1994, a valuation allowance had been established for the portion
     of the gross deferred tax assets not offset by deferred tax liabilities.
     In 1995, management believes it is more likely than not that the gross
     deferred tax asset will be fully realized.  Therefore, no valuation
     allowance has been recorded as of December 31, 1995.

     At December 31, 1995, Bancorp had federal net operating losses of
     approximately $1,195,000, and state net operating losses of approximately
     $2,763,000.  Such amounts are available for carryforward to offset future
     taxable income and expire in 2006-2010.


(10) COMPENSATION PLANS

     Bancorp has a 1991 Stock Option Plan and a 1993 Stock Option Plan (Plans)
     which provide options to purchase an aggregate of up to 37,865 shares of
     Bancorp's common stock at the fair market value of the stock on the date
     the option is granted.  The Plans permit the grant of incentive stock
     options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock.  They cover
     substantially all employees of Bancorp.  The incentive and nonqualified
     options expire at such time as the Stock Option Committee shall determine
     at the time of grant; however, in no case shall they be exercisable later
     than ten years after the grant. The options generally vest at a rate of 10%
     in the first year subsequent to the grant, 10% in the second year
     subsequent to the grant, and continue to vest 20% in the year in which the
     Bank attains certain profitability levels, and 20% in the subsequent three
     years, if Bancorp is profitable.



                                                                     (Continued)

                                     F-33


<PAGE>   200


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


================================================================================


    A summary of the activity in the Plans for 1995, 1994, and 1993 is as
    follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=======================================================================
                                                  Common    Range of
                                                  shares  strike prices
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                                       <C>     <C>

        Outstanding at January 1, 1993            21,703   $61.00-70.00
        Granted                                   11,649          75.00
        Exercised                                      -              -
        Forfeited or canceled                          -              -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        Outstanding at December 31, 1993          33,352    61.00-75.00
        Granted                                    3,330    75.00-90.00
        Exercised                                    200          70.00
        Forfeited or canceled                      2,300          70.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        Outstanding at December 31, 1994          34,182    61.00-90.00
        Granted                                    2,600          90.00
        Exercised                                  1,163          75.00
        Forfeited or canceled                        250    75.00-90.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        Outstanding at December 31, 1995          35,369   $61.00-90.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

        Available for grant at December 31, 1995   1,133
=======================================================================
</TABLE>


     Bancorp also provides a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (401(k) Plan).  The
     plan covers all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements.
     Contributions by employees are made through salary reductions at their
     direction, limited to $9,240 annually.  Employer contributions to the
     401(k) Plan are made at the employer's discretion.  Participants completing
     501 hours of service are eligible to share in an allocation of employer
     contributions.  No employer contributions were made in 1995, 1994, or 1993.
     In conjunction with the 1993 capital stock offering the Board of Directors
     reserved 1,000 shares of common stock to be available for purchase by
     401(k) Plan participants at $80 per share.  During the years ended December
     31, 1995 and 1994, 499 shares and 296 shares, respectively, were purchased
     by plan participants.  There were no shares purchased by plan participants
     in 1993.




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-34


<PAGE>   201


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


================================================================================




(11) REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

     Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount of dividends which can be
     paid to Bancorp by the Bank.  Based on these laws, the Bank could, subject
     to minimum capital requirements, declare dividends to Bancorp without
     obtaining regulatory approval in an amount not exceeding (a) undivided
     profits, and (b) the amount of net income reduced by dividends paid for the
     current and prior two years.  No cash dividends were paid to Bancorp by the
     subsidiary during the periods ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993.

     The Bank also is required by the Federal Reserve Act to maintain reserves
     against deposits.  Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or
     balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on average
     daily deposit balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type
     of deposit account.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994 reserve balances of
     approximately $1,112,000 and $552,000, respectively, were required.


(12) CAPITAL

     During 1992 Bancorp issued and sold 7,333 of the 7,500 authorized preferred
     convertible shares to certain employees.  Each share of preferred stock is
     convertible into 1.5 shares of common stock. To date, 5,633 preferred
     shares have been converted into 8,450 common shares.  At December 31, 1995
     and 1994,  the remaining 1,700 preferred convertible shares remain
     outstanding.


(13) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     Bancorp is subject to routine litigation arising in the normal course of
     their business.  In the opinion of management after consultation with legal
     counsel, liabilities arising from these proceedings, if any, are not
     expected to be material to Bancorp's financial position.

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

     The Bancorp is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk
     in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
     customers.  These financial instruments are loan commitments to extend
     credit and letters of credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying
     degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized in the
     consolidated balance sheets.  The contract amount of these instruments
     reflects the extent of involvement the Bancorp has in these financial
     instruments.  The Bancorp's exposure to credit loss in the event of
     nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for loan 
     commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is


                                                                     (Continued)



                                     F-35


<PAGE>   202


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


================================================================================


     represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments.  The Bancorp
     uses the same credit policies in making loan commitments as it does for
     on-balance sheet loans.  Financial instruments whose contract amounts
     represent credit risk at December 31, 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                                                  (in thousands)


     <S>                                                           <C>
     Commitments to extend credit                                   $    31,133
     Letters of credit                                                      174
================================================================================
</TABLE>


     Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as
     long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
     Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
     clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments
     are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
     amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Collateral
     held varies but may include residential real estate accounts receivable,
     inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and income-producing commercial
     properties.

     Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bancorp
     to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and are subject
     to the same credit review and approval process as loans.


(14) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values
     of Bancorp's financial instruments at December 31, 1995.  Financial
     Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value
     of Financial Instruments, defines the fair value of a financial instrument
     as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
     transaction between willing parties.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-36


<PAGE>   203


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements







<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         ==============================================================

                                                     Carrying   Fair
                                                      value     value
         --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (in thousands)
         <S>                                         <C>       <C>
         Financial assets:
            Cash and demand balances due from banks    $3,680    3,680
            Interest-bearing deposits at banks         21,100   21,100
            Federal funds sold                         13,100   13,100
            Held-to-maturity securities                 5,002    4,959
            Available-for-sale securities              33,890   33,890
            Loans                                     110,673  110,754
            Allowance for possible loan losses          (938)    (938)
            Accrued interest receivable                 1,258    1,258

         Financial liabilities:
            Nonmaturity deposits                       90,894   90,894
            Deposits with stated maturities            90,292   90,784
            Short-term debt                             3,952    3,952
            Treasury tax and loan                         528      528
            Accrued interest payable                      339      339
         ==============================================================
</TABLE>


     Cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds sold:  The
     carrying value of cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds
     sold approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those
     instruments.

     Interest-bearing deposits at banks and securities:  Fair values of these
     instruments are based on quoted market prices of comparable assets.

     Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar
     financial characteristics.  Loans are analyzed by type such as commercial,
     residential real estate, etc.  Each category of loans is further segmented
     into fixed and variable interest rate terms.

     For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently, estimated fair values are
     based on carrying values.  The fair value of residential real estate loans
     is based on secondary market sources for securities backed by similar
     loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair value
     for other loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through
     the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect
     the credit and interest rate inherent in the loan.

     Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable:  The carrying
     value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable
     approximates market value due to the relatively short period of time to
     expected realization.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-37


<PAGE>   204


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


================================================================================


     Deposit liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity,
     such as noninterest-bearing deposits, savings, NOW accounts, and money
     market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of year-end
     (i.e. the carrying value).  The fair value of certificates of deposit is
     based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount rate
     is estimated using the rates currently in effect for deposits of similar
     remaining maturities.

     Short-term debt and treasury tax and loan:  The carrying value of
     short-term debt and treasury tax and loan accounts approximate fair value
     due to the relatively short period of time to maturity or repricing.

     Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:  The fair value
     of commitments to extend credit is based on fees currently charged to enter
     into similar arrangements, the remaining term of the agreement, the present
     creditworthiness of the counterparty, and the difference between current
     interest rates and committed interest rates on the commitments.  Because
     most of Bancorp's commitment agreements were recently entered into and/or
     contain variable interest rates, the carrying value of Bancorp's
     commitments to extend credit approximates fair value.

(15) EVENTS (UNAUDITED) SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THE REPORT OF THE
     INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

     The Board of Directors have approved a proposed Agreement and Plan of
     Reorganization (Agreement) by and among Bancorp, North Shore Community
     Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and
     Crabtree Capital Corporation (the Constituents) with North Shore Community
     Bancorp, Inc. as the Resulting Corporation.  As a part of the merger, North
     Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. will be renamed to "WINTRUST FINANCIAL
     CORPORATION" (WINTRUST).  Pursuant to the Agreement, common stock of
     WINTRUST will be exchanged for the outstanding shares of common stock of
     the Constituents based upon exchange ratios specified in the Agreement.
     The proposed transaction is contemplated to be accounted for as a pooling
     of interests transaction and is subject to shareholder and regulatory
     approval.




                                     F-38
<PAGE>   205
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


  To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
       of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:


  We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition
  of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (Bancorp) as of December 31,
  1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
  changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then
  ended and the period from September 25, 1992 to December 31, 1993.
  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
  Bancorp's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
  these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
  accounting standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
  the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
  statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes
  examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
  disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
  assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
  by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
  for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
  present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
  Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and
  1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
  years then ended and the period from September 25, 1992 to December 31,
  1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                       /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP



  March 1, 1996



                                      F-39

<PAGE>   206
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Condition

(in thousands, except share data)

================================================================================

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    December 31,
                                                           March 31,       -------------------------------
        ASSETS                                                1996             1995             1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>                <C>           
Cash and demand balances due from banks                     $     1,612            3,048             1,308
Money market assets:
 Interest-bearing deposits at banks                                 --            16,000            11,500
 Federal funds sold                                              10,221           16,022            10,494
Investment securities:
 Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost 
   (fair value of $17,220)                                          --               --             17,327
 Available-for-sale, at fair value                               32,440           15,409               --
Loans                                                            67,505           58,085            22,327
 Less allowance for possible loan losses                            583              479               180
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans, net                                                       66,922           57,606            22,147
Premises and equipment, net                                       5,085            5,941             3,155
Deferred organizational costs                                        76               84               116
Accrued interest receivable                                         929              824               267
Other assets                                                      1,260              934               205
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                $   118,545          115,868            66,519
==========================================================================================================
              LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits:
 Noninterest-bearing                                             10,471           11,640             5,792
 Interest-bearing                                                95,921           92,762            53,390
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deposits                                                  106,392          104,402            59,182
Accrued interest payable                                            131              122                38
Term debt                                                         1,800            1,600               --
Other liabilities                                                   446              100                85
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                               108,769          106,224            59,305
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock no par value; stated value of $1;  350,000 
  shares authorized; 207,137, 206,037, and 175,254 shares 
  issued and outstanding at March 31, 1996, December 31, 
  1995 and 1994, respectively                                       207              206               175
 Common stock Series A warrants no par value; 5,000 warrants
  authorized, issued, and outstanding                                25               25                25
 Common stock Series B warrants no par value; 5,000 warrants
  authorized, issued and outstanding                                --               --                --
 Surplus                                                          9,506            9,452             7,483
 Undivided profits (deficit)                                         19              (49)             (469)
 Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, 
  net of tax                                                         19               10               --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                        9,776            9,644             7,214
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                  $   118,545          115,868            66,519
==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-40
<PAGE>   207
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================================
                                                          Three months                 Years ended            Period ended
                                                         ended March 31,               December 31,           December 31,
                                                       ------------------           ------------------        ------------
                                                       1996          1995           1995          1994          1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           (unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>
Interest income:
 Loan, including fees                               $    1,356            554          3,701            862           1
 Money market assets:
  Interest-bearing deposits at banks                       126            276            870            566          16
  Federal funds sold                                       162            104            528            288          36
 Investment securities                                     355            168            738            589          20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest income                                    1,999          1,102          5,837          2,305          73
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest expense:
 Deposits                                                1,261            731          3,694          1,694          34
 Term debt                                                  34             13             76             38          32
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total interest expense                                   1,295            744          3,770          1,732          66
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income                                        704            358          2,067            573           7
                                                                                                                  
Provision for loan losses                                  104             60            299            180         --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net interest income after provision for loan losses        600            298          1,768            393           7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Non interest income:
 Fees on loans sold                                         99             44            305            124         --
 Other                                                     131             49            267            113          43
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Noninterest income                                         230             93            572            237          43
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Noninterest expense:
 Salaries and other compensation                           414            207          1,166            754         310
 Occupancy                                                  49             27            124            139          33
 Advertising and marketing                                  22             13            116             71          44
 Amortization of organizational costs                        8              8             30             75          19
 Data processing                                            53             32            151             88          19
 Depreciation - furniture and equipment                     34             17             94             58           8
 Insurance                                                  20             46            115             94           6
 Other                                                     162             77            464            244         176
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total noninterest expense                                  762            427          2,260          1,523         615
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss) before income taxes                       68            (36)            80           (893)       (565)
Income tax benefit                                         --             --             340            --          --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss)                                   $       68            (36)           420           (893)       (565)
===========================================================================================================================

Earnings (loss) per share                           $     0.31          (0.19)          2.04          (6.11)     (12.55)
===========================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                     F-41
<PAGE>   208

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                             Net
                                                                                                         unrealized
                                                                                                            gain
                                                                                                             on
                                                                     Common                   Undivided   securities      Total
                                            Common     Preferred     stock                    profits     available   stockholders'
                                            stock       stock       warrants     Surplus     (deficit)     for sale      equity
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                                
Initial capital contribution             $     --          500           25            1          --           --             526
                                                                
Common stock issuance                          121         --           --         5,922          --           --           6,043
                                                                
Capital issuance costs                         --          --           --           (24)         --           --             (24)
                                                                
Preferred stock dividend                       --          --           --           --           (11)         --             (11)
                                                                
Retirement of preferred stock                   21        (500)         --           479          --           --             -- 
                                                                
Allocation of undivided profits                --          --           --        (1,000)       1,000          --             -- 
                                                                
Net loss                                       --          --           --           --          (565)         --            (565)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
Balance at December 31, 1993                   142         --            25        5,378          424          --           5,969
                                                                
Common stock issuance                           33         --           --         2,105          --           --           2,138
                                                                
Net loss                                       --          --           --           --          (893)         --            (893)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
Balance at December 31, 1994                   175         --            25        7,483         (469)         --           7,214
                                                                
Common stock issuance                           31         --           --         1,969          --           --           2,000
                                                                
Net income                                     --          --           --           --           420          --             420
                                                                
Change in unrealized                                            
 gain on securities                                             
 available-for-sale, net of tax                                 
 effect of $5                                  --          --           --           --           --           10              10
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
Balance at December 31, 1995                   206         --            25        9,452          (49)         10           9,644
                                                                
Exercise of stock options                        1         --           --            54          --          --               55
                                                                
Net income                                     --          --           --           --            68         --               68
                                                                
Change in unrealized                                            
 gain on securities                                             
 available-for-sale, net of tax                                 
 effect of $3                                  --          --           --           --           --            9              9
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)    $     207         --            25         9,506           19          19          9,776
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>                                                        
                                                                
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.    
                                                                

                                     F-42
<PAGE>   209
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===========================================================================================================================
                                                        Three months                  Year ended             Period ended
                                                       ended March 31,               December 31,            December 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1996           1995           1995          1994            1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              (unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>
Operating activities:
 Net income (loss)                                   $     68            (36)           420          (893)            (377)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to 
  net cash provided
  by operating activities:
   Depreciation                                            57             30            153           108               33
   Amortization of deferred organizational 
     costs                                                  8              8             32            75              --
   Net amortization/(accretion) of investment
    securities                                             23             48             86          (169)               5
   Provision for loan losses                              104             60            299           180              --
   Deferred income tax benefit                            --             --            (340)          --               --
   Net changes in accrued interest receivable
    and other assets                                     (436)          (426)          (946)         (237)               8
   Net changes in other liabilities                       355             51             94           (21)             106
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities       179           (265)          (202)         (957)            (225)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing activities:
 Net increase in interest-bearing deposits at
   banks                                               16,000        (11,500)        (4,500)       (4,500)          (7,000)
 Net increase in Federal funds sold                     5,801          6,245         (5,528)       (1,893)          (8,601)
 Maturities of investments                             10,750         11,500         25,271         7,820              --  
 Purchase of investment in Federal Reserve 
   Bank stock                                             --             --             (98)          (20)            (129)
 Purchase of investment securities                    (27,790)        (3,500)       (23,326)      (21,166)          (3,702)
 Purchase of premises and equipment                      (201)        (1,762)        (2,939)         (568)          (2,708)
 Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment          1,000            --             --            --               --
 Net increase in loans                                 (9,420)        (6,211)       (35,758)      (21,956)            (338)
 Other, net                                               --             --             --           (131)            (472)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                  (3,860)        (5,228)       (46,878)      (42,414)         (22,950)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing activities:
 Net increase in deposits                               1,990          3,104         45,220        42,370           16,812
 Net proceeds from issuance of common stock                55          1,836          2,000         2,138            6,020
 Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock                --             --             --            --               500
 Preferred stock dividend                                 --             --             --            --               (11)
 Proceeds from issuance of convertible warrants           --             --             --            --                25
 Proceeds from issuance of term debt                      200            992          2,592           --             1,400
 Repayment of term debt                                   --             --            (992)         (900)            (500)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities               2,245          5,932          48,820       43,608           24,246
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents   (1,436)           439          1,740           237            1,071
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year          3,048          1,308          1,308         1,071              -- 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year             $  1,612          1,747          3,048         1,308            1,071
===========================================================================================================================
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest                                           $  1,286            743          3,686         1,665               58
  Income taxes                                          --             --            --            --               --
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                     F-43
<PAGE>   210



HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. (Bancorp) was incorporated on September 25, 1992.
    Hinsdale Bank & Trust Company (the Bank) is a wholly owned subsidiary of
    Bancorp.  The former Hinsdale Building Corporation (the Building
    Corporation) and Hinsdale Building Corporation II (the Building Corp. II),
    wholly owned subsidiaries of Bancorp, were merged into the Bancorp in June
    1994 and December 1995, respectively.  The net assets of the Building
    Corporation and Building Corp. II were subsequently contributed from the
    Bancorp to the Bank.  The Bank commenced operations on October 27, 1993;
    operating under an Illinois state banking charter, primarily in the
    Hinsdale, Illinois area.  The Building Corporation and the Building Corp.
    II were incorporated for the purpose of purchasing land and banking
    facilities for the Bank.

    The consolidated financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned
    subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
    accounting principles and prevailing practices of the banking industry.
    All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
    the consolidated financial statements.

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
    accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain
    estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
    liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
    amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.  Actual
    results may differ from those estimates.

    The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant
    to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual
    financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and
    regulations.  In the opinion of Bancorp, all adjustments necessary for a
    fair presentation for the periods presented have been reflected and are of
    a normal and recurring nature.  Results of operations for the interim
    periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for
    the year.

         PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

    Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.  For financial reporting purposes depreciation and
    amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
    useful lives of the related assets ranging from five to ten years for
    equipment and thirty-nine years for buildings.  Additions to premises are
    capitalized.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

         INCOME TAXES


    The Bancorp files consolidated Federal and state income tax returns which
    include the subsidiaries.  The subsidiaries provide for income taxes on a
    separate return basis and remit to Bancorp amounts determined to be
    currently payable.  Tax benefits attributable to losses are recognized and
    allocated to the extent that such losses can be utilized in the
    consolidated return.



                                    F-44

<PAGE>   211

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Bancorp and subsidiaries record income taxes under the asset and liability
    method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
    tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
    statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
    respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
    using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
    which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
    The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
    is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

         DEFERRED ORGANIZATIONAL COSTS

    Deferred organizational costs consist primarily of professional fees and
    other start-up costs and are being amortized over 5 years.

         CASH EQUIVALENTS

    For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, Bancorp considers
    all cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due
    from correspondent banks to be cash equivalents.

         LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    Loans are recorded at the principal amount outstanding.  The allowance for
    possible loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to provide for
    potential loan losses.  The Bank receives loan fees for loans originated by
    the Bank, as well as for loan referrals.  Fees associated with loans
    originated by the Bank are deferred and amortized over the life of the
    loans as an adjustment of yield using the straight-line method.  Loan fees
    for referrals are recognized as income when received.

    On January 1, 1995, the Bancorp adopted Financial Accounting Standards
    Board Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
    (Statement 114), as amended by Statement No. 118, Accounting by Creditors
    for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures (Statement
    118).  Under Statement 114, impaired loans are reported at the present
    value of expected future cash flows at the loan's effective interest rate,
    the loan's observable market price, or fair value of the collateral, if the
    loan is collateral dependent.  The impact of the adoption of Statements 114
    and 118 was not material to the Bancorp.

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES

    Investment securities are accounted for by applying the provisions of
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting of Certain
    Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (Statement 115).  Under Statement
    115, the Bank can classify securities in one of three categories:  trading,
    held-to-maturity, or available-for-sale.  Trading securities are bought
    principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term.
    Held-to-maturity securities are those securities in which the Bank has the
    ability and intent to hold the security until maturity.  All other
    securities are classified as available-for-sale as they may be sold prior
    to maturity.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-45


<PAGE>   212

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost which represents
    actual cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount
    using methods that generally approximate the effective interest method.
    Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value.  Unrealized holding
    gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes,
    are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of
    stockholders' equity until realized.  A decline in the market value of any
    available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost, that is deemed
    to be other than temporary, is charged to earnings.  Gains or losses on the
    sale of securities are recorded on a completed transaction basis using
    specific identification and are reflected in the accompanying statements of
    operations as part of other noninterest income.

    Trading account securities are stated at fair value.  Trading account gains
    and losses from closing positions and from changes in market values of the
    trading inventory are reflected in the accompanying statement of operations
    as part of other noninterest income.  Bancorp did not maintain any trading
    account securities in 1995, 1994, or 1993.

    A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
    security below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to
    earnings resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for the
    security.  Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.
    Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available-for-sale
    and held-to-maturity are included in earnings and are derived using the
    specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

         PER SHARE DATA

    Earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted
    average number of shares of common stock and applicable common stock
    equivalents outstanding during each period.

         RECLASSIFICATIONS

    Certain amounts in the prior years' financial statements have been
    reclassified to conform with current year presentation.


(2) TERM DEBT

    In December, 1995 the Bancorp entered into a revolving loan agreement with
    an unaffiliated bank allowing the Bancorp to borrow up to $3,000,000.  The
    loan is secured by 100% of the common stock of the Bank.  Borrowings under  
    the agreement bear interest at the prime rate and will be due quarterly.    
    The final maturity date for the agreement is December 1, 1997.  At December
    31, 1995, $1,600,000 had been drawn under the agreement.  The Bank pays a
    1/4 of 1% per annum commitment fee on amounts undrawn.



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-46


<PAGE>   213

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    During 1993, the Building Corporation borrowed $1,400,000 to purchase the
    premises for the Bank.  The debt was reduced to $900,000 as of December 31,
    1993 and was retired in full concurrently with the merger of the Building
    Corporation into Bancorp in June 1994.

    In January 1995, the Building Corp. II borrowed approximately $992,000 for
    constructing the premises of the Bank's drive-through facility.  The debt
    was retired in full in December, 1995.


(3) INVESTMENT SECURITIES

    The following tables represent amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and
    losses and fair value for the investment securities at December 31, 1995
    and 1994.  These tables are by contractual maturity which may differ from
    actual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or repay
    obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================== 
                                                           December 31, 1995
                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                          Gross       Gross
                                             Amortized  unrealized  unrealized  Fair
                                               cost       gains       losses    value            
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (in thousands)
    <S>                                        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>

    Available-for-sale:
       U.S. Treasuries due in
         one year or less                      $ 5,520       9           -      5,529
       Federal Agencies -
         due in one year or less                 3,737       -          (9)     3,728
       Corporate notes - due in
         one year or less                          498       -           -        498
       Corporate notes - due in
         one to five years                       4,592      19          (4)     4,607
       Common stock - Libertyville                                              
         Bancorp, Inc.                             350       -           -        350
       Common stock - North Shore
         Community Bancorp, Inc.                   450       -           -        450
       Federal Reserve Bank stock                  247       -           -        247
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $15,394      28         (13)    15,409
==========================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-47


<PAGE>   214

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31, 1994
                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                          Gross       Gross
                                             Amortized  unrealized  unrealized   Fair
                                                cost      gains      losses      value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (in thousands)
     <S>                                     <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
     Held-to-maturity
        U.S. Treasuries due in
          one year or less                     $   587       -         (3)          584
        Federal Agencies -
          due in one year or less               13,555       -        (38)       13,517
        Corporate notes - due in
          one year or less                         899       1          -           900
        Corporate notes - due in
          one to five years                      2,137      31        (98)        2,070
        Federal Reserve Bank stock                 149       -          -           149
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $17,327      32       (139)       17,220
=========================================================================================
</TABLE>

    There were no sales of investment securities in 1995, 1994 and 1993 and,
    accordingly, there were no realized gains or losses on sales of investment
    securities.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, investment securities having a
    carrying value of $8,258,000 and $5,640,000, respectively, were pledged as
    collateral for public and other deposits.

    The Financial Accounting Standards Board's (FASB's) issuance of A Guide to
    Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in
    Debt & Equity Securities, permitted the transfer of securities from the
    Held to Maturity classification to the Available for Sale classification
    during the period from November 15, 1995 to December 31, 1995, with no
    recognition of any related unrealized gain or loss in current earnings.  On
    December 29, 1995, the Bancorp's portfolio of securities Held to Maturity
    was transferred, in its entirety, to the securities Available for Sale
    classification.  The carrying amount of the securities and the net
    unrealized gain related to the transfer were $15,394,000 and $15,000,
    respectively.



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-48


<PAGE>   215

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(4) LOANS

    A summary of the loan portfolio by category at December 31, 1995 and 1994
    is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================
                                                    1995         1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (in thousands)
      <S>                                         <C>          <C>

      Commercial                                   $21,165       9,503
      Home equity                                   11,481       5,614
      Residential                                    8,838       6,463
      Installment                                   18,082         747
      Unearned discount on installment loans        (1,481)          -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $58,085      22,327
==========================================================================
</TABLE>

    Certain officers and directors of Bancorp and its subsidiaries and certain
    corporations and individuals related to such persons incurred indebtedness
    totaling $1,523,000 in the form of loans.  These loans were made at
    substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as
    those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other
    borrowers.


(5) ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

    A summary of the changes in the allowance for possible loan losses for the
    years ending December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the period from September 25,
    1992 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1993 is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================
                                               1995       1994       1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (in thousands)
          <S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>

          Allowance at beginning of period     $180          -         -
          Provision                             299        180         -
          Charge-offs                             -          -         -
          Recoveries                              -          -         -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Allowance at end of period           $479        180         -
==========================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-49
<PAGE>   216

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The provision for loan losses is charged to operations.  At December 31,
    1995 and 1994, nonaccrual loans were $15,000 and $-0-, respectively.  The
    Bancorp had no impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31,
    1995.


(6) PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

    A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as
    follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================
                                                      1995      1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (in thousands)
     <S>                                             <C>      <C>

     Land                                             $1,743      644
     Building and improvements                         3,646    1,892
     Furniture and equipment                             812      438
     Construction in progress                             14      302
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       6,215    3,276
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization      274      121
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $5,941    3,155
========================================================================
</TABLE>


    Bancorp leases space to various tenants under short-term operating leases,
    all but one of which will expire in 1996.


(7) TIME DEPOSITS

    Certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more approximated
    $26,604,000 and $6,900,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
    Interest expense related to certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000
    or more approximated $707,000 and $80,000 for the years ended December 31,
    1995 and 1994, respectively, and $3,000 for the period ended December 31,
    1993.


(8)  INCOME TAXES

    The Bancorp had no Federal or state income tax expense in the years ended
    December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the period ended December 31, 1993.  In
    1995, the Bancorp recorded a tax benefit of $340,000 as management
    determined that the realization of deferred tax assets not previously
    valued was more likely than not.




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-50

<PAGE>   217


HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Income tax benefit for the periods ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
    differed from the amount computed by applying the expected Federal income
    tax rate of 34% to pretax income from operations as a result of the
    following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================
                                                              1995         1994         1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (in thousands)

<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>
     Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)             $     27        (304)        (128)
     Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
       Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets             (315)        303          128
       Other                                                    (52)          1            -
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Federal income tax benefit                            $   (340)          -            -
================================================================================================
</TABLE>

    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant 
    portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 
    December 31, 1995 and 1994 are presented below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================
                                                                           1995         1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
    Deferred tax assets:                                                                       
       Organizational costs                                                $110           52
       Book loan loss provision in excess of tax provision                   16            -
       Federal tax, net operating loss carryforward                         691          679
       State tax, net operating loss carryforward                           170          155
       Other                                                                 11            3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         
Total gross deferred tax assets                                             998          889
                                                                                        
Less valuation allowance                                                    201          516
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net deferred tax assets                                                     797          373

Deferred tax liabilities:
    Tax loan loss provision in excess of book provision                       -           63
    Premises and equipment, due to differences in depreciation               46           31
    Accrual to cash adjustment                                              363          243
    Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities                          6            -
    Other                                                                    42           36
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total gross deferred tax liabilities                                        457          373
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net deferred tax assets                                                    $340            -
================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-51
<PAGE>   218



HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    During 1994, realization of deferred tax assets was uncertain due to the
    lack of an adequate earnings history for the Bancorp and subsidiaries.  As
    a result, in 1994, a valuation allowance was established for the portion of
    the gross deferred tax assets not offset by deferred tax liabilities.
    During 1995, management determined that a valuation allowance should only
    be established for a portion of the deferred tax asset.  This determination
    was made based upon the profitability attained by the Bank during 1995 and
    future earnings estimates for 1996.  As such, management established a
    valuation allowance of approximately $201,000.

    At December 31, 1995, Bancorp had Federal net operating losses of
    approximately $2,033,000, and state net operating losses of approximately
    $2,369,000.  Such amounts are available for carryforward to offset future
    taxable income and expire in 2008-2010.


(9) COMPENSATION PLANS

    Effective October 28, 1993, Bancorp, as approved by the stockholders on
    December 29, 1993, adopted a Stock Option Plan (Plan) which provides
    options to purchase an aggregate of up to 25,000 shares of Bancorp's common
    stock at the fair market value of the stock on the date the option is
    granted.  The Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options,
    nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock.  It covers certain key
    employees of Bancorp.  The incentive and nonqualified options expire at
    such time as the Stock Option Committee shall determine at the time of
    grant, however, in no case shall they be exercisable later than ten years
    after the grant.  These options generally vest 10% in the first year
    subsequent to the grant, 10% in the second year subsequent to the grant,
    20% in the year in which the Bancorp attains certain profitability levels,
    and 20% in each year thereafter.




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-52


<PAGE>   219

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A summary of the activity in the Plan for the years ended December 31, 1995
     and 1994 and the period ended December 31, 1993 is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=======================================================================
                                                           Strike
                                            Common         price
                                            shares         range
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                                   <C>        <C>
    
     Outstanding at December 31, 1993          -              -
     Granted                                16,925         $50.00
     Exercised or canceled                     -              -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
     Outstanding at December 31, 1994       16,925         $50.00
     Granted                                 4,650         $65.00
     Exercised or canceled                     -              -
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
     Outstanding at December 31, 1995       21,575      $50.00-$65.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
     Available for grant                     3,425
=======================================================================
</TABLE>


     In December, 1995, the Board of Directors approved the granting of 10,550
     additional common stock options to employees and directors of the Company.
     The grants are subject to the approval of the stockholders to increase the
     number of authorized shares under the Plan by 15,000 to accommodate such
     grants.  Stockholder approval was requested in March 1996 and is pending
     final vote.

     Bancorp also provides a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (401(k) Plan).  The
     401(k) Plan covers all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements.
     Contributions by employees are made through salary reductions at their
     direction, limited to $9,240 annually.  Employer contributions to the
     401(k) Plan are made at the employer's discretion.  Participants completing
     501 hours of service are eligible to share in an allocation of employer
     contributions.  No employer contributions were made in 1995, 1994, or 1993.


(10) REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

     Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount of dividends which can be
     paid to Bancorp by the Bank.  Based on these laws, the Bank is not
     permitted to pay dividends until such time as previous operating losses
     have been recovered through earnings.  No cash dividends were paid to
     Bancorp by the Bank during the periods ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
     1993.




                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-53

<PAGE>   220

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Bank is required to maintain a 9% of capital to asset ratio for three
     years as a de novo Bank.

     The Bank also is required by the Federal Reserve Act to maintain reserves
     against deposits.  Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or
     balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on average
     daily deposit balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type
     of deposit account.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994 reserve balances of
     approximately $192,000 and $149,400, respectively were required.


(11) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Bancorp was incorporated on September 25, 1992 and initially capitalized
     through the issuance of 20 no par common shares at $50 each; 10,000 no par
     preferred convertible shares at $50 each; 5,000 no par common stock Series
     A warrants at $5 each.  Each Series A warrant entitles the holder to
     acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of $50.

     Subsequent to the initial capitalization, Bancorp raised an additional
     $6,042,827 through the private placement issuance of 120,834 no par common
     shares.

     During the initial period of operations, Bancorp allocated $1,000,000 of
     the initial surplus to undivided profits to cover initial operating
     expenditures.

     The Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Recapitalization Plan, as approved by the
     shareholders, provided for the redemption of the 10,000 convertible,
     preferred shares of Bancorp stock currently outstanding in a like kind
     exchange for common stock and the issuance of additional common stock
     warrants.  The preferred shares were held primarily by officers and
     employees of the Bancorp who contributed significantly to the organization,
     capitalization and opening of the Bank.

     2.15 shares of common stock were exchanged for each preferred share
     outstanding.  The 10,000 preferred shares outstanding were exchanged for
     21,500 common shares of the Bancorp common stock.  The preferred stock
     received was retired by the Bancorp.

     The Bancorp also authorized and issued an additional 5,000 common stock
     Series B warrants.  Each Series B warrant entitles the holder to acquire
     one share of the Bancorp's common stock at a price of $31.50 per share.
     The warrants have a ten year life and were issued to the holders of the
     preferred stock.

     Because of growth, during 1994, the Bancorp authorized the issuance of
     additional shares of common stock at $65 per share.  This issuance of
     63,683 shares resulted in proceeds of approximately $4,100,000.  Of the
     63,683 shares sold, 32,900 shares were sold in 1994 and the remaining
     30,783 were sold in 1995.



                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-54

<PAGE>   221

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(12) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     Bancorp is subject to routine litigation arising in the normal course of
     their business.  In the opinion of management after consultation with legal
     counsel, liabilities arising from these proceedings, if any, are not
     expected to be material to Bancorp's financial position.

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

     The Bancorp is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk
     in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
     customers.  These financial instruments are loan commitments to extend
     credit and letters of credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying
     degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized in the
     consolidated balance sheets.  The contract amount of these instruments
     reflects the extent of involvement the Bancorp has in these financial
     instruments.  The Bancorp's exposure to credit loss in the event of
     nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for loan
     commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the
     contractual amounts of these instruments.  The Bancorp uses the same credit
     policies in making loan commitments as it does for on-balance sheet loans.

     Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at
     December 31, 1995 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                                                      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (in thousands)
 
     <S>                                                            <C>
     Commitments to extend credit                                    $16,389
     Letters of credit                                                 2,201
================================================================================
</TABLE>

     Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as
     long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
     Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
     clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments
     are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
     amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Collateral
     held varies but may include residential real estate accounts receivable,
     inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and income-producing commercial
     properties.
 
     Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by Bancorp to
     guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and are subject to
     the same credit review and approval process as loans.





                                                                     (Continued)

                                      F-55


<PAGE>   222

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values
     of Bancorp's financial instruments at December 31, 1995.  Financial
     Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value
     of Financial Instruments, defines the fair value of a financial instrument
     as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
     transaction between willing parties.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Carrying   Fair
                                                  Value    Value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                                         <C>       <C>
     
     Financial assets:
        Cash and demand balances due from banks  $  3,048   3,048
        Interest-bearing deposits at banks         16,000  16,000
        Federal funds sold                         16,022  16,022
        Available-for-sale securities              15,409  15,409
        Loans                                      58,085  58,134
        Allowance for possible loan losses           (479)   (479)
        Accrued interest receivable                   824     824
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     
     Financial liabilities:
        Non-maturity deposits                      55,505  55,505
        Deposits with stated maturities            48,897  49,217
        Term debt                                   1,600   1,600
        Accrued interest payable                      122     122
=====================================================================
</TABLE>


     Cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds sold:  The
     carrying value of cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds
     sold approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those
     instruments.

     Interest-bearing deposits at banks and securities:  Fair values of these
     instruments are based on quoted market prices of comparable assets.

     Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar
     financial characteristics.  Loans are analyzed by type such as commercial,
     residential real estate, etc.  Each category of loans is further segmented
     into fixed and variable interest rate terms.

     For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently, estimated fair values are
     based on carrying values.  The fair value of residential real estate loans
     is based on secondary market sources for securities backed by similar
     loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair value
     for other loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through
     the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect
     the credit and interest rate inherent in the loan.


                                                                     (Continued)

                                     F-56

<PAGE>   223

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable:  The carrying
     value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable
     approximates market value due to the relatively short period of time to
     expected realization.

     Deposit liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity,
     such as non-interest bearing deposits, savings, NOW accounts and money
     market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of year-end
     (i.e. the carrying value).  The fair value of certificates of deposit is
     based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount rate
     is estimated using the rates currently in effect for deposits of similar
     remaining maturities.

     Term debt:  The carrying value of term debt approximates fair value due to
     the relatively short period of time to maturity or repricing.

     Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:   The fair
     value of commitments to extend credit is based on fees currently charged to
     enter into similar arrangements, the remaining term of the agreement, the
     present creditworthiness of the counterparty, and the difference between
     current interest rats and committed interest rates on the commitments.
     Because most of Bancorp's commitment agreements were recently entered into
     and/or contain variable interest rates, the carrying value of Bancorp's
     commitments to extend credit approximates fair value.
 
(14) EVENTS (UNAUDITED) SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THE REPORT OF THE
     INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

     The Board of Directors have approved a proposed Agreement and Plan of
     Reorganization (Agreement) by and among Bancorp, North Shore Community
     Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and
     Crabtree Capital Corporation (the Constituents) with North Shore Community
     Bancorp, Inc. as the Resulting Corporation.  As a part of the merger, North
     Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. will be renamed to "WINTRUST FINANCIAL
     CORPORATION" (WINTRUST).  Pursuant to the Agreement, common stock of
     WINTRUST will be exchanged for the outstanding shares of common stock of
     the Constituents based upon exchange ratios specified in the Agreement.
     The proposed transaction is contemplated to be accounted for as a pooling
     of interests transaction and is subject to shareholder and regulatory
     approval.






                                      F-57
<PAGE>   224


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


  To the Board of Directors and
       Stockholders of Libertyville
       Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:


  We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of
  Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (Bancorp) as of December
  31, 1995 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes
  in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the period September 26,
  1994 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1995.  These financial
  statements are the responsibility of Bancorp's management.  Our
  responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
  based on our audit.

  We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
  to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
  are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
  test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
  financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
  principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
  as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe
  that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
  present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
  Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and the results of
  their operations and their cash flows for the period September 26, 1994
  (date of incorporation) to December 31, 1995 in conformity with
  generally accepted accounting principles.


                                       /s/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


  March 8, 1996



                                      F-58

<PAGE>   225

LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Condition

(in thousands, except share data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================
                                                                                   MARCH 31,     DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        ASSETS                                                                       1996            1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>
Cash and demand balances due from banks                                            $    642           1,753
Money market assets:
 Interest-bearing deposits at banks                                                   9,000           6,500
 Federal funds sold                                                                  11,285          14,690
Securities available-for-sale
 Federal agencies                                                                     3,988              --
 Federal Reserve Bank stock                                                             150             150
 Other securities                                                                       450             450
Loans                                                                                22,311          10,189
 Less allowance for loan losses                                                         130              55
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loans, net                                                                           22,181          10,134

Premises and equipment, net                                                           4,064           3,498
Deferred organization costs                                                             101             107
Other assets                                                                            681             197
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total assets                                                                       $ 52,542          37,479
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deposits:
 Noninterest-bearing                                                                  7,282           3,728
 Interest-bearing                                                                    35,293          22,685
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deposits                                                                       42,575          26,413

Accrued interest payable                                                                 68              46
Notes payable                                                                           361           1,064
Treasury tax and loan                                                                    71             339
Other liabilities                                                                        80              64
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities                                                                    43,155          27,926

Shareholders' equity:                                                                   500             500
 Preferred stock, Series B, no par value, 25,000 shares                              
  authorized, 24,000 shares issued and outstanding
 Common stock, no par value; stated value $1 per share;
  350,000 shares authorized; 205,929 and 201,689
  shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1996
  and December 31, 1995, respectively                                                   206             202
 Convertible warrants, Series A, no par value, 5,000 shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding                                                     25              25
 Convertible warrants, Series B, no par value, 20,000 warrants
  authorized; 15,760 and 20,000 warrants issued and outstanding at
  March 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively                                     --              --
 Surplus                                                                              8,994           8,829
 Undivided profits (deficit)                                                           (338)             (3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                            9,387           9,553
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders# equity                                         $ 52,542          37,479
=============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-59
<PAGE>   226

LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Three
                                                                     months           Period
                                                                     ended            ended
                                                                   March 31,       December 31,
                                                                      1996             1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>
Interest income:
 Loans, including fees                                                $  328              73
 Money market assets:
  Interest-bearing deposits at banks                                     107              80
  Federal funds sold                                                     171             166
 Investment securities                                                    39               2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income                                                    645             321
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense:
 Deposits                                                                393             141
 Notes payable                                                            23              23
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense                                                   416             164
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income                                                      229             157

Provision for loan losses                                                 75              55
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses                      154             102
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest income:
 Fees on loans sold                                                       49              14
 Other income                                                              8               7
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income                                                  57              21
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest expense:
 Salaries and other compensation                                         300             514
 Net occupancy                                                            41              46
 Advertising and marketing                                                18             127
 Amortization of organization costs                                        6               6
 Data processing                                                          29              16
 Depreciation - furniture and equipment                                   33              27
 Stationery and supplies                                                  15              95
 Other                                                                   104             250
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest expense                                                546           1,081
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss                                                             $  (335)           (958)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss per share                                                      $  (1.64)         (14.19)
===============================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-60
<PAGE>   227

LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders# Equity

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Preferred      Preferred     Convertible     Convertible               
                                         Common        stock,        stock,          Period        warrants,                
                                          stock       Series A      Series B        Series A        Series B      Surplus   
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>         <C>               <C>            <C>         <C>        
                                                                                                                            
Initial capital contribution            $   1            500          --              25             --               --    
                                                                                                                            
Dividends                                  --            --           --              --             --               --    
                                                                                                                            
Initial offering                          201            --           --              --             --            8,829    
                                                                                                                            
Conversion of preferred stock                                                                                               
 and issuance of convertible                                                                                                
 warrants                                  --          (500)         500               --            --              --     
                                                                                                                            
Net loss                                   --            --           --               --            --              --     
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995              202            --          500               25            --           8,829     
                                                                                                                            
Conversion of Series B                                                                                                      
 warrants into common stock                 4            --           --               --            --             165     
                                                                                                                            
Net loss                                   --            --           --               --            --              --     
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)   $ 206            --          500               25            --           8,994     
============================================================================================================================


<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Undivided         Total
                                           profits      stockholders'
                                          (deficit)        equity
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>
                                       
Initial capital contribution                    --              526
                                       
Dividends                                      (45)             (45)
                                       
Initial offering                             1,000           10,030
                                       
Conversion of preferred stock          
 and issuance of convertible           
 warrants                                      --              --
                                       
Net loss                                      (958)            (958)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995                    (3)           9,553
                                       
Conversion of Series B                 
 warrants into common stock                     --              169
                                       
Net loss                                      (335)            (335)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)         (338)           9,387
====================================================================== 
                                       
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                    F-61
 
<PAGE>   228

LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Three
                                                                            months            Period
                                                                            ended              ended
                                                                          March 31,         December 31,
                                                                            1996               1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (unaudited)
<S>                                                                      <C>                   <C>
Operating activities:
 Net loss                                                                 $   (335)              (958)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
  operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses                                                   75                 55
    Depreciation                                                                56                 45
    Amortization of organization costs                                           6                  6
    Accretion of investment securities                                         (39)                --
    Increase in accrued interest receivable and other assets                  (484)              (310)
    Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities                  38                110
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities                                         (683)            (1,052)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing activities:
 Net increase in interest-bearing deposits at banks                         (2,500)            (6,500)
 Net decrease (increase) in Federal funds sold                               3,405            (14,690)
 Purchase of investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock                           --               (150)
 Purchases of available-for-sale securities                                 (8,949)              (450)
 Maturities of available-for-sale securities                                 5,000                 --
 Purchase of premises and equipment                                           (622)            (3,543)
 Net increase in loans, net                                                (12,122)           (10,189)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                      (15,788)           (35,522)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing activities:
 Net increase in deposits                                                   16,162             26,413
 Net (decrease) increase in treasury tax and loan                             (268)               339
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                        169             10,030
 Proceeds from issuance of notes payable                                        --              1,770
 Repayment of notes payable                                                   (703)              (706)
 Dividends paid                                                                 --                (45)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                                   15,360             37,801
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                        (1,111)             1,227
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                             1,753                526
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                 $   642              1,753
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information -
 cash paid during the period for:
  Interest                                                                 $   394                118
  Income taxes                                                                 --                 --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-62

<PAGE>   229
 
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. (Bancorp), was incorporated on September 26,
    1994. Libertyville Bank and Trust Company (Bank) and Libertyville Building
    Corporation (Building Corporation) are subsidiaries of Bancorp.  The Bank
    commenced operations on October 10, 1995, operating under an Illinois state
    banking charter, primarily in the Libertyville, Illinois area.  The
    Building Corporation's primary asset is the current banking premises for
    the Bank.

    The consolidated financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly-owned
    subsidiaries have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
    accounting principles and prevailing practices of the banking industry.
    All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
    the consolidated financial statements.

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
    accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain
    estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
    liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
    amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period.  Actual
    results may differ from those estimates.

    The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant
    to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
    Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual
    financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
    accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and
    regulations.  In the opinion of Bancorp, all adjustments necessary for a
    fair presentation for the periods presented have been reflected and are of
    a normal and recurring nature.  Results of operations for the interim
    periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for
    the year.

         PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

    Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.  For financial reporting purposes, depreciation and
    amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
    useful lives of the related assets, ranging from five to ten years for
    equipment and thirty-nine years for buildings.  Additions to the premises
    are capitalized.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
    incurred.

         INCOME TAXES

    Bancorp files consolidated Federal and state income tax returns which
    include the subsidiaries.  The subsidiaries provide for income taxes on a
    separate return basis and remit to Bancorp amounts determined to be
    currently payable.  Tax benefits attributable to losses are recognized and
    allocated to the extent that such losses can be utilized in the
    consolidated return. 



                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-63


<PAGE>   230



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Bancorp and subsidiaries record income taxes under the asset and liability
    method.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future
    tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
    statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
    respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
    using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in
    which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
    The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
    is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

         ORGANIZATION COSTS

    Organization costs consist primarily of professional fees and other
    start-up costs and are being amortized over five years.

         CASH EQUIVALENTS

    For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, Bancorp considers
    all cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, and amounts due
    from correspondent banks to be cash equivalents.

         LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

    Loans are recorded at the principal amount outstanding.  The allowance for
    loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to provide for potential loan
    losses.  The Bank receives loan fees for loans originated by the Bank, as
    well as for loan referrals.  Fees associated with loans originated by the
    Bank are deferred and amortized over the life of the loans as an adjustment
    of yield using the interest method.  Loan fees for referrals are recognized
    as income when received.

    On October 10, 1995, Bancorp adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board
    Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
    (Statement 114), as amended by Statement No. 118, Accounting by Creditors
    for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosure (Statement
    118).  Under Statement 114, impaired loans are reported at the present
    value of expected future cash flows at the loan's effective interest rate,
    the loan's observable market price, or fair value.  The impact of the
    adoption of Statements 114 and 118 was not material to the Bancorp.

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES

    Investment securities are accounted for by applying the provisions of
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting of Certain
    Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (Statement 115).  Under Statement
    115, the Bank can classify securities in one of three categories:
    trading, held-to-maturity, or available-for-sale.  Trading securities are
    bought principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term.
    Held-to-maturity securities are those securities in which the Bank has the
    ability and intent to hold the security until maturity.  All other
    securities are classified as available-for-sale as they may be sold prior
    to maturity. In accordance with Statement 115, the Bancorp has elected to
    classify all investments as available-for-sale. The investment securities
    classified as available-for-sale are accounted for at fair market value.



                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-64


<PAGE>   231



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost which represents
    actual cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount
    using methods that generally approximate the effective interest method.
    Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value.  Unrealized holding
    gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes,
    are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of
    shareholders' equity until realized.  A decline in the market value of any
    available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost, that is deemed
    to be other than temporary, is charged to earnings.  Gains or losses on the
    sale of securities are recorded on a completed transaction basis using
    specific identification and are reflected in the accompanying statements of
    operations as part of noninterest income.

    Trading account securities are stated at fair value.  Trading account gains
    and losses from closing positions and from changes in market values of the
    trading inventory are reflected in the accompanying statement of income as
    part of noninterest income.  Bancorp did not maintain any trading account
    securities in 1995.


(2)  NOTES PAYABLE

     The Bancorp and subsidiaries borrowed $1,770,000 to fund the purchase of
     real estate and to cover initial start-up expenses.  This debt was paid
     down to $1,064,000 at December 31, 1995, primarily with proceeds Bancorp
     received through the issuance of common shares in the private placement
     offering (see note 10).  On January 5, 1996, this debt was reduced by
     $700,000.  The remaining note bears interest at 9.0% per annum and matures 
     on July 1, 1999.


(3)  INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     The following table represents carrying amounts, gross unrealized gains
     and losses and fair value for the investment securities at December 31,
     1995. All securities were classified as available-for-sale securities at
     December 31, 1995.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Gross       Gross
                                      Amortized  unrealized  unrealized  Fair
                                        cost       gains       losses    value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (in thousands)
 <S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>

 Federal Reserve Bank stock           $150           -           -         150
  Common stock - North Shore
     Community Bancorp, Inc.           450           -           -         450
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total securities available for sale  $600           -           -         600
================================================================================
</TABLE>

    There were no sales of investment securities in 1995 and accordingly, there
    were no realized gains or losses on sales of investment securities.  There
    were no pledged securities at December 31, 1995.


                                    F-65
<PAGE>   232



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(4) LOANS

    A summary of the loan portfolio by category at December 31, 1995 is as
    follows:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)


<TABLE>
    <S>                                                              <C>
    Commercial                                                        $ 6,526
    Installment                                                         2,733
    Home equity                                                           751
    Residential                                                           179
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      $10,189
================================================================================
</TABLE>


    Certain officers and directors of Bancorp and its subsidiaries and certain
    corporations and individuals related to such persons incurred indebtedness
    totaling approximately $429,000 in the form of loans from the Bank.  These
    loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
    and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions
    with other borrowers.


(5) PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

    A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 1995 is as follows:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)


<TABLE>
    <S>                                                             <C>
    Land                                                               $  450
    Buildings and improvements                                          2,468
    Furniture and equipment                                               626
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        3,544
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                         46
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       $3,498
================================================================================
</TABLE>

(6) TIME DEPOSITS

    Certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more approximated
    $4,110,000 at December 31, 1995.  Interest expense related to these
    deposits approximated $36,000 for the period ended December 31, 1995.




                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-66


<PAGE>   233



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(7) INCOME TAXES

    The Bancorp has no Federal or state income tax expense for 1995.  Bancorp
    has Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, which expire in
    2010, of approximately $750,000. The realization of such deferred tax
    assets in future years is uncertain due to the lack of an adequate earnings
    history.  As a result, a valuation allowance has been recognized for the
    portion of the net operating loss carryforwards not offset by deferred tax
    liabilities.

    Income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 1995 differed
    from the amount computed by applying the Federal income tax rate of 34% to
    pretax income from operations as a result of the following:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
    Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)                         $  (326)
    Increase in income taxes resulting from:
       Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets                         370
       Other                                                              (44)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      $     -
================================================================================

</TABLE>

    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
    portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 1995
    are presented below:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
                                                                  (in thousands)
   <S>                                                              <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Federal, net operating loss carryforward                       $   255
      State, net operating loss carryforward                              54
      Start-up and organization costs                                    166
      Other, net                                                           5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total gross deferred tax assets                                      480

    Less - valuation allowance                                           370
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total net deferred tax assets                                        110
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Tax loan loss deduction in excess of book                           49
      Accrual-to-cash adjustment                                          38
      Other, net                                                          23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total gross deferred tax liabilities                                 110
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net deferred tax assets                                          $     -
================================================================================
</TABLE>                                                             



                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-67


<PAGE>   234



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(8)  COMPENSATION PLANS

     Effective November 21, 1995, upon shareholder approval, Bancorp adopted
     a Stock Option Plan (Plan) which provides options to purchase an aggregate
     of up to 32,000 shares of Bancorp's common stock at the fair market value
     of the stock on the date the option is granted.  The Plan permits the
     grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and
     restricted stock. It covers certain key employees of Bancorp.  The
     incentive and nonqualified options expire at such time as the Stock Option
     Committee shall determine at the time of grant; however, in no case shall
     they be exercisable later than ten years after the grant.  Bancorp has
     granted a total of 20,700 options at $50 per share.  These options vest
     10% in 1996, 10% in 1997, 20% in the year in which the Bank attains
     certain profitability levels, and 20% in each year thereafter.


(9)  REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

     Banking laws place restrictions upon the amount of dividends which can
     be paid to Bancorp by the subsidiaries.  Based on these laws, the Bank is
     not permitted to pay dividends until such time as any previous operating
     losses have been recovered through earnings.  No cash dividends were paid
     to Bancorp by the subsidiaries during the period ended December 31, 1995.

     The Bank is also required to maintain a 9% of capital to asset ratio
     for three years as a de novo Bank.

     The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Act to maintain reserves
     against deposits.  Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or
     balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on average
     daily deposit balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type
     of deposit account.  At December 31, 1995 reserve balances of
     approximately $25,000 were required.


(10) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Bancorp was incorporated on September 26, 1994 and initially
     capitalized through the issuance of 1,000 no par common shares at $1 each;
     10,000 no par preferred convertible shares at $50 each; and 5,000 no par
     common stock series A warrants at $5 each.  Each series A warrant entitles
     the holder to acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of
     $50.

     Subsequent to the initial capitalization, Bancorp raised an additional
     $10,030,000 through the private placement issuance of 200,689 no par common
     shares.  During the initial period of operations, Bancorp allocated
     $1,000,000 of the initial surplus to undivided profits to cover initial
     operating expenditures. 



                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-68


<PAGE>   235



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Subsequent to the private placement of the 200,689 shares of common shares,
     the shareholders approved the Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. 1995
     Recapitalization Plan (Plan) which provided for the exchange of the 10,000
     existing shares of preferred convertible stock for new preferred shares and
     common stock warrants.  Under the Plan, the existing preferred shareholders
     received 2.4 shares of new Series B Preferred stock and two Series B Common
     Stock Warrants for each share of existing preferred shares held.  As such,
     subsequent to the Plan, 24,000 Series B Preferred Shares and 20,000 Series
     B Common Stock Warrants are outstanding.

     The Series B Common Stock Warrants have a ten year life.  Each warrant
     entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Common Stock at a purchase
     price of $40 per share.

     The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting and will not pay dividends for a
     period of at least ten years from issuance and thereafter, dividends, if
     any, will not be cumulative.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is
     convertible into one share of Common Stock.


(11) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     Bancorp is subject to routine litigation arising in the normal course of
     their business.  In the opinion of management after consultation with legal
     counsel, liabilities arising from these proceedings, if any, are not
     expected to be material to Bancorp's financial position.

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

     The Bancorp is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk
     in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
     customers.  These financial instruments are loan commitments to extend
     credit and letters of credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying
     degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of amounts recognized in the
     consolidated statement of condition.  The contract amount of these
     instruments reflects the extent of involvement the Bancorp has in these
     financial instruments.

     The Bancorp's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
     other party to the financial instruments for loan commitments to extend
     credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of
     these instruments.  The Bancorp uses the same credit policies in making
     loan commitments as it does for on-balance sheet loans.

     Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk at
     December 31, 1995 are as follows:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                            <C>
     Commitments to extend credit                                    $  2,370
     Letters of credit                                                    -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as
    long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
    Commitments generally have a fixed


                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-69


<PAGE>   236



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     expiration date or other termination clauses and may require payment of a
     fee.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being
     drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent
     future cash requirements.  Collateral held on these instruments varies, but
     may include residential real estate, accounts receivable, inventory,
     property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.

     Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by Bancorp to
     guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and are subject to
     the same credit review and approval processes as loans.

(12) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair
     values of Bancorp's financial instruments at December 31, 1995.  Financial
     Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value
     of Financial Instruments, defines the fair value of a financial instrument
     as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
     transaction between willing parties.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Carrying     Fair
                                                          value     value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (in thousands)
     <S>                                                 <C>       <C>
     Financial assets:
       Cash and demand balances due from banks            $1,753    1,753
       Interest-bearing deposits at banks                  6,500    6,500
       Federal funds sold                                 14,690   14,690
       Available-for-sale securities                         600      600
       Loans                                              10,189   10,205
       Allowance for loan losses                             (55)     (55)
       Accrued interest receivable                            89       89
================================================================================
 Financial liabilities:        
       Non-maturity deposits                             $11,131   11,131
       Deposits with stated maturities                    15,282   15,511
       Notes payable                                       1,064    1,064
       Treasury, tax and loan                                339      339
       Accrued interest payable                               46       46
- -===============================================================================
</TABLE>


    Cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds sold:  The
    carrying value of cash and demand balances due from banks and Federal funds
    sold approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those
    instruments.


                                                                     (Continued)
                                      F-70


<PAGE>   237



LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Interest-bearing deposits at banks and securities:  Fair values of these
    instruments are based on quoted market prices, when available.  If quoted
    market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market
    prices of comparable assets.

    Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar
    financial characteristics.  Loans are analyzed by type such as commercial,
    residential real estate, etc.  Each category of loans is further segmented
    into fixed and variable interest rate terms.

    For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently, estimated fair values are
    based on carrying values.  The fair value of residential real estate loans
    is based on secondary market sources for securities backed by similar
    loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair value
    for other loans is estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through
    the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect
    the credit and interest rate inherent in the loan.

    Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable:  The carrying
    value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable
    approximates market value due to the relatively short period of time to
    expected realization.

    Deposit liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity,
    such as non-interest bearing deposits, savings, NOW accounts and money
    market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of year-end
    (i.e. the carrying value).  The fair value of certificates of deposit is
    based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.  The discount rate
    is estimated using the rates currently in effect for deposits of similar
    remaining maturities.

    Notes payable and treasury, tax and loan:  The carrying value of notes
    payable and treasury tax and loan accounts approximate fair value due to
    the relatively short period of time to maturity or repricing.

    Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:  The fair value
    of commitments to extend credit is based on fees currently charged to enter
    into similar arrangements, the remaining term of the agreement, the present
    creditworthiness of the counterparty, and the difference between current
    interest rates and committed interest rates on the commitments.  Because
    most of Bancorp's commitment agreements were recently entered into and/or
    contain variable interest rates, the carrying value of Bancorp's
    commitments to extend credit approximates fair value.

                                    F-71

<PAGE>   238

LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 1995

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(13) EVENTS (UNAUDITED) SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THE REPORT OF THE
     INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

     The Board of Directors have approved a proposed Agreement and Plan of
     Reorganization (Agreement) by and among Bancorp, Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.,
     Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. and
     Crabtree Capital Corporation (the Constituents) with North Shore Community
     Bancorp, Inc. as the Resulting Corporation.  As a part of the merger,
     North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. will be renamed to "WINTRUST FINANCIAL
     CORPORATION" (WINTRUST).  Pursuant to the Agreement, common stock of
     WINTRUST will be exchanged for the outstanding shares of common stock of
     the Constituents based upon exchange ratios specified in the Agreement. 
     The proposed transaction is contemplated to be accounted for as a pooling
     of interests transaction and is subject to shareholder and regulatory
     approval.




                                      F-72
<PAGE>   239
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of
Crabtree Capital Corporation:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated  balance sheets of CRABTREE
CAPITAL CORPORATION (an Illinois corporation) AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December
31, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years ended December
31, 1995.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Crabtree Capital
Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As explained in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has given
retroactive effect to the change in accounting for the consolidation of First
Premium Funding Corporation and the recording of compensation expense related
to the issuance of permanent discount stock under the 1990 Stock Purchase Plan.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Chicago, Illinois

May 20, 1996

                                     F-73




<PAGE>   240
                 CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                (000'S OMITTED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31
                      ASSETS                                 MAR.31,1996     1995      1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------    ------------  --------   -------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>             <C>       <C>        
ASSETS:                                                                                            
  Cash and cash equivalents                                   $    585     $    369   $    768     
    Finance receivables (Note 5)-                                                                  
      Premium finance                                            6,365        7,979     93,349     
      Facility overcollateralization                             6,950        6,630          0     
      Equipment leases                                             329          388        614     
      Other receivables (Note 14)                                1,094        1,094          0     
                                                             ------------  --------   --------
             Total finance receivables                          14,738       16,091     93,963     
      Residual value of leased equipment                            14           37         67     
      Less-                                                                                        
        Unearned finance income and advance payments              (188)        (283)    (2,251)    
        Allowance for losses on finance receivables               (788)        (851)      (830)    
                                                             ------------  --------   --------
             Net finance receivables                            13,776       14,994     90,949     
      Sales gain receivable (Note 3)                             1,441        1,316          0     
      Prepaid and other assets                                     461          355      2,750     
      Property and equipment, net of accumulated                                                   
        depreciation of $603, $535 and $392 in 1996,                                               
        1995 and 1994, respectively                              1,007          609        639     
      Deferred financing fees, net of accumulated                                                  
        amortization of $2,127, $1,836 and $1,076 in                                               
        1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively                          170          461        943     
      Funds held in escrow                                         724          724        724     
      Net assets of discontinued operations, net                                                   
        of minority interest of $1,704 in 1994 (Note                                               
        4)                                                           0            0      1,875     
                                                             ------------  --------   --------
             Total assets                                     $ 18,164     $ 18,828   $ 98,648     
                                                             ============  ========   ========
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                           

LIABILITIES:                                                                                       
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                       $  8,825     $ 11,716   $  8,914     
  Notes and loans payable                                        4,400        2,150      2,200     
  Subordinated notes payable                                     1,999        1,992      1,963     
  Other liabilities                                                 70           70      1,573     
  Commercial paper notes payable                                     0            0     82,980     
                                                             ------------  --------   --------
             Total liabilities                                  15,294       15,928     97,630     
                                                             ------------  --------   --------

MINORITY INTEREST IN FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES,  INC.                 212          212        212     
                                                                                                   
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:                                                                              
  Common stock, $1 par value; 2,000,000 shares                                                     
    authorized; 1,032,266 shares issued and                                                        
    outstanding                                                  1,032        1,032      1,032     
  Additional paid-in capital                                    17,971       17,971     17,971     
  Accumulated deficit                                          (16,180)     (16,150)   (18,032)    
  Less- Treasury stock, at cost; 7,000 shares                     (165)        (165)      (165)    
                                                             ------------  --------   --------
             Total stockholders' equity                          2,658        2,688        806     
                                                             ------------  --------   --------
             Total liabilities and stockholders' equity       $ 18,164     $ 18,828   $ 98,648     
                                                             ============  ========   ========
</TABLE>

          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                 are an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                     F-74

<PAGE>   241
                 CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                (000'S OMITTED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   THREE MONTHS         FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                  ENDED MARCH 31            DECEMBER 31
                                                  ----------------   --------------------------
                                                   1996     1995      1995     1994      1993
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
REVENUES:
  Finance charges-
    Premium finance                               $  372    $1,273   $2,535    $8,233   $ 4,297
    Equipment leases                                  22        30       12        38       126
  Gain on sale of receivables (Note 3)               967     1,616    4,421         0         0
  Servicing fees                                     324       175    1,083         0         0
  Gain on retirement of minority interest
    shares (Note 4)                                    0         0      735         0         0
  Other                                               29         4      333       564       318
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
          Total revenues                           1,714     3,098    9,119     8,835     4,741
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
EXPENSES:
  Interest expense                                   182       645    1,248     4,032     1,879
  Provision for losses on finance receivables         42        89      347       137       887
  Commercial paper facility expense                    0        88       88       737       442
  Operating expenses-
    Salary and wages                                 640       650    2,859     2,583     2,047
    Professional fees (Note 16)                       80        80      301       281       409
    Occupancy                                        249       196      832       760       567
    Deferred financing fee amortization              194       182      768       641       511
    Other                                            357       295      777       383       780
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
          Total operating expenses                 1,520     1,403    5,537     4,648     4,314
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
          Total expenses                           1,744     2,225    7,220     9,554     7,522
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations
    before income taxes                              (30)      873    1,899      (719)   (2,781)
  Income taxes (Note 8)                                0         0        0         0         0
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
  Income (loss) from continuing operations           (30)      873    1,899      (719)   (2,781)
  Income (loss) from operations of
    discontinued subsidiaries, net of minority
    interest of $75, $180 and ($112) in 1995,
    1994 and 1993, respectively                        0        (3)     (17)     (236)     (193)
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                 $  (30)   $  870   $1,882    $ (955)  $(2,974)
                                                  ======  ========   ======  ========   =======
EARNINGS PER SHARE DATA:
  Earnings (loss) per common share from
    continuing operations                         $ (.03)   $  .85   $ 1.85    $ (.70)  $ (2.71)
  Earnings (loss) per common share from
    discontinued operations                           -         -      (.02)     (.23)     (.19)
                                                  ------  --------   ------  --------   -------
  Net income (loss)                               $ (.03)   $  .85   $ 1.83    $ (.93)  $ (2.90)
                                                  ======  ========   ======  ========   =======
</TABLE>

          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.

                                     F-75

<PAGE>   242

                 CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993

               AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)

                                (000'S OMITTED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NOTES RECEIVABLE
                                                                            FROM OFFICERS
                                                            ADDITIONAL       FROM SALE OF    ACCUMULATED  TREASURY
                                            COMMON STOCK  PAID-IN CAPITAL   COMMON STOCK      DEFICIT      STOCK     TOTAL
                                            ------------  ---------------  ----------------  -----------  --------  --------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>       
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1992                     $1,032          $17,971           $(202)      $(14,103)     $(165)    $ 4,533    
  Net loss                                          0                0               0         (2,974)         0      (2,974)   
  Payments of notes receivable from                                                                                             
    officer from sale of common stock               0                0             144              0          0         144    
                                               ------          -------           ------      --------      ------    --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993                      1,032           17,971             (58)       (17,077)      (165)      1,703    
  Net loss                                          0                0               0           (955)         0        (955)   
  Payments of notes receivable from                                                                                             
    officer from sale of common stock               0                0              58              0          0          58    
                                               ------          -------           ------      --------      ------    --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994                      1,032           17,971               0        (18,032)      (165)        806    
  Net income                                        0                0               0          1,882          0       1,882    
                                               ------          -------           ------      --------      ------    --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995                     $1,032           17,971               0        (16,150)      (165)      2,688    
  Net loss (unaudited)                              0                0               0            (30)         0         (30)   
                                               ------          -------           ------      --------      ------    --------
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)            $1,032          $17,971           $   0       $(16,180)     $(165)    $ 2,658    
                                               ======          =======           ======      ========      ======    ========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements.

                                     F-76

<PAGE>   243
                 CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993

               AND THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)

                                (000'S OMITTED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          DECEMBER 31
                                                                                           --------------------------------------

                                                                          MAR. 31, 1996      1995           1994          1993
                                                                          -------------    --------      -----------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                       (UNAUDITED)              
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>
  Net income (loss) from continuing operations                            $   (30)         $  1,899      $     (719)    $ (2,781)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by                                 
    (used in) operating activities-                                                                  
  Depreciation and amortization expense                                       365               943             783          679
  Provision for losses on finance receivables                                  42               347             137          887
  Gain on retirement of minority interest shares                                0              (735)              0            0
  Net changes in assets and liabilities-                                                             
  Increase (decrease) in unearned finance charges                            (199)           (1,968)            807          542
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses             (6,013)            2,802           7,240         (700)
  Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                                  3,226            (1,504)         (1,176)         838
  Decrease (increase) in sales gain receivable                               (125)           (1,316)              0            0
  Decrease (increase) in prepaid and other assets                            (106)            2,395          (1,254)       1,195
  Increase in amortized discount on commercial paper                            0                 0             107          226
  Net loss of discontinued operations                                           0               (17)           (236)        (193)
  Decrease in net assets of discontinued operations                             0             1,875             666          734
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities              (2,840)            4,721           6,355        1,427
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                                
  Premium finance receivables originated or purchased                     (75,125)         (301,852)       (247,551)    (157,342)
  Premium finance receivables repaid or sold                               76,697           385,913         217,692      115,730
  Purchase of equipment for lease                                               0                 0               0          (29)
  Equipment lease receivable payments, excluding interest                      19               147             476          775
  Increase in facility overcollateralization                                 (320)           (6,631)              0            0
  Decrease in restricted funds                                                  0                 0               0          202
  Purchase of property and equipment, net                                    (465)             (145)           (170)        (476)
  Gain on retirement of minority interest shares                                0               735               0            0
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                806            78,167         (29,553)     (41,140)
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                                
  Proceeds from notes and loans payable                                     2,250               250             400        1,350
  Repayment of notes and loans payable                                          0              (300)           (200)     (14,800)
  Committed capital                                                             0                 0               0       (1,500)
  Issuance of subordinated notes                                                0                 0               0        1,500
  Deferred financing fees                                                       0              (257)              0         (335)
  Decrease in notes receivable from officers from sale of common stock          0                 0              58          144
  Commercial paper notes originated                                             0           310,040       1,051,245      566,107
  Commercial paper notes principal repaid                                       0          (393,020)     (1,027,677)    (514,557)
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities               2,250           (83,287)         23,826       37,909
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                          216              (399)            628       (1,804)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                369               768             140        1,944
                                                                          -------          ---------     -----------    ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD                                  $   585          $    369      $      768     $    140
                                                                          =======          =========     ===========    =========
</TABLE> 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements.
                                     F-77


<PAGE>   244
                 CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994


1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     Crabtree Capital Corporation ("Crabtree") was organized on September
     10, 1979, and adopted its present name on August 12, 1985.  Crabtree was
     inactive until late 1985.

     Crabtree is a financial services holding company engaged primarily in
     the business of financing the payment of insurance premiums through its
     majority-owned subsidiary, First Premium Services, Inc. ("First Premium").
     Crabtree has a small amount of residual business from subsidiaries which
     involves primarily the run off of a small amount of lease receivables and
     the settlement of certain litigation and contingency issues remaining with
     the inactive insurance holding company subsidiary.

     First Premium is a financial services company engaged in the business
     of financing the payment of insurance premiums.  First Premium offers
     financing of approximately 80% of an insurance premium to individuals and
     commercial purchasers of property and casualty and liability insurance who
     wish to pay their insurance premiums on an installment basis.  First
     Premium is licensed or otherwise qualified to do business as an insurance
     premium finance company in 38 states.  Virtually, all of First Premium's
     outstanding receivables are commercial accounts.

2.   CHANGE IN BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Prior to 1995, the consolidated financial statements of Crabtree did
     not include the financial position or the results of operations of First
     Premium Funding Corporation, a company sponsored and controlled by First
     Premium. As more fully described in Note 5, First Premium Funding
     Corporation, independently owned and nominally capitalized by First
     Premium, operated as a special-purpose corporation for the sole purpose of
     purchasing premium finance receivables from First Premium.  Management has
     retroactively restated prior years to include the financial position and
     results of operations of First Premium Funding Corporation.

     As described in Note 11, two senior officers of Crabtree purchased
     60,000 shares of stock at $5 per share, a $20 discount, in 1990 under the
     1990 Stock Purchase Plan.  The prior-year financial statements of Crabtree
     did not include any compensation expense related to the issuance of these
     discounted shares.  Management has restated prior years to give
     retroactive effect to recording $1.2 million of compensation expense
     related to the issuance of these discounted shares.


                                     F-78


<PAGE>   245







3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   The following is a summary of significant accounting policies:

   A.  BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

       The accompanying consolidated financial statements consolidate Crabtree
       and its subsidiaries (the "Company"), Prospect Leasing Company
       ("Prospect") and First Premium (including First Premium Funding
       Corporation).  During 1990, management put in place a strategy to
       discontinue its insurance operations.  Therefore, the operations of The
       Credit Life Companies, Inc. ("CLC") are accounted for as discontinued
       operations (see Note 4).  In 1992, Prospect sold substantially all of
       its leasing portfolio and is in the process of collecting the remaining
       balance while not originating any new receivables.  All material
       intercompany balances have been eliminated.  In certain instances, the
       1994 and 1993 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 1995
       method of presentation.

   B.  FINANCE REVENUE

       Finance charges on premium finance receivables are earned over the term
       of the loan based on actual funds outstanding, beginning with the
       funding date, using a method which approximates the effective yield
       actuarial method.  Late charges are recognized as income when they are
       received.

       Income is recognized on leasing contracts under the direct finance
       method of accounting.  Under this method, the combined amount of the
       aggregate rentals and the anticipated residual value in excess of the
       cost of the equipment is recorded as unearned income.  Unearned income
       is reflected as revenue over the term of the lease contract using a
       method which approximates a constant periodic rate of return on the net
       investment in the lease.

   C.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

       Property and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives
       which range from three to ten years.  Leasehold improvements are
       amortized over the remaining life of the lease terms.

   D.  LOAN SALES AND SERVICING RIGHTS

       Beginning in February, 1995, First Premium began selling its premium
       finance receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary, First Premium
       Financing Corporation ("FPFIN") which in turn sells the receivables to
       an independent third party, Holland Limited Securitization, Inc. ("HLS")
       for cash.  FPFIN is a bankruptcy remote subsidiary established to
       facilitate the sale to HLS.  First Premium retains servicing rights in
       connection with the sales of receivables.  As set forth in a Sale and
       Servicing Agreement between First Premium and HLS, First Premium earns
       1.25% annually of the net investment outstanding as of the last
       settlement date, as defined, in connection with the ongoing servicing
       and management of the receivables.  First Premium recognizes the 1.25%
       contractual servicing and management fee income over the term of the
       receivables as it is earned.  In addition, any excess income earned by
       HLS above that which is 

                                     F-79
<PAGE>   246

       required to fund interest on its outstanding commercial paper and
       provide for normal servicing to First Premium is payable as additional
       servicing ("Excess Servicing").  Excess Servicing income over the
       expected life of the receivables sold is estimated by First Premium at
       the time of each sale and recorded as a sales gain receivable on the
       books of First Premium.  The total gain on receivables sold recorded by
       First Premium during the year ended December 31, 1995, was $4,421,000. 
       In its capacity as servicer, First Premium collects payments on
       receivables sold and remits the  collections to HLS.  Amounts received
       by First Premium, as servicer, on sold receivables at year-end that have
       not yet been remitted to HLS represent $1,844,282 at December 31, 1995. 
       Prior to February, 1995, First Premium sold its receivables to its
       subsidiary, First Premium Funding Corporation.

   E.  INCOME TAXES

       The Company, excluding CLC, files a consolidated federal income tax
       return.  The method of allocation among the companies is based upon
       separate return calculations with current credit for net losses, if
       applicable.  Intercompany tax balances are settled upon final
       determination of the consolidated income tax liability for the
       applicable year.  Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary
       differences between financial statement income and income reported for
       tax purposes.

       The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes.
       Under this method, deferred income taxes are provided for the tax
       consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax
       rates applicable to future years to differences between the tax and
       financial statement bases of assets and liabilities.  The effect on
       deferred taxes of change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
       period that includes the enactment date.

   F.  DEFERRED INITIAL DIRECT COSTS

       First Premium is required to defer initial direct costs of originating
       loans in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
       91.  In 1995 and 1994, no such costs were deferred since the effect on
       the financial statements was not material.

   G.  CASH FLOWS

       For purposes of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents represent cash in
       banks and short-term investments purchased with a maturity of three
       months or less.

   H.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

       Earnings per share were computed for income from continuing operations
       and income from discontinued operations based on the weighted average
       number of common stock equivalents outstanding during the year.  Common
       stock equivalents were calculated using the treasury stock method.
       Because no active market for the company's stock exists, estimates of
       market value were used to determine the dilutive effects of outstanding
       stock options.  These options were determined not to have a dilutive
       effect on earnings per share.


                                     F-80
<PAGE>   247


   I.  USE OF ESTIMATES

       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
       accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
       assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
       and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
       financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
       during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those
       estimates.

   J.  UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

       The unaudited quarterly financial information has been prepared pursuant
       to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
       Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual
       financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
       accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and
       regulations.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary
       for a fair presentation for the periods presented have been reflected
       and are of a normal and recurring nature.  Results of operations for the
       interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be
       expected for the year.


4.     DISCONTINUANCE OF INSURANCE OPERATIONS

       During 1990, management adopted a plan to discontinue its insurance      
       operations.  These operations were carried out through Crabtree's then
       57%-owned subsidiary, CLC.  The management of CLC also adopted a plan to
       sell or liquidate all of its operating subsidiaries.



                                     F-81
<PAGE>   248


   The net assets of the discontinued operations, net of minority interest, are
   comprised of the following as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 (000's omitted):

<TABLE>        
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1995     1994
                                                                  ----     ----
<S>                                                              <C>    <C>
Assets-
  Cash                                                            $  4  $    17
  Restricted funds                                                 197    2,744
  Investments                                                       76      448
  Tax settlement proceeds receivable                                 0    1,978
  Investment in and advances to/from subsidiaries                   50       32
  Other assets                                                       1       68
                                                                  ----     ----
                                                                   328    5,287
                                                                  ----    -----
Liabilities-
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                            328    1,263
  Federal income taxes payable                                       0       88
                                                                  ----    -----
                                                                   328    1,351
                                                                  ----    -----
   Net assets before intercompany balances and minority interest     0    3,936
Minority interest                                                    0   (1,704)
                                                                  ----    -----
   Net assets before intercompany balances                           0    2,232
Intercompany balances                                                0     (357)
                                                                  ----    -----
   Net assets                                                     $  0  $ 1,875
                                                                  ====  =======
</TABLE>

   Restricted funds in 1995 relates primarily to amounts deposited in trust to
   retire minority interest shares.  Restricted funds in 1994 relates to cash
   proceeds received by CLC for the sale of the Credit Life Insurance Company,
   Inc. ("Credit Life").  The proceeds were placed in escrow pending resolution
   of certain contingencies which were settled in February, 1995.

   In September, 1990, CLC sold its credit life insurance subsidiary, Credit
   Life.  As of the date of sale of Credit Life, taxes and interest receivable
   of $933,000 from the IRS were recorded.  CLC indemnified
   the purchaser against any loss related to these issues, including collection
   of this receivable and related interest and taxes.  In conjunction with an
   IRS settlement, Credit Life received partial payments in 1994 and 1993 of
   $772,000 and $306,000, respectively, and a final payment of $2,554,000 in
   January, 1995.  These proceeds were used first to satisfy the purchaser's
   receivable and the remaining amount of $1,978,000 was remitted to CLC by the
   purchaser in February, 1995.  As a result of the settlement, CLC recorded an
   additional gain of $653,000 in 1994.

   In conjunction with the sale of Credit Life, CLC made certain
   representations and warranties to the purchaser.  The purchaser presented
   CLC with notices seeking indemnification for items totaling approximately
   $7.2 million, principally related to an alleged breach of the
   representations and warranties concerning the fair presentation of financial
   statements provided to the purchaser.  CLC vigorously disputed all of the
   claims made by the purchaser.  In February, 1995, both parties reached an
   out of court settlement that satisfied all disputed claims made by the
   purchaser.  As a result of this settlement, the purchaser received $700,000



                                     F-82
<PAGE>   249


   of funds held in escrow while CLC received the remaining amount of escrow
   funds of $1,912,000.  CLC incurred a loss of $477,000 related to this
   settlement for the year ended December 31, 1994.

   In December, 1992, the shareholders of CLC adopted a formal plan of
   liquidation for CLC.  The assets and liabilities of CLC are stated at
   approximate liquidation values.  Net future costs of liquidation have been
   recorded.

   The 1987 purchase agreement for CLC provided for additional contingent
   consideration pending the outcome of certain tax litigation and other
   contingencies of CLC.  The provisions of the purchase agreement operated to
   mitigate the negative impact on Crabtree's recorded income of adverse
   settlements of such CLC contingencies up to $6,900,000 (net of any favorable
   settlements).  Settlements in excess of that amount would have negatively
   impacted Crabtree's income to the extent of its ownership share.  If such
   contingencies were favorably resolved, Crabtree would have been required to
   contribute up to $3,450,000 to CLC.  Additional consideration of $1,680,000
   was accrued at the date of acquisition.  Further, up to $1,770,000 of
   additional consideration was contingently due which, if paid, would result
   in an additional capital contribution to CLC.  Any net amounts which could
   be paid under this obligation were fully accrued in the financial statements
   through December 31, 1994.  In early 1995, the last remaining contingency
   under the purchase agreement was satisfied and in March, 1995, CLC made a
   formal request to Crabtree for the maximum amount of the contribution.
   Crabtree disputed the amounts owed and in September, 1995, Crabtree reached
   a settlement agreement with CLC.

   Under the terms of the settlement agreement, Crabtree effectively bought out
   the minority shareholders of CLC by having CLC repurchase all of its stock
   held by the minority shareholders.  A purchase price was negotiated which
   included a deemed capital contribution by Crabtree of $1.7 million.  As a
   result of this settlement, Crabtree recorded a gain of approximately
   $735,000.

   In 1990, Credit General Insurance Company ("Credit General"), a former
   subsidiary of CLC filed suit against an insurance agent to recover losses
   incurred by Credit General relating to an inappropriate transaction by the
   agent.  Additionally, in 1995, CLC filed an amendment to its 1982 tax return
   seeking a refund of past taxes paid.  The minority shareholders and Crabtree
   will share in, if and when received by CLC, amounts received as a result of
   the outcome of the above-mentioned litigation and tax refund.

   CLC is also currently in negotiation with several reinsurance companies
   which are attempting to collect reinsurance monies owed them from various
   CLC subsidiaries.  Pursuant to the sales agreement, Credit Life has funds in
   escrow pending resolution of these matters.

   As of December 31, 1995, one of these insurance companies, which is
   currently in liquidation, stated they were owed $526,000 from Credit Life
   for claim payments under reinsurance arrangements.  Credit Life had funds
   deposited in escrow related to this contingency of $544,000 at December 31,
   1995.  Subsequent to year-end, Credit Life negotiated a settlement with the
   company for $300,000.

                                     F-83
<PAGE>   250


   In 1995, CLC's captive insurance company, CL Re, received a request from the
   issuing carrier of their reinsurance arrangement for payment of $230,000 for
   final refunds and claim payments.  CLC has accrued approximately this amount
   at December 31, 1995.  The Company is currently negotiating this amount.

5. SECURITIZATION FACILITY

   Prior to February, 1995, First Premium sold its receivables to a
   special-purpose corporation called First Premium Funding Corporation
   ("FPFC").  FPFC was nominally capitalized by a third party and sponsored by
   First Premium to facilitate the issuance of commercial paper and purchase of
   receivables from First Premium.  Pursuant to a Sales and Servicing Agreement
   between First Premium and FPFC, FPFC had engaged First Premium to provide
   certain administrative services related to the servicing of its loans and
   provided that First Premium be compensated as the Servicer.  First Premium
   also was performing all other administrative functions of FPFC, such as cash
   management and accounting services, pursuant to a management agreement.  As
   noted in Note 2, due to the nature of the relationship between First Premium
   and FPFC, the financial statements have been restated to include the
   consolidated results of operations and financial position of FPFC.

   In 1993, Internationale Netherlanden Bank, N.V. ("ING") became the credit
   enhancer for commercial paper issued by FPFC.  ING continued to provide
   temporary liquidity to FPFC.  The interest rate charged on any borrowing on
   the liquidity line would be the higher of prime or the federal funds rate
   plus 1/2%.

   As an incentive for ING to participate in the facility, First Premium issued
   warrants and a noninterest bearing subordinated promissory note to ING.  The
   warrants enable ING to purchase a 24.99% ownership in First Premium.  One
   set of the warrants enables ING to purchase a total of 3,342 shares or
   19.99% ownership interest of newly authorized Class B, $.01 par value
   nonvoting convertible common stock at $.02 per share.  In addition, ING was
   issued warrants to purchase up to an additional 1,114 shares or 5% ownership
   interest of Class B nonvoting convertible common stock at $500 per share.
   ING also has the option, in accordance with related put agreements, to
   require First Premium to repurchase the warrants at current market value, as
   defined in the agreement.  These warrants and the related put agreements
   expire on December 31, 2004.  In addition, First Premium issued a
   noninterest bearing subordinated promissory note in the amount of $557,000
   with a maturity date of February 12, 1998.  This note can be paid, at the
   option of ING, through the exercise of the 1,114 warrants.

   First Premium issued the warrants and the subordinated note as inducement to
   ING to complete the restructured agreement.  A total of $625,000 has been
   reflected as a component of deferred financing fees on the balance sheet.
   The warrants have been valued at approximately $212,000 based on fair value
   as estimated by management.  They are shown as a minority interest in the
   ownership of First Premium.  The remaining amount of $413,000 is the initial
   value of the $557,000 subordinated note discounted at a market rate of
   interest 6% which is recorded at face value less unamortized discount as a
   component of subordinated notes on the balance sheet.


                                     F-84
<PAGE>   251


   The costs of the facility were borne by First Premium and have been
   capitalized and are being amortized on the straight-line method over the
   life of the ING facility agreement.  The total amount capitalized by First
   Premium was $973,576 and total accumulated amortization of First Premium in
   1995 and 1994 was $735,590 and $475,971, respectively.  In addition, the
   costs of the securitization facility established prior to February, 1995
   have been capitalized by Crabtree and these costs are being amortized into
   expense over the life of the facility based on anticipated usage.

   Effective January 31, 1995, First Premium entered into a new securitization
   facility with ING and HLS.  The new facility effectively amends and modifies
   the above-discussed facility and provides First Premium with an independent
   vehicle into which $200 million of receivables may be sold and funded by
   HLS, subject to certain terms and conditions.  On the closing date of the
   previous facility, FPFC and First Premium terminated all contractual
   obligations with regard to the discontinued facility and FPFC ceased
   operations.

   In connection with the 1995 facility with HLS, First Premium formed a new
   wholly owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiary, FPFIN, to purchase the
   receivables from First Premium and simultaneously sell the receivables to
   HLS.  Consistent with the prior securitization facility, all the receivable
   sales to HLS are without recourse.  FPFIN recognizes a gain at the time of
   each sale based on its estimate of Excess Servicing, as defined in Note 3,
   to be earned over the life of the receivables sold.  All of the subsidiary
   accounts are maintained by First Premium and consolidated with First
   Premium's financial statements.  First Premium performs all administrative
   functions of FPFIN, such as cash management and accounting services.

   HLS is an independent multiseller conduit which issues commercial paper or
   other indebtedness to fund the purchase of receivables from FPFIN.  HLS is
   not affiliated with First Premium or its affiliates.  Pursuant to the Sale
   and Servicing Agreement between HLS and First Premium, HLS had engaged First
   Premium to provide certain administrative services related to the servicing
   of the loans and provides that First Premium be compensated as the Servicer.
   Also, pursuant to the Sales and Servicing Agreement, First Premium is
   required to maintain facility collateral at an amount equal to 105.5% of
   commercial paper outstanding.  The amount of this overcollateralization is
   recorded as facility overcollateralization on the Company's consolidated
   financial statements.  Consistent with the prior securitization facility
   terms, ING will provide the credit and liquidity enhancement for the HLS
   facility.

   The costs associated with the HLS facility were borne by First Premium and
   have been capitalized and are being amortized on the straight-line method
   over the 22-month life of the facility.  The total amount capitalized by
   First Premium was $275,670 and the total amortization expense in 1995 was
   $137,835.  The net balance is included in deferred financing fees on the
   balance sheet.



                                     F-85
<PAGE>   252


6. FINANCE RECEIVABLES

   At December 31, 1995 and 1994, finance receivables consisted of premium
   finance and equipment lease receivables, as follows (000's omitted):

<TABLE>    
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995            1994
                                                          --------         -------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
PREMIUM FINANCE RECEIVABLES:
   Premium finance receivables                            $  7,979         $93,349
   Facility overcollateralization                            6,630               0
   Other receivables (Note 14)                               1,094               0
   Less-
      Unearned finance charges                                (257)         (2,202)
      Allowance for losses on finance receivables             (281)           (251)
                                                          --------         -------
         Net premium finance receivables owned, net       $ 15,165         $90,896
                                                          ========         =======
  Premium finance receivables serviced without
      recourse                                            $101,871         $     0
                                                          ========         =======
EQUIPMENT LEASES-
   Aggregate future amounts receivable under lease
      contracts                                           $      9         $    92
   Residual value of equipment                                  37              67
   Other lease receivables                                     379             522
                                                          --------         -------
                                                               425             681
Less-
   Advance payments                                             (2)            (14)
   Unearned income under lease contracts                       (24)            (35)
   Allowance for losses on finance receivables,
      owned                                                   (258)           (386)
   Allowance for losses on finance receivables sold
      with recourse                                           (312)           (193)
                                                          --------         -------
            Net investment in direct financing leases     $   (171)        $    53
                                                          ========         =======

   Equipment lease receivables sold
      with recourse                                       $  1,505         $ 5,695
                                                          ========         =======
</TABLE>

   Premium finance receivables arise from the term financing of property and
   casualty insurance premiums and are primarily secured by the related
   unearned insurance premiums with the insurance company.  The average life of
   receivables financed is nine months and interest rates charged are based on
   the current commercial paper rate plus a spread.  The Company had no
   significant concentrations of credit risk in 1995 or 1994.

   In 1992, the Company's leasing subsidiary, Prospect, sold two lease
   portfolios to unrelated parties.  Pursuant to the sales agreement, Prospect
   is required to reimburse the purchasers for any losses, as defined, incurred
   on the sold portfolios, up to a maximum of 10% of 



                                     F-86
<PAGE>   253

   outstanding principal on one of the sold portfolios and for losses in excess
   of $500,000 on the other.

   Prospect has reserved for losses on the sold portfolios for future
   uncollectible principal amounts based on historical loss experience.  In
   addition, Prospect had amounts on deposit with the purchasers totaling
   $724,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, to cover losses incurred.  This
   deposit is classified as funds held in escrow on the balance sheet.

   Other lease receivables represent owned lease receivable principal amounts
   which Prospect is attempting to collect through litigation.  Management
   provides reserves for these receivables based upon a specific review of the
   portfolio and their estimate of future collections and fair value of
   collateral.

7. ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES

   Changes in the allowance for losses on finance receivables during the year
   ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, are as follows (000's omitted):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1995    1994
                                                ----    ----
<S>                                           <C>     <C>
Balance, beginning of year                     $ 830   $ 935
  Provision for losses on finance receivables    347     137
  Charge-offs, net                              (326)   (242)
                                               -----   -----
Balance, end of year                           $ 851   $ 830
                                               =====   =====
</TABLE>

   Provision for losses are made in amounts sufficient to maintain reserves
   equal to management's estimate of probable losses in the portfolio.  Amounts
   are estimates based on current conditions of the portfolio, previous
   experience and current economic conditions.  Losses on receivables are
   charged off at such time as management believes that the receivables are
   uncollectible.

8. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   As of December 31, 1995, Crabtree had the following operating loss
   carryforwards relating to regular tax, which are available to offset future
   tax and book income, subject to the limitation discussed below (000's
   omitted):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 FOR INCOME        FOR FINANCIAL
                TAX PURPOSES     REPORTING PURPOSES
                ------------     ------------------
<S>           <C>             <C>
Regular tax        $9,300             $10,800
                   ======             =======
</TABLE>

   If not utilized, these carryforwards will expire in varying amounts from the
   years 2000 through 2009.  No taxes were paid in either 1994 or 1995.



                                     F-87
<PAGE>   254


   As the result of Crabtree becoming a 100% owner of CLC, certain of CLC's tax
   loss carryforwards may be utilized by Crabtree in future years.  As of
   December 31, 1995, CLC had regular tax net operating loss ("NOL")
   carryforwards of approximately $10.1 million which may be available to
   offset future taxable income.  If not utilized, these carryforwards
   will expire in varying amounts from 2004 through 2010.

   CLC also has approximately $2.3 million of capital loss carryforwards which
   can be utilized to offset future taxable capital gains.  If not utilized,
   this carryforward will expire in 1996.

9. NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE

   A summary of notes and loans payable at December 31, 1995 and 1994, is as
   follows (000's omitted):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       WEIGHTED-
                                 LOAN     INTEREST              MATURITY                AVERAGE
                                AMOUNT      RATE                  DATE               INTEREST RATE
                                ------    --------              --------             -------------
<S>                            <C>     <C>                     <C>                 <C>   
1995-
  Revolving credit line         $1,700  Prime + 1%               03/31/96                  10.0%
  Secured revolving credit line    200  Prime to prime + 1.5%    04/30/96                   9.9
  Promissory note                  250  Prime                    07/01/96                   9.0
                                ------
                                $2,150
                                ======
  Subordinated notes-
   Deerpath                     $1,500  Prime +.5% to 1.5%       12/23/97                  10.0
   ING (net of unamortized
    discount of $65)               492                           02/12/98
                                ------
                                $1,992
                                ======
1994-
  Revolving credit line         $1,950  Prime + 1%               03/31/96                   8.3
  Promissory note                  250  Prime                    07/01/95                   7.2
                                ------
                                $2,200
                                ======
  Subordinated notes-
   Deerpath                     $1,500  Prime +.5% to 1.5%       12/23/97                   8.4
   ING (net of unamortized
    discount of $94)               463                           02/12/98
                                ------
                                $1,963
                                ======
</TABLE>

   During 1995, 1994 and 1993, interest paid was $754,000, $625,000 and
   $585,000, respectively.

   The Crabtree Revolving Credit Line loan represents the amounts outstanding
   under an available line of $2,000,000 with a bank.  This loan is unsecured,
   but is guaranteed by a 



                                     F-88
<PAGE>   255

significant shareholder of the Company.  In March, 1996, this line was renewed
until March 31, 1997.  Average borrowings outstanding on this line were
$1,954,258 and $1,739,315 in 1995 and 1994, respectively.

In May, 1995, First Premium renewed and restructured a secured revolving loan
agreement with a bank, which matures April, 1996.  Terms of the agreement
include providing a lien and first security interest in the premium finance
receivables not sold to HLS to the bank, as well as restrictions on maintenance
of various operating ratios and tangible net worth.  The facility is comprised
of two lines of credit which can combine up to a maximum of $13,000,000.  The
primary line is at the bank's prime rate of interest.  Borrowings are based on
an eligible premium finance receivable base to a maximum of $13,000,000.  The
supplemental line bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1.5% to a maximum
of $3,000,000. Borrowings are based on overcollateralized amounts First Premium
maintains in its securitization facility.  The average daily amount outstanding
on the primary and supplemental lines in 1995 and 1994 were $2,975,658 and
$2,989,178, respectively.

First Premium utilizes the proceeds from receivable sales to reduce the
outstanding balance of the loan in order to permit release of the lien and first
security interest on the receivables sold.

In the ordinary course of business, a significant shareholder and principal
officer has from time to time extended loan and other credit guarantees to the
Company (see Note 16).

First Premium entered into a letter agreement with Deerpath Investment Partners,
Ltd. ("Deerpath"), a shareholder of Crabtree, under which additional capital
funds of $1,500,000 were committed.  The funding was received by First Premium
on December 23, 1992, with the understanding that Deerpath would receive
subordinated debt and a participating equity interest in First Premium.
Effective February 19, 1993, the transaction was modified so that Crabtree
contributed additional capital of $1,000,000 to First Premium.  Crabtree
purchased a $200,000 unsecured subordinated note from First Premium and received
warrants to purchase shares of common stock of First Premium.  Deerpath
purchased a $300,000 subordinated note from First Premium and Deerpath received
warrants to purchase shares of common stock of First Premium.  Deerpath also
purchased a $1,200,000 subordinated note from Crabtree.  The total committed
capital of $1,500,000 of unsecured subordinated notes bear interest at prime
plus .5% to 1.5% and mature on December 23, 1997, and are shown as a component
of subordinated notes on the balance sheet.  The warrants issued to Crabtree
enable the holder to purchase a total of 482 shares of First Premium common
stock at $500 per share.  Crabtree subsequently transferred ownership of these
warrants to Deerpath.  The warrants issued to Deerpath enable the holder to
purchase a total of 600 shares of First Premium's common stock at $500 per
share.  The subordinated notes may be repaid, at the option of Deerpath, through
the exercise of the warrants.  Deerpath also has the option, in accordance with
related put agreements, to require First Premium to repurchase the warrants at
current market value, as defined in the agreements.  These warrants and the
related put agreements expire on December 31, 2004.  No value has been assigned
to these warrants as the exercise price is substantially in excess of the fair
value of the common stock of First Premium.  First Premium has 13,375 shares of
common stock outstanding at December 31, 1995.

                                      F-89
<PAGE>   256


10.  COMMERCIAL PAPER

   First Premium Funding Corporation, issued commercial paper notes having
   maturities of 1 to 270 days to finance the purchase of receivables from
   First Premium.  Upon the formation of the HLS facility in February, 1995,
   First Premium Funding Corporation discontinued issuance of commercial paper
   notes.

   The table below sets forth information concerning outstanding commercial
   paper and its related cost.  These amounts are computed using the average
   daily balances during the periods from January 1, 1995, through February 2,
   1995, and January 1, 1994, through December 31, 1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1995         1994
<S>                                    <C>          <C>

Average amount outstanding              $81,015,757  $74,769,633
Maximum month-end amount 
  outstanding during the period         $85,000,000   82,565,000
                                        =========== ============
Average yield at-  
  End of period                           6.10%        6.12%
  During the period                       5.96%        4.54
                                        =========== ============
</TABLE>


11.  STOCK OPTION AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLANS

   Crabtree's 1987 Stock Option Plan and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the
   "Option Plan" and "SAR Plan," respectively, or collectively referred to as
   the "Crabtree Plans" or "Plans") were adopted by the Board of Directors and
   approved by the stockholders in October, 1987.  As of December 31, 1995,
   options to purchase up to 275,000 common shares and 200,000 stock
   appreciation rights may be granted pursuant to the Plans.  The Plans and
   their terms are administered by the Board of Directors.

   The Option Plan provides for the granting of Incentive Stock Options,
   Nonqualified Stock Options and the sale of Restricted Stock to key employees
   (including officers, directors and employees of all subsidiary corporations)
   having principal responsibility for the long-term success of the Company.
   In addition, the Option Plan provides that Stock Appreciation Rights
   ("SARs") may be granted on conjunction with any option granted pursuant to
   this Plan.  No SARs are outstanding as of December 31, 1995.

   Options and SARs are granted at a price equal to fair value at date of grant
   and become exercisable in four equal annual installments.  Options and SARs
   granted have a maximum duration of 10 years.  The vesting period commences
   the date the employee begins employment with Crabtree or the subsidiary
   becomes a subsidiary of Crabtree.


                                     
                                      F-90

<PAGE>   257


The following is a summary of stock option information:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          OPTION  OPTION PRICE
                                          SHARES   PER SHARE  
                                          ------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>     <C>         
Outstanding, December 31, 1993            63,225        $7-$25
  Granted                                      0             0
  Exercised                                    0             0
  Canceled or expired                          0             0
                                          ------  ------------
Outstanding, December 31, 1994            63,225        $7-$25 
  Granted                                      0             0
  Exercised                                    0             0
  Canceled or expired                          0             0
                                          ------  ------------
Outstanding, December 31, 1995            63,225        $7-$25
                                          ======  ============
Exercisable, December 31, 1995            63,225        $7-$25
                                          ======  ============
</TABLE>

     During 1990, two senior officers of Crabtree purchased 60,000 shares of
     stock at $5 per share under the 1990 Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan").
     This stock was purchased with a permanent discount of $20 per share, or at
     a total value of $25 per share.  Under this plan, gains on the stock accrue
     to the holders only if the value of the stock exceeds $25 per share.  Under
     the terms of the Plan, in the event of a merger or public offering of
     stock, the discount provisions are terminated.  The purchase price of the
     60,000 shares at $5 per share was paid for with promissory notes totaling
     $300,000 bearing interest at 10% and payable in annual amounts through
     1997.  These notes were fully paid as of December 31, 1994. As described in
     Note 2, the financial statements have been retroactively restated to give
     effect to the recording of $1.2 million of compensation expense related to
     the issuance of these shares.
 
     Effective July, 1992, an employee stock option plan was approved by First
     Premium.  The stock option plan covers 2,300 shares of common stock.  On
     July 20, 1992, incentive options to purchase 1,663 shares were granted to
     certain employees at an exercise price of $400 per share, the estimated
     fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors.  Options under
     this grant vest over 4 years and must be exercised within 10 years of the
     grant date.

12.  BENEFIT PLAN
     
     First Premium has a contributory retirement savings plan (pursuant to
     Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code) covering substantially all
     employees.  Under the plan, benefits are generally determined based on
     employee contributions, subject to IRS limitations and First Premium
     contributions (as declared by the Board of Directors).  All full-time
     employees are eligible to participate in the plan after attainment of 21
     years of age and 6 months of service.  First Premium's expense for this
     plan was $32,718, $22,986 and $14,610 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
     First Premium does not currently offer other postretirement benefits such
     as health care or other pension.


                                    F - 91
<PAGE>   258


13. DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

    In connection with the Company's debt agreements (see Note 9), the Company
    is not allowed to declare any dividends unless approved by the banks.

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    The Company and certain subsidiaries lease their office facilities.  Total
    minimum annual noncancelable rental commitments at December 31, 1995, are as
    follows (000's omitted):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       AMOUNT
                       ------
<S>                  <C>
Year-
 1996                  $  351
 1997                     259
 1998                     262
 1999                     270
 2000 and thereafter      138
                       ------
                       $1,280
                       ======
</TABLE>

   First Premium has filed suit against an obligor in federal court in Miami,
   Florida, to collect the remaining balance of $1,094,339 owing on an original
   premium finance loan in the amount of $4,592,000.  In addition, First
   Premium seeks accumulated interest, late charges and attorney fees due to
   it.  Additional defendants include:  (1) the obligor Director of Insurance
   of over 16 years, who executed the premium finance agreement, (2) two
   separate insurance agents who, along with the obligor's Director of
   Insurance, falsely presented in writing to First Premium the named insurers
   involved and the effective dates, policy numbers, premium amounts, insurer
   names and policy terms for the insurance policies being financed, (3) three
   separate insurance companies and the managing general agent for two of them,
   who directed that premiums be remitted to them via the insurance agent
   (their agent) who falsely represented the coverages to First Premium, and
   who also were unjustly enriched because they misappropriated premiums paid
   by First Premium for specific financed policies to pay other policies not
   financed by First Premium.  In addition, at an appropriate time, First
   Premium anticipates filing suit against Errors and Omissions insurance
   companies covering the obligor, obligor's Director of Insurance and one of
   the insurance agents.

   The lawsuit is currently set for trial in August, 1996.  Presently,
   discovery via depositions of the defendants and document production and
   examination is occurring.

   Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes the ultimate
   result of this legal action in this matter will result in a favorable
   settlement or, in the alternative, a favorable jury verdict and subsequent
   collection in full of the amount due to First Premium because of the
   underlying facts, applicable law, the number of defendants, many of which
   appear to be severally liable for the entire amount due to First Premium and
   the financial ability of the defendants to pay the anticipated settlement or
   judgment.  The amount of the uncollected receivable is classified as other
   receivables at December 31, 1995.



                                     F-92
<PAGE>   259


     In the ordinary course of business, there are various other legal  
     proceedings pending against the company.  Management considers that the
     aggregate liabilities, if any, resulting from such actions would not have
     a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

15.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Crabtree has estimated the fair value of its financial instruments in
     accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 ("FAS  
     107"), "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments."  Financial
     instruments include cash, finance receivables, facility
     overcollateralization, notes and loans payable, and commercial notes
     payable.  FAS 107 specifically excludes lease contracts and minority
     interests in consolidated subsidiaries from the definition of financial
     instruments.

     The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
     Crabtree's financial instruments:

     Cash:

     The carrying value approximates fair value for this instrument due to its
     liquid nature.

     Finance receivables

     Due to the short term nature of the premium finance receivables, the rate  
     earned on these receivables approximates a current market rate, and as a
     result, carrying value approximates market value.

     Facility Overcollateralization:

     Facility overcollateralization represents premium finance receivables
     deposited with HLS pursuant to the securitization facility agreement.  As  
     such, due to the short term nature of these receivables, carrying value
     approximates market value.

     Subordinated notes, Notes and loans payable:

     The fair value of these instruments was determined to approximate existing 
     carrying value because interest rates on these instruments adjust with
     changes in market rates due to their repricing characteristics.

     Commercial paper notes payable:

     The fair value of these instruments was determined to approximate existing 
     carrying value because interest rates on these instruments adjust with
     changes in market rates due to their short-term nature.

                                     F-93



<PAGE>   260




16.  RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Crabtree from time to time borrowed money from CLC under secured
     promissory notes which bore interest at 10%.  Such transactions occurred
     in March, 1993, for $300,000 which was repaid in June, 1993, August, 1993,
     for $250,000 which was repaid in January, 1994, and in April, 1994, for
     $175,000 which was repaid in March, 1995.  These transactions resulted in
     interest expense to Crabtree of $12,000 in 1993, $14,000 in 1994 and
     $3,000 in 1995.

     During 1995 and 1994, the Company's bank debt was guaranteed by a
     significant shareholder and principal officer of the Company.  The Company 
     agreed to pay a fee to this individual for the guarantee at a rate of 1.5%
     of the balance of the debt guaranteed.  These transactions resulted in
     expense to Crabtree of $32,973, $29,840 and $68,339 in 1995, 1994 and
     1993, respectively, and are included in other expense on the Company's
     statement of income.

     Various shareholders, from time to time, perform advisory and consulting
     services for the Company.  Amounts paid to shareholders and other related
     parties for these services are $301,253, $281,544 and $409,039 in 1995,
     1994 and 1993, respectively, and are classified as professional fees
     on the income statements.

     During 1993, the Board of Directors approved the purchase by a significant 
     shareholder and principal officer of the Company of an automobile,
     furniture and office equipment for a total purchase price of $38,400. 
     This amount was paid in 1994.

17.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     The Board of Directors has approved a proposed Agreement and Plan of
     Reorganization (the "Agreement") by and among Crabtree, Libertyville       
     Bancorp, Inc., North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp,
     Inc., and Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. (the "Constituents")  with North Shore
     Community Bancorp, Inc. as the Resulting Corporation.  As a part of the
     merger, North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. will be renamed to "WINTRUST
     FINANCIAL CORPORATION" ("WINTRUST").  Pursuant to the Agreement, common
     stock of WINTRUST will be exchanged for the outstanding shares of common
     stock of the Constituents based upon exchange ratios specified in the
     Agreement.  The proposed transaction is contemplated to be accounted for
     as a pooling of interests transaction and is subject to shareholder and
     regulatory approval.

                                     F-94

<PAGE>   261
                                                                      APPENDIX A



                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                  by and among

                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

                                      and

                            LAKE FOREST BANCORP II,
                              HINSDALE BANCORP II,
                            LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP II,
                                      and
                        CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION II,
                       each a wholly owned subsidiary of
                      North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
                                      and
                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
                                      and
                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
                                      and
                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                                      and
                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION



                     Dated as of this 28th day of May, 1996
<PAGE>   262

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                               Page
- -------                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>

1.  REORGANIZATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-2
         1.1     The Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-2
         1.2     Articles of Incorporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-2
         1.3     Bylaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-2
         1.4     Directors and Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-3
         1.5     Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-3
         1.6     Effect of the Merger on Capital Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-3
         1.7     Effect of the Merger on Capital Stock of the Merging Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-4
         1.8     Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-5
         1.9     Conversion of Rights/Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-5
         1.10    Dissenting Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-6
                                                                                                            
2.  CLOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-6
         2.1     Time; Place  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-6
         2.2     Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-6
         2.3     Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-6
         2.4     Exchange of Share Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-6
                                                                                                            
3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NSCB  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-7
         3.1     Organization, Power and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-7
         3.2     Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-7
         3.3     Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-8
         3.4     Non-Contravention, No Violation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-8
         3.5     Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-9
         3.6     Undisclosed Liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-9
         3.7     Absence of Certain Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-9
         3.8     Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
         3.9     Condition of Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
         3.10    Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
         3.11    No Default, Violation or Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
         3.12    Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
         3.13    Employment, Labor and Other Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
         3.14    Employee Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
         3.15    Patents, Trademarks and Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
         3.16    Environmental Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
         3.17    Other Material Adverse Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
         3.18    Disinterested Directors Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
                                                                                                            
4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SURVIVING COMPANIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
         4.1     Organization, Power and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
         4.2     Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
         4.3     Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
                                                                                                                          
</TABLE>   

<PAGE>   263
<TABLE>  
<CAPTION>                                                                                                   
Section                                                                                                               Page
- -------                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
         4.4     Authorization; Non-Contravention; Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
         4.5     Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
         4.6     Undisclosed Liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
         4.7     Absence of Certain Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
         4.8     Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
         4.9     Condition of Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
         4.10    Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
         4.11    No Default, Violation or Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
         4.12    Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
         4.13    Employment, Labor and Other Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
         4.14    Employee Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
         4.15    Patents, Trademarks and Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
         4.16    Environmental Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
         4.17    Other Material Adverse Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22
         4.18    Disinterested Directors Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22
                                                                                                            
5.  COVENANTS AND ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22
         5.1     Conduct of Business Pending Consummation of Merger; No Material Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-22
         5.2     Maintain Surviving Companies, Surviving Subsidiaries, the Bank and NSCB as Going Concerns  . . . . . A-23
         5.3     Preserve Accuracy of Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
         5.4     Extension of Credit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
         5.5     Borrowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
         5.6     Supplements to Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
         5.7     Best Efforts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
         5.8     Registration Statement; Shareholder Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
         5.9     Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
         5.10    Affiliate Letters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
         5.11    Material Facts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
         5.12    Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
         5.13    Due Diligence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-26
         5.14    Conversion of Preferred Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
                                                                                                            
6.  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
         6.1     No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
         6.2     Shareholder Approvals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
         6.3     Fairness Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
         6.4     Effectiveness of Form S-4  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28
         6.5     Regulatory Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28
         6.6     Tax Opinion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28
         6.7     Pooling of Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-28
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
</TABLE>   

                                      ii                                      
<PAGE>   264
<TABLE>                                                                      
<CAPTION>                                                                                                   
Section                                                                                                               Page
- -------                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                                   <C>
                                                                                                            
                                                                                                            
         6.8     First Premium Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-29
         6.9     Conversion of First Premium and Credit Life Option Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-29
         6.10    No Material Adverse Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-29
         6.11    Consummation of First Premium/Credit Life Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
                                                                                                            
7.  TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
         7.1     Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
         7.2     Effect of Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-30
                                                                                                            
8.  GENERAL PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
         8.1     Waiver of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
         8.2     Amendment of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
         8.3     Contents of Agreement; Binding Nature  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
         8.4     Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
         8.5     Commissions and Finder's Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
         8.6     Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
         8.7     Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
         8.8     Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
         8.9     Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
         8.10    Governing Law; Jurisdiction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-32
         8.11    Instruments of Further Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33
         8.12    Publicity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33
         8.13    No Third Party Beneficiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-33


</TABLE>

                                     iii  
<PAGE>   265

                                   SCHEDULES

A.       Directors and Officers of Resulting Company
B.       Schedule of Warrants
C.       Schedule of Rights/Options
D.       Capitalization of NSCB and the Merging Companies
E.       Capitalization of the Surviving Companies
F.       Schedule of Preferred Stock


                                    EXHIBITS

A.       Form of Plan of Merger
B.       Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Resulting
         Company
C.       Amended and Restated By-Laws of Resulting Company
D.       Form of Affiliate Letters





                                      iv  
<PAGE>   266

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION


         THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the "Agreement") is made as
of this 28th day of May, 1996 by and among NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.,
an Illinois corporation ("NSCB"), LAKE FOREST BANCORP II, an Illinois
corporation ("LFBII"), HINSDALE BANCORP II, an Illinois corporation ("HBII"),
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP II, an Illinois corporation ("LBII"), CRABTREE CAPITAL
CORPORATION II, an Illinois corporation ("Crabtree II"), each a wholly owned
subsidiary of NSCB, and each of LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("LFB"), HINSDALE BANCORP, INC., an Illinois corporation ("HB"),
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC., an Illinois corporation ("LB"), and CRABTREE
CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Crabtree").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, NSCB is the owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the
capital stock of LFBII, HBII, LBII and Crabtree II (LFBII, HBII, LBII and
Crabtree II are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Merging
Companies");

         WHEREAS, each of NSCB and the Surviving Companies have in common one
or more members of their respective boards of directors and a number of
stockholders, and each of NSCB, LFB, HB and LB have in common a number of
executive officers who divide their time among each of such companies;

         WHEREAS, NSCB, together with LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree (each of LFB,
HB, LB and Crabtree is sometimes referred to herein as a "Surviving Company"
and sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Surviving Companies")
desire to effectuate a corporate reorganization (the "Reorganization") to form
a combined parent holding company for all of such businesses through a plan of
merger pursuant to which LFBII will merge with and into LFB, HBII will merge
with and into HB, LBII will merge with and into LB, and Crabtree II will merge
with and into Crabtree, with NSCB surviving as the ultimate parent holding
company with a new name and such corporate changes as provided for herein (the
"Resulting Company"), all on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in
the Plan of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Plan of Merger");

         WHEREAS, as a result of the Reorganization, each of the issued and
outstanding shares of the Surviving Companies shall be converted into the right
to receive shares of common stock of the Resulting Company and each of the
issued and outstanding shares of the Merging Companies shall be converted into
shares of the applicable Surviving Company, such that the Resulting Company
will own one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of LFB, HB, LB and
Crabtree as a result of the Reorganization;

<PAGE>   267

         WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of NSCB, the Merging
Companies, and the Surviving Companies deem it advisable and in the best
interests of each of them and their respective shareholders that the Merging
Companies be merged with and into the Surviving Companies in the manner
contemplated herein, and each of the aforesaid Boards of Directors have adopted
resolutions approving this Agreement and have recommended the actions
contemplated for approval and adoption by the holders of the issued and
outstanding shares of the capital stock of each of the Merging Companies and
the Surviving Companies;

         WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of NSCB and each of the
Surviving Companies have agreed to share certain costs, fees and expenses
attributable to the proposed Reorganization, said fees and costs to be paid
regardless of whether or not the proposed Reorganization is consummated;

         WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the
proposed transaction shall qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the
meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), and that this Agreement shall constitute a "plan of reorganization"
for the purposes of Section 368 of the Code.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
mutual promises, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties
hereto agree as follows:


                               1.  REORGANIZATION

         1.1     THE MERGER.  As of the Effective Date, as that term is defined
herein, the Merging Companies shall merge into the Surviving Companies in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of
the Illinois Business Corporation Act (the "BCA") and the Delaware General
Corporation Law ("DGCL") (the "Merger"), and the issued and outstanding shares
of the Surviving Companies shall be converted into shares of the Resulting
Company as provided for in Section 1.6 and the issued and outstanding shares of
the Merging Companies shall be converted into shares of the Surviving Companies
as provided for in Section 1.7, and the separate corporate existence of each of
the Merging Companies shall cease.

         1.2     ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION.  As of the Effective Date, the
Articles of Incorporation of the Resulting Company shall be amended and
restated to read in their entirety as set forth in Exhibit B, and shall
thereafter remain in full force and effect until amended in accordance with
applicable law.  The Articles of Incorporation, or Certificates of
Incorporation, as the case may be, of the Surviving Companies, as in effect on
the Effective Date, shall be the Articles of Incorporation, or Certificates of
Incorporation, as the case may be, of the Surviving Companies, as the surviving
entities, following the Effective Date.

         1.3     BYLAWS.  The Bylaws of the Resulting Company shall be amended
and restated to read in their entirety as set forth in Exhibit C, and shall
remain in full force and effect until





                                     A-2  
<PAGE>   268

thereafter amended in accordance with applicable law.  The Bylaws of the
Surviving Companies, as in effect on the Effective Date shall be the Bylaws of
the Surviving Companies, as the surviving entities, following the Effective
Date.

         1.4     DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  As of the Effective Date, the
officers and directors of the Surviving Companies, and the Surviving
Subsidiaries (as that term is defined in Section 4.2) immediately prior to the
Effective Date shall be the officers and directors of the Surviving Companies
and the Surviving Subsidiaries until such time as their respective successors
have been elected and qualified and no change shall occur in the officers and
directors of the Surviving Companies, the Surviving Subsidiaries, or the Bank
(as that term is defined in Section 3.2), as a result of the proposed
Reorganization.  As of the Effective Date, the officers and the directors of
the Resulting Company shall be those persons set forth on Schedule 1.4.

         1.5     NAME.  As of the Effective Date, the name of the Resulting
Company shall be "WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION."

         1.6     EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK.

                 (a)      Common Stock.  As of the Effective Date, by virtue of
the Merger, each validly issued and outstanding share of the capital stock of
NSCB and the Surviving Companies, other than Dissenting Shares (as that term is
defined in Section 1.10) (collectively, the "Shares") and shall be converted,
adjusted or cancelled as follows:

                          (i)     LFB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.6(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, no par value per
         share, of LFB (the "LFB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be converted into the right to receive 9.67334 shares (the "LFB
         Exchange Ratio") of the common stock, without par value, of the
         Resulting Company ("RC Shares");

                          (ii)    HB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.6(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, no par value per
         share, of HB (the "HB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be converted into the right to receive 6.03398 RC Shares (the
         "HB Exchange Ratio");

                          (iii)   LB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.6(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, no par value per
         share, of LB (the "LB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be converted into the right to receive 4.02578 RC Shares (the
         "LB Exchange Ratio");

                          (iv)    Crabtree.  Except as provided in Section
         1.6(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, par value $1.00
         per share, of Crabtree (the "Crabtree





                                     A-3  
<PAGE>   269

         Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
         outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be converted
         into the right to receive 1.18332 RC Shares (the "Crabtree Exchange
         Ratio").

                          (The LFB Exchange Ratio, the HB Exchange Ratio, the
         LB Exchange Ratio and the Crabtree Exchange Ratio are hereinafter
         collectively referred to as the "Exchange Ratios").

                          (v)     NSCB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.6(a)(viii) below, each share of common stock, no par value, of NSCB
         (the "NSCB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be adjusted in the form of a stock split from and after the
         Effective Date so as to represent 5.16180 RC Shares (the "NSCB
         Exchange Ratio").

                          (vi)    Share Certificates.  The certificate(s) which
         formerly represented the Shares shall, from and after the Effective
         Date, represent the right to receive the number of shares of the
         Resulting Company set forth above in subsections (a) through (e) of
         this Section 1.6 until exchanged as provided for in Section 2.5.

                          (vii)   Fractional Shares.  No certificate for
         fractional RC Shares will be issued by the Resulting Company in
         connection with the exchange contemplated by the Merger, but in lieu
         thereof, any holder of Shares shall, upon surrender of the
         certificates(s) representing such Shares, be paid cash, without
         interest, by the Resulting Company for such fractional shares in an
         amount equal to $15.00 multiplied by such fraction.

                          (viii)  Cancellation of Treasury Stock, Intercompany
         Shares.  Any Shares of NSCB or any Surviving Company, as the case may
         be, which are owned by any other Surviving Company or NSCB immediately
         prior to the Effective Date, and any shares of treasury stock held by
         any Surviving Company or NSCB immediately prior to the Effective Date,
         shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist as of the Effective Date
         and no RC Shares shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

                 (b)      Preferred Stock.  Any shares of preferred stock of
any of the Surviving Companies issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date
shall be cancelled.  It being contemplated that all such preferred shares will
have been converted to common stock as provided in Section 5.14 hereof.

         1.7     EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK OF THE MERGING
COMPANIES.  Each validly issued and outstanding share of common stock of each
of the Merging Companies shall be converted into one share of the applicable
Surviving Company as of the Effective Date as follows:





                                     A-4  
<PAGE>   270

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Merging                                      Applicable
           Company                                 Surviving Company
          ---------                                -----------------
         <S>                                            <C>
            LFB II                                          LFB
            HB II                                           HB
            LB II                                           LB
         Crabtree II                                    Crabtree
</TABLE>

         1.8     WARRANTS.  There currently are issued and outstanding certain
warrants (a "Warrant" or collectively the "Warrants") providing holders thereof
the right to purchase common stock of NSCB, HB, LB and of the wholly owned
subsidiary of Crabtree, First Premium Services, Inc., an Illinois corporation
("First Premium").  Each Warrant, other than the First Premium Warrants, which
is validly issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall
remain outstanding after the Effective Date and shall be unaffected by the
Reorganization, except that the NSCB Warrants shall be adjusted to give effect
to the stock split provided for in Section 1.6(a)(v).  At or prior to the
Effective Date, the First Premium Warrants shall have been replaced with
Warrants to purchase Crabtree Common Stock as provided for in Section 6.8, and,
to the extent not exercised prior to the Effective Date, such Crabtree Warrants
shall be converted pursuant to the Reorganization on the basis of the Crabtree
Exchange Ratio into Warrants to purchase RC Shares.  Schedule 1.8 sets forth
the number of Shares subject to outstanding Warrants and, in the case of First
Premium and NSCB, the number of RC Shares that will be subject to the Warrants
upon consummation of the Reorganization (assuming no prior exercise thereof).

         1.9     CONVERSION OF RIGHTS/OPTIONS.  There currently exist at NSCB,
LFB, HB, LB, Crabtree, First Premium and The Credit Life Companies, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, which is a non-operating wholly-owned subsidiary of
Crabtree ("Credit Life"), certain stock rights plans and/or option plans
(collectively, the "Rights/Option Plans") under which holders of stock rights
and options issued pursuant thereto have certain rights to purchase NSCB Common
Stock, LFB Common Stock, HB Common Stock, LB Common Stock, Crabtree Common
Stock, First Premium Common Stock or Credit Life Common Stock, respectively.
Each option or stock right, as the case may be, which is validly issued and
outstanding pursuant to any of such Rights/Option Plans of the Surviving
Companies immediately prior to the Effective Date shall, in accordance with the
terms of such Rights/Option Plans, by virtue of the Merger and without any
action on the part of the holder thereof, become and represent an option or
stock right, as the case may be, to purchase that number of RC Shares into
which the shares subject to such option or stock right would have been
converted giving effect to the applicable Exchange Ratio, or, in the case of
the First Premium and Credit Life options, into that number of RC Shares as
contemplated by Section 6.9 hereof, and at an exercise price appropriately
adjusted to reflect such conversion.  Schedule 1.9 sets forth each option or
stock right, as the case may be, which is validly issued and outstanding, or is
contemplated to be outstanding prior to the Effective Date, under the
Rights/Option Plans and the number of RC Shares the holder will be entitled to
purchase giving effect to the Exchange Ratios upon the Effective Date.





                                     A-5  
<PAGE>   271

         1.10    DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS.  A "Dissenting Share" shall mean a
Share held by any person who properly exercises appraisal rights, if any, under
the BCA or DGCL, as the case may be, with respect to such Share.  The holder of
any Dissenting Share shall have the rights, subject to the limitations,
provided under the BCA or DGCL, as the case may be.


                                  2.  CLOSING

         2.1     TIME; PLACE.  The consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices
of Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company at 10:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on the
Effective Date, or such other time and place as the parties mutually agree.

         2.2     EFFECTIVE DATE.  The transaction contemplated by this
Agreement shall become effective upon the filing of Articles of Merger with the
Illinois Secretary of State and a Certificate of Merger with the Delaware
Secretary of State which filings shall be made on such date as the parties
mutually agree as promptly as practicable following satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 6 herein (or waiver thereof to the extent
legally permissible) (said date and time referred to herein as the "Effective
Date").

         2.3     FURTHER ASSURANCES.  If at any time after the Effective Date
any party shall consider or be advised that any further deeds, assignments or
assurances in law or any other acts are necessary, desirable or proper (i) to
vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, by any party or (ii)
otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement for any party, the other
parties agree to execute and deliver all such deeds, assignments and assurances
in law and do all acts reasonably necessary, desirable or proper to vest,
perfect and confirm the actions required by such party or parties, to carry out
the purposes of this Agreement.

         2.4     EXCHANGE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.  As soon as practicable after
the Effective Date, the Resulting Company shall mail to each holder of record
of Shares a letter of transmittal and instructions for use in the surrender of
the Shares in exchange for certificates representing RC Shares and any cash in
lieu of fractional shares into which the Shares shall have been converted or
adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Upon proper surrender of
certificates for exchange and cancellation to the Resulting Company, the holder
of such Shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, as applicable
(i) a certificate representing the number of shares of RC Shares to which such
holder of Shares may have become entitled pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement, and/or (ii) a check representing the amount of any cash in lieu of
fractional shares which such holder has the right to receive in respect of the
Shares surrendered pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.4.  No interest
will be paid or accrued on any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares or on
any unpaid dividends and distributions payable to holders of Shares.

         No dividends or other distributions that are declared on or after the
Effective Date on RC Shares or otherwise payable to holders of record thereof
on or after the Effective Date will be





                                     A-6  
<PAGE>   272

paid until such persons surrender their Shares, as provided for herein, and no
cash payment in lieu of fractional shares shall be paid to any such holder
until the holder of such Shares shall so surrender the Shares.  In no event
shall the person entitled to receive such dividends or other distributions be
entitled to receive interest on such dividends or other distributions.  If any
cash or certificate representing shares of RC Shares is to be paid to or issued
in the name of a person other than that in which the Shares surrendered in
exchange therefor are registered, it shall be a condition of such exchange that
the Shares so surrendered shall be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper
form for transfer and that the person requesting such exchange shall pay to the
Resulting Company any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the
issuance of the certificates for such shares of RC Shares in a name other than
that of the registered holder of the Shares surrendered, or shall establish to
the satisfaction of the Resulting Company that such tax has been paid or is not
applicable.

         In the event that any certificates representing Shares shall have been
lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the
person claiming the rights to such Shares setting forth that such Shares were
either lost, stolen or destroyed, together with any bond or indemnity agreement
as the Resulting Company may deem reasonably necessary, the Resulting Company
may issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed share certificates
representing the RC Shares and any cash in lieu of fractional shares
deliverable in respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement.

         From and after the Effective Date, there shall be no transfers on the
stock transfer books of the Surviving Companies of any Shares outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Date and any such Shares presented to the
Resulting Company shall be cancelled in exchange for the RC Shares issued with
respect thereto as provided in Section 1.6.


                   3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NSCB

         NSCB represents and warrants, to each of the Surviving Companies as
follows:

         3.1     ORGANIZATION, POWER AND QUALIFICATION.  Each of the Merging
Companies and NSCB are Illinois corporations, duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the State of Illinois and each of the aforesaid have
all requisite corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease their
properties and assets and to carry on their businesses as now conducted.  Each
of the Merging Companies has taken all corporate action necessary to approve
the Merger.  The minute books and stock record books of the Merging Companies
and NSCB containing minutes of director and stockholder meetings and stock
transfer and ownership records are complete and correct in all material
respects.

         3.2     SUBSIDIARIES.  None of the Merging Companies has any
subsidiaries, has conducted any business or taken any action except as
contemplated by this Agreement, nor owns directly or indirectly, any stock,
bonds or securities or any equity or other proprietary interest in any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, business enterprise or other entity of
any nature





                                     A-7  
<PAGE>   273

whatsoever.  NSCB owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding
stock of each of LFBII, HBII, LBII and Crabtree II which consists of 163,360,
207,137, 229,929, and 1,025,265 shares of common stock, no par value per share,
respectively.

         NSCB owns one hundred percent (100%) of the right, title and interest
in and to North Shore Community Bank & Trust Company, an Illinois state banking
corporation (the "Bank"), and all such shares are owned free and clear of any
and all liens or encumbrances.  The Bank has been duly organized and is validly
existing and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and hold
under lease its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now
conducted.

         3.3     CAPITALIZATION.  Schedule 3.3 to this Agreement sets forth the
number and classes of shares of capital stock of NSCB and each of the Merging
Companies which is authorized, issued and outstanding and all shares reserved
for issuance upon exercise of any and all options, warrants and rights
currently outstanding or available for grant pursuant to existing stock option
plans or any other agreements of NSCB or the Merging Companies providing
therefor.

         3.4     NON-CONTRAVENTION, NO VIOLATION.  The execution and delivery
of this Agreement and the Plan of Merger by each of the Merging Companies and
NSCB, and the other agreements and documents, including without limitation, the
Articles of Merger and/or Certificate of Merger, to be executed and delivered
by each of the Merging Companies (collectively the "Articles of Merger") and
NSCB hereunder, do not and will not, and the consummation by each of the
Merging Companies and NSCB of the transactions contemplated on its part hereby
and thereby will not, constitute or result in (with or without the giving of
notice or the lapse of time or both) (a) a breach or violation of, or a default
under, any provision of the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws
of any of the Merging Companies or NSCB or the Bank, (b) a breach or violation
of, a default under, or the triggering of any payment or other material
obligation pursuant to any of the Merging Companies' or NSCB's and/or the
Bank's benefit plans described in Section 3.14 or any grant or award made under
any of the foregoing, or (c) a material breach or violation of, or a conflict
with, or a material default under, or termination of, or an event permitting
any other person to terminate, or the acceleration of, or the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance
on any properties or assets of any of the Merging Companies or NSCB or the
Bank, pursuant to any provision of any material lease, contract, license or
other agreement binding upon any of the Merging Companies or NSCB or the Bank
or pursuant to any provision of any law, rule, judgment, decree, regulation,
ordinance or order, award or governmental permit or license, applicable to any
of the Merging Companies or NSCB or the Bank or any of their respective
properties or assets, or (d) any material change in the rights or obligations
of any party under any of the Contracts described pursuant to Section 3.10
hereof, including any such change as the result of a change in control
provision or similar provision contained in any such contract.

         Except for (i) the filing of applications and notices, as applicable,
with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal Reserve
Board') under the Bank Holding





                                     A-8  
<PAGE>   274

Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHC Act"), and approval of such applications
and notices, (ii) the filing of any required applications or notices with any
state agencies including without limitation the Illinois Commissioner of Banks
and Trust Companies and the applicable state securities administrators (the
"State Approvals"), (iii) the filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") of the registration statement on Form S-4 (the
"Registration Statement") in which the joint proxy statement/prospectus will be
included, (iv) the filing of the Certificates and Articles of Merger with the
Delaware and Illinois Secretaries of State pursuant to the DGCL and the BCA,
respectively, and (v) the approval of this Agreement by the requisite vote of
the stockholders of each of the Surviving Companies and NSCB, no consent or
approvals of or filings or registrations with any court, administrative agency
or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality are necessary
in connection with the execution of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated thereby.

         3.5     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  NSCB has made available to the
Surviving Companies its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the related statements of income, changes in the shareholders' equity
and cash flows for the years then ended.

         The term "Financial Statements" as used in this Section 3 shall mean
the above-described financial statements.

         The Financial Statements are complete and accurate and fairly present
the assets, liabilities and financial condition of NSCB, on a consolidated
basis, at the date thereof, and the statements of income and retained earnings
and changes in financial position and the notes thereto included in the
Financial Statements are complete and accurate and fairly present the results
of operations for the periods therein referred to, all in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the
periods involved ("GAAP").

         3.6     UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES.  None of the Merging Companies, NSCB
or the Bank has any liabilities or obligations (direct or indirect, contingent
or absolute, known or unknown, matured or unmatured) of any nature whatsoever,
whether arising out of contract, tort, statute or otherwise ("Liabilities"),
except (a) as reflected, reserved for or given effect to in the Financial
Statements; (b) routine operating expenses and contract obligations incurred in
the ordinary course of business since the date of the most recent balance sheet
included in the Financial Statements and which will not individually or in the
aggregate be material to NSCB and the Bank, taken as a whole; and (c) fees,
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transaction contemplated by
this Agreement.  To the best knowledge of NSCB, there is no basis for assertion
against  the Bank or NSCB of any Liabilities, except as described in clauses
(a),  (b) and (c) of this Section 3.6.

         3.7     ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES.  Since December 31, 1995, there
has not been:

                 (a)      any material adverse change in the condition
(financial or otherwise) of the properties, assets, liabilities, results of
operation or business prospects of NSCB and the Bank taken as a whole;





                                     A-9  
<PAGE>   275


                 (b)      any declaration, setting aside or payment of any
dividend or other distribution in respect of the capital stock of NSCB;

                 (c)      any increase in the type or amounts of compensation,
commissions, perquisites payable or to become payable by the Bank or NSCB to
any director, officer, employee or agent thereof, or any payment of any bonus,
profit sharing or other extraordinary compensation to any such person, other
than in the ordinary course of business;

                 (d)      any cancellation of any debts owed to or claims held
by or on behalf of NSCB or the Bank;

                 (e)      any actual or threatened termination of any business
relationships or material agreements with the Bank or NSCB and any of their
respective material customers or suppliers;

                 (f)      any occurrence of any obligation or liability
(absolute or contingent) for indebtedness, except routine operating expenses
and contract obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; or any
acceleration in the payment of, or payment other than in the ordinary course of
the Bank's or NSCB's business and consistent with past custom and practices
thereof, of any indebtedness or amounts due or payable thereunder;

                 (g)      any mortgage, encumbrance, sale, lease, abandonment
or other disposition, other than in the ordinary course of business and for
fair value, of any equipment or other properties, or any tangible assets
utilized by the Bank or NSCB;

                 (h)      any material change in the accounting policies,
procedures or practices with respect to NSCB or the Bank; or

                 (i)      any other material transaction outside the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practices.

         3.8     TAXES.  As used herein, the term "Taxes" means all federal,
state, county, local and foreign income, excise, property, sales, use, payroll,
intangibles, franchise, transfer, and other taxes of whatever nature, all
penalties related to such taxes and interest on such taxes and penalties.  All
returns and reports relating to Taxes (the "Tax Returns") required to be filed
by each of the Bank and NSCB through the date hereof have been, and as to Tax
Returns required to be filed through the Closing Date will be, timely filed
with the appropriate governmental agencies in all jurisdictions in which such
Tax Returns were or are required to be filed, and all such Tax Returns are or
will be true and correct and prepared in accordance with applicable law and
regulations and properly reflect, or will properly reflect, the Taxes for the
periods covered thereby.

         All Taxes due and payable by the Bank and NSCB with respect to all
periods prior to and through the date hereof have been, and through the Closing
Date will be, duly and properly





                                     A-10  
<PAGE>   276

computed, reported, fully paid and discharged, and there will not be any unpaid
Taxes with respect to any period through the Closing Date, which are or could
become a lien on the assets of the Bank or NSCB, or the Bank's or NSCB's
capital stock, except for current Taxes not yet due and payable.  Adequate
accruals on the Financial Statements have been made for the payment of all
accrued and unpaid Taxes, whether or not disputed, for all fiscal periods
through the date hereof or arising out of transactions entered into or any
state of facts existing on or prior thereto; and for such periods, and all
periods prior to and through the date hereof have been, and through the Closing
Date will be, properly accrued on the books and financial records of the Bank
and NSCB in accordance with GAAP in amounts sufficient for the payment of all
unpaid Taxes required to be paid by the Bank and NSCB with respect to such
periods.

         There are no known or proposed penalty, interest or deficiency
assessments or bases therefor with respect to Taxes of the Bank or NSCB, that
require payment by, relate to or could adversely affect the Bank or NSCB or any
of their respective assets.  There have been no audits conducted by any taxing
authority on the Tax Returns of the Bank or NSCB since inception.  The Bank and
NSCB have not waived any law or regulation fixing, or consented to the
extension of, any period of time for the assessment of any Taxes, which waiver
or consent is currently in effect.  All Taxes that the Bank and NSCB are or
were required by law to withhold or collect have been duly withheld and
collected and, to the extent required, has been paid to the proper governmental
body or other person or entity.

         3.9     CONDITION OF PROPERTIES.  To the best knowledge of NSCB, the
tangible personal and/or real properties (whether owned or leased) of the Bank
and NSCB are in reasonably good condition and repair in all respects; are
suitable for the purposes intended; and said properties and the uses thereof
are in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances and governmental rules
and regulations.

         Neither the property described herein, nor any improvements located
thereon are the subject of any complaint nor are they in violation of nor is
there a basis for a claim to correct a violation, or any applicable building,
zoning, occupancy or other restriction, law, ordinance, or similar regulation.
No condemnation proceedings are pending or have within the past two (2) years
been threatened against such real property or, to the best of NSCB's knowledge,
any other property which would affect the ability of the Bank or NSCB to use
the real property described herein, in the ordinary course of any of the Bank's
or NSCB's business, nor has any notice been received by NSCB of any such
expropriation or dedication or proposed expropriation or dedication.

         3.10    CONTRACTS.  All of the oral and written contracts, agreements
and commitments or understanding which are material in nature to the operation
of NSCB's and the Bank's business ("Contracts") constitute legal, valid and
binding obligations of the respective parties thereto, are in full force and
effect, and to the knowledge of NSCB, no other party thereto has violated any
provision of, or committed or failed to perform any act which with notice,
lapse of time or both would constitute a material default under or otherwise
alter the provisions of any Contract, the termination or alteration of which
could have a material adverse effect upon the





                                     A-11  
<PAGE>   277

properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations or
business prospects of the Bank or NSCB.

          None of the Bank's and NSCB's rights under the Contracts will be
materially affected by the Reorganization.

         3.11    NO DEFAULT, VIOLATION OR LITIGATION.  The Bank and NSCB have
complied in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and
foreign laws, regulations or orders of any court or federal, state, municipal
or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality (including, without limitation, laws, regulations, orders,
restrictions and compliance schedules applicable to environmental standards and
controls, wages and hours, civil rights and occupational health and safety,
together with all applicable laws regarding fair lending and the Community
Reinvestment Act) (the "Laws") except where the failure to so comply could
reasonably expect to have a material adverse effect on the operations of the
Bank and/or NSCB taken as a whole and neither the Bank nor NSCB has received
any notice of claimed noncompliance.  Furthermore, (i) there are no lawsuits,
proceedings, claims or governmental investigations pending or, to the knowledge
of NSCB, threatened against or involving, the Bank or NSCB or against or
involving any of their respective properties or businesses, or against or
involving any officers or directors of the Bank or NSCB and which could
materially and adversely affect the Bank or NSCB; (ii) there is no basis known
to NSCB for any such action which could have an adverse effect upon the
properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations or
business prospects of the Bank or NSCB or their right to conduct their
businesses as presently conducted; and (iii) there are no judgments, consents,
decrees, injunctions, or any other judicial or administrative mandates
outstanding against the Bank or NSCB which materially and adversely affect the
properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations or
business prospects of the Bank or NSCB or their right to conduct their
respective businesses as presently conducted.

         3.12    INSURANCE.  The Bank and NSCB maintain insurance policies in
amounts and against such risks as are usual and customary and adequate to
protect their respective businesses and properties.  All such policies are (and
pending Closing will continue to be) in full force and effect, and neither the
Bank nor NSCB are in default in any material respect with respect to any
provision contained in any insurance policies, nor has the Bank or NSCB failed
to give any notice or present any claim thereunder in due and timely fashion.
At no time has the Bank or NSCB been denied any insurance or indemnity bond
coverage which it has requested, or received any written notice from or on
behalf of any insurance carrier presently providing insurance relating to them
(i) that insurance rates may or will be substantially increased, (ii) that
there will be no renewal of policies presently in effect, or (iii) that
material alterations to any of the properties or business operations of the
Bank and NSCB is necessary or required by such carrier.  None of such insurance
policies are subject to retroactive premium adjustment in respect of prior
periods.

         3.13    EMPLOYMENT, LABOR AND OTHER RELATIONS.  Neither the Bank nor
NSCB is a party to or otherwise bound by any contract, agreement or collective
bargaining agreement with





                                     A-12  
<PAGE>   278

any labor union or organization or other commitment respecting employment or
compensation of any of its officers, directors, agents or employees, and no
employees of the Bank or NSCB are represented by any labor union or similar
organization.  NSCB is not aware of any existing or threatened labor
disturbance by NSCB's or the Bank's employees which could have a material
adverse effect upon the properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition,
results of operations or business prospects of NSCB or the Bank.

         There are no charges or complaints involving any federal, state or
local civil rights enforcement agency or court; complaints or citations under
the Occupational Safety and Health Act or any state or local occupational
safety act or regulation; unfair labor practice charges or complaints with the
National Labor Relations Board; or other claims, charges, actions or
controversies pending, or, to the knowledge of NSCB, threatened or proposed,
involving NSCB or the Bank, or any employee, former employee or any labor union
or other organization representing or claiming to represent such employees'
interests, which could materially and adversely affect the business of NSCB,
taken as a whole.

          NSCB and the Bank are and have heretofore been in compliance in all
material respects with all laws, rules and regulations respecting employment
and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and
hours, the sponsorship, maintenance, administration and operation of (or the
participation of its employees in) employee benefit plans and arrangements and
occupational safety and health programs, and neither NSCB nor the Bank is
engaged in any violation of any law, rule or regulation related to employment,
including unfair labor practices or acts of employment discrimination, which
could materially and adversely affect the business of NSCB, taken as a whole.

         3.14    EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  As used herein, the term "Employee Plan"
includes any pension, profit sharing, retirement, savings, disability, medical,
dental, health, life (including any individual life insurance policy to which
the Bank or NSCB make premium payments, whether or not the Bank or NSCB are the
owners, beneficiaries or both of such policy), death benefit, group insurance,
profit sharing, deferred compensation, stock option, bonus, incentive, vacation
pay, severance pay, or other similar employee plan, trust, arrangement,
contract, agreement, policy or commitment (including without limitation, any
pension plan ("Pension Plan") as defined in Section 3(2) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and any welfare
plan as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA ("Welfare Plan")), whether any of the
foregoing is funded, insured or self-funded, written or oral, (a) to which
either the Bank or NSCB is a party or by which either the Bank or NSCB (or any
of the rights, properties or assets of the Bank or NSCB) are bound, or (b) with
respect to which the Bank or NSCB have made any payments, contributions or
commitments since December 31, 1995, or may otherwise have any liability
(whether or not the Bank or NSCB still maintain such plan, trust, arrangement,
contract, agreement, policy or commitment).  With respect to the Employee
Plans:

                 (a)      The terms of all of the Bank's and NSCB's Employee
Plans have been disclosed to the Surviving Companies.





                                     A-13  
<PAGE>   279


                 (b)      The financial and actuarial statements, if any, for
each Employee Plan reflect in all material respects the financial condition and
funding of the Employee Plans as of the date of such financial and actuarial
statements, and no adverse change has occurred with respect to the financial
condition or funding of the Employee Plans since the date of such financial and
actuarial statements.

         3.15    PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES.  NSCB and the Bank own,
possess or have licenses or similar rights to utilize all patents, trademarks,
trade names, service marks, franchises, and technology necessary for the
conduct of their business as presently conducted without any infringement of or
conflict with the rights of others.

         3.16    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  To the knowledge of NSCB, all
facilities leased, used or operated by NSCB and the Bank have been, and
continue to be, leased, used or operated in compliance in all material respects
with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws,
regulations, and guidelines as enacted, amended or reauthorized, promulgated,
published or proposed.

         3.17    OTHER MATERIAL ADVERSE INFORMATION.  No representation or
warranty of NSCB made hereunder or in the Schedules or Exhibits attached hereto
or in any other document delivered by NSCB contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

         3.18    DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS APPROVAL.  This Agreement and the
proposed Reorganization have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested
Directors of NSCB.   For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Disinterested
Directors" shall have the meaning set forth in the BCA.


           4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SURVIVING COMPANIES

         Each of the Surviving Companies, solely with respect to itself and its
respective Surviving Subsidiary or Surviving Subsidiaries (as such term is
defined in Section 4.2), severally and not jointly represents to NSCB and each
other Surviving Company as follows:

         4.1     ORGANIZATION, POWER AND QUALIFICATION.  With the exception of
LFB and Crabtree, each Surviving Company is an Illinois corporation, duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Illinois and has
all requisite corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease its
properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.  Each of
LFB and Crabtree is a Delaware corporation, duly organized and validly existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware and each of the aforesaid has all
requisite power and authority to own or hold under lease its properties and
assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.





                                     A-14  
<PAGE>   280

         4.2     SUBSIDIARIES.

                 (a)      LFB.  The sole subsidiary of LFB is Lake Forest Bank
& Trust Company, an Illinois state banking corporation located at 727 N. Bank
Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois  60045.

                 (b)      HB.  The sole subsidiary of HB is Hinsdale Bank &
Trust Company, an Illinois state banking corporation located at 25 E. First
Street, Hinsdale, Illinois  60521.

                 (c)      LB.  The sole subsidiary of LB is Libertyville Bank &
Trust Company, an Illinois state banking corporation located at 507 N.
Milwaukee Avenue, Libertyville, Illinois  60048.

                 (d)      Crabtree.  The direct subsidiaries of Crabtree are
(i) First Premium, an Illinois corporation located at 520 Lake Cook Road,
Deerfield, Illinois, and Credit Life, a Delaware corporation which is a
non-operating business.  In accordance with Section 6.11 hereof, it is
contemplated that Credit Life will be merged with and into First Premium prior
to the Effective Date.  First Premium has three wholly-owned subsidiaries:
(i) First Premium Financing Corporation, an Illinois corporation; (ii) First
Premium Services, Inc. of New York, a New York corporation; and (iii) First
Premium Services, Inc. of California, a California corporation; and Credit Life
has one remaining subsidiary, CL Reinsurance, Inc., a British Virgin Islands
corporation.

                 Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company,  Hinsdale Bank & Trust
Company, Libertyville Bank & Trust Company and First Premium, are sometimes
collectively referred to herein as the "Surviving Subsidiaries".

                 Each of the Surviving Subsidiaries has been duly organized and
is validly existing and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own
and hold under lease their respective properties and assets and to carry on
their respective businesses as now conducted.

         4.3     CAPITALIZATION.  Schedule 4.3 to this Agreement sets forth the
number and shares of class of capital stock of the Surviving Company and its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries which is authorized, issued and outstanding,
or held as treasury shares, including without limitation, any and all options,
warrants, rights to purchase shares of such stock or other instruments or
agreements of any kinds providing rights to acquire shares of or other
interests in such stock.

         4.4     AUTHORIZATION; NON-CONTRAVENTION; CONSENTS.  The Surviving
Company has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and
the Plan of Merger, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder.  The execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Plan of Merger and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Surviving
Company.  This Agreement constitutes, and all other agreements and documents to
be executed and delivered by





                                     A-15  
<PAGE>   281

the Surviving Company pursuant hereto will constitute the valid and binding
agreements of the Surviving Company enforceable against it in accordance with
their respective terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to general
principles of equity and to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally).

         The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Plan of Merger by
the Surviving Company does not, and the consummation by the Surviving Company
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby does not and will not,
constitute or result in (with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of
time or both) (a) a breach or violation of, or a default under, any provision
of the articles or certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Surviving
Company, or (b) a material breach or violation of, or a conflict with, or a
material default under, or termination of, or an event permitting any other
person to terminate, or the acceleration of, or the creation or imposition of
any lien, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance on any
properties or assets of the Surviving Company pursuant to any provision of any
contract, license or other agreement binding upon the Surviving Company or any
law, rule, decree, regulation, ordinance or order, award or governmental permit
or license applicable to the Surviving Company or any of its properties or
assets.

         No consent of, or notice to, or filing with any federal, state or
local authority, or any other person or entity is required to be obtained,
given or made by the Surviving Company in connection with the execution,
delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other agreement or document to
be executed, delivered and performed by the Surviving Company pursuant hereto
(except for any filings required under federal or state banking laws).

         4.5     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Surviving Company has made
available to NSCB its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995 (if then in existence), and the related statements of income, changes
in the shareholders equity and cash flows for the years then ended (or if
shorter, since inception).

         The term "Financial Statements" as used in this Section 4 shall mean
the above-described consolidated financial statements of the Surviving Company.

         The Financial Statements are complete and accurate and fairly present
the assets, liabilities and financial condition of the Surviving Company and
its Surviving Subsidiaries at the date thereof, and the statement of income and
retained earnings and changes in financial position and the notes thereto
included in the Financial Statements are complete and accurate and fairly
present the results of operations for the periods therein referred to, all in
accordance with GAAP.

         4.6     UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES.  Except as may have been specifically
disclosed to the other parties hereto prior to the date of this Agreement, the
Surviving Company has no Liabilities except (a) as reflected, reserved for or
given effect to in the Financial Statements; (b) routine operating expenses and
contract obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since December
31, 1995, and which will not individually or in the aggregate be material to
the





                                     A-16  
<PAGE>   282

respective Surviving Company; and (c) fees, costs and expenses incurred in
connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.  To the best
knowledge of the Surviving Company, there is no basis for assertion against the
Surviving Company, or its respective Surviving Subsidiaries of any Liabilities,
except as described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4.6.

         4.7     ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES.  Since December 31, 1995 there has
not been:

                 (a)      any material adverse change in the condition
(financial or otherwise) of the properties, assets, liabilities, results of
operation or business prospects of the Surviving Company or its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries;

                 (b)      any declaration, setting aside or payment of any
dividend or other distribution in respect of the capital stock of the Surviving
Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries;

                 (c)      any increase in the type or amounts of compensation,
commissions, perquisites payable or to become payable by the Surviving Company
and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries to any director, officer, employee or
agent thereof, or any payment of any bonus, profit sharing or other
extraordinary compensation to any such person, other than in the ordinary
course of business;

                 (d)      any cancellation of any debts owed to or claims held
by or on behalf of the Surviving Company or its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries;

                 (e)      any actual or threatened terminations of any business
relationships or material agreements between the Surviving Company and its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries and any of their respective material
customers or suppliers;

                 (f)      any occurrence of any obligation or liability
(absolute or contingent) for indebtedness, except routine operating expenses
and contract obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; or any
acceleration in the payment of, or payment other than in the ordinary course of
business of the Surviving Company and its Surviving Subsidiaries and consistent
with past custom and practices thereof, of any indebtedness or amounts due or
payable thereunder;

                 (g)      any mortgage, encumbrance, sale, lease, abandonment
or other disposition, other than in the ordinary course of business and for
fair value, of any equipment or other properties, or any tangible assets
utilized by the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries;

                 (h)      any material change in the accounting policies,
procedures or practices with respect to the Surviving Company or its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries; or

                 (i)      any other material transaction other than in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.





                                     A-17  
<PAGE>   283


         4.8     TAXES.  All the Tax Returns required to be filed by the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries through the date
hereof have been, and as to Tax Returns required to be filed through the
Closing Date will be, timely filed with the appropriate governmental agencies
in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns were or are required to be
filed, and all such Tax Returns are or will be true and correct and prepared in
accordance with applicable law and regulations and properly reflect, or will
properly reflect, the Taxes for the periods covered thereby.

         All Taxes due and payable by the Surviving Company and its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries with respect to all periods prior to and through the
date hereof have been, and through the Closing Date will be, duly and properly
computed, reported, fully paid and discharged, and there will not be any unpaid
Taxes with respect to any period through the Closing Date, which are or could
become a lien on the assets of the Surviving Company and its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries, or the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries' capital stock, except for current Taxes not yet due and payable.
Adequate accruals on the Financial Statements have been made for the payment of
all accrued and unpaid Taxes, whether or not disputed, for all fiscal periods
through the date hereof or arising out of transactions entered into or any
state of facts existing on or prior thereto; and for such periods, and all
periods prior to and through the date hereof have been, and through the Closing
Date will be, properly accrued on the books and financial records of the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries in accordance with
GAAP and in amounts sufficient for the payment of all unpaid Taxes required to
be paid by the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries with
respect to such periods.

         There are no known or proposed penalty, interest or deficiency
assessments or bases therefor with respect to Taxes of the Surviving Company
and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries that require payment by, relate to or
could adversely affect the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets.  There have been no audits
conducted by any taxing authority on the Tax Returns of the Surviving Company
and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries during the most recent five (5)
fiscal years (or if shorter, since inception).  The Surviving Company and its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries have not waived any law or regulation fixing,
or consented to the extension of, any period of time for the assessment of any
Taxes, which waiver or consent is currently in effect.  All Taxes that the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries are or were
required by law to withhold or collect have been duly withheld and collected
and, to the extent required, has been paid to the proper governmental body or
other person or entity.

         4.9     CONDITION OF PROPERTIES.  To the best knowledge of the
respective Surviving Company, the tangible personal and real properties
(whether owned or leased) of such Surviving Company and its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries are in reasonably good condition and repair in all
respects; are suitable for the purposes intended; and said properties and the
uses thereof are in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances and
governmental rules and regulations.





                                     A-18  
<PAGE>   284

         Neither the property described herein, nor any improvements located
thereon are the subject of any complaint nor are they in violation of nor is
there a basis for a claim to correct a violation, or any applicable building,
zoning, occupancy or other restriction, law, ordinance, or similar regulation.
No condemnation proceedings are pending or have within the past two (2) years
been threatened against such real property or, to the best of the Surviving
Company's knowledge, any other property which would affect the ability of the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries to use the real
property described herein, in the ordinary course of the Surviving Company's
and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries' business, nor has any notice been
received by the Surviving Company and its Surviving Subsidiaries of any such
expropriation or dedication or proposed expropriation or dedication.

         4.10    CONTRACTS.  All of the Contracts to which the Surviving
Company is a party, and which are material to the operation of the Surviving
Company or its Surviving Subsidiaries constitute legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Surviving Company, are in full force and effect, and to the
knowledge of the Surviving Company, no other party thereto has violated any
provision of, or committed or failed to perform any act which with notice,
lapse of time or both would constitute a default under or otherwise alter the
provisions of any Contract, the termination or alteration of which could have a
material adverse effect upon the properties, assets, liabilities, financial
condition, results of operations or business prospects of the Surviving Company
or its Surviving Subsidiaries.

         None of the Surviving Company's rights under the Contracts will be
materially affected by the proposed Reorganization.

         4.11    NO DEFAULT, VIOLATION OR LITIGATION.  The Surviving Company
and its Surviving Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all
applicable Laws where the failure to so comply could reasonably expect to have
a material adverse effect on the operations of the Surviving Company and its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries and neither the Surviving Company nor its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries have received any notice of claimed
noncompliance.  Furthermore, (i) there are no lawsuits, proceedings, claims or
governmental investigations pending or, to the knowledge of any of the
Surviving Companies, threatened against or involving, the Surviving Company or
its respective Surviving Subsidiaries or against or involving any of their
respective properties or businesses, or against or involving any officers or
directors of the Surviving Company or its respective Surviving Subsidiaries and
which could materially and adversely affect the Surviving Company or its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries; (ii) there is no basis known to the
Surviving Company for any such action which could have an adverse effect upon
the properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations
or business prospects of the Surviving Company or its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries or their right to conduct their respective businesses as presently
conducted; and (iii) there are no judgments, consents, decrees, injunctions, or
any other judicial or administrative mandates outstanding against the Surviving
Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries which materially and
adversely affect the properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition,
results of operations or business prospects of the Surviving Company and its
respective Surviving Subsidiaries or their right to conduct their respective
businesses as presently conducted.





                                     A-19  
<PAGE>   285


         4.12    INSURANCE.  The Surviving Company and its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries maintain insurance policies in amounts and against such risks as
are usual and customary and adequate to protect their respective business and
properties.  All such policies are (and pending Closing will continue to be) in
full force and effect, and neither the Surviving Company nor its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries are in default in any material respect with respect to
any provision contained in any insurance policies, nor have the Surviving
Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries failed to give any notice or
present any claim thereunder in due and timely fashion.  At no time has the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries been denied any
insurance or indemnity bond coverage which it has requested, or received any
written notice from or on behalf of any insurance carrier presently providing
insurance relating to them (i) that insurance rates may or will be
substantially increased, (ii) that there will be no renewal of policies
presently in effect or (iii) that material alterations to any of the properties
or business operations of the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries is necessary or required by such carrier.  None of such insurance
policies are subject to retroactive premium adjustment in respect of prior
periods.

         4.13    EMPLOYMENT, LABOR AND OTHER RELATIONS.  Neither the Surviving
Company nor its Surviving Subsidiaries is a party to or otherwise bound by any
contract, agreement or collective bargaining agreement with any labor union or
organization or other commitment respecting employment or compensation of any
of its officers, directors, agents or employees, and no employees of the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries are represented by
any labor union or similar organization.  The Surviving Company is not aware of
any existing or threatened labor disturbance by any of the Surviving Companies'
and Surviving Subsidiaries' employees which could have a material adverse
effect upon the properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results
of operations or business prospects of the Surviving Company or its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries.

         There are no charges or complaints involving any federal, state or
local civil rights enforcement agency or court; complaints or citations under
the Occupational Safety and Health Act or any state or local occupational
safety act or regulation; unfair labor practice charges or complaints with the
National Labor Relations Board; or other claims, charges, actions or
controversies pending, or, to the knowledge of the Surviving Company,
threatened or proposed, involving the Surviving Company and its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries and any employee, former employee or any labor union or
other organization representing or claiming to represent such employees'
interests, which could materially and adversely affect the business of the
Surviving Company or its respective Surviving Subsidiaries.

         The Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries are
and have heretofore been in compliance in all material respects with all laws,
rules and regulations respecting employment and employment practices, terms and
conditions of employment and wages and hours, the sponsorship, maintenance,
administration and operation of (or the participation of its employees in)
employee benefit plans and arrangements and occupational safety and health
programs, and neither the Surviving Company nor its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries are engaged in any violation of any law, rule or regulation
related to employment, including unfair





                                     A-20  
<PAGE>   286

labor practices or acts of employment discrimination, which could materially
and adversely affect the business of the Surviving Company or its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries.

         4.14    EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  As used herein, the term "Employee Plan"
includes any pension, profit sharing, retirement, savings, disability, medical,
dental, health, life (including any individual life insurance policy to which
the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries make premium
payments, whether or not the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries are the owners, beneficiaries or both of such policy), death
benefit, group insurance, profit sharing, deferred compensation, stock option,
bonus, incentive, vacation pay, severance pay, or other similar employee plan,
trust, arrangement, contract, agreement, policy or commitment (including
without limitation, any Pension Plan and any Welfare Plan, whether any of the
foregoing is funded, insured or self-funded, written or oral, (a) to which the
Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries are a party or by
which the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries (or any
of the rights, properties or assets of the Surviving Company and its respective
Surviving Subsidiaries) are bound, or (b) with respect to which the Surviving
Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries have made any payments,
contributions or commitments since December 31, 1995, or may otherwise have any
liability (whether or not the Surviving Company and its respective Surviving
Subsidiaries still maintain such plan, trust, arrangement, contract, agreement,
policy or commitment).  With respect to the Employee Plans:

                 (a)      The terms of all of Surviving Companies' and
Surviving Subsidiaries' Employee Plans have been disclosed to the Merging
Companies and NSCB.

                 (b)      The financial and actuarial statements, if any, for
each Employee Plan reflect in all material respects the financial condition and
funding of the Employee Plans as of the date of such financial and actuarial
statements, and no adverse change has occurred with respect to the financial
condition or funding of the Employee Plans since the date of such financial and
actuarial statements.

         4.15    PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES.  The Surviving Company and
its respective Surviving Subsidiaries own, possess or have licenses or similar
rights to utilize all patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks,
franchises, and technology necessary for the conduct of their business as
presently conducted without any infringement of or conflict with the rights of
others.

         4.16    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  To the best knowledge of the Surviving
Company, all facilities leased, used or operated by any of the Surviving
Company and its respective Surviving Subsidiaries have been, and continue to
be, leased, used or operated in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws, regulations,
and guidelines as enacted, amended or reauthorized, promulgated, published or
proposed.





                                     A-21  
<PAGE>   287

         4.17    OTHER MATERIAL ADVERSE INFORMATION.  No representation or
warranty of the Surviving Company made hereunder or in the Schedules or
Exhibits attached hereto or in any other document delivered by the Surviving
Company contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits a material
fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not
misleading.

         4.18    DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS APPROVAL.  This Agreement and the
proposed Reorganization have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested
Directors of the Surviving Company.


                    5.  COVENANTS AND ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

         Each of the Merging Companies, the Surviving Companies and NSCB,
covenants and agrees with each of the other parties that, from the date hereof
until the earlier of the Effective Date or termination of this Agreement,
unless otherwise consented to by each of the other parties to this Agreement,
it will comply with the following:

         5.1     CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING CONSUMMATION OF MERGER; NO
MATERIAL CHANGE.  Each of the Surviving Companies, the Merging Companies and
NSCB agrees to operate and conduct their respective businesses, only in the
ordinary course consistent with past practices except as otherwise may be
provided for herein and, without limiting the foregoing, will:

                 (a)      not make any material change in its business or
operations, it being understood that for purposes hereof the opening of a
branch banking facility shall be deemed to be in the ordinary course of
business;

                 (b)      maintain its property and physical assets in as good
a state of operating condition and repair as they are on the date hereof,
except for ordinary depreciation and wear and tear;

                 (c)      not sell, pledge, lease, mortgage, encumber or
otherwise dispose of any of its assets, other than pursuant to transactions in
the normal course of business for fair value or (in the case of First Premium
and First Premium Financing Corporation ("FPFC")) as contemplated in the
Receivables Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of January 31, 1995, between
First Premium and FPFC, and except for pledges of subsidiary stock to secure
revolving lines of credit by any of the Surviving Companies or NSCB on terms no
less favorable than existing lines of credit;

                 (d)      keep in force all policies of insurance covering the
business, properties and assets of the any of the Surviving Companies, NSCB or
any of their subsidiaries and all policies of insurance providing for directors
and officers errors and omission coverage except as same may be replaced with
policies of insurance providing substantially similar coverage;





                                     A-22  
<PAGE>   288

                 (e)      except as otherwise contemplated herein or as
provided for above in clause (iii) above, not incur or agree to incur any
obligations to issue, sell, pledge or dispose of, or otherwise encumber, any of
its shares of capital stock, or any options, rights, or other securities
convertible into such shares, options, rights or other securities, except that
nothing provided herein shall prevent the issuance of common stock pursuant to
(i) the exercise of currently outstanding stock options, rights or warrants or
(ii) the conversion of currently outstanding shares of preferred stock into
shares of common stock;

                 (f)      not authorize or pay or agree to pay or accrue any
increased wage, salary or other remuneration of the directors, officers or
other key employees or agents of any of the Surviving Companies, the Surviving
Subsidiaries, the Bank or NSCB and will not authorize or make any material
changes in compensation or policy regarding compensation payable or to become
payable to any directors, officers or other employees, of any of the Surviving
Companies, the Surviving Subsidiaries, the Bank or NSCB;

                 (g)      not declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or
make any other actual, constructive or deemed distributions in respect of, any
of its respective capital stock, or otherwise make any payments to its
respective shareholders or stockholders in their capacity as such; except as
contemplated in this Agreement, split, combine or reclassify any of it capital
stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of,
in lieu of or in substitution for, shares of its capital stock or any rights,
warrants or options to acquire any such shares; or, except as contemplated in
this Agreement, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of their
respective capital stock or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such
shares;

                 (h)      not amend its Articles of Incorporation or
Certificate of Incorporation (as the case may be) or amend in any material
respect its By-Laws, except as provided for herein;

                 (i)      not acquire or agree to acquire by merging or
consolidating with, or by purchasing a portion of the assets of or equity in,
or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership,
association or other business organization or division thereof;

                 (j)      not change any accounting policies, procedures or
practices currently employed by it except for any such changes as may be
required to be implemented by GAAP or any other such changes which will not
have material effect on its financial condition or results of operations; or

                 (k)      not enter into any material contract, agreement or
lease or make any material change in any existing contracts, agreements or
leases except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practices.

         5.2     MAINTAIN SURVIVING COMPANIES, SURVIVING SUBSIDIARIES, THE BANK
AND NSCB AS GOING CONCERNS.  Each of the Surviving Companies and NSCB will
preserve, and will cause its respective operating subsidiary to preserve, their
respective business organizations and will





                                     A-23  
<PAGE>   289

use best efforts to keep available the services of their respective present
officers, key employees, and agents, and will use their best efforts to
preserve the goodwill of their key suppliers, customers and others having
material business relations therewith, except in each case where the loss of
such services or relationships will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition or business prospects of the Resulting Company.

         5.3     PRESERVE ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each of
the Surviving Companies and NSCB will use its best efforts to avoid any action
which would render any representation and/or warranty contained in this
Agreement untrue in any material respect as of the Effective Date, except for
changes specified in, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement or any such
actions which would not have a material adverse effect on the business
prospects or financial condition of the Resulting Company.

         5.4     EXTENSION OF CREDIT.  Except in the usual and ordinary course
of business or loans by one party hereto to another party hereto on terms
consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation, none of the Surviving
Companies or NSCB shall make, nor shall they permit their respective
subsidiaries to make, any extension of credit or commitment to make any
extension of credit not consistent with their current lending policies or in
excess of their current internal lending limits or to any customer who is
listed on their respective loan watch list as of the date of the execution of
this Agreement, except with the prior consent of the other parties hereto.

         5.5     BORROWING.  None of NSCB, the Merging Companies or the
Surviving Companies will, nor will they permit their respective subsidiaries
to, borrow any money other than in the usual and ordinary course of business
and except pursuant to terms no less favorable than the terms of their existing
lines of credit, if any; provided, however, any borrowing by NSCB in an amount
less than $3 million shall be deemed to be in the ordinary course of
business.

         5.6     SUPPLEMENTS TO SCHEDULES.  From time to time prior to the
Effective Date, each of the Surviving Companies and NSCB will promptly
supplement or amend any Schedules provided for in this Agreement (i) if any
matter arises hereafter which, if existing or occurring at or prior to the date
of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in any
such Schedule, or (ii) if it becomes necessary to correct any information in
any such Schedule which has become inaccurate; provided, however, that no such
supplement or amendment to any Schedule shall be considered in determining
satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement.

         5.7     BEST EFFORTS.  Each of the Surviving Companies and NSCB agree
to use their best efforts to cause to be satisfied the conditions precedent to
the Merger set forth in Section 6  and will take all other actions and do, or
cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and
make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         5.8     REGISTRATION STATEMENT; SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  As soon as
practicable after the date hereof, NSCB shall cause to be prepared and filed
with the SEC a Registration





                                     A-24  
<PAGE>   290

Statement on Form S-4 covering the NSCB Common Stock to be issued to holders of
LFB, HB, LB, and Crabtree Common Stock in the Reorganization, which
Registration Statement shall include the joint proxy statement for use in
soliciting proxies for special meetings of shareholders to be held by each of
LFB, HB, LB, Crabtree and NSCB for purposes of considering the Reorganization,
and each of LFB, HB, LB, Crabtree and NSCB shall use their best efforts to
cause the Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act.
NSCB will take any action (other than qualifying to do business in any
jurisdiction in which it is now not so qualified) required to be taken under
the applicable blue sky or securities laws in connection with the issuance of
the shares of NSCB Common Stock in the Reorganization.  Each party shall
furnish all information concerning it and the holders of its capital stock as
the other parties to this Agreement may reasonably request in connection with
such action.  Each party shall call a shareholders' meeting to be held as soon
as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement for the purpose of
voting upon this Agreement and the Reorganization (the "Shareholders'
Meetings").  In connection with the Shareholders' Meetings, (a) NSCB, LFB, HB,
LB, and Crabtree shall jointly cause to be prepared the joint proxy statement
as part of the Registration Statement, and NSCB, LFB, HB, LB, and Crabtree
shall each mail the joint proxy statement to their respective shareholders, on
a date mutually acceptable to the parties hereto (the "Mailing Date'); (b) the
Boards of Directors of NSCB, LFB, HB, LB, and Crabtree shall recommend to their
respective shareholders the approval of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated by the Reorganization; and (c) the Boards of Directors of NSCB,
LFB, HB, LB, and Crabtree shall otherwise use their best efforts to the extent
consistent with their respective fiduciary duties to obtain such shareholder
approvals.

         5.9     CONSENTS.  Each of the Merging Companies, the Surviving
Companies and NSCB shall use their best efforts to obtain all consents,
authorizations, orders and approvals of, and make all filings and registrations
with, any governmental commission, board or other regulatory body or any other
person required for or in connection with the consummation by it of the
transactions contemplated hereby and will cooperate fully with the other
parties hereto in obtaining such consents, authorizations, orders and approvals
and making such filings and registrations.

         5.10    AFFILIATE LETTERS.  Each of the Merging Companies, the
Surviving Companies and NSCB shall use their best efforts to obtain as promptly
as practicable after the date hereof a signed representation letter as to
certain restrictions on resale substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto
from each of their respective executive officers and directors who may
reasonably be deemed an "affiliate" within the meaning of such term as used in
Rule 145 under the Securities Act, and shall use best efforts to obtain a
signed representation letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D from any
person who becomes an executive officer or director or any shareholder who
becomes such an "affiliate" after the date hereof as promptly as practicable
after such person achieves such status.

         5.11    MATERIAL FACTS.  None of the information supplied by the
Surviving Companies or NSCB or their respective subsidiaries for inclusion in
(i) the Registration Statement, will at any time the Registration Statement is
filed with the SEC and at the time it becomes effective





                                     A-25  
<PAGE>   291

under the Securities Act, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) the joint proxy statement,
will at the date mailed to the shareholders of each of the Surviving Companies
and SEC and at the time of such meetings of shareholders, contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (iii) any
other documents to be filed with the SEC, the Federal Reserve or any other
regulatory agency or for any State Approvals in connection with this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby will, at the time of filing, contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein in order to make the statements therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         5.12    NOTIFICATION.  Each of the Surviving Companies and NSCB shall
notify each of the other parties to this Agreement promptly after any of the
aforesaid receives notice that any of their respective shareholders have
exercised dissenting shareholders' rights under the BCA or DGCL.

         5.13    DUE DILIGENCE.

                 (a)      Due Diligence.  Promptly following execution of this
Agreement, each of the parties hereto will conduct or continue its due
diligence investigation and review of the books, records and facilities of each
of the other parties hereto and their respective subsidiaries and will complete
such due diligence investigation prior to the Effective Date and in any event
not later than thirty (30) days following the date of this Agreement (such 30th
day following the date of this Agreement or such earlier date upon which due
diligence investigations are completed is referred to herein as the "Review
Date").  The parties agree to, and agree to cause their respective subsidiaries
to, provide access to information for purposes of such due diligence
investigations in accordance with Section 5.13(b) hereof.  At the conclusion of
such due diligence investigations, each party shall notify the other parties of
any and all matters then known to such party which such party shall in good
faith determine (i) to be inconsistent in any material and adverse respect with
any of the representations and warranties of NSCB, the Merging Companies or any
Surviving Company contained in this Agreement, (ii) to be of such significance
as to materially and adversely affect the financial condition or the results of
operations of NSCB or the Surviving Companies on a consolidated basis with
their respective subsidiaries or (iii) to deviate materially and adversely from
financial statements for NSCB or any Surviving Company for the year ended
December 31, 1995.  Any party shall thereafter have the right to terminate this
Agreement subject to and only in accordance with the provisions set forth in
Section 7.

                 (b)      Continuing Access to Information.  In furtherance and
not in limitation of the terms and provisions of Section 5.13(a) hereof, from
the date hereof through the Effective Date, each party shall permit each other
party hereto and its authorized representatives full access upon reasonable
notice and during regular business hours to such party's properties and





                                     A-26  
<PAGE>   292

those of its subsidiaries.  The party shall make its and its subsidiaries'
directors, management and other employees and agents and authorized
representatives available to confer with any party hereto and its authorized
representatives at reasonable times and upon reasonable request, and each party
shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, disclose and make available to any
party hereto, and shall use its best efforts to cause its agents and authorized
representatives to disclose and make available to any party hereto, all books,
papers and records relating to the assets, properties, operations, obligations
and liabilities of such party and its subsidiaries including, without
limitation, bank examination reports (as permitted by law); tax returns,
leases, contracts, documents, financial statements, minute books, by-laws,
filings with and communications with regulatory authorities and Benefit Plans.

         5.14    CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK.  As of the Effective Date, the
issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the Surviving Companies shall
consist only of common stock, the conversion of all of the issued and
outstanding preferred stock of the Surviving Companies to common stock to be
completed on or prior to the Effective Date.  Schedule 5.14 sets forth the
following information with respect to the preferred stock of each of the
Surviving Companies:  (i) number of shares of preferred stock issued and
outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and (ii) number of shares of
common stock of the Surviving Companies common stock to be issued in the
conversion of such preferred stock.


                           6.  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         The respective obligations of each party to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment
at or prior to Closing of each of the following conditions (except to the
extent any such condition is waived by the applicable party or parties if
legally permissible to do so):

         6.1     NO INJUNCTIONS OR RESTRAINTS; ILLEGALITY.  No order,
injunction or decree issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or
other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger
or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in
effect.  No statute, rule, regulation, order, injunction or decree shall have
been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any governmental entity which
prohibits, materially restricts or makes illegal consummation of the Merger.

         6.2     SHAREHOLDER APPROVALS.  The transactions to be contemplated
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be approved by at least
two-thirds of the stockholders of each of HB, LB, and NSCB; and by fifty-one
percent (51%) of the stockholders of LFB and Crabtree.

         6.3     FAIRNESS OPINION.  On or prior to the date of this Agreement,
each of the Surviving Companies and NSCB shall have received an opinion from
Howe Barnes Investments, Inc. ("Howe Barnes"), that the Exchange Ratio
applicable to the shares of its common stock is fair to its respective
shareholders from a financial point of view, which opinion shall not have been
withdrawn or materially modified prior to the Effective Date.  Furthermore,
each of the





                                     A-27  
<PAGE>   293

Surviving Companies and NSCB shall receive as of the date of mailing of the
joint proxy statement/prospectus and the Effective Date, a written opinion from
Howe Barnes, dated as of such dates, to the effect that the previously issued
fairness opinion has not been changed, modified or amended in any material
respect.

         6.4     EFFECTIVENESS OF FORM S-4.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement, the obligations of each party to consummate the
Reorganization are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement
have been declared effective under the Securities Act and no stop orders shall
be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending or have been
initiated or threatened by the SEC.  NSCB shall have received all state
securities or "blue sky" permits and other authorizations necessary to issue
the RC Shares in exchange for the LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree Common Stock
pursuant to the Reorganization.

         6.5     REGULATORY APPROVALS.  All necessary state and federal
regulatory approvals as set forth in Section 3.4 shall have been obtained and
remain in full force and effect and all statutory waiting periods in respect
thereof shall have expired.

         6.6     TAX OPINION.  The parties shall have received an opinion of
Blackman Kallick Bartelstein, LLP, Certified Public Accountants, in a form
reasonably acceptable to the parties, dated as of the Effective Date,
substantially to the effect that, on the basis of the facts, representations
and assumptions set forth in such opinion which are consistent with the facts
existing as of the Effective Date:

                 (a)      that the Merger will constitute a tax free
reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code;

                 (b)      no gain or loss will be recognized by any party to
the Agreement as a result of the Merger;

                 (c)      no gain or loss will be recognized by any holders of
the Shares who exchange their Shares solely for RC Shares (except with respect
to cash received in lieu of a fractional interest);

                 (d)      the tax basis of the RC Shares received by holders
who exchange all of their Shares solely for RC Shares received in the
Reorganization will be the same as the tax basis of the Shares surrendered in
exchange therefor (reduced by any amount allocable to a fractional share
interest for which cash is received); and

                 (e)      the holding period of the RC Shares received by the
holders of the Shares in the Reorganization will include the period during
which the RC Shares surrendered in exchange therefor were held.

         6.7     POOLING OF INTEREST.  The parties to the transaction shall
have received opinions of (i) KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the parties,





                                     A-28  
<PAGE>   294

dated as of the Effective Date, substantially to the effect that, on the basis
of facts, representations and assumptions set forth in such opinion which are
consistent with the facts existing as of the Effective Date, that the proposed
transaction will qualify for "pooling of interest" accounting treatment and
(ii) Arthur Andersen, LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
parties, dated as of the Effective Date, substantially to the effect that on
the basis of facts, representations and assumptions set forth in such opinion
which are consistent with the facts existing as of the Effective Date, that the
1996 corporate restructuring transactions relating to Crabtree and its former
and current subsidiaries qualify for "pooling of interest" accounting
treatment.

         6.8     FIRST PREMIUM WARRANTS.  At or prior to the Effective Date,
Crabtree will cause the terms of the existing and outstanding First Premium
Warrants to have been amended so as to provide the holders thereof the right to
acquire an aggregate of 378,376 shares of Crabtree Common Stock in lieu of
shares of First Premium on a comparable basis to such holders' respective First
Premium Warrants.  Schedule 1.8 sets forth the following information with
respect to the First Premium Warrants:  (i) the number of shares of First
Premium stock subject to Warrants outstanding as of the date hereof and (ii)
the number of shares of Crabtree Common Stock to become subject to such
Warrants and the number of RC Shares to be subject thereto (assuming no
exercise of any such Warrants prior to the Effective Date) as a result of
conversion of such Warrants pursuant to the Reorganization.

         6.9     CONVERSION OF FIRST PREMIUM AND CREDIT LIFE OPTION PLANS.  At
or prior to the Effective Date, and in any event prior to the exercise of any
options outstanding thereunder, Crabtree will have caused all existing Option
Plans at First Premium and Credit Life to have been amended so as to provide
for the conversion of the Credit Life options into the right to acquire shares
of First Premium effective upon consummation of the merger contemplated by
Section 6.11 hereof, and the conversion of all options to acquire First Premium
Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date into the right
to acquire RC Shares such that, effective upon the Effective Date, any of the
options granted thereunder shall, by virtue of the Reorganization and without
any further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into the
right to purchase up to an aggregate of 133,963 RC Shares on comparable terms
applicable to the currently outstanding options to purchase First Premium and
Credit Life shares, in each case as appropriately adjusted to reflect such
conversion.  Schedule 1.9 sets forth the following information with respect to
the Option Plans at First Premium and Credit Life:  (i) the number of Options
issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date; and (ii) the number of RC
Shares to be subject to such Options upon the Effective Date.

         6.10    NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  Except as disclosed or otherwise
contemplated herein, there shall have occurred no adverse change or changes
(whether or not covered by insurance) during the period from December 31, 1995
to the Effective Date in the assets, liabilities, properties, financial
condition, results of operations or business prospects of any one or more of
the other parties and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which
would be materially adverse to the results of operations, financial condition
or business prospects of the Resulting Company on a combined basis.





                                     A-29  
<PAGE>   295


         6.11    CONSUMMATION OF FIRST PREMIUM/CREDIT LIFE MERGER.  Prior to
the Effective Date, Crabtree shall have caused Credit Life to have been duly
merged with and into First Premium in accordance with the applicable provisions
of state law.


                                7.  TERMINATION

         7.1     TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated at any date
prior to the Effective Date, whether before or after approval by the
shareholders of the Merging Companies, the Surviving Companies or NSCB:

                 (a)      by mutual written consent of all the parties to this
Agreement;

                 (b)      by any parties to this Agreement if (i) the Merger
has not been effected on or prior to the close of business on December 31, 1996
(the "Final Merger Date"); provided, however, that the right to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to this clause shall not be available to any party whose
failure to fulfill any obligation of this Agreement has been the cause of, or
resulted in, the failure of the Merger to have been effected on or prior to
such date, or (ii) any court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an
order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become
final and non-appealable;

                 (c)      by any party to this Agreement in the event that such
party's due diligence investigations and review of any of the other parties as
provided for in Section 5.13(a) of this Agreement discloses matters which such
party in good faith believes to (i) be inconsistent in any material respect
with any of the representations and warranties of any party contained in this
Agreement or (ii) be of such significance as to materially and adversely affect
the financial condition or the business prospects of any party and its
respective subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, or (iii) deviate materially
and adversely from the applicable financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1995, by giving written notice of termination to the other parties
hereto within seven days after the Review Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no party shall have the right to terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1(c) as a
result of any changes in general economic conditions or matters which affect
financial institutions or premium finance businesses generally; or

                 (d)      by any party to this Agreement if any condition in
Section 6 cannot be satisfied by the Final Merger Date.

         7.2     EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  If this Agreement is terminated
pursuant to Section 7.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there
shall be no liability or obligation on the part of any party to this Agreement
or their respective directors and officers under this Agreement, except for the
continuing obligation of each party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.6
hereof.





                                     A-30  
<PAGE>   296


                             8.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

         8.1     WAIVER OF TERMS.  Any of the terms or conditions of this
Agreement may be waived at any time by the party or parties entitled to the
benefit thereof (to the extent legally permissible) but only by a written
instrument signed by the party or parties waiving such terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver given after the Shareholders'
Meetings shall have no effect on the Exchange Ratios as approved at such
Shareholders' Meetings.

         8.2     AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement may be amended,
supplemented or interpreted at any time only by written instrument duly
executed by each party hereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment
dated subsequent to the Shareholders' Meetings shall have no effect on the
Exchange Ratios as approved at such Shareholders' Meeting.

         8.3     CONTENTS OF AGREEMENT; BINDING NATURE.  This Agreement and the
other agreements and documents to be delivered by the parties as provided
herein set forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof.  Any previous agreements or understandings between the
parties regarding such subject matter are merged into and superseded by this
Agreement.  All representations, warranties, covenants, terms and conditions of
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

         8.4     NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other
communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be by
hand-delivery, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested;
telecopiers, or air courier to the parties set forth below.  Such notices shall
be deemed given: at the time personally delivered, if delivered by hand or by
courier; at the time received if sent certified or registered mail; and when
receipt acknowledged by receiving telecopy equipment if telecopied.

         If to North Shore Community       1145 Wilmette
         Bancorp, Inc.                     Wilmette, Illinois  60091
                                           Attn:  John Close
                                           Telecopier:  (847) 853-0159

         If to Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.:  727 North Bank Lane
                                           Post Office Box 5010
                                           Lake Forest, Illinois  60045
                                           Attn:    Edward J. Wehmer
                                           Telecopier:  (847) 234-4717

         If to Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.:     25 East First Street
                                           Hinsdale, Illinois  60521
                                           Attn:    Dennis Jones
                                           Telecopier:  (708) 655-8008



                                     A-31  
<PAGE>   297

         If to Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.:         507 North Milwaukee Avenue
                                                   Libertyville, Illinois  60048
                                                   Attn:  Bert Carstens
                                                   Telecopier:  (847) 367-8444

         If to Crabtree Capital Corporation:       475 North Martingale Road
                                                   Suite 440
                                                   Schaumburg, Illinois  60173
                                                   Attn: David L. Steele
                                                   Telecopier:   (847) 517-8034

         8.5     COMMISSIONS AND FINDER'S FEES.  All parties hereto represent
and warrant to each other that none of them has retained or used the services
of any individual, firm or corporation in such manner as to entitle such
individual, firm or corporation to any compensation for brokers' or finders'
fees with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby for which the other
may be liable.

         8.6     EXPENSES.  NSCB, LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree each agrees to bear
an equal portion of the total shared fees and expenses incurred in connection
with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but
not limited to, legal fees and disbursements, investment banking and financial
advisory fees relating to obtaining the fairness opinions, fees relating to
obtaining the tax opinion and "pooling" opinion from the respective accounting
firms, SEC registration fees and the costs of printing and mailing proxy
statements and conducting special shareholder meetings, and the costs of
preparing and filing requisite regulatory applications.  The agreement set
forth in this Section 8.6 shall survive the Effective Date and in the event
this Agreement is terminated prior to consummation of the Reorganization by any
party hereto, this Section 8.6 shall survive such termination.

         8.7     SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be in any way impaired.

         8.8     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         8.9     HEADINGS.  The headings of the Sections and the subsections of
this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not
constitute a part hereof.

         8.10    GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.  This Agreement shall be
governed, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the
State of Illinois, excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the
application of the laws of another jurisdiction.  The parties hereby covenant
and agree that any and all actions arising out of or related to this Agreement
shall be





                                     A-32  
<PAGE>   298

brought and maintained in the federal and state courts sitting in Cook County,
Illinois.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the
jurisdiction of and the service of process from such courts for any and all
such actions.

         8.11    INSTRUMENTS OF FURTHER ASSURANCE.  Each of the parties hereto
agrees, upon the request of any of the other parties hereto, from time to time
to execute and deliver to such other party or parties all such instruments and
documents of further assurance or otherwise as shall be reasonable under the
circumstances, and to do any and all such acts and things as may reasonably be
required to carry out the obligations of such requested party hereunder.

         8.12    PUBLICITY.  No notices to third parties or other publicity,
including press releases, concerning any of the transactions provided for
herein shall be made by any party hereto unless planned, coordinated and agreed
to jointly among the parties hereto, except to the extent otherwise required by
law.

         8.13    NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Nothing in this Agreement is
intended nor shall it be construed to give any person, firm, corporation or
other entity, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or
any provisions hereof.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the
parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.


NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY                       LAKE FOREST BANCORP II
BANCORP, INC.                     
                                  
                                  
By:      /s/ JOHN W. CLOSE                  By:     /s/ DAVID A. DYKSTRA     
         --------------------------                 --------------------------
Its:     President                          Its:    Executive Vice President  
         --------------------------                 --------------------------
                                                                              
LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.                   HINSDALE BANCORP II               
                                                                              
                                                                              
By:      /s/ EDWARD J. WEHMER               By:     /s/ DAVID A. DYKSTRA      
         --------------------------                 --------------------------
Its:     President                          Its:    Executive Vice President  
         --------------------------                 --------------------------
                                                                              
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.                       LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP II          
                                                                              
                                                                              
By:      /s/ DENNIS J. JONES                By:     /s/ DAVID A. DYKSTRA      
         --------------------------                 --------------------------
Its:     Chairman                           Its:    Executive Vice President  
         --------------------------                 --------------------------



                                     A-33  
<PAGE>   299


LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.                  CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION II
                                            
                                            
By:      /s/ J. ALBERT CARSTENS             By:     /s/ DAVID A. DYKSTRA      
         --------------------------                 --------------------------
Its:     President                          Its:    Executive Vice President  
         --------------------------                 --------------------------

CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


By:      /s/ HOWARD D. ADAMS                           
         --------------------------                
Its:     Chairman                                  
         --------------------------                





                                     A-34  
<PAGE>   300

                                  SCHEDULE 1.4

                      PERSONS TO BE DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
                              OF RESULTING COMPANY


OFFICERS

         Howard D. Adams, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
         Edward J. Wehmer, President
         David A. Dykstra, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
         Lloyd Bowden, Executive Vice President
         Robert Key, Executive Vice President

DIRECTORS

         Alan A. Adams
         Howard D. Adams
         Peter Crist
         Maurice F. Dunne, Jr.
         Eugene Hotchkiss
         James Knollenberg
         John S. Lillard
         James Mahoney
         James B. McCarthy
         Marguerite Savard McKenna
         Tull Monsees
         Albin Moschner
         Hollis Rademacher
         J. Christopher Reyes
         John Schaper
         John J. Schornack
         Jane Stein
         Kathy Sylvester
         Lemuel H. Tate
         Edward J. Wehmer
         Larry Wright





                                     A-35  
<PAGE>   301

                                  SCHEDULE 1.8

                              SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               First
                                              LFB        HB         LB        Premium                NSCB
                                              ---        --         --        -------                ----
 <S>                                          <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>                   <C>

 Number of Shares Subject to                  -0-      10,000     20,760        6,493                5,000
 Outstanding Warrants
 Number of Resulting Company Shares to
 be subject to such Warrants upon the
 Effective Date(3)
                                              N/A        (1)        (2)       447,740               25,809
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)      The Warrants outstanding at HB will continue to be outstanding at HB
         after consummation of the Reorganization and will continue to
         represent the right to acquire an aggregate of 10,000 shares of HB
         Common Stock.

(2)      The Warrants outstanding at LB will continue to be outstanding at LB
         after consummation of the Reorganization and will continue to
         represent the right to acquire an aggregate of 20,760 shares of LB
         Common Stock.

(3)      Assuming no prior exercise thereof.





                                     A-36  
<PAGE>   302

                                  SCHEDULE 1.9

                           SCHEDULE OF RIGHTS/OPTIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              FIRST                   CREDIT
                                  NSCB        LFB        HB         LB       PREMIUM     CRABTREE      LIFE
                                  ----        ---        --         --       -------     --------      ----
 <S>                             <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>

 Number of Rights/Options
 Outstanding                      64,076      36,502     31,455     22,550      1,783      43,725         74.7
 Aggregate Number of RC
 Shares to be subject to
 such Rights/Options upon
 the Effective Date(1)           330,748     353,097    189,799     90,782    122,951      51,741       11,012

                                                                                                            
</TABLE>
- ------------

(1)        Assumes no prior exercise of any such rights or options.





                                     A-37  
<PAGE>   303

                                  SCHEDULE 3.3

                CAPITALIZATION OF NSCB AND THE MERGING COMPANIES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NSCB          LFBII       HB II         LB II         Crabtree
                                                              ----          -----       -----         -----         --------
                                                                                                                        II
                                                                                                                        --
<S>     <C>                                                <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>
                                                                                                  
  (i)   Number of Authorized Common Shares and Preferred   400,000         200,000     350,000       350,000         2,000,000
        Shares                                                               -0-         -0-           -0-              -0-
 (ii)   Number of Common Shares and Preferred Shares       253,809         163,360     207,137       229,929         1,025,265
        Issued and Outstanding                              -0-              -0-         -0-           -0-              -0-
                                                                                                  
(iii)   Number of Shares Subject to Common Stock Rights                                           
        Outstanding                                         20,000 (1)       -0-         -0-           -0-              -0-
                                                                                                  
 (iv)   Number of Shares Subject to Common Stock                                                  
        Warrants Outstanding                                 5,000 (2)       -0-         -0-           -0-              -0-
  (v)   Number of Shares Subject to Outstanding Options                                           
                                                            44,076 (3)       -0-         -0-           -0-              -0-
</TABLE>

- ------------    
(1)        Such shares will be adjusted to reflect the contemplated stock split
           of NSCB as of the Effective Date, resulting in 103,236 RC Shares
           being subject to such Rights upon consummation of the Reorganization
           assuming no prior exercise thereof.

(2)        Such shares will be adjusted to reflect the contemplated stock split
           of NSCB as of the Effective Date, resulting in 25,809 RC Shares
           being subject to such Warrants upon consummation of the
           Reorganization assuming no prior exercise thereof.

(3)        Such shares will be adjusted to reflect the contemplated stock split
           of NSCB as of the Effective Date, resulting in 227,512 RC Shares
           being subject to such Options upon consummation of the
           Reorganization assuming no prior exercise thereof.





                                     A-38  
<PAGE>   304

                                  SCHEDULE 4.3

                   CAPITALIZATION OF THE SURVIVING COMPANIES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  LFB              HB                LB             CRABTREE
                                                                -------          ------            ------           --------
<S>       <C>                                                   <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>            

 (i)      Number of Authorized Common Shares and Preferred      200,000          350,000           350,000          2,000,000
          Shares                                                  7,500              -0-            25,000             -0-
(ii)      Number of Common Shares and Preferred Shares          160,810          207,137           205,929          1,025,265
          Issued and Outstanding                                  1,700              -0-            24,000             -0-

(iii)     Number of Common Stock Rights Outstanding                 -0-              -0-              -0-              -0-

(iv)      Common Stock Warrants Outstanding                         -0-           10,000             5,000             -0-     (1)
 (v)      Number of Shares Subject to Outstanding Options        36,502           31,455            22,550              43,725 (2)
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(1)        Does not include Warrants outstanding to purchase shares of common
           stock of First Premium, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crabtree, which
           are to be converted into the right to acquire an aggregate of
           378,376 shares of Crabtree at or prior to the Effective Date.  Such
           Warrants (assuming no prior exercise thereof) will be further
           converted, in accordance with the terms of the Reorganization, into
           the right to acquire 447,740 RC Shares on comparable terms
           appropriately adjusted to reflect such conversions.  See Sections
           1.8 and 6.8 of the Agreement.

(2)        In addition, there are currently outstanding options to purchase
           1,783 shares and 74.7 shares of common stock of First Premium and
           Credit Life, respectively, both wholly-owned subsidiaries of
           Crabtree, which options are to be converted in accordance with the
           terms of the Reorganization into options representing the right to
           purchase RC Shares.




                                     A-39
<PAGE>   305

                                 SCHEDULE 5.14

                          SCHEDULE OF PREFERRED STOCK


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          LFB                               LB
                                                          ---                               --
 <S>                                                     <C>                              <C>

 Number of Preferred Shares Authorized                   7,500                            25,000
 Number of Preferred Shares Issued and
 Outstanding                                             1,700                            24,000

 Number of Surviving Company Shares to
 be Issued upon Conversion of the
 Preferred Shares prior to the Effective Date            2,550                            24,000

</TABLE>


                                     A-40  
<PAGE>   306

                                                                       EXHIBIT A




                                 PLAN OF MERGER

                                  by and among

                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

                                      and

                            LAKE FOREST BANCORP II,
                              HINSDALE BANCORP II,
                            LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP II,
                                      and
                        CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION II,
                       each a wholly owned subsidiary of
                      North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
                                      and
                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
                                      and
                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
                                      and
                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                                      and
                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION



                     Dated as of this 28th day of May, 1996





                                     AA-1  
<PAGE>   307

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Section                                                                                                             Page
- -------                                                                                                             ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                        <C>
                                                                                                          
1.       REORGANIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-6
         1.1     The Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-6
         1.2     Effective Time of the Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-6
         1.3     Effects of the Merger  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-6
         1.4     Articles of Incorporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-7
         1.5     Bylaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-7
         1.6     Directors and Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-7
         1.7     Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-7
         1.8     Effect of the Merger on Capital Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-7
         1.9     Effect of the Merger on Capital Stock of the Merging Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-9
         1.10    Dissenting Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-9
         1.11    Necessary Actions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    A-9
                                                                                                          
2.       EXCHANGE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-10
         2.1     Exchange of Share Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-10
                                                                                                          
3.       CONDITIONS TO CLOSING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
         3.1     Conditions to the Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
                                                                                                          
4.       TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
         4.1     Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
                                                                                                          
5.       GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
         5.1     Waiver of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
         5.2     Amendment of Plan of Merger  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
         5.3     Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-11
         5.4     Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-12
         5.5     Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-12
         5.6     Governing Law; Jurisdiction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   A-12
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          
</TABLE>    



                                     AA-2  
<PAGE>   308

                                LIST OF EXHIBITS


Exhibit A        Articles of Incorporation of Resulting Company [See Exhibit B
                 to Reorganization Agreement)

Exhibit B        By-laws of Resulting Company [See Exhibit C to Reorganization
                 Agreement]

Exhibit C        Officers and Directors of Resulting Company [See Schedule 1.4
                 to Reorganization Agreement)





                                     AA-3  
<PAGE>   309

                                 PLAN OF MERGER


         THIS PLAN OF MERGER (the "Plan of Merger") is made as of this 28th 
day of May, 1996 by and among NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC., an
Illinois corporation ("NSCB"), LAKE FOREST BANCORP II, an Illinois corporation
("LFBII"), HINSDALE BANCORP II, an Illinois corporation ("HBII"), LIBERTYVILLE
BANCORP II, an Illinois corporation ("LBII"), CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION II,
an Illinois corporation ("Crabtree II"), each a wholly owned subsidiary of
NSCB, and each of LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC., a Delaware corporation ("LFB"),
HINSDALE BANCORP, INC., an Illinois corporation ("HB"), LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP,
INC., an Illinois corporation ("LB"), and CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation ("Crabtree").

                               W I T N E S E T H:

         WHEREAS, NSCB is an Illinois corporation with authorized capital
consisting of 400,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which 253,809
shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, LFBII is an Illinois corporation with authorized capital
consisting of 200,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which 163,360
shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, HBII is an Illinois corporation with authorized capital
consisting of 350,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which 207,137
shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, LBII is an Illinois corporation with authorized capital
consisting of 350,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which 229,929
shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, Crabtree II is an Illinois corporation with authorized
capital consisting of 2,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which
1,025,265 shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, LFB is a Delaware corporation with authorized capital
consisting of (i) 200,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of
which 160,810 shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof; and (ii)
7,500 shares of preferred stock, $2.00 par value per share, of which no shares
are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, HB is an Illinois corporation with authorized capital
consisting of 350,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which 207,137
shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;





                                     AA-4  
<PAGE>   310


         WHEREAS, LB is an Illinois corporation with authorized capital
consisting of (i) 350,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which
205,929 shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof; and (ii) 25,000
shares of preferred stock, no par value, of which no shares are issued and
outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, Crabtree is a Delaware corporation with authorized capital
consisting of 2,000,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of
which 1,025,265 shares are issued and outstanding on the date hereof;

         WHEREAS, NSCB is the owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the
capital stock of LFBII, HBII, LBII and Crabtree II (LFBII, HBII, LBII and
Crabtree II are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Merging
Companies");

         WHEREAS, NSCB, together with LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree (each of LFB,
HB, LB and Crabtree is sometimes referred to herein as a "Surviving Company"
and sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Surviving Companies")
desire to effectuate a corporate reorganization (the "Reorganization") to form
a combined parent holding company for all of such businesses;

         WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Plan of
Merger, NSCB, the Surviving Companies and the Merging Companies have entered
into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the "Agreement" and, together
with this Plan of Merger, the "Merger Agreements") that contemplates the merger
of (i) LFBII with and into LFB, (ii) HBII with and into HB, (iii) LBII with and
into LB and (iv) Crabtree II with and into Crabtree, upon the terms and
conditions provided for in this Plan of Merger and the Agreement and pursuant
to the Illinois Business Corporation Act (the "BCA") and the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL");

         WHEREAS, as a result of the Reorganization, each of the issued and
outstanding shares of the Surviving Companies shall be converted into the right
to receive shares of common stock of the Resulting Company and each of the
issued and outstanding shares of the Merging Companies shall be converted into
shares of the applicable Surviving Company, such that NSCB will own one hundred
percent (100%) of the capital stock of LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree as a result of
the Reorganization (NSCB in its capacity as the resulting company is referred
to herein as the "Resulting Company"); and

         WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of NSCB, the Merging
Companies, and the Surviving Companies deem it advisable and in the best
interests of each of them and their respective shareholders that the Merging
Companies be merged with and into the Surviving Companies in the manner
contemplated herein, and each of the aforesaid Boards of Directors have adopted
resolutions approving this Agreement and have recommended the actions
contemplated for approval and adoption by the holders of the issued and
outstanding shares of the capital stock of each of the Merging Companies and
the Surviving Companies;





                                     AA-5  
<PAGE>   311

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
mutual promises, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties
hereto agree as follows:


                               1.  REORGANIZATION

         1.1     THE MERGER.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger
Agreements, LFB II will merge with and into LFB, HBII will merge with and into
HB, LBII will merge with and into LB, and Crabtree II will merge with and into
Crabtree, with each of LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree as the surviving corporations,
in accordance with and with the effect of the BCA and the DGCL (the "Merger"),
and the issued and outstanding shares of the Surviving Companies shall be
converted into shares of the Resulting Company as provided for in Section 1.8
of this Plan of Merger and the issued and outstanding shares of the Merging
Companies shall be converted into shares of the Surviving Companies as provided
for in Section 1.9 of this Plan of Merger, and the separate corporate existence
of each of the Merging Companies shall cease.

         1.2     EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER.  Subject to the provisions of
the Merger Agreements, (a) articles of merger (the "Articles of Merger") shall
be duly prepared and executed by the Merging Companies and Surviving Companies
and thereafter delivered to the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois for
filing, as provided in the IBCA, on the Closing Date (as defined in the
Agreement) and (b) a certificate of merger (the "Certificate of Merger") shall
be duly prepared and executed by the Merging Companies and the Surviving
Companies and thereafter delivered to the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware for filing, as provided in the DGCL, on the Closing Date.  The Merger
shall become effective upon the filing of the Articles of Merger with the
Secretary of State of the State of Illinois and the Certificate of Merger with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "Effective Time").

         1.3     EFFECTS OF THE MERGER.  (a) At the Effective Time, (i) the
separate existence of the Merging Corporations shall cease and the Merging
Companies shall be merged with and into the Surviving Companies as provided in
Section 5/11.35 of the IBCA and Section 252 of the DGCL (the Merging Companies
and the Surviving Companies are sometimes referred to herein as the
"Constituent Corporations").

         (b)  At and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Companies shall
possess all the rights, privileges, powers and franchises of a public as well
as of a private nature, and be subject to all the restrictions, disabilities
and duties of each of the Constituent Corporations; and all singular rights,
privileges, powers and franchises of each of the Constituent Corporations; and
all property, real, personal and mixed and all debts due to any of the
Constituent Corporations on whatever account, as well as for stock
subscriptions and all other things in action or belonging to each of the
Constituent Corporations, shall be vested in the Surviving Companies; and all
property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises, and all and every other
interest shall be thereafter as effectually the property of the respective
Surviving Company as they were of the Constituent Corporations, and the title
to any real estate vested by deed or otherwise, in either of the Constituent
Corporations, shall not revert or be in any way impaired; but all rights of





                                     AA-6  
<PAGE>   312

creditors and all liens upon any property of either of the Constituent
Corporations shall be preserved unimpaired, and all debts, liabilities and
duties of the Constituent Corporations shall thenceforth attach to the
Surviving Companies, and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if
said debts and liabilities had been incurred by it.  Any action or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal or administrative, pending by or against either
Constituent Corporation shall be prosecuted as if the Merger had not taken
place, and the respective Surviving Company may be substituted as a party in
such action or proceeding in place of any Constituent Corporation.

         1.4     ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION.  As of the Effective Date, the
Articles of Incorporation of the Resulting Company shall be amended and
restated to read in their entirety as set forth in Exhibit A, and shall
thereafter remain in full force and effect until amended in accordance with
applicable law.  The Articles of Incorporation, or Certificates of
Incorporation, as the case may be, of the Surviving Companies, as in effect on
the Effective Date, shall be the Articles of Incorporation, or Certificates of
Incorporation, as the case may be, of the Surviving Companies, as the surviving
entities, following the Effective Date.

         1.5     BYLAWS.  The Bylaws of the Resulting Company shall be amended
and restated to read in their entirety as set forth in Exhibit B, and shall
remain in full force and effect until thereafter amended in accordance with
applicable law.  The Bylaws of the Surviving Companies, as in effect on the
Effective Date shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Companies, as the surviving
entities, following the Effective Date.

         1.6     DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  As of the Effective Date, the
officers and directors of the Surviving Companies immediately prior to the
Effective Date shall be the officers and directors of the Surviving Companies
until such time as their respective successors have been elected and qualified
and no change shall occur in the officers and directors of the Surviving
Companies as a result of the Reorganization.  As of the Effective Date, the
officers and the directors of the Resulting Company shall be those persons set
forth on Exhibit C.

         1.7     NAME.  As of the Effective Date, the name of the Resulting
Company shall be "Wintrust Financial Corporation".

         1.8     EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK.

                 (a)      Common Stock.  As of the Effective Date, by virtue of
the Merger, each validly issued and outstanding share of the capital stock of
NSCB and the Surviving Companies, other than Dissenting Shares (as that term is
defined in Section 1.10) (collectively, the "Shares") shall be converted,
adjusted or cancelled as follows:

                          (i)     LFB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.8(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, $1.00 par value
         per share, of LFB (the "LFB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid
         and nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be converted into the right to receive 9.67334 shares (the "LFB





                                     AA-7  
<PAGE>   313

         Exchange Ratio") of the common stock, without par value, of the
         Resulting Company ("RC Shares");

                          (ii)    HB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.8(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, no par value per
         share, of HB (the "HB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be converted into the right to receive 6.03398 RC Shares (the
         "HB Exchange Ratio");

                          (iii)   LB.  Except as provided in Section
         1.8(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, no par value per
         share, of LB (the "LB Common Stock") validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
         shall be converted into the right to receive 4.02578 RC Shares (the
         "LB Exchange Ratio");

                          (iv)    Crabtree.  Except as provided in Section
         1.8(a)(viii) below, each share of the common stock, par value $1.00
         per share, of Crabtree (the "Crabtree Common Stock") validly issued,
         fully paid and nonassessable, outstanding immediately prior to the
         Effective Date shall be converted into the right to receive 1.18332 RC
         Shares (the "Crabtree Exchange Ratio").

                          (The LFB Exchange Ratio, the HB Exchange Ratio, the
         LB Exchange Ratio and the Crabtree Exchange Ratio are hereinafter
         collectively referred to as the "Exchange Ratios").

                          (v)     Adjustment of NSCB Stock.  Except as provided
         in Section 1.8(a)(viii) below, each share of common stock, no par
         value, of NSCB validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable,
         outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be adjusted
         from and after the Effective Date so as to represent 5.16180 RC Shares
         (the "NSCB Exchange Ratio").

                          (vi)    Share Certificates.  The certificate(s) which
         formerly represented the Shares shall, from and after the Effective
         Date, represent the right to receive the number of shares of the
         Resulting Company set forth above in Section (a) through (e) of this
         Section 1.8 until exchanged as provided for in Section 2.2.

                          (vii)   Fractional Shares.  No certificate for
         fractional RC Shares will be issued by the Resulting Company in
         connection with the exchange contemplated by the Merger, but in lieu
         thereof, any holder of Shares shall, upon surrender of the
         certificates(s) representing such Shares, be paid cash, without
         interest, by the Resulting Company for such fractional shares on the
         basis of the Exchange Ratio applicable to such Shares.





                                     AA-8  
<PAGE>   314

                          (viii)  Cancellation of Treasury Stock, Intercompany
         Shares.  Any Shares of NSCB or any Surviving Company, as the case may
         be, which are owned by any other Surviving Company or NSCB immediately
         prior to the Effective Date, and any shares of treasury stock held by
         any Surviving Company or NSCB immediately prior to the Effective Date,
         shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist as of the Effective Date
         and no RC Shares shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

                 (b)      Preferred Stock.  Any shares of preferred stock of
any of the Surviving Companies issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date
shall be cancelled.

         1.9     EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON CAPITAL STOCK OF THE MERGING
COMPANIES.  Each validly issued and outstanding share of common stock of each
of the Merging Companies shall be converted into one share of the applicable
Surviving Company as of the Effective Date as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Applicable
                          Merging                           Surviving
                          Company                           Company
                          -------                           -------
                          <S>                               <C>        

                          LFB II                             LFB
                          HB II                              HB
                          LB II                              LB
                          Crabtree II                        Crabtree
</TABLE>


         1.10    DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS.  A "Dissenting Share" shall mean a
Share held by any person who properly exercises appraisal rights, if any, under
the BCA or DGCL, as the case may be, with respect to such Share.  The holder of
any Dissenting Share shall have the rights, subject to the limitations,
provided under the BCA or DGCL, as the case may be.

         1.11    NECESSARY ACTIONS.  (a)  In the event that this Plan of Merger
shall have been fully approved and adopted upon behalf of NSCB and the Merging
Companies in accordance with the provisions of the BCA and upon behalf of the
Surviving Companies in accordance with the provisions of the BCA and the DGCL,
as the case may be, the said parties agree that they will cause to be executed
and filed and recorded any document or documents prescribed by the laws of the
State of Illinois or the State of Delaware, as the case may be, and that they
will cause to be performed all necessary acts within the State of Illinois or
the State of Delaware, as the case may be, and elsewhere to effectuate the
Reorganization herein provided for.

         (b)     The Board of Directors and the proper officers of NSCB, the
Merging Companies and of the Surviving Companies are hereby authorized,
empowered, and directed to do any and all acts and things, and to make,
execute, deliver, file, and record any and all instruments, papers, and
documents which shall be or become necessary, proper, or convenient to carry
out





                                     AA-9  
<PAGE>   315

or put into effect any of the provisions of this Plan of Merger or of the
Reorganization herein provided for.


                       2.  EXCHANGE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES

         2.1     EXCHANGE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES.  As soon as practicable after
the Effective Date, the Resulting Company shall mail to each holder of record
of Shares a letter of transmittal and instructions for use in the surrender of
the Shares in exchange for certificates representing RC Shares and any cash in
lieu of fractional shares into which the Shares shall have been converted or
adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Plan of Merger.  Upon proper surrender
of certificates for exchange and cancellation to the Resulting Company, the
holder of such Shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, as
applicable (i) a certificate representing the number of shares of RC Shares to
which such holder of Shares may have become entitled pursuant to the provisions
of this Plan of Merger, and/or (ii) a check representing the amount of any cash
in lieu of fractional shares which such holder has the right to receive in
respect of the Shares surrendered pursuant to the provisions of this Section
2.1.  No interest will be paid or accrued on any cash payable in lieu of
fractional shares or on any unpaid dividends and distributions payable to
holders of Shares.

         No dividends or other distributions that are declared on or after the
Effective Date on RC Shares or otherwise payable to holders of record thereof
on or after the Effective Date will be paid until such persons surrender their
Shares, as provided for herein, and no cash payment in lieu of fractional
shares shall be paid to any such holder until the holder of such Shares shall
so surrender the Shares.  In no event shall the person entitled to receive such
dividends or other distributions be entitled to receive interest on such
dividends or other distributions.  If any cash or certificate representing
shares of RC Shares is to be paid to or issued in the name of a person other
than that in which the Shares surrendered in exchange therefor are registered,
it shall be a condition of such exchange that the Shares so surrendered shall
be properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the
person requesting such exchange shall pay to the Resulting Company any transfer
or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of the certificates for such
shares of RC Shares in a name other than that of the registered holder of the
Shares surrendered, or shall establish to the satisfaction of the Resulting
Company that such tax has been paid or is not applicable.

         In the event that any certificates representing Shares shall have been
lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the
person claiming the rights to such Shares setting forth that such Shares were
either lost, stolen or destroyed, together with any bond or indemnity agreement
as the Resulting Company may deem reasonably necessary, the Resulting Company
may issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed share certificates
representing the RC Shares and any cash in lieu of fractional shares
deliverable in respect thereof pursuant to this Agreement.





                                    AA-10  
<PAGE>   316

         From and after the Effective Date, there shall be no transfers on the
stock transfer books of the Surviving Companies of any Shares outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Date and any such Shares presented to the
Resulting Company shall be cancelled in exchange for the RC Shares issued with
respect thereto as provided in Section 1.8.


                           3.  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         3.1     CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER.  Consummation of the Merger is
conditional upon the fulfillment or waiver of the conditions precedent set
forth in Section 6 of the Agreement.


                                4.  TERMINATION

         4.1     TERMINATION.  This Plan of Merger may be terminated and the
Merger abandoned by mutual consent of all the parties to the Agreement at any
time prior to the Effective Date or otherwise in accordance with Section 7 of
the Agreement.  If the Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 7
thereof, then this Plan of Merger will terminate simultaneously and the Merger
will be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto.


                             5.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

         5.1     WAIVER OF TERMS.  Subject to the next following sentence, any
of the terms or conditions of this Plan of Merger may be waived at any time by
the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof (to the extent legally
permissible) but only by a written instrument signed by the party or parties
waiving such terms or conditions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any waiver
given after the Shareholders' Meetings shall have no effect on the Exchange
Ratios as approved at such Shareholders' Meetings.

         5.2     AMENDMENT OF PLAN OF MERGER.  This Plan of Merger may be
amended, supplemented or interpreted at any time only by written instrument
duly executed by each party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
amendment after the Shareholders' Meetings shall have no effect on the Exchange
Ratios as approved at such Shareholders' Meetings.

         5.3     NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other
communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be by
hand-delivery, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested;
telecopier, or air courier to the parties set forth below.  Such notices shall
be deemed given: at the time personally delivered, if delivered by hand or by
courier; at the time received if sent certified or registered mail; and when
receipt acknowledged by receiving telecopy equipment if telecopied.





                                    AA-11  
<PAGE>   317


If to North Shore Community               1145 Wilmette
Bancorp, Inc. or any of the               Wilmette, Illinois  60091
Merging Companies:                        Attn:  John Close
                                          Telecopier:      (847) 853-0159

If to Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.:          727 North Bank Lane
                                          Post Office Box 5010
                                          Lake Forest, Illinois  60045
                                          Attn:    Edward J. Wehmer
                                          Telecopier:      (847) 234-4717

If to Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.:             25 East First Street
                                          Hinsdale, Illinois  60521
                                          Attn:    Dennis Jones
                                          Telecopier:      (708) 655-8008

If to Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.:         507 North Milwaukee Avenue
                                          Libertyville, Illinois  60048
                                          Attn:  Bert Carstens
                                          Telecopier:      (847) 367-8444

If to Crabtree Capital Corporation:       475 North Martingale Road
                                          Suite 440
                                          Schaumburg, Illinois  60173
                                          Attn: David L. Steele
                                          Telecopier:      (847) 517-8034


         5.4     SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Plan of Merger shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the
remaining provisions of this Plan of Merger shall not be in any way impaired.

         5.5     COUNTERPARTS.  This Plan of Merger may be executed in two or
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         5.6     GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.  This Plan of Merger shall be
governed, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the
State of Illinois, excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the
application of the laws of another jurisdiction.  The parties hereby covenant
and agree that any and all actions arising out of or related to this Plan of
Merger shall be brought and maintained in the federal and state courts sitting
in Cook County, Illinois.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably consents and
submits to the jurisdiction of and the service of process from such courts for
any and all such actions.





                                    AA-12  
<PAGE>   318

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan of Merger has been duly executed by each
of the constituent corporations parties hereto as of the day and year first
above written.


NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY                      LAKE FOREST BANCORP II
BANCORP, INC.


By: /s/ John W. Close                      By: /s/ David A. Dykstra
    ----------------------------               ---------------------------
Its: President                             Its: Executive Vice President 
     ---------------------------                --------------------------


LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.                  HINSDALE BANCORP II


By: /s/ Edward J. Wehmer                   By: /s/ David A. Dykstra
    ----------------------------               ---------------------------
Its: President                             Its: Executive Vice President
     ---------------------------                --------------------------

HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.                     LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP II


By: /s/ Dennis J. Jones                    By: /s/ David A. Dykstra
    ----------------------------               ---------------------------
Its: President                             Its: Executive Vice President
     ---------------------------                --------------------------

LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.                 CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION II


By: /s/ J. Albert Carstens                 By: /s/ David A. Dykstra
    ----------------------------               ---------------------------
Its: President                             Its: Executive Vice President
     ---------------------------                --------------------------

CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


By:  /s/ Howard D. Adams                                
    ---------------------------- 
Its: Chairman
     ---------------------------  




                                    AA-13  
<PAGE>   319

                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                    FORM OF
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                         WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION


         Wintrust Financial Corporation (the "Corporation") was incorporated on
December 30, 1992 under the name Wintrust Investment Corporation.  On March 18,
1993, the name of the Corporation was changed to Wintrust Investments, Inc.  On
May 27, 1994, the name of the Corporation was changed to North Shore Community
Bancorp, Inc.  The Articles of Incorporation be and the same hereby are amended
and restated to read as follows:

**ARTICLE ONE:  The name of the Corporation is Wintrust Financial Corporation.

 *ARTICLE TWO:  The name and address of the registered agent and registered
                office are:


         Registered Agent     -   John F. Purtill, Esq.

         Registered Office    -   1515 East Woodfield Road
                                  Suite 250
                                  Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-5431


**ARTICLE THREE:  Purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized:
The transaction of any or all lawful businesses for which corporations may be
incorporated under the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended
(the "BCA").

**ARTICLE FOUR, Paragraph 1:      Authorized Shares, Issued Shares and
Consideration Received. The class, number of shares, and the par value, if any,
of each class of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue
shall be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Number of
          Class           Par Value Per Share                       Shares Authorized
          -----           -------------------                       -----------------
         <S>                      <C>                                  <C>

         Common                   no par value                          30,000,000
         Preferred                no par value                          20,000,000
</TABLE>

         Shares of the Corporation may be issued from time to time in such
manner, amounts and proportions and for such consideration as shall be fixed by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         Paragraph 2:     The preferences, qualifications, limitations,
restrictions and the special or relative rights in respect of the shares of
each class are as follows:





                                     AB-1  
<PAGE>   320

         COMMON STOCK

                 (a)      Dividends.  Subject to any rights to receive
         dividends to which the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock
         may be entitled, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be
         entitled to receive dividends, if and when declared payable from time
         to time by the Board of Directors from any funds legally available
         therefor.

                 (b)      Liquidation.  In the event of any dissolution,
         liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or
         involuntary, after there shall have been paid to the holders of shares
         of Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they shall be entitled,
         the holders of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be
         entitled to receive, pro rata, all of the remaining assets of the
         Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders.  The Board
         of Directors may distribute in kind to the holders of the shares of
         Common Stock such remaining assets of the Corporation or may sell,
         transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such remaining
         assets to any other corporation, trust or other entity and receive
         payment therefor in cash, stock or obligations of such other
         corporation, trust or entity, or any combination thereof, and may sell
         all or any part of the consideration so received and distribute any
         balance thereof in kind to holders of the shares of Common Stock.  The
         merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with any other
         corporation, or the merger of any other corporation into it, or any
         purchase or redemption of shares of stock of the Corporation of any
         class, shall not be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding
         up of the Corporation for the purpose of this paragraph (b).

                 (c)      Voting.  Each outstanding share of Common Stock of
         the Corporation shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each
         matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of the shareholders.

         PREFERRED STOCK

                 The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, from
         time to time, a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance
         of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to fix the number of shares
         in each such series and to fix the designations and powers,
         preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
         rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof,
         of each such series.  The authority of the Board of Directors with
         respect to each such series shall include a determination of the
         following (which may vary as between the different series of Preferred
         Stock):

                 (a)      The number of shares constituting the series and the
         distinctive designation of the series;





                                     AB-2  
<PAGE>   321

                 (b)      The dividend rate on the shares of the series, the
         conditions and dates upon which dividends thereon shall be payable,
         the extent, if any, to which dividends thereon shall be cumulative,
         and the relative rights of preference, if any, of payment of dividends
         thereon;

                 (c)      Whether or not the shares of the series are
         redeemable and, if redeemable, including the times during which they
         shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in case of
         redemption, which amount may, but need not, vary according to the time
         and circumstances of such action;

                 (d)      The amount payable in respect of the shares of the
         series, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
         the Corporation, which amount may, but need not, vary according to the
         time or circumstances of such action, and the relative rights of
         preference, if any, of payment of such amount;

                 (e)      Any requirement as to a sinking fund for the shares
         of the series, or any requirement as to the redemption, purchase or
         other retirement by the Corporation of the shares of the series;

                 (f)      The right, if any, to exchange or convert shares of
         the series into shares of any other series or class of stock of the
         Corporation and the rate or basis, time, manner and condition of
         exchange or conversion;

                 (g)      The voting rights, if any, to which the holders of
         shares of the series shall be entitled in addition to the voting
         rights provided by law; and

                 (h)      Any other term, condition or provision with respect
         to the series not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article
         Four or any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant
         thereto.

**ARTICLE FIVE:  No holder of any class of shares of the Corporation shall have
any cumulative voting rights in the election of directors or in any other
circumstances.

**ARTICLE SIX:  No holder of any class of shares of the Corporation shall be
entitled as such as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase any part (a)
of any shares of any class of the Corporation whether now authorized or
hereafter created, or (b) of any securities whether non-convertible, or
convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase or acquire shares of any
class of the Corporation, whether now authorized or hereafter created and
whether in either case issued or sold for cash, property, services or
otherwise.

**ARTICLE SEVEN:  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders
of any class of shares of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called
annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any
consent in writing by such holders.





                                     AB-3  
<PAGE>   322

**ARTICLE EIGHT:  No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the
Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct of a knowing
violation of law, (c) under Section 8.65 of the BCA, as the same exists or
hereafter may be amended, or (d) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.

**ARTICLE NINE, Paragraph 1:  The Corporation shall indemnify, to the full
extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner
permitted by such law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is
or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.  The
Corporation may indemnify, to the full extent that it shall have power under
applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, any person made
or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding.  The words "liabilities" and
"expenses" shall include, without limitation: liabilities, losses, damages,
judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, expenses, attorneys'
fees and costs.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil, criminal,
administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding may be paid
by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.75 of the BCA.

         The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this
Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person
indemnified may be entitled under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of
shareholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.

         Paragraph 2:  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person referred to in the preceding paragraph against any
liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such
capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability
under the provisions of this Article or otherwise.

         Paragraph 3:  For purposes of this Article, references to "the
Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any
constituent corporation (including any constituent





                                     AB-4  
<PAGE>   323

of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate
existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its
directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the
provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.

         Paragraph 4:  The provisions of this Article shall be deemed to be a
contract between the Corporation and each director or officer who serves in any
such capacity at any time while this Article and the relevant provisions of the
BCA, or other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or
modification of any such law or of this Article shall not affect any rights or
obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or
theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or
thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state
of facts.

         Paragraph 5:  For purposes of this Article, references to "other
enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall
include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee
benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation"
shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director,
officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its
participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants
and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in
a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

**ARTICLE TEN:   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be that
number set forth in the By-laws, as may be increased or decreased from time to
time; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than six (6).

         Paragraph 1:   The directors shall be divided into three classes, as
equal in number as possible, with respect to the times for which they shall hold
office.  Directors of the first class first elected shall hold office for one
year or until the first annual election following their election, directors of
the second class first elected shall hold office for two years or until the
second annual election following their election, and directors of the third
class first elected shall hold office for three years or until the third annual
election following their election and in each case until their successors shall
be duly elected and shall qualify.

         Paragraph 2:    At each annual meeting of the shareholders following
such first election of the directors of all classes, the successors to the class
of directors whose terms shall expire at such meeting shall be elected to hold
office for a term of three years, so that in each year the term of office of one
class of directors shall expire.





                                     AB-5  
<PAGE>   324

         Paragraph 3:   Directors need not be residents of Illinois or
shareholders of the Corporation.

**ARTICLE ELEVEN:   The Corporation expressly elects  to be governed by Section
7.85 of the BCA as may be amended from time to time.

**ARTICLE TWELVE:  The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by
Section 11.75 of the BCA.

**ARTICLE THIRTEEN:  Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles of
Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation (and not withstanding the fact
that a lessor percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of
Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the
holders of 85% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or
repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with Articles Five, Six, Seven,
Eight, Nine, Ten, Eleven, Twelve and this Article Thirteen.


- ------------------------------
*        Restated only
**       Amended and Restated





                                     AB-6  
<PAGE>   325

                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                         WINTRUST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                           (AN ILLINOIS CORPORATION)

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES

                 Wintrust Financial Corporation (the "corporation") shall
continuously maintain in the State of Illinois a registered office and a
registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office, and may
have other offices within or without the state.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

                 SECTION 2.1          ANNUAL MEETING.  An annual meeting of the
shareholders shall be held on the fourth Thursday in May of each year, or such
other date as designated by the board of directors, for the purpose of electing
directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the
meeting.  If the directors shall not be elected at the annual meeting, or at
any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be
held as soon thereafter as practicable.

                 SECTION 2.2          SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of
the shareholders may be called either by the chairman of the board of directors
or president for the purpose or purposes stated in the call of the meeting.

                 SECTION 2.3          PLACE OF MEETING.  The board of directors
may designate any place as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for
any special meeting called by the board of directors.  If no designation is
made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall
be at the office of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of
Illinois.

                 SECTION 2.4          NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice
stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be
delivered not less than ten nor more than forty days before the date of the
meeting, or in the case of a merger or consolidation not less than twenty nor
more than forty days before the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at
the direction of the president, or the secretary, or the officer or persons
calling the meeting.  If mailed, such





                                     AC-1  
<PAGE>   326

notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States
mail, addressed to the shareholder's address as it appears on the records of
the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.  When a meeting is adjourned to
another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken.

                 SECTION 2.5          NOTIFICATION OF SHAREHOLDER PROPOSED
BUSINESS.  At an annual or special meeting of shareholders, only such business
shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To
properly bring business before an annual or special meeting of shareholders,
written notice of such shareholder's intent to make such proposal or proposals,
including the nomination for election of director, must be given either by
personal delivery or by United States mail postage prepaid and received by the
Secretary of the corporation not later than the following dates:  (i) with
respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, 60 days in advance of such
meeting if such meeting is to be held on a day which is within 30 days
preceding the anniversary date of the previous year's annual meeting or 90 days
in advance of such meeting if such meeting is to be held on or after the
anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting; and (ii) with respect to any
other annual or special meeting of shareholders, the close of business on the
tenth day following the date of public disclosure of the date of such meeting.
A shareholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each item of
business the shareholder proposes to bring before such meeting: (a) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, and in
this case of a nomination for election of director, such nominee's name and
qualifications, and the reasons for conducting the business at the meeting; (b)
the name and record address of the shareholder who proposes such business; (c)
the number of shares of stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such
shareholder; and (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings
between the shareholder and any other person or persons (naming such person or
persons) pursuant to which the proposal or proposals are to be made by the
shareholder and any material interest of the shareholder in the business being
proposed.  The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the proposal
of any shareholder not made in compliance with this Section 2.5.

         Notwithstanding anything in the by-laws to the contrary, no business
shall be brought before or conducted at an annual or special meeting by a
shareholder except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section
2.5; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to
preclude discussion by any shareholder of any business properly brought before
a shareholder meeting.

                 SECTION 2.6          POSTPONEMENT AND ADJOURNMENT OF MEETINGS.
Prior to any annual or special meeting of shareholders being called to order,
the board of directors may postpone such previously scheduled annual or special
meeting of shareholders at any time whether or not a quorum is present without
further notice.  The board of directors may adjourn any previously scheduled
annual or special meeting of shareholders at any time whether or not a quorum
is present without further notice.





                                     AC-2  
<PAGE>   327

                 SECTION 2.7          FIXING OF RECORD DATE.  For the purpose
of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting
of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of any
dividend, or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any
rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the
purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors of the corporation
may fix in advance a record date which shall not be more than sixty days, and
for a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, or in the case of a
merger or consolidation not less than twenty days, before the date of such
meeting.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of
shareholders shall be the date on which the notice of the meeting is mailed,
and the record date for the determination of shareholders for any other purpose
shall be the date on which the board of directors adopts the resolution
relating thereto.  A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of
the meeting.

                 SECTION 2.8          VOTING LISTS.  The officer or agent
having charge of the transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make,
at least ten days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the
shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order,
showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of the
shareholder, which list, for a period of ten days prior to such meeting, shall
be kept on file at the registered office of the corporation and shall be open
to inspection by any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting, at any
time during usual business hours.  Such list shall also be produced and kept
open at the time and place of the meeting and may be inspected by any
shareholder during the whole time of the meeting.  The original share ledger or
transfer books, or a duplicate thereof kept in this State, shall be prima facie
evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share
ledger or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

                 SECTION 2.9          QUORUM.  The holders of a majority of the
outstanding common shares of the corporation, present in person or represented
by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders; provided
that if less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at said
meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting at any
time without further notice.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of
the majority of the shares represented at the meeting shall be the act of the
shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by The Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois (the "BCA"),
the articles of incorporation or these by-laws.  At any adjourned meeting at
which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might
have been transacted at the original meeting.  Withdrawal of shareholders from
any meeting shall not cause failure of a duly constituted quorum at that
meeting.

                 SECTION 2.10         PROXIES.  Each shareholder entitled to
vote at a meeting of shareholders or dissent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such
shareholder by proxy executed in writing by such shareholder or his or her duly
authorized attorney-in-fact, but no such proxy shall be valid after eleven
months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.





                                     AC-3  
<PAGE>   328


                 SECTION 2.11         VOTING OF SHARES.  Each outstanding
common share shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to vote
at a meeting of shareholders.  Any preferred stock shall have such rights,
voting or otherwise, as shall be determined by the board of directors and as
set forth in a certificate of designation filed with the Illinois Secretary of
State.

                 SECTION 2.12         VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.
Shares standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be
voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may
prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of
such corporation may determine.

                 Shares standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor ward
or an incompetent person, may be voted by the administrator, executor, court
appointed guardian, or conservator of such person or such person's estate,
either in person or by proxy without a transfer of such shares into the name of
such administrator, executor, court appointed guardian, or conservator.  Shares
standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by the trustee, either in person
or by proxy.

                 Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by
such receiver without the transfer thereof into the receiver's name if
authority so to do be contained in the appropriate order of the court by which
such receiver was appointed.

                 A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to
vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the
pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so
transferred.

                 Any number of shareholders may create a voting trust for the
purpose of conferring upon a trustee or trustees the right to vote or otherwise
represent their shares, for a period not to exceed ten years by entering into a
written voting trust agreement specifying the terms and conditions of the
voting trust, and by transferring their shares to such trustee or trustees for
the purpose of the agreement.  Any such trust agreement shall not become
effective until a counterpart of the agreement is deposited with the
corporation at its registered office.  The counterpart of the voting trust
agreement so deposited with the corporation shall be subject to the same right
of examination by a shareholder of the corporation, in person or by agent or
attorney, as are the books and records of the corporation, and shall be subject
to examination by any holder of a beneficial interest in the voting trust,
either in person or by agent or attorney, at any reasonable time for any proper
purpose.

                 Shares of its own stock belonging to this corporation shall
not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted
in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time, but
shares of its own stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and
shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any
given time.





                                     AC-4  
<PAGE>   329


                 SECTION 2.13         ELIMINATION OF CUMULATIVE VOTING RIGHTS.
The holders of all shares of stock having a right to vote in this corporation
shall not be entitled to cumulative voting rights in the election of directors
of this corporation, or for any other reason or purpose whatsoever.

                 SECTION 2.14         INSPECTORS.  At any meeting of
shareholders, the presiding officer may, or upon the request of any shareholder
shall, appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting.

                 Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of
shares represented at the meeting, based upon their determination of the
validity and effect of proxies; count all votes and report the results; and do
such other acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with
impartiality and fairness to all the shareholders.

                 Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by
the inspector or by a majority of them if there be more than one inspector
acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a
majority shall be the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or
inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results
of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

                 SECTION 2.15         ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Any action
required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders must be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such holders.

                 SECTION 2.16         VOTING BY BALLOT.  Voting on any question
or in any election may be by voice unless the presiding officer shall order or
any shareholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                   DIRECTORS

                 SECTION 3.1          GENERAL POWERS.  The business of the
corporation shall be managed by its board of directors.

                 SECTION 3.2          NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The
number of directors of the corporation shall be twenty-one (21).  The number of
directors may be increased or decreased (provided, however, that such number
shall never be less than six (6)) from time to time by the amendment of this
section by a resolution adopted by the majority of members of the board of
directors as provided in this Section 3.2; but no decrease shall have the
effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.





                                     AC-5  
<PAGE>   330

                 The directors shall be divided into three classes, as equal in
number as possible, with respect to the times for which they shall hold office.
Directors of the first class shall hold office for one year or until the first
annual election following their election, directors of the second class shall
hold office for two years or until the second annual election following their
election, and directors of the third class shall hold office for three years or
until the third annual election following their election and in each case until
their successors shall be duly elected and shall qualify.

                 At each annual meeting of the shareholders following such
first election of the directors of all classes, the successors to the class of
directors whose terms shall expire at such meeting shall be elected to hold
office for a term of three years, so that in each year the term of office of
one class of directors shall expire.

 Directors need not be residents of Illinois or shareholders of the corporation.

                 Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of
directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of
the shareholders of the corporation shall be given in the manner provided in
these by-laws.

                 SECTION 3.3          REGULAR MEETINGS.  A regular meeting of
the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law,
either immediately before or after the annual meeting of shareholders, or at
such time as may be determined by the board of directors.  The board of
directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of
additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

                 SECTION 3.4          SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings  of
the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of
the board of directors, president or a majority of the then acting board of
directors.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the
board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special
meeting of the board of directors called by them.

                 SECTION 3.5          NOTICE.  Notice of any special meeting
shall be given at least two (2) days previous thereto by written notice to each
director at his or her business address.  If mailed, notice shall be deemed to
be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with
postage thereon prepaid.  If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegram company.
The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor
the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need
be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

                 SECTION 3.6          QUORUM.  A majority of the number of
directors fixed by these by-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business at any meeting of the





                                     AC-6  
<PAGE>   331

board of directors, provided that if less than a majority of such number of
directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may
adjourn the meeting at any time without further notice.

                 SECTION 3.7          MANNER OF ACTING.  The act of the
majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number
is required by statute, these by-laws, or the articles of incorporation.

                 SECTION 3.8          VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the
board of directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and any directorship
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or otherwise
may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though
less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of office of
the class to which they have been elected.

                 SECTION 3.9          ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Unless
specifically prohibited by the articles of incorporation or by-laws, any action
required to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors, or any other
action which may be taken at a meeting of the board of directors, or of any
committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the directors
entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or by all the
members of such committee, as the case may be.  Any such consent signed by all
the directors or all the members of  the committee shall have the same effect
as a unanimous vote, and may be stated as such in any document filed with the
Secretary of State or with anyone else.

                 SECTION 3.10         COMPENSATION.  The board of directors, by
the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, and
irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have
authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to
the corporation as directors, officers, or otherwise.  By resolution of the
board of directors the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and of committees thereof.
No such payment previously mentioned in this section shall preclude any
director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving
compensation therefor.

                 SECTION 3.11         COMMITTEES.  The board of directors, by
resolution, may create one or more committees and appoint members of the board
of directors to serve on the committee or committees.  Each committee shall
have two or more members, who shall serve at the pleasure of the board of
directors.  Unless the appointment by the board of directors requires a greater
number, a majority of any committee shall constitute a quorum and a majority of
a quorum is necessary for committee action.  A committee may act by unanimous
consent in writing without a meeting and, subject to the provisions of these
by-laws or action by the board of directors, the committee by majority vote of
its members shall determine the time and place of meetings and the notice
required therefor.  To the extent specified by the board of directors,





                                     AC-7  
<PAGE>   332

each committee may exercise all the authority of the board of directors in the
management of the corporation as permitted by the BCA.  Each committee shall
keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of
directors.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

                 SECTION 4.1          NUMBER.  The officers of the corporation
shall be the chairman of the board of directors, the president, one or more
executive vice-presidents, senior vice-presidents and vice-presidents (the
number thereof to be determined by the board of directors), a treasurer, a
secretary, and such assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries or other
officers as may be elected by the board of directors.  Any two or more offices
may be held by the same person, except the offices of president and secretary;
provided, however, that in cases where all of the shares of the corporation are
owned of  record by one shareholder and these by-laws provide that the number
of directors shall be one, the offices of president and secretary may be held
by the same person.

                 SECTION 4.2          ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The
officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors
at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting
of shareholders.  If the election of officers shall not be held at such
meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient.
Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the
board of directors.  Each officer shall hold office until a successor shall
have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until the death,
resignation, or removal (in the manner hereinafter provided) of  such officer.
Election of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

                 SECTION 4.3          REMOVAL.  Any officer elected or
appointed by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors
whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served
thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if
any, of the person so removed.

                 SECTION 4.4          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The chairman of
the board shall be elected by and from the membership of the board of
directors.  He shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation.
Subject to the control of the board of directors, the chairman of the board
shall, in general, supervise and manage the business and affairs of the
corporation and he shall see that the resolutions and directions of the board
of directors are carried into effect.  Except in those instances in which the
authority to execute is expressly delegated to another officer or agent of the
corporation, or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the
board of directors or these by-laws, or where otherwise required by law, the
chairman of the board may execute for the corporation any contracts, deeds,
mortgages, bonds or other instruments which the board of directors has
authorized to be executed or the execution of which is in the ordinary course
of the corporation's business, and he may





                                     AC-8  
<PAGE>   333

accomplish such execution either under or without the seal of the corporation
and either individually or with the secretary, any assistant secretary, or any
other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors or these by-laws.
The chairman of the board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
of the board of directors (and of any executive committee thereof), and shall
perform such other duties as from time to time shall be prescribed by the board
of directors.

                 SECTION 4.5          PRESIDENT.  The president shall be the
chief operating officer of the corporation.  In the absence of the chairman of
the board or in the event of his inability to act or while such office is
vacant, the president shall perform the duties of the chairman of the board and
when so acting shall have all of the powers and authority of, and shall be
subject to all of the restrictions upon, the chairman of the board.  Except in
those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to
another officer or agent of the corporation or a different mode of execution is
expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws or were
otherwise required by law, he may execute for the corporation any contracts,
deeds, mortgages, bonds or other instruments which the board of directors has
authorized to be executed or the execution of which is in the ordinary course
of the corporation's business, and he may accomplish such execution either
under or without the seal of the corporation and either individually or with
the secretary, any assistant secretary, or any other officer thereunto
authorized by the board of directors or these by-laws.  In general, he shall
perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the
chairman of the board or the board of directors.

                 SECTION 4.6          THE VICE-PRESIDENTS.  The executive
vice-president, senior vice-president, or vice-president (or in the event there
be more than one executive vice-president, senior vice-president or
vice-president, each of the executive vice-presidents, senior vice-presidents
or vice-presidents (collectively the "vice-presidents")) shall assist the
president in the discharge of the president's duties as the president may
direct and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
by the chairman of the board, the president or by the board of directors.  In
the president's absence, inability or refusal to act, the executive
vice-president, senior vice- president or vice-president (or in the event there
be more than one executive vice-president, senior vice-president or
vice-president, each of the executive vice-presidents, senior vice-presidents
or vice-presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or by the
president if the board of directors has not made such a designation, or in the
absence of any designation, then in the order of seniority of tenure of the
executive vice-president, the senior vice-president or vice-president) shall
perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the
powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  Except in
those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to
another officer or agent of the corporation or a different mode of execution is
expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws, the
vice-presidents (or each of them if there is more than one) may execute for the
corporation certificates for its shares and any contracts, deeds, mortgages,
bonds or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be
executed, and may further accomplish such execution either under or without the
seal of the corporation and either individually or with the secretary, any
assistant secretary, or any other





                                     AC-9  
<PAGE>   334

officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors according to the
requirements of the form of the instrument.

                 SECTION 4.7          THE TREASURER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER.  The treasurer shall be the principal accounting and chief financial
officer of the corporation.  The treasurer shall:  (a) have charge of and be
responsible for the maintenance of adequate books of account for the
corporation; (b) have charge and custody of all funds and securities of the
corporation, and be responsible therefor and for the receipt and disbursement
thereof; and (c) perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and
chief financial officer and such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned by the chairman of the board, the president or by the board of
directors.  If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a
bond for the faithful discharge of all duties in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as the board of directors may determine.

                 SECTION 4.8          THE SECRETARY.  The secretary shall: (a)
record the minutes of the shareholders' and of the board of directors' meetings
in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are
duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by
law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the
corporation; (d) keep a register of the post-office address of each shareholder
which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) sign with
the president, or a vice-president, or any other officer thereunto authorized
by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation, the
issue of which shall have been authorized by the board of directors, and any
contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the board of
directors has authorized to be executed, according to the requirements of the
form of the instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly
prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws; (f) have general charge
of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (g) perform all duties
incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned by the chairman of the board, the president or by the board of
directors.

                 SECTION 4.9          ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT
SECRETARIES.  The assistant treasurers and  assistant secretaries shall perform
such duties as shall be assigned to them by the treasurer or the secretary,
respectively, or by the chairman of the board, the president or the board of
directors.  The assistant secretaries may sign with the chairman of the board,
the president, or a vice-president, or any other officer thereunto authorized
by the board of directors, certificates or shares of the corporation, the issue
of which shall have been authorized by the board of directors, and any
contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the board of
directors has authorized to be executed, according to the requirements of the
form of the instrument except when a different mode of execution is expressly
prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws.  The assistant
treasurers shall respectively, if required by the board of directors, give
bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such
sureties as the board of directors shall determine.





                                    AC-10  
<PAGE>   335

                 SECTION 4.10         SALARIES.  The salaries of the officers
shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall
be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that such officer
is also a director of the corporation.


                                   ARTICLE V

                       CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS DEPOSITS

                 SECTION 5.1          CONTRACTS.  The board of directors may
authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract
or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.

                 SECTION 5.2          LOANS.  No loans shall be contracted on
behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in
its name unless authorized by a resolution of the board of directors.  Such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

                 SECTION 5.3          CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  All checks, drafts
or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such
officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as
shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors.

                 SECTION 5.4          DEPOSITS.  All funds of the corporation
not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of
the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the
board of directors may select.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                          INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS,
                        DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

                 SECTION 6.1          GENERALLY.  The corporation shall have
power to indemnify any persons who were or are parties or are threatened to be
made parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other
than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact
that they are or were directors, officers, employees or agents of the
corporation, or are or were serving at the request of the corporation as
directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by them in connection with such action, suit or proceeding
if they  acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the cor-


                                    AC-11
<PAGE>   336

poration, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.  The corporation
shall have the power to indemnify any persons who were or are parties or are
threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that they are or were directors, officers, employees or agents of any
subsidiary corporation or corporations (individually the "subsidiary" and
collectively the "subsidiaries") against expenses, (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by them in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if they acted in good
faith and in a manner that they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation and/or the respective subsidiary or
subsidiaries, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a
plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the persons did not act in good faith or in a manner which
they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, a subsidiary or the subsidiaries, as the case may be, and with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe
that their conduct was unlawful.

                 SECTION 6.2          DERIVATIVE ACTIONS.  The corporation
shall have power to indemnify any persons who were or are parties or are
threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
by reason of the fact that they are or were directors, officers, employees or
agents of the corporation, or are or were serving at the request of the
corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by them in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if they acted
in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification
shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such persons
shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the
performance of their duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that
the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such persons are fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.  The corporation
shall have the power to indemnify any person or persons who were or are parties
or are threatened to be made parties to any threatened, pending or completed
action or suit by or in the or right of any of the subsidiaries to procure a
judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such persons are or were
directors, officers, employees or agents of any one or more of the
subsidiaries, or are or were serving at the request of the corporation as
directors, officer, employees or agents of such subsidiary or subsidiaries,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), actually and reasonably incurred
by them in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if
they acted in good faith and in a matter they reasonably believe to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the subsidiary or subsidiaries, as the
case may be, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any
claim, issue or matter





                                    AC-12
<PAGE>   337

as to which such persons shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence
or misconduct in the performance of their duty to the subsidiary or
subsidiaries, as the case may be, unless and only to the extent that the court
in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances
of the case, such persons are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for
such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

                 SECTION 6.3          MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION.  To the extent
that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation, or any subsidiary
or subsidiaries, as the case may be, has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections
6.1 and 6.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person
shall be indemnified against expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

                 SECTION 6.4          FIDUCIARY DUTY.  A director of the
corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its
shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to
the corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good
faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(c) under Section 8.65 of the BCA, as the same exists or hereafter may be
amended, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.

                 SECTION 6.5          AUTHORIZATION.  Any indemnification under
Sections 6.1 and 6.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the
corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set
forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2.  Such determination shall be made (a) by the
board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is
not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the
shareholders.

                 SECTION 6.6          EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred in defending
a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation
in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, as
authorized by the board of directors in the specific case, upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to
repay such amount, unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled
to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section.

                 SECTION 6.7          NONEXCLUSIVE.  The indemnification
provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law,
agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both
as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity
while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to
be a director, officer,





                                    AC-13
<PAGE>   338

employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.  The corporation shall have power to purchase
and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any
liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her in any such
capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability
under the provisions of this article.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                            CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
                               AND THEIR TRANSFER

                 SECTION 7.1          CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  Certificates
representing shares of the corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the
board of directors, if any, or the president or a vice president and by the
treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary
and may be sealed with the seal, or a facsimile of seal, of the corporation.
If a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a registrar, other
than the corporation itself or its employee, any other signatures or
countersignature on the certificate may be facsimile.

                 If the corporation is authorized and does issue shares of more
than one class, every certificate representing shares issued by the corporation
shall set forth on the face or back of the certificate a full summary or
statement of all of the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations,
restrictions, and special or relative rights of the shares of each class
authorized to be issued.  If the corporation is authorized to issue any
preferred or special class in series, every certificate representing such
shares issued by the corporation shall set forth on the face or back of the
certificate a full summary or statement of all of the variations in the
relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series so far
as the same have been fixed and determined and the authority of the board of
directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of
subsequent series.  Such statement may be omitted from the certificate if it
shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate that such
statement, in full, will be furnished by the corporation to any shareholder
upon request and without charge.

                 Each certificate representing shares shall also state that the
corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; the name of
the person to whom issued; the number and class of shares and the designation
of the series, if any, which such certificate represents; the par value of each
share represented by such certificate, or a statement that such shares are
without par value.  Each certificate representing shares shall be consecutively
numbered or otherwise identified.





                                    AC-14
<PAGE>   339

                 The name and address of each shareholder, the number and class
of shares held and the date on which the certificates for shares were issued
shall be entered on the books of the corporation.  The person in whose name
shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof
for all purposes as regards the corporation.  No certificate shall be issued
for any share until such share is fully paid.

                 SECTION 7.2          LOST CERTIFICATES.  If a certificate
representing shares of the corporation is alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, the board of directors may in its discretion, except as may be
required by law, direct that a new certificate be issued.  In connection with
the issuance of any such new certificate, the  may require the owner of the
lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or his or her legal representative to
provide such indemnification, and may impose such other reasonable
requirements, as the  shall deem necessary or desirable.

                 SECTION 7.3          TRANSFERS OF SHARES.  Upon surrender to
the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate
representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be
issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate shall be
cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  FISCAL YEAR

                 The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on January 1 
and end on December 31 of each year.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   DIVIDENDS

                 The board of directors may from time to time declare, and the
corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding and treasury shares in such
manner and upon such terms and conditions as provided by law and the articles
of incorporation.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                      SEAL

                 The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the
name of the corporation and the words "Corporate Seal, Illinois." The seal may
be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in
any manner reproduced.





                                    AC-15
<PAGE>   340



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                WAIVER OF NOTICE

                 Whenever any notice is required to be given under these
by-laws or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation or under the
provisions of the BCA, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or
persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                                   AMENDMENTS

                 The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal the by-laws of  the
corporation shall be vested in the board of directors.  The By- Laws shall be
amended, from time to time, exclusively by a resolution adopted by a majority
of the board of directors.  The by-laws may contain any provisions for the
regulation and management of the affairs of the corporation not inconsistent
with law or the articles of incorporation.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                     REPAYMENT OF DISALLOWED REIMBURSEMENTS
                             OR EXCESS COMPENSATION

                 Any payments made to a director, officer or employee of the
corporation, including but not limited to, salary, commission, bonus, interest,
rent, travel, or entertainment expense incurred by such director, officer or
employee, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense
by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such person to the
corporation to the full extent of such disallowance.

                 It shall be the duty of the board of directors to enforce
payment of all such amounts disallowed.  In lieu of payment by such person,
subject to the determination of the board of directors, proportional amounts
may be withheld from the future compensation payments of such person until the
amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.





                                    AC-16
<PAGE>   341

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                FORM OF AFFILIATE REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS

         In connection with the above transactions, I represent and warrant to
the Resulting Corporation and agree that:

         A.      I will not make any sale, transfer or other disposition of the
shares of the Resulting Corporation ("Resulting Corporation Stock") in
violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"), or the rules and
regulations thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations").

         B.      I have no present plan or intent to dispose of the Resulting
Corporation Stock acquired by me pursuant to the Reorganization and I have not
formulated prior to the date hereof any such plan or intent to dispose of the
Resulting Corporation Stock.

         C.      I have been advised that the offering, sale and delivery of
the shares of the Resulting Corporation Stock to me pursuant to the
Reorganization will be registered under the Act on a Registration Statement on
Form S-4.  I have also been advised, however, that, since I may be deemed to
have been an Affiliate of a Constituent Corporation at the time the Agreement
was submitted for a vote of the shareholders of such Constituent Corporation,
the shares of Resulting Corporation Stock acquired by me pursuant to the
Reorganization must be held by me indefinitely unless (i) such shares of
Resulting Corporation Stock have been registered for distribution under the
Act, (ii) a sale of the shares of Resulting Corporation Stock is made in
conformity with the volume and other limitations of Rule 145, or (iii) in the
opinion of counsel acceptable to Resulting Corporation, some other exemption
from registration under the Act is available with respect to any such proposed
sale, transfer or other disposition.

         D.      I have carefully read this letter agreement and the Agreement
and have discussed their requirements and other applicable limitations upon my
ability to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares of Resulting
Corporation Stock, to the extent I felt necessary, with my counsel or with
Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz.

         E.      I understand that the Resulting Corporation is under no
obligation to register the sale, transfer or other disposition of the shares of
Resulting Corporation Stock for sale, transfer or other disposition by me or to
take any other action necessary for the purpose of making an exemption from
registration available.

         F.       I understand that stop transfer instructions will be given to
Resulting Corporation's transfer agent(s) and/or registrar(s) and that there
will be placed on the certificates representing the shares of Resulting
Corporation Stock I receive in the Reorganization, or any substitutions
therefor, a legend stating in substance:

                 "The securities represented by this certificate were issued in
                 a transaction (the reorganization of Resulting Corporation) to
                 which





                                     AD-1  
<PAGE>   342

         Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
         "Act"), applies and may be sold or otherwise transferred only in
         compliance with the limitations of such Rule 145, upon receipt by
         Resulting Corporation of an opinion of counsel acceptable to it that
         some other exemption from registration under the Act is available, or
         pursuant to a registration statement under the Act.  The securities
         represented by this certificate may not be sold or otherwise
         transferred prior to the publication by Resulting Corporation of an
         earnings statement covering at least 30 days of operations subsequent
         to [insert effective date of the Reorganization]."

         G.      I hereby agree that, for a period of two (2) years following
the effective date of the Reorganization, I will obtain an agreement similar to
this agreement from each transferee of the shares of Resulting Corporation
Stock sold or otherwise transferred by me, but only if such transfer is
effected other than in a transaction involving a registered public offering or
as a sale pursuant to Rule 145.

         H.      Notwithstanding the other provisions hereof, I agree not to
sell, pledge, transfer, or otherwise dispose of the shares of Resulting
Corporation Stock, or reduce my risk relative to the Resulting Corporation
Stock in any other way, from the date hereof until such time as financial
results covering at least 30 days of combined operations of the parties to the
Reorganization have been published within the meaning of Section 201.01 of the
Securities and Exchange Commission's Codification of Financial Reporting
Policies (SEC "pooling" requirement).  I have not reduced my risk relative to
the Resulting Corporation Stock to date.

         It is understood and agreed that this letter agreement will terminate
and be of no further force and effect and the legend set forth in Paragraph F
above will be removed by delivery of substitute certificates without such
legend, and the related transfer restrictions shall be lifted forthwith, if the
period of time specified in Paragraph H of this letter agreement has passed and
(i) my shares of Resulting Corporation Stock shall have been registered under
the Act for sale, transfer or other disposition by me or on my behalf, (ii) I
am not at the time an Affiliate of Resulting Corporation and have held the
shares of Resulting Corporation Stock for at least two (2) years (or such other
period as may be prescribed by the Act and the Rules and Regulations) and
Resulting Corporation has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") all of the reports it is required to file under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the preceding twelve (12)
months, (iii) I am not and have not been for at least three (3) months an
Affiliate of Resulting Corporation and I have held the shares of Resulting
Corporation Stock for at least three (3) years, or (iv) Resulting Corporation
shall have received a letter from the staff of the Commission, or an opinion of
counsel acceptable to Resulting Corporation, to the effect that the stock
transfer restrictions and the legend are no longer required.

*In the event this undertaking covers shares held jointly or held individually
by related parties who will sign this together, each joint or related party
shall sign.





                                     AD-2  
<PAGE>   343


                                                                      APPENDIX B


May 14, 1996

Board of Directors
North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
1145 Wilmette Avenue
Wilmette, Illinois  60091

Members of the Board:

         You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, of the exchange ratio for shareholders of North Shore Community
Bancorp, Inc. ("North Shore") with respect to the proposed reorganization (the
"Reorganization") of North Shore, Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp,
Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Crabtree Capital Corporation (collectively
referred to herein as the "Companies"), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization dated as of May 28, 1996, by and among the Companies, Lake
forest Bancorp II, Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II, and Crabtree
Capital Corporation II (the "Reorganization Agreement").

         Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, each issued and outstanding
share of North Shore Common Stock, without par value, shall be adjusted by
means of a stock split (the "Stock Split") to represent 5.16180 shares of
Wintrust Financial Corporation Common Stock, without par value, ("Wintrust
Common Stock") (the "Exchange Ratio").  All issued and outstanding warrants,
rights and options to purchase shares of North Shore Common Stock will remain
issued and outstanding and be unaffected by the Reorganization, except that
such warrants, rights and options will be adjusted to give effect to the Stock
Split. The terms of the Reorganization are more fully set forth in the
Reorganization Agreement.

         In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other
things:

         1.      Reviewed each of the Companies' audited financial statements
and related financial information for the two fiscal years ended December 31,
1995 (where available), unaudited financial information for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, as well as other internally generated reports relating to
asset/liability management, asset quality, and so forth;

         2.      Reviewed and analyzed certain other information bearing upon
the financial and operating condition of each of the Companies, and materials
prepared by management in connection with the proposed transaction;

         3.      Conducted discussions with members of the senior management of
each of the Companies concerning the financial condition, businesses, assets,
earnings, and prospects of each, and such senior management's views as to the
future financial performance of each;





                                      B-1
<PAGE>   344


         4.      Reviewed certain financial forecasts and projections of each
of Companies as prepared by the management of each;

         5.      Reviewed the offering documents for each of the Companies
(where applicable) used in connection with the capitalization of each;

         6.      Reviewed the recent stock prices and historical trading
activity for the shares of Common Stock each of the Companies;

         7.      Reviewed the Reorganization Agreement and all of the related
agreements; and

         8.      Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and
performed such other investigations and took into account such other matters as
we deemed necessary for purposes of rendering this opinion.

         We have assumed and relied, without independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information
reviewed by us for the purposes of this opinion.  We have also assumed and
relied upon the senior management of each of the Companies as to the
reasonableness and achievability of the financial and operating forecasts (and
the assumptions and bases therefor) provided to us.  In that regard, we have
assumed with your permission that such forecasts reflect the best currently
available estimates and judgment of such management and that such forecasts
will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by
the management of each of the Companies.  We are not experts in the evaluation
of allowances for loan losses, and we have not made an independent evaluation
of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses of each of the Companies, nor
have we reviewed any individual loan credit files and we have assumed that the
aggregate allowance for loan losses are adequate to cover such losses.  In
addition, we have not made an independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets
and liabilities of each of the Companies nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
were we furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal.  Our opinion is
necessarily based on economic, market, and other conditions as in effect on,
and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof.

         Howe Barnes Investments, Inc., as part of its investment banking
business, is regularly engaged in the valuation of banks and bank holding
companies, thrifts and thrift holding companies, and various other financial
services companies, in connection with mergers and acquisitions, initial and
secondary offerings of securities, and valuations for other purposes.  In
rendering this fairness opinion we have acted on behalf of the Board of
Directors of North Shore, and, with their consent, also acted in the same
capacity for the other Companies, and will receive a fee for our services from
each.

         Our opinion as expressed herein is limited to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the holders of North Shore
Common Stock and does not address North Shore's underlying business decision to
proceed with the Reorganization.  We have been retained on behalf of the Board
of Directors of North Shore, and our opinion does not constitute a





                                      B-2
<PAGE>   345

recommendation to any holder of North Shore Common Stock as to how such holder
should vote with respect to the Reorganization Agreement at any meeting of
holders of North Shore Common Stock.

         Based on the foregoing and our experience as investment bankers, we
are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Ratio proposed for
the shareholders of North Shore as described in the Reorganization Agreement,
is fair from a financial point of view.

                                             Sincerely,


                                             HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                             By MICHAEL E. SAMMON
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Michael E. Sammon
                                                Senior Vice President





                                      B-3
<PAGE>   346





May 15, 1996

Board of Directors
Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.
727 N. Bank Lane
Lake Forest, Illinois  60045

Members of the Board:

         You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, of the exchange ratio for shareholders of Lake Forest Bancorp,
Inc. ("Lake Forest") with respect to the proposed reorganization (the
"Reorganization") of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest, Hinsdale
Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Crabtree Capital Corporation
(collectively referred to herein as the "Companies"), pursuant to the Agreement
and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 28, 1996, by and among the
Companies, Lake Forest Bancorp II, Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp
II, and Crabtree Capital Corporation II (the "Reorganization Agreement").

         Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, each issued and outstanding
share of Lake Forest Common Stock, without par value, shall be converted into
the right to receive 9.67334 shares of Common Stock, without par value, of
Wintrust Financial Corporation  ("Wintrust Common Stock") (the "Exchange
Ratio").  All issued and outstanding rights and options to purchase shares of
Lake Forest Common Stock will automatically convert to rights and options to
purchase shares of Wintrust Common Stock at a fixed conversion ratio equal to
the Exchange Ratio established for Lake Forest Common Stock.  The terms of the
Reorganization are more fully set forth in the Reorganization Agreement.

         In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other
things:

         1.      Reviewed each of the Companies' audited financial statements
and related financial information for the two fiscal years ended December 31,
1995 (where available), unaudited financial information for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, as well as other internally generated reports relating to
asset/liability management, asset quality, and so forth;

         2.      Reviewed and analyzed certain other information bearing upon
the financial and operating condition of each of the Companies, and materials
prepared by management in connection with the proposed transaction;





                                      B-4
<PAGE>   347

         3.      Conducted discussions with members of the senior management of
each of the Companies concerning the financial condition, businesses, assets,
earnings, and prospects of each, and such senior management's views as to the
future financial performance of each;

         4.      Reviewed certain financial forecasts and projections of each
of the Companies as prepared by the management of each;

         5.      Reviewed the offering documents for each of the Companies
(where applicable) used in connection with the capitalization of each;

         6.      Reviewed the recent stock prices and historical trading
activity for the shares of Common Stock of each of the Companies;

         7.      Reviewed the Reorganization Agreement and all of the related
agreements; and

         8.      Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and
performed such other investigations and took into account such other matters as
we deemed necessary for purposes of rendering this opinion.

         We have assumed and relied, without independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information
reviewed by us for the purposes of this opinion.  We have also assumed and
relied upon the senior management of each of the Companies as to the
reasonableness and achievability of the financial and operating forecasts (and
the assumptions and bases therefor) provided to us.  In that regard, we have
assumed with your permission that such forecasts reflect the best currently
available estimates and judgment of such management and that such forecasts
will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by
the management of each of the Companies.  We are not experts in the evaluation
of allowances for loan losses, and we have not made an independent evaluation
of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses of each of the Companies, nor
have we reviewed any individual loan credit files and we have assumed that the
aggregate allowance for loan losses are adequate to cover such losses.  In
addition, we have not made an independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets
and liabilities of each of the Companies nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
were we furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal.  Our opinion is
necessarily based on economic, market, and other conditions as in effect on,
and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof.

         Howe Barnes Investments, Inc., as part of its investment banking
business, is regularly engaged in the valuation of banks and bank holding
companies, thrifts and thrift holding companies, and various other financial
services companies, in connection with mergers and acquisitions, initial and
secondary offerings of securities, and valuations for other purposes.  In
rendering this fairness opinion we have acted on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Lake Forest, and, with their consent, also acted in the same
capacity for the other Companies, and will receive a fee for our services from
each.





                                      B-5
<PAGE>   348

         Our opinion as expressed herein is limited to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the holders of Lake Forest
Common Stock and does not address Lake Forest's underlying business decision to
proceed with the Reorganization.  We have been retained on behalf of the Board
of Directors of Lake Forest, and our opinion does not constitute a
recommendation to any holder of Lake Forest Common Stock as to how such holder
should vote with respect to the Reorganization Agreement at any meeting of
holders of Lake Forest Common Stock.

         Based on the foregoing and our experience as investment bankers, we
are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Ratio proposed for
the shareholders of Lake Forest as described in the Reorganization Agreement,
is fair from a financial point of view.

                                             Sincerely,

                                             HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                             By MICHAEL E. SAMMON
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Michael E. Sammon
                                                Senior Vice President




















                                      B-6
<PAGE>   349





May 14, 1996

Board of Directors
Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.
25 East First Street
Hinsdale, Illinois 60521

Members of the Board:

         You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, of the exchange ratio for shareholders of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.
("Hinsdale") with respect to the proposed reorganization (the "Reorganization")
of North Shore Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale, Libertyville
Bancorp, Inc. and Crabtree Capital Corporation (collectively referred to herein
as the "Companies"), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated
as of May 28, 1996, by and among the Companies, Lake Forest Bancorp II,
Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II, and Crabtree Capital Corporation
II (the "Reorganization Agreement").

         Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, each issued and outstanding
share of Hinsdale Common Stock, without par value, shall be converted into the
right to receive 6.03398 shares of Common Stock, without par value, of Wintrust
Financial Corporation ("Wintrust Common Stock") (the "Exchange Ratio").  All
issued and outstanding rights and options to purchase shares of Hinsdale Common
Stock will automatically convert to rights and options to purchase shares of
Wintrust Common Stock at a fixed conversion ratio equal to the Exchange Ratio
established for Hinsdale Common Stock.  All issued and outstanding warrants to
purchase shares of Hinsdale Common Stock will remain issued and outstanding and
will be unaffected by the Reorganization. The terms of the Reorganization are
more fully set forth in the Reorganization Agreement.

         In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other
things:

         1.      Reviewed each of the Companies' audited financial statements
and related financial information for the two fiscal years ended December 31,
1995 (where available), unaudited financial information for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, as well as other internally generated reports relating to
asset/liability management, asset quality, and so forth;





                                      B-7
<PAGE>   350

         2.      Reviewed and analyzed certain other information bearing upon
the financial and operating condition of each of the Companies, and materials
prepared by management in connection with the proposed transaction;

         3.      Conducted discussions with members of the senior management of
each of the Companies concerning the financial condition, businesses, assets,
earnings, and prospects of each, and such senior management's views as to the
future financial performance of each;

         4.      Reviewed certain financial forecasts and projections of each
of the Companies as prepared by the management of each;

         5.      Reviewed the offering documents for each of the Companies
(where applicable) used in connection with the capitalization of each;

         6.      Reviewed the recent stock prices and historical trading
activity for the shares of Common Stock of each of the Companies;

         7.      Reviewed the Reorganization Agreement and all of the related
agreements; and

         8.      Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and
performed such other investigations and took into account such other matters as
we deemed necessary for purposes of rendering this opinion.

         We have assumed and relied, without independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information
reviewed by us for the purposes of this opinion.  We have also assumed and
relied upon the senior management of each of the Companies as to the
reasonableness and achievability of the financial and operating forecasts (and
the assumptions and bases therefor) provided to us.  In that regard, we have
assumed with your permission that such forecasts reflect the best currently
available estimates and judgment of such management and that such forecasts
will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by
the management of each of the Companies.  We are not experts in the evaluation
of allowances for loan losses, and we have not made an independent evaluation
of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses of each of the Companies, nor
have we reviewed any individual loan credit files and we have assumed that the
aggregate allowance for loan losses are adequate to cover such losses.  In
addition, we have not made an independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets
and liabilities of each of the Companies, nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
were we furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal.  Our opinion is
necessarily based on economic, market, and other conditions as in effect on,
and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof.

         Howe Barnes Investments, Inc., as part of its investment banking
business, is regularly engaged in the valuation of banks and bank holding
companies, thrifts and thrift holding companies, and various other financial
services companies, in connection with mergers and acquisitions, initial and
secondary offerings of securities, and valuations for other purposes.  In





                                      B-8
<PAGE>   351

rendering this fairness opinion we have acted on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Hinsdale, and, with their consent, also acted in the same capacity
for the other Companies, and will receive a fee for our services from each.

         Our opinion as expressed herein is limited to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the holders of Hinsdale
Common Stock and does not address Hinsdale's underlying business decision to
proceed with the Reorganization.  We have been retained on behalf of the Board
of Directors of Hinsdale, and our opinion does not constitute a recommendation
to any holder of Hinsdale Common Stock as to how such holder should vote with
respect to the Reorganization Agreement at any meeting of holders of Hinsdale
Common Stock.

         Based on the foregoing and our experience as investment bankers, we
are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Ratio proposed for
the shareholders of Hinsdale as described in the Reorganization Agreement, is
fair from a financial point of view.

                                             Sincerely,


                                             HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                             By MICHAEL E. SAMMON
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Michael E. Sammon
                                                Senior Vice President





                                      B-9
<PAGE>   352





May 15, 1996

Board of Directors
Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
507 N. Milwaukee Avenue
Libertyville, Illinois  60048

Members of the Board:

         You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, of the exchange ratio for shareholders of Libertyville Bancorp,
Inc. ("Libertyville") with respect to the proposed reorganization (the
"Reorganization") of North Shore Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.,
Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville and Crabtree Capital Corporation
(collectively referred to herein as the "Companies"), pursuant to the Agreement
and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 28, 1996, by and among the
Companies, Lake Forest Bancorp II, Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp
II, and Crabtree Capital Corporation II (the "Reorganization Agreement").

         Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, each issued and outstanding
share of Libertyville Common Stock, without par value, shall be converted into
the right to receive 4.02578 shares of Common Stock, without par value, of
Wintrust Financial Corporation ("Wintrust Common Stock") (the "Exchange
Ratio").  All issued and outstanding rights and options to purchase shares of
Libertyville Common Stock will automatically convert to rights and options to
purchase shares of Wintrust Common Stock at a fixed conversion ratio equal to
the Exchange Ratio established for Libertyville Common Stock.  All issued and
outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Libertyville Common Stock will
remain issued and outstanding and will be unaffected by the Reorganization.
The terms of the Reorganization are more fully set forth in the Reorganization
Agreement.

         In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other
things:

         1.      Reviewed each of the Companies' audited financial statements
and related financial information for the two fiscal years ended December 31,
1995 (where available), unaudited financial information for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, as well as other internally generated reports relating to
asset/liability management, asset quality, and so forth;





                                      B-10
<PAGE>   353

         2.      Reviewed and analyzed certain other information bearing upon
the financial and operating condition of each of the Companies, and materials
prepared by management in connection with the proposed transaction;

         3.      Conducted discussions with members of the senior management of
each of the Companies concerning the financial condition, businesses, assets,
earnings, and prospects of each, and such senior management's views as to the
future financial performance of each;

         4.      Reviewed certain financial forecasts and projections of each
of the Companies as prepared by the management of each;

         5.      Reviewed the offering documents for each of the Companies
(where applicable) used in connection with the capitalization of each;

         6.      Reviewed the recent stock prices and historical trading
activity for the shares of Common Stock of each of the Companies;

         7.      Reviewed the Reorganization Agreement and all of the related
agreements; and

         8.      Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and
performed such other investigations and took into account such other matters as
we deemed necessary for purposes of rendering this opinion.

         We have assumed and relied, without independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information
reviewed by us for the purposes of this opinion.  We have also assumed and
relied upon the senior management of each of the Companies as to the
reasonableness and achievability of the financial and operating forecasts (and
the assumptions and bases therefor) provided to us.  In that regard, we have
assumed with your permission that such forecasts reflect the best currently
available estimates and judgment of such management and that such forecasts
will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by
the management of each of the Companies.  We are not experts in the evaluation
of allowances for loan losses, and we have not made an independent evaluation
of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses of each of the Companies, nor
have we reviewed any individual loan credit files and we have assumed that the
aggregate allowance for loan losses are adequate to cover such losses.  In
addition, we have not made an independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets
and liabilities of each of the Companies, nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
were we furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal.  Our opinion is
necessarily based on economic, market, and other conditions as in effect on,
and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof.

         Howe Barnes Investments, Inc., as part of its investment banking
business, is regularly engaged in the valuation of banks and bank holding
companies, thrifts and thrift holding companies, and various other financial
services companies, in connection with mergers and acquisitions, initial and
secondary offerings of securities, and valuations for other purposes.  In





                                      B-11
<PAGE>   354

rendering this fairness opinion we have acted on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Libertyville, and, with their consent, also acted in the same
capacity for the other Companies, and will receive a fee for our services from
each.

         Our opinion as expressed herein is limited to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the holders of Libertyville
Common Stock and does not address Libertyville's underlying business decision
to proceed with the Reorganization.  We have been retained on behalf of the
Board of Directors of Libertyville, and our opinion does not constitute a
recommendation to any holder of Libertyville Common Stock as to how such holder
should vote with respect to the Reorganization Agreement at any meeting of
holders of Libertyville Common Stock.

         Based on the foregoing and our experience as investment bankers, we
are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Ratio proposed for
the shareholders of Libertyville as described in the Reorganization Agreement,
is fair from a financial point of view.

                                             Sincerely,


                                             HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                             By MICHAEL E. SAMMON
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Michael E. Sammon
                                                Senior Vice President













                                      B-12
<PAGE>   355




May 13, 1996


Board of Directors
Crabtree Capital Corporation
475 N. Martingale Rd., Suite 440
Schaumburg, Illinois 60173

Members of the Board:

         You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial
point of view, of the exchange ratio for shareholders of Crabtree Capital
Corporation ("Crabtree") with respect to the proposed reorganization (the
"Reorganization") of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest Bancorp,
Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Crabtree
(collectively referred to herein as the "Companies"), pursuant to the Agreement
and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 28, 1996, by and among the
Companies, Lake Forest Bancorp II, Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp
II, and Crabtree Capital Corporation II (the "Reorganization Agreement").

         Pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, each issued and outstanding
share of Crabtree Common Stock, without par value, shall be converted into the
right to receive 1.18332 shares of Common Stock, without par value, of Wintrust
Financial Corporation ("Wintrust Common Stock") (the "Exchange Ratio").  All
issued and outstanding rights and options to purchase shares of Crabtree Common
Stock will automatically convert to rights and options to purchase shares of
Wintrust Common Stock at a fixed conversion ratio equal to the Exchange Ratio
established for Crabtree Common Stock.  The terms of the Reorganization are
more fully set forth in the Reorganization Agreement.

         In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other
things:

         1.      Reviewed each of the Companies' audited financial statements
and related financial information for the two fiscal years ended December 31,
1995 (where available), unaudited financial information for the three months
ended March 31, 1996, as well as other internally generated reports relating to
asset/liability management, asset quality, and so forth;

         2.      Reviewed and analyzed certain other information bearing upon
the financial and operating condition of each of the Companies, and materials
prepared by management in connection with the proposed transaction;





                                      B-13
<PAGE>   356

         3.      Conducted discussions with members of the senior management of
each of the Companies concerning the financial condition, businesses, assets,
earnings, and prospects of each, and such senior management's views as to the
future financial performance of each;

         4.      Reviewed certain financial forecasts and projections of each
of the Companies as prepared by the management of each;

         5.      Reviewed the offering documents for each of the Companies
(where applicable) used in connection with the capitalization of each;

         6.      Reviewed the recent stock prices and historical trading
activity for the shares of Common Stock of each of the Companies;

         7.      Reviewed the Reorganization Agreement and all of the related
agreements; and

         8.      Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and
performed such other investigations and took into account such other matters as
we deemed necessary for purposes of rendering this opinion.

         We have assumed and relied, without independent verification, upon the
accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information
reviewed by us for the purposes of this opinion.  We have also assumed and
relied upon the senior management of each of the Companies as to the
reasonableness and achievability of the financial and operating forecasts (and
the assumptions and bases therefor) provided to us.  In that regard, we have
assumed with your permission that such forecasts reflect the best currently
available estimates and judgment of such management and that such forecasts
will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by
the management of each of the Companies.  We are not experts in the evaluation
of allowances for loan losses, and we have not made an independent evaluation
of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses of each of the Companies, nor
have we reviewed any individual loan credit files and we have assumed that the
aggregate allowance for loan losses are adequate to cover such losses.  In
addition, we have not made an independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets
and liabilities of each of the Companies, nor any of their subsidiaries, nor
were we furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal.  Our opinion is
necessarily based on economic, market, and other conditions as in effect on,
and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof.

         Howe Barnes Investments, Inc., as part of its investment banking
business, is regularly engaged in the valuation of banks and bank holding
companies, thrifts and thrift holding companies, and various other financial
services companies, in connection with mergers and acquisitions, initial and
secondary offerings of securities, and valuations for other purposes.  In
rendering this fairness opinion we have acted on behalf of the Board of
Directors of Crabtree, and, with their consent, also acted in the same capacity
for the other Companies, and will receive a fee for our services from each.





                                      B-14
<PAGE>   357

         Our opinion as expressed herein is limited to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the holders of Crabtree
Common Stock and does not address Crabtree's underlying business decision to
proceed with the Reorganization.  We have been retained on behalf of the Board
of Directors of Crabtree, and our opinion does not constitute a recommendation
to any holder of Crabtree Common Stock as to how such holder should vote with
respect to the Reorganization Agreement at any meeting of holders of Crabtree
Common Stock.

         Based on the foregoing and our experience as investment bankers, we
are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Ratio proposed for
the shareholders of Crabtree as described in the Reorganization Agreement, is
fair from a financial point of view.

                                            Sincerely,


                                            HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.


                                            By: MICHAEL E. SAMMON
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Michael E. Sammon
                                                Senior Vice President












                                      B-15
<PAGE>   358
                   APPENDIX C -- SECTIONS 11.65 AND 11.70 OF
                     THE ILLINOIS BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT

ILLINOIS BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT

5/11.65 RIGHT TO DISSENT -- (a) A shareholder of a corporation is entitled to
dissent from, and obtain payment for his or her shares in the event of any of
the following corporate actions:

             (1) consummation of a plan of merger or consolidation or a plan of
         share exchange to which the corporation is a party if (i) shareholder
         authorization is required for the merger or consolidation of the share
         exchange by Section 11.20 or the articles of incorporation or (ii) the
         corporation is a subsidiary that is merged with its parent or another
         subsidiary under Section 11.30;

             (2) consummation of a sale, lease or exchange of all, or
         substantially all, of the property and assets of the corporation other
         than in the usual and regular course of business;

             (3) an amendment of the articles of incorporation that materially
         and adversely affects rights in respect of a dissenter's shares
         because it:

                 (i)      alters or abolishes a preferential right of such
             shares;

                 (ii)     alters or abolishes a right in respect of redemption,
             including a provision respecting a sinking fund for the redemption
             or repurchase, of such shares;

                 (iii)    in the case of a corporation incorporated prior to
             January 1, 1982, limits or eliminates cumulative voting rights
             with respect to such shares; or

             (4) any other corporate action taken pursuant to a shareholder
         vote if the articles of incorporation, by laws, or a resolution of the
         board of directors provide that shareholders are entitled to dissent
         and obtain payment for their shares in accordance with the procedures
         set forth in Section 11.70 or as may be otherwise provided in the
         articles, by-laws or resolution.

         (b) A shareholder entitled to dissent and obtain payment for his or
her shares under this Section may not challenge the corporate action creating
his or her entitlement unless the action is fraudulent with respect to the
shareholder or the corporation or constitutes a breach of a fiduciary duty owed
to the shareholder.

         (c) A record owner of shares may assert dissenters' rights as to fewer
than all the shares recorded in such person's name only if such person dissents
with respect to all shares beneficially owned by any one person and notifies
the corporation in writing of the name and address of each person on whose
behalf the record owner asserts dissenters' rights.  The rights of a partial
dissenter are determined as if the shares as to which dissent is made and the
other shares are recorded in the names of different shareholders.  A beneficial
owner of shares who is not the record owner may assert dissenters' rights as to
shares held on such person's behalf only if the beneficial owner submits to the
corporation the record owner's written consent to the dissent before or at the
same time the beneficial owner asserts dissenters' rights.  (Last amended by
P.A. 85-1269, L.'88, eff. 1-1-89.)
____________________________
         .1 RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS. -- Court can use evidence of
book value and previous arm's-length transactions in valuing stock of closely
held corporation for minority holders dissenting to merger.  Stewart v. DJ
Stewart & Co, 346 NE2d 475 (App Ct 1976).
         Surviving had to offer stockholders of dissolved corporation market
value of their stock at time of merger, when stockholders were deprived of
their statutory appraisal rights as result of deceptive proxy statement.
Swanson v. American Consumers Industries Inc., 475 F2d 516 (7th Cir 1973).





                                           C-1
<PAGE>   359

         Under statute allowing corporations to petition court to determine
"fair value" of stock, valuation calls for exercise of judgment after
consideration of all relevant factors; the minority or illiquid nature of stock
may be relevant to its intrinsic worth.  Independence Tube Corp v Levine, 535
NE2d 927 (App Ct 1989).

         .2 OBJECTING STOCKHOLDER. -- The term "objecting stockholder" should
not receive a literal and narrow construction.  It means any stockholder in a
corporation who, for any reason, preferred to take the fair value of his stock
in the corporation in which he held the stock rather than accept other stock in
the acquiring corporation.  Though the objecting stockholder voted for the
original resolution for consolidation, and for the similar resolution adopted
by the stockholders at their first meeting, he was not estopped from claiming
that he was an objecting stockholder.  The objecting stockholder had the right
at any time before the adoption of the final resolution for the consolidation
to register his objection thereto.  Ahlenius v Bunn & Humphreys, Inc, 182 NE
738 (App Ct 1932), valuation set aside by 192 NE 824 (1934).


PROCEDURE TO DISSENT -- (a)       If the corporate action giving rise to the
right to dissent is to be approved at a meeting of shareholders, the notice of
meeting shall inform the shareholders of their right to dissent and the
procedure to dissent.  If, prior to the meeting, the corporation furnishes to
the shareholders material information with respect to the transaction that will
objectively enable a shareholder to vote on the transaction and to determine
whether or not to exercise dissenters' rights, a shareholder may assert
dissenters' rights only if the shareholder delivers to the corporation before
the vote is taken a written demand for payment for his or her shares if the
proposed action is consummated, and the shareholder does not vote in favor of
the proposed action.

         (b) If the corporate action giving rise to the right to dissent is not
to be approved at a meeting of shareholders, the notice to shareholders
describing the action taken under Section 11.30 or Section 7.10 shall inform
the shareholders of their right to dissent and the procedure to dissent.  If,
prior to or concurrently with the notice, the corporation furnishes to the
shareholders material information with respect to the transaction that will
objectively enable a shareholder to determine whether or not to exercise
dissenters' rights, a shareholder may assert dissenter's rights only if he or
she delivers to the corporation within 30 days from the date of mailing the
notice a written demand for payment for his or her shares.

         (c) Within 10 days after the date on which the corporate action giving
rise to the right to dissent is effective or 30 days after the shareholder
delivers to the corporation the written demand for payment, whichever is later,
the corporation shall send each shareholder who has delivered a written demand
for payment a statement setting forth the opinion of the corporation as to the
estimated fair value of the shares, the corporation's latest balance sheet as
of the end of a fiscal year ending not earlier than 16 months before the
delivery of the statement, together with the statement of income for that year
and the latest available interim financial statements, and either a commitment
to pay for the shares of the dissenting shareholder at the estimated fair value
thereof upon transmittal to the corporation of the certificate or certificates,
or other evidence of ownership, with respect to the shares, or instructions to
the dissenting shareholder to sell his or her shares within 10 days after
delivery of the corporation's statement to the shareholder.  The corporation
may instruct the shareholder to sell only if there is a public market for the
shares at which the shares may be readily sold.  If the shareholder does not
sell within that 10 day period after being so instructed by the corporation,
for purposes of this Section the shareholder shall be deemed to have sold his
or her shares at the average closing price of the shares, if listed on a
national exchange, or the average of the bid and asked price with respect to
the shares quoted by a principal market maker, if not listed on a national
exchange, during that 10 day period.

         (d) A shareholder who makes written demand for payment under this
Section retains all other rights of a shareholder until those rights are
canceled or modified by the consummation of the proposed corporate action.
Upon consummation of that action, the corporation shall pay to each dissenter
who transmits to the corporation the certificate or other evidence of ownership
of the shares the amount the corporation estimates to be the fair value of the
shares, plus accrued interest, accompanied by a written explanation of how the
interest was calculated.





                                           C-2
<PAGE>   360

         (e) If the shareholder does not agree with the opinion of the
corporation as to the estimated fair value of the shares or the amount of
interest due, the shareholder, within 30 days from the delivery of the
corporation's statement of value, shall notify the corporation in writing of
the shareholder's estimated fair value and the amount of interest due and
demand payment for the difference between the shareholder's estimate of fair
value and interest due and the amount of the payment by the corporation or the
proceeds of sale by the shareholder, whichever is applicable because of the
procedure for which the corporation opted pursuant to subsection (c).

         (f) If, within 60 days from delivery to the corporation of the
shareholder notification of estimate of fair value of the shares and interest
due, the corporation and the dissenting shareholder have not agreed in writing
upon the fair value of the shares and interest due, the corporation shall
either pay the difference in value demanded by the shareholder, with interest,
or file a petition in the circuit court of the county in which either the
registered office or the principal office of the corporation is located,
requesting the court to determine the fair value of the shares and interest
due.  The corporation shall make all dissenters, whether or not residents of
this State, whose demands remain unsettled parties to the proceeding as an
action against their shares and all parties shall be served with a copy of the
petition.  Non residents may be served by registered or certified mail or by
publication as provided by law.  Failure of the corporation to commence an
action pursuant to this Section shall not limit or affect the right of the
dissenting shareholders to otherwise commence an action as permitted by law.

         (g) The jurisdiction of the court in which the proceeding is commenced
under subsection (f) by a corporation is plenary and exclusive.  The court may
appoint one of more persons as appraisers to receive evidence and recommend
decision on the question of fair value.  The appraisers have the power
described in the order appointing them, or in any amendment to it.

         (h) Each dissenter made a party to the proceeding is entitled to
judgment for the amount, if any, by which the court finds that the fair value
of his or her shares, plus interest, exceeds to amount paid by the corporation
or the proceeds of sale by the shareholder, whichever amount is applicable.

         (i) The court, in a proceeding commenced under subsection (f), shall
determine all costs of the proceeding, including the reasonable compensation
and expenses of the appraisers, if any, appointed by the court under subsection
(g), but shall exclude the fees and expenses of counsel and experts for the
respective parties.  If the fair value of the shares as determined by the court
materially exceeds the amount which the corporation estimated to be the fair
value of the shares or if no estimate was made in accordance with subsection
(c), then all or any part of the costs may be assessed against the corporation.
If the amount which any dissenter estimated to be the fair value of the shares
materially exceeds the fair value of the shares as determined by the court,
then all or any part of the costs may be assessed against that dissenter.  The
court may also assess the fees and expenses of counsel and experts for the
respective parties, in amounts the court finds equitable, as follows:

             (1) Against the corporation and in favor of any or all dissenters
         if the court finds that the corporation did not substantially comply
         with the requirements of subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), or (f).

             (2) Against either the corporation or as a dissenter and in favor
         of any other party if the court finds that the party against whom the
         fees and expenses are assessed acted arbitrarily, vexatiously, or not
         in good faith with respect to the rights provided by this Section.

             If the court finds that the services of counsel for any dissenter
         were of substantial benefit to other dissenters similarly situated and
         that the fees for those services should not be assessed against the
         corporation, the court may award to that counsel reasonable fees to be
         paid out of the amounts awarded to the dissenters who are benefited.
         Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the practice, procedure,
         judgment and costs shall be governed by the Code of Civil Procedure.





                                           C-3
<PAGE>   361

         (j) As used in this Section:

             (1) "Fair valuer," with respect to a dissenter's shares, means the
         value of the shares immediately before the consummation of the
         corporate action to which the dissenter objects excluding any
         appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the corporate action,
         unless exclusion would be inequitable.

             (2) "Interest" means interest from the effective date of the
         corporate action until the date of payment, at the average rate
         currently paid by the corporation on its principal bank loans or, if
         none, at a rate that is fair and equitable under all the
         circumstances.  (Last amended by P.A. 86-1156, L. '90, eff. 8-10-90.)

_______________
         .1 VALUATION OF STOCK. -- If stockholders dissenting from a sale of
assets seek a court's determination of the fair market value of their stock,
they are bound by the court's findings and cannot dismiss the suit and resume
their status as stockholders.  Bauman v Advance Aluminum Castings Corp, 169
NE2d 382 (App Ct 1960).
         Under statute allowing corporations to petition court to determine
"fair value" of stock, valuation calls for exercise of judgment after
consideration of all relevant factors; the minority or illiquid nature of stock
may be relevant to its intrinsic worth. Independence Tube Corp v Levine, 535
NE2d 927 (App Ct 1989).

         .2 EFFECT OF FAILURE TO MAKE STATUTORY DEMAND IN TIME. - Dissenting
shareholder not in position to complain that sale of corporation's only
property was made improperly because shareholder failed for more than 20 days
after the vote of the shareholders authorizing the sale to make the demand
required by this section.  Morris v Columbia Apartments Corp, 55 NE2d 401
(1944).





                                           C-4
<PAGE>   362
           APPENDIX D -- SECTION 262 OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
                           OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

Section  262.      APPRAISAL RIGHTS.

  (a) Any stockholder of a corporation of this State who holds shares of stock
on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to subsection (d) of this
section with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through
the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied
with subsection (d) of this section and who has neither voted in favor of the
merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing pursuant to Section
228 of this title shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of
the fair value of his shares of stock under the circumstances described in
subsections (b) and (c) of this section.  As used in this section, the word
"stockholder" means a holder of record of stock in a stock corporation and also
a member of record of a nonstock corporation; the words "stock" and "share"
mean and include what is ordinarily meant by those words and also membership or
membership interest of a member of a nonstock corporation; and the words
"depository receipt" mean a receipt or other instrument issued by a depository
representing an interest in one or more shares, or fractions thereof, solely of
stock of a corporation, which stock is deposited with the depository.

  (b) Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series
of stock of a constituent corporation in a merger or consolidation to be
effected pursuant to Section Section 251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 or 264 of
this title:

    (1)  Provided, however, that no appraisal rights under this section shall
  be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which stock, or
  depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine
  the stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of
  stockholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were
  either (i) listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a
  national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the
  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or (ii) held of record by
  more than 2,000 holders; and further provided that no appraisal rights shall
  be available for any shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving
  a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the vote of the
  holders of the surviving corporation as provided in subsections (f) or (g) of
  Section 251 of this title.

    (2)  Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this subsection, appraisal rights
  under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series
  of stock of a constituent corporation if the holders thereof are required by
  the terms of an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to Section
  Section 251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 and 264 of this title to accept for such
  stock anything except:

      Shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from such
    merger or consolidation;

      Shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from such
    merger or consolidation, or depository receipts in respect thereof;

      Shares of stock of any other corporation, or depository receipts in
    respect thereof, which shares of stock or depository receipts at the
    effective date of the merger or consolidation will be either listed on a
    national securities exchange or designated as a national market system
    security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of
    Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000 holders;

      Cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts
    described in the foregoing subparagraphs a. and b. of this paragraph; or

      Any combination of the shares of stock, depository receipts and cash in
    lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts described in the
    foregoing subparagraphs a., b. and c. of this paragraph.





                                     D-1
<PAGE>   363


    (3)  In the event all of the stock of a subsidiary Delaware corporation
  party to a merger effected under Section 253 of this title is not owned by
  the parent corporation immediately prior to the merger, appraisal rights
  shall be available for the shares of the subsidiary Delaware corporation.

  (c) Any corporation may provide in its certificate of incorporation that
appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any
class or series of its stock as a result of an amendment to its certificate of
incorporation, any merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a
constituent corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets
of the corporation.  If the certificate of incorporation contains such a
provision, the procedures of this section, including those set forth in
subsections (d) and (e) of this section, shall apply as nearly as is
practicable.

  (d) Appraisal rights shall be perfected as follows:

    (1)  If a proposed merger or consolidation for which appraisal rights are
  provided under this section is to be submitted for approval at a meeting of
  stockholders, the corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the meeting,
  shall notify each of its stockholders who was such on the record date for
  such meeting with respect to shares for which appraisal rights are available
  pursuant to subsections (b) or (c) hereof that appraisal rights are available
  for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporations, and shall
  include in such notice a copy of this section.  Each stockholder electing to
  demand the appraisal of his shares shall deliver to the corporation before
  the taking of the vote on the merger or consolidation, a written demand for
  appraisal of his shares.  Such demand will be sufficient if it reasonably
  informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder and that the
  stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of his shares. A proxy or
  vote against the merger or consolidation shall not constitute such a demand.
  A stockholder electing to take such action must do so by a separate written
  demand as herein provided.  Within 10 days after the effective date of such
  merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation shall notify
  each stockholder of each constituent corporation who has complied with this
  subsection and has not voted in favor of or consented to the merger or
  consolidation of the date that the merger or consolidation has become
  effective; or

    (2)  If the merger or consolidation was approved pursuant to Section 228 or
  Section 253 of this title, the surviving or resulting corporation, either
  before the effective date of the merger or consolidation or within 10 days
  thereafter, shall notify each of the stockholders entitled to appraisal
  rights of the effective date of the merger or consolidation and that
  appraisal rights are available for any or all of the shares of the
  constituent corporation, and shall include in such notice a copy of this
  section.  The notice shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return
  receipt requested, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears
  on the records of the corporation.  Any stockholder entitled to appraisal
  rights may, within 20 days after the date of mailing of the notice, demand in
  writing from the surviving or resulting corporation the appraisal of his
  shares.  Such demand will be sufficient if it reasonably informs the
  corporation of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder
  intends thereby to demand the appraisal of his shares.

  (e) Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation,
the surviving or resulting corporation or any stockholder who has complied with
subsections (a) and (d) hereof and who is otherwise entitled to appraisal
rights, may file a petition in the Court of Chancery demanding a determination
of the value of the stock of all such stockholders.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, at any time within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or
consolidation, any stockholder shall have the right to withdraw his demand for
appraisal and to accept the terms offered upon the merger or consolidation.
Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, any
stockholder who has complied with the requirements of subsections (a) and (d)
hereof, upon written request, shall be entitled to receive from the corporation
surviving the merger or resulting from the consolidation a statement setting
forth the aggregate number of shares not voted in favor of the merger or
consolidation and with respect to which demands for appraisal have been
received and the aggregate number of holders of such shares.  Such written
statement shall be mailed to the stockholder within 10 days after his written
request for such a statement is received by the surviving or resulting
corporation or within 10 days after expiration of the period for delivery of
demands for appraisal under subsection (d) hereof, whichever is later.





                                     D-2
<PAGE>   364


  (f) Upon the filing of any such petition by a stockholder, service of a copy
thereof shall be made upon the surviving or resulting corporation, which shall
within 20 days after such service file in the office of the Register in
Chancery in which the petition was filed a duly verified list containing the
names and addresses of all stockholders who have demanded payment for their
shares and with whom agreements as to the value of their shares have not been
reached by the surviving or resulting corporation.  If the petition shall be
filed by the surviving or resulting corporation, the petition shall be
accompanied by such a duly verified list.  The Register in Chancery, if so
ordered by the Court, shall give notice of the time and place fixed for the
hearing of such petition by registered or certified mail to the surviving or
resulting corporation and to the stockholders shown on the list at the
addresses therein stated.  Such notice shall also be given by 1 or more
publications at least 1 week before the day of the hearing, in a newspaper of
general circulation published in the city of Wilmington, Delaware or such
publication as the Court deems advisable.  The forms of the notices by mail and
by publication shall be approved by the Court, and the costs thereof shall be
borne by the surviving or resulting corporation.

  (g) At the hearing on such petition, the Court shall determine the
stockholders who have complied with this section and who have become entitled
to appraisal rights.  The Court may require the stockholders who have demanded
an appraisal for their shares and who hold stock represented by certificates to
submit their certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery for notation
thereon of the pendency of the appraisal proceedings; and if any stockholder
fails to comply with such direction, the Court may dismiss the proceedings as
to such stockholder.

  (h) After determining the stockholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court
shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any
element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger
or consolidation, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid
upon the amount determined to be the fair value.  In determining such fair
value, the Court shall take into account all relevant factors.  In determining
the fair rate of interest, the Court may consider all relevant factors,
including the rate of interest which the surviving or resulting corporation
would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the proceeding.
Upon application by the surviving or resulting corporation or by any
stockholder entitled to participate in the appraisal proceeding, the Court may,
in its discretion, permit discovery or other pretrial proceedings and may
proceed to trial upon the appraisal prior to the final determination of the
stockholder entitled to an appraisal.  Any stockholder whose name appears on
the list filed by the surviving or resulting corporation pursuant to subsection
(f) of this section and who has submitted his certificates of stock to the
Register in Chancery, if such is required, may participate fully in all
proceedings until it is finally determined that he is not entitled to appraisal
rights under this section.

  (i) The Court shall direct the payment of the fair value of the shares,
together with interest, if any, by the surviving or resulting corporation to
the stockholders entitled thereto.  Interest may be simple or compound, as the
Court may direct.  Payment shall be so made to each such stockholder, in the
case of holders of uncertified stock forthwith, and the case of holders of
shares represented by certificates upon the surrender to the corporation of the
certificates representing such stock.  The Court's decree may be enforced as
other decrees in the Court of Chancery may be enforced, whether such surviving
or resulting corporation be a corporation of this State or of any state.

  (j) The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the Court and taxed upon
the parties as the Court deems equitable in the circumstances.  Upon
application of a stockholder, the Court may order all or a portion of the
expenses incurred by any stockholder in connection with the appraisal
proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and the
fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all
the shares entitled to an appraisal.

  (k) From and after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, no
stockholder who has demanded his appraisal rights as provided in subsection (d)
of this section shall be entitled to vote such stock for any purpose or to
receive payment of dividends or other distributions on the stock (except
dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date
which is prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation); provided,
however, that if no petition for an appraisal shall be filed within the time
provided in subsection (e) of this section, or if such stockholder shall
deliver to the surviving or resulting corporation a written withdrawal of his
demand for





                                           D-3
<PAGE>   365

an appraisal and an acceptance of the merger or consolidation, either within 60
days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation as provided in
subsection (e) of this section or thereafter with the written approval of the
corporation, then the right of such stockholder to an appraisal shall cease.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no appraisal proceeding in the Court of Chancery
shall be dismissed as to any stockholder without the approval of the Court, and
such approval may be conditioned upon such terms as the Court deems just.

  (l) The shares of the surviving or resulting corporation to which the shares
of such objecting stockholders would have been converted had they assented to
the merger or consolidation shall have the status of authorized and unissued
shares of the surviving or resulting corporation.  (Last amended by Ch. 79, L.
'95, eff. 7-1-95.)





                                           D-4
<PAGE>   366

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

  In accordance with the Illinois Business Corporation Act (being Chapter 805,
Act 5 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes), Articles Eight and Nine of the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation provide as follows:

  **ARTICLE EIGHT:  No director of the corporation shall be liable to the
corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct of a knowing
violation of law, (c) under Section 8.65 of the BCA, as the same exists or
hereafter may be amended, or (d) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.

  **ARTICLE NINE, PARAGRAPH 1:  The corporation shall indemnify, to the full
extent that it shall have power under applicable law to do so and in a manner
permitted by such law, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise against liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.  The
corporation may indemnify, to the full extent that it shall have power under
applicable law to do so and in a manner permitted by such law, any person made
or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding.  The words "liabilities" and
"expenses" shall include, without limitation: liabilities, losses, damages,
judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, expenses, attorneys'
fees and costs.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil, criminal,
administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding may be paid
by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.75 of the BCA.

  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person
indemnified may be entitled under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of
shareholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.

  PARAGRAPH 2:  The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person referred to in the preceding paragraph against any liability
asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or
arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would
have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the
provisions of this Article or otherwise.

  PARAGRAPH 3:  For purposes of this Article, references to "the corporation"
shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or
agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand
in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the
resulting or surviving





                                          II-1
<PAGE>   367

corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.

  PARAGRAPH 4:    The provisions of this Article shall be deemed to be a
contract between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any
such capacity at any time while this Article and the relevant provisions of the
BCA, or other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or
modification of any such law or of this Article shall not affect any rights or
obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or
theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or
thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state
of facts.

  PARAGRAPH 5:  For purposes of this Article, references to "other enterprises"
shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan;
and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any
service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or
agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or
beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

  The Illinois Business Corporation Act provides for indemnification of
officers, directors, employees and agents as follows:

  5/8.75 INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS;
INSURANCE.  (a)  A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party,
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or
she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The termination
of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction,
or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself,
create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner
which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her
conduct was unlawful.

  (b) A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if such
person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, provided that no
indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to
which such person, has been adjudged to have been liable to the corporation,
unless, and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court
shall deem proper.

  (c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a
corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of
any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b), or





                                          II-2
<PAGE>   368

in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

  (d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a
court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific
case, upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer,
employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) or (b).  Such
determination shall be made (1) by the board of directors by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or
proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable,
if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion, or (3) by the shareholders.

  (e) Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition
of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it
shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified
by the corporation as authorized in this Section.

  (f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted
under the other subsections of this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

  (g) A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person
who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who
is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and
incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her
status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this
Section.

  (h) If a corporation has paid indemnity or has advanced expenses to a
director, officer, employee or agent, the corporation shall report the
indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with or before the
notice of the next shareholders meeting.

  (i) For purposes of this Section, references to "the corporation" shall
include, in addition to the surviving corporation, any merging corporation
(including any corporation having merged with a merging corporation) absorbed
in a merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the
power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or
agents, so that any person who was a director, officer, employee or agent of
such merging corporation, or was serving at the request of such merging
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same
position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the surviving
corporation as such person would have with respect to such merging corporation
if its separate existence had continued.

  (j) For purposes of this Section, reference to "other enterprises" shall
include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise
taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any
service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by such director, officer, employee, or
agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or
beneficiaries.  A person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she
reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a
manner "not opposed to the best interest of the corporation" as referred to in
this Section.

  (k) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted
under this Section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or
ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,





                                          II-3
<PAGE>   369

officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors, and administrators of that person. (Last amended by P.A.  88-43, L.
'93, eff. 1-1-94.)

ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The exhibits filed as a part of this Registration Statement are as follows:

  - List of Exhibits (filed herewith unless otherwise noted)

  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization among North Shore Community 
         Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest Bancorp II, Hinsdale Bancorp II, 
         Libertyville Bancorp II, Crabtree Capital Corporation II and Lake 
         Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, 
         Inc. and Crabtree Capital Corporation dated as of May 15, 1996 
         (filed herewith as Appendix A to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus)
  3.1    Articles of Incorporation of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
  3.2    By-laws of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
  3.3    Proposed Articles of Incorporation of Wintrust Financial Corporation
         (included as Exhibit B in Appendix A to the Joint Proxy
         Statement/Prospectus)
  3.4    Proposed By-Laws of Wintrust Financial Corporation (included as 
         Exhibit B in Appendix A to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus)
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz re: legality*
  8.1    Opinion of Blackman Kallick Bartelstein LLP as to federal income tax
         matters
  10.1   Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan
  10.2   Form of Series A Warrant Agreement relating to the right to purchase
         shares of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.
  10.3   Form of Series B Warrant Agreement relating to the right to purchase
         shares of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.*
  10.4   Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan
  10.5   Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan
  10.6   Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company Lease for drive-up facility located at
         the corner of Bank Lane & Wisconsin Avenue, Lake Forest, Illinois, 
         dated December 11, 1992*
  10.7   Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company Lease for banking facility located at
         810 South Waukegan Road, Lake Forest, Illinois
  10.8   Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company Lease for banking facility located at
         666 North Western Avenue, Lake Forest, Illinois, dated July 19, 1991 
         and Amendment
  10.9   Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company Lease for banking facility located at
         103 East Scranton Avenue, Lake Bluff, Illinois, dated November 1, 1994
  10.10  Phantom Stock Agreement between Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. and Edward
         J. Wehmer
  10.11  Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan
  10.12  Form of Series A Warrant Agreement relating to the right to purchase
         shares of Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
  10.13  Form of Series B Warrant Agreement relating to the right to purchase
         shares of Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
  10.14  Phantom Stock Agreement between Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Edward
         J. Wehmer
  10.15  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Stock Rights Plan
  10.16  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. 1994 Stock Options Plan
  10.17  Form of Warrant Agreement relating to the right to purchase shares of
         North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
  10.18  North Shore Bank & Trust Company Lease for banking facility located at
         362 Park Avenue, Glencoe, Illinois, dated July 27, 1995
  10.19  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. Lease for banking facility located
         at 794 Oak Street, Winnetka, Illinois, dated June 16, 1995





                                          II-4
<PAGE>   370

  10.20  Phantom Stock Agreement between North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
         and Anne M. Adams
  10.21  Crabtree Capital Corporation 1987 Stock Option Plan
  10.22  Crabtree Capital Corporation 1990 Stock Purchase Plan
  10.23  Warrant Purchase Agreement between First Premium Services, Inc. and
         Internationale Nederlande (U.S.) Finance Corporation dated as of
         December 30, 1992, and Amendment Dated as of February 12, 1993
  10.24  Warrant Purchase Agreement between First Premium Services, Inc. and
         Internationale Nederlande (U.S.) Finance Corporation, dated as of
         February 12, 1993
  10.25  Warrant Purchase Agreement between First Premium Services, Inc. and
         Deerpath Investment Partners, Ltd., dated as of December 23, 1992, and
         related documents
  10.26  Crabtree Capital Corporation Lease for property located at 425
         Martingale Road, Suite 1540, Schaumburg, Illinois, dated February 13,
         1995
  10.27  The Credit Life Companies, Incorporated 1987 Stock Option Plan
  10.28  First Premium Services, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan
  23.1   Consents of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
  23.2   Consent of Howe Barnes Investments, Inc.
  23.3   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.4   Consent of Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23.5   Consent of Blackman Kallick Bartelstein LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (set forth on Signature pages)
  27.1   Financial Data Schedules
  99.1   Form of Proxy for North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
  99.2   Form of Proxy for Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.
  99.3   Form of Proxy for Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.
  99.4   Form of Proxy for Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
  99.5   Form of Proxy for Crabtree Capital Corporation
  99.6   Opinions of Howe Barnes Investments, Inc. with respect to fairness of
         the transaction from a financial point of view (included in Appendix B
         to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus)
  99.7   Consent of Nominee Alan W. Adams
  99.8   Consent of Nominee Peter Crist
  99.9   Consent of Nominee Eugene Hotchkiss III
  99.10  Consent of Nominee James Knollenberg
  99.11  Consent of Nominee John S. Lillard
  99.12  Consent of Nominee James Mahoney
  99.13  Consent of Nominee James B. McCarthy
  99.14  Consent of Nominee Tull Monsees
  99.15  Consent of Nominee Albin Moschner
  99.16  Consent of Nominee J. Christopher Reyes
  99.17  Consent of Nominee John Schaper
  99.18  Consent of Nominee Jane Stein
  99.19  Consent of Nominee Katherine Sylvester
  99.20  Consent of Nominee Larry Wright

* To be filed by Amendment.

  -   FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

  All schedules have been omitted as not applicable or not required under the
rules of Regulation S-X.



                                          II-5
<PAGE>   371

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS

  -   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
      post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement.

  -   To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities
      Act of 1933.

  -   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
      effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
      post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
      aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
      the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase
      or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
      securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
      deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering
      range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
      Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in
      volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the
      maximum aggregate offering  price set forth in the "Calculation of
      Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

  -   To include any material information with respect to the plan of
      distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or
      any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.

  -   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
      Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
      new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
      and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
      the initial bona fide offering thereof.

  -   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of
      the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
      the offering.

  The Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective
amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being
acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the
Registration Statement when it became effective.

  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to Item 20 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.





                                          II-6
<PAGE>   372

                                   SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the State of Illinois, on May 28,
1996.

                                        NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                                        (name to be changed to Wintrust 
                                        Financial Corporation)



                                        By:   EDWARD J. WEHMER
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Edward J. Wehmer, Vice Chairman

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Lemuel H. Tate, Howard D.  Adams, Edward
J. Wehmer or David A. Dykstra, or any of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming any and all such
acts said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitutes or substitute may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                                         Title                             Date
<S>                                <C>                                          <C>
      LEMUEL H. TATE                                Chairman and Director                  May 28, 1996
- ------------------------------                                                                           
      Lemuel H. Tate

      EDWARD J. WEHMER                           Vice Chairman and Director                May 28, 1996
- ------------------------------                                                                          
      Edward J. Wehmer

      HOWARD D. ADAMS                            Vice Chairman and Director                May 28, 1996
- ------------------------------                                                                          
      Howard D. Adams

      DAVID A. DYKSTRA                              Chief Financial Officer                 May 28, 1996
- ------------------------------                 (and principal accounting officer)
      David A. Dykstra                 

      JOHN W. CLOSE                            President, Chief Executive Officer           May 28, 1996
- -----------------------------                             and director                                                         
      John W. Close                              

      GILBERT BOWEN                                         Director                        May 28, 1996
- -----------------------------                                                                           
      Gilbert Bowen

      JOSEPH DEVIVO, JR.                                    Director                        May 28, 1996
- -----------------------------                                                                         
      Joseph DeVivo, Jr.
</TABLE>





                                          II-7
<PAGE>   373


<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>                             <C>
     MAURICE F. DUNNE, JR.                                  Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                       
     Maurice F. Dunne, Jr.

     GAYLE INBINDER                                         Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                           
     Gayle Inbinder

     THOMAS MCCABE                                          Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                           
     Thomas McCabe

  MARGUERITE SAVARD MCKENNA                                 Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                     
  Marguerite Savard McKenna

     DONALD L. OLSON                                        Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                          
     Donald L. Olson

     HOLLIS RADEMACHER                                      Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                         
     Hollis Rademacher

     JOHN J. SCHORNACK                                      Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                         
     John J. Schornack

     INGRID STAFFORD                                        Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                          
     Ingrid Stafford

     STANLEY WEINBERGER                                     Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                         
     Stanley Weinberger

     ELIZABETH WARREN                                       Director                        May 28, 1996
- -------------------------------                                                                          
     Elizabeth Warren
</TABLE>





                                          II-8
<PAGE>   374
                                EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Sequentially
Exhibit                                                                           Numbered Page
- -------                                                                           -------------
<S>     <C>                                                                       <C>
2.1     Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among North Shore
        Community Bancorp, Inc., Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp,
        Inc., Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. and Crabtree Capital Corporation
        dated as of May 15, 1996 (filed herewith as Appendix A to the Joint 
        Proxy Statement/Prospectus..............................................

3.1     Articles of Incorporation of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. .......

3.2     By-laws of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. ..........................

3.3     Proposed Articles of Incorporation of Wintrust Financial Corporation
        (included in Appendix A to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus) .......

3.4     Proposed By-laws of Wintrust Financial Corporation (included in
        Appendix A to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus) ....................

5.1     Form of Opinion of Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz re: legality*......

8.1     Opinion of Blackman Kallick Bartelstein, LLP as to federal income tax 
        matters ................................................................

10.1    Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan ..........................

10.2    Form of Series A Warrant Agreement relating to 
        the right to purchase shares of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. .................

10.3    Form of Series B Warrant Agreement relating to the right to
        purchase shares of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.*..............................

10.4    Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan .......................

10.5    Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan .......................

10.6    Lake Forest Bank & Trust Co. Lease for drive-up facility 
        located at the corner of Bank Lane and Wisconsin Avenue, Lake Forest, 
        Illinois, dated December 11, 1992*......................................

10.7    Lake Forest Bank & Trust Co. Lease for banking facility located
        at 810 South Waukegan Road, Lake Forest, Illinois ......................

10.8    Lake Forest Bank & Trust Co. Lease for banking facility,
        located at 666 North Western Avenue, Lake Forest, Illinois,
        dated July 19, 1991 ....................................................

</TABLE>

                                     II-9








<PAGE>   375
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                         <C>
10.9    Lake Forest Bank & Trust Co. Lease for banking facility
        located at 103 East Scranton Avenue, Lake Bluff, Illinois,
        dated November 1, 1994 .................................................

10.10   Phantom Stock Agreement between Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.
        and Edward J. Wehmer ...................................................

10.11   Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan ......................

10.12   Form of Series A Warrant Agreement relating to the right
        to purchase shares of Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. .......................

10.13   Form of Series B Warrant Agreement relating to the right
        to purchase shares of Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. .......................

10.14   Phantom Stock Agreement between Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
        and Edward J. Wehmer ...................................................

10.15   North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. 1993 Stock Rights Plan .............

10.16   North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. 1994 Stock Options Plan ............

10.17   Form of Warrant Agreement relating to the right to purchase shares
        of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. .................................

10.18   North Shore Bank & Trust Company Lease for banking facility located
        at 362 Park Avenue, Glencoe, Illinois, dated July 27, 1995 .............

10.19   North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. Lease for banking facility 
        located at 794 Oak Street, Winnetka, Illinois, dated June 16, 1995 .....

10.20   Phantom Stock Agreement between North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
        and Anne M. Adams ......................................................

10.21   Crabtree Capital Corporation 1987 Stock Option Plan ....................

10.22   Crabtree Capital Corporation 1990 Stock Purchase Plan ..................

10.23   Warrant Purchase Agreement between First Premium Services, Inc. and
        Internationale Nederlande (U.S.) Finance Corporation dated as of
        December 30, 1992, and Amendment Dated as of February 12, 1993 .........

10.24   Warrant Purchase Agreement between First Premium Services, Inc. and
        Internationale Nederlande (U.S.) Finance Corporation, dated as of
        February 12, 1993 ......................................................

10.25   Warrant Purchase Agreement between First Premium Services, Inc. and
        Deerpath Investment Partners, Ltd., dated as of December 23, 1992,
        and related documents ..................................................

10.26   Crabtree Capital Corporation Lease for property located at 425 
        Martingale Road, Suite 1540, Schaumburg, Illinois, dated February 13,
        1995 ...................................................................

</TABLE>



                                     II-10


<PAGE>   376

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                              <C>
10.27   The Credit Life Companies, Incorporated 1987 Stock Option Plan ...........

10.28   First Premium Services, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan ......................

23.1    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP .........................................

23.2    Consent of Howe Barnes Investments, Inc. .................................

23.3    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP ...........................................

23.4    Consent of Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz (included in Exhibit 5.1) ...

23.5    Consent of Blackman Kallick Bartelstein, LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1) ...

24.1    Powers of Attorney (set forth on Signature pages) ........................

27.1    Financial Data Schedules .................................................

99.1    Form of Proxy for North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. ....................

99.2    Form of Proxy for Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. ..............................

99.3    Form of Proxy for Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. .................................

99.4    Form of Proxy for Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. .............................

99.5    Form of Proxy for Crabtree Capital Corporation ...........................

99.6    Opinions of Howe Barnes Investments, Inc. with respect to fairness
        of the transaction from a financial point of view (included in 
        Appendix B to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus) ......................


99.7    Consent of Nominee Alan W. Adams .........................................

99.8    Consent of Nominee Peter Crist ...........................................

99.9    Consent of Nominee Eugene Hotchkiss III ..................................

99.10   Consent of Nominee James Knollenberg .....................................

99.11   Consent of Nominee John S. Lillard .......................................

99.12   Consent of Nominee James Mahoney .........................................

99.13   Consent of Nominee James B. McCarthy .....................................

99.14   Consent of Nominee Tull Monsees ..........................................

99.15   Consent of Nominee Albin Moschner ........................................

99.16   Consent of Nominee J. Christopher Reyes ..................................

99.17   Consent of Nominee John Schaper ..........................................


</TABLE>



                                    II-11
<PAGE>   377
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                              <C>
99.18   Consent of Nominee Jane Stein ..........................................        

99.19   Consent of Nominee Katherine Sylvester .................................

99.20   Consent of Nominee Larry Wright ........................................

</TABLE>

*To be filed by Amendment.








                                     II-12


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.1

                            File Number  5712-702-3


                               STATE OF ILLINOIS
                                   OFFICE OF
                             THE SECRETARY OF STATE

                                     [SEAL]


WHEREAS,  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                      WINTRUST INVESTMENTS CORPORATION
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS HAVE BEEN FILED IN THE
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE AS PROVIDED BY THE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT OF
ILLINOIS, IN FORCE JULY 1, A.D. 1984.


Now Therefore, I, George H. Ryan, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois,
by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate
and attach hereto a copy of the Application of the aforesaid corporation.

                               
                IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I  hereto set my hand and cause to
                            be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois,
                                at the City of Springfield, this 30TH
                                day of DECEMBER A.D. 1992 and
                                of the Independence of the United States
                                the two hundred and 17TH


                                        GEORGE H. RYAN
[SEAL]                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                  SECRETARY OF STATE         
                                                        
<PAGE>   2
                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


TO: Secretary of State of Illinois

The name and address of the incorporators are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name              Number       Street           City        State                             Zip Code
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>     <C>               <C>           <C>                                 <C>
Edward J. Wehmer, 270 E. Deerpath, Suite A, Lake Forest,  Illinois                              60045
Howard D. Adams,  270 E. Deerpath, Suite A, Lake Forest,  Illinois                              60045

</TABLE>



The above-named incorporators, being natural persons of the age of twenty-one
years or more, and having subscribed to the shares of the corporation to be
organized pursuant hereto, for the purpose of forming a corporation under "The
Illinois Business Corporation Act" of the State of Illinois, do hereby adopt
the following Articles of Incorporation:


                                  ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation hereby incorporated is:

                        WINTRUST INVESTMENT CORPORATION



                                  ARTICLE TWO

The name and address of the initial registered agent and registered office are:


                 Registered Agent:         John F. Purtill
                 Registered Office:        1515 E. Woodfield Road
                                           Suite 250
                                           Schaumburg, IL 60173
                                           Cook County


                                 ARTICLE THREE

The purposes for which the corporation are organized are:

     (a)  To acquire assets of certain companies and to raise capital for the
investment in certain companies, and to engage in investments in certain
banking entities.

     (b)  To purchase, subscribe for or cause to be subscribed for, and
otherwise acquire, own, hold, use, sell, assign, transfer, 


                                       1
<PAGE>   3

exchange, distribute, deal in or with, or dispose of shares of capital stock,
bonds, debentures, voting trust certificates, coupons, mortgages, notes, deeds
of trust, securities, obligations, evidences of indebtedness, goodwill,
rights, assets and property of any and every kind, or any part thereof, of any
other corporation or corporations, association or associations, firm or firms,
person or persons; to operate, manage, and control such properties, or any of
them, either in the name of such other corporations or in the name of this
corporation, and while the owners of any of said shares of capital stock, to
exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership of every kind and
description, including the right to vote thereon, with power to designate some
person or persons for that purpose from time to time.

     (c)  To promote, organize, cause to be organized, form, finance, acquire,
purchase, own, exchange, sell, dispose of, or otherwise become interested in
any corporation, association, partnership, firm or person, to acquire by
purchase or otherwise, the goodwill, business, property, rights, franchises and
assets of every kind, of any person, firm, association, partnership or
corporation, and to acquire any property or business as a going concern or
otherwise.

     (d)  To promote or to aid in any manner, financially or otherwise, any
person, firm, corporation or association of which any shares of stock, bonds,
notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of indebtedness are held
directly or indirectly by this corporation or in which this corporation is in
any way interested; and for this purpose to assume the contracts, dividends,
shares, bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations of such other persons,
firms, corporations, or associations; and to do any other acts or things
designed to protect, preserve, improve, or enhance the value of such shares,
bonds, notes, debentures, other securities, evidence of indebtedness, or other
property at any time, owned, held, or controlled by this corporation or in
which it at any time may be interested.

     (e)  To conduct researches, investigations and examinations of businesses
and enterprises of every kind and description throughout the world with the aim
of securing information and particulars for the investment and employment of
capital.

     (f)  To undertake and transact all kinds of business relating to the
gathering and distribution of financial and investment information and
statistics throughout the world.

     (g)  To become a partner (either general or limited or both) and to enter
into agreements of partnership, with one or more other persons, associates, or
corporations, for the purpose of carrying on any business whatsoever which this
corporation may deem 



                                      2
<PAGE>   4

proper or convenient in connection with any of the purposes herein set
forth or which may be calculated, directly or indirectly, to promote the
interest of this corporation or to enhance the value of its property or
business.

     (h)  From time to time apply for, purchase, acquire by assignment,
transfer or otherwise, exercise, carry out and enjoy any benefit, right,
privilege, prerogative or power conferred by, acquired under or granted by any
statute, ordinance, order, license, power, authority, franchise, commission,
right or privilege which any government of authority or governmental agency or
corporation or other public body may be empowered to enact, make, or grant, to
pay for, aid in, and contribute toward carrying the same into effect and to
appropriate any of this corporation's shares, bonds and/or assets to defray the
costs, charges, and expenses hereof.

     (i)  To apply for, obtain, register, purchase, lease or otherwise acquire,
hold, own, use, sell, assign, grant licenses or territorial rights to response
to, or otherwise turn to account or dispose of copyrights, trademarks, trade
names, concessions, licenses, patent rights or letters of patent granted by the
United States or any other country or government, inventions or processes,
subject to royalty or otherwise, whether exclusive, nonexclusive or limited.

     (j)  To manufacture, fabricate, assemble, and to take, purchase and
otherwise acquire, own, hold use, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, lease and
otherwise dispose of, and to invest, trade, deal in and with goods, wares,
merchandise and supplies and all other personal property of every character and
description.

     (k)  To purchase, acquire, own, hold, use, lease (either as Lessor or
Lessee) grant, sell, exchange, subdivide, mortgage, convey in trust, manage,
improve, construct, operate and generally deal in and with any and all real
estate, or buildings, dwelling house, apartment houses, hotel, manufacturing
plants and other buildings and any and all other property of every kind or
description, real, personal and mixed.

     (l)  To borrow or raise monies for any of the purposes of the corporation
and, from time to time, without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept,
endorse, execute and issue promissory notes, drafts, warrants, bonds,
debentures, and other negotiable or nonnegotiable instruments and evidences of
indebtedness, and to secure the payment of any thereof and of the interest
thereon by mortgage upon or pledge, conveyance or assignment in trust of the
whole or any part of the property of the corporation, whether at the time owned
or thereafter acquired, and to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of such bonds
or other obligations of the corporation for its corporate purposes.



                                      3
<PAGE>   5



     (m)  To loan to any person, firm or corporation any of its surplus funds,
either with or without security.

     (n)  To purchase, hold, sell and transfer the shares of its own capital
stock provided it shall not use its funds or property for the purchase of its
own shares of capital stock when such use would cause any impairment of its
capital except as otherwise permitted by law, and provided further that shares
of its own capital stock belonging to it shall not be voted upon directly or
indirectly.

     (o)  To carry on any other business in connection with the foregoing, and
to do everything necessary, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient for the
accomplishment of any of the purposes or the attainment of the objects or
furtherances of any of the powers herein set forth.

     (p)  And in connection with the foregoing purposes, to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the
Illinois Business Corporation Act; and to do any and all of the acts and things
herein set forth as principal, factor, agent, contractor or otherwise, either
alone or in syndicates or otherwise in conjunction with any person, entity,
syndicate, partnership, association, or corporation, governmental, municipal or
public authority, domestic or foreign, to establish and maintain offices and
agencies and to exercise all or any of its corporate powers and rights
throughout the world.

     (q)  The foregoing clauses shall be construed as powers as well as objects
and purposes, and the matters expressed in each clause shall, unless herein
otherwise expressly provided, be in no wise limited by reference to or
inference from the terms of any other clause, but shall be regarded as
independent objects, purposes and powers; and the enumeration of specific
objects, purposes and powers shall not be construed to limit or restrict in any
manner the meaning of general terms or the general powers of the corporation;
nor shall the expression of one thing be deemed to exclude another not
expressed, although it be of like nature.


                                  ARTICLE FOUR

Paragraph 1:  The class and the par value, if any, of each class the
corporation is authorized to issue, and the number of shares which are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Number of
                                   Par Value         Shares
                     Class         Per Share       Authorized
                   ---------    ----------------  -------------
                   <S>        <C>               <C>

                   Preferred      No par value       10,000

                   Common         No par value      200,000
</TABLE>




                                      4
<PAGE>   6



Paragraph 2:  The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and
the special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:

     (a)  In the event of the sale, consolidation, merger or reorganization of
the Corporation with any other corporation or corporations, or a sale of
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, all holders of the then
Common Stock shares, and all the holders of the then Preferred Stock shares
shall share equally, based on their percentage of ownership in the Corporation,
in the amount of consideration received from such consolidation, merger,
reorganization or sale.

     (b)  In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, all the holders of the then
outstanding Common Stock shares, and all the holders of the then Preferred
Stock shares shall share equally, based on their percentage of ownership in the
Corporation, in any amount or amounts received as a result of such dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

     (c)  Dividends shall be deemed "fully earned" for any fiscal year if the
net income of the Corporation is not less than the amount of the dividend, "net
income" meaning the Corporation's net income after provision for all local,
state, and federal taxes on income as reported to the Corporation by the
independent firm of accounts preparing the Corporation's annual financial
statements and after provision for present and reasonably anticipated loan
repayments, bonding reserves, capital expenditures, and similar principal or
capital items as determined solely by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.  In the event that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall
declare a dividend, the holders of the then outstanding Preferred Stock shares
shall be entitled to share equally, based upon their percentage of ownership in
the Corporation, to the total dividends declared by the Corporation, as a
result of the declaration of the dividend by the Board of Directors.

     (d)  Each Preferred Stock share shall be convertible into 2.335 shares of
Common Stock in the Corporation.

     (e)  The Common Stock shall not be convertible to any form of shares in
the Corporation.

     (f)  Holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share
of Common Stock owned by such holder in the Corporation, provided however,
holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to cumulative voting rights in
the election of Directors of the Corporation, in any and all circumstances.
The Preferred Stock shall be non-voting.




                                      5
<PAGE>   7


     (g)  The Preferred and Common shares shall not be subject to redemption
unless otherwise agreed to in writing by all the holders of the then
outstanding Preferred and Common shares.


                                  ARTICLE FIVE

The number of shares to be issued initially without further report to the
Secretary of State, and the consideration to be received by the Corporation
therefor are:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Number of Shares
              Par Value          Proposed to             Consideration to
   Class      Per Share           Be Issued              be Received Therefor
   ---------  ------------  ---------------------  --------------------------
   <S>        <C>           <C>                    <C>

   Common     No Par Value           20                     $1,000.00
   Preferred  No Par Value       10,000                   $500,000.00
</TABLE>


                                  ARTICLE SIX

The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the
Corporation is two (2).  No Cumulative voting for the election of Directors, or
for any other purpose, shall be permitted at any time.


                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

Paragraph 1:  It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the
corporation for the following year wherever located will be $ N/A.

Paragraph 2:  It is estimated that the value of the property to be located
within the State of Illinois during the following year will be $ N/A.

Paragraph 3:  It is estimated that the gross amount of business which will be
transacted by the Corporation during the following year will be $ N/A.

Paragraph 4:  It is estimated that the gross amount of business which will be
transacted at or from places of business in the State of Illinois during the
following year will be $ N/A.

                                      6
<PAGE>   8



NOTE:  If all the property of the corporation is to be located in this State
and all of its business is to be transacted at or from places of business in
this State, or if the incorporators elect to pay the initial franchise tax on
the basis of its entire stated capital and paid-in surplus, then the
information called for in Article Seven need not be stated.  The basis for
computation of franchise taxes payable by domestic corporations is set forth in
of the Illinois Business Corporation Act.


Dated this 29th day of December, 1992.


Signature of Incorporators:


Edward J. Wehmer                   Howard D. Adams
- ------------------------------     -----------------------------
Edward J. Wehmer                   Howard D. Adams

As the Incorporators, we declare that this document has been examined by us and
is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.



Mail to:
John F. Purtill
KECK, MAHIN & CATE
1515 E. Woodfield Road
Suite 250
Schaumburg, IL 60173





                                      7
<PAGE>   9
                            File Number  5712-702-3


                               STATE OF ILLINOIS
                                   OFFICE OF
                             THE SECRETARY OF STATE

                                     [SEAL]

                                                                       94503353

WHEREAS,  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                      WINTRUST INVESTMENTS, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS HAVE BEEN FILED IN THE
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE AS PROVIDED BY THE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT OF
ILLINOIS, IN FORCE JULY 1, A.D. 1984.


Now Therefore, I, George H. Ryan, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois,
by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate
and attach hereto a copy of the Application of the aforesaid corporation.

                               
                IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I  hereto set my hand and cause to
                            be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois,
                                at the City of Springfield, this 27TH
                                day of MAY A.D. 1994 and
                                of the Independence of the United States
                                the two hundred and 18TH


                                        GEORGE H. RYAN
[SEAL]                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                  SECRETARY OF STATE         
                                                        
<PAGE>   10

<TABLE>
<S><C> 

Form BCA-10.30                               ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT    
(Rev. Jan. 1991)                                                                  File# 5712-702-3
George H. Ryan                                                                     SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE
Secretary of State                                  FILED
Department of Business Services                                                   This space for use by
Springfield, IL 62756                                                               Secretary of State
Telephone (217)782-1832                          MAY 27 1994                      Date 5-27-94
                                                                                  Franchise Tax    $
                                                GEORGE H. RYAN                    Filing Fee       $ 25.
Remit payment in check or money                SECRETARY OF STATE                 Penalty          $
order, payable to 
"Secretary of State."                                                              Approved:

</TABLE>

1.        CORPORATE NAME:     WINTRUST INVESTMENTS, INC.
                                                           (Note 1)
2.        MANNER OF ADOPTION AND TEXT OF AMENDMENT:
               The following amendment of the Articles of Incorporation was
               adopted on March 25, 1994 in the manner indicated below. ("X" 
               one box only)

          /  / By a majority of the incorporators, provided no directors were
               named in the articles of incorporation and no directors have been
               elected; or by a majority of the board of directors, in
               accordance with Section 10.10, the corporation having issued no
               shares as of the time of adoption of this amendment;

                                                           (Note 2)

          /  / By a majority of the board of directors, in accordance with
               Section 10.15, shares having been issued but shareholder action
               not being required for the adoption of the amendment;

                                                           (Note 3)

          /  / By the shareholders, in accordance with Section 10.20, a
               resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted and
               submitted to the shareholders. At a meeting of shareholders, not
               less than the minimum number of votes required by statute and by
               the articles of incorporation were voted in favor of the
               amendment;

                                                           (Note 4)

          /  / By the shareholders, in accordance with Sections 10.20 and 7.10,
               a resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted
               and submitted to the shareholders. A consent in writing has been
               signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of
               votes required by statute and by the articles of incorporation.
               Shareholders who have not consented in writing have been given
               notice in accordance with Section 7.10;

                                                           (Note 4)

          / X/ By the shareholders, in accordance with Sections 10.20 and 7.10,
               a resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted
               and submitted to the shareholders. A consent in writing has been
               signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on this
               amendment.

                                                           (Note 4)

When amendment effects a name change, insert the new corporate name below. Use
Page 2 for all other amendments.

Article I: The name of the corporation is:

                     NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (NEW NAME)

                                                           EXPEDITED
                                                          MAY 27 1994
                                                      SECRETARY OF STATE




                All changes other than name, included on page 2
                                    (over)
<PAGE>   11
3. The manner in which any exchange, reclassification or cancellation of
   issued shares, or a reduction of the number of authorized shares of any
   class below the number of issued shares of that class, provided for or
   effected by this amendment, is as follows: (if not applicable, insert "No
   change")

                No Change



4. (a) The manner in which said amendment effects a change in the
   amount of paid-in capital (Paid-in capital replaces the terms Stated
   Capital and Paid-in Surplus and is equal to the total of these accounts)
   is as follows: (If not applicable, insert "No change")


                No Change



    (b) The amount of paid-in capital (Paid-in Capital replaces the terms
    Stated Capital and Paid-in Surplus and is equal to the total of these
    accounts) as changed by this amendment is as follows: (If not applicable,
    insert "No change")


                No Change



                                            Before Amendment   After Amendment

                        Paid-in Capital     $_______________   $______________

                      (Complete either Item 5 or 6 below)


5.  The undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed
    by its duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of
    perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

    Dated      March 25     , 1994         Wintrust Investments, Inc.
          ------------------------         -----------------------------------
                                               (Exact Name of Corporation)
 
    attested by  HOWARD D. ADAMS           by  EDWARD J. WEHMER  
               ------------------------      --------------------------------
              (Signature of Secretary               (Signature of President
               or Assistant Secretary)                  or Vice President)

             Howard D. Adams, Secretary    Edward J. Wehmer, President
             ----------------------------  -------------------------------------
            (Type or Print Name and Title)      (Type or Print Name and Title) 


6.  If amendment is authorized by the incorporators, the incorporators must 
    sign below.

                                      OR

    If amendment is authorized by the directors and there are no officers, 
    then a majority of the directors of such directors as may be designated by
    the board, must sign below.

    The undersigned affirms, under the penalties of perjury, that the facts 
    stated herein are true.


     Dated __________________________, 19____


     EDWARD J. WEHMER  
     ----------------------------------     ---------------------------------

     HOWARD D. ADAMS 
     ----------------------------------     ---------------------------------

     ----------------------------------     ---------------------------------

     ----------------------------------     ---------------------------------
<PAGE>   12
                             NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE 1: State the true exact corporate name as it appears on the records of
        the office of the Secretary of State, BEFORE any amendments herein 
        reported.

NOTE 2: Incorporators are permitted to adopt amendments ONLY before any shares
        have been issued and before any directors have been named or elected.
                                                                (section 10.10)

NOTE 3: Directors may adopt amendments without shareholder approval in only
        six instances, as follows:
        (a)  to remove the names and addresses of directors named in the
             articles of incorporation;
        (b)  to remove the name and address of the initial registered agent and
             registered office, provided a statement pursuant to section 5.10 
             is also filed;
        (c)  to split the issued whole shares and unissued authorized shares by
             multiplying them by a whole number, so long as no class or series 
             is adversely affected thereby;
        (d)  to change the corporate name by substituting the word
             "corporation", "incorporated", "company", "limited" or the 
             abbreviation "corp.", "inc.", "co." or "ltd." for a similar word 
             or abbreviation in the name, or by adding a geographical 
             attribution to the name;
        (e)  to reduce the authorized shares of any class pursuant to a
             cancellation statement filed in accordance with section 9.05,

        (f)  to restate the articles of incorporation as currently amended.
                                                               (section 10.15)

NOTE 4: All amendments not adopted under section 10.10 or section 10.15 require
        (1) that the board of directors adopt a resolution setting forth the 
        proposed amendment and (2) that the shareholders approve the amendment.

        Shareholder approval may be (1) by vote at a shareholders' meeting
        (either annual or special) or (2) by consent, in writing, without a 
        meeting.

        To be adopted, the amendment must receive the affirmative vote or
        consent of the holders of at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares 
        entitled to vote on the amendment (but if class voting applies, then 
        also at least a 2/3 vote within each class is required).

        The articles of incorporation may supercede the 2/3 vote requirement by
        specifying any smaller or larger vote requirement not less than a 
        majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and not less than 
        a majority within each class when class voting applies.  (section 10.20)

NOTE 5: When shareholder approval is by consent, all shareholders must be given
        notice of the proposed amendment at least 5 days before the consent is 
        signed. If the amendment is adopted, shareholders who have not signed 
        the consent must be promptly notified of the passage of the amendment.
                                                (section section 7.10 & 10.20)

        The filing fee for articles of amendment - $25.00.
        The filing fee for restated articles - $100.00.

<PAGE>   13
                            File Number  5747-196-4


                               STATE OF ILLINOIS
                                   OFFICE OF
                             THE SECRETARY OF STATE

                                     [SEAL]

                                                                       94503354

WHEREAS,  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS HAVE BEEN FILED IN THE
OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE AS PROVIDED BY THE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT OF
ILLINOIS, IN FORCE JULY 1, A.D. 1984.


Now Therefore, I, George H. Ryan, Secretary of State of the State of Illinois,
by virtue of the powers vested in me by law, do hereby issue this certificate
and attach hereto a copy of the Application of the aforesaid corporation.

                               
                IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I  hereto set my hand and cause to
                            be affixed the Great Seal of the State of Illinois,
                                at the City of Springfield, this 27TH
                                day of MAY A.D. 1994 and
                                of the Independence of the United States
                                the two hundred and 18TH


                                        GEORGE H. RYAN
[SEAL]                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                  SECRETARY OF STATE         
                                                        
<PAGE>   14

<TABLE>
<S><C> 

Form BCA-10.30                               ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT    
(Rev. Jan. 1991)                                                                  File# 5747-196-4
George H. Ryan                                                                     SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE
Secretary of State                                  FILED
Department of Business Services                                                   This space for use by
Springfield, IL 62756                                                               Secretary of State
Telephone (217)782-1832                          MAY 27 1994                      Date 5-27-94
                                                                                  Franchise Tax    $
                                                GEORGE H. RYAN                    Filing Fee       $ 25.
Remit payment in check or money                SECRETARY OF STATE                 Penalty          $
order, payable to 
"Secretary of State."                                                              Approved:

</TABLE>

1.        CORPORATE NAME:     NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                                                           (Note 1)
2.        MANNER OF ADOPTION AND TEXT OF AMENDMENT:
               The following amendment of the Articles of Incorporation was
               adopted on May 15, 1994 in the manner indicated below. ("X" 
               one box only)

          /  / By a majority of the incorporators, provided no directors were
               named in the articles of incorporation and no directors have been
               elected; or by a majority of the board of directors, in
               accordance with Section 10.10, the corporation having issued no
               shares as of the time of adoption of this amendment;

                                                           (Note 2)

          /  / By a majority of the board of directors, in accordance with
               Section 10.15, shares having been issued but shareholder action
               not being required for the adoption of the amendment;

                                                           (Note 3)

          /  / By the shareholders, in accordance with Section 10.20, a
               resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted and
               submitted to the shareholders. At a meeting of shareholders, not
               less than the minimum number of votes required by statute and by
               the articles of incorporation were voted in favor of the
               amendment;

                                                           (Note 4)

          /  / By the shareholders, in accordance with Sections 10.20 and 7.10,
               a resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted
               and submitted to the shareholders. A consent in writing has been
               signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of
               votes required by statute and by the articles of incorporation.
               Shareholders who have not consented in writing have been given
               notice in accordance with Section 7.10;

                                                           (Note 4)

          / X/ By the shareholders, in accordance with Sections 10.20 and 7.10,
               a resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted
               and submitted to the shareholders. A consent in writing has been
               signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on this
               amendment.

                                                           (Note 4)

When amendment effects a name change, insert the new corporate name below. Use
Page 2 for all other amendments.

Article I: The name of the corporation is:

                             N. S. C. B. II, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  (NEW NAME)

                                                           EXPEDITED
                                                          MAY 27 1994
                                                      SECRETARY OF STATE




                All changes other than name, included on page 2
                                    (over)
<PAGE>   15
3. The manner in which any exchange, reclassification or cancellation of
   issued shares, or a reduction of the number of authorized shares of any
   class below the number of issued shares of that class, provided for or
   effected by this amendment, is as follows: (if not applicable, insert "No
   change")

                No Change



4. (a) The manner in which said amendment effects a change in the
   amount of paid-in capital (Paid-in capital replaces the terms Stated
   Capital and Paid-in Surplus and is equal to the total of these accounts)
   is as follows: (If not applicable, insert "No change")


                No Change



    (b) The amount of paid-in capital (Paid-in Capital replaces the terms
    Stated Capital and Paid-in Surplus and is equal to the total of these
    accounts) as changed by this amendment is as follows: (If not applicable,
    insert "No change")


                No Change



                                            Before Amendment   After Amendment

                        Paid-in Capital     $_______________   $______________

                      (Complete either Item 5 or 6 below)


5.  The undersigned corporation has caused this statement to be signed
    by its duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of
    perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

    Dated      May 15       , 1994         North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
          ------------------------         -----------------------------------
                                               (Exact Name of Corporation)
 
    attested by  LEMUEL TATE, JR.          by  MARGUERITE SAVARD MCKENNA
               ------------------------      --------------------------------
              (Signature of Secretary               (Signature of President
               or Assistant Secretary)                  or Vice President)

             Lemuel Tate, Jr. - Secretary  Marguerite Savard McKenna - President
             ----------------------------  -------------------------------------
            (Type or Print Name and Title)      (Type or Print Name and Title) 


6.  If amendment is authorized by the incorporators, the incorporators must 
    sign below.

                                      OR

    If amendment is authorized by the directors and there are no officers, 
    then a majority of the directors of such directors as may be designated by
    the board, must sign below.

    The undersigned affirms, under the penalties of perjury, that the facts 
    stated herein are true.


     Dated __________________________, 19____


     __________________________________     _________________________________

     __________________________________     _________________________________

     __________________________________     _________________________________

     __________________________________     _________________________________

<PAGE>   16
                             NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE 1: State the true exact corporate name as it appears on the records of
        the office of the Secretary of State, BEFORE any amendments herein 
        reported.

NOTE 2: Incorporators are permitted to adopt amendments ONLY before any shares
        have been issued and before any directors have been named or elected.
                                                                (section 10.10)

NOTE 3: Directors may adopt amendments without shareholder approval in only
        six instances, as follows:
        (a)  to remove the names and addresses of directors named in the
             articles of incorporation;
        (b)  to remove the name and address of the initial registered agent and
             registered office, provided a statement pursuant to section 5.10 
             is also filed;
        (c)  to split the issued whole shares and unissued authorized shares by
             multiplying them by a whole number, so long as no class or series 
             is adversely affected thereby;
        (d)  to change the corporate name by substituting the word
             "corporation", "incorporated", "company", "limited" or the 
             abbreviation "corp.", "inc.", "co." or "ltd." for a similar word 
             or abbreviation in the name, or by adding a geographical 
             attribution to the name;
        (e)  to reduce the authorized shares of any class pursuant to a
             cancellation statement filed in accordance with section 9.05,

        (f)  to restate the articles of incorporation as currently amended.
                                                               (section 10.15)

NOTE 4: All amendments not adopted under section 10.10 or section 10.15 require
        (1) that the board of directors adopt a resolution setting forth the 
        proposed amendment and (2) that the shareholders approve the amendment.

        Shareholder approval may be (1) by vote at a shareholders' meeting
        (either annual or special) or (2) by consent, in writing, without a 
        meeting.

        To be adopted, the amendment must receive the affirmative vote or
        consent of the holders of at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares 
        entitled to vote on the amendment (but if class voting applies, then 
        also at least a 2/3 vote within each class is required).

        The articles of incorporation may supercede the 2/3 vote requirement by
        specifying any smaller or larger vote requirement not less than a 
        majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and not less than 
        a majority within each class when class voting applies.  (section 10.20)

NOTE 5: When shareholder approval is by consent, all shareholders must be given
        notice of the proposed amendment at least 5 days before the consent is 
        signed. If the amendment is adopted, shareholders who have not signed 
        the consent must be promptly notified of the passage of the amendment.
                                                (section section 7.10 & 10.20)

        The filing fee for articles of amendment - $25.00.
        The filing fee for restated articles - $100.00.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 3.2



                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

                           (An Illinois Corporation)

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES

     The corporation shall continuously maintain in the State of Illinois a
registered office and a registered agent whose office is identical with such
registered office, and may have other offices within or without the state.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

     SECTION 2.1. ANNUAL MEETING.  An annual meeting of the shareholders shall
be held on the fourth Thursday in April of each year for the purpose of
electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come
before the meeting.  If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal
holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

     SECTION 2.2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the shareholders may
be called either by the chairman of the board of directors, president, by the
board of directors or by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all the
outstanding shares of the corporation, for the purpose or purposes stated in
the call of the meeting.

     SECTION 2.3. PLACE OF MEETING.  The board of directors may designate any
place as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting
called by the board of directors.  If no designation is made, or if a special
meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be at the office of the
registered agent of the corporation in the State of Illinois.

     SECTION 2.4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written notice stating the place, date,
and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten
nor more than forty days before the date of the meeting, or in the case of a
merger or consolidation not less than twenty nor more than forty days before
the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the
president, or the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting.  If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the
United States mail, 




<PAGE>   2

addressed to the shareholder's address as it appears on the records of the      
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.  When a meeting is adjourned to
another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting
if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken.

     SECTION 2.5. FIXING OF RECORD DATE.  For the purpose of determining the
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend, or other distribution
or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
the board of directors of the corporation may fix in advance a record date
which shall not be more than sixty days, and for a meeting of shareholders, not
less than ten days, or in the case of a merger or consolidation not less than
twenty days, before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed, the
record date for the determination of  shareholders shall be the date on which
the notice of the meeting is mailed, and the record date for the determination
of shareholders for any other purpose shall be the date on which the board of
directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.  A determination of
shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting.

     SECTION 2.6. VOTING LISTS.  The officer or agent having charge of the
transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten days
before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders
entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the
address of and the number of shares registered in the name of the shareholder,
which list, for a period of ten days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on
file at the registered office of the corporation and shall be open to
inspection by any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting, at any
time during usual business hours.  Such list shall also be produced and kept
open at the time and place of the meeting and may be inspected by any
shareholder during the whole time of the meeting.  The original share ledger or
transfer books, or a duplicate thereof kept in this State, shall be prima facie
evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share
ledger or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

     SECTION 2.7. QUORUM.  The holders of a majority of the outstanding common
shares of the corporation, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at any meeting of  shareholders; provided that if less than
a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at said meeting, a
majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting at any time
without further notice.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative 




                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3

vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting shall be the act
of the  shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes
is required by The Business Corporation Act, the articles of incorporation or
these by-laws.  At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present,
any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original
meeting.  Withdrawal of shareholders from any meeting shall not cause failure
of a duly constituted quorum at that meeting.

     SECTION 2.8. PROXIES.  Each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of 
shareholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such
shareholder by proxy executed in writing by such shareholder or his or her duly
authorized attorney-in-fact, but no such proxy shall be valid after eleven
months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

     SECTION  2.9. VOTING OF SHARES.  Each outstanding common
share, shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to vote at a
meeting of shareholders.  All outstanding preferred shares, shall not be
entitled to vote upon any matter submitted to vote at a meeting of
shareholders.


     SECTION 2.10. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer,
agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the
absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may
determine.

     Shares standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor ward or an
incompetent person, may be voted by the administrator, executor, court
appointed guardian, or conservator of such person or such person's estate,
either in person or by proxy without a transfer of such shares into the name of
such administrator, executor, court appointed guardian, or conservator.  Shares
standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by the trustee, either in person
or by proxy.

     Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver,
and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver without the transfer thereof into the receiver's name if authority so
to do be contained in the appropriate order of the court by which such receiver
was appointed.

     A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

     Any number of shareholders may create a voting trust 




                                     -3-
<PAGE>   4

for the purpose of conferring upon a trustee or trustees the right to vote or
otherwise represent their shares, for a period not to exceed ten years by
entering into a written voting trust agreement specifying the terms and
conditions of the voting trust, and by transferring their shares to such
trustee or trustees for the purpose of the agreement.  Any such trust agreement
shall not become effective until a counterpart of the agreement is deposited
with the corporation at its registered office.  The counterpart of the voting   
trust agreement so deposited with the corporation shall be subject to the same
right of examination by a shareholder of the corporation, in person or by agent
or attorney, as are the books and records of the corporation, and shall be
subject to examination by any holder of a beneficial interest in the voting
trust, either in person or by agent or attorney, at any reasonable time for any
proper purpose.

     Shares of its own stock belonging to this corporation shall not be voted,
directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining
the total number of outstanding shares at any given time, but shares of its own
stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and shall be counted in
determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

     SECTION 2.11. ELIMINATION OF CUMULATIVE VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of all
shares of stock having a right to vote in this corporation shall not be
entitled to cumulative voting rights in the election of directors of this
corporation, or for any other reason or purpose whatsoever.

     SECTION 2.12. INSPECTORS.   At any meeting of share holders, the presiding
officer may, or upon the request of any shareholder shall, appoint one or more
persons as inspectors for such meeting.

     Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares
represented at the meeting, based upon their determination of the validity and
effect of proxies; count all votes and report the results; and do such other
acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and
fairness to all the shareholders.

     Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by the
inspector or by a majority of them if there be more than one inspector acting
at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority
shall be the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or
inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results
of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

     SECTION 2.13. INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or 




                                     -4-
<PAGE>   5

any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be
taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect
to the subject matter thereof.

     SECTION 2.14. VOTING BY BALLOT.  Voting on any question or in any election
may be by voice unless the presiding officer shall order or any shareholder
shall demand that voting be by ballot.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                   DIRECTORS


     SECTION 3.1. GENERAL POWERS.  The business of the corporation shall be
managed by its board of directors.

     SECTION 3.2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors of
the corporation shall initially be two (2), and thereafter, may be decided by
the then majority of members of the board of directors.  Each director shall
hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until a successor
shall have been elected and qualified.  Directors need not be residents of
Illinois or shareholders of the corporation.  The number of directors may be
increased or decreased from time to time by the amendment of this section; but
no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent
director.

     SECTION 3.3. REGULAR MEETINGS.  A regular meeting of the board of
directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law, immediately
after the annual meeting of shareholders.  The board of directors may provide,
by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular
meetings without other notice than such resolution.

     SECTION 3.4. SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings  of the board of
directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board of
directors, president or a majority of the then acting board of directors. The
person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors
may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of
directors called by them.

     SECTION 3.5. NOTICE.  Notice of any special meeting shall be given at
least ten (10) days previous thereto by written notice to each director at his
or her business address.  If mailed, notice shall be deemed to be delivered
when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon
prepaid.  If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be 

                                     -5-
<PAGE>   6

deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegram company.
The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express
purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor
the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

     SECTION 3.6. QUORUM.  A majority of the number of directors fixed by these
by-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any
meeting of the board of directors, provided that if less than a majority of
such number of directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the
directors present may adjourn the meeting at any time without further notice.

     SECTION 3.7. MANNER OF ACTING.  The act of the majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board
of directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by statute, these
by-laws, or the articles of incorporation.                                 

     SECTION 3.8.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors
and any directorship to be filled by reason of  an increase in the number of
directors, may be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special
meeting of shareholders called for that purpose.

     SECTION 3.9.  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Unless specifically prohibited by
the articles of incorporation or by-laws, any action required to be taken at a
meeting of the board of directors, or any other action which may be taken at a
meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by all the directors entitled to vote with respect to the
subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case
may be.  Any such consent signed by all the directors or all the members of
the committee shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote, and may be stated
as such in any document filed with the Secretary of State or with anyone else.

     SECTION 3.10. COMPENSATION.  The board of directors,
by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, and
irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have
authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to
the corporation as directors, officers, or otherwise.  By resolution of the
board of directors the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance at each meeting of the board.  No such payment previously mentioned
in this section shall preclude any director 

                                        -6-
<PAGE>   7

from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.

     SECTION 3.11. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.  A director of
the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which
action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have
assented to the action taken unless  the dissent of such director shall be
entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless the director shall file a
written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the
meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by
registered mail to the secretary of the corporation  immediately after the
adjournment of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a
director who voted in favor of such action.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

     SECTION 4.1. NUMBER.  The officers of the corporation shall be the chairman
of the board of directors, the president, one or more vice-presidents (the
number thereof to be determined by the board of directors), a treasurer, a
secretary, and such assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries or other
officers as may be elected by the board of directors.  Any two or more offices
may be held by the same person, except the offices of president and secretary;
provided, however, that in cases where all of the shares of the corporation are
owned of  record by one shareholder and these by-laws provide that the number of
directors shall be one, the offices of president and secretary may be held by
the same person.

     SECTION 4.2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The officers of the corporation
shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the
board of directors held after each annual meeting of shareholders.  If the
election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be
held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.  Vacancies may be filled or new
offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors.  Each
officer shall hold office until a successor shall have been duly elected and
shall have qualified or until the death, resignation, or removal (in the manner
hereinafter provided) of  such officer.  Election of an officer shall not of
itself create contract rights.

     SECTION  4.3. REMOVAL.   Any officer elected  or appointed by the board of
directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the
best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal
shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

so removed.

     SECTION 4.4 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The chairman of the board shall be the
chief executive officer of the corporation.  He shall preside at all meetings
of the shareholders and of the board of directors.  He may vote all securities
which the corporation is entitled to vote.  He shall be elected by the board of
directors and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of directors, or
until his successor shall be elected and qualified.


     SECTION 4.5. PRESIDENT.    The  president shall be the principal executive
officer of the corporation.  Subject to the direction and control of the board
of directors, the president shall:  (a) be in charge of the business of the
corporation; (b) see that the resolutions and directions of the board of
directors are carried into effect except in those instances in which that
responsibility is specifically assigned to some other person by the board of
directors; and (c) in general, discharge all duties incident to the office of
president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors
from time to time. The president shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and of the board of directors.  Except in those instances in which
the authority to execute is expressly delegated to another officer or agent of
the corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the
board of directors or these by-laws, the president may execute for the
corporation certificates for its shares, and any contracts, deeds, mortgages,
bonds, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be
executed and may accomplish such execution either under or without the seal of
the corporation and either individually or with the secretary, any assistant
secretary, or any other officer thereunder authorized by the board of
directors, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument.  The
president may vote all securities which the corporation is entitled to vote
except as and to the extent such authority shall be vested in a different
officer or agent of the corporation by the board of directors.

     SECTION 4.6. THE VICE-PRESIDENTS.  The vice-president (or in the event
there be more than one vice-president, each of the vice-presidents) shall
assist the president in the discharge of the president's duties as the
president may direct and shall perform such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned by the president or by the board of directors.  In the
president's absence, inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the
event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order
designated by the board of directors, or by the president if the board of
directors has not made such a designation, or in the absence of any
designation, then in the order of seniority of tenure as vice-president) shall
perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the
powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  Except in
those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to
another officer or agent of the corporation or a different mode of execution is
expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws, the
vice-president (or each of them if there is more than one) may execute for the
corporation certificates for its shares and any  contracts, deeds, mortgages,
bonds or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized to be
executed, and may further  



                                     -8-
<PAGE>   9

accomplish such execution either under or without the seal of the corporation
and either individually or with the secretary, any assistant secretary, or any
other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors according to the 
requirements of the form of the instrument.

     SECTION 4.7. THE TREASURER.  The treasurer shall be the principal 
accounting and financial officer of the corporation.  The treasurer shall:  (a)
have charge of and be responsible for the maintenance of adequate books of
account for the corporation; (b) have charge and custody of all funds and
securities of the corporation, and be responsible therefor and for the receipt
and disbursement thereof; and (c) perform all the duties incident to the office
of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the
president or by the board of directors.  If required by the board of directors,
the treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of all duties in
such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors may 
determine.

     SECTION 4.8. THE SECRETARY.  The secretary shall: (a) record the minutes
of the shareholders' and of the board of directors' meetings in one or more
books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in
accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by law; (c) be
custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation; (d) keep
a register of the post-office address of each shareholder which shall be
furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) sign with the president, or
a vice-president, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the board of
directors, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall
have been authorized by the board of directors, and any  contracts, deeds,
mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the board of directors has

                                     -9-
<PAGE>   10


authorized to be executed, according to the requirements of the form of the
instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly
prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws; (f) have general charge
of the stock transfer books of the corporation; (g) perform all duties
incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned by the president or by the board of directors.


     SECTION 4.9. ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.  The
assistant treasurers and  assistant secretaries shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the treasurer or the secretary, respectively, or
by the president or the board of directors.  The assistant secretaries may sign
with the president, or a vice-president, or any other officer thereunto
authorized by the board of directors, certificates or shares of the
corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by the board of
directors, and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments
which the board of directors has  authorized to be executed, according to the
requirements of the form of the instrument except when a different mode of
execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws.
The assistant treasurers shall respectively, if required by the board of
directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine.

     SECTION 4.10. SALARIES.  The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from
receiving such salary by reason of the fact that such officer is also a
director of the corporation.


                                   ARTICLE V

                       CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS DEPOSITS

     SECTION 5.1. CONTRACTS.  The board of directors may authorize any officer 
or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION 5.2. LOANS.  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a resolution of the board of directors.  Such authority may be
general or confined
to specific instances.

     SECTION 5.3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or
agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be
determined by resolution of the board of directors.

     SECTION 5.4. DEPOSITS.  All funds of the corporation not otherwise
employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the
corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the board
of directors may select.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                          INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS,
                        DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     SECTION 6.1. GENERALLY.  The corporation shall have power to indemnify 
any persons who were or are parties or are threatened to be made parties to
any threatened, pending or 



                                     -10-
<PAGE>   11

completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
by reason of the fact that they are or were directors, officers, employees or
agents of the corporation, or are or were serving at the request of the
corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with such action, suit
or proceeding if they  acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe their conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the persons did not act in good faith or in a manner which they  reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
believe that their conduct was unlawful.

     SECTION  6.2. DERIVATIVE ACTIONS. The  corporation shall have power to 
indemnify any persons who were or are parties or are threatened to be made
parties to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that they are or were directors, officers, employees or agents of the
corporation, or are or were serving at the request of the corporation as
directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with
the defense or settlement of such action or suit if they acted in good faith
and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made
in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such persons shall have
been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of
their duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in
which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that
despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of
the case, such persons are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for      
such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

     SECTION 6.3 MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION.  To the extent that a director,
officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
Sections 6.1 and 6.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such
person 



                                     -11-
<PAGE>   12

shall be indemnified against expenses (including  attorneys' fees)      
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

     SECTION 6.4. AUTHORIZATION.  Any indemnification under Sections 6.1 and
6.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of
the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because
he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 6.1
and 6.2.  Such determination shall be made (a) by the board of directors by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such
action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even
if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the shareholders.

     SECTION 6.5. EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal
action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, as authorized by the
board of directors in the specific case, upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount,
unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified
by the corporation as authorized in this Section.

     SECTION 6.6. NONEXCLUSIVE.  The indemnification provided by this article
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in
their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding
such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.  The corporation shall have
power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was
a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by him or her
in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether
or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against
such liability under the provisions of this article.




                                     -12-
<PAGE>   13


                                  ARTICLE VII

                          CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND
                                 THEIR TRANSFER

     SECTION 7.1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  Certificates representing shares of
the corporation shall be signed by the chairman or a vice-chairman of the
board of directors, if any, or the president or a vice president and by the
treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary
and may be sealed with the seal, or a facsimile of seal, of the corporation. 
If a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or a registrar, other
than the corporation itself or its employee, any other signatures or
countersignature on the certificate may be facsimile.

     If the corporation is authorized and does issue shares of more than one
class, every certificate representing shares issued by the corporation shall
set forth on the face or back of the certificate a full summary or statement of
all of the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations,
restrictions, and special or relative rights of the shares of each class
authorized to be issued.  If the corporation is authorized to issue any
preferred or special class in series, every certificate representing such
shares issued by the corporation shall set forth on the face or back of the
certificate a full summary or statement of all of the variations in the
relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series so far
as the same have been fixed and determined and the authority of the board of
directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of
subsequent series.  Such statement may be omitted from the certificate if it
shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate that such
statement, in full, will be furnished by the corporation to any shareholder
upon request and without charge.

     Each certificate representing shares shall also state that the corporation
is organized under the laws of the State of Illinois; the name of the person to
whom issued; the number and class of shares and the designation of the series,
if any, which such certificate represents; the par value of each share
represented by such certificate, or a statement that such shares are without
par value.  Each certificate representing shares shall be consecutively
numbered or otherwise identified.

     The name and address of each shareholder, the number and class of shares
held and the date on which the certificates for shares were issued shall be
entered on the books of the corporation.  The person in whose name shares stand
on the books of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all
purposes as regards the corporation.  No certificate shall be issued for any
share until such share is fully paid.




                                     -13-
<PAGE>   14


     SECTION  7.2. LOST CERTIFICATES.  If a certificate representing shares of
the corporation is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the board of
directors may in its discretion, except as may be required by law, direct that
a new certificate be issued.  In connection with the issuance of any such new
certificate, the board may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate or his or her legal representative to provide such indemnification,
and may impose such other reasonable requirements, as the board shall deem
necessary or desirable.

     SECTION  7.3. TRANSFERS OF SHARES. Upon surrender to the corporation or
the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly
endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or
authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person
entitled thereto, and the old certificate shall be cancelled and the
transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  FISCAL YEAR

     The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on January 1 and end on
December 31 of each year.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   DIVIDENDS

     The board of directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation
may pay, dividends on its outstanding and treasury shares in such manner and
upon such terms and conditions as provided by law and the articles of
incorporation.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                      SEAL

     The corporate seal, if any, shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
corporation and the words "Corporate Seal, Illinois."  The seal may be used by
causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner
reproduced.


                                     -14-
<PAGE>   15




                                   ARTICLE XI


                                WAIVER OF NOTICE

     Whenever any notice is required to be given under these by-laws or under
the provisions of the articles of incorporation or under the provisions of The
Business Corporation Act of the State of Illinois, a waiver thereof in writing,
signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or
after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
notice.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                                   AMENDMENTS

     The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal the by-laws of  the corporation
shall be vested in the board of directors, unless reserved to the shareholders
by the articles of incorporation.  The by-laws may contain any provisions for
the regulation and management of the affairs of the corporation not
inconsistent with law or the articles of incorporation.


                                 ARTICLE XIII

                    REPAYMENT OF DISALLOWED REIMBURSEMENTS
                             OR EXCESS COMPENSATION

     Any payments made to a director, officer or employee of the corporation,
including but not limited to, salary, commission, bonus, interest, rent,
travel, or entertainment expense incurred by such director, officer or
employee, which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense
by the Internal Revenue Service, shall be reimbursed by such person to the
corporation to the full extent of such disallowance.

     It shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to enforce payment of all
such amounts disallowed.  In lieu of payment by such person, subject to the
determination of the Board of Directors, proportional amounts may be withheld
from the future compensation payments of such person until the amount owed to
the corporation has been recovered.



                                     -15-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 8.1

                        [BLACKMAN KALLICK LETTERHEAD]




       May 28, 1996

       Board of Directors                     Board of Directors
       North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.    Crabtree Capital Corporation
       1145 Wilmette Avenue                   Suite 1540
       Wilmette, IL  60091                    425 North Martingale Road
                                              Schaumburg, IL  60173
       Board of Directors
       Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.              Board of Directors
       727 North Bank Lane                    Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.
       Lake Forest, IL  60045                 25 East 1st Street
                                              Hinsdale, IL  60521
       Board of Directors
       Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
       507 Milwaukee Avenue
       Libertyville, IL  60048

Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion as to certain federal income tax consequences
with respect to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of May 28,
1996, between and among the following entities:

      1)   North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., will change its name to Wintrust
           Financial Corporation in connection with the transaction, (Wintrust)
      2)   Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., (LFB)
      3)   Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., (HB)
      4)   Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.,  (LB)
      5)   Crabtree Capital Corporation, (Crabtree)
      6)   Lake Forest Bancorp II, (LFBII)
      7)   Hinsdale Bancorp II, (HBII)
      8)   Libertyville Bancorp II, (LBII), and
      9)   Crabtree Capital Corporation II, (Crabtree II)


<PAGE>   2

May 28, 1996


Our opinion is limited to the proposed reorganization of Wintrust with LFB, HB,
LB and Crabtree (sometimes referred to herein collectively as the Surviving
Companies and individually as the Surviving Company) through a merger of (1)
LFBII with and into LFB, (2) HBII with and into HB, (3) LBII with and into LB,
and (4) Crabtree II with and into Crabtree.

Set forth below is a description of the principal facts relating to the
contemplated transactions.  The opinion expressed herein is based on
information provided to us by management, (and representatives of management)
of Wintrust and Surviving Companies.  Management has represented to us that we
have been provided all the facts and assumptions necessary for us to form our
opinion.  Any fact omission, misstatement or change may require a modification
of all or part of this opinion.  We are not responsible to update this opinion
for events, transactions, or circumstances occurring after the date of issuance
of this opinion.

The opinion expressed herein is based on our interpretation of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), income tax regulations, court
decisions, and rulings and procedures issued by the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) as of the issuance date of this opinion.  In analyzing the tax issues
addressed in our opinion, we have applied the standards of "substantial
authority" as used in Section 6662 of the Code.  The opinion expressed herein
is not binding on the IRS; and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not
take a position contrary to the opinion expressed herein.  Furthermore, no
assurance can be given that our interpretation would be upheld if the issues
were to become the subject of judicial proceedings.
We have not considered any non-income tax, state, or local income tax
consequences.  Accordingly, we do not express any opinion regarding the
treatment on any non-income tax or any state or local tax issues.  We also
express no opinion on non-tax issues, such as personal property transactions or
securities law matters.

Should there be any change in the Code, the regulations, the published rulings,
and the  judicial interpretations, the opinion expressed herein must be
reevaluated in light of any such changes.

FACTS

Our opinions are based upon the following facts.  Any alterations of such facts
could adversely effect our opinion.

A. History of Wintrust and Surviving Companies

Wintrust, LFB, HB, and LB are bank holding companies formed in the Chicago
metropolitan area over the last four years.  Each of these bank holding
companies was capitalized through private placements of common stock.  Common
ownership among these bank holding companies ranges from 30 - 50 percent.  The
majority of the remaining stock is held by residents of the local communities
served by that particular bank.


                                      2

<PAGE>   3
May 28, 1996



Each bank has been designed to be a true community bank.  Each was formed in
response to the past and current consolidation trend in banking industry which
has resulted in no true community banks left to serve local areas.  Before the
opening of these banks, banking alternatives in these areas were limited to
branches of large, national or multinational financial institutions.  The
operating philosophy of the banks is to provide a strong level of personal
service with quality products delivered through traditional and state of the
art systems.  Management and Directors of each of the banks are local
residents.  Each bank's core deposit bases are retail in nature.  Approximately
one half of their potential lending capacity has been traditional lending
products.

1. North Shore Community Bancorp (Wintrust)

Wintrust is the parent company of North Shore Community Bank & Trust Co.  The
bank, which opened in September of 1994, originally served the communities of
Wilmette and Kenilworth.  Recently, the bank opened a full service branch in
Glencoe and construction is currently underway for a full service branch
location in Winnetka.  Total assets as of December 31, 1995 amounted to about
$105 million.

As of December 31, 1995, Wintrust had outstanding 246,855 shares of no par
common shares at $1 each (with 400,000 shares authorized), and 5,000 warrants
convertible to the no par common stock.  Each warrant entitles the holder to
acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of $50.

Effective September 16, 1994 Wintrust adopted a Stock Option Plan (Plan) which
provides options to purchase a total of up to 31,500 shares of its common
stock.  The Plan covers certain key employees, and permits the grant of
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock.
The incentive and non-qualified options expire at such time as determined at
the time of grant; however, in no case they will be exercisable later than ten
years after the grant.  These options generally vest 10% in the first year
after the grant, 10% in the second year after to the grant, 20% in the year in
which the company attains certain profitability levels, and 20% in each year
thereafter.  As of December 31, 1995, options to purchase a total of 29,100
shares of common stock were granted, with strike prices ranging from $50 - $75
per share.

In December 1995, Wintrust's Board of Directors approved the granting of 9,614
additional common stock options to employees and certain directors.  The grants
are subject to the approval of the stockholders to increase the number of
authorized shares under the Plan by 20,000 to accommodate such grants.
Stockholder approval was received in the first quarter of 1996.  As of December
31, 1995, none of the stock options to purchase 29,100 shares of common stock
have been exercised.



                                      3
<PAGE>   4
May 28, 1996

Wintrust also has a stock rights plan for certain key employees and Directors.
Each stock right entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Bancorp's
common stock for $40.00 per share.  The plan was adopted on December 1, 1993
and expires on December 1, 2003.  The plan provides for the issuance of a total
of 20,000 such rights.  All of the stock rights have been awarded.  As of
December 31, 1995, none of the stock rights to purchase 20,000 shares of common
stock have been exercised.

2. Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. (LFB)

LFB is the parent company of Lake Forest Bank & Trust Company, which opened on
December 27, 1991.  Total assets as of December 31, 1995 amounted to about $197
million.  Lake Forest currently serves the communities of Lake Forest and Lake
Bluff through four locations.

As of December 31, 1995, LFB had outstanding 160,605 shares of $1 par value
common shares (200,000 shares authorized), and 1,700 convertible preferred
stock.  Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 1.5 shares of common
stock.

LFB has a 1991 Stock Option Plan and a 1993 Stock Option Plan (Plans) which
provide options to purchase a total of up to 37,865 shares of its common stock.
The Plans cover substantially all of its employees, and permit the grant of
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock.
The incentive and non-qualified options expire at such time as determined at
the time of grant; however, in no case will they be exercisable later than ten
years after the grant.  The options generally vest at a rate of 10% in the
first year after the grant, 10% in the second year after the grant, and
continue to vest 20% in the year in which the bank attains certain
profitability levels, and 20% in the subsequent three years, if the Company is
profitable.  As of December 31, 1995, options to purchase a total of 35,369
shares of common stock were outstanding with strike prices ranging from $61 -
$90 per share.

3. Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. (HB)

HB is the parent company of Hinsdale Bank & Trust Co., a bank organized and
opened in October of 1993.  Total assets as of December 31, 1995 amounted to
about $115 million.   It serves the communities of Hinsdale, Burr Ridge,
Clarendon Hills and Western Springs through two existing locations.  Plans are
currently underway to open two more facilities in 1996. As of December 31,
1995, HB had outstanding 206,037 shares of no par common shares at $1 each
(with 350,000 shares authorized), 5,000 common stock Series A warrants, and
5,000 common stock Series B warrants.  Each Series A warrant entitles the
holder to acquire one share of common stock at a purchase price of $50.  Each
Series B warrant entitles the holder to acquire one share of common stock at a
price of $31.50.  The Series B warrant have a ten-year life and were issued to
the holders of convertible preferred stock that were redeemed in a 1993
recapitalization plan.



                                      4
<PAGE>   5

May 28, 1996



Effective October 28, 1993, HB adopted a Stock Option Plan (Plan) which
provides options to purchase a total of up to 25,000 share of its common stock.
The Plan covers certain key employees, and permits the grant incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock.  The incentive and
non-qualified options expire at such time as determined at the time of grant,
however, in no case will they be exercisable later than ten years after the
grant.  These options generally vest 10% in the first year after the grant, 10%
in the second year subsequent to the grant, 20% in the year in which the bank
attains certain profitability levels, and 20% in each year thereafter.

In December 1995, the Board of Directors approved the granting of 10,550
additional common stock options to employees and directors of the company.  The
grants are subject to the approval of the stockholders to increase the number
of authorized shares under the Plan by 15,000 to accommodate such grants.
Stockholder approval was received in the first quarter of 1996.

As of December 31, 1995, options to purchase a total of 21,575 shares of common
stock were outstanding with a strike price ranging from $50 - $65 per share.

4. Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. (LB)

LB is the parent company of Libertyville Bank & Trust Co., a bank organized and
opened in October of 1995.  As of December 31, 1995 the bank had total assets
of about $37 million.  It serves the communities of Libertyville, Mundelein and
Vernon Hills,  Strategically, this bank will target all of Northwest Lake
County Illinois, one of the fastest growing counties in the country.
As of December 31, 1995, LB had outstanding 201,689 shares of no par common
stock (with 350,000 shares authorized), 24,000 shares of Series B convertible
preferred stock and, 20,000 Series B Common Stock warrants, and 5000 Series A
common stock warrants.

Both the Series B preferred stock and the Series B common stock warrants were
issued in a 1995 recapitalization.

The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting and will pay no dividends for a
period of at least ten years from issuance and thereafter, dividends, if any,
will not be cumulative.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible
into one share of common stock.  The Series B Common Stock Warrants have a ten
year life.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the
common stock at a purchase price of $40 per share.

Each Series A common stock warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of
common stock at $50 per share.




                                      5
<PAGE>   6


May 228 1996



Effective November 21, 1995, LB adopted a Stock Option Plan (Plan) which
provides options to purchase a total of up to 32,000 shares of its common
stock.  The Plan covers certain key employees, and permits the grant of
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, and restricted stock.
The incentive and non-qualified options expire at such time as determined at
the time of grant; however, in no case shall they be exercisable later then ten
years after the grant.  The Company has granted a total of 20,700 options at
$50 per share.  These options vest 10% in 1996, 10% in 1997, 20% in the year in
which the bank attains certain profitability levels, and 20% in each year
thereafter.  As of December 31, 1995, no stock option was exercised.

5. Crabtree Capital Corporation (Crabtree)

Crabtree is a privately held financial services company, which was formed in
September 1979, and adopted its present name in August 1985.  Its major
business is providing insurance premium financing through its wholly owned
subsidiary, First Premium Services, (First Premium).  The financing receivables
generated are sold to an independent third party securitization facility
through a wholly owned subsidiary of First Premium.  First Premium, has a
running portfolio in the $125 million range.  The financing receivables
generated are short term in nature and bear an interest rate of Prime plus 2%
to 3% point.  The effective funding cost to First Premium is in the range of
three month Libor plus 1% to 2% point.

Crabtree also has other subsidiaries, which will be merged or liquidated into
First Premium or Crabtree sometime before the merger transaction contemplated
herein.  On an aggregate basis, Crabtree has about $18 to $19 million in tax
net operating losses.  Crabtree's goal is to expand its premium finance
business.  As of December 31, 1995, Crabtree had a total assets of about $19
million on a consolidated basis.

As of December 31, 1995, Crabtree had outstanding 1,025,266 shares of $1 par
value common stock (with 2,000,000 shares authorized).

Effective October 1987, Crabtree adopted a Stock Option Plan (Option Plan) and
a Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (SAR).  As of December 31, 1995, options to
purchase up to 275,000 common shares and 200,000 stock appreciation rights may
be granted under the plans.

The Option Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options,
non-qualified stock options and the sale of restricted stock to key employees.
In addition, the Option Plan provides that SARs may be granted on conjunction
with any option granted pursuant to this Plan.  No SARs are outstanding as of
December 31, 1995.


                                      6
<PAGE>   7



May 28, 1996



Options and SARs granted have a maximum duration of 10 years.  As of December
31, 1995, options to purchase a total of 63,225 shares of common stock were
outstanding with a strike price ranging from $7 - $25 per share.

During 1990, two senior officers of Crabtree purchased 60,000 shares of stock
at $5 per share under a Permanent Discount Plan.  This stock was purchased with
a permanent discount of $20 per share.  Under this plan, gains on the stock
accrue to the holders only if the value of the stock exceeds $25 per share.

Effective July 1992, First Premium established an employee stock option plan
which provides options to purchase up to the total of 2,300 shares of common
stock.  On July 20, 1992, incentive options to purchase 1,663 shares were
granted to certain employees at an exercise price of $400 per share.  Options
under this grant vest over 4 years and must be exercised within 10 years of the
grant date.

THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

The management of Wintrust and Surviving Companies believe that the proposed
transactions will allow them to have a greater access to capital sources, to
expand operations, to allocate and share personnel and capital resources more
effectively, and to provide a wider range of financial services to their
customers.  Crabtree is considered a strategic match with the banks since its
expertise in asset securitization should complement the banks' excess asset
strategies.

In furtherance of these purposes, Wintrust formed (1) LFBII, a Delaware
corporation,  (2) HBII, an Illinois corporation, (3) LBII, an Illinois
corporation, and (4) Crabtree II, a Delaware corporation (all of which
sometimes referred to herein collectively as the Merging Companies or
individually as the Merging Company).  Wintrust owns all of the stock in each
Merging Company.  The Merging Companies were formed solely for the purposes of
consummating the proposed transactions.

Wintrust, Surviving Companies and Merging Companies entered into the Agreements
which provide that Wintrust will acquire Investments, LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree
by a merger of (1) LFBII with and into LFB, (2) HBII with and into HB, (3) LBII
with and into LB, and (4) Crabtree II with and into Crabtree.  The Agreements
and the transactions contemplated thereby are subject to approval by the
requisite vote of shareholders of each of the Merging Companies and Surviving
Companies.  If the statutory merger is effected, the separate existence of each
of the Merging Companies shall cease and the existence of  each of the
Surviving Companies shall




                                      7
<PAGE>   8
May 28, 1996



continue unaffected and unimpaired by the merger with all the rights,
privileges, immunities and powers and subject to all the duties and liabilities
of a duly organized corporation.  As a result of the merger, all of the assets
and rights of each Merging Company will be vested in the respective Surviving
Company; and all liabilities and obligations of the Merging Company will be
assumed by the respective Surviving Company.  The parties involved in the
transactions will each bear their own respective expenses incurred in the
proposed transactions.

Pursuant to the Agreements and as of the close of business on the day when
appropriate articles of merger are filed and certificates of merger are issued
(the Effective Date), each of the shareholders of the Surviving Companies shall
exchange their shares of common stock for shares of the common stock of
Wintrust as follows:

      (a)  LFB Conversion.  Each share of the common stock,
           par value $1.00 per share, of LFB (the "LFB Common
           Stock") issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
           Effective Date shall be converted into the right to
           receive 9.67334 shares (the "LFB Conversion Ratio") of
           the common stock, no par value of Wintrust;

      (b)  HB Conversion.  Each share of the common stock,
           no par value of HB (the "HB Common Stock") issued and
           outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date
           shall be converted into the right to receive 6.03398
           shares (the "HB Conversion Ratio") of the common stock,
           no par value of Wintrust;

      (c)  LB Conversion.  Each share of the common stock,
           no par value  per share, of LB (the "LB Common Stock")
           issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
           Effective Date shall be converted into the right to
           receive 4.02578 shares (the "LB Conversion Ratio") of
           the common stock, no par value of Wintrust;

      (d)  Crabtree Conversion.  Each share of the common
           stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Crabtree (the
           "Crabtree Common Stock") issued and outstanding
           immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be converted 
           into the right to receive 1.18332 shares (the "Crabtree 
           Conversion Ratio") of the common stock, no par value 
           of Wintrust.




                                      8
<PAGE>   9




May 28, 1996



The conversion ratios (as described herein) are the result of arm's-length
negotiations among Wintrust, the Merging Companies, and the Surviving Companies
and are intended to produce approximate equality between the fair market value
of the shares of Wintrust received by the shareholders of the Surviving
Companies and the fair market value of the shares of common stock of the
Surviving Companies converted thereinto.

To avoid the expense and inconvenience of issuing fractional shares, no
fractional shares of Wintrust will be issued pursuant to the merger.  Any
holder of shares of common stock of a Surviving Company who would  have been
entitled to receive a fractional share will receive, in lieu thereof, an amount
of cash equal to the value of the fraction of a share of Wintrust common stock
to which such holder of shares would otherwise be entitled.

Dissenters' rights will be available to holders of shares of common stock of
the Surviving Companies.  The dissenting shareholder's shares will not be
converted into shares of Wintrust, but will receive the value of the shares in
cash.

With respect to the current, outstanding convertible preferred stock in LFB,
and LB  managements of these Surviving Companies has represented that the
holders of the preferred stock will convert such stock into shares of common
stock of LFB, and LB as the case may be, prior to the Effective Date of the
mergers.  The holders of the convertible preferred stock will then exchange
their shares of common stock for shares of the common stock of Wintrust
according to the conversion ratios described herein.

The current, outstanding warrants (the "Warrants") at LFB, HB, LB and First
Premium, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Crabtree, provide in part for each
holder the right to convert the Warrant to either LFB Common Stock, HB Common
Stock, LB Common Stock or First Premium Services, Inc. Common Stock as the case
may be.  The Warrants (other then the First Premium warrants) will remain
issued and outstanding and each holder will have the right to
purchase the same number of LFB Common Stock, HB Common Stock and LB Common
Stock as provided for in the Warrants.

The First Premium warrants will be converted into the right to acquire Wintrust
shares on comparable terms appropriately adjusted to reflect the conversion and
exchange ratios.  Our opinion on the tax-free status of the reorganization does
not extend to the receipt of rights to acquire Wintrust shares pursuant to the
conversion of the warrants.

                                      -9-



<PAGE>   10







May 28, 1996



The current LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree stock rights plans and/or option plans
(the "Rights/Option Plan") provide in part for the holders to convert the
rights and/or options into either LFB Common Stock, HB common Stock, LB Common
Stock or Crabtree Common Stock as the case may be.  Respective managements of
the Surviving Companies have represented that the options and/or  rights were
granted in connections with the performance of prior, current and future
services.  As of the Effective Date of the merger, each of the Rights/Option
Plans at LFB, HB, LB and Crabtree will be amended to provide for the holders
the right to convert the rights and/or options into Wintrust's stock at a fixed
conversion ratio similar to the conversion ratio established for the LFB Common
Stock, the HB Common Stock, the LB

Common Stock and the Crabtree Common Stock.  Neither the rights or options to
purchase LFB, HB, LB or Crabtree stock nor the substitute rights or options to
purchase Wintrust shares have a readily ascertainable fair market value within
the meaning of Section 1.83-7(b) of the Regulations.

As of the Effective Date, the fair market value and the adjusted basis of the
assets of each of the Merging Companies will exceed the sum of its liabilities
and all such liabilities to which its assets are subject.  There is not at the
present time and will not be at the Effective Time any intercorporate
indebtedness between and among Wintrust, a Merging Company and its respective
Surviving Company that is or will be issued, acquired, or settled at a
discount.

At the Effective Date, the Surviving Companies will not have outstanding any
warrants, options, convertible securities, or any other type of right pursuant
to which any person could acquire stock in the Surviving Companies that, if
exercised or converted, would affect Wintrust's acquisition or retention of
control of each Surviving Company, as defined in section 368(c) of the Code.

After the proposed merger, each Surviving Company will continue its business in
a substantially unchanged manner and will use the assets of the Merging Company
in the business.  There is no  plan or intention to cause any of the Surviving
Companies to dispose of all or any substantial portion of its business or
assets.  Wintrust has no plan or intention to redeem or otherwise reacquire
after the proposed mergers a significant number of share of its common stock to
be issued pursuant to the mergers.  Wintrust has no plan or intention to
liquidate any of the Surviving Companies, to merge any Surviving Company with
or into another corporation, or to sell or otherwise dispose of the stock of
any Surviving Company.  To the best of the knowledge


                                      -10-









<PAGE>   11



                                  [BK LOGO]





May 28, 1996



of the respective management of Wintrust, Merging Companies and Surviving
companies, there is no plan or intention, and we assume for purposes of this
opinion that there is no such plan or intention, on the part of shareholders of
the Surviving Companies to sell or otherwise dispose of a significant number of
shares of Wintrust to be received by them pursuant to the mergers.

Managements of Wintrust and Surviving Companies also have represented that none
of the companies are undiversified investment company under Section
368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.  An undiversified investment company is
an investment company more than 25 percent of whose assets (excluding cash,
cash equivalents, receivables and U.S. Government securities) are invested in
the stock and securities of one issuer or more than 50 percent of the value of
whose total assets are invested in the stock or securities of five or fewer
issuers.  A special look-through rule is provided for 50 percent-owned
subsidiaries under which the parent company will be deemed to own its ratable
share of such subsidiary's assets directly.

An investment company is defined as a regulated investment company, a real
estate investment trust, or a corporation more than 50 percent of its assets
(excluding cash, cash equivalents, receivables and Government securities)
consist of stock securities (and, for this purpose, includes rights, warrants,
options, and commodity futures contracts), and more than 80 percent of its
assets are held for investment.

DISCUSSION

A. Section 368 (a) (2)(E) Merger

Section 368(a)(2)(E) of the Code provides, in part, that a transaction
otherwise qualifying as a statutory merger under section 368(a)(1)(A) will not
be disqualified by reason of the facts that stock of a controlling corporation
(i.e., the corporation which before the merger was in control of the merged
corporation) is used in the transaction if: 1)  after the transaction, the
corporation surviving the merger (i.e., surviving corporation) holds
substantially all of its properties and of the properties of the merged
corporation, and 2)  in the transaction, former shareholder of the surviving
corporation exchanged an amount of stock in the surviving corporation that
constitutes control of the corporation solely for voting stock of the
controlling corporation.  In essence, to qualify as a tax free reorganization 
under Section 368(a)(2)(E), the following statutory requirements must be met:


                                                                           11


<PAGE>   12
                                  [BK LOGO]





May 28, 1996



      1)   The merger must be accomplished in the strict compliance with
           the corporation laws of the United States, a state or territory of
           the United States, or the District of Columbia.  Treasury Regulation
           Section 1.368-2(b)(1).

      2)   The shareholders of the surviving corporation must receive
           voting stock of the controlling corporation in exchange for an
           amount of stock in the surviving corporation that constitutes
           "control", (i.e., stock possessing 80% of the surviving
           corporation's voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting
           stock).  Code Section 368(c).

      3)   After the transaction, the surviving corporation must hold
           substantially all of its properties and of the properties of the
           merged corporation.  For IRS ruling purposes, substantially all
           means 90% of the fair market value of net assets of each corporation
           and 70% of the fair market value of the gross assets of each
           corporation.  Revenue Ruling 77-307, 1977-2 CB 117.

      4)   The merged corporation must be a first-tier subsidiary of the
           controlling corporation.

In addition to the expressed statutory language, the reorganization must also
meet judicially imposed requirements before it can qualify as a tax free
reorganization.  These requirements are the continuity of interest doctrine,
the continuity of business enterprise doctrine, and the business purpose
doctrine.

1. Strict Compliance with Merger Laws

Under the proposed transactions, the Merging Companies will merge into the
Surviving Companies in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Illinois Business Corporation Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Legal counsel of the Merging Companies and the Surviving Companies has informed
us that the mergers will be in strict compliance with the corporation laws of
Illinois and Delaware.  Accordingly, the requirement of a statutory merger
contemplated by the transactions will be met.

2. Definition of Control

With respect to the control requirement, the controlling corporation must
obtain at least 80% of the voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting
stock of the surviving corporation by issuing its voting stock in the merger.
This means approximately up to 20% of the consideration

                                                                            12  

<PAGE>   13

May 28, 1996



issued by the controlling corporation can be non-voting stock or non-stock
property, since only an amount of stock constituting control of the surviving
corporation need be acquired for voting stock of the controlling corporation.
Stock in the surviving corporation that is owned by the controlling corporation
before the merger can adversely affect the transaction.  If the controlling
corporation owns over 20% of the stock of the surviving corporation before
merger, the transaction will fail the control requirement of Section
368(a)(2)(E).  The regulations under Section 368(a)(2)(E) take a liberal view
in determining how much stock of the surviving corporation is outstanding in
determining the control requirement.  Regulation Section 1.368-2(j)(3)(i) state
that even if the surviving corporation redeems some of the stock (with its own
assets) as part of the merger plan, the redeemed stock is generally not taken
into account in determining if the controlling corporation has obtained control
in the transaction.

As of December 31, 1995, the outstanding capital structures of the Surviving
Companies, on a common share equivalent basis are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             LFB             HB         LB       CRABTREE
                             ---             --         --       --------
    <S>                    <C>            <C>        <C>       <C>     
    Common stock -
     shares outstanding    160,605         206,037    201,689   1,025,266


    Convertible Preferred
       Stock                 2,850                     24,000

             Warrant A                      5,000       5,000
             Warrant B                      5,000      20,000

      Options - granted     35,369         21,575                  63,225
      Options - approved
       but not granted                     10,550
                           -------         ------      -------     --------  


Total                      198,524        248,162      250,689    1,088,491
                           =======        =======      =======    =========
</TABLE>

The respective managements of the Surviving Companies have represented that
other than the preferred stock, warrants and options specifically described
above, the Surviving companies do not and will not have outstanding any other
warrants, options, convertible securities, or any other type of right
pursuant to which any person could acquire stock in the Surviving Companies. 
The managements also have represented that any cash paid to dissenting
shareholders with respect to the proposed transactions together with any cash
paid in lieu of fractional shares will be less than 10% of the total
consideration paid to the shareholders of each Surviving Company.

                                      13
<PAGE>   14


May 28, 1996



Based on the capital structures (as represented by managements of the Surviving
companies),  the 80 percent control requirement should be met.  With a limited
number of dissenting shareholders and the exchange of the common stock by
holders of convertible preferred stock, Wintrust will acquire more than 80
percent of the stock of each Surviving Company solely for its voting stock.

3. Substantially All of the Assets

For IRS ruling purposes, "substantially all" means at least 90 percent of the
fair market value of the net assets and at least 70 percent of the fair market
value of the gross assets of each of the Surviving and Merging Companies.  Rev.
Proc. 77-37, 1977-2 C.B. 58 6.

In determining whether the surviving corporation continues to hold
substantially all of its properties and substantially all of the properties of
the merged corporation, the following rules apply:

      1)   If the surviving corporation used any of its own
           assets as acquisition consideration (such as using its
           own cash to redeem its shareholders), the property is
           taken into account in determining if the surviving
           corporation continues to hold substantially all of its
           properties.  Regulation Section 1.368-2(j)(3)(iii).

      2)   Cash or properties contributed by the
           controlling corporation to the merged corporation to
           pay off dissenters, round off fractional shares, and
           pay reorganization expenses are not taken in to account
           in the determining whether the substantially all
           requirement has been met.  Revenue Ruling 77-307,
           1977-2 C.B. 117.

      3)   Assets contributed by the controlling
           corporation that passed from the merged corporation to
           the surviving corporation, which  is then distributed
           to the shareholders of the surviving corporation (i.g.,
           voting stock of the controlling corporation) are not
           taken into consideration in determining if the
           surviving corporation continues to hold substantially
           all of the merged corporation's assets.

Respective managements of Wintrust, Surviving Companies and Merging Companies
have represented that after the merger, each Surviving Company will hold at
least 90 percent of the




                                      14
<PAGE>   15
May 28, 1996



fair market value of the net assets and at least 70 percent of the fair market
value of the gross assets held by each Surviving Company and the respective
Merging Company immediately before the merger.  For purposes of the
representations, amounts to pay dissenters, if any, amounts to pay
reorganizations expenses, and redemptions and distributions (except for
regular, normal dividends) made immediately preceding the merger will be
included as assets of the Surviving Companies or Merging Companies,
respectively, immediately prior to the merger.

4. First-tier Subsidiaries

LFBII, HBII, LBII, and Crabtree II are wholly owned first-tier subsidiaries of
Wintrust.  Therefore, the requirement that the merged corporation must be a
first-tier subsidiary will be met.

5. Continuity of Interest

The continuity of interest doctrine requires that the shareholders of the
surviving corporation obtained a substantial proprietary interest in the
controlling corporation.  For ruling purposes, the IRS will recognize the
continuity of interest requirement as satisfied if the former shareholders of
the surviving corporation hold stock of the controlling corporation
representing at least 50% of the value of the stock of the surviving
corporation.  Revenue Procedure 77-37,1977-2C.B.568.

Due to the statutory imposed control (80%) requirement, the continuity of
interest doctrine should be met, provided there is no plan or intention on the
part of the shareholders of the surviving corporation to sell, exchange, or
otherwise dispose of shares of stock of the controlling corporation to be
received in the transaction that would reduce their ownership in the
controlling corporation to a number of shares having a value of less than 50%
of the value of all of the outstanding stock of the surviving corporation on
the date of the merger.  For purpose of this 50% determination, shares of stock
in the surviving corporation exchanged for cash or other properties,
surrendered by dissenters, or exchanged for cash in lieu of fractional shares
will be treated as outstanding stock of the surviving corporation on the date
of the merger.

The managements of Wintrust, Surviving Companies and Merging Companies know of
no plan or intention on the part of the shareholders of the Surviving Companies
to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Wintrust common stock to
be received in the proposed transaction which will reduce the holding to a
number of shares having, in the total, a value


                                      15

<PAGE>   16

May 28, 1996



(based on the fair market value immediately prior to the merger) of less than
50 percent of the total value of the stock of each Surviving Company
outstanding immediately prior to the merger.  The management knows of no plan
or intention on the part of those shareholders who beneficially own five
percent or more of stock of any Surviving Company to sell, exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of Wintrust stock to be received in the transaction.

Wintrust also has no plan or intention to redeem or otherwise reacquire its
common stock to be issued in the transaction.

Based on the foregoing representations, the continuity of interest requirements
will be met.

6. Continuity of Business Enterprise

The continuity of business enterprise doctrine requires that the surviving
corporation in a reorganization either continue a significant line of the
historic business of the merged corporation or use a significant portion of the
merged corporation's historic assets in a business.  Treasury Regulation
Section 1.368-1(d)(2).  This rule ensures that a tax-free reorganization is
limited to readjustments of the continuing interest in property under a
modified corporation form.  Regulation Section 1.368-1(b).  Under the
regulations, a corporation's historic business is the business it has conducted
most recently.  However, a corporation's historic business is not one the
corporation enters into as part of a plan of reorganization.  The continuity of
business enterprise requirement may also be satisfied if the surviving
corporation used a significant portion of the merged corporation's historic
business assets, which may include stock and securities and intangible
operating assets.  The determination of whether the retained assets are
significant is based on the relevant importance of the assets to the operation
of the business.  Regulation  Section 1.368-1(d)(4).  We are not aware of any
case or ruling specifically addresses the application of the continuity of
business enterprise doctrine in a merger under Section 368(a)(2)(E).  In letter
Ruling 9604024 (November 1, 1995), the Surviving corporation sold certain
assets which represented less than 50 percent of the total fair market value of
its assets as part of the contemplated transactions.  The IRS, without
elaborating the application, held that the sale did not violate the continuity
of business enterprise requirement in Section 368(a)(2)(E) merger.  The
continuity of business enterprise requirement, however, should be effectively
met due to the substantially all requirement under the statue, provided
the surviving corporation will continue its historic business or use a
significant portion of its business assets and the assets of the merged
corporation in a business.



                                      16

<PAGE>   17
May 28, 1996



Because it has been represented to us that after the proposed transactions each
Surviving Company will not dispose of any substantial portion of its assets and
the assets of the Merged Company; and that each Surviving Company will continue
its historic business in a substantially unchanged form, it is our opinion that
the requirement of continuity of business enterprise will be met.

7. Business Purpose

The business purpose doctrine requires that a reorganization have a bona fide
business purpose other than the avoidance of tax.  A plan which has no business
or corporate purpose will not be considered a plan of reorganization.  Treasury
Regulation Section 1.368-1(c).  It has been represented to us that the purpose
of the proposed merger is to allow the group to a greater access to capital
sources, to facilitate its expansion, to allocate personnel and capital
resources more effectively, and to provide a wider range of financial services
to their customers.

The combination of the member banks and Crabtree is considered a strategic
match.  Crabtree's premium finance receivables, coupled with the member banks'
lower cost of funds, should provide immediate increase in profit to the
combined entities.  Furthermore, Crabtree's expertise in the areas of asset
securitization should fit nicely into the banks' excess asset strategies.

As part of the merger, the Surviving Company will arrange $20 million in bank
debt in the form of a line of credit.  Proceeds of the debt will be used to
retire existing holding company debts and to fund interim growth until the
completion of a public offering.

Based on the forgoing purposes, it is our opinion that the requirement of a
business purpose should be met.

B. Stock Options/Rights to Employees

Section 83 of the Code provides the rules for the taxation of nonstatutory
stock options transferred to an individual in connection with the performance
of services. Under section 83 (e)(3), the recipient of an option does not
recognize income if the option granted does not have a readily ascertainable
fair market value. 

For options that are not actively traded on an  established market, such as the
American Stock Exchange, Regulation Section 1.83-7 (b)(2) provides that these
options do not have a readily


                                      17
<PAGE>   18
May 28, 1996



ascertainable fair market value unless the fair market value can be otherwise
measured with reasonable accuracy.  The regulations create an irrebuttable
presumption that an untraded option does not have a readily ascertainable fair
market value unless four conditions are met:

      (1)  The option is transferable by the holder,

      (2)  The option is exercisable immediately in full by
           the holder,

      (3)  Neither the option nor the underlying stock is
           subject to any restrictions that have a significant
           effect upon the value of the option; and

      (4)  The fair market value of the "option privilege"
           is readily ascertainable.

The effects of the foregoing requirements is that untraded options generally do
not have readily ascertainable fair market value when granted.

Regulations provide that because the option does not have a readily
ascertainable fair market value at the time of grant, income will be recognized
at the time the option is exercised or otherwise disposed of and not at the
time of grant.  Accordingly, any substitute options which do not have readily
ascertainable fair market value will not be taxable as compensation when
granted.

CONCLUSIONS

Based on the foregoing information, we are of the opinion that:

      1)   Provided (1) that each merger of LFBII with and
           into LFB, HBII with and into HB, LBII with and into LB,
           and Crabtree II with and into Crabtree qualifies as a
           statutory merger under applicable state law, (2) that
           after the transaction, each Surviving Company will hold
           substantially all of its assets and the assets of the
           respective Merging Company, and (3) that in the
           transaction, the shareholders of each Surviving Company
           exchange an amount of stock constituting control of the 
           Surviving Company (within the meaning



                                      18
<PAGE>   19
May 28, 1996



           of section 368(c)) solely for Wintrust's voting common
           stock, each proposed merger will constitute a
           reorganization within the meaning of section
           368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.  The reorganization will not
           be disqualified by reason of the fact that the voting
           stock of Wintrust will be used in the merger (section
           368(a)(2)(E)).  For purposes of this opinion,
           "substantially all" means at least 90 percent of the
           fair market value of the net assets and at least 70
           percent of the fair market value of the gross assets
           of each of the Surviving and Merging Companies.
           Wintrust, and each of the Surviving Companies and
           Merging Companies will each be a "party to a
           reorganization" within the meaning of section 368(b)
           of the Code.

      2)   No gain or loss will be recognized to each
           Merging Company upon the transfer of its assets to the
           Surviving Company in exchange for the Surviving Company
           stock (section 361(a)).

      3)   No gain or loss will be recognized to the
           Surviving Company upon the receipt of the assets of the
           Merging Company in exchange for the Surviving Company
           stock (section 1032(a)).

      4)   The basis of the Merging Company's assets in the
           hands of the Surviving Company will be the same as the
           basis of those assets in the hands of the Merging
           Company immediately before the transaction (section
           362(b)).

      5)   The holding period of the assets of the Merging
           Company in the hands of the Surviving Company will
           include the period during which such assets were held
           by the Merging Company (section 1223(2)).

      6)   No gain or loss will be recognized to Wintrust
           upon the receipt of the Surviving Company common stock
           solely in exchange for the Merging Company stock 
           (section 354(a)(1)).

      7)   No gain or loss will be recognized to the
           Surviving Company shareholders upon the receipt of
           stock, solely in exchange for their shares of Surviving
           Company stock (section 354(a)(1)).


                                      19
<PAGE>   20


May 28, 1996



      8)   The basis of Wintrust stock to be received by
           the Surviving Company shareholders, including any
           fractional shares to which they may be entitled, will
           be the same as the basis of the Surviving Company stock
           surrendered in exchange therefor (section 358(a)(1)).

      9)   The holding period of Wintrust stock to be
           received by the Surviving Company shareholders,
           including any fractional shares to which they may be
           entitled, will include the holding period of the
           Surviving Company stock surrendered in exchange
           therefor, provided that the Surviving Company stock was
           held as a capital asset on the date of the exchange
           (section 1223(1)).

      10)  Pursuant to section 381(a) of the Code and
           section 1.381(a)-1 of the Income Tax Regulations, the
           Surviving Company will succeed to and take into account
           the items of Merging Company described in section
           381(c) of the Code, subject to the provisions and
           limitations specified in sections 381, 382, 383, 384,
           and 1502 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

      11)  The Surviving Company will succeed to and take into account the
           earnings and profits, or deficit in earnings and profits, of the
           Merging Company as of the date of the transfer.  Any deficit in
           earnings and profits of the Merging Company will be used only to
           offset the earnings and profits accumulated after the date of the
           transfer (section 381(c)(2) of the Code and section 1.381(c)(2)-1 of
           the regulations).

      12)  Where a shareholder of the Surviving Company
           dissents to the proposed transaction and receives
           solely cash in exchange for his or her Surviving
           Company stock, such cash will be treated as having been
           received by the shareholder as a distribution in
           redemption of his or her stock subject to the
           provisions and limitations of section 302 of the Code.
           Where as a result of such distribution, the Surviving
           Company shareholder neither holds any  stock of
           Wintrust directly, nor is deemed to own any such stock


                                      -20-

<PAGE>   21







May 28, 1996



            under the constructive ownership rules of section
            318(a), the redemption will be a complete termination
            of interest within the meaning of section 302(b)(3)
            and will be treated as a distribution in full payment
            in exchange for the shares redeemed as provided in
            section 302(a).  Accordingly, such shareholders will
            recognize gain or loss under section 1001 measured by
            the difference between the amount of cash received and
            his or her adjusted basis in the Surviving Company
            stock surrendered.

      13)   The payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares
            of Wintrust stock will be treated as if the fractional
            shares were distributed as part of the exchange and
            then redeemed by Wintrust.  These cash payments will be
            treated as having been received as distributions in
            full payment in exchange for stock redeemed as provided
            in section 302(a) of the Code (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2
            C.B. 116; Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574).

      14)   No gain or loss will be recognized by the
            holders of non-qualified options to buy shares in the
            Surviving Companies upon the conversion of those
            options into non-qualified options to buy Wintrust
            shares under the same terms and conditions as in effect
            immediately prior to the proposed transaction (sections
            83(a) and (b) of the Code and section 1.83-7(a) of the
            regulations).

We consent to the inclusion of our opinion as an Exhibit to the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement on Form
S-4 of Wintrust Financial Corporation and to all references to our firm and
said opinion included in such Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

Very truly yours,





BLACKMAN KALLICK BARTELSTEIN, LLP

JB/mb



                                      -21-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1









                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.


                             1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN







                                       1
<PAGE>   2

                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
                             1993 Stock Option Plan



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  --------                                                          ----

 1                 ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND
                   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

             1.1   Establishment of the Plan                                 6

             1.2   Purpose of the Plan                                       6

             1.3   Duration of the Plan                                      7

 2                 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

             2.1   Definitions                                               7

             2.2   Gender and Number                                        12

             2.3   Severability                                             12

 3                 ADMINISTRATION

             3.1   The Committee                                            13

             3.2   Authority of the Committee                               13

             3.3   Selection of Participants                                13

             3.4   Decisions Binding                                        14

             3.5   Delegation of Certain
                   Responsibilities                                         14

             3.6   Procedures of the Committee                              14

             3.7   Award Agreements                                         15

 4                 STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

             4.1   Number of Shares                                         17

             4.2   Lapsed Awards                                            17

             4.3   Adjustments in Authorized Shares                         17


                                       2
<PAGE>   3


Article    Section                                                        Page
- -------    -------                                                        ----

 5                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

             5.1   Eligibility                                             18

             5.2   Actual Participation                                    18

 6                 STOCK OPTIONS

             6.1   Grant of Options                                        18

             6.2   Option Agreement                                        19

             6.3   Option Price                                            19

             6.4   Duration of Options                                     19

             6.5   Exercise of Options                                     19

             6.6   Payment                                                 20

             6.7   Restrictions on Stock
                   Transferability                                         20

             6.8   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death, Disability, or Retirement                        20

             6.9   Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                           21

             6.10  Nontransferability of Options                           22

 7                 RESTRICTED STOCK

             7.1   Grant of Restricted Stock                               22

             7.2   Restricted Stock Agreement                              22

             7.3   Transferability                                         22

             7.4   Other Restrictions                                      23

             7.5   Certificate Legend                                      23

             7.6   Removal of Restrictions                                 23

             7.7   Voting Rights                                           24

             7.8   Dividend and Other Distributions                        24



                                       3
<PAGE>   4


Article    Section                                                         Page
- -------    -------                                                         ----

             7.9   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Retirement                                               24

             7.10  Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death or Disability                                      25

             7.11  Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                            25

             7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted
                   Stock                                                    25

 8                 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

             8.1   Beneficiary Designation                                  26

 9                 RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

             9.1   Employment                                               26

             9.2   Participation                                            26

10                 CHANGE IN CONTROL

             10.1  In General                                               27

11                 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

             11.1  Amendment, Modification, and
                   Termination                                              27

             11.2  Awards Previously Granted                                28

12                 WITHHOLDING

             12.1  Tax Withholding                                          28

             12.2  Stock Withholding Elections                              28

             12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding
                   Restrictions                                             29

             12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery
                   Requirements                                             29

13                 INDEMNIFICATION

             13.1  Indemnification                                          30



                                       4
<PAGE>   5


Article   Section                                                           Page
- -------   -------                                                           ----

14                 SUCCESSORS

             14.1  Successors                                                31

15                 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

             15.1  Requirements of Law                                       31

             15.2  Governing Law                                             31

16                 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

             16.1  Rights of First Refusal                                   31



                                       5

<PAGE>   6



                             HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.
                             1993 Stock Option Plan

         ARTICLE 1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     1.1  Establishment of the Plan.  Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter
referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan
to be known as the "1993 Stock Option Plan" (hereinafter referred to as the
"Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock. Subject to
ratification by a majority of the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12)
months, the Plan shall become effective as of October 28, 1993 (the "Effective
Date"), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.  Awards
may be granted hereunder on or after the Effective Date but in no event be
exercisable or payable to a participant prior to such stockholder approval; and,
if such approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Effective
Date, such awards shall be of no force and effect.
     1.2  Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the
success of the Company by providing incentives to Key Employees that will link
their personal interests to the long-term financial success of the Company and
to the growth in shareholder value.  The Plan is intended to provide
flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the
services of Key Employees upon whose judgement, interest, and special effort
the successful conduct of its operation is largely dependent.



                                       6
<PAGE>   7


     1.3  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date,
as described in Article 1.1. herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the
right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to
Article 11, until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired
according to the provisions herein.  However, in no event may an Award be
granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan's
Effective Date.

                    ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the initial
letter of the word is capitalized:
     (a)  "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan
          of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or Restricted
          Stock.
     (b)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in
          Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
     (c)  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the
          Company.
     (d)  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the conditions
          set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have been
          satisfied:
          (i)  A change in the ownership of sixty-six and two thirds percent
               (66.67%) or more of the


                                       7
<PAGE>   8


                    Corporation's outstanding common stock, within a twelve
                    month period; or,
               (ii) The stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
                    consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                    other than a) a plan involving affiliated companies
                    ("Affiliates").  For purposes of this Plan, the term
                    Affiliates shall have the same definition as in Federal
                    Reserve Regulation L (Section 212.2) or, b) a merger or
                    consolidation which would result in the voting Stock
                    outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
                    represent (either by remaining outstanding or being
                    converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at
                    least 80% of the total voting power represented by the
                    voting Stock or the voting securities of such surviving
                    entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
                    consolidation; or
              (iii) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
                    liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                    disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of
                    the Company's assets.
     However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred,
with respect to the Participant, if the Participant 



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

is part of a purchasing group which consummates the Change in Control
transaction.  The Participant shall be deemed "part of a purchasing group..."
for purposes of the preceding sentence if the Participant is an equity
participant or has agreed to become an equity participant in the purchasing
company or group (except for (a) passive ownership of less than 5% of the Stock
of the purchasing company or (b) ownership of equity participation in the
purchasing company or group which is otherwise not deemed to be significant, as
determined prior to the Change in Control by a majority of the nonemployee
continuing directors).  The Board has final authority to determine the exact
date on which a change in control has been deemed to have occurred under (i),
(ii), and (iii) above.
          (e)  "Cause" means:
               (i)  misappropriation of any funds or property of the
                    Corporation; or
              (ii)  attempting to obtain any personal profit from any
                    transaction in which the Participant has a personal
                    financial interest, unless the Participant shall have first
                    obtained the consent of the Board of Directors; or
             (iii)  material neglect or refusal to perform the duties reasonably
                    assigned to the Participant; or
              (iv)  participating in a course of conduct which is injurious to
                    the Corporation or its



                                       9
<PAGE>   10


                    subsidiaries, as interpreted by the Board of Directors; or
               (v)  being convicted of a felony; or
              (vi)  being adjudicated a bankrupt; or
             (vii)  suspension due to the direction of any authorized bank
                    regulatory agency.
          (f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
               time to time.
          (g)  "Committee" means the Stock Option Committee of the Board, or any
               other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan
               pursuant to Article 3 herein.
          (h)  "Company" means Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding
               corporation or any successor thereto as provided in Article 14
               herein.
          (i)  "Disability" means a permanent and total disability as determined
               by the Committee in good faith, upon receipt of sufficient
               competent medical advice.
          (j)  "Fair Market Value" means the average of the highest and lowest
               price at which the Stock was traded on the twenty trading days
               prior to the relevant date, as reported by the established market
               in which the shares are traded.  If the shares are not really
               tradable, a determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by
               the Board of Directors of the Company.



                                       10
<PAGE>   11


          (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option to purchase
               Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is designated as an
               Incentive Stock Option and is intended to meet the requirements
               of Section 422A of the Code.
          (l)  "Key Employee" means an employee or member of the Board of
               Directors of the Company, including an employee who is an officer
               or a director of the Company, who, in the opinion of members of
               the Committee, can contribute significantly to the growth and
               profitability of the Company. "Key Employee" also may include
               those employees, identified by the Committee, in situations
               concerning extraordinary performance, promotion, retention, or
               recruitment.  The granting of an Award under this Plan shall be
               deemed a determination by the Committee that such employee is a
               Key Employee.
          (m)  "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NSO" means an option to purchase
               Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to
               be an Incentive Stock Option.
          (n)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock
               Option.
          (o)  "Outstanding Option" meand any Option awarded to a Participant
               under the Plan for which and conditions 



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

               and/or restrictions on exercisability have been met.
          (p)  "Participant" means a Key Employee of the Company who has been
               granted an Award under the Plan.
          (q)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the
               transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is restricted, during
               which the Participant is subject to a substantial risk of
               forfeiture, pursuant to Article 8 herein.
          (r)  "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section
               3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
               thereof, including a group as defined in Section 13(d).
          (s)  "Plan" means the Hinsdale Bancorp 1993 Stock Option Plan, as
               herein described.
          (t)  "Restricted Stock" means a Stock Award granted to a Participant
               pursuant to Article 8 herein.
          (u)  "Stock" or "Shares" means the common Stock of the Company.
     2.2  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural
shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
     2.3  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect
the remaining parts of the Plan, and 



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision
had not been included.

                           ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

     3.1  The Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") consisting of not less than three directors who shall be appointed
from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors.
     3.2  Authority of the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and
subject to ratification by the Board, the Committee shall have full power to
construe and interpret the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and
regulations for its administration to accelerate the exercisability of any Award
or the end of a Period of Restriction or the termination of any Award Agreement,
or any other instrument relating to an Award under the Plan; and (subject to the
provisions of Article 12 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any
outstanding Option, or Restricted Stock Award to the extent such terms and
conditions are within the discretion of the Committee as provided in the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the Committee may, without the
consent of the person or persons entitled to exercise any outstanding Option or
to receive payment of any other outstanding Award, adversely affect the rights
of such person or persons.
     3.3  Selection of Participants.  The Committee shall have the authority to
grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Key Employees of the
Company (including officers and directors 



                                       13
<PAGE>   14

who are employees) as may be selected by it.  The committee shall select
Participants from among those who they have identified as being Key Employees.
     3.4  Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or
resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants
and their estates and beneficiaries.
     3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities.  The Committee may, in its
sole discretion, delegate to appropriate officers of the Company the
administration of the Plan under this Article 3; provided, however, that no such
delegation by the Committee shall be made with respect to the administration of
the Plan as it affects officers or directors of the Company and provided further
that the Committee may not delegate its authority to correct errors, omissions
or inconsistencies in the Plan.  All authority delegated by the Committee under
this Section 3.5 shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan and any guidelines for the exercise of such authority that may from time to
time be established by the Committee.
     3.6  Procedures of the Committee.  All determinations of the Committee
shall be made by not less than a majority of its members present at the meeting
(in person or otherwise) at which a quorum is present.  A majority of the entire
Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Any action
required or 


                                       14
<PAGE>   15

permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Committee may be taken without a
meeting if a unanimous written consent, which sets for the action, is signed by
each member of the Committee and filed with the minutes for proceedings of the
Committee. No member of the Committee shall be liable, in the absence of bad
faith, for any act or omission with respect to his or her other services on the
committee. Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a director of
the Company so that members of the committee shall be entitled to
indemnification (as provided in Article 14 herein), and limitation of liability
and reimbursement with respect to their services as members of the Committee to
the same extent as for services as directors of the Company.
     3.7  Award Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement which shall be signed by an officer of the Company and by the
Participant, and shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by
the Committee, which need not be the same in all cases.  Any Award Agreement may
be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the
Committee, provided the terms of such agreements as amended or supplemented, as
well as the terms of the original award agreement, are not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan.
     Nothing contained in the Plan or any resolutions adopted or to be adopted
by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company shall constitute
the granting of an Award under the Plan.  An Employee who receives an Award
under the Plan will not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have become a
Participant, or 



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

to have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such Employee
has executed an Award Agreement or other instrument evidencing the Award and
shall have delivered an executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise
complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award.




                                       16
<PAGE>   17


                      ARTICLE 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1  Number of Shares.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 4.3
herein, the aggregate number of Shares of Stock subject to Awards under the
Plan shall not exceed 40,000.  Stock delivered under the Plan may consist, in
whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.
     4.2  Lapsed Awards.  If any Award granted under this Plan terminates,
expires or lapses for any reason any Stock subject to such Award again shall be
available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.
     4.3  Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any merger,
reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, Stock
divided, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate
structure of the Company affecting the Stock, such adjustment shall be made in
the number and class of Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, and in the
number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and
Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan, as may be determined to be
appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent
dilution or enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of Shares
subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.  Any adjustment of an
Incentive Stock Option under this paragraph shall be made in such a manner so
as not to constitute a "modification" within the meaning of Section 425(h)(3)
of the Code.


                                      17
<PAGE>   18


                    ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     5.1  Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include
all employees of the Company who, in the opinion of the members of the
Committee, are Key Employees.  "Key Employees" may include employees who are
members of the Board, but may not include directors who are not full-time
employees.
     5.2  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may from time to time select from Key Employees, those of whom Awards
shall be granted and determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No
employee shall have any rights to be granted an Award under this Plan.
                            ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS
     6.1  Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan,
Options may be granted to Key Employees at anytime and from time to time as
shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall have complete
discretion in determining the number of Shares of Stock subject to Options
granted to each Participant.  The Committee may grant any type of option to
purchase Stock that is permitted by law at the time of grant including, but not
limited to, ISOs and NSOs.  However, no employee may receive an Award of
Incentive Stock Options that are first exercisable during any calendar year to
the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined at the
time the options are granted) exceeds $100,000.  Nothing in this Article 6
shall be deemed to prevent the grant of NSOs in excess of the maximum
established by Section 422A 


                                      18
<PAGE>   19

of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided at the time of grant,
options granted under the Plan will be NSOs.
        6.2  Option Agreement.  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an
option agreement that shall specify the type of option granted, the option
price, the vesting period and conditions of the options granted, the duration
of the option, the number of Shares of Stock to which the option pertains, and
such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.  The option agreement
shall specify whether the option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option
within the meaning of Section 422A of the Code, or a Nonqualified Stock Option
whose grant is intended not to fall under the Code provisions of Section 422A.
        6.3  Option Price.  The purchase price per share of Stock covered by an
Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on
the date the option is granted.
     An Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant
owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the
Company, shall have an exercise price which is at least 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock subject to the Option.
        6.4  Duration of Options.  Each Option shall expire at such time as the
Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however, that no ISO
shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.
        6.5  Exercise of Options.  Options granted under the Plan 


                                      19
<PAGE>   20

shall be exercisable at such time and be subject to such restrictions and
conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be
the same for all Participants.
     6.6  Payment.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written
notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares of Stock with respect
to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the
Shares.  The Option price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the
Company in full either (a) in cash or its equivalent, or (b) by tendering
Shares of previously acquired stock having a Fair Market Value at the time of
exercise equal to the total Option price, or (c) by combination of (a) and (b).
The proceeds from such a payment shall be added to the general funds of the
Company and shall be used for general corporate purposes.  As soon as
practicable, after receipt of written notification and payment, the Company
shall deliver to the participant, Stock certificates in an appropriate amount
based upon the number of Option exercised, issued in the Participant's name.
     6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability.  The Committee shall impose
such restrictions on any Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, with limitation,
restrictions under applicable Federal securities law, under the requirements of
any stock exchange upon which such Shares of Stock are then listed and under
any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares.
     6.8  Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or 

                                      20
<PAGE>   21

Retirement. In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by
reasons of death, any Outstanding Option shall be exercisable at any time prior
to the expiration date of the Options or within 90 days after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter, by such person or
persons as shall have acquired the Participant's rights under the Option by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In the event the employment
of Participant is terminated by reason of Disability, any Outstanding Options
shall be exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the Options or
within 90 days after such date of termination of employment, whichever period
is shorter.  In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by
reason of retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the
Company), any Outstanding Options shall be exercisable at any time prior to the
expiration date of the Options or within one year after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In the case of
Incentive Stock Options, the favorable tax treatment prescribed under Section
422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended may not be available if
the options are not exercised within the Section 422A prescribed time period
after termination of employment for death, disability, or retirement.
     6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  If the employment of
the Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement, or for Cause, all Outstanding Options shall terminate one month
after such date of termination.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may
extend the exercisability 

                                      21
<PAGE>   22

of Outstanding Option for up to 180 days but, however, in no event beyond the
expiration date of the Option.
     If the employment of the Participant shall terminate for Cause, rights
under all outstanding Options shall be immediately terminated upon termination
of employment.
     6.10  Nontransferability of Options.  No Option granted under the Plan may
be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated,
otherwise than by will or by the laws of decent and distribution. Further, all
options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his
lifetime only by such Participant.
                          ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED STOCK
     7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of
the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of
Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Participants and in such amounts as it
shall determine.
     7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock grant shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement that shall specify the Period of
Restriction, or periods, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted, and
such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
     7.3  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 7, the Shares of
Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction or for such period of time as shall be
established by 



                                      22
<PAGE>   23

the Committee and as shall be specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement, or
upon earlier satisfaction of other conditions as specified by the Committee in
its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement.  All
rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant under the
Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant.
     7.4  Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other
restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as
it may deem advisable including, without limitation, restrictions under
applicable Federal or state securities laws, and may legend the certifications
representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate notice of such restrictions.
     7.5  Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on
certificates pursuant to Section 7.4 herein, each certificate representing
Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the
following legend:
      "The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented by this
      certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is
      subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the 1993 Stock
      Option Plan of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., in the rules and administrative
      procedures adopted pursuant to such Plan, and in a Restricted Stock
      Agreement dated                .  A copy of the Plan, such rules and
      procedures, and such Restricted Stock Agreement may be obtained from the
      Secretary of Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc."
     7.6  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in 



                                      23
<PAGE>   24

this Article, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant
made under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after 
the last day of the Period of Restriction.  Once the Shares are released from 
the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend required
by Article 7.5 removed from his Stock certificate.
     7.7  Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares.
     7.8  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction,
participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be
entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those Shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions
are paid in Shares of Stock, the Shares shall be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect
to which they were paid.
     7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of normal
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), any
remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to
Article 7.3 hereof shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise 
provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free 
of restrictions and freely transferable.  In the event that a Participant 
terminates his employment with the Company because of 


                                      24

<PAGE>   25

early retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company),
the Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the restrictions remaining on
any or all Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein and add
such new restrictions to those Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems
appropriate.
     7.10  Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.  In the event
a Participant's employment is terminated because of death or Disability during
the Period of Restriction, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to
the Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein shall automatically
terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of
Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and fully transferable.
     7.11  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other
than for Death, Disability, or Retirement, as set forth in Articles 7.9 and
7.10 herein, during the Period of Restriction, then any Shares of Restricted
Stock still subject to restrictions as of the date of such termination shall
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however,
that, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment of a Participant
by the Company other than for Cause, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Shares and may add such new
restrictions to such Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted Stock.  No shares of Restricted
Stock granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, 




                                      25
<PAGE>   26

pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction.  All rights with respect to Restricted Stock
granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his
lifetime only by such Participant.
                       ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     8.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant under the Plan may, from
time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named
contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid
in case of his death before he receives any or all of such benefit.  Each
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall
be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed
by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime.  In the
absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's
death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.
                         ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES
     9.1  Employment.  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any
way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any
time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company.
     9.2  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a
Participant.


                                      26

<PAGE>   27

                         ARTICLE 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL
     10.1  In General.  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company as
defined, all awards under the Plan shall vest 100%, whereupon all Options shall
become exercisable in full, and the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock
shall terminate.

              ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination.  With the approval of the
Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend,
or modify the Plan.  However, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company (as may be required by the Code, by the insider trading rules of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system
on which the Stock is then listed or reported, or by a regulatory body having 
jurisdiction with respect hereto) no such termination, amendment or             
modification may:
      (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued under
           this plan, except as provided in Article 4.3 herein; or
      (b)  Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the
           Plan; or
      (c)  Materially increase the cost of the Plan or materially
           increase the benefits to Participants; or
      (d)  Extend the maximum period after the date of grant during
           which Options may be exercised; or
      (e)  Change the provisions of the Plan regarding Option price.




                                      27
<PAGE>   28


     11.2  Awards, Previously Granted.  No termination, amendment or
modification of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award
theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the
Participant.
                            ARTICLE 12. WITHHOLDING
     12.1  Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to
deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount
sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes (including the
participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to
any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of this Plan.
     12.2  Stock Withholding Elections.  Subject to the consent of the
Committee, due to the exercise of a (a) Nonstatutory (Nonqualified) Stock
Option, (b) lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (c) the issuance of
any other Stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable
election to (i) have shares of Stock otherwise issuable under (a) withheld, or
(ii) tender back to the Company shares of Stock received pursuant to (a), (b),
or (c), or (iii) deliver back to the Company pursuant to (a), (b), or (c)
previously-acquired shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to
satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated total federal, state, and
local tax obligations associated with the transaction.  Such elections must be
made by a Participant on or prior to the Tax Date.  The Committee may
disapprove of any election, may suspend or terminate the right to make
elections, or may provide with respect to any 



                                      28
<PAGE>   29
Award under the Plan that the right to make elections shall not apply to such 
Awards.
     12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions.  Elections by
Participants who are subject to the short swing profit restrictions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (a) the election may not be made within six months
after the grant of a Nonstatutory (nonqualified) Stock Option or Restricted
Stock Award (except that this limitation does not apply if the Participant dies
or becomes disabled prior to the expiration of the six-month period), and (b)
the election must be made either (i) at least six months prior to the Tax Date
or (ii) on or prior to the Tax Date and during the period beginning on the
third business day and ending on the twelfth business day following the date on
which the Company has released for publication its regular quarterly (or, in
the case of the fourth quarter of its fiscal year, annual) summary financial
information.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, "business day" shall mean
any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a national holiday.
     12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements.  Pursuant to rules adopted
by the Committee, when the Tax Date of a Participant is deferred pursuant to
Code Section 83(c)(3) until six months after the exercise of a Nonstatutory
(Nonqualified) Stock Option the participant does not make an election under
Code Section 13.3 above, the full number of shares of Stock shall be issued or
transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the 



                                      29
<PAGE>   30

Nonstatutory (nonqualified) Stock Option, but the Participant shall be
unconditionally obligated to tender back or deliver to the Company the proper
number of shares on the Tax Date.  When the Tax Date occurs in connection with
the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock and the Participant elects share
withholding, the Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back
or deliver to the Company a sufficient number of shares of Stock of the Company
to satisfy the tax obligations on the Tax Date.
                          ARTICLE 13. INDEMNIFICATION
     13.1  Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of
the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be
imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from
any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which
he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the
Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement
thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any
judgement in any such action, suite, or proceeding against him, provided he
shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend
the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.  The
foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights
of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or
any power that the 



                                      30
<PAGE>   31

Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
                             ARTICLE 14. SUCCESSORS
     14.1  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with
respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the
Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or
indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially
all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
                        ARTICLE 15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
     15.1  Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of
Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules,
and regulations, and to such approvals by an governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.
     15.2  Governing Law.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
                      ARTICLE 16. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL
     16.1  Rights of First Refusal.  If any Shares issued under the Plan are
not readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee or his
successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his successor may offer
such Shares to the Company for purchase at a price and the Company shall have
thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent installments over a
period not exceeding five years in the 




                                      31
<PAGE>   32

discretion of the Board.  If the Board selects a method of deferred payments,
the unpaid balance shall earn interest at a rate which is substantially equal
to the rate at which the Company could borrow the amount due and shall be
secured by a pledge of the Shares purchased or such other adequate security as
agreed to by the Company and the employee or his successor.  For purposes of
this Paragraph, Shares shall be considered not readily tradable on an
established market if such Shares are not publicly tradable or because such
Shares are subject to a trading limitation under any Federal or state
securities law or regulation which would make such Shares less freely tradable
than stock not so restricted.

        
                                      32

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2

                        WARRANT PURCHASE CERTIFICATE FOR

                          SMITHDOWN INVESTMENTS, INC.

5,000                                                          $5.00 per Warrant

     This Warrant Certificate certifies that the Smithdown Voting Trust
Agreement, or its registered assignee (the "Holder"), is the owner of 5,000
Warrants (subject to adjustments as provided herein), each of which represents
the right to subscribe for and purchase from SMITHDOWN INVESTMENTS, INC.
Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the "Corporation"), one share of the
Common Stock, no par value, of the Corporation (the Common Stock, including any
stock into which it may be changed, reclassified or converted is herein
referred to as the "Common Stock") at the purchase price (the "Exercise Price")
of Five (5) Dollars per share (subject to adjustment as provided herein).

      THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT
      BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE
      SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO
      THEIR TRANSFER.

     The Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate are subject to the
following provisions, terms and conditions:

1.    EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     The Warrants may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by
surrender of this Warrant Certificate at the principal office of the
Corporation, as designated from time to time by notice in writing to the Holder
at the address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, with
the appropriate form attached hereto duly exercised, at any time within the
period beginning on the date hereof and expiring at the end of Ten (10) years
from the date hereof (the "Exercise Period") and by payment to the Corporation
of the purchase price for such shares.  The Corporation agrees that the shares
of Common Stock so purchased shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder
as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business
on the date on which the Warrant Certificate shall have been surrendered and
payment made for such shares of Common Stock.  Certificates representing the
shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder promptly
in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Warrants shall have been so
exercised, and, unless the Warrants have expired, a new Warrant Certificate
representing the number of Warrants represented by the surrendered Warrant
Certificate, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered
to the holder with such time.


                                      1
<PAGE>   2

2.    ADJUSTMENTS

     A. The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of each Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
as follows: 1 ) Stock Dividends; Stock Splits; Reverse Stock Splits;
Reclassification.  In case the Corporation shall a) pay a dividend with respect
to its capital stock in shares of Common Stock, b) subdivide its outstanding
shares of Common Stock, c) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into
smaller number or shares of any class of Common Stock d) issue any shares of
its capital stock or e) issue any shares of its capital stock in a
reclassification in connection with a merger, consolidation or other business
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

     B. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 2A, the Exercise Price
for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price immediately prior to such
adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise or each Warrant immediately prior
to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

     C. Upon the expiration without being exercised of any rights, options,
warrants or conversion or exchange privileges for which an adjustment has been
made pursuant to this Warrant, the Exercise Price and the number of shares of
Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall, upon such
expiration, be readjusted and shall thereafter, upon any future exercise, be
such as they would have been had they been originally adjusted (or had the
original adjustment not been required, as the case may be) as if a) the only
shares of Common stock so issued were the shares of such Common Stock, if any,
actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or
conversion or exchange rights and b) such shares of Common Stock, if any, were
issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon
such exercise plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the
corporation for issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants
or conversions or exchange rights whether or not exercised; provided, that no
such readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price by an
amount, or decreasing the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of each
Warrant by a number, in excess of the amount or number of the adjustment
initially made in respect to the issuance, sale or grant of such rights,
options, warrants or conversion or exchange rights.



                                      2
<PAGE>   3


     D. The corporation shall cause to be mailed to the Holder of such as of
the record date and to the address as listed on the Corporation's books, a
notice by first class mail, postage prepaid for any dividend, distribution,
payment, adjustment in Exercise Price, as provided herein, voluntary or
involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

3.    RESERVATION AND AUTHORIZATION OF COMMON STOCK

     The Corporation covenants and agrees a) that all shares of Common stock
which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants represented by this
Warrant Certificate will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and free of all insurance or transfer taxes, liens and charges
with respect to the issue thereof, b) that during the Exercise Period, the
Corporation will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of
issue or transfer upon exercise of the Warrants evidence by this Warrant
Certificate, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the Exercise of
the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and c) that the
Corporation will take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that the
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants may be so
issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or any
requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which any capital stock
of the company may be listed, provided, however, that nothing contained herein
shall impose upon the Corporation any obligation to register the warrants
evidence by this Warrant Certificate or such common Stock under applicable
securities laws.

4.    NO VOTING RIGHTS

     This Warrant Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any voting
rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Corporation until exercised.

5.    WARRANTS TRANSFERABLE

     This Warrant Certificate and the Warrants it evidences are transferrable,
in whole or in part, without charge to the Holder, at the office or agency of
the Corporation referred to in Section 1, by the Holder in person or by duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate properly
endorsed, and provided further, any such transferee complies with the terms of
the Voting Trust Agreement of the Holder.  Each taker or Holder of this Warrant
Certificate, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this
Warrant Certificate, when endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable, and
that the Holder, when this Warrant Certificate shall have been endorsed, may be
treated by the Corporation and all other persons dealing with this Warrant
Certificate as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the person
entitled to exercise the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate, or to
the transfer hereof on the books of the Corporation, any notice to the contrary
notwithstanding;


                                      3
<PAGE>   4


but until such transfer on such books, the Corporation may treat the registered
holder hereof as the owner for all purposes.

6.    CLOSING OF BOOKS

     The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the
transfer of any Warrant or of any shares of common Stock or other securities
issuable upon the exercise of any Warrant in any manner which interferes with
the timely exercise of the Warrants.

7.    WARRANTS EXCHANGEABLE, LOSS, THEFT

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof of any
Holder for a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor representing in the
aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each such new
Warrant to represent the right to subscribe and purchase such number of shares
of Common Stock as shall be designated by said holder hereof at the time of
such surrender.  Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of
this Warrant Certificate, the Corporation will issue to the holder hereof a new
Warrant Certificate of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant Certificate,
representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
the Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

8.    RIGHTS AND OBLIGATION SURVIVE EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     The rights and obligations of the Corporation, of the Holder, and of the
holders of shares of Common Stock or other securities issued upon exercise of
the Warrants, contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Warrant Certificate shall
survive the exercise of the Warrants.


Dated:  December 26th, 1992

                                        THE CORPORATION



                                        BY: Edward J. Wehm
                                           ------------------------------------
ATTEST:
  
 Howard B. Adams
- ----------------------------------
 (Secretary)                            THE HOLDER

                                        Edward J. Wehm
                                        ---------------------------------------

                                        
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Being all of the Trustees of the  
                                        aforesaid


                                      4
<PAGE>   5

                               ASSIGNMENT FORM


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered Holder of the attached
Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s)
named below (including the undersigned with respect to any Warrants that are
evidenced by the Warrant Certificate that are not being assigned hereby) all of
the rights of the undersigned under the Warrant Certificate, with respect to
the number of Warrants set forth below:


                                    Social Security or other
Names of                             Identifying Number of        Number of
Assignee(s)         Address               Assignee (s)            Warrants
- -----------         -------         ------------------------      ---------






and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________,
the undersigned's attorney in fact to make such transfer on the books of
SMITHDOWN INVESTMENTS, INC. maintained for the purpose, with full power of
substitution in the premises.


Dated:
      --------------------------------

                                        ------------------------------------    
                                        Holder


                                      5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4









                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.


                             1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN



                                      1
<PAGE>   2
                          Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.
                            1991 Stock Option Plan



                              TABLE OF CONTENTS



Article    Section                                                       Page

 1                 ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND
                   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

             1.1   Establishment of the Plan                               6

             1.2   Purpose of the Plan                                     6

             1.3   Duration of the Plan                                    7

 2                 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

             2.1   Definitions                                             7

             2.2   Gender and Number                                      12

             2.3   Severability                                           12

 3                 ADMINISTRATION

             3.1   The Committee                                          12

             3.2   Authority of the Committee                             12

             3.3   Selection of Participants                              13

             3.4   Decisions Binding                                      13

             3.5   Delegation of Certain
                   Responsibilities                                       13

             3.6   Procedures of the Committee                            14

             3.7   Award Agreements                                       15


                                      2
<PAGE>   3

 4                 STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

             4.1   Number of Shares                                        15

             4.2   Lapsed Awards                                           16

             4.3   Adjustments in Authorized Shares                        16

Article    Section                                                        Page

 5                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

             5.1   Eligibility                                             16

             5.2   Actual Participation                                    17

 6                 STOCK OPTIONS

             6.1   Grant of Options                                        17

             6.2   Option Agreement                                        17

             6.3   Option Price                                            18

             6.4   Duration of Options                                     18

             6.5   Exercise of Options                                     18

             6.6   Payment                                                 18

             6.7   Restrictions on Stock
                   Transferability                                         19

             6.8   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death, Disability, or Retirement                        19

             6.9   Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                           20

             6.10  Nontransferability of Options                           20

 7                 RESTRICTED STOCK


                                      3
<PAGE>   4

             7.1   Grant of Restricted Stock                               21

             7.2   Restricted Stock Agreement                              21

             7.3   Transferability                                         21

             7.4   Other Restrictions                                      21

             7.5   Certificate Legend                                      22

             7.6   Removal of Restrictions                                 22

             7.7   Voting Rights                                           23

             7.8   Dividend and Other Distributions                        23



Article    Section                                                        Page

             7.9   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Retirement                                              23

             7.10  Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death or Disability                                     23

             7.11  Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                           24

             7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted
                   Stock                                                   24

 8                 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

             8.1   Beneficiary Designation                                 25

 9                 RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

             9.1   Employment                                              25

             9.2   Participation                                           25

10                 CHANGE IN CONTROL


                                      4
<PAGE>   5
<TABLE>

<S>          <C>                                                           <C>  
             10.1  In General                                              25

11                 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

             11.1  Amendment, Modification, and
                   Termination                                             26

             11.2  Awards Previously Granted                               26

12                 WITHHOLDING

             12.1  Tax Withholding                                         26

             12.2  Stock Withholding Elections                             27

             12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding
                   Restrictions                                            27

             12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery
                   Requirements                                            28

13                 INDEMNIFICATION

             13.1  Indemnification                                         29



Article    Section                                                        Page

14                 SUCCESSORS

             14.1  Successors                                              29

15                 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

             15.1  Requirements of Law                                     30

             15.2  Governing Law                                           30

16                 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

             16.1  Rights of First Refusal                                 30
</TABLE>



                                      5

<PAGE>   6
                                      
                                      
                          LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
                             1991 Stock Option Plan

ARTICLE 1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     1.1  Establishment of the Plan.  Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter
referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive compensation
plan to be known as the "1991 Stock Option Plan" (hereinafter referred to as
the "Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of
incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock.
Subject to ratification by a majority of the shareholders of the Company within
twelve (12) months, the Plan shall become effective as of December 27, 1991
(the "Effective Date"), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3
herein.  Awards may be granted hereunder on or after the Effective Date but in
no event be exercisable or payable to a participant prior to such stockholder
approval; and, if such approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after
the Effective Date, such awards shall be of no force and effect.

     1.2  Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the
success of the Company by providing incentives to Key Employees that will link
their personal interests to the long-term financial success of the Company and
to the growth in shareholder

                                      7
<PAGE>   7

value.  The Plan is intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its
ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Key Employees upon
whose judgement, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its
operation is largely dependent.

     1.3  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date,
as described in Article 1.1. herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the
right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to
Article 11, until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired
according to the provisions herein.  However, in no event may an Award be
granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan's
Effective Date.

                    ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the
initial letter of the word is capitalized:

            (a)  "Award" means, individually or collectively, a
                 grant under this Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified
                 Stock Options, or Restricted Stock.

            (b)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning
                 ascribed to such terms in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and
                 Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act


                                      8
<PAGE>   8
                  of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

            (c)  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board
                 of Directors of the Company.

            (d)  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have
                 occurred if the conditions set forth in any one of the
                 following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:

                  (i)  A change in the ownership of
                       sixty-six and two thirds percent (66.67%) or more of the
                       Corporation's outstanding common stock, within a twelve
                       month period; or,

                  (ii) The stockholders of the Company
                       approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
                       any other corporation, other than a merger or
                       consolidation which would result in the voting Stock
                       outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
                       represent (either by remaining outstanding or being
                       converted into voting securities of the surviving
                       entity) at least 80% of the total voting power
                       represented by the voting Stock or the voting securities
                       of such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
                       such merger or consolidation; or

                                      9
<PAGE>   9


                (iii)  The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of
                       complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for
                       the sale or disposition by the Company of all or 
                       substantially  all of the Company's assets.

     However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred,
with respect to the Participant, if the Participant is part of a purchasing
group which consummates the Change in Control transaction.  The Participant
shall be deemed "part of a purchasing group..." for purposes of the preceding
sentence if the Participant is an equity participant or has agreed to become an
equity participant in the purchasing company or group (except for (a) passive
ownership of less than 5% of the Stock of the purchasing company or (b)
ownership of equity participation in the purchasing company or group which is
otherwise not deemed to be significant, as determined prior to the Change in
Control by a majority of the nonemployee continuing directors).  The Board has
final authority to determine the exact date on which a change in control has
been deemed to have occurred under (i), (ii), and (iii) above.

            (e)  "Cause" means:

                  (i)  misappropriation of any funds or
                       property of

                                      10
<PAGE>   10

                        the Corporation; or

           (ii) attempting to obtain any personal profit from any transaction in
                which the Participant has a personal financial interest, unless
                the Participant shall have first obtained the consent of the
                Board of Directors; or

          (iii) material neglect or refusal to perform the duties reasonably
                assigned to the Participant; or 

           (iv) participating in a course of conduct which is injurious to the
                Corporation or its subsidiaries, as interpreted by the Board of
                Directors; or 

           (v)  being convicted of a felony; or 

           (vi) being adjudicated a bankrupt; or 

          (vii) suspension due to the direction of any authorized bank
                regulatory agency. 

      (f)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
           to time. 

      (g)  "Committee" means the Stock Option Committee of the Board, or any
           other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan
           pursuant to Article 3


                                       11
<PAGE>   11

                 herein.

            (h)  "Company" means Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., a bank
                 holding corporation or any successor thereto as provided in
                 Article 14 herein.

            (i)  "Disability" means a permanent and total
                 disability as determined by the Committee in good faith, upon
                 receipt of sufficient competent medical advice.

            (j)  "Fair Market Value" means the average of the
                 highest and lowest price at which the Stock was traded on the
                 twenty trading days prior to the relevant date, as reported by
                 the established market in which the shares are traded.  If the
                 shares are not really tradable, a determination of Fair Market
                 Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company.

            (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option
                 to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is
                 designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended to
                 meet the requirements of Section 422A of the Code.

            (l)  "Key Employee" means an employee of the Company,
                 including an employee who is an officer or a

                                       12
<PAGE>   12

                  director of the Company, who, in the opinion of members of
                  the Committee, can contribute significantly to the growth and
                  profitability of the Company.  "Key Employee" also may
                  include those employees, identified by the Committee, in
                  situations concerning extraordinary performance, promotion,
                  retention, or recruitment.  The granting of an Award under
                  this Plan shall be deemed a determination by the Committee
                  that such employee is a Key Employee.

            (m)  "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NSO" means an
                 option to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6 herein,
                 which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

            (n)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a
                 Nonqualified Stock Option.

            (o)  "Participant" means a Key Employee of the Company
                 who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

            (p)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during
                 which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is
                 restricted, during which the Participant is subject to a
                 substantial risk of forfeiture, pursuant to


                                        13
<PAGE>   13

                  Article 8 herein.

            (q)  "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                 term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in
                 Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a group as defined
                 in Section 13(d).

            (r)  "Plan" means the Lake Forest Bancorp 1991 Stock
                 Option Plan, as herein described.

            (s)  "Restricted Stock" means a Stock Award granted to
                 a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.

            (t)  "Stock" or "Shares" means the common Stock of the
                 Company.

     2.2  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural
shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

     2.3  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not
affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and
enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

                           ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

     3.1  The Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a


                                        14
<PAGE>   14

committee (the "Committee") consisting of not less than three directors who
shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of,
the Board of Directors.

     3.2  Authority of the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan
and subject to ratification by the Board, the Committee shall have full power
to construe and interpret the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and
regulations for its administration to accelerate the exercisability of any
Award or the end of a Period of Restriction or the termination of any Award
Agreement, or any other instrument relating to an Award under the Plan; and
(subject to the provisions of Article 12 herein) to amend the terms and
conditions of any outstanding Option, or Restricted Stock Award to the extent
such terms and conditions are within the discretion of the Committee as
provided in the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the
Committee may, without the consent of the person or persons entitled to
exercise any outstanding Option or to receive payment of any other outstanding
Award, adversely affect the rights of such person or persons.

     3.3  Selection of Participants.  The Committee shall have the authority to
grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Key Employees of the
Company (including officers and directors


                                        15
<PAGE>   15

who are employees) as may be selected by it.  The committee shall select
Participants from among those who they have identified as being Key Employees.

     3.4  Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or
resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants
and their estates and beneficiaries.

     3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities.  The Committee may, in its
sole discretion, delegate to appropriate officers of the Company the
administration of the Plan under this Article 3; provided, however, that no
such delegation by the Committee shall be made with respect to the
administration of the Plan as it affects officers or directors of the Company
and provided further that the Committee may not delegate its authority to
correct errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Plan.  All authority
delegated by the Committee under this Section 3.5 shall be exercised in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any guidelines for the exercise
of such authority that may from time to time be established by the Committee.

     3.6  Procedures of the Committee.  All determinations of the


                                       16
<PAGE>   16

committee shall be made by not less than a majority of its members present at
the meeting (in person or otherwise) at which a quorum is present.  A majority
of the entire Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the
Committee may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous written consent, which
sets for the action, is signed by each member of the Committee and filed with
the minutes for proceedings of the Committee.  No member of the Committee shall
be liable, in the absence of bad faith, for any act or omission with respect to
his or her other services on the committee.  Service on the Committee shall
constitute service as a director of the Company so that members of the
committee shall be entitled to indemnification (as provided in Article 14
herein), and limitation of liability and reimbursement with respect to their
services as members of the Committee to the same extent as for services as
directors of the Company.

     3.7  Award Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement which shall be signed by an officer of the Company and by the
Participant, and shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by
the Committee, which need not be the same in all cases.  Any Award Agreement
may be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the


                                       17
<PAGE>   17

Committee, proved that the term so such agreements as amended or supplemented,
as well as the terms of the original award agreement, are not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan.

     Nothing contained in the Plan or any resolutions adopted or to be adopted
by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company shall
constitute the granting of an Award under the Plan.  An Employee who receives
an Award under the Plan will not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have
become a Participant, or to have any rights with respect to such Award, unless
and until such Employee has executed an Award Agreement or other instrument
evidencing the Award and shall have delivered an executed copy thereof to the
Company, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of
the Award.

                      ARTICLE 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     4.1  Number of Shares.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 4.3
herein, the aggregate number of Shares of Stock subject to Awards under the
Plan shall not exceed 20,000.  Stock delivered under the Plan may consist, in
whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

     4.2  Lapsed Awards.  If any Award granted under this Plan terminates,
expires or lapses for any reason any Stock subject to such Award again shall be
available for the grant of an Award under


                                       18
<PAGE>   18
the Plan.

     4.3  Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any merger,
reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, Stock
divided, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate
structure of the Company affecting the Stock, such adjustment shall be made in
the number and class of Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, and in
the number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Options,
and Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan, as may be determined to be
appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent
dilution or enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of Shares
subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.  Any adjustment of an
Incentive Stock Option under this paragraph shall be made in such a manner so
as not to constitute a "modification" within the meaning of Section 425(h)(3)
of the Code.

                    ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     5.1  Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include
all employees of the Company who, in the opinion of the members of the
Committee, are Key Employees.  "Key Employees" may include employees who are
members of the Board, but may not include directors who are not full-time
employees.


                                       19
<PAGE>   19

     5.2  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may from time to time select from Key Employees, those of whom Awards
shall be granted and determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No
employee shall have nay rights to be granted an Award under this Plan.

                            ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS

     6.1  Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan,
Options may be granted to Key Employees at anytime and from time to time as
shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall have complete
discretion in determining the number of Shares of Stock subject to Options
granted to each Participant.  The Committee may grant any type of option to
purchase Stock that is permitted by law at the time of grant including, but not
limited to, ISOs and NSOs.  However, no employee may receive an Award of
Incentive Stock Options that are first exercisable during any calendar year to
the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined at the
time the options are granted) exceeds $100,000.  Nothing in this Article 6
shall be deemed to prevent the grant of NSOs in excess of the maximum
established by Section 422A of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided
at the time of grant, options granted under the Plan will be NSOs.

     6.2  Option Agreement.  Each Option grant shall be evidenced



                                       20
<PAGE>   20

by an option agreement that shall specify the type of option granted, the
option price, the duration of the option, the number of Shares of Stock to
which the option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall
determine.  The option agreement shall specify whether the option is intended
to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422A of the Code,
or a Nonqualified Stock Option whose grant is intended not to fall under the
Code provisions of Section 422A.

     6.3  Option Price.  The purchase price per share of Stock covered by an
Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on
the date the option is granted.

     An Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant
owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the
Company, shall have an exercise price which is at least 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock subject to the Option.

     6.4  Duration of Options.  Each Option shall expire at such time as the
Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however, that no ISO
shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.

     6.5  Exercise of Options.  Options granted under the Plan



                                       21
<PAGE>   21

shall be exercisable at such time and be subject to such restrictions and
conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be
the same for all Participants.

     6.6  Payment.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written
notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares of Stock with respect
to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the
Shares.  The Option price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the
Company in full either (a) in cash or its equivalent, or (b) by tendering
Shares of previously acquired stock having a Fair Market Value at the time of
exercise equal to the total Option price, or (c) by combination of (a) and (b).
The proceeds from such a payment shall be added to the general funds of the
Company and shall be used for general corporate purposes.  As soon as
practicable, after receipt of written notification and payment, the Company
shall deliver to the participant, Stock certificates in an appropriate amount
based upon the number of Option exercised, issued in the Participant's name.

     6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability.  The Committee shall impose
such restrictions on any Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, with limitation,
restrictions under applicable Federal securities law, under the requirements of
any


                                       22
<PAGE>   22

stock exchange upon which such Shares of Stock are then listed and under any
blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares.

     6.8  Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or Retirement.
In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by reasons of death,
any outstanding Option shall become immediately exercisable at any time prior
to the expiration date of the Options or within 90 days after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter, by such person or
persons as shall have acquired the Participant's rights under the Option by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In the event the employment
of Participant is terminated by reason of Disability, any outstanding Options
shall become immediately exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date
of the Options or within 90 days after such date of termination of employment,
whichever period is shorter.  In the event the employment of a Participant is
terminated by reason of retirement (as defined under the then established rules
of the Company), any outstanding Options shall become immediately exercisable
at any time prior to the expiration date of the Options or within one year
after such date of termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In
the case of Incentive Stock Options, the favorable tax treatment


                                       23
<PAGE>   23

prescribed under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
may not be available if the options are not exercised within the Section 422A
prescribed time period after termination of employment for death, disability,
or retirement.

     6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  If the employment of
the Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement, or for Cause, all outstanding Options shall terminate one month
after such date of termination.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may
extend the exercisability of outstanding Option for up to 180 days but,
however, in no event beyond the expiration date of the Option.

     If the employment of the Participant shall terminate for Cause, rights
under all outstanding Options shall be immediately terminated upon termination
of employment.

     6.10  Nontransferability of Options.  No Option granted under the Plan may
be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or
hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of decent and distribution.
Further, all options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be
exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant.

                          ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED STOCK

     7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and



                                       24
<PAGE>   24

provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may
grant Shares of Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Participants and in
such amounts as it shall determine.

     7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock grant shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement that shall specify the Period of
Restriction, or periods, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted, and
such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

     7.3  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 7, the Shares of
Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction or for such period of time as shall be
established by the Committee and as shall be specified in the Restricted Stock
Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of other conditions as specified by the
Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock
Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.

     7.4  Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other
restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as
it may deem advisable including, without


                                       25
<PAGE>   25

limitation, restrictions under applicable Federal or state securities laws, and
may legend the certifications representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate
notice of such restrictions.

     7.5  Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on
certificates pursuant to Section 7.4 herein, each certificate representing
Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the
following legend:

      "The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented by this
      certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is
      subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the 1991 Stock
      Option Plan of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., in the rules and administrative
      procedures adopted pursuant to such Plan, and in a Restricted Stock
      Agreement dated                .  A copy of the Plan, such rules and
      procedures, and such Restricted Stock Agreement may be obtained from the
      Secretary of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc."

     7.6  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Article, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made
under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the
last day of the Period of Restriction.  Once the Shares are released from the
restrictions, the Participant


                                       26
<PAGE>   26

shall be entitled to have the legend required by Article 7.5 removed from his
Stock certificate.

     7.7  Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares.

     7.8  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction,
participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be
entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those Shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions
are paid in Shares of Stock, the Shares shall be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect
to which they were paid.

     7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of normal
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), any
remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to
Article 7.3 hereof shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise
provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free
of restrictions and freely transferable.  In the event that a Participant
terminates his employment with the Company because of


                                       27
<PAGE>   27

early retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company),
the Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the restrictions remaining on
any or all Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein and add
such new restrictions to those Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems
appropriate.

     7.10  Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.  In the event
a Participant's employment is terminated because of death or Disability during
the Period of Restriction, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to
the Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein shall automatically
terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of
Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and fully transferable.

     7.11  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other
than for Death, Disability, or Retirement, as set forth in Articles 7.9 and
7.10 herein, during the Period of Restriction, then any Shares of Restricted
Stock still subject to restrictions as of the date of such termination shall
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however,
that, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment of a Participant
by the Company other than for Cause, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the automatic forfeiture of any or


                                       28
<PAGE>   28

all such Shares and may add such new restrictions to such Shares of Restricted
Stock as it deems appropriate.

     7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted Stock.  No shares of Restricted
Stock granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or
otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution until the termination of the applicable Period of
Restriction.  All rights with respect to Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.

                       ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

     8.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant under the Plan may, from
time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named
contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid
in case of his death before he receives any or all of such benefit.  Each
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall
be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed
by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime.  In the
absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's
death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.


                                       29
<PAGE>   29


                         ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

     9.1  Employment.  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any
way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any
time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company.

     9.2  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a
Participant.

                         ARTICLE 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL

     10.1  In General.  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company as
defined, all awards under the Plan shall vest 100%, whereupon all Options shall
become exercisable in full, and the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock
shall terminate.

              ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

     11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination.  With the approval of the
Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend,
or modify the Plan.  However, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company (as may be required by the Code, by the insider trading rules of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system
on which the Stock is then listed or reported, or by a regulatory body


                                       30
<PAGE>   30

having jurisdiction with respect hereto) no such termination, amendment or
modification may:

      (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued under

           this plan, except as provided in Article 4.3 herein; or

      (b)  Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the
           Plan; or

      (c)  Materially increase the cost of the Plan or materially
           increase the benefits to Participants; or

      (d)  Extend the maximum period after the date of grant during
           which Options may be exercised; or

      (e)  Change the provisions of the Plan regarding Option price.

     11.2  Awards, Previously Granted.  No termination, amendment or
modification of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award
theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the
Participant.

                            ARTICLE 12. WITHHOLDING

     12.1  Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to
deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount
sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes (including the
participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to
any grant, exercise, or


                                       31
<PAGE>   31

payment made under or as a result of this Plan.

     12.2  Stock Withholding Elections.  Subject to the consent of the
Committee, due to the exercise of a (a) Nonstatutory (Nonqualified) Stock
Option, (b) lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (c) the issuance of
any other Stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable
election to (i) have shares of Stock otherwise issuable under (a) withheld, or
(ii) tender back to the Company shares of Stock received pursuant to (a), (b),
or (c), or (iii) deliver back to the Company pursuant to (a), (b), or (c)
previously-acquired shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to
satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated total federal, state, and
local tax obligations associated with the transaction.  Such elections must be
made by a Participant on or prior to the Tax Date.  The Committee may
disapprove of any election, may suspend or terminate the right to make
elections, or may provide with respect to any Award under the Plan that the
right to make elections shall not apply to such Awards.

     12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions.  Elections by
Participants who are subject to the short swing profit restrictions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (a) the


                                       32
<PAGE>   32

election may not be made within six months after the grant of a Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option or Restricted Stock Award (except that this
limitation does not apply if the Participant dies or becomes disabled prior tot
he expiration of the six-month period), and (b) the election must be made
either (i) at least six months prior to the Tax Date or (ii) on or prior to the
Tax Date and during the period beginning on the third business day and ending
on the twelfth business day following the date on which the Company has
released for publication its regular quarterly (or, in the case of the fourth
quarter of its fiscal year, annual) summary financial information.  For
purposes of the preceding sentence, "business day" shall mean any calendar day
other than Saturday, Sunday, or a national holiday.

     12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements.  Pursuant to rules adopted
by the Committee, when the Tax Date of a Participant is deferred pursuant to
Code Section 83(c)(3) until six months after the exercise of a Nonstatutory
(Nonqualified) Stock Option the participant does not make an election under
Code Section 13.3 above, the full number of shares of Stock shall be issued or
transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option, but the Participant shall be unconditionally
obligated to tender back or deliver to the


                                       33
<PAGE>   33

Company the proper number of shares on the Tax Date.  When the Tax Date occurs
in connection with the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock and the
Participant elects share withholding, the Participant shall be unconditionally
obligated to tender back or deliver to the Company a sufficient number of
shares of Stock of the Company to satisfy the tax obligations on the Tax Date.

                          ARTICLE 13. INDEMNIFICATION

     13.1  Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of
the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be
imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from
any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which
he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the
Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement
thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any
judgement in any such action, suite, or proceeding against him, provided he
shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend
the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.  The
foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights
of indemnification to which such persons may be


                                       34
<PAGE>   34

entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a
matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to
indemnify them or hold them harmless.

                             ARTICLE 14. SUCCESSORS

     14.1  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with
respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the
Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or
indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially
all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

                        ARTICLE 15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

     15.1  Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of
Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules,
and regulations, and to such approvals by an governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.

     15.2  Governing Law.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

                      ARTICLE 16. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

     16.1  Rights of First Refusal.  If any Shares issued under the Plan are
not readily tradable on an established market on the date


                                       35
<PAGE>   35

an employee or his successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his
successor may offer such Shares to the Company for purchase at a price and the
Company shall have thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.
Payment may be in a lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent
installments over a period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the
Board.  If the Board selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance
shall earn interest at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which
the Company could borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the
Shares purchased or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company
and the employee or his successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares
shall be considered not readily tradable on an established market if such
Shares are not publicly tradable or because such Shares are subject to a
trading limitation under any Federal or state securities law or regulation
which would make such Shares less freely tradable than stock not so restricted.



                                       36

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.5









                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.


                             1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN















                                      1
<PAGE>   2




                           Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.
                             1993 Stock Option Plan



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



Article  Section                                                           Page
 1                 ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND                     
                   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN                          
                                                                   
             1.1   Establishment of the Plan                                  6
                                                                   
             1.2   Purpose of the Plan                                        6
                                                                   
             1.3   Duration of the Plan                                       7
                                                                   
 2                 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION                    
                                                                   
             2.1   Definitions                                                7
                                                                   
             2.2   Gender and Number                                         12
                                                                   
             2.3   Severability                                              12
                                                                   
 3                 ADMINISTRATION                                  
                                                                   
             3.1   The Committee                                             12
                                                                   
             3.2   Authority of the Committee                                12
                                                                   
             3.3   Selection of Participants                                 13
                                                                   
             3.4   Decisions Binding                                         13
                                                                   
             3.5   Delegation of Certain                           
                   Responsibilities                                          13
                                                                   
             3.6   Procedures of the Committee                               14
                                                                   
             3.7   Award Agreements                                          15
                                                                   
 4                 STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN                       
                                                                   
             4.1   Number of Shares                                          15
                                                                   
             4.2   Lapsed Awards                                             16
                                                                   
             4.3   Adjustments in Authorized Shares                          16


                                      2
<PAGE>   3

Article  Section                                                     Page
- -------  --------                                                   -----
 5                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION                  
                                                                  
             5.1   Eligibility                                        16
                                                                  
             5.2   Actual Participation                               17
                                                                  
 6                 STOCK OPTIONS                                  
                                                                  
             6.1   Grant of Options                                   17
                                                                  
             6.2   Option Agreement                                   17
                                                                  
             6.3   Option Price                                       18
                                                                  
             6.4   Duration of Options                                18
                                                                  
             6.5   Exercise of Options                                18
                                                                  
             6.6   Payment                                            18
                                                                  
             6.7   Restrictions on Stock                          
                   Transferability                                    19
                                                                      
             6.8   Termination of Employment Due to                   
                   Death, Disability, or Retirement                   19
                                                                      
             6.9   Termination of Employment for                      
                   Other Reasons                                      20
                                                                      
             6.10  Nontransferability of Options                      20
                                                                      
 7                 RESTRICTED STOCK                                   
                                                                      
             7.1   Grant of Restricted Stock                          21
                                                                      
             7.2   Restricted Stock Agreement                         21
                                                                      
             7.3   Transferability                                    21
                                                                      
             7.4   Other Restrictions                                 21
                                                                      
             7.5   Certificate Legend                                 22
                                                                      
             7.6   Removal of Restrictions                            22
                                                                      
             7.7   Voting Rights                                      23
                                                                      
             7.8   Dividend and Other Distributions                   23
                                                                      


     
                                      3

<PAGE>   4


Article  Section                                                     Page
- -------  --------                                                    -----
            7.9  Termination of Employment Due to      
                Retirement                                            23
                                                                     
           7.10  Termination of Employment Due to
                 Death or Disability                                  23

           7.11  Termination of Employment for    
                  Other Reasons                                       24

           7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted
                 Stock                                                24

 8               BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

            8.1  Beneficiary Designation                              25

 9               RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

            9.1  Employment                                           25

            9.2  Participation                                        25

10               CHANGE IN CONTROL

           10.1  In General                                           25

11               AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

           11.1  Amendment, Modification, and
                 Termination                                          26

           11.2  Awards Previously Granted                            26

12               WITHHOLDING

           12.1  Tax Withholding                                      26

           12.2  Stock Withholding Elections                          27

           12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding
                 Restrictions                                         27

           12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery
                 Requirements                                         28






13               INDEMNIFICATION
           13.1  Indemnification                                      29

 

                                       4

<PAGE>   5


Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  --------                                                          ----
14                 SUCCESSORS

             14.1  Successors                                                29

15                 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

             15.1  Requirements of Law                                       30

             15.2  Governing Law                                             30

16                 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

             16.1  Rights of First Refusal                                   30




                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                           LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.
                             1993 Stock Option Plan

         ARTICLE 1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     1.1  Establishment of the Plan.  Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter
referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan
to be known as the "1993 Stock Option Plan" (hereinafter referred to as the
"Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock. Subject to
ratification by a majority of the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12)
months, the Plan shall become effective as of December 27, 1993 (the "Effective
Date"), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.  Awards
may be granted hereunder on or after the Effective Date but in no event be
exercisable or payable to a participant prior to such stockholder approval; and,
if such approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Effective
Date, such awards shall be of no force and effect.
     1.2  Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the
success of the Company by providing incentives to Directors and Key Employees
that will link their personal interests to the long-term financial success of
the Company and to the growth in shareholder value.  The Plan is intended to
provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and
retain the services of Directors and Key Employees upon whose judgement,
interest, and special effort the successful conduct of its operation is largely
dependent. 




                                       6
<PAGE>   7


     1.3  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date,
as described in Article 1.1. herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the
right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to
Article 11, until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired
according to the provisions herein.  However, in no event may an Award be
granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan's
Effective Date.

                    ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the initial
letter of the word is capitalized:
          (a) "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under this
               Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or
               Restricted Stock.
          (b)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms
               in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
          (c)  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of
               the Company.
          (d)  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the
               conditions set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall
               have been satisfied:
               (i)  A change in the ownership of sixty-six and two thirds
                    percent (66.67%) or more of the


                                       7
<PAGE>   8

                    Corporation's outstanding common stock, within a twelve
                    month period; or,
               (ii) The stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
                    consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                    other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                    the voting Stock outstanding immediately prior thereto
                    continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or
                    being converted into voting securities of the surviving
                    entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented
                    by the voting Stock or the voting securities of such
                    surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger
                    or consolidation; or
              (iii) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
                    liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                    disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of
                    the Company's assets.
     However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred,
with respect to the Participant, if the Participant is part of a purchasing
group which consummates the Change in Control transaction.  The Participant
shall be deemed "part of a purchasing group..." for purposes of the preceding
sentence if the Participant is an equity participant or has agreed to become an
equity participant in the purchasing company or group (except for 




                                       8
<PAGE>   9

(a) passive ownership of less than 5% of the Stock of the purchasing company or
(b) ownership of equity participation in the purchasing company or group which
is otherwise not deemed to be significant, as determined prior to the Change in
Control by a majority of the nonemployee continuing directors).  The Board has
final authority to determine the exact date on which a change in control has
been deemed to have occurred under (i), (ii), and (iii) above.

          (e)  "Cause" means:

               (i)  misappropriation of any funds or property of the
                    Corporation; or

              (ii)  attempting to obtain any personal profit from any
                    transaction in which the Participant has a personal
                    financial interest, unless the Participant shall have first
                    obtained the consent of the Board of Directors; or

             (iii)  material neglect or refusal to perform the duties reasonably
                    assigned to the Participant; or

              (iv)  participating in a course of conduct which is injurious to
                    the Corporation or its subsidiaries, as interpreted by the
                    Board of Directors; or

               (v)  being convicted of a felony; or

              (vi)  being adjudicated a bankrupt; or

             (vii)  suspension due to the direction of any




                                       9
<PAGE>   10


                    authorized bank regulatory agency.
          (f)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
               time to time.
          (g)  "Committee" means the Stock Option Committee of the Board, or any
               other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan
               pursuant to Article 3 herein.
          (h)  "Company" means Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding
               corporation or any successor thereto as provided in Article 14
               herein.
          (i)  "Disability" means a permanent and total disability as determined
               by the Committee in good faith, upon receipt of sufficient
               competent medical advice.
          (j)  "Fair Market Value" means the average of the highest and lowest
               price at which the Stock was traded on the twenty trading days
               prior to the relevant date, as reported by the established market
               in which the shares are traded.  If the shares are not really
               tradable, a determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by
               the Board of Directors of the Company.
          (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option to purchase
               Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is designated as an
               Incentive Stock Option and is intended to meet the requirements
               of Section 422A of the Code.



                                       10
<PAGE>   11


          (l)  "Key Employee" means an employee of the Company, including an
               employee who is an officer or a director of the Company, who, in
               the opinion of members of the Committee, can contribute
               significantly to the growth and profitability of the Company.
               "Key Employee" also may include those employees, identified by
               the Committee, in situations concerning extraordinary
               performance, promotion, retention, or recruitment.  The granting
               of an Award under this Plan shall be deemed a determination by
               the Committee that such employee is a Key Employee.
          (m)  "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NSO" means an option to purchase
               Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to
               be an Incentive Stock Option.
          (n)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock
               Option.
          (o)  "Participant" means a Key Employee of the Company who has been
               granted an Award under the Plan.
          (p)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the
               transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is restricted, during
               which the Participant is subject to a substantial risk of
               forfeiture, pursuant to Article 8 herein.
          (q)  "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such




                                       11
<PAGE>   12
               term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections
               13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a group as defined in Section
               13(d).
          (r)  "Plan" means the Lake Forest Bancorp 1993 Stock Option Plan, as
               herein described.
          (s)  "Restricted Stock" means a Stock Award granted to a Participant
               pursuant to Article 8 herein.
          (t)  "Stock" or "Shares" means the common Stock of the Company.
     2.2  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall
include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
     2.3  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect
the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as
if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

                           ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

     3.1  The Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") consisting of not less than three directors who shall be appointed
from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors.
     3.2  Authority of the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and
subject to ratification by the Board, the Committee shall have full power to
construe and interpret the Plan; to 



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for its administration to
accelerate the exercisability of any Award or the end of a Period of Restriction
or the termination of any Award Agreement, or any other instrument relating to
an Award under the Plan; and (subject to the provisions of Article 12 herein) to
amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Option, or Restricted Stock
Award to the extent such terms and conditions are within the discretion of the
Committee as provided in the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of
the Committee may, without the consent of the person or persons entitled to
exercise any outstanding Option or to receive payment of any other outstanding
Award, adversely affect the rights of such person or persons.

     3.3  Selection of Participants.  The Committee shall have the authority to
grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Key Employees of the
Company (including officers and directors who are employees) as may be selected
by it.  The committee shall select Participants from among those who they have
identified as being Key Employees.

     3.4  Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or
resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants
and their estates and beneficiaries.

     3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities.  The Committee 



                                       13
<PAGE>   14

may, in its sole discretion, delegate to appropriate officers of the Company the
administration of the Plan under this Article 3; provided, however, that no such
delegation by the Committee shall be made with respect to the administration of
the Plan as it affects officers or directors of the Company and provided further
that the Committee may not delegate its authority to correct errors, omissions
or inconsistencies in the Plan.  All authority delegated by the Committee under
this Section 3.5 shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan and any guidelines for the exercise of such authority that may from time to
time be established by the Committee.
     3.6  Procedures of the Committee.  All determinations of the Committee
shall be made by not less than a majority of its members present at the meeting
(in person or otherwise) at which a quorum is present.  A majority of the entire
Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any action
required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Committee may be taken
without a meeting if a unanimous written consent, which sets for the action, is
signed by each member of the Committee and filed with the minutes for
proceedings of the Committee.  No member of the Committee shall be liable, in
the absence of bad faith, for any act or omission with respect to his or her
other services on the committee.  Service on the Committee shall constitute
service as a director of the Company so that members of the committee shall be
entitled to indemnification (as provided in Article 14 herein), and limitation
of liability and reimbursement with respect to their 



                                       14
<PAGE>   15

services as members of the Committee to the same extent as for services as
directors of the Company.
     3.7  Award Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement which shall be signed by an officer of the Company and by the
Participant, and shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by
the Committee, which need not be the same in all cases.  Any Award Agreement may
be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the
Committee, proved that the term so such agreements as amended or supplemented,
as well as the terms of the original award agreement, are not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan.
     Nothing contained in the Plan or any resolutions adopted or to be adopted
by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company shall constitute
the granting of an Award under the Plan.  An Employee who receives an Award
under the Plan will not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have become a
Participant, or to have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until
such Employee has executed an Award Agreement or other instrument evidencing the
Award and shall have delivered an executed copy thereof to the Company, and has
otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award.

                      ARTICLE 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     4.1  Number of Shares.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 4.3
herein, the aggregate number of Shares of Stock subject to Awards under the Plan
shall not exceed 13,500.  Stock delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole
or in part, of authorized and 



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

     4.2  Lapsed Awards.  If any Award granted under this Plan terminates,
expires or lapses for any reason any Stock subject to such Award again shall be
available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.

     4.3  Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any merger,
reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, Stock
divided, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure
of the Company affecting the Stock, such adjustment shall be made in the number
and class of Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, and in the number and
class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and Restricted
Stock Awards granted under the Plan, as may be determined to be appropriate and
equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of Shares subject to any
Award shall always be a whole number.  Any adjustment of an Incentive Stock
Option under this paragraph shall be made in such a manner so as not to
constitute a "modification" within the meaning of Section 425(h)(3) of the Code.

                    ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     5.1  Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include all
employees of the Company who, in the opinion of the members of the Committee,
are Key Employees and all Directors of the Company.  The term "Key Employees"
includes members of the Board.



                                       16
<PAGE>   17


     5.2  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may from time to time select from Key Employees, those of whom Awards
shall be granted and determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No
employee shall have any rights to be granted an Award under this Plan.

                            ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS

     6.1  Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan,   
Options may be granted to Key Employees at anytime and from time to time as
shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall have complete
discretion in determining the number of Shares of Stock subject to Options
granted to each Participant.  The Committee may grant any type of option to
purchase Stock that is permitted by law at the time of grant including, but not
limited to, ISOs and NSOs.  However, no employee may receive an Award of
Incentive Stock Options that are first exercisable during any calendar year to
the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined at the
time the options are granted) exceeds $100,000.  Nothing in this Article 6
shall be deemed to prevent the grant of NSOs in excess of the maximum
established by Section 422A of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided
at the time of grant, options granted under the Plan will be NSOs.
     6.2  Option Agreement.  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an option
agreement that shall specify the type of option granted, the option price, the
duration of the option, the number of Shares of Stock to which the option
pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.  The
option agreement



                                      17
<PAGE>   18
shall specify whether the option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option
within the meaning of Section 422A of the Code, or a Nonqualified Stock Option
whose grant is intended not to fall under the Code provisions of Section 422A.
     6.3  Option Price.  The purchase price per share of Stock covered by an
Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on
the date the option is granted.
     An Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant
owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the
Company, shall have an exercise price which is at least 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock subject to the Option.
     6.4  Duration of Options.  Each Option shall expire at such time as the    
Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however, that no ISO
shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.
     6.5  Exercise of Options.  Options granted under the Plan shall be
exercisable at such time and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as
the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for
all Participants.
     6.6  Payment.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written
notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares of Stock with respect
to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the
Shares.  The Option price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the
Company in full 



                                      18
<PAGE>   19
either (a) in cash or its equivalent, or (b) by tendering Shares of
previously acquired stock having a Fair Market Value at the time of exercise
equal to the total Option price, or (c) by combination of (a) and (b). The
proceeds from such a payment shall be added to the general funds of the Company
and shall be used for general corporate purposes.  As soon as practicable,
after receipt of written notification and payment, the Company shall deliver to
the participant, Stock certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the
number of Option exercised, issued in the Participant's name.
     6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability.  The Committee shall impose 
such restrictions on any Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, with
limitation, restrictions under applicable Federal securities law, under the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which such Shares of Stock are then
listed and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such
shares.
     6.8  Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or Retirement.
In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by reasons of death,
any vested Option shall become immediately exercisable at any time prior to the
expiration date of the Options or within 90 days after such date of termination
of employment, whichever period is shorter, by such person or persons as shall
have acquired the Participant's rights under the Option by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution.  In the event the employment of Participant is
terminated by reason of Disability, 

                                      19
<PAGE>   20
any outstanding vested Options shall become immediately exercisable at any time
prior to the expiration date of the Options or within 90 days after such date
of termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In the event the
employment of a Participant is terminated by reason of retirement (as defined
under the then established rules of the Company), any outstanding Options shall
become immediately exercisable at any   time prior to the expiration date of
the Options or within one year after such date of termination of employment,
whichever period is shorter.  In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the
favorable tax treatment prescribed under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended may not be available if the options are not exercised
within the Section 422A prescribed time period after termination of employment
for death, disability, or retirement.
     6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  If the employment of
the Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement, or for Cause, all outstanding vested Options shall terminate one
month after such date of termination.  In its sole discretion, the Committee
may extend the exercisability of outstanding Option for up to 365 days but,
however, in no event beyond the expiration date of the Option.
     If the employment of the Participant shall terminate for Cause, rights
under all outstanding Options shall be immediately terminated upon termination
of employment.
     6.10  Nontransferability of Options.  No Option granted under the Plan may
be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise 

                                      20
<PAGE>   21

alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of decent and
distribution. Further, all options granted to a Participant under the Plan
shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant.

                          ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED STOCK

     7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of
the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of
Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Participants and in such amounts as it
shall determine.
     7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock grant shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement that shall specify the Period of
Restriction, or periods, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted, and
such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
     7.3  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 7, the Shares of
Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction or for such period of time as shall be
established by the Committee and as shall be specified in the Restricted Stock
Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of other conditions as specified by the
Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock
Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.
     7.4  Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such 




                                      21
<PAGE>   22

other restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the
Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, restrictions under
applicable Federal or state securities laws, and may legend the certifications  
representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate notice of such restrictions.
     7.5  Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on
certificates pursuant to Section 7.4 herein, each certificate representing
Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the
following legend:
      "The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented by this
      certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is
      subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the 1991 Stock
      Option Plan of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., in the rules and administrative
      procedures adopted pursuant to such Plan, and in a Restricted Stock
      Agreement dated                .  A copy of the Plan, such rules and
      procedures, and such Restricted Stock Agreement may be obtained from the
      Secretary of Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc."
     7.6  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Article, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made
under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the
last day of the Period of Restriction.  Once the Shares are released from the
restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend required by
Article 7.5 removed from his Stock certificate.



                                      22
<PAGE>   23


     7.7  Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares.
     7.8  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction,
participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be
entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those Shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions
are paid in Shares of Stock, the Shares shall be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect
to which they were paid.
     7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of normal
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), any
remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to
Article 7.3 hereof shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise
provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free
of restrictions and freely transferable.  In the event that a Participant
terminates his employment with the Company because of early retirement (as
defined under the then established rules of the Company), the Committee, in its
sole discretion, may waive the restrictions remaining on any or all Shares of
Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein and add such new restrictions
to those Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.10  Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.  



                                      23
<PAGE>   24

In the event a Participant's employment is terminated because of death or
Disability during the Period of Restriction, any remaining Period of
Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein
shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article 7.4,
the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and fully  
transferable.
     7.11  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other
than for Death, Disability, or Retirement, as set forth in Articles 7.9 and
7.10 herein, during the Period of Restriction, then any Shares of Restricted
Stock still subject to restrictions as of the date of such termination shall
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however,
that, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment of a Participant
by the Company other than for Cause, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Shares and may add such new
restrictions to such Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted Stock.  No shares of Restricted
Stock granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or
otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution until the termination of the applicable Period of
Restriction.  All rights with respect to Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.




                                      24
<PAGE>   25


                       ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     8.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant under the Plan may, from
time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named
contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid
in case of his death before he receives any or all of such benefit.  Each
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall
be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed
by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime.  In the
absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's
death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.

                         ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES
     9.1  Employment.  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any
way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any
time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company.
     9.2  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a
Participant.
                         ARTICLE 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL
     10.1  In General.  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company as
defined, all awards under the Plan shall vest 100%, whereupon all Options shall
become exercisable in full, and the restrictions applicable to Restricted
Stock shall terminate.




                                      25
<PAGE>   26


              ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination.  With the approval of the
Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend,
or modify the Plan.  However, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company (as may be required by the Code, by the insider trading rules of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system
on which the Stock is then listed or reported, or by a regulatory body having
jurisdiction with respect hereto) no such termination, amendment or
modification may:
      (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued under
           this plan, except as provided in Article 4.3 herein; or
      (b)  Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the
           Plan; or
      (c)  Materially increase the cost of the Plan or materially
           increase the benefits to Participants; or
      (d)  Extend the maximum period after the date of grant during
           which Options may be exercised; or
      (e)  Change the provisions of the Plan regarding Option price.
     11.2  Awards, Previously Granted.  No termination, amendment or
modification of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award
theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the
Participant.
                            ARTICLE 12. WITHHOLDING
     12.1  Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and 





                                      26
<PAGE>   27

the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the
Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes
(including the participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld
with respect to any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of
this Plan.
     12.2  Stock Withholding Elections.  Subject to the consent of the
Committee, due to the exercise of a (a) Nonstatutory (Nonqualified) Stock
Option, (b) lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (c) the issuance of
any other Stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable
election to (i) have shares of Stock otherwise issuable under (a) withheld, or
(ii) tender back to the Company shares of Stock received pursuant to (a), (b),
or (c), or (iii) deliver back to the Company pursuant to (a), (b), or (c)
previously-acquired shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to
satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated total federal, state, and
local tax obligations associated with the transaction.  Such elections must be
made by a Participant on or prior to the Tax Date.  The Committee may
disapprove of any election, may suspend or terminate the right to make
elections, or may provide with respect to any Award under the Plan that the
right to make elections shall not apply to such Awards.
     12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions.  Elections by
Participants who are subject to the short swing profit restrictions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (a) the 





                                      27
<PAGE>   28

election may not be made within six months after the grant of a Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option or Restricted Stock Award (except that this
limitation does not apply if the Participant dies or becomes disabled prior tot
he expiration of the six-month period), and (b) the election must be made
either (i) at least six months prior to the Tax Date or (ii) on or prior to the
Tax Date and during the period beginning on the third business day and ending
on the twelfth business day following the date on which the Company has
released for publication its regular quarterly (or, in the case of the fourth
quarter of its fiscal year, annual) summary financial information.  For
purposes of the preceding sentence, "business day" shall mean any calendar
day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a national holiday.
     12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements.  Pursuant to rules adopted
by the Committee, when the Tax Date of a Participant is deferred pursuant to
Code Section 83(c)(3) until six months after the exercise of a Nonstatutory
(Nonqualified) Stock Option the participant does not make an election under
Code Section 13.3 above, the full number of shares of Stock shall be issued or
transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option, but the Participant shall be unconditionally
obligated to tender back or deliver to the Company the proper number of shares
on the Tax Date.  When the Tax Date occurs in connection with the lapse of
restrictions on Restricted Stock and the Participant elects share withholding,
the Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back or 





                                      28
<PAGE>   29


deliver to the Company a sufficient number of shares of Stock of the Company to
satisfy the tax obligations on the Tax Date.
                         ARTICLE 13. INDEMNIFICATION
     13.1  Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of
the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be
imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from
any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which
he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the
Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement
thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any
judgement in any such action, suite, or proceeding against him, provided he
shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend
the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.  The
foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights
of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or
any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
                             ARTICLE 14. SUCCESSORS
     14.1  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with
respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the
Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or
indirect purchase, merger, 




                                      29
<PAGE>   30

consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or
assets of the Company.
                        ARTICLE 15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
     15.1  Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of
Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules,
and regulations, and to such approvals by an governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.
     15.2  Governing Law.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
                      ARTICLE 16. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL
     16.1  Rights of First Refusal.  If any Shares issued under the Plan are
not readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee or his
successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his successor may offer
such Shares to the Company for purchase at a price and the Company shall have
thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent installments over a
period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the Board.  If the Board
selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance shall earn interest
at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which the Company could
borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the Shares purchased
or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company and the employee or
his successor.  For purposes of this 





                                      30
<PAGE>   31

Paragraph, Shares shall be considered not readily tradable on an established
market if such Shares are not publicly tradable or because such Shares are
subject to a trading limitation under any Federal or state securities law or
regulation which would make such Shares less freely tradable than stock not
so restricted.


                                      31

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.7

                                  STORE LEASE


DATE OF LEASE               TERM OF LEASE                       MONTHLY RENT
- -------------               -------------                       ------------
                                                             Yr. 1 - $4,238.50
                      BEGINNING          ENDING              Yr. 2 - $4,344.46
  11/1/1994                                                  Yr. 3 - $4,453.07
                                                             Yr. 4 - $4,564.40
                                                             Yr. 5 - $4,678.51
                      12/1/1994        11/30/1999         


LOCATION OF PREMISES:               384 common area
810 A South Waukegan Road           1692
Lake Forest, IL 60045               ----
                                    2076 sq. ft.


PURPOSE:

Bank

        LESSEE                                     LESSOR

Name    Lake Forest Bank & Trust                   R&R Enterprises
Address 727 N. Bank Lane                           810 S. Waukegan Rd.
City    Lake Forest, IL 60045                      Lake Forest, IL 60045


         In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein stated,
Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor solely for
the above purpose the premises designated above (the "Premises"), together with
the appurtenances thereto, for the above Term.

                                      RENT

         1.      Lessee shall pay Lessor or Lessor's agent as rent for the
Premises the sum stated above, monthly in advance, until termination of this
lease, at Lessor's address stated above or such other address as Lessor may
designate in writing.

                        WATER, GAS AND ELECTRIC CHARGES

         2.      Lessee will pay, in addition to the rent above specified, all
water rents, gas and electric light and power bills taxed, levied or charged on
the Premises, for and during the time for which this lease is granted, and in
case said water rents and bills for gas, electric light and power shall not be
paid when due, Lessor shall have the right to pay the same, which amounts so
paid, together with any sums paid by Lessor to keep the Premises in a clean and
healthy condition, as herein specified, as declared to be so much additional
rent and payable with the installment of rent next due thereafter.
<PAGE>   2

                             SUBLETTING; ASSIGNMENT

         3.      The Premises shall not be sublet in whole or in part to any
person other than Lessee, and Lessee shall not assign this lease without, in
each case, the consent in writing of Lessor first had and obtained, nor permit
to take place by any act or default of himself or any person within his control
any transfer by operation of law of Lessee's interest created hereby; nor offer
for lease or sublease the Premises, nor any portion thereof, by placing notices
or signs of "To Let," or any other similar signs or notice in any place, nor by
advertising the same in any newspaper or place or manner whatsoever without, in
each case, the consent in writing of Lessor first had and obtained.  If Lessee,
or any one or more of the Lessees, if there be more than one, shall make an
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall be adjudged a bankruptcy,
Lessor may terminate this lease, and in such event Lessee shall at once pay
Lessor a sum of money equal to the entire amount of rent reserved by this lease
for the then unexpired portion of the term hereby created as liquidated
damages.

                              LESSEE NOT TO MISUSE

         4.      Lessee will not permit any unlawful or immoral practice, with
or without his knowledge or consent, to be committed or carried on in the
Premises by himself or by any other person.  Lessee will not allow the Premises
to be used for any purpose that will increase the rate of insurance thereon,
nor for any purpose other than that hereinbefore specified.  Lessee will not
keep or use or permit to be kept or used in or on the Premises or any place
contiguous thereto any flammable fluids or explosives, without the written
permission of Lessor first had and obtained.  Lessee will not load floors
beyond the floor load rating prescribed by applicable municipal ordinances.
Lessee will not use or allow the use of the Premises for any purpose whatsoever
that will injure the reputation of the Premises or of the building of which
they are a part.

                            CONDITION ON POSSESSION

         5.      Lessee has examined and knows the condition of the Premises
and has received the same in good order and repair, and acknowledges that no
representations as to the condition and repair thereof and no agreements or
promises to decorate, alter, repair or improve the Premises, have been made by
Lessor or his agent prior to or at the execution of this lease that are not
herein expressed.

                            REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

         6.      Lessee shall keep the Premises and appurtenances thereto in a
clean, sightly and healthy condition and in good repair, all according to the
statutes and ordinances in such cases made and provided, and the directions of
public officers thereunto duly authorized, all at his own expenses, and shall
yield the same back to Lessor upon the termination of this lease, whether





                                       2
<PAGE>   3

such termination shall occur by expiration of the termor in any other manner
whatsoever, in the same condition of cleanliness, repair and sightliness as at
the date of the execution hereof, loss by fire and reasonable wear and tear
excepted Lessee shall make all necessary repairs and renewals upon Premises and
replace broken globes, glass and fixtures with material of the same size and
quality as that broken and shall insure all glass in windows and doors of the
Premises at his own expense.  If, however, the Premises shall not thus be kept
in good repair and in a clean, sightly and healthy condition by Lessee, as
aforesaid, lessor may enter the same, himself or by his agents, servants or
employees, without such entering causing or constituting a termination of this
lease or an interference with the possession of the Premises by Lessee, and
Lessor may replace the same in the same condition of repair, sightliness,
healthiness and cleanliness as existed at the date of execution hereof, and
Lessee agrees to pay Lessor, in addition to the rent hereby reserved, the
expenses of Lessor in thus replacing the Premises in that condition.  Lessee
shall not cause or permit any waste, misuse or neglect of the water, or of the
water, gas or electric fixtures.

                               ACCESS TO PREMISES

         7.      Lessee will allow Lessor or any person authorized by Lessor
free access to the Premises for the purpose of examining or exhibiting the
same, or to make any repairs or alterations thereof which Lessor may see fit to
make, and Lessee will allow Lessor to have placed upon the Premises at all
times notices of "For Sale" and "For Rent", and Lessee will not interfere with
the same.

                            NON-LIABILITY OF LESSOR

         8.      Except as provided by Illinois statute, Lessor shall not be
liable to Lessee for any damage or injury to him or his property occasioned by
the failure of Lessor to keep the Premises in repair, and shall not be liable
for any injury done or occasioned by wind or by or from any defect of plumbing,
electric wiring or of insulation thereof, gas pipes, water pipes or steam
pipes, or from broken stairs, porches, railings or walks, or from the backing
up of any sewer pipe or down-spout, or from the bursting, leaking or running of
any tank, tub, washstand, water closet or waste pipe, drain, or any other pipe
or tank in, upon or about the Premises or the building of which they are a part
nor from the escape of steam or hot water from any radiator, it being agreed
that said radiators are under the control of Lessee, nor for any such damage or
injury occasioned by water, snow or ice being upon or coming through the roof,
skylight, trap-door, stairs, walks or any other place upon or near the
Premises, or otherwise, nor for any such damage or injury done or occasioned by
the falling of any fixture, plaster or stucco, nor for any damage or injury
arising from any act, omission or negligence of co-tenants or of other persons,
occupants of the same building or of adjoining or contiguous buildings or of
owners of adjacent or contiguous property, or of Lessor's agents or Lessor
himself, all claims for any such damage or injury being hereby expressly waived
by Lessee.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4

                  RESTRICTIONS (SIGNS, ALTERATIONS, FIXTURES)

         9.      Lessee shall not attach, affix or exhibit or permit to be
attached, affixed or exhibited, except by Lessor or his agent, any articles of
permanent character or any sign, attached or detached, with any writing or
printing thereon, to any window, floor, ceiling, door or wall in any place in
or about the Premises, or upon any of the appurtenances thereto, without in
each case the written consent of Lessor first had and obtained, and shall not
commit or suffer any waste in or about said premises; and shall make no changes
or alterations in the Premises by the erection of partitions or the papering of
walls, or otherwise, without the consent in writing of Lessor; and in case
Lessee shall affix additional locks or bolts on doors or window, or shall place
in the Premises lighting fixtures shall remain for the benefit of Lessor, and
without expense of removal or maintenance to Lessor.  Lessor shall have the
privilege of retaining the same if he desires if he does not desire to retain
the same, he may remove and store the same, and Lessee agrees to pay the
expense of removal and storage thereof.  The provisions of this paragraph shall
not however apply to Lessee's trade fixtures, equipment and moveable furniture.

                                      HEAT

         10.     Where building is equipped for the purpose, Lessor shall
furnish to Lessee a reasonable amount of heat, from October 1st to May 1st,
whenever in Lessor's judgment necessary for comfortable use of the Premises,
during customary business hours (excluding Sundays and holidays), but not
earlier than 8 a.m. not later than 6 p.m. unless specifically stated herein.
Lessor does not warrant that heating service will be free from interruptions
caused by strike, accident or other cause beyond the reasonable control of
Lessor, or by renewal or repair of the heating apparatus in the building.  Any
such interruption shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Lessee's
use and possession of Premises, nor render Lessor liable to Lessee in damages.
All claims against Lessor for injury or damage arising from failure to furnish
heat are hereby expressly waived by Lessee.

                               FIRE AND CASUALTY

         11.     In case the Premises shall be rendered untenantable by fire,
explosion or other casualty, Lessor may,a this option, terminate this lease or
repair the Premises within sixty days.  If Lessor does not repair the Premises
within said time, or the building containing the Premises shall have been
wholly destroyed, the term hereby created shall cease and determine.

                           TERMINATION; HOLDING OVER

         12.     At the termination of the term of this lease, by lapse of time
or otherwise, Lessee will yield up immediate possession of the Premises to
Lessor, in good condition and repair, loss by fire and ordinary wear excepted,
and will return the keys therefor to Lessor at the place of payment of rent.
If Lessee retains possession of the Premises or any part hereof after the





                                       4
<PAGE>   5

termination of the term by lapse of time or otherwise, then Lessor may at its
option within thirty days after termination of the term serve written notice
upon Lessee that such holding over constitutes either [(a) RENEWAL OF THIS LESE
FOR ONE YEAR, AND FROM YEAR TO YEAR THEREAFTER, AT DOUBLE THE RENTAL (COMPUTED
ON AN ANNUAL BASIS) SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1, OR (b)  CREATION OF A MONT TO MONTH
TENANCY, UPON THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE EXCEPT AT DOUBLE THE MONTHLY RENTAL
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1, OR] (c)  creation of a tenancy at sufferance, at a
rental of $150.00  dollars per day for the time Lessee remains in possession.
If no such written notice is served then a tenancy at sufferance with rental as
stated at (c) shall have been created.  Lessee shall also pay to Lessor all
damages sustained by Lessor resulting from retention of possession by Lessee.
The provisions of this paragraph shall not constitute a waiver by Lessor of any
right of re-entry as hereinafter set forth; nor shall receipt of any rent or
any other act in apparent affirmance of tenancy operate as a waive of the right
to terminate this lease for a breach of any of the covenants herein.

                               LESSOR'S REMEDIES

         13.     If Lessee shall vacate or abandon the Premises or permit the
dame to remain vacant or unoccupied for a period of ten days, or in case of the
non-payment of the rent reserved hereby, or any part thereof, or of the breach
of any covenant in this lease contained.  Lessee's right to the possession of
the Premises thereupon shall terminate with or (to the extent permitted by law)
without any notice or demand whatsoever, and the mere retention of possession
thereafter by Lessee shall constitute a forcible detainer of the Premises; and
if the Lessor so elects, but not otherwise, and with or without notice of such
election or any notice or demand whatsoever, this lease shall thereupon
terminate, and upon the termination of Lessee's right of possession, as
aforesaid, whether this lease be terminated or not, Lessee agrees to surrender
possession of the Premises immediately, without the receipt of any demand for
rent, notice to quit or demand for possession of the Premises whatsoever, and
hereby grants to Lessor full and free license to enter into and upon the
Premises or any part thereof, to take possession thereof with or (to the extent
permitted by law) without process of law, and to expel and to remove Lessee or
any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, and
Lessor may use such force in and about expelling and removing Lessee and other
persons as may reasonably be necessary, and Lessor may re-possess himself of
the Premises as of his former estate, but such entry of the Premises shall not
constitute a trespass or forcible entry or detainer, nor shall it cause a
forfeiture of rents due by virtue thereof, nor a waiver of any covenant,
agreement or promise in this lease contained, to be performed by Lessee.
Lessee hereby waives all notice of any election made by Lessor hereunder,
demand for rent, notice to quit, demand for possession, and any and all notices
and demands whatsoever, of any and every nature, which may or shall be required
by any statute of this state relating to forcible entry and detainer, or to a
landlord and tenant, or any other statute, or by the common law, during the
term of this lease or any extension thereof.  The acceptance of rent, whether
in a single instance or repeatedly, after it falls due, or after knowledge of
any breach hereof by Lessee, or the giving or making of nay notice or demand,
whether according to any statutory provision or not, or any





                                       5
<PAGE>   6

act or series of acts except an express written waiver, shall not be construed
as a waiver of Lessor's right to act without notice or demand or of any other
right hereby given Lessor, or as an election not to proceed under the
provisions of this lease.

                                 RIGHT TO RELET

         14.     If Lessee's right to the possession of the Premises shall be
terminated in any way, the Premises, or any part thereof, may, but need not
(except as provided by Illinois statute), be relet by Lessor, for the account
and benefit of Lessee, for such rent and upon such terms and to such person or
persons and for such period or periods as may seem fit to the Lessor, but
Lessor shall not be required to accept or receive any tenant offered by Lessee,
nor to do any act whatsoever or exercise any diligence whatsoever, in or about
the procuring of another occupant or tenant to mitigate the damages of Lessee
or otherwise, Lessee hereby waiving the use of any care or diligence by Lessor
in the reletting thereof; and if a sufficient sum shall not be received from
such reletting to satisfy the rent hereby reserved, after paying the expenses
of reletting and collection, including commissions to agents, and including
also expenses of redecorating, Lessee agrees to pay and satisfy all deficiency;
but the acceptance of a tenant by Lessor, in place of Lessee, shall not operate
as a cancellation hereof, nor to release Lessee from the performance of any
covenant, promise or agreement herein contained, and performance by any
substituted tenant by the payment of rent, or otherwise, shall constitute only
satisfaction pro tanto of the obligations of Lessee arising hereunder.

                                 COSTS AND FEES

         15.     Lessee shall pay upon demand all lessor's costs, charges and
expenses, including fees of attorneys, agents and others retained by Lessor,
incurred in enforcing nay of the obligations of Lessee under this lease or in
any litigation, negotiation or transaction in which Lessor shall, without
Lessor's fault, become involved through or on account of this lease.

                             CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT

         16.     Lessee hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any
attorney or any court of record in this State, to be his true and lawful
attorney for him and in his name AND STEAD, to enter his appearance in any suit
or suits that may be brought in any court in this state at any time when any
money is due hereunder for rent or otherwise, to waive the issuing of process
and service thereof and trial by jury or otherwise, and to confess a judgment
or judgments for such money so due and for costs of suit and for reasonable
attorney's fees in favor of Lessor, and to release all errors that may occur or
intervene in such proceedings, including the issuance of execution upon any
such judgment, and to stipulate that no writ of error or appeal shall be
prosecuted from such judgment or judgments, nor any bill in equity filed, nor
any proceedings of any kind taken in law or equity to interfere in any way with
the operation of such judgment





                                       6
<PAGE>   7

or judgments or of execution issued thereon and to consent that execution may
immediately issue thereon.

                                 LESSOR'S LIEN

         17.     Lessor shall have a first lien upon the interest of Lessee
under this lease, to secure the payment of all moneys due under this lease,
which lien may be foreclosed in equity at any time when money is overdue under
this lease; and the Lessor shall be entitled to name a receiver of said
leasehold interest to be appointed in any such foreclosure proceeding, who
shall take possession of said premises and who may relet the same under the
orders of the court appointing him.

                             REMOVAL OF OTHER LIENS

         18.     In event any lien upon Lessor's title results form any act or
neglect of Lessee, and Lessee fails to remove said lien within ten days after
Lessor's notice to do so, Lessor may remove the lien by paying the full amount
thereof or otherwise and without any investigation or contest to the validity
thereof, and Lessee shall pay Lessor upon request the amount paid out by Lessor
in such behalf, including Lessor's costs, expenses and counsel fees.

                             REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE

         19.     The obligation of Lessee to pay the rent reserved hereby
during the balance of the term hereof, or during any extension hereof, shall
not be deemed to be waived, released or terminated, nor shall the right and
power to confess judgment given in paragraph 16 hereof be deemed to be waived
or terminated by the service of any five-day notice, other notice to collect,
demand for possession, or notice that the tenancy hereby created will be
terminated on the date therein named, the institution of any action of forcible
detainer or ejectment or any judgment for possession that may be rendered in
such action, or any other act or acts resulting in the termination of Lessee's
right to possession of the Premises.  The Lessor may collect and receive any
rent due from Lessee, and payment or receipt thereof shall not waive or affect
any such notice, demand, suit or judgment, or in any manner whatsoever waive,
affect, change, modify or alter any rights or remedies which Lessor may have by
virtue hereof.

                                    NOTICES

         20.     Notices may be served on either party, at the respective
addresses given at the beginning of this lease, either (a)  by delivering or
causing to be delivered a written copy thereof, or (b)  by sending a written
copy thereof by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid,
addressed to lessor or Lessee at said respective addresses in which event the
notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time the copy is mailed.





                                       7
<PAGE>   8

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         21.     (a)  Provisions typed on this lease and all rider attached to
this lease and signed by Lessor and Lessee are hereby made a part of this
lease.

                 (b)  Lessee shall keep and observe such reasonable rules and
regulations now or hereafter required by Lessor, which may be necessary for the
proper and orderly care of the building of which the Premises are a part.

                 (c)  All covenants, promises, representations and agreements
herein contained shall be binding upon, apply and inure to the benefit of
Lessor and Lessee and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors
and assigns.

                 (d)  The rights and remedies hereby created are cumulative and
the use of one remedy shall not be taken to exclude or waive the right to the
use of another.

                 (e)  The words "Lessor" and "Lessee" wherever used in this
lease shall be construed to mean Lessors or Lessees in all cases where there is
more than one Lessor or Lessee, and to apply to individuals, male or female, or
to firms or corporations, as the same may be described as Lessor or Lessee
herein, and the necessary grammatical changes shall be assumed in each case as
though fully expressed.  If there is more than one Lessee the warrant of
attorney in paragraph 16 is given jointly and shall authorize the entry of
appearance of, and waiver of issuance of process and trial by jury by, and
confession of judgment against any one or more of such Lessees, and shall
authorize the performance of every other act in the name of and on behalf of
any one or more of such Lessees.

                                  SEVERABILITY

         22.     If any clause, phrase, provision or portion of this lease or
the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid, or
unenforceable upon applicable law, such event shall not affect, impair or
render invalid, or unenforceable under applicable law, such event shall not
affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this lease
nor any other clause, phrase, provision or portion hereof, nor shall it affect
the application of any clause, phrase, provision hereof to other persons or
circumstances.

         WITNESS the hands and seals of the parties hereto, as of the Date of
Lease stated above.

LESSEE                                  LESSOR




By:________________________(seal)       By:_______________________________(seal)




                                       8
<PAGE>   9


                              ASSIGNMENT BY LESSOR

         On this ___________________________________________, 19____, for value
received, Lessor hereby transfers, assigns and sets over to __________________ 
all right, title and interest in and to the above Lease and the rent thereby 
reserved except rent due and payable prior to ___________, 19.

                                        _______________________________________


                                        _______________________________________


                                   GUARANTEE

         On this __________________________________, 19_____ in consideration
of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned Guarantor
hereby guarantees the payment of rent and performance by Lessee.  Lessee's
heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns of all covenants and
agreements of the above lease.


                                        _______________________________________



                                        _______________________________________





                                       9
<PAGE>   10

                                 RIDER TO LEASE

         This Rider is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated
November 1, 1994, by and between R & R Enterprises ("Lessor") and Lake Forest
Bank & Trust Company ("Lessee") for the premises commonly known as 810 A South
Waukegan Road, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045 for a five year term commencing
December 1, 1994 and expiring November 30, 1999.

         23.     In addition to the monthly based rental as set forth on page
one of the pre-printed form of this lease to which this Rider is attached,
Lessee shall pay on a monthly basis his ratable share of the total real estate
taxes and common area maintenance and expenses.

EXAMPLE:

                        Tenant space - 2,076 square feet

________________________________________________________________________________
Shopping Center sq. ft. 18, 206 div. 2,076 = 11.4%
Taxes at $25,000 X 11.40% = $2,850 divided by 12 = $237.50
Common area maintenance Projection at $30,000 X 11.40% = $3,420 divided by 12 =
$285.00
________________________________________________________________________________

         The following maintenance and expense items and their represented
monthly amounts shall include:

         All expenses paid or incurred by Lessor in the normal and route
         operating, managing, equipping, protecting, insuring, lighting
         repairing, replacing, or maintaining the Common Areas and facilities
         in the subject Shopping Center, including but not limited to, the
         wages and salaries of all employees engaged in operation and
         maintenance of the Shopping Center, including employer's social
         security taxes which may be levied on such wages and salaries; all
         janitorial and office supplies and materials used in the normal
         routine operation and maintenance of the Shopping center; the cost of
         water and Common Area power, lighting, insurance premiums, the cost of
         repairs and maintenance, exclusive of expenses for alteration of
         premises for the accommodation of a specific Lessee or Lessees.

         Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice, Lessee shall have the
right to review the building's expenses, vouchers, and the proof of expense for
which he is being billed pursuant to this paragraph of the Rider.

         24.     The Lease will be for a five year term, with an option of the
Lessee to renew upon 6 months prior to the end of the initial term for an
additional 5 year lease.





                                       10
<PAGE>   11

         25.     Upon execution of this Lease by both parties hereto the Lessee
shall be responsible for the depositing of the first and last month's rent plus
a one month security deposit, which sum totals $13,155.51.

         26.     Rent Escalation:  Commencing 12 months after the date of the
term of the Lease commences, and on each one-year anniversary thereof, the rent
shall be increased by 2 1/2% each 2 1/2% month term.

         27.     In the event of any late rental payments, Lessee agrees to pay
a 15% penalty for late payments received by Lessor after the fourth day of the
month.

LESSEE:                                 LESSOR:

LAKE FOREST BANK & TRUST CO.            R & R ENTERPRISES



___________________________________     _______________________________________
Randolph M. Hibben                      Richard M. Swanson





                                       11

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.8

                                  STORE LEASE


 July 19, 1991    September 1, 1991    August 31, 1993*    $5,300.00 per month**
                                       *See R-4 hereto     **See R-4 hereto

  LOCATION OF PREMISES:

          666 N. Western Avenue, Lake Forest, Illinois, consisting of
          approximately 1,700 square feet of first floor space and
          approximately 1,200 square feet of basement space.

  PURPOSE:

          Office and operating facility for a financial services holding
          company and bank.


      LESSEE                                    LESSOR
      ------                                    ------

NAME    .  Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.      NAME    .  Northern Trust Bank/Lake
ADDRESS .  135 S. LaSalle Street #1407    ADDRESS .  597 Deerpath and Bank Lanes
CITY    .  Chicago, Illinois 60603        CITY    .  Lake Forest, Illinois 60045


         In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein stated,
Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor solely for
the above purpose the premises designated above (the "Premises"), together with
the appurtenances thereto, for the above Term, unless sooner terminated in
accordance with the provisions of R-7 hereto.

         1.      RENT.  Lessee shall pay Lessor or Lessor's agent as rent for
the Premises the sum stated above, monthly in advance, until termination of
this lease, at Lessor's address stated above or such other address as Lessor
may designate in writing.

         2.      WATER, GAS AND ELECTRIC CHARGES.  Lessee will pay, in addition
to the rent above specified, all water rents, gas and electric light and power
bills taxed, levied or charged on the Premises, for and during the time for
which this lease is granted, and in case said water rents and bills for gas,
electric light and power shall not be paid when due, Lessor shall have the
right to pay the same, which amounts so paid, together with any sums paid by
Lessor to keep the Premises in a clean and healthy condition, as herein
specified, are declared to be so much additional rent and payable with the
installment of rent next due thereafter.

         3.      SUBLETTING ASSIGNMENT.  The Premises shall not be sublet in
whole or in part to any person other than Lessee, and Lessee shall not assign
this lease other than the assignment contemplated by R-2 without, in each case,
the consent in writing of Lessor first had and obtained; nor permit to take
place by any act or default of himself or any person within his
<PAGE>   2

control any transfer by operation of law of Lessee's interest created hereby;
nor offer for lease or sublease the Premises, not any portion thereof, by
placing notices or signs of "To Let," or any other similar sign or notice in
any place, nor by advertising the same in any newspaper or place or manner
whatsoever without, in each case, the consent in writing of Lessor first had an
obtained.  If Lessee, or any one or more of the Lessees, if there be more than
one, shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall be
adjudged a bankrupt, Lessor may terminate this lease, and in such event Lessee
shall at once pay Lessor a sum of money equal to the entire amount of rent
reserved by this lease for the then unexpired portion of the term hereby
created, as liquidated damages.

         4.      LESSEE NOT TO MISUSE.  Lessee will not permit any unlawful or
immoral practice, with or without his knowledge or consent, to be committed or
carried on in the Premises by himself or by any other person.  Lessee will not
allow the Premises to be used for any purpose that will increase the rate of
insurance thereon, nor for any purpose other than that hereinbefore specified.
Lessee will not keep or use or permit to be kept or used in or on the Premises
or any place contiguous thereto any flammable fluids or explosives, without the
written permission of Lessor first had and obtained.  Lessee will not load
floors beyond the floor load rating prescribed by applicable municipal
ordinances.  Lessee will not use or allow the use of the Premises for any
purpose whatsoever that will injure the reputation of the Premises or of the
building of which they are an art.

         5.      CONDITION ON POSSESSION.  Lessee has examined and knows the
condition of the Premises and has received the same in good order and repair,
and acknowledges that no representations as to the condition and repair
thereof, and no agreements or promises to decorate, alter, repair or improve
the Premises, have been made by Lessor or his agent prior to or at the
execution of this lease that are not herein expressed.

         6.      REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.  Lessee shall keep the Premises and
appurtenances thereto in a clean, sightly and healthy condition, and in good
repair, all according to the statutes and ordinances in such cases made and
provided, and the directions of public officers thereunto duly authorized, all
at his own expenses, and shall yield the same back to Lessor upon the
termination of this lease, whether such termination shall occur by expiration
of the term, or in any other manner whatsoever, in the same condition of
cleanliness, repair and sightliness as at the date of the execution hereof,
loss by fire and reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Lessee shall make all
necessary repairs and renewals upon Premises including all necessary
maintenance and repair to the heating, ventilating, cooling equipment, and the
plumbing, and replace broken globes, glass and fixtures with material of the
same size and quality as that broken and shall insure all glass in windows and
doors of the Premises at his own expense.  If, however, the Premises shall not
thus be kept in good repair and in a clean, sightly and healthy condition by
Lessee, as aforesaid, Lessor may enter the same, himself or by his agents,
servants or employees, without such entering causing or constituting a
termination of this lease or an interference with the possession of the
Premises by Lessee, and Lessor may replace the same





                                       2
<PAGE>   3

in the same condition of repair, sightliness, healthiness and cleanliness as
existed at the date of execution hereof, and Lessee agrees to pay Lessor, in
addition to the rent hereby reserved, the expenses of Lessor in thus replacing
the Premises in that condition.  Lessee shall not cause or permit any waste,
misuse or neglect of the water or of the water, gas or electric fixtures
including all necessary maintenance and repair to the heating, ventilating,
cooling equipment, and the plumbing.

         7.      ACCESS TO PREMISES.  Lessee will allow Lessor or any person
authorized by lessor free access to the Premises for the purpose of examining
or exhibiting the same, or to make any repairs or alterations thereof which
Lessor may see fit to make, and Lessee will allow Lessor to have placed upon
the Premises at all times notices of "For Sale" and "For Rent", and Lessee will
not interfere with the same.

         8.      NON-LIABILITY OF LESSOR.  Except as provided by Illinois
statute, Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for any damage or injury to him
or his property occasioned by the failure of Lessor to keep the Premises in
repair, and shall not be liable for any injury done or occasioned by wind or by
or from any defect of plumbing, electric wiring or of insulation thereof, gas
pipes, water pipes or steam pipes, or from broken stairs, porches, railings or
walks, for from the backing up of any sewer pipe or down-spout, or from the
bursting, leaking or running of any tank, tub, washstand, water closet or waste
pipe, drain, or any other pipe or tank in, upon or about the Premises or the
building of which they are a part nor from the escape of steam or hot water from
any radiator, it being agreed that said radiators are under the control of
Lessee, nor for any such damage or injury occasioned by water, snow or ice
being upon or coming through the roof, skylight, trap-door, stairs, walks or
any other place upon or near the Premises, or otherwise, nor for any such
damage or injury done or occasioned by the falling of any fixture, plaster or
stucco, nor for any damage or injury arising from any act, omission or
negligence of co-tenants or of other persons, occupants of the same building or
of adjoining or contiguous buildings or of owners of adjacent or contiguous
property, or of Lessor's agents or Lessor himself, all claims for any such
damage or injury being hereby expressly waived by Lessee.

         9.      RESTRICTIONS (SIGNS, ALTERATIONS, FIXTURES).  Lessee shall not
attach, affix or exhibit or permit to be attached, affixed or exhibited, except
by Lessor or his agent, any articles of permanent character or any sign,
attached or detached, with any writing or printing thereon, to any window,
floor, ceiling, door or wall in any place in or about the Premises, or upon any
of the appurtenances thereto, without in each case the written consent of
Lessor first had and obtained; and shall not commit or suffer any waste in or
about said premises; and shall make no changes or alterations in the Premises
by the erection of partitions or the papering of walls, or otherwise, without
the consent in writing of Lessor; and in case Lessee shall affix additional
locks or bolts on doors or window, or shall place in the Premises lighting
fixtures or any fixtures of any kind, without the consent of Lessor first had
any obtained, such locks, bolts and fixtures shall remain for the benefit of
Lessor, and without expense of removal and storage thereof.  The





                                       3
<PAGE>   4

provisions of this paragraph shall not however apply to Lessee's trade
fixtures, equipment and moveable furniture.

         10.     FIRE AND CASUALTY.  In case the Premises shall be rendered
untenantable by fire, explosion or other casualty, Lessor may, at his option,
terminate this lease or repair the Premises within sixty days.  If Lessor does
not repair the Premises within said time, or the building containing the
Premises shall have been wholly destroyed, the term hereby created shall cease
and determine.

         11.     TERMINATION; HOLDING OVER.  At the termination of the term of
this lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, Lessee will yield up immediate
possession of the Premises to Lessor, in good condition and repair, loss by
fire and ordinary wear excepted, and will return the keys therefor to lessor at
the place of payment of rent.  If Lessee retains possession of the Premises or
any part thereof after the termination of the term by lapse of time or
otherwise, then Lessor may at its option within thirty days after termination
of the term serve written notice upon Lessee that such holding over constitutes
creation of a month to month tenancy, upon the terms of this lease except at
150% the monthly rental specified in Section 1.  Lessee shall also pay to
Lessor all damages sustained by Lessor resulting from retention of possession
by Lessee.  The provisions of this paragraph shall not constitute a waiver to
Lessor of any right of re-entry as hereinafter set forth; nor shall receipt of
any rent or any other act in apparent affirmance of tenance operate as a waiver
of the right to terminate this lease for a breach of any of the covenants
herein.

         12.     LESSOR'S REMEDIES.  If Lessee shall vacate or abandon the
Premises or permit the same to remain vacant or unoccupied for a period of ten
days, or in case of the non-payment of the rent reserved hereby, or any part
thereof, or of the breach of any covenant in this lease contained.  Lessee's
right to the possession of the Premises thereupon shall terminate with or (to
the extent permitted by law) without any notice or demand whatsoever, and the
mere retention of possession thereafter by Lessee shall constitute a forcible
detainer of the Premises; and if the Lessor so elects, but not otherwise, and
with or without notice of such election or any notice or demand whatsoever,
this lease shall thereupon terminate, and upon the termination of Lessee's
right of possession, as aforesaid, whether this lease be terminated or not,
Lessee agrees to surrender possession of the Premises immediately, without the
receipt of any demand for rent, notice to quit or demand for possession of the
Premises whatsoever, and hereby grants to Lessor full and free license to enter
into and upon the Premises or any part thereof, to take possession thereof with
or (to the extent permitted by law) without process of law, and to expel and to
remove Lessee or any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part
thereof, and Lessor may use such force in and about expelling and removing
Lessee and other persons as may reasonably be necessary, and Lessor may
re-possess himself of the Premises as of his former estate, but such entry of
the Premises shall not constitute a trespass or forcible entry or detainer, nor
shall it cause a forfeiture of rents due by virtue thereof, nor a waiver of any
covenant, agreement or promise in this lease contained, to be performed by
Lessee.  Lessee hereby waives





                                       4
<PAGE>   5

all notice of any election made by lessor hereunder, demand for rent, notice to
quit, demand for possession, and any and all notices and demands whatsoever, of
any and every nature, which may or shall be required by and statute of this
state relating to forcible entry and detainer, or to landlord and tenant, or
any other statue, or by the common law, during the term of this lease or any
extension thereof.  The acceptance of rent, whether in a single instance or
repeatedly, after it falls due, or after knowledge of any breach hereof by
Lessee, or the giving or making of any notice or demand, whether according to
any statutory provision or not, or any act or series of acts except an express
written waiver, shall not be construed as a waiver of Lessor's right to act
without notice or demand or of any other right hereby given Lessor, or as an
election not to proceed under the provisions of this lease.

         13.     RIGHT TO RELET.  If Lessee's right to the possession of the
Premises shall be terminated in any way, the Premises, or any part thereof,
may, but need not (except as provided by Illinois statute), be relet by Lessor,
for the account and benefit of Lessee, for such rent and upon such terms and to
such person or persons and for such period or periods as may seem fit to the
Lessor, but Lessor shall not be required to accept or receive any tenant
offered by Lessee, nor to do any act whatsoever or exercise any diligence
whatsoever, in or about the procuring of another occupant or tenant to mitigate
the damages of Lessee or otherwise, Lessee hereby waiving the use of any care
or diligence by Lessor in the reletting thereof; and if a sufficient sum shall
not be received from such reletting to satisfy the rent hereby reserved, after
paying the expenses of reletting and collection, including commissions to
agents, and including also expenses of redecorating, Lessee agrees to pay and
satisfy all deficiency; but the acceptance of a tenant by Lessor, in place of
Lessee, shall not operate as a cancellation hereof, nor to release Lessee from
the performance of any covenant, promise or agreement herein contained, and
performance by any substituted tenant by the payment of rent, or otherwise,
shall constitute only satisfaction pro tanto of the obligations of Lessee
arising hereunder.

         14.     COSTS AND FEES.  Lessee shall pay upon demand all Lessor's
costs, charges and expenses, including fees of attorneys, agents and other
retained by Lessor, incurred in enforcing any of the obligations of Lessee
under this lease or in any litigation, negotiation or transaction in which
Lessor shall, without Lessor's fault, become involved through or on account of
this lease.

         15.     CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT.  Lessee hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints any attorney of any court of record in this State, to be his true
and lawful attorney for him and in his name and stead, to enter his appearance
in any suit or suits that may be brought in any court in this State at any time
when any money is due hereunder for rent or otherwise, to waiver the issuing of
process and service thereof and trial by jury or otherwise, and to confess a
judgment or judgments for such money so due and for costs of suit and for
reasonable attorney's fees in favor of Lessor, and to release all errors that
may occur or intervene in such proceedings, including the issuance of execution
upon any such judgment, and to stimulate that no writ of error or appeal shall
be prosecuted from such judgment or judgments, nor any bill in equity





                                       5
<PAGE>   6

filed, nor any proceedings of any kind taken in law or equity to interfere in
any way with the operation of such judgment or judgments or of execution issued
thereon and to consent that execution may immediately issue thereon.

         16.     LESSOR'S LIEN.  Lessor shall have a first lien upon the
interest of Lessee under this lease, to secure the payment of all moneys due
under this lease, which lien may be foreclosed in equity at any time when money
is overdue under this lease; and the Lessor shall be entitled to name a
receiver of said leasehold interest, to be appointed in any such foreclosure
proceeding, who shall take possession of said premises and who may relet the
same under the orders of the court appointing him.

         17.     REMOVAL OF OTHER LIENS.  In event of any lien upon Lessor's
title results from any act or neglect of Lessee, and Lessee fails to remove
said lien within ten days after Lessor's notice to do so, Lessor may remove the
lien by paying the full amount thereof or otherwise and without any
investigation or contest of the validity thereof, and Lessee shall pay Lessor
upon request the amount paid out by Lessor in such behalf, including Lessor's
costs, expenses and counsel fees.

         18.     REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The obligation of Lessee to pay the
rent reserved hereby during the balance of the term hereof, or during any
extension hereof, shall not be deemed to be waived, released or terminated, nor
shall the right and power to confess judgment given in paragraph 16 hereof be
deemed to be waived or terminated by the service of any five-day notice, other
notice to collect, demand for possession, or notice that the tenancy hereby
created will be terminated on the date therein named, in institution of any
action of forcible detainer or ejectment or any judgment for possession that may
be rendered in such action, or any other act or acts resulting in the
termination of Lessee's right to possession of the Premises.  The Lessor may
collect and receive any rent due from Lessee, and payment or receipt thereof
shall not waive or affect any such notice, demand, suit or judgment, or in any
manner whatsoever waive, affect, change, modify or alter any rights or remedies
which Lessor may have by virtue hereof.

         19.     NOTICES.  Notices may be served on either party, at the
respective addresses given at the beginning of this lease, either (a) by
delivering or causing to be delivered a written copy thereof, or (b) by sending
a written copy thereof by United States certified or registered mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to Lessor or Lessee at said respective addresses in which
event the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time the copy is
mailed.

         20.     MISCELLANEOUS.

                 (a)      Provisions typed on this lease and all riders
         attached to this lease and signed by Lessor and Lessee are hereby made
         a part of this lease.





                                       6
<PAGE>   7

                 (b)      Lessee shall keep and observe such reasonable rules
         and regulations now or hereafter required by Lessor, which may be
         necessary for the proper and orderly care of the building of which the
         Premises are a part.

                 (c)      All covenants, promises, representations and
         agreements herein contained shall be binding upon, apply and inure to
         the benefit of Lessor and Lessee and their respective heirs, legal
         representatives, successors and assigns.

                 (d)      The rights and remedies hereby created are cumulative
         and the use of one remedy shall not be taken to exclude or waive the
         right to the use of another.

                 (e)      The words "Lessor" and "Lessee" wherever used in this
         lease shall be construed to mean Lessors or Lessees in all cases where
         there is more than one Lessor or Lessee, and to apply to individuals,
         male or female, or to firms or corporations, as the same may be
         describe das Lessor or Lessee herein, and the necessary grammatical
         changes shall be assumed in each case as though fully expressed.  If
         there is more than one Lessee the warrant of attorney in paragraph 16
         is given jointly and severally and shall authorize the entry of
         appearance of, and waiver of issuance of process and trial by jury by,
         and confession of judgment against any one or more of such Lessees,
         and shall authorize the performance of every other act in the name of
         and on behalf of any one or more of such Lessees.

         21.     SEVERABILITY.  If any clause, phrase, provision or portion of
this lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be
invalid, or unenforceable under applicable law, such event shall not affect,
impair or render invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this lease nor any
other clause, phrase, provision or portion hereof, nor shall it affect the
application of any clause, phrase, provision or portion hereof to other persons
or circumstances.





                                       7
<PAGE>   8

         WITNESS the hands and seals of the parties hereto, as of the Date of
Lease stated above.

NORTHERN TRUST BANK/LAKE FOREST            LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.,
FOREST AS TRUSTEE U/T/A 97 (SEAL)          a Delaware Corporation         (SEAL)

By:________________________(SEAL)          By:____________________________(SEAL)

    Its:_________________  (SEAL)              Its:_______________________(SEAL)


                                           ATTEST:

                                           _____________________________________

                                             Its:_______________________________


                              ASSIGNMENT BY LESSOR

         On this ____________________, 19___, for value received, Lessor hereby
transfers, assigns and sets over to except rent due and payable prior to
____________________, 19___.

                                           _______________________________(SEAL)

                                           _______________________________(SEAL)



                                   GUARANTEE

         On this ____________________, 19___, in consideration of Ten Dollars
($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned Guarantor hereby guarantees
the payment of rent and performance by Lessee, Lessee's heirs, executors,
administrators, successors or assigns of all covenants and agreements of the
above lease.

                                           _______________________________(SEAL)

                                           _______________________________(SEAL)





                                       8
<PAGE>   9

                              RIDER TO STORE LEASE
                          DATED JULY 19, 1991 BETWEEN
                      NORTHERN TRUST BANK/LAKE FOREST, AS
                     TRUSTEE UNDER TRUST AGREEMENT NO. 597
                   ("LESSOR"), AND LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.,
                       A DELAWARE CORPORATION ("LESSEE")


         R-1     CONFLICTS.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistencies
between the terms and conditions of this Rider and the Store Lease to which
this Rider is made a part, the terms and conditions of this Rider shall
control.

         R-2     ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE AND RIDER.  At such time as LAKE FOREST
BANK & TRUST CO., an Illinois Banking Corporation, (hereinafter referred to as
the "Trust Co.") obtains all necessary charters and authorizations to operate
in the State of Illinois, the Lessee's rights and obligations hereunder shall
be assigned in full to the Trust Co., and the Trust Co., Lessee and Lessor
shall execute the Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit "A".  AT the time of
execution of the Assignment, the Trust Co., shall deliver to Lessor corporate
minutes authorizing the Trust Co. to accept the assignment of the Lease and
Rider and be bound by the terms thereof.  The Security Deposit being held by
Lessor shall, from the time of the execution of the Assignment, accrue to the
benefit of the Trust Co. and not the Lessee.  All other obligations with
respect to the Security Deposit shall remain the same.

         R-3     SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Upon execution of this Lease and Rider, a
Security Deposit in the amount of $20,000.00 shall be deposited with the Lessor
for the performance of Lessee's obligations under the Lease and Rider.  The
Security Deposit shall be maintained in a segregated money market account,
with the interest accruing to the benefit of the Lessee.  Lessee's F.E.I.N. is
36-3773268.  Interest paid on the Security Deposit shall be added to the
Security Deposit and, upon termination of the Lease and full payment of all
amounts due to Lessor, and performance of all of Lessee's obligations, the
Security Deposit plus accrued interest shall be returned to Lessee.  Lessor
shall have the right, without the obligation, to apply said Security Deposit,
in whole or in part, in payment of such amounts as are necessary to remedy
Lessee's defaults in the payment of rent or in the performance of Lessee's
other obligations under the Lease.  If Lessor shall so apply a portion or all
of the Security Deposit to offset Lessee's defaults, Lessee shall immediate pay
to Lessor an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the amount
scheduled to be maintained.  Upon the execution of the Assignment called for in
paragraph R-2 herein, the Security Deposit shall be reduced by $10,000.00, with
said $10,000.00 being returned to Lessee at the time of the execution of the
Assignment.

         R-4     OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE TERM.  Lessee shall have the option by
giving written notice to the Lessor on or before April 30, 1993, to extend the
term of this Lease and Rider for
<PAGE>   10

an additional twelve (12) month time period.  If Lessee so elects to extend the
term of the Lease and Rider, the monthly rental during the option period (which
would run from September 1, 1993 to August 31, 1994) shall be $5,800.00.  All
other rights and obligations of the lessor and the Lessee shall remain as
stated in the Lease and this Rider during the option period.

         R-5     ALTERATIONS TO LEASE SPACE.  On or after the commencement date
of this Lease, Lessee shall have the right, upon submitting plans and receiving
prior written approval of them from Lessor, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, to remodel, alter or improve the leased space at
Lessee's sole and exclusive cost and expenses.  Lessor must approve or reject
the plans submitted by Lessee within ten days of receipt of them.  Lessee
agrees that during the remodeling period, Lessee, and its agents, will
carefully dismantle all existing woodwork and fixtures and store them during
the term of this Lease and any extension thereof.  Upon the termination of this
Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, and provided that Lessor has so requested,
Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole and exclusive cost and expense, restore the
leased space to the condition as of the commencement date of this Lease using
the woodwork and fixtures removed from the leased space prior to the
remodeling.  Lessee may erect, maintain, and from time to time remove such
signs in or about the leased space as Lessee may deem necessary or desirable.
Lessor agrees to execute promptly, such consents or applications for permission
to erect such signs as may be required by any governmental or municipal
authorities.

         R-6     INSURANCE.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense,
maintain general public liability insurance, all risk coverage, including
standard fire and extended coverage and any other types of insurance necessary
to insure all systems, equipment and fixtures located in the leased space.
Lessee shall, on the commencement date of the Lease, supply Lessor with an
insurance certificate listing the types and amounts of insurance coverage
Lessee has obtained, and the names of the companies issuing the policies.
Lessor and its beneficiaries shall be shown as additional insureds on the
insurance certificates.  Additional evidence of insurance shall be provided to
Lessor not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of
each such policy coverage.  The minimum acceptable coverage for Lessor's
general liability insurance shall be $1,000,000.00 per injury and not less than
$2,000,000.00 per accident.  The minimum acceptable coverage for property
damage shall be $1,000,000.00.

         R-7     LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.  After execution of this Lease and Rider,
but prior to August 15, 1991, Lessee may, by written notice delivered to
Lessor, cancel this Lease and Rider and be released in full of its obligations
hereunder by forfeiting $8,000.00 of the Security Deposit held hereunder.  The
balance of the Security Deposit, plus any accrued interest thereon, will then
be returned to the Lessee, and all rights and obligations of both parties under
this Lease and Rider will be terminated in full.

         R-8     BROKERAGE FEES.  The Lessor and Lessee acknowledge the real
estate brokerage services provided by Plamondon & Co. with respect to the
creation of the tenancy contemplated by this Lease and Rider.  Any real estate
brokerage fee due to Plamondon & Co. will be the sole





                                       2
<PAGE>   11

and exclusive responsibility of Lessee and shall be billed to and paid directly
by Lessee to Plamondon & Co.

         This Rider has been executed by the parties this 19th day of July,
1991.

LESSOR:  NORTHERN TRUST BANK/LAKE FOREST, AS TRUSTEE UNDER TRUST NO. 597.


By:_____________________________________________

     Its:_______________________________________

LESSEE:  LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION



By:_____________________________________________

     Its:_______________________________________





                                       3
<PAGE>   12

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE DATED JULY 19, 1991 AND AMENDED JULY 9, 1992 AND APRIL
30, 1993 ("LEASE"), BETWEEN NORTHERN TRUST BANK/LAKE FOREST AS TRUSTEE UNDER
TRUST AGREEMENT NUMBER 597 ("LESSOR", AND LAKE FOREST BANK & TRUST CO., AN
ILLINOIS BANKING CORPORATION (ASSIGNEE OF LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC., A DELAWARE
CORPORATION ("LESSEE").


         The following paragraphs are hereby adopted between LESSOR and LESSEE
amending the LEASE as stated herein:

         1.      LESSOR hereby grants permission to LESSEE to sublet the entire
                 leased space to THE PRESBYTERIAN HOME, an Illinois
                 corporation.  No further or additional subletting of any
                 portion of the leased space is hereby approved.

         2.      LESSEE shall not be released from any liability in connection
                 with the MONTHLY BASE RENT as calculated under the terms of
                 the LEASE, as previously amended, during the subletting
                 period.

         3.      The term of the LEASE is hereby extended to the later of
                 August 31, 1996 or twelve (12) months after THE PRESBYTERIAN
                 HOME vacates the leased space, whichever occurs last.

         4.      All other terms, conditions and agreements contained in the
                 LEASE as previously amended, are hereby confirmed and ratified
                 in full.

LESSOR:  NORTHERN TRUST BANK/LAKE FOREST, AS TRUSTEE UNDER TRUST NO. 597.


By:_____________________________________________
        
     Its:_______________________________________

LESSEE:  LAKE FOREST BANK & TRUST CO., AN ILLINOIS BANKING CORPORATION



By:_____________________________________________

     Its:_______________________________________





                                       4

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.9

                                     LEASE


     THIS LEASE, dated the 1st day of November, 1994 between JOHN AND DORIS
LAWRENCE, hereinafter referred to as the Landlord, and LAKE FOREST BANK & TRUST
CO., hereinafter referred to as the Tenant.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     That the Landlord hereby demises and leases unto the Tenant, and the
Tenant hereby hires and takes from the Landlord for the term and upon the
rentals hereinafter specified, the premises described as follows, situated in
the                      of                      County of Lake and State of
Illinois, commonly known as 103 E. Scranton, Lake Bluff, Illinois 60044 (as
more fully described in Exhibit A, incorporated by this reference.)

     TERM.  The term of this demise shall be for five (5) years beginning
November 1, 1994 and ending October 31, 1999.

     RENT.  The rent for the demised term shall be
($               ), which shall
accrue at the yearly rate of Eighteen ($18.00) Dollars per rentable square foot
annually as adjusted pursuant to the riders to this lease, Exhibit C and
Exhibit D which is incorporated by this reference.

     PAYMENT OF RENT.  The said rent is to be payable monthly in advance on the
first day of each calendar month for the term hereof, in installments as
follows:

            1/12 of the annual rent; prorated for any partial months,
            plus any adjustments.

at the office of the Landlord at the Premises or as may be otherwise directed
by the Landlord in writing.

              THE ABOVE LETTING IS UPON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS:

     1.  The Landlord covenants that the Tenant, on paying the said rental and
performing the covenants and conditions in this Lease contained, shall and may
peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the demised premises for the term
aforesaid.

     2.  The Tenant covenants and agrees to use the demised premises as a 
banking facility and agrees not to use or permit the premises to be used for
any other purpose without the prior written consent of the Landlord
endorsed hereon, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

<PAGE>   2


     3.  The Tenant shall, without any previous demand therefor, pay to the
Landlord, or its agent, the said rent at the times and in the manner above
provided.  In the event of the non-payment of said rent, or any installment
thereof, at the times and in the manner above provided, and if the same shall
be unpaid for five days after written notice or if the Tenant shall, in
addition to all rights and remedies at law, be dispossessed for non-payment of
rent, or if the leased premises shall be deserted or vacated, the Landlord or
its agents shall have the right to and may enter the said premises as the agent
of the Tenant, either by force or otherwise, without being liable for any
prosecution or damages therefor, and may relet the premises as the agent of the
Tenant, and receive the rent therefor, upon such terms as shall be satisfactory
to the Landlord, and all rights of the Tenant to repossess the premises under
this lease shall be forfeited.  Such re-entry by the Landlord shall not operate
to terminate the lease or release the Tenant from any rent to be paid or
covenants to be performed hereunder during the full term of this lease.  For
the purpose of reletting, the Landlord shall be authorized to make such repairs
or alterations in or to the leased premises as may be necessary to place the
same in good order and condition.  The Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord
for the cost of such repairs or alterations, and all expenses of such reletting
including, but not limited to, tenant improvements, design costs, leasing
commissions.  If the sum realized or to be realized from the reletting is
insufficient to satisfy the monthly or term rent provided in this lease, the
Landlord, at its option, may require the Tenant to pay such deficiency month by
month, or may hold the Tenant in advance for the entire deficiency to be
realized during the term of the reletting.  The Tenant shall not be entitled to
any surplus accruing as a result of the reletting.  The Landlord is hereby
granted a lien, in addition to any statutory lien or right to distrain that may
exist, on all personal property of the Tenant in or upon the demised premises,
to secure payment of the rent and performance of the covenants and conditions
of this lease.  The Landlord shall have the right, as agent of the Tenant, to
take possession of any furniture, fixtures or other personal property of the
Tenant found in or about the premises, and sell the same at public or private
sale and to apply the proceeds thereof to the payment of any monies becoming
due under this lease, the Tenant hereby waiving the benefit of all laws
exempting property from execution, levy and sale on distress or judgment.  The
Tenant agrees to pay, as additional rent, all attorney's fees and other
expenses incurred by the Landlord in enforcing any of the obligations under
this lease.

     4.  The Tenant shall not sublet the demised premises nor any portion 
thereof, nor shall this lease be assigned by the Tenant without the prior 
written consent of the Landlord endorsed hereon, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

     5.  The Tenant has examined the demised premises, and accepts them in their
present condition (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) and without
any representations on the part of the Landlord or its agents as to the present
or future condition of the said premises.  The Tenant shall keep the demised
premises in good condition, and shall redecorate, paint and renovate the said
premises as may be necessary to keep them in repair and good appearance.  The
Tenant shall quit and surrender the premises at the end of the demised term in
as good condition
as the reasonable use thereof will permit.  The Tenant shall not make any
alterations, additions, or improvements to said premises without the prior
written consent of the Landlord.  

                                      2
<PAGE>   3

All erections, alterations, additions and
improvements, whether temporary or permanent in character, which may be made
upon the premises either by the Landlord or the Tenant, except furniture or
movable trade fixtures installed at the expense of the Tenant, shall be the
property of the Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the
premises as a part thereof at the termination of this Lease, without
compensation to the Tenant.  The Tenant further agrees to keep said premises
and all parts thereof in a clean and sanitary condition and free from trash,
inflammable material and other objectionable matter.  If this lease covers
premises, all or a part of which are on the ground floor, the Tenant further
agrees to keep the sidewalks in front of such ground floor portion of the
demised premises clean and free of obstructions, snow and ice.  SEE RIDER

     6.  In the event that any mechanics' lien is filed against the premises as
a result of alterations, additions or improvements made by the Tenant, the
Landlord, at its option, after ten days notice to the Tenant, may terminate
this lease and/or may pay the said lien, or bond the lien, in its discretion
without inquiring into the validity thereof, and the Tenant shall forthwith
reimburse the Landlord the total expense incurred by the Landlord in
discharging the said line, as additional rent hereunder.

     7.  The Tenant agrees to replace at the Tenant's expense any and all glass
which may become broken in and on the demised premises.

     8.  The Landlord shall not be responsible for the loss of or damage to
property, or injury to persons, occurring in or about the demised premises, by
reason of any existing or future condition, defect, mater or thing in said
demised premises or the property of which the premises are a part, or for the
acts, omissions or negligence of other persons or tenants in and about the said
property.  The Tenant agrees to indemnify and save the Landlord harmless from
all claims and liability for losses of or damage to property, or injuries to
persons occurring in or about the demised premises.  Except such damage
resulting directly from the negligence of the Landlord.  SEE RIDER

     9.  Utilities and services furnished to the demised premises for the 
benefit of the Tenant shall be provided and paid for as follows:  water by the
Landlord; gas by the Tenant; electricity by the Tenant; heat by the Tenant;
refrigerators by the Tenant; hot water by the Tenant.

     The Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption or delay in 
any of the above services for any reason.

    10.  The Landlord, or its agents, shall have the right to enter the demised
premises at reasonable hours in the day or night to examine the same or to run
telephone or other wires, or to make such repairs, additions or alterations as
it shall deem necessary for he safety, preservation
or restoration of the improvements, or for the safety or convenience of the
occupants or users thereof (there being no obligation, however, on the part of
the Landlord to 

                                      3
<PAGE>   4

make any such repairs, additions or alterations), or to exhibit
the same to prospective purchasers and out upon the premises a suitable "For
Sale" sign.  For three months prior to the expiration of the demised term, the
Landlord, or its agents, may similarly exhibit the premises to prospective
tenants, and may place the usual "To Let" signs thereon.

    11.   In the event of the destruction of the demised premises or the 
building containing the said premises by fire, explosion, the elements or
otherwise during the term hereby created, or previous thereto, or such partial  
destruction thereof as to render the premises wholly untenantable or unfit for
occupancy, or should the demised premises be so badly inured that the same
cannot be repaired within ninety days from the happening of such injury, then
and in such case the term hereby created shall, at the option of the Landlord,
cease and become null and void from the date of such damage or destruction, and
the Tenant shall immediately surrender said premises and all the Tenant's
interest therein to the Landlord, and shall pay rent only to the time of such
surrender, in which event the Landlord may re-enter and repossess the premises
thus discharged from this lease and may remove all parties therefrom.  Should
the demised premises be rendered untenantable and unfit for occupancy, but yet
be repairable within ninety days from the happening of such injury, the
Landlord may enter and repair the same with reasonable speed, and the rent
shall not accrue after said injury or while repairs are being made, but shall
recommence immediately after said repairs shall be completed.  But if the
premises shall be so slightly injured as not to be rendered untenantable and
unfit for occupancy, then the Landlord agrees to repair the same with
reasonable promptness and in that case the rent accrued and accruing shall not
cease or determine.  The Tenant shall immediately notify the Landlord in case
of fire or other damage to the premises.

    12.   The Tenant agrees at its cost to observe and comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations Laws of the Federal, State, County and
Municipal authorities applicable to the business to be conducted by the Tenant
in the demised premises and such future Laws as apply.  The Tenant agrees not
to do or permit anything to be done in said premises, or keep anything therein,
which will increase the rate of fire insurance premiums on the improvements or
any part thereof, or on property kept therein, or which will obstruct or
interfere with the rights of other tenants, or conflict with the regulations of
the Fire Department or with any insurance policy upon said improvements or any
part thereof.  In the event of any increase in insurance premiums resulting
from the Tenant's occupancy of the premises, or from any act or omission on the
part of the Tenant, the Tenant agrees to pay said increase in insurance
premiums on the improvements or contents thereof as additional rent.

    13.   No sign, advertisement or notice shall be affixed to or placed upon 
any part of the demised premises by the Tenant, except in such manner, and of
such size, design and color as  shall be approved in advance in writing by the
Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

    14.   This lease is subject and is hereby subordinated to all present and 
future  mortgages, deeds of trust and other encumbrances affecting the demised
premises or the property 

                                      4
<PAGE>   5

of which said premises are a part.  The Tenant agrees to
execute, at no expense to the Landlord, any instrument which may be deemed
necessary or desirable by the Landlord to further effect the subordination of
this lease to any such mortgage, deed of trust or encumbrance.

    15.   The rules and regulations regarding the demised premises, affixed to 
this lease, if any, as well as any other and further reasonable rules and       
regulations which shall be made by the Landlord, shall be observed by the
Tenant and by the Tenant's employees, agents and customers.  The Landlord
reserves the right to rescind any presently existing rules applicable to the
demised premises, and to make such other and further reasonable rules and
regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be desirable for the
safety, care and cleanliness of the premises, and for the preservation of good
order therein, which rules, when so made and notice thereof given to the
Tenant, shall have the same force and effect as if originally made a part of
this lease.  Such other and further rules shall not, however, be inconsistent
with the proper and rightful enjoyment by the Tenant of the demised premises.

    16.   In case of violation by the Tenant of any of the covenants, 
agreements and conditions of this lease, or of the rules and regulations now or
hereafter to be reasonably established by the Landlord, and upon failure to
discontinue such violation within ten days after notice thereof given to
the Tenant, this lease shall thenceforth, at the option of the Landlord, become
null and void, and the Landlord may re-enter without further notice or demand. 
The rent in such case shall become due, be apportioned and paid on and up to
the day of such re-entry, and the Tenant shall be liable for all loss or damage
resulting from such violation as aforesaid.  No waiver by the Landlord of any
violation or breach of condition by the Tenant shall constitute or be construed
as a waiver of any other violation or breach of condition, nor shall lapse of
time after breach of condition by the Tenant before the Landlord shall exercise
its option under this paragraph operate to defeat the right of the Landlord to
declare this lease null and void and to re-enter upon the demised premises
after the said breach or violation.

    17.   All notices and demands, legal or otherwise, incidental to this 
lease, or the occupation of the demised premises, shall be in writing.  If the
Landlord or its agent desires to give or serve upon the Tenant any
notice or demand, it shall be sufficient to send a copy thereof by registered
mail or overnight delivery, addressed to the Tenant at the demised premises, or
to leave a copy thereof with a person of suitable age found on the premises, or
to post a copy thereof upon the door to said premises.  Notices from the Tenant
to the Landlord shall be sent by registered mail or delivered to the Landlord
at the place hereinbefore designated for the payment of rent, or to such party
or place as the Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.

    18.   It is further agreed that if at any time during the term of this 
lease the Tenant shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or be
decreed insolvent or bankrupt according to law, or if a receiver shall be
appointed for the Tenant, then the Landlord may, at its  option,
terminate this lease, exercise of such option, terminate this lease, exercise
of such option to be evidenced by notice to that effect served upon the
assignee, receiver, trustee or other person in 

                                      5
<PAGE>   6

charge of the liquidation of the property of the Tenant or
the Tenant's estate, but such termination shall not release or discharge any
payment of rent payable hereunder and then accrued, or any liability then
accrued by reason of any agreement or covenant herein contained on the part of
the Tenant, or the Tenant's estate, but such termination shall not release or
discharge any payment of rent payable hereunder and then accrued, or any
liability then accrued by reason of any agreement or covenant herein contained
on the part of the Tenant, or the Tenant's legal representatives.

    19.   In the event that the Tenant shall remain in the demised premises 
after the expiration of the term of this lease without having executed a new
written lease with the Landlord, such holding over shall not constitute a
renewal or extension of this lease.  The Landlord may, at its option, elect to
treat the Tenant as one who has not removed at the end of his term, and
thereupon be entitled to all the remedies against the Tenant provided by law in
that situation, including twice the then applicable rent per foot or the
Landlord may elect, at its option, to construe such holding over as a tenancy
from month to month, subject to all the terms and conditions of this lease,
except as to duration thereof, and in that event the Tenant shall pay monthly
rent in advance at the rate provided herein as effective during the last month
of the demised term.

    20.   If the property or any part thereof wherein the demised premises are
located shall be taken by public or quasi-public authority under any power of
eminent domain or condemnation, this lease, at the option of the Landlord,
shall forthwith terminate and the Tenant shall have no claim or interest in or
to any award of damages for such taking.

    21.   The Tenant has this day deposited with the Landlord the sum of 
$1,500.00 as security for the full and faithful performance by the Tenant of
all the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease upon the Tenant's part to
be performed, which said sum shall be returned to the Tenant after the
time fixed as the expiration of the term herein, provided the Tenant has fully
and faithfully carried out all of said terms, covenants and conditions on
Tenant's part to be performed.  In the event of a bona fide sale, subject to
this lease, the Landlord shall have the right to transfer the security to the
vendee for the benefit of the Tenant and the Landlord shall be considered
released by the Tenant from all liability for the return of such security; and
the Tenant agrees to look to the new Landlord solely for the return of the said
security, and it is agreed that this shall apply to every transfer or
assignment made of the security to a new Landlord.  The security deposited
under this lease shall not be mortgaged, assigned or encumbered by the Tenant
without the written consent of the Landlord.

    22.   Any dispute arising under this lease shall be settled by arbitration.
Then Landlord and Tenant shall each choose an arbitrator, and the two
arbitrators thus chosen shall select a third arbitrator.  The findings and
award of the three arbitrators thus chosen shall be final and binding on the
parties hereto.

                                      6
<PAGE>   7


    23.   No rights are to be conferred upon the Tenant until this lease has 
been signed by the Landlord, and an executed copy of the lease has been 
delivered to the Tenant.

    24.   The foregoing rights and remedies are not intended to be exclusive 
but as additional to all rights and remedies the Landlord would otherwise have
by law.

    25.   All of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease shall inure 
to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.  However, in the
event of the death of the Tenant, if an individual, the Landlord may, at its
option, terminate this lease by notifying the executor or administrator of the
Tenant at the demised premises.

    26.   This lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and 
perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant
to be performed shall in nowise be affected, impaired or excused because
Landlord is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any service
expressly or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to make, or is delayed in
making any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to
supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures if Landlord is
prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of governmental preemption in
connection with the National Emergency declared by the President of the United
States or in connection with any rule, order or regulation of any department or
subdivision thereof of any governmental agency or by reason of the conditions
of supply and demand which have ben or are affected by the war.

    27.   This instrument may not be changed orally.

    28.   The invalidity of all or any portion of a provision shall not affect
the enforceability of any other term or provision.

    29.   A waiver of any term or condition at any time or times shall not 
serve as a waiver of the same or any other term or provision at any
other time or times.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Parties have hereunto set their hands and
seals the day and year first above written.

                                           LANDLORD:

                                           By:_____________________________

WITNESS:

                                           TENANT:

_____________________________

                                           By:_____________________________
 
_____________________________


                                      7

<PAGE>   8


                                   EXHIBIT C

                                     RIDER


     THIS RIDER executed simultaneously with and incorporated in that certain
Leases (the "Lease") between LAKE FOREST BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as "Tenant"
and JOHN AND DORIS LAWRENCE, as "Landlord", relating to demised premises (the
"Premises"), which Premises are more fully identified in the Lease.
Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined in this Rider, shall
have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

     For and in consideration of the agreement to lease the Premises and the
mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby
agree as follows:

     ADDITIONAL TERMS.

     TAXES.  For each year of the Lease after 1994, the Tenant shall pay as
additional rent, to the Landlord, within twenty (20) days of receipt from the
Landlord of an itemized statement including copies of the tax bill payable
during the then-current year of the Lease, twenty-five percent (25%) of the
increase in the property taxes, assessment sand any levy implemented as a
replacement or supplement of property tax, assessed the Landlord for the
building in which the Premises are located, over the amount charged the
Landlord in the previous year.  This additional rent shall be billed as often
as payments are due from the Landlord to the assessor.  Tenant shall have the
right, at its sole expense, at any time to contest any taxes assessed against
the Premises.  If Tenant chooses to so contest, it shall notify Landlord of
this prior to such time as Landlord pays any such tax.

     PARKING.  The Tenant is not leasing and shall not use any parking areas
adjacent to the building owned by the Landlord.

     OPTION TO TERMINATE.  In the event the Tenant, after using its best
efforts, shall be unable to obtain regulatory approval for the operation of a
bank at the Premises, the Tenant shall have the one time option, upon thirty
(30) days notice, to be exercised not more than six (6) months after
commencement of the Lease, to cancel this Agreement.  In the event of
cancellation, Tenant forfeits the cost of any and all improvements made to the
premises and, if the improvements contemplated hereunder are incomplete, the
Tenant shall complete such portion of the improvements as is necessary to leave
the Premises in tenantable condition.

     OPTIONS TO RENEW.  The Tenant is hereby granted, two (2) consecutive five
(5) year options to renew the Lease.  The Tenant may exercise these options only
by giving notice not more than nine (9) and not less than three (3) calendar
months prior to the expiration of the


                                      C-1
<PAGE>   9

then-applicable term.  The annual rent shall be increased for
each renewal term by an amount to be derived by multiplying the then-current
annual Rent times a fraction, the numerator of which is the CPI Index for
Chicago for the then-current lease year commencing January 1, ____ and the
denominator of which is the CPI Index for chicago during the year the Lease
commenced.  The Landlord shall notify the Tenant of the increase within sixty
(60) days after the commencement of the renewal term, and the Tenant shall pay,
in a lump sum, upon receipt of the notice of the increase, any increased rent
due, retroactive to the commencement of the renewal term, and shall thereafter
pay, monthly, one-twelfth (1/12th) of the amount, in equal installments, of the
remainder of the increased rent along with each month's rent payment.
Notwithstanding any reduction in the CPI for any given Lease renewal term, the
amount of the rent payable per square foot shall never decrease below the
initial rent of $18.00 per foot during any renewal period.

     INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a)  Tenant shall secure, pay for and maintain during the term of the
      Lease and/or shall cause all of Tenant's Contractors to secure, pay for
      and maintain insurance in the following minimum coverages and the
      following minimum limits of liability:

            (i)    Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance with
            limits of not less than $500,000.00, or such higher amounts as may
            be required from time to time by any Employee Benefit Acts or other
            statutes applicable where the work is to be performed, and in any
            event sufficient to protect Tenant's Contractors from liability
            under the aforementioned acts.

              (ii)  Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (including
            Contractors' Protective Liability) in an amount not less than
            $1,000,000.00 per occurrence, whether involving bodily injury (or
            death resulting therefrom) or property damage liability or a
            combination thereof with a minimum aggregate limit of $2,000,000.00
            and with umbrella coverage with limits not less than $5,000,000.00.
            Such insurance shall provide for explosion and collapse, completed
            operations coverage and broad form blanket contractual liability
            coverage and shall insure Tenant's Contractors against any and all
            claims for bodily injury, including death resulting therefrom, and
            damage to the property of others and arising from its operations
            under the contracts whether such operations are performed by
            Tenant's Contractors or by anyone directly or indirectly employed
            by any of them.

             (iii)  "All-risk" builder's risk insurance upon the entire Work
            described in Section B of the Rider to the full insurable value
            thereof.  This insurance shall include the interest of Landlord and
            Tenant (and their respective contractors and
            subcontractors of any tier to the extent of any insurable interest
            therein) in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire
            and extended coverage and shall 

                                      C-2
<PAGE>   10

            include "all-risk" builder's risk
            insurance for physical loss or damage including, without
            duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief.
            If portions of the Work are store off the site of the Building or
            in transit to said site are not covered under said "all-risk"
            builder's risk insurance, then Tenant shall effect and maintain
            similar property insurance on such portions of the Work.  Any loss
            insured under said "all-risk" builder's risk insurance is to be
            adjusted with Landlord and Tenant and made payable to Landlord, as
            trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear.

              (iv)   Standard form property insurance ("All-risk"), insuring
            against the perils of fire, extended coverage, special extended
            coverage lightning, removal, windstorm, hail, explosion, riot, riot
            attending strike, civil commotion, aircraft, vehicles, smoke,
            vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, falling objects, collapse,
            accidental discharge, leakage or overflow of water or steam from
            sprinklers, plumbing, heating, air conditioning systems or domestic
            appliances, tearing asunder, cracking, burning or bulging of water
            heaters, sudden accidental injury to electrical appliances or
            fixtures from artificially generated electrical current, and all
            risks of physical loss or damage to property covered except as
            expressly excluded by the policy.  This insurance policy shall be
            upon all property owned by Tenant, for which Tenant is legally
            liable or that was installed at Tenant's expense, and which is
            located in the Building including, without limitation, furniture,
            fittings, installations, fixtures, other than Tenant Improvements
            installed by Landlord, and any other personal property, in an amount
            not less than ninety percent (90%) of the full replacement cost
            thereof.  Such policy shall name Landlord and any mortgagees of
            Landlord as insured parties, as their respective interests may
            appear.  Such coverage shall not have a deductible in excess of
            $1,000.00.

All polices (except the worker's compensation policy) shall be endorsed to
include as additional insured such additional persons as Landlord may
designate.  The insurance policy endorsements shall also provide that all
additional insured parties shall be given thirty (30) days prior written notice
of any reduction, cancellation or non-renewal of coverage (except that ten (10)
days notice shall be sufficient in the case of cancellation for non-payment of
premium) and shall provide that the insurance coverage afforded to the
additional insured parties thereunder shall be primary to any insurance carried
independently by said additional insured parties.  Additionally, where
applicable, each policy shall contain a cross-liability and severability of
interest clause.

              (b) Landlord shall secure, pay for and maintain during the term of
      the Lease insurance on the Premises against loss by fire, with extended
      coverage for not less than one hundred percent (100%) of its replacement
      value above foundations, excluding contents, and will keep such insurance
      in full force and effect during the entire term and any renewal term of
      the Lease.

                                      C-3
<PAGE>   11

             (c)    Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of
      recovery against the other, or against any other tenant or occupant in the
      Property and against the officers, employees, agents, representatives,
      customers and business visitors of such other party or of such other
      tenants or occupants, for loss of or damage to such waiving party or its
      property or the property of others under its control, arising from any
      cause insured against under any policy of insurance required to be carried
      at the time of such loss or damage. The foregoing wavier shall be
      effective whether or not a waiving party shall actually obtain and
      maintain the insurance which such waiving party is required to obtain and
      maintain pursuant to the Lease (or any substitute thereof). Landlord and
      Tenant shall, upon obtaining the policies of insurance which they are
      required to maintain under the Lease, give notice to their respective
      insurance carrier(s) that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is
      contained in the Leases.

             (d)      Without limitation of the indemnification provisions
      contained in the Lease, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant
      agrees to indemnify protect, defend and hold harmless, the parties listed,
      or required by, the Lease to be named as additional insureds, Landlord's
      contractors, Landlord's architects, and their respective beneficiaries,
      partners, directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all
      claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of whatever nature
      arising out of or in connection with the Work as defined in Subsection B
      herein, or the entry of Tenant or Tenant's contractors into the Building
      and the Premises, including, without limitation, mechanic's liens, the
      cost of any repairs to the Premises or Building necessitated by activities
      of Tenant or Tenant's contractors, bodily injury to persons (including, to
      the maximum extent provided by law, claims arising under the Illinois
      Structural Work Act) or damage to the property of Tenant, its employees,
      agents, invitees, licensees or others.  It is understood and agreed that
      the foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to the insurance requirements
      set forth above and shall not be in discharge of or in substitution for
      same or any other indemnity or insurance provision of the Lease.

     EXCULPATION OF LANDLORD.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the Lease, Rider or exhibit, it is expressly understood and agreed
by and between the parties hereto that:

             (a)    The recourse of Tenant or its successors or assigns against
      Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord
      of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement
      contained in the Lease or the Rider (collectively, "Landlord's Lease
      Undertakings") shall extend only to Landlord's interest in the real estate
      of which the Premises demised under these Lease Documents are a part
      (hereinafter, "Landlord's Real Estate") and not to any other assets of
      Landlord or its beneficiar(y) (ies);

             (b)     Except to the extent of Landlord's interest in Landlord's
      Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort
      with respect to any of Landlord's 

                                      C-4
<PAGE>   12

      Lease Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall
      at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, its
      beneficiar(y) (ies), or against any of their respective directors,
      officers, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries, trustees
      or representatives.

     TENANT WORK.

     PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.

              (a)     On or before November 30, 1994, 19__, Tenant shall submit
      the following information and items to Landlord for Landlord's review and
      approval:

                 (i)  Evidence satisfactory to Landlord in all respects of
             Tenant's ability to pay the cost of the Work as and when payments
             become due.

                 (ii)   The names and addresses of Tenant's contractors (and
             said contractors' subcontractors) and materialmen to be engaged by
             Tenant for the Work (individually, a "Tenant Contractor", and
             collectively, "Tenant's Contractors").  Landlord has the right to
             approve or disapprove all or any one or more of Tenant's
             Contractors.

                 (iii)     Certified copies of insurance policies or
             certificates of insurance as hereinafter described.  Tenant shall
             not permit Tenant's Contractors to commence work until the required
             insurance has been obtained and certified copies of policies or
             certificates have been delivered to Landlord.

                 (iv)     The Plans (as hereinafter defined) for the Work, which
             Plans shall be subject to Landlord's approval in accordance with
             Paragraph 1(b) below.

            Tenant will update such information and items by notice to Landlord
            of any changes

                 (b)     As used herein, the term "Approved Plans" shall mean
             the Plans (as hereinafter defined), as and when approved in writing
             by Landlord.  As used herein, the term "Plans" shall mean the full
             and detailed architectural and engineering plans and specifications
             covering the Work (including, without limitation, architectural,
             mechanical and electrical working drawings for the Work and all
             proposed signs).  The plans shall be subject to Landlord's approval
             and the approval of all local governmental authorities requiring
             approval of the work and/or the Approved Plan.  Landlord agrees not
             to unreasonably withhold its approval of said Plans; provided,
             however, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have acted
             unreasonably if it withholds its approval of the Plans because in
             Landlord's reasonable opinion:  the Work as shown in the Plans is
             likely to adversely affect Building systems, the structure of the
             Building or the safety of the 

                                      C-5
<PAGE>   13

      Building and/or its occupants; the Work as shown on the Plans might impair
      Landlord's ability to furnish service to Tenant or other tenants; the
      Work would adversely affect the appearance of the Building; the Work
      might adversely affect another tenant's premises; or the Work is
      prohibited by any mortgage or trust deed encumbering the Building.  The
      foregoing reasons, however shall not be exclusive of the reasons for
      which Landlord may withhold consent, whether or not such other reasons
      are similar or dissimilar to the foregoing.  The Plans shall also be
      revised, and the work shall be changed, all at Tenant's cost and expense,
      to incorporate any work required in the Premises by any local
      governmental field inspector.  Landlord's approval of the Plans shall lin
      no way be deemed to be (i) an acceptance or approval of any element
      therein contained which is in violation of any applicable laws,
      ordinances, regulations or other governmental requirements, or (ii) an
      assurance that work done pursuant to the Approved Plans will comply with
      all applicable laws (or with the interpretations thereof) or satisfy
      Tenant's objectives and needs.  If Landlord fails to approve the Plans as
      submitted by Tenant, and Landlord and Tenant are unable to reasonably
      agree to modifications to such Plans so that Landlord will approve the
      Plans, Tenant shall have the option to cancel the Lease and shall be
      released from all subsequent obligations thereunder.

           (c)  No Work shall be undertaken or commenced by Tenant in the 
      Premises until (i) Tenant has delivered, and Landlord has approved, all 
      items set forth in Paragraph 1(a) above, (ii) all necessary building 
      permits have been applied for and obtained by Tenant, and (iii) proper 
      provision has been made by Tenant for payment in full of the cost of the
      Work, which is satisfactory to Landlord.

      2.  DELAYS.  Tenant shall be responsible for Rent and all other 
obligations set forth in the Lease from the Commencement Date, and no delay in 
completion of the Work shall relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under 
the Lease.

      3.  CHANGE ORDERS.  All changes to the Approved Plans requested by Tenant
must be approved by Landlord in advance of the implementation of such changes
as part of the Work.  All delays caused by Tenant-initiated change orders,
including, without limitation, any stoppage of work during the change order
review process, are solely re responsibility of Tenant.  All increases in the
cost of the Work resulting from such change orders shall be borne by Tenant.

      4.  STANDARDS OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION AND CONDITIONS OF TENANT'S
PERFORMANCE.  All work done in or upon the Premises by Tenant shall be done
according to the standards set forth in this Paragraph 4, except as the same
may be modified in the Approved Plans approved by or on behalf of Landlord and
Tenant.

           (a)  Tenant's Approved Plans and all design and construction of the
      Work shall comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations,
      laws, codes and industry 

                                     C-6
<PAGE>   14

      standards, including, but not limited to, requirements of Landlord's 
      fire insurance underwriters.

           (b)  Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain all required
      building permits and occupancy permits.  Tenant's failure to obtain such
      permits shall not cause a delay in the commencement of the Term or the
      obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations set forth in the Lease.

           (c)  Tenant's Contractors shall be licensed contractors, possessing 
      good labor relations, capable of performing quality workmanship and 
      working in harmony with Landlord's contractors and subcontractors and
      with other contractors and subcontractors in the Building.  All
      work shall be coordinated with any other construction or other
      work in the Building in order to not adversely affect construction work
      being performed by or for Landlord or its tenants.

           (d)  Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to 
      perform,  on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to  
      reimbursement by Tenant, any work which pertains to patching the Work and
      other work in the Building.

           (e)  Tenant shall use only new, first-class materials in the Work, 
      except where explicitly shown in the Approved Plans.  All Work shall be
      done in   a good and workmanlike manner.  Tenant shall obtain
      contractors' warranties of at least one (1) year duration from the
      completion of the Work against defects in workmanship and materials on
      all work performed and equipment installed in the Premises as part of the
      Work.

           (f)  Tenant and Tenant's Contractors shall make all efforts and 
      take all steps appropriate to assure that all construction activities
      undertaken comport with the reasonable expectations of all tenants and do
      not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Building or with
      other tenants and occupants of the Building.  In any event, Tenant shall
      comply with all reasonable rules and regulations existing from time       
      to time at the Building.  Tenant and Tenant's Contractors shall take all
      precautionary steps to minimize dust, noise, and construction traffic,
      and to protect their facilities nd the facilities of others affected by
      the Work and to properly police same.  Construction equipment and
      materials are to be kept within the Premises and delivery and loading of
      equipment and materials shall be done at such locations and at such time
      as Landlord shall direct so as not to burden the construction or
      operation of the Building.  If and as required by Landlord, the Premises
      shall be sealed off from the balance of the office space on the floor(s)
      containing the Premises so as to minimize the dispersement of dirt,
      debris and noise.

           (g)  Landlord shall have the right to order Tenant or any of  
      Tenant's Contractors who violate the requirements imposed on Tenant or
      Tenant's  Contractors in performing work to cease work and remove its
      equipment and employees from the 

                                     C-7
<PAGE>   15

      Building.  No such action by Landlord shall cause an
      abatement of Tenant's obligation to pay Rent or any other obligations
      herein set forth.

           (h)  Utility costs or charges for any service to the Premises shall
      be the responsibility of Tenant from the date Tenant is obligated to
      commence or commences the Work and shall be paid for Tenant at Landlord's
      standard rates then in effect.   Tenant shall apply and pay for all
      utility meters required.  Tenant shall pay for all support services
      provided by Landlord's Contractors at Tenant's request or at Landlord's
      discretion resulting from breaches or defaults by Tenant under this
      Rider.  Tenant shall arrange and pay for removal of construction debris
      and shall not place debris in the Building's waste containers.

           (i)  Tenant shall permit access to the Premises, and the Work shall
      be subject to inspection, by Landlord and Landlord's architects, 
      engineers, contractors and other representatives, at all times during     
      the period in which the Work is being constructed and installed and
      following completion of the Work.

           (j)  Tenant shall proceed with its work expeditiously, continuously
      and efficiently,and shall use its best efforts to complete the same on or
      before 365 days after the Commencement Date of the Lease.

           (k)  Tenant shall have no authority to deviate from the Approved 
      Plans in performance of the Work, except as authorized by Landlord and
      its designated representative in writing.  Tenant shall furnish to
      Landlord "as-built" drawings of the Work within thirty (30) days after
      completion of the Work.

           (l)  Landlord shall have the right to run utility lines, pipes, 
      conduits, duct work and component parts of all mechanical and electrical
      systems   where necessary or desirable through the Premises, to repair,
      alter, replace or remove the same, and to require Tenant to install and
      maintain proper access panels thereto.

           (m)  Tenant shall impose on and enforce all applicable terms of this
      Rider against Tenant's architect and Tenant's Contractors.


      5.   MISCELLANEOUS.

           (a)  The Tenant has inspected the Premises and accepts them as is and
      where is.  The Landlord makes no representations or warranty whatsoever
      as to the condition of the Premises or the construction conditions which
      may be discovered during he performance of this work.  Additionally,
      Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall bear the cost of
      improvements to the Premises and the cost of installation, maintenance
      and repair of all mechanical systems, including electrical, HVAC and
      plumbing necessary to use the Premises.  Tenant shall also bear the cost
      of all improvements to the Building, 

                                     C-8
<PAGE>   16

      if any, necessary to use the Premises.  Tenant shall also bear the costs 
      of all improvements to the Building, if any, necessitated by the use of 
      the Premises as contemplated herein.

           (b)  Notices under this Rider shall be given in the same manner as 
      under the Lease.

           (c)  The headings set forth herein are for convenience only.

           (d)  This Rider sets forth the entire agreement of Tenant and 
      Landlord regarding the Work.  The Lease and this Rider may only be 
      amended if in writing, duly executed by both Landlord and Tenant.

           (e)  All amounts due from Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be 
      Rent due under the Lease.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Rider is executed simultaneously with the
execution of the Lease.

                                     LANDLORD:

                                     ______________________________

                                     By:___________________________
                                        Its:_______________________



                                     TENANT:

                                     By:___________________________
                                        Its:_______________________



                                     C-9

<PAGE>   17


                                  EXHIBIT D


The schedule which follows will serve to detail the annual rental payments
applicable during years one through five of this lease agreement.

Gross 1200 FT @ $18.00


Year One           $  9,600.00           Monthly          $   800.00
Year Two           $ 11,604.00           Monthly          $   967.00
Year Three         $ 12,600.00           Monthly          $ 1,050.00
Year Four          $ 15,600.00           Monthly          $ 1,300.00
Year Five          $ 18,600.00           Monthly          $ 1,550.00


                                     D-1

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.10

                            PHANTOM STOCK AGREEMENT
                            LAKE FOREST BANCORP INC


     This Phantom Stock Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of March 18, 1996, is
entered into by and between Lake Forest Bancorp Inc, a Delaware Corporation
(the "Company"), and Edward J. Wehmer  of Lake Forest, Illinois
("Participant").

                                    RECITALS

     Whereas Participant is employed as President of the Company and has held
that position since the organization of the Company and;

     Whereas Participant, in order to induce two individuals to join the
Company in key management positions and due to the lack of any other known
willing sellers at the time, sold those individuals a total of 864 common
shares of the Company out of his personal holdings (the "Sale"), and;

     Whereas the Board of Directors of the Company wish  to compensate
Participant for any current or future economic opportunity loss associated with
the Sale;

     Now, therefore the Company and Participant agree as follows:

                                   AGREEMENT

     1) Award.  The Company hereby grants and awards to Participant 1,300
phantom stock units (the "Units"). Each Unit shall have the right to receive as
deferred compensation the value of the Units as hereinafter defined, delivered
in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Units and their Value will be credited to an unfunded account  (the "Account")
for Participant on the books of the Company.

     2) Valuation of the Units. Except as set forth elsewhere herein, the value
of each unit (the "Unit Value") shall be equal to the market value of a share
of the Company's common stock (the "Market Value") less a calculated amount
hereinafter referred to as the "Base Value". The Market Value shall be
determined as the price per common share paid in the most recent arms length
purchase or sale transaction involving the Company's common stock. If no such
transaction has occurred within three months of a valuation date, either party
at the Company's expense, can have the shares valued by a mutually agreed upon
investment banker whose valuation shall be binding. The initial Base Value
shall be $110.

     3) Adjustments.  The number of Units and the Base Value shall be subject
to adjustment from time to time as follows:

        a) In the event that the Common Stock of the Company is changed into or
        exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other 
        securities of the Company  or;

        b) In the event that the Company declares or enacts common stock
        dividends, common stock splits, reverse common stock splits, or other
        reclassifications or;

        c) In the event that the Company, in a merger, consolidation or
        reorganization with an "Affiliated Company"  (as defined in Federal 
        Reserve Bank Regulations) where the Company is not the survivor, 
        receives stock or other securities of the surviving company then;

     The Units and the Base Value shall be adjusted equitably as though the
Units were actually common shares owned by the Participant.


<PAGE>   2



     4) Merger, Tender or Consolidation. In the event that the holders of the
common stock of the Company are to receive consideration, whether in the form
of cash or shares of another entity, as the result of the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company, a merger, consolidation or reorganization with a
non-affiliated entity under circumstances where the Company will not be the
surviving party or in an event of a tender offer for the shares of the Company
by which the offeror is to obtain control of the Company,  the Market Value
shall be equal to the value per share of the consideration tendered or
exchanged for the common shares of the Company.

     5) Dividends.  In the event that the Company or its affiliated successor
pays any cash dividends on common stock or pays interest or dividends on
securities which during the course of  this agreement have been substituted for
the common stock of the Company, the Account shall be credited with an amount
equal to the dividends which are payable with respect to a number of shares of
Common Stock equal to the number of Units then credited to the Account. Such an
amount shall be referred to as a "Cash Credit". The balance of Cash Credits in
the Account shall bear interest payable quarterly at the average ninety day US
Treasury rate for the paying quarter. Any interest so credited to the Account
shall also be considered as Cash Credits.

     In the event that the Company or its affiliated successor pays dividends
on the Common Stock or any replacement security in the form of Common Stock or
the substitute security, the Account shall be credited with additional Units or
fractions thereof equal to the number of shares of Common Stock or substitute
security distributed with respect to  the number of Units then in the Account.

     6) Vesting. All Units shall be 100% vested as of the date of the Award.
Any amounts credited to the Account shall be 100% vested as of the earlier of
the date of the credit or the date of the transaction giving rise to the
credit.

     7) Payment of Account Value. Except as provided elsewhere herein, payment
of Account value (including the Value of the Units) shall be made as follows:

        a) Participant may at any time request a payment of cash for all or any
        portion of the Account Value then in the Account . Any such request 
        shall be in writing and be effective on the date that it is received by
        the Company. Payment will be made within thirty days of said effective 
        date.

        b) In the event the death of  the Participant, his beneficiary shall
        receive a lump sum payment in the amount of the Account Value as of the
        date of death. If no beneficiary has been designated, payment shall be 
        made to the executor of Participant's estate. Said payment shall be 
        made within thirty days of the date of death.

        c) Any Account Value remaining as of the Termination Date will be paid 
        to the Participant within thirty days of the Termination Date.

     The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under
this Plan the required amount of federal and state withholding tax required by
those taxing authorities.

     8) Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Participant, his heirs,
legatees, administrators, executors and legal representatives.

     9) Non-Alienation. Participant shall have no right to pledge, hypothecate,
anticipate or in any way create a lien upon any amounts payable under this
Agreement, and no benefits payable under this plan shall be assignable in
anticipation of payment either by voluntary or involuntary act, or by operation
of law.



<PAGE>   3


     10) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements and
understandings between the parties or their representatives relating to the
Participant's deferred compensation through a Phantom Stock Agreement; provided
however that nothing in this Agreement shall create a contract of employment
between the Company and the Participant or confer upon the Participant any
right to continued employment by the Company, and shall not be deemed to modify
or supersede any other agreement between the parties respecting their
employment relationship or compensation therefor or affect Participant's right
to compensation and benefits in accordance with any such agreements or
otherwise in accordance with the Company's regular practices from time to time.

     11) Modifications. This Agreement may be modified only by an agreement in
writing signed by both parties.

     12) Nature of the Award. The award of Units to the Participant under this
Agreement is solely an arrangement to pay deferred compensation in an amount
equal to the value which the Participant would have received had the
Participant held 1,300 shares of the Company Common Stock as of the date of the
award. Nothing in this Agreement confers upon the Participant any rights as a
stockholder of the Company. Participant's right to receive payments under this
Agreement shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor
of the Company. All payments shall be made from the general funds of the
Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation
of assets shall be made to insure payment of such amounts. Participant shall
have no right, title or interest in or to any investments which the Company may
make to aid in meeting its obligations under this Agreement.

     13) Term of the Agreement. This Agreement shall end upon the written
agreement of the parties,  upon the events indicated in paragraph 7(b) of this
Agreement, or March 18, 2006 (the "Termination Date").

     14) Notice. Any notice, request, filing, or other communication required
or permitted by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by
first class mail to the Participant at the last address filed in writing with
the Company, or to the Company at 727 Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045,
or such other address as the Company  may specify from time to time in written
notice to the Participant.

     15) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and subject to, and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois irrespective
of the fact that one or more of the parties to this Agreement now is or may
become the resident of another state.


Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.                       Participant

s/ David A. Dykstra                             s/ Edward J. Wehmer
- ---------------------------                     ---------------------------
by: David A. Dykstra                            Edward J. Wehmer
    Executive Vice President



<PAGE>   1



                                                             EXHIBIT 10.11






                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.


                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN








                                      1




<PAGE>   2





                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                             1995 Stock Option Plan



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



Article  Section                                                     Page
                                                                    ------
 1                 ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND

                        EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

             1.1   Establishment of the Plan                           6

             1.2   Purpose of the Plan                                 6

             1.3   Duration of the Plan                                7

 2                 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
                

             2.1   Definitions                                         7
                                                                      
             2.2   Gender and Number                                  12
                                                                      
             2.3   Severability                                       12
                                                                      
 3                 ADMINISTRATION                                     
                                                                      
             3.1   The Committee                                      12
                                                                      
             3.2   Authority of the Committee                         13
                                                                      
             3.3   Selection of Participants                          13
                                                                      
             3.4   Decisions Binding                                  13
                                                                      
             3.5   Delegation of Certain                              
                        Responsibilities                              14
                                                                      
             3.6   Procedures of the Committee                        14
                                                                      
             3.7   Award Agreements                                   15
                                                                      
 4                 STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN                          
                                                                      
             4.1   Number of Shares                                   16
                                                                      
             4.2   Lapsed Awards                                      16

             4.3   Adjustments in Authorized Shares                   16



                                      2
<PAGE>   3
Article  Section                                                       Page
- -------  --------                                                     ------ 

 5                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION                   
                                                                   
           5.1     Eligibility                                           17
                                                                   
           5.2     Actual Participation                                  17
                                                                   
 6                 STOCK OPTIONS                                   
                                                                   
             6.1   Grant of Options                                      17
                                                                   
             6.2   Option Agreement                                      18
                                                                   
             6.3   Option Price                                          18
                                                                   
             6.4   Duration of Options                                   18
                                                                   
             6.5   Exercise of Options                                   19
                                                                   
             6.6   Payment                                               18
                                                                   
             6.7   Restrictions on Stock                           
                        Transferability                                  19
                                                                   
             6.8   Termination of Employment Due to                
                        Death, Disability, or Retirement                 19
                                                                   
             6.9   Termination of Employment for                   
                        Other Reasons                                    20
                                                                   
             6.10  Nontransferability of Options                         21
                                                                   
 7                 RESTRICTED STOCK                                
                                                                   
             7.1   Grant of Restricted Stock                             21
                                                                   
             7.2   Restricted Stock Agreement                            21
                                                                   
             7.3   Transferability                                       21
                                                                   
             7.4   Other Restrictions                                    22
                                                                   
             7.5   Certificate Legend                                    22
                                                                   
             7.6   Removal of Restrictions                               22
                                                                   
             7.7   Voting Rights                                         23
                                                                   
             7.8   Dividend and Other Distributions                      23
                                                                   


                                      3

<PAGE>   4

Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  --------                                                          ----
             7.9   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Retirement                                               23

             7.10  Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death or Disability                                      24

             7.11  Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                            24

             7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted
                   Stock                                                    24

 8                 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

             8.1   Beneficiary Designation                                  25

 9                 RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

             9.1   Employment                                               25

             9.2   Participation                                            25

10                 CHANGE IN CONTROL

             10.1  In General                                               26

11                 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

             11.1  Amendment, Modification, and
                   Termination                                              26

             11.2  Awards Previously Granted                                27

12                 WITHHOLDING

             12.1  Tax Withholding                                          27

             12.2  Stock Withholding Elections                              27

             12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding
                   Restrictions                                             28

             12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery
                   Requirements                                             28

13                 INDEMNIFICATION

             13.1  Indemnification                                          29





                                       4
<PAGE>   5

Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  -------                                                           ----
14                 SUCCESSORS

             14.1  Successors                                               30

15                 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

             15.1  Requirements of Law                                      30

             15.2  Governing Law                                            30

16                 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

             16.1  Rights of First Refusal                                  30



                                       5
<PAGE>   6


                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                             1995 Stock Option Plan

         ARTICLE 1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     1.1  Establishment of the Plan.  Libertyville Bancorp, Inc. (hereinafter
referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan
to be known as the "1995 Stock Option Plan" (hereinafter referred to as the
"Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of incentive
stock options, nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock. Subject to
ratification by a majority of the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12)
months, the Plan shall become effective as of October 12, 1995 (the "Effective
Date"), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.  Awards
may be granted hereunder on or after the Effective Date but in no event be
exercisable or payable to a participant prior to such stockholder approval; and,
if such approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the Effective
Date, such awards shall be of no force and effect.
     1.2  Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the
success of the Company by providing incentives to Key Employees that will link
their personal interests to the long-term financial success of the Company and
to the growth in shareholder value.  The Plan is intended to provide flexibility
to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of
Key Employees upon whose judgement, interest, and special effort the successful
conduct of its operation is largely dependent. 



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

     1.3  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date,
as described in Article 1.1. herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the
right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to
Article 11, until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired
according to the provisions herein.  However, in no event may an Award be
granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan's
Effective Date.

                    ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the
initial letter of the word is capitalized:
          (a) "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under this
               Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, or
               Restricted Stock.
          (b)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms
               in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
          (c)  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of
               the Company.
          (d)  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the
               conditions set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall
               have been satisfied:
               (i)  A change in the ownership of sixty-six and two thirds
                    percent (66.67%) or more of the



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

                    Corporation's outstanding common stock, within a twelve
                    month period; or,

               (ii) The stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
                    consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                    other than: a) a merger or consolidation involving
                    affiliated companies ("Affiliates").  For purposes of this
                    Plan, the term Affiliates shall have the same definition as
                    in Federal reserve Regulation L (Section 212.2) or, b) a
                    merger or consolidation which would result in the voting
                    Stock outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
                    represent (either by remaining outstanding or being
                    converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at
                    least 80% of the total voting power represented by the
                    voting Stock or the voting securities of such surviving
                    entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
                    consolidation; or

              (iii) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
                    liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                    disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of
                    the Company's assets.

     However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to 



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

have occurred, with respect to the Participant, if the Participant is part of a
purchasing group which consummates the Change in Control transaction.  The
Participant shall be deemed "part of a purchasing group..." for purposes of the
preceding sentence if the Participant is an equity participant or has agreed to
become an equity participant in the purchasing company or group (except for (a)
passive ownership of less than 5% of the Stock of the purchasing company or (b)
ownership of equity participation in the purchasing company or group which is
otherwise not deemed to be significant, as determined prior to the Change in
Control by a majority of the nonemployee continuing directors).  The Board has
final authority to determine the exact date on which a change in control has
been deemed to have occurred under (i), (ii), and (iii) above.

          (e)  "Cause" means:

               (i)  misappropriation of any funds or property of the
                    Corporation; or

              (ii)  attempting to obtain any personal profit from any
                    transaction in which the Participant has a personal
                    financial interest, unless the Participant shall have first
                    obtained the consent of the Board of Directors; or

             (iii)  material neglect or refusal to perform the duties reasonably
                    assigned to the Participant; or

              (iv)  participating in a course of conduct which is 



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

                    injurious to the Corporation or its subsidiaries, as
                    interpreted by the Board of Directors; or

               (v)  being convicted of a felony; or

              (vi)  being adjudicated a bankrupt; or

             (vii)  suspension due to the direction of any authorized bank
                    regulatory agency.

          (f)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
               time to time.

          (g)  "Committee" means the Stock Option Committee of the Board, or any
               other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan
               pursuant to Article 3 herein.

          (h)  "Company" means Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding
               corporation or any successor thereto as provided in Article 14
               herein.

          (i)  "Disability" means a permanent and total disability as determined
               by the Committee in good faith, upon receipt of sufficient
               competent medical advice.

          (j)  "Fair Market Value" means the average of the highest and lowest
               price at which the Stock was traded on the twenty trading days
               prior to the relevant date, as reported by the established market
               in which the shares are traded.  If the shares are not really
               tradable, a determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by
               the Board of 



                                       10
<PAGE>   11

               Directors of the Company.

          (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option to purchase
               Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is designated as an
               Incentive Stock Option and is intended to meet the requirements
               of Section 422A of the Code.

          (l)  "Key Employee" means an employee of the Company, including an
               employee who is an officer or a director of the Company, who, in
               the opinion of members of the Committee, can contribute
               significantly to the growth and profitability of the Company.
               "Key Employee" also may include those employees, identified by
               the Committee, in situations concerning extraordinary
               performance, promotion, retention, or recruitment.  The granting
               of an Award under this Plan shall be deemed a determination by
               the Committee that such employee is a Key Employee.

          (m)  "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NSO" means an option to purchase
               Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to
               be an Incentive Stock Option.

          (n)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock
               Option.

          (o)  "Outstanding Option" means any Option awarded to a Participant
               under the Plan for which and conditions 



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

               and/or restrictions on exercisability have been met.
          (p)  "Participant" means a Key Employee of the Company who has been
               granted an Award under the Plan.
          (q)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the
               transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is restricted, during
               which the Participant is subject to a substantial risk of
               forfeiture, pursuant to Article 8 herein.
          (r)  "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section
               3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
               thereof, including a group as defined in Section 13(d).
          (s)  "Plan" means the Libertyville Bancorp 1995 Stock Option Plan, as
               herein described.
          (t)  "Restricted Stock" means a Stock Award granted to a Participant
               pursuant to Article 8 herein.
          (u)  "Stock" or "Shares" means the common Stock of the Company.
     2.2  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall
include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
     2.3  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect
the remaining parts of the Plan, and 



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision
had not been included.

                           ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION

     3.1  The Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") consisting of not less than three directors who shall be appointed
from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors.
     3.2  Authority of the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and
subject to ratification by the Board, the Committee shall have full power to
construe and interpret the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and
regulations for its administration to accelerate the exercisability of any Award
or the end of a Period of Restriction or the termination of any Award Agreement,
or any other instrument relating to an Award under the Plan; and (subject to the
provisions of Article 12 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any
outstanding Option, or Restricted Stock Award to the extent such terms and
conditions are within the discretion of the Committee as provided in the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the Committee may, without the
consent of the person or persons entitled to exercise any outstanding Option or
to receive payment of any other outstanding Award, adversely affect the rights
of such person or persons.
     3.3  Selection of Participants.  The Committee shall have the authority to
grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Key Employees of the
Company (including officers and directors 



                                       13
<PAGE>   14

who are employees) as may be selected by it.  The committee shall select
Participants from among those who they have identified as being Key Employees.
     3.4  Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or
resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants
and their estates and beneficiaries.
     3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities.  The Committee may, in its
sole discretion, delegate to appropriate officers of the Company the
administration of the Plan under this Article 3; provided, however, that no such
delegation by the Committee shall be made with respect to the administration of
the Plan as it affects officers or directors of the Company and provided further
that the Committee may not delegate its authority to correct errors, omissions
or inconsistencies in the Plan.  All authority delegated by the Committee under
this Section 3.5 shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan and any guidelines for the exercise of such authority that may from time to
time be established by the Committee.
     3.6  Procedures of the Committee.  All determinations of the Committee
shall be made by not less than a majority of its members present at the meeting
(in person or otherwise) at which a quorum is present.  A majority of the entire
Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any action
required or 



                                       14
<PAGE>   15

permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Committee may be taken without a
meeting if a unanimous written consent, which sets for the action, is signed by
each member of the Committee and filed with the minutes for proceedings of the
Committee.  No member of the Committee shall be liable, in the absence of bad
faith, for any act or omission with respect to his or her other services on the
committee.  Service on the Committee shall constitute service as a director of
the Company so that members of the committee shall be entitled to
indemnification (as provided in Article 14 herein), and limitation of liability
and reimbursement with respect to their services as members of the Committee to
the same extent as for services as directors of the Company.
     3.7  Award Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement which shall be signed by an officer of the Company and by the
Participant, and shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by
the Committee, which need not be the same in all cases.  Any Award Agreement may
be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the
Committee, provided the terms of such agreements as amended or supplemented, as
well as the terms of the original award agreement, are not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan.
     Nothing contained in the Plan or any resolutions adopted or to be adopted
by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company shall constitute
the granting of an Award under the Plan.  An Employee who receives an Award
under the Plan will not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have become a
Participant, or 



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

to have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such Employee
has executed an Award Agreement or other instrument evidencing the Award and
shall have delivered an executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise
complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award.




                                       16
<PAGE>   17
                      ARTICLE 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1  Number of Shares.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 4.3
herein, the aggregate number of Shares of Stock subject to Awards under the
Plan shall not exceed 32,000.  Stock delivered under the Plan may consist, in
whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.
     4.2  Lapsed Awards.  If any Award granted under this Plan terminates,
expires or lapses for any reason any Stock subject to such Award again shall be
available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.
     4.3  Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any merger,
reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, Stock 
divided, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate
structure of the Company affecting the Stock, such adjustment shall be made in
the number and class of Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, and in
the number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Options,
and Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan, as may be determined to be
appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent
dilution or enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of Shares
subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.  Any adjustment of an
Incentive Stock Option under this paragraph shall be made in such a manner so
as not to constitute a "modification" within the meaning of Section 425(h)(3)
of the Code.



                                      17
<PAGE>   18


                    ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     5.1  Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include
all employees of the Company who, in the opinion of the members of the
Committee, are Key Employees.  "Key Employees" may include employees who are
members of the Board, but may not include directors who are not full-time
employees.
     5.2  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may from time to time select from Key Employees, those of whom Awards
shall be granted and determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No
employee shall have any rights to be granted an Award under this Plan.
                            ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS
     6.1  Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan,
Options may be granted to Key Employees at anytime and from time to time as     
shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete
discretion in determining the number of Shares of Stock subject to Options
granted to each Participant.  The Committee may grant any type of option to
purchase Stock that is permitted by law at the time of grant including, but not
limited to, ISOs and NSOs.  However, no employee may receive an Award of
Incentive Stock Options that are first exercisable during any calendar year to
the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined at the
time the options are granted) exceeds $100,000.  Nothing in this Article 6
shall be deemed to prevent the grant of NSOs in excess of the maximum
established by Section 422A 

                                      18
<PAGE>   19
of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided at the time of grant,
options granted under the Plan will be NSOs.
     6.2  Option Agreement.  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an option
agreement that shall specify the type of option granted, the option price, the
vesting period and conditions of the options granted, the duration of the
option, the number of Shares of Stock to which the option pertains, and such
other provisions as the Committee shall determine.  The option agreement shall
specify whether the option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within
the meaning of Section 422A of the Code, or a Nonqualified Stock Option whose
grant is intended not to fall under the Code provisions of Section 422A.
     6.3  Option Price.  The purchase price per share of Stock covered by an
Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on
the date the option is granted.
     An Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant
owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the
Company, shall have an exercise price which is at least 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock subject to the Option.
     6.4  Duration of Options.  Each Option shall expire at such time as the
Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however, that no ISO
shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.
     6.5  Exercise of Options.  Options granted under the Plan 

                                      19
<PAGE>   20
shall be exercisable at such time and be subject to such restrictions   and
conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be
the same for all Participants.
     6.6  Payment.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written
notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares of Stock with respect
to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the     
Shares.  The Option price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the
Company in full either (a) in cash or its equivalent, or (b) by tendering
Shares of previously acquired stock having a Fair Market Value at the time of
exercise equal to the total Option price, or (c) by combination of (a) and (b). 
The proceeds from such a payment shall be added to the general funds of the
Company and shall be used for general corporate purposes.  As soon as
practicable, after receipt of written notification and payment, the Company
shall deliver to the participant, Stock certificates in an appropriate amount
based upon the number of Option exercised, issued in the Participant's name.
     6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability.  The Committee shall impose
such restrictions on any Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, with limitation,
restrictions under applicable Federal securities law, under the requirements of
any stock exchange upon which such Shares of Stock are then listed and under
any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares.
     6.8  Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or 



                                      20
<PAGE>   21

Retirement. In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by
reasons of death, any Outstanding Option shall be exercisable at any time prior
to the expiration date of the Options or within 90 days after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter, by such person or
persons as shall have acquired the Participant's rights under the Option by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In the event the employment
of Participant is terminated by reason  of Disability, any Outstanding Options
shall be exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the Options or
within 90 days after such date of termination of employment, whichever
period is shorter.  In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated
by reason of retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the
Company), any Outstanding Options shall be exercisable at any time prior to the
expiration date of the Options or within one year after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In the case of
Incentive Stock Options, the favorable tax treatment prescribed under Section
422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended may not be available if
the options are not exercised within the Section 422A prescribed time period
after termination of employment for death, disability, or retirement.
     6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  If the employment of
the Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement, or for Cause, all Outstanding Options shall terminate one month
after such date of termination.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may
extend the exercisability 

                                      21
<PAGE>   22

of Outstanding Option for up to 180 days but, however, in no event beyond the
expiration date of the Option.
     If the employment of the Participant shall terminate for Cause, rights
under all outstanding Options shall be immediately terminated upon termination
of employment.
     6.10  Nontransferability of Options.  No Option granted under the Plan may
be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or
hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of decent and distribution.
Further, all options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be
exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant.
                          ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED STOCK
     7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of
the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of
Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Participants and in such amounts as it
shall determine.
     7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock grant shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement that shall specify the Period of
Restriction, or periods, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted, and
such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
     7.3  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 7, the Shares of
Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction or for such period of time as shall be
established by 


                                      22
<PAGE>   23

the Committee and as shall be specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement, or
upon earlier satisfaction of other conditions as specified by the       
Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock
Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.
     7.4  Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other
restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as
it may deem advisable including, without limitation, restrictions under
applicable Federal or state securities laws, and may legend the certifications
representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate notice of such restrictions.
     7.5  Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on
certificates pursuant to Section 7.4 herein, each certificate representing
Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the
following legend:
      "The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented by this
      certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is
      subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the 1995 Stock
      Option Plan of Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., in the rules and
      administrative procedures adopted pursuant to such Plan, and in a
      Restricted Stock Agreement dated ____________.  A copy of the Plan, 
      such rules and procedures, and such Restricted Stock Agreement may be 
      obtained from the Secretary of Libertyville Bancorp, Inc."



                                      23
<PAGE>   24


     7.6  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Article, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made
under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the
last day of the Period of Restriction.  Once the Shares are released from the
restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend
required by Article 7.5 removed from his Stock certificate.
     7.7  Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares.
     7.8  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction,
participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be
entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those Shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions
are paid in Shares of Stock, the Shares shall be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect
to which they were paid.
     7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of normal
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), any
remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to
Article 7.3 hereof shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise
provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free
of restrictions and freely transferable.  In the event that a 



                                      24

<PAGE>   25

Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of early
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), the
Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the restrictions remaining on any
or all Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein and add such
new restrictions to those Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.10  Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.  In the event
a Participant's employment is terminated because of death or Disability during
the Period of Restriction, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to
the Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein shall automatically
terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of
Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and fully transferable.
     7.11  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other
than for Death, Disability, or Retirement, as set forth in Articles 7.9 and
7.10 herein, during the Period of Restriction, then any Shares of Restricted
Stock still subject to restrictions as of the date of such termination shall
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however,
that, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment of a Participant
by the Company other than for Cause, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Shares and may add such new
restrictions to such Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted Stock.  No shares of 




                                      25
<PAGE>   26

Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution until the termination of the applicable
Period of Restriction.  All rights with respect to Restricted Stock granted to
a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by   
such Participant.
                       ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     8.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant under the Plan may, from
time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named
contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid
in case of his death before he receives any or all of such benefit.  Each
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall
be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed
by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime.  In the
absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's
death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.
                         ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES
     9.1  Employment.  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any
way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any
time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company.
     9.2  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant, or, having been so selected, to be 




                                      26
<PAGE>   27

selected again as a Participant.
                         ARTICLE 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL
     10.1  In General.  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company as
defined, all awards under the Plan shall vest 100%, whereupon all Options shall
become exercisable in full, and the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock
shall terminate.
              ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination.  With the approval of the
Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend,
or modify the Plan.  However, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company (as may be required by the Code, by the insider trading rules of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system
on which the Stock is then listed or reported, or by a regulatory body having
jurisdiction with respect hereto) no such termination, amendment or
modification may:
     (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued under
          this plan, except as provided in Article 4.3 herein; or
     (b)  Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the
          Plan; or
     (c)  Materially increase the cost of the Plan or materially
          increase the benefits to Participants; or
     (d)  Extend the maximum period after the date of grant during
          which Options may be exercised; or
     



                                      27
<PAGE>   28


     (e)  Change the provisions of the Plan regarding Option price.
     11.2  Awards, Previously Granted.  No termination, amendment or
modification of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award
theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the
Participant.
                            ARTICLE 12. WITHHOLDING
     12.1  Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to
deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount
sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes (including the
participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to
any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of this Plan.
     12.2  Stock Withholding Elections.  Subject to the consent of the
Committee, due to the exercise of a (a) Nonstatutory (Nonqualified) Stock
Option, (b) lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (c) the issuance of
any other Stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable
election to (i) have shares of Stock otherwise issuable under (a) withheld, or
(ii) tender back to the Company shares of Stock received pursuant to (a), (b),
or (c), or (iii) deliver back to the Company pursuant to (a), (b), or (c)
previously-acquired shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to
satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated total federal, state, and
local tax obligations associated with the transaction.  Such elections must be
made by a Participant on or prior to the Tax Date.  The Committee may
disapprove of any election, may suspend or terminate 





                                      28
<PAGE>   29

the right to make elections, or may provide with respect to any Award under the
Plan that the right to make elections shall not apply to such Awards.
     12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions.  Elections by
Participants who are subject to the short swing profit restrictions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (a) the election may not be made within six months
after the grant of a Nonstatutory (nonqualified) Stock Option or Restricted
Stock Award (except that this limitation does not apply if the Participant dies
or becomes disabled prior tot he expiration of the six-month period), and (b)
the election must be made either (i) at least six months prior to the Tax Date
or (ii) on or prior to the Tax Date and during the period beginning on the
third business day and ending on the twelfth business day following the date on
which the Company has released for publication its regular quarterly (or, in
the case of the fourth quarter of its fiscal year, annual) summary financial
information.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, "business day" shall mean
any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a national holiday.
     12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements.  Pursuant to rules adopted
by the Committee, when the Tax Date of a Participant is deferred pursuant to
Code Section 83(c)(3) until six months after the exercise of a Nonstatutory
(Nonqualified) Stock Option the participant does not make an election under
Code Section 13.3 above, the full number of shares of Stock shall be issued or




                                      29
<PAGE>   30


transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option, but the Participant shall be unconditionally
obligated to tender back or deliver to the Company the proper number of shares
on the Tax Date.  When the Tax Date occurs in connection with the lapse of
restrictions on Restricted Stock and the Participant elects share withholding,
the Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back or deliver to
the Company a sufficient number of shares of Stock of the Company to satisfy
the tax obligations on the Tax Date.
                          ARTICLE 13. INDEMNIFICATION
     13.1  Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of
the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be
imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from
any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which
he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the
Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement
thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any
judgement in any such action, suite, or proceeding against him, provided he
shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend
the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.  The
foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights
of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation or 




                                      30
<PAGE>   31

Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may
have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
                             ARTICLE 14. SUCCESSORS
     14.1  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with
respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the
Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or
indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially
all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
                        ARTICLE 15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
     15.1  Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of
Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules,
and regulations, and to such approvals by an governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.
     15.2  Governing Law.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
                      ARTICLE 16. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL
     16.1  Rights of First Refusal.  If any Shares issued under the Plan are
not readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee or his
successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his successor may offer
such Shares to the Company for purchase at a price and the Company shall have
thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent 




                                      31
<PAGE>   32

installments over a period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the
Board.  If the Board selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance
shall earn interest at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which
the Company could borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the
Shares purchased or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company
and the employee or his successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares
shall be considered not readily tradable on an established market if such
Shares are not publicly tradable or because such Shares are subject to a
trading limitation under any Federal or state securities law or regulation
which would make such Shares less freely tradable than stock not so restricted.


                                      32

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12


                                  SERIES A

                        WARRANT PURCHASE CERTIFICATE FOR

                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.

1,796                                                       $5.00 per Warrant

     This Warrant Certificate certifies that The Sarah K. Adams Family Trust,
or his or hers or its registered assignee (the "Holder"), is the owner of 1,796
Warrants (subject to adjustments as provided herein), each of which represents
the right to subscribe for and purchase from LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the "Corporation"), one share of the
Common Stock, no par value, of the Corporation (the Common Stock, including any
stock into which it may be changed, reclassified or converted is herein
referred to as the "Common Stock") at the purchase price (the "Exercise Price")
of Fifty ($50.00) Dollars per share (subject to adjustment as provided herein).

      THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT
      BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE
      SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO
      THEIR TRANSFER.

     The Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate are subject to the
following provisions, terms and conditions:

1.    EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     The Warrants may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by
surrender of this Warrant Certificate at the principal office of the
Corporation, as designated from time to time by notice in writing to the Holder
at the address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, with
the appropriate form attached hereto duly exercised, at any time within the
period beginning on the date hereof and expiring at the end of Ten (10) years
from the date hereof (the "Exercise Period") and by payment to the Corporation
of the purchase price for such shares.  The Corporation agrees that the shares
of Common Stock so purchased shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder
as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business
on the date on which the Warrant Certificate shall have been surrendered and
payment made for such shares of Common Stock.  Certificates representing the
shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder promptly
in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Warrants shall have been so
exercised, and, unless the Warrants have expired, a new Warrant Certificate
representing the number of Warrants represented by the surrendered Warrant
Certificate, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered
to the Holder within such time.

                                      1
<PAGE>   2



2.    ADJUSTMENTS

     A. The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of each Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
as follows:

     Stock Dividends; Stock Splits; Reverse Stock Splits; Reclassification.  In
case the Corporation shall a) pay a dividend with respect to its capital stock
in shares of Common Stock, b) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock,
c) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into smaller number or shares
of any class of Common Stock, d) issue any shares of its capital stock or e)
issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification in connection with
a merger, consolidation or other business directly or indirectly,whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     B. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 2A, the Exercise Price
for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price immediately prior to such
adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant immediately prior
to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

     C. Upon the expiration without being exercised of any rights, options,
warrants or conversion or exchange privileges for which an adjustment has been
made pursuant to this Warrant, the Exercise Price and the number of shares of
Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall, upon such
expiration, be readjusted and shall thereafter, upon any future exercise, be
such as they would have been had they been originally adjusted (or had the
original adjustment not be required, as the case may be) as if a) the only
shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of such Common Stock, if any,
actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or
conversion or exchange rights and b) such shares of Common Stock, if any, were
issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon
such exercise plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the
Corporation for issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants
or conversions or exchange rights whether or not exercised; provided, that no
such readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price by an
amount, or decreasing the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of each
Warrant by a number, in excess of the amount or number of the adjustment
initially made in respect to the issuance, sale or grant of such rights,
options, warrants or conversion or exchange rights.

     D. Prior to the declaration of any dividend, distribution, payment,
adjustment in Exercise Price as provided herein, voluntary or
involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the
Corporation shall cause to be mailed to the Holder of such as of the record
date and to the address as listed on the Corporation's books, a 

                                      2
<PAGE>   3

notice by first class mail, postage prepaid for any dividend,
distribution, payment, adjustment in Exercise Price, as provided herein,
voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the
Corporation.

3.    RESERVATION AND AUTHORIZATION OF COMMON STOCK

     The Corporation covenants and agrees a) that all shares of Common Stock
which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants represented by this
Warrant Certificate will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and free of all insurance or transfer taxes, liens and charges
with respect to the issue thereof, b) that during the Exercise Period, the
Corporation will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of
issue or transfer upon exercise of the Warrants evidence by this Warrant
Certificate, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the Exercise of
the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and c) that the
Corporation will take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that the
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants may be so
issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or any
requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which any capital stock
of the company may be listed, provided, however, that nothing contained herein
shall impose upon the Corporation any obligation to register the warrants
evidence by this Warrant Certificate or such Common Stock under applicable
securities laws.

4.    NO VOTING RIGHTS

     This Warrant Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any voting
rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Corporation until exercised.

5.    WARRANTS TRANSFERABLE

     This Warrant Certificate and the Warrants it evidences are transferable,
in whole or in part, without charge to the Holder, at the office or agency of
the Corporation referred to in Section 1, by the Holder in person or by duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate properly
endorsed, and provided further, any such transferee complies with the terms of
the Voting Trust Agreement of the Holder.  Each taker or Holder of this Warrant
Certificate, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this
Warrant Certificate, when endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable, and
that the Holder, when this Warrant Certificate shall have been endorsed, may be
treated by the Corporation and all other persons dealing with this Warrant
Certificate as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the person
entitled to exercise the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate, or to
the
transfer hereof on the books of the Corporation, any notice to the contrary
notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such books, the Corporation may
treat the registered holder hereof as the owner for all purposes.

                                      3
<PAGE>   4

6.    CLOSING OF BOOKS

     The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the
transfer of any Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock or other securities
issuable upon the exercise of any Warrant in any manner which interferes with
the timely exercise of the Warrants.

7.    WARRANTS EXCHANGEABLE, LOSS, THEFT

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof of any
Holder for a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor representing in the
aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each such new
Warrant to represent the right to subscribe and purchase such number of shares
of Common Stock as shall be designated by said holder hereof at the time of
such surrender.  Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of
this Warrant Certificate, the Corporation will issue to the holder hereof a new
Warrant Certificate of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant Certificate,
representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
the Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

8.    RIGHTS AND OBLIGATION SURVIVE EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     The rights and obligations of the Corporation, of the Holder, and of the
holders of shares of Common Stock or other securities issued upon exercise of
the Warrants, contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Warrant Certificate shall
survive the exercise of the Warrants.

9.    NOTICE

     All notices, requests, demands and other communication required or
committed to be given hereunder shall by be hand delivery, certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, telex, telecopier, or air courier to
the parties set below.  Such notices shall be deemed given at the time
personally delivered, if delivered by hand or by courier; at the time received
if sent by certified or registered mail; and when answered back, if telex, when
receipt acknowledged telecopy equipment, if telecopied.


If to the Corporation:           Attention:  Howard D. Adams
                                       and/or Edward J. Wehmer
                                       727 N. Bank Lane
                                       Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

If to Holder:                    Address of such Holders appearing on 
                                 the books of the Corporation


                                      4
<PAGE>   5

Dated: September 29, 1994


                                         LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.

                                         BY:__________________________________
                                            Its:______________________________


ATTEST:

BY:___________________________________
   Its:_______________________________


                                      5

<PAGE>   6



                               ASSIGNMENT FORM

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned register Holder of the attached
Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s)
named below (including the undersigned with respect to any Warrants that are
evidenced by the Warrant Certificate that are not being assigned hereby) all of
the right of the undersigned under the Warrant Certificate, with respect to the
number of Warrants set forth below:

                           Social Security or other
Names of                    Identifying Number of        Number of
Assignee(s)    Address          Assignee(s)               Warrants



and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the undersigned's attorney
in fact to make such transfer on the books of LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.



Dated:___________________________
                                    


                                          _____________________________________
                                          Holder

                                      6

<PAGE>   7





     ASSIGNMENT FORM

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned register Holder of the attached
Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s)
named below (including the undersigned with respect to any Warrants that are
evidenced by the Warrant Certificate that are not being assigned hereby) all of
the right of the undersigned under the Warrant Certificate, with respect to the
number of Warrants set forth below:


<TABLE>
           <S>          <C>      <C>                       <C>
                                 Social Security or other
           Names of              Identifying Number of     Number of
           Assignee(s)  Address  Assignee (s)              Warrants
           -----------  -------  ------------------------  ---------
</TABLE>








and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________,
the undersigned's attorney in fact to make such transfer on the books of
LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC. maintained for the purpose, with full power of
substitution in the premises.


Dated:__________________________________



     ______________________________________
     Holder





<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.13

                                    SERIES B

                        WARRANT PURCHASE CERTIFICATE FOR

                           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.

5,420

     This Warrant Certificate certifies that The Sarah K. Adams Family Trust,
or his or hers or its registered assignee (the "Holder"), is the owner of 5,420
Warrants (subject to adjustments as provided herein), each of which represents
the right to subscribe for and purchase from LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
Corporation, an Illinois corporation (the "Corporation"), one share of the
Common Stock, no par value, of the Corporation (the Common Stock, including any
stock into which it may be changed, reclassified or converted is herein
referred to as the "Common Stock") at the purchase price (the "Exercise Price")
of Forty ($40.00) Dollars per share (subject to adjustment as provided herein).

      THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT
      BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE
      SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO
      THEIR TRANSFER.

     The Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate are subject to the
following provisions, terms and conditions:

1.    EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     The Warrants may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by
surrender of this Warrant Certificate at the principal office of the
Corporation, as designated from time to time by notice in writing to the Holder
at the address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, with
the appropriate form attached hereto duly exercised, at any time within the
period beginning on the date hereof and expiring at the end of Ten (10) years
from the date hereof (the "Exercise Period") and by payment to the Corporation
of the purchase price for such shares.  The Corporation agrees that the shares
of Common Stock so purchased shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder
as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close of business
on the date on which the Warrant Certificate shall have been surrendered and
payment made for such shares of Common Stock.  Certificates representing the
shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder promptly
in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Warrants shall have been so
exercised, and, unless the Warrants have expired, a new Warrant Certificate
representing the number of Warrants represented by the surrendered Warrant
Certificate, if any, that shall not have been exercised shall also be delivered
to the Holder within such time.


                                      1
<PAGE>   2



2.    ADJUSTMENTS

     A. The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of each Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
as follows:

     Stock Dividends; Stock Splits; Reverse Stock Splits; Reclassification.  In
case the Corporation shall a) pay a dividend with respect to its capital stock
in shares of Common Stock, b) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock,
c) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into smaller number or shares
of any class of Common Stock, d) issue any shares of its capital stock or e)
issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification in connection with
a merger, consolidation or other business directly or indirectly, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     B. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 2A, the Exercise Price
for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price immediately prior to such
adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant immediately prior
to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

     C. Upon the expiration without being exercised of any rights, options,
warrants or conversion or exchange privileges for which an adjustment has been
made pursuant to this Warrant, the Exercise Price and the number of shares of
Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall, upon such
expiration, be readjusted and shall thereafter, upon any future exercise, be
such as they would have been had they been originally adjusted (or had the
original adjustment not be required, as the case may be) as if a) the only
shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of such Common Stock, if any,
actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or
conversion or exchange rights and b) such shares of Common Stock, if any, were
issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon
such exercise plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the
Corporation for issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants
or conversions or exchange rights whether or not exercised; provided, that no
such readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price by an
amount, or decreasing the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of each
Warrant by a number, in excess of the amount or number of the adjustment
initially made in respect to the issuance, sale or grant of such rights,
options, warrants or conversion or exchange rights.

     D. Prior to the declaration of any dividend, distribution,
payment, adjustment in Exercise Price as provided herein, voluntary or
involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the
Corporation shall cause to be mailed to the Holder of such as of the record
date and to the address as listed on the Corporation's books, a 

                                      2
<PAGE>   3

notice by first class mail, postage prepaid for any dividend, distribution,
payment, adjustment in Exercise Price, as provided herein, voluntary or
involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

3.    RESERVATION AND AUTHORIZATION OF COMMON STOCK

     The Corporation covenants and agrees a) that all shares of Common Stock
which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants represented by this
Warrant Certificate will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and free of all insurance or transfer taxes, liens and charges
with respect to the issue thereof, b) that during the Exercise Period, the
Corporation will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of
issue or transfer upon exercise of the Warrants evidence by this Warrant
Certificate, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the Exercise of
the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and c) that the
Corporation will take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that the
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants may be so
issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or any
requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which any capital stock
of the company may be listed, provided, however, that nothing contained herein
shall impose upon the Corporation any obligation to register the warrants
evidence by this Warrant Certificate or such Common Stock under applicable
securities laws.

4.    NO VOTING RIGHTS

     This Warrant Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any voting
rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Corporation until exercised.

5.    WARRANTS TRANSFERABLE

     This Warrant Certificate and the Warrants it evidences are transferable,
in whole or in part, without charge to the Holder, at the office or agency of
the Corporation referred to in Section 1, by the Holder in person or by duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate properly
endorsed, and provided further, any such transferee complies with the terms of
the Voting Trust Agreement of the Holder.  Each taker or Holder of this Warrant
Certificate, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this
Warrant Certificate, when endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable, and
that the Holder, when this Warrant Certificate shall have been endorsed, may be
treated by the Corporation and all other persons dealing with this Warrant
Certificate as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the person
entitled to exercise the rights represented by this Warrant Certificate, or to
the transfer hereof on the books of the Corporation, any notice to the
contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such books, the
Corporation may treat the registered holder hereof as the owner for all
purposes.


                                      3
<PAGE>   4

6.    CLOSING OF BOOKS

     The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the
transfer of any Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock or other securities
issuable upon the exercise of any Warrant in any manner which interferes with
the timely exercise of the Warrants.

7.    WARRANTS EXCHANGEABLE, LOSS, THEFT

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof of any
Holder for a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor representing in the
aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each such new
Warrant to represent the right to subscribe and purchase such number of shares
of Common Stock as shall be designated by said holder hereof at the time of
such surrender.  Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of
this Warrant Certificate, the Corporation will issue to the holder hereof a new
Warrant Certificate of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant Certificate,
representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
the Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

8.    RIGHTS AND OBLIGATION SURVIVE EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     The rights and obligations of the Corporation, of the Holder, and of the
holders of shares of Common Stock or other securities issued upon exercise of
the Warrants, contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Warrant Certificate shall
survive the exercise of the Warrants.

9.    NOTICE

     All notices, requests, demands and other communication required or
committed to be given hereunder shall be by hand delivery, certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, telex, telecopier, or air courier to
the parties set below.  Such notices shall be deemed given at the time
personally delivered, if delivered by hand or by courier; at the time received
if sent by certified or registered mail; and when answered back, if telex, when
receipt acknowledged telecopy equipment, if telecopied.


If to the Corporation:                    Attention:Howard D. Adams
                                               and/or Edward J. Wehmer
                                               727 Bank Lane
                                               Lake Forest, IL 60045

If to Holder:                             Address of such Holders appearing on
                                          the books of the Corporation


                                      4
<PAGE>   5


Dated:       November 21, 1995

                                     LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.


                                     BY:_______________________________
                                     Its:______________________________


ATTEST:

BY:_____________________________

Its:____________________________


                                      5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.14

                            PHANTOM STOCK AGREEMENT
                            LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP INC


     This Phantom Stock Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of January 31, 1996,
is entered into by and between Libertyville Bancorp Inc, an Illinois
Corporation (the "Company"), and Edward J. Wehmer  of Lake Forest, Illinois
("Participant").

                                    RECITALS

     Whereas Participant is employed as Vice Chairman of the Company and has
held that position since the organization of the Company and;

     Whereas Participant, in order provide shares of  common stock to investors
considered strategic by the board of directors and due to the lack of any other
known willing sellers at the time, exercised 4,240 common stock warrants and
sold the resulting common shares of the Company to those individuals out of his
personal holdings (the "Sale"), and;

     Whereas the Board of Directors of the Company wish  to compensate
Participant for any current or future economic opportunity loss associated with
the Sale;

     Now, therefore the Company and Participant agree as follows:

                                   AGREEMENT

     1) Award.  The Company hereby grants and awards to Participant 6,000
phantom stock units (the "Units"). Each Unit shall have the right to receive as
deferred compensation the value of the Units as hereinafter defined, delivered
in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Units and their Value will be credited to an unfunded account  (the "Account")
for Participant on the books of the Company.

     2) Valuation of the Units. Except as set forth elsewhere herein, the value
of each unit (the "Unit Value") shall be equal to the market value of a share
of the Company's common stock (the "Market Value") less a calculated amount
hereinafter referred to as the "Base Value". The Market Value shall be
determined as the price per common share paid in the most recent arms length
purchase or sale transaction involving the Company's common stock. If no such
transaction has occurred within three months of a valuation date, either party
at the Company's expense, can have the shares valued by a mutually agreed upon
investment banker whose valuation shall be binding. The initial Base Value
shall be $50.

     3) Adjustments.  The number of Units and the Base Value shall be subject
to adjustment from time to time as follows:

        a) In the event that the Common Stock of the Company is changed into or
        exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other 
        securities of the Company  or;

        b) In the event that the Company declares or enacts common stock
        dividends, common stock splits, reverse common stock splits, or other
        reclassifications or;

        c) In the event that the Company, in a merger, consolidation or
        reorganization with an "Affiliated Company"  (as defined in Federal 
        Reserve Bank Regulations) where the Company is not the survivor, 
        receives stock or other securities of the surviving company then;


<PAGE>   2


     The Units and the Base Value shall be adjusted equitably as though the
Units were actually common shares owned by the Participant.

     4) Merger, Tender or Consolidation. In the event that the holders of the
common stock of the Company are to receive consideration, whether in the form
of cash or shares of another entity, as the result of the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company, a merger, consolidation or reorganization with a
non-affiliated entity under circumstances where the Company will not be the
surviving party or in an event of a tender offer for the shares of the Company
by which the offeror is to obtain control of the Company, the Market Value
shall be equal to the value per share of the consideration tendered or
exchanged for the common shares of the Company.

     5) Dividends.  In the event that the Company or its affiliated successor
pays any cash dividends on common stock or pays interest or dividends on
securities which during the course of  this agreement have been substituted for
the common stock of the Company, the Account shall be credited with an amount
equal to the dividends which are payable with respect to a number of shares of
Common Stock equal to the number of Units then credited to the Account. Such an
amount shall be referred to as a "Cash Credit". The balance of Cash Credits in
the Account shall bear interest payable quarterly at the average ninety day US
Treasury rate for the paying quarter. Any interest so credited to the Account
shall also be considered as Cash Credits.

     In the event that the Company or its affiliated successor pays dividends
on the Common Stock or any replacement security in the form of Common Stock or
the substitute security, the Account shall be credited with additional Units or
fractions thereof equal to the number of shares of Common Stock or substitute
security distributed with respect to  the number of Units then in the Account.

     6) Vesting. All Units shall be 100% vested as of the date of the Award.
Any amounts credited to the Account shall be 100% vested as of the earlier of
the date of the credit or the date of the transaction giving rise to the
credit.

     7) Payment of Account Value. Except as provided elsewhere herein, payment
of Account value (including the Value of the Units) shall be made as follows:

        a) Participant may at any time request a payment cash for all or any
        portion of the Account Value then in the Account.  Any such request 
        shall be in writing and be effective on the date that it is received by
        the Company.

        b) In the event the death of  the Participant, his beneficiary shall
        receive a lump sum payment in the amount of the Account Value as of the
        date of death. If no beneficiary has been designated, payment shall be 
        made to the executor of Participant's estate. Said payment shall be 
        made within thirty days of the date of death.

        c) Any Account Value remaining as of the Termination Date will be paid 
        to the Participant within thirty days of the Termination Date.


     The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under
this Plan the required amount of federal and state withholding tax required by
those taxing authorities.

     8) Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Participant, his heirs,
legatees, administrators, executors and legal representatives.



<PAGE>   3


     9) Non-Alienation. Participant shall have no right to pledge, hypothecate,
anticipate or in any way create a lien upon any amounts payable under this
Agreement, and no benefits payable under this plan shall be assignable in
anticipation of payment either by voluntary or involuntary act, or by operation
of law.

     10) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements and
understandings between the parties or their representatives relating to the
Participant's deferred compensation through a Phantom Stock Agreement; provided
however that nothing in this Agreement shall create a contract of employment
between the Company and the Participant or confer upon the Participant any
right to continued employment by the Company, and shall not be deemed to modify
or supersede any other agreement between the parties respecting their
employment relationship or compensation therefor or affect Participant's right
to compensation and benefits in accordance with any such agreements or
otherwise in accordance with the Company's regular practices from time to time.

     11) Modifications. This Agreement may be modified only by an agreement in
writing signed by both parties.

     12) Nature of the Award. The award of Units to the Participant under this
Agreement is solely an arrangement to pay deferred compensation in an amount
equal to the value which the Participant would have received had the
Participant held 6,000 shares of the Company Common Stock as of the date of the
award. Nothing in this Agreement confers upon the Participant any rights as a
stockholder of the Company. Participant's right to receive payments under this
Agreement shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor
of the Company. All payments shall be made from the general funds of the
Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation
of assets shall be made to insure payment of such amounts. Participant shall
have no right, title or interest in or to any investments which the Company may
make to aid in meeting its obligations under this Agreement.

     13) Term of the Agreement. This Agreement shall end upon the earlier of
the written agreement of the parties;  upon the events indicated in paragraph
7(b) of this Agreement; or on January 31, 2006 (the"Termination Date").

     14) Notice. Any notice, request, filing, or other communication required
or permitted by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by
first class mail to the Participant at the last address filed in writing with
the Company, or to the Company at 727 Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045,
or such other address as the Company  may specify from time to time in written
notice to the Participant.

     15) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and subject to, and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois irrespective
of the fact that one or more of the parties to this Agreement now is or may
become the resident of another state.



Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.              Participant

s/ David A. Dykstra                     s/ Edward J. Wehmer
- -----------------------                 -------------------------
by: David A. Dykstra                    Edward J. Wehmer
    Executive Vice President



<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.15









                      North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.


                             1993 STOCK RIGHTS PLAN









                                      1
<PAGE>   2





                      North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
                             1993 Stock Rights Plan

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article  Section                                           Page

 1                  ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND
                    EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
          
          1.1  Establishment of the Plan                     7
                                                              
          1.2  Purpose of the Plan                           7
                                                              
          1.3  Duration of the Plan                          8
                                                       
 2                  DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
          
          2.1  Definitions                                   8
          
          2.2  Gender and Number                             14
          
          2.3  Severability                                  14
          
 3                  ADMINISTRATION
          
          3.1  The Committee                                 14
          
          3.2  Authority of the Committee                    14
          
          3.3  Selection of Participants                     15
          
          3.4  Decisions Binding                             15
          
          3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities        15
          
          3.6  Procedures of the Committee                   16
          
          3.7  Award Agreements                              16
          
 4                  STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
          
          4.1  Number of Shares                              17
          
          4.2  Lapsed Awards                                 17

          



                                      2
<PAGE>   3


          4.3  Adjustments in Authorized Shares              17


Article  Section                                           Page


 5                   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
          
          5.1  Eligibility                                   18
               
          5.2  Actual Participation                          18
               
 6                   STOCK OPTIONS/RIGHTS
               
          6.1  Grant of Options/Rights                       18
               
          6.2  Option/Right Agreement                        19
               
          6.3  Option/Right Price                            19
               
          6.4  Duration of Options/Rights                    20
               
          6.5  Exercise of Options/Rights                    20
               
          6.6  Payment                                       20
               
          6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability         21
               
          6.8  Termination of Employment Due to
                     Death, Disability, or Retirement        21
               
          6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons   22
          
          6.10 Transferability of Options                    22

 7                   RESTRICTED STOCK

          7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock                     22
               
          7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement                    22
               
          7.3  Transferability                               23
               
          7.4  Other Restrictions                            23
               
          7.5  Certificate Legend                            23
               
          7.6  Removal of Restrictions                       24
               





                                      3
<PAGE>   4

          7.7  Voting Rights                                     24
                                                                   
          7.8  Dividend and Other Distributions                  24
                                                                   
Article  Section                                               Page
                                                                   
                                                                   
          7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement       24
                                                                   
          7.10 Termination of Employment Due to Death              
               or Disability                                     25
                                                                   
          7.11 Termination of Employment for Other Reasons       25
                                                                   
          7.12 Transferability of Restricted Stock               26

 8                   BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

          8.1  Beneficiary Designation                           26

 9                   RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

          9.1  Employment                                        26
                                                                   
          9.2  Participation                                     26
          
10                   CHANGE IN CONTROL
          
         10.1  In General                                        26
          
11                   AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

         11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination          27

         11.2  Awards Previously Granted                         27

12                   WITHHOLDING

         12.1  Tax Withholding                                   27
               
         12.2  Stock Withholding Elections                       28
                                                                   
         12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions    28
                                                                   
         12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements           29
                                                                   
13                   INDEMNIFICATION
         
         13.1  Indemnification                                   29
         


                                      4
<PAGE>   5


Article  Section                                            Page


14                   SUCCESSORS
          
          14.1 Successors                                    30
          
15                   REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
          
          15.1 Requirements of Law                           30
          
          15.2 Governing Law                                 30
          
16                   RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL
          
          16.1 Rights of First Refusal                       31
          

                                      6
<PAGE>   6



                      North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
                             1993 Stock Rights Plan


         ARTICLE 1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     1.1  Establishment of the Plan.  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
(hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive
compensation plan to be known as the "1993 Stock Rights Plan" (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits
the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options/rights, and
restricted stock.  The Plan, which was approved by shareholders of the Company
at a December, 1993 meeting, shall become effective as of December 27, 1993
(the "Effective Date"), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3
herein.  Awards may be granted hereunder on or after the Effective Date.
     1.2  Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the
success of the Company by providing incentives to Key Employees that will link  
their personal interests to the financial success of the Company and to the
growth in shareholder value.  The Plan is intended to provide flexibility to
the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of Key
Employees upon whose judgement, interest, and special effort the successful
conduct of its operation is largely dependent.



                                      7
<PAGE>   7


     1.3  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date,
as described in Article 1.1. herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the
right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to
Article 11, until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired
according to the provisions herein.  However, in no event may an Award be
granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan's
Effective Date.

                   ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     2.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the
initial letter of the word is capitalized:
          (a)  "Award" means, individually or collectively, a
               grant under this Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified
               Stock Options/Rights, or Restricted Stock.
          (b)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms
               in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
               Act").
          (c)  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of 
               the Company.
          (d)  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
               the conditions set forth in any one of the following
               paragraphs shall have been satisfied:
      


                                      8
<PAGE>   8


          (i)  A change in the ownership of sixty-six and two thirds percent
               (66.67%) or more of the Corporation's outstanding common stock,
               within a twelve month period; or,

          (ii) The stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
               consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other
               than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting
               Stock outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
               represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted
               into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of
               the total voting power represented by the voting Stock or the
               voting securities of such surviving entity outstanding
               immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
         (iii) The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
               liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or 
               disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the 
               Company's assets.
     However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred,
with respect to the Participant, if the Participant is part of a purchasing
group which consummates the Change in Control transaction.  The Participant
shall be deemed "part of a purchasing group..." for purposes of the preceding
sentence if the Participant is an equity participant or has agreed to become an
equity participant in the 

                                      10
<PAGE>   9

purchasing company or group (except for (a) passive ownership of less than 5%
of the Stock of the purchasing company or (b)   ownership of equity
participation in the purchasing company or group which is otherwise not deemed
to be significant, as determined prior to the Change in Control by a majority
of the nonemployee continuing directors).  The Board has final authority to
determine the exact date on which a change in control has been deemed to have
occurred under (i), (ii), and (iii) above.
          (e)  "Cause" means:
                (i) misappropriation of any funds or property of the 
                    Corporation; or
               (ii) attempting to obtain any personal profit from any
                    transaction in which the Participant has a personal
                    financial interest, unless the Participant shall have
                    first obtained the consent of the Board of  Directors; or
              (iii) material neglect or refusal to perform the
                    duties reasonably assigned to the Participant; or
               (iv) participating in a course of conduct which is
                    injurious to the Corporation or its subsidiaries, as
                    interpreted by the Board of Directors; or
               (v)  being convicted of a felony; or
               (vi) being adjudicated a bankrupt; or
              (vii) suspension due to the direction of any authorized bank 
                    regulatory agency.


                                      11
<PAGE>   10


            (f)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
                 as amended from time to time.
            (g)  "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of
                 the Board, or any other committee appointed by the Board to
                 administer the Plan pursuant to Article 3 herein.
            (h)  "Company" means North Shore Community Bancorp,
                 Inc., a bank holding corporation or any successor thereto as
                 provided in Article 14 herein.
            (i)  "Disability" means a permanent and total disability as 
                 determined by the Committee in good faith, upon receipt of 
                 sufficient competent medical advice.
            (j)  "Fair Market Value" means the average of the highest and 
                 lowest price at which the Stock was traded on the twenty
                 trading days prior to the relevant date, as reported by        
                 the established market in which the shares are traded.  If the
                 shares are not really tradable, a determination of Fair Market
                 Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company.
            (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option
                 to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is
                 designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended to
                 meet the requirements of Section 422A of the Code.


                                      12

<PAGE>   11


            (l)  "Key Employee" means an employee of the Company,
                 including an employee who is an officer or a director of the
                 Company, who, in the opinion of members of the Committee, can
                 contribute significantly to the growth and profitability of
                 the Company.  "Key Employee" also may include those employees,
                 identified by the Committee, in situations concerning
                 extraordinary performance, promotion, retention, or
                 recruitment.  The granting of an Award under this Plan shall
                 be deemed a determination by the Committee that such employee
                 is a Key Employee.
            (m)  "Nonqualified Stock Option/Rights" or "NSO" means
                 an option or right to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6
                 herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
            (n)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified 
                 Stock Option.
            (o)  "Participant" means a Key Employee of the Company who has
                 been granted an Award under the Plan.
            (p)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during
                 which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is
                 restricted, during which the Participant is subject to a
                 substantial risk of forfeiture, pursuant to Article 8 herein.
            (q)  "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
                 term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in
                 Sections 13(d) and 14(d) 




                                      13
<PAGE>   12

                 thereof, including a group as defined in Section 13(d).
            (r)  "Plan" means the North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc. Stock 
                 Rights Plan, as herein described.
            (s)  "Restricted Stock" means a Stock Award granted to a 
                 Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.
            (t)  "Rights" shall have the same meaning as Non-Qualified Stock 
                 Options.
            (u)  "Stock" or "Shares" means the common Stock of the Company.
     2.2  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural
shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
     2.3  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not
affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and
enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
                           ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION
     3.1  The Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") consisting of not less than two directors who shall be appointed
from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors.
     3.2  Authority of the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan
and subject to ratification by the Board, the Committee shall have full power
to construe and interpret the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and
regulations for its administration to accelerate the exercisability of any
Award or the end of a Period of 




                                      14
<PAGE>   13

Restriction or the termination of any Award Agreement, or any other instrument
relating to an Award under the Plan; and (subject to the provisions of
Article 12 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Option,
or Restricted Stock Award to the extent such terms and conditions are within
the discretion of the Committee as provided in the Plan.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, no action of the Committee may, without the consent of the person or
persons entitled to exercise any outstanding Option or to receive payment of
any other outstanding Award, adversely affect the rights of such person or
persons.
     3.3  Selection of Participants.  The Committee shall have the authority to
grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Key Employees of the
Company (including officers and directors) as may be selected by it.  The
committee shall select Participants from among those who they have identified
as being Key Employees.
     3.4  Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or
resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants
and their estates and beneficiaries.
     3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities.  The Committee may, in its
sole discretion, delegate to appropriate officers of the Company the
administration of the Plan under this Article 3; provided, however, that no
such delegation by the Committee shall be made with respect to the
administration of the Plan as it affects officers or directors of the Company
and provided further that the Committee may not 



                                      15
<PAGE>   14

delegate its authority to correct errors, omissions or inconsistencies in
the Plan.  All authority delegated by the Committee under this Section 3.5
shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any
guidelines for the exercise of such authority that may from time to time be
established by the Committee.
     3.6  Procedures of the Committee.  All determinations of the Committee
shall be made by not less than a majority of its members present at the meeting
(in person or otherwise) at which a quorum is present.  A majority of the
entire Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.     
Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Committee may
be taken without a meeting if a unanimous written consent, which sets for the
action, is signed by each member of the Committee and filed with the minutes
for proceedings of the Committee.  No member of the Committee shall be liable,
in the absence of bad faith, for any act or omission with respect to his or her
other services on the committee.  Service on the Committee shall constitute
service as a director of the Company so that members of the committee shall be
entitled to indemnification (as provided in Article 14 herein), and limitation
of liability and reimbursement with respect to their services as members of the
Committee to the same extent as for services as directors of the Company.
     3.7  Award Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement which shall be signed by an officer of the Company and by the
Participant, and shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by
the Committee, which need not be the same in all cases.  Any Award Agreement
may be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the
Committee, 


                                      16
<PAGE>   15

proved that the term so such agreements as amended or supplemented,
as well as the terms of the original award agreement, are not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan.
     Nothing contained in the Plan or any resolutions adopted or to be adopted
by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company shall
constitute the granting of an Award under the Plan.  An Employee who receives
an Award under the Plan will not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have
become a Participant, or to have any rights with respect to such Award, unless
and until such Employee has executed an Award Agreement or other instrument
evidencing the Award and shall have delivered an executed copy thereof to the
Company, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of
the Award.
                      ARTICLE 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1  Number of Shares.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 4.3
herein, the aggregate number of Shares of Stock subject to Awards under the     
Plan shall not exceed 20,000.  Stock delivered under the Plan may consist, in
whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or treasury Shares.
     4.2  Lapsed Awards.  If any Award granted under this Plan terminates,
expires or lapses for any reason any Stock subject to such Award again shall be
available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.
     4.3  Adjustments in Authorized Shares.  In the event of any merger,
reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, Stock
divided, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate
structure of the Company 




                                      17
<PAGE>   16

affecting the Stock, such adjustment shall be made in   the number and class of
Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, and in the number and class of
and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Options/Rights, and Restricted
Stock Awards granted under the Plan, as may be determined to be appropriate and
equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or
enlargement of rights; and provided that the number of Shares subject to any
Award shall always be a whole number.  Any adjustment of an Incentive Stock
Option under this paragraph shall be made in such a manner so as not to
constitute a "modification" within the meaning of Section 425(h)(3) of the
Code.  
                   ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     5.1  Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan
include all employees and Directors of the Company who, in the opinion of the
members of the Committee, are Key Employees.
     5.2  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may from time to time select from Key Employees, those of whom
Awards shall be granted and determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No
employee shall have any rights to be granted an Award under this Plan.
                        ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS/RIGHTS
     6.1  Grant of Options/Rights.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the
Plan, Options/Rights may be granted to Key Employees at anytime and from time
to time as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall have
complete discretion in determining the number of Shares of Stock subject to
Options/Rights granted to 




                                      18
<PAGE>   17

each Participant.  The Committee may grant any type of option/right to
purchase Stock that is permitted by law at the time of grant including, but not
limited to, ISOs and NSOs.  However, no employee may receive an Award of
Incentive Stock Options that are first exercisable during any calendar year to
the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined at the
time the options are granted) exceeds $100,000.  Nothing in this Article 6
shall be deemed to prevent the grant of NSOs in excess of the maximum
established by Section 422A of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided
at the time of grant, options granted under the Plan will be NSOs.
     6.2  Option/Rights Agreement.  Each Option/Right grant shall be evidenced
by an option/right agreement that shall specify the type of option/right
granted, the option/right price, the duration of the option/right, the number
of Shares of Stock to which the option pertains, and such other provisions as
the Committee shall determine.  The option/rights agreement shall specify
whether the option/right is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the
meaning of Section 422A of the Code, or a Nonqualified Stock Option/Right whose
grant is intended not to fall under the Code provisions of Section 422A.
     6.3  Option/Right Price.  The purchase price per share of Stock covered by
an Option/Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such
Stock on the date the option/right is granted.
     An Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant
owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the
Company, shall 



                                      19
<PAGE>   18

have an exercise price which is at least 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock subject to the Option.
     6.4  Duration of Options/Rights.  Each Option/Right shall expire at such
time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however,
that no ISO shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date
of its grant.
     6.5  Exercise of Options/Rights.  Options/Rights granted under the Plan
shall be exercisable at such time and be subject to such restrictions and
conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be
the same for all Participants.
     6.6  Payment.  Options/Rights shall be exercised by the delivery of a
written notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares of Stock with
respect to which the Option/Right is to be exercised, accompanied by full
payment for the Shares.  The Option/Right price upon exercise of any
Option/Right shall be payable to the Company in full either (a) in cash or its
equivalent, or (b) by tendering Shares of previously acquired stock having a
Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option/Right       
price, or (c) by combination of (a) and (b).  The proceeds from such a payment
shall be added to the general funds of the Company and shall be used for
general corporate purposes.  As soon as practicable, after receipt of written
notification and payment, the Company shall deliver to the participant, Stock
certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Option
exercised, issued in the Participant's name.



                                      20
<PAGE>   19


     6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability.  The Committee shall impose
such restrictions on any Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option/Right under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, with
limitation, restrictions under applicable Federal securities law, under the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which such Shares of Stock are then
listed and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such
shares.
     6.8  Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or Retirement.
In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by reasons of death,
any outstanding vested Option/Right shall become immediately exercisable at any
time prior to the expiration date of the Options/Rights or within 90 days after
such date of termination of employment, whichever period is shorter, by such
person or persons as shall have acquired the Participant's rights under the
Option/Right by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In the event
the employment of Participant is terminated by reason of Disability, any
outstanding vested Options/Rights shall become immediately exercisable at any
time prior to the expiration date of the Options/Rights or within 90 days after
such date of termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In the
event the employment of a Participant is terminated by reason of retirement (as 
defined under the then established rules of the Company), any outstanding
vested Options/Rights shall become immediately exercisable at any time prior to
the expiration date of the Options/Rights or within one year after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In the case of
Incentive Stock Options, the favorable tax treatment prescribed under Section
422A of the Internal 



                                      21
<PAGE>   20

Revenue Code of 1986, as amended may not be available if the options are not 
exercised within the Section 422A prescribed time period after termination of 
employment for death, disability, or retirement.
     6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  If the employment of
the Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement, or for Cause, all outstanding Options shall terminate one month
after such date of termination.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may
extend the exercisability of outstanding Option/Right for up to 365 days but,
however, in no event beyond the expiration date of the Option/Right.
     If the employment of the Participant shall terminate for Cause, rights
under all outstanding Options/Rights shall be immediately terminated upon
termination of employment.
     6.10  Transferability of Options/Rights.  Options granted under the Plan
may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or
hypothecated.  Transfers can only be made to individuals who are Employees or
Directors of the Company.

                          ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED STOCK
     7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of
the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of
Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Participants and in such amounts as it
shall determine.
     7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock grant shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement that shall specify the Period of
Restriction, or periods, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted, and
such other provisions 


                                      22
<PAGE>   21

as the Committee shall determine.
     7.3  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 7, the Shares of
Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction or for such period of time as shall be
established by the Committee and as shall be specified in the Restricted Stock
Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of other conditions as specified by the
Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock
Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.
     7.4  Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other
restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as
it may deem advisable including, without limitation, restrictions under
applicable Federal or state securities laws, and may legend the certifications
representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate notice of such restrictions.
     7.5  Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on
certificates pursuant to Section 7.4 herein, each certificate representing
Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the
following legend:

         "The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented
         by this certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation
         of law, is subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in
         the 1993 Stock Rights Plan of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., in
         the rules and administrative procedures 



                                      23
<PAGE>   22

    adopted pursuant to such Plan, and in a Restricted Stock Agreement
    dated  ____________.  A copy of the Plan, such rules and procedures, and
    such Restricted Stock Agreement may be obtained from the Secretary of North
    Shore Community Bancorp, Inc."
    7.6  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Article, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made
under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the
last day of the Period of Restriction.  Once the Shares are released from the
restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend required by
Article 7.5 removed from his Stock certificate.
    7.7  Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares.
    7.8  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction,
participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be
entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those Shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions    
are paid in Shares of Stock, the Shares shall be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect
to which they were paid.
    7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of normal
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), any
remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to
Article 7.3 hereof shall 

                                      24
<PAGE>   23

automatically terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article
7.4, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and
freely transferable.  In the event that a Participant terminates his employment
with the Company because of early retirement (as defined under the then
established rules of the Company), the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the restrictions remaining on any or all Shares of Restricted Stock
pursuant to Article 7.3 herein and add such new restrictions to those Shares of
Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
    7.10  Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.  In the event
a Participant's employment is terminated because of death or Disability during
the Period of Restriction, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to
the Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein shall automatically
terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of
Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and fully transferable.
    7.11  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other
than for Death, Disability, or Retirement, as set forth in Articles 7.9 and
7.10 herein, during the Period of Restriction, then any Shares of Restricted    
Stock still subject to restrictions as of the date of such termination shall
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however,
that, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment of a Participant
by the Company other than for Cause, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Shares and may add such new
restrictions to such Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.


                                      25
<PAGE>   24


    7.12  Transferability of Restricted Stock.  Shares of Restricted Stock
granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or
otherwise alienated or hypothecated.  Transfers can only be made to Employees
or Directors of the Company.
                       ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
    8.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant under the Plan may, from
time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named
contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid
in case of his death before he receives any or all of such benefit.  Each
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall
be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed
by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime.  In the
absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's
death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.
                        ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES
    9.1  Employment.  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any
way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any   
time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company.
     9.2  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a
Participant.
                         ARTICLE 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL
     10.1  In General.  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company as
defined, all awards under the Plan shall vest 100%, whereupon all
Options/Rights shall become exercisable in full, and the restrictions
applicable to Restricted Stock shall terminate.


                                      26
<PAGE>   25


              ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

    11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination.  With the approval of the
Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend,
or modify the Plan.  However, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company (as may be required by the Code, by the insider trading rules of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system
on which the Stock is then listed or reported, or by a regulatory body having
jurisdiction with respect hereto) no such termination, amendment or
modification may:
         (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued
              under this plan, except as provided in Article 4.3 herein; or
         (b)  Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the
              Plan; or
         (c)  Materially increase the cost of the Plan or materially
              increase the benefits to Participants; or
         (d)  Extend the maximum period after the date of grant during which
              Options may be exercised; or
         (e)  Change the provisions of the Plan regarding Option price.
    11.2  Awards, Previously Granted.  No termination, amendment or
modification of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award
theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the
                           ARTICLE 12. WITHHOLDING
    12.1  Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to
deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount
sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes (including the
participant's FICA 


                                      27
<PAGE>   26

obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to
any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of this Plan.
    12.2  Stock Withholding Elections.  Subject to the consent of the
Committee, due to the exercise of a (a) Nonstatutory (Nonqualified) Stock
Option, (b) lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (c) the issuance of
any other Stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable
election to (i) have shares of Stock otherwise issuable under (a) withheld, or
(ii) tender back to the Company shares of Stock received pursuant to (a), (b),
or (c), or (iii) deliver back to the Company pursuant to (a), (b), or (c)
previously-acquired shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to
satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated total federal, state, and
local tax obligations associated with the transaction.  Such elections must be
made by a Participant on or prior to the Tax Date.  The Committee may
disapprove of any election, may suspend or terminate the right to
make elections, or may provide with respect to any Award under the Plan that
the right to make elections shall not apply to such Awards.
    12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions.  Elections by
Participants who are subject to the short swing profit restrictions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (a) the election may not be made within six months
after the grant of a Nonstatutory (nonqualified) Stock Option or Restricted
Stock Award (except that this limitation does not apply if the Participant dies
or becomes disabled prior tot he expiration of the six-month period), and (b)
the election must be made either (i) at least six months prior to the Tax Date
or (ii) on or prior to the Tax Date and during the period beginning on the


                                      28
<PAGE>   27
third business day and ending on the twelfth business day following the date on
which the Company has released for publication its regular quarterly (or, in
the case of the fourth quarter of its fiscal year, annual) summary financial
information.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, "business day" shall mean
any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a national holiday.
     12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements.  Pursuant to rules adopted
by the Committee, when the Tax Date of a Participant is deferred pursuant to
Code Section 83(c)(3) until six months after the exercise of a Nonstatutory
(Nonqualified) Stock Option/Right the participant does not make an election
under Code Section 13.3 above, the full number of shares of Stock shall be
issued or transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option/Right, but the Participant shall be unconditionally
obligated to tender back or deliver to the Company the proper number of shares
on the Tax Date.  When the Tax Date occurs in connection with the lapse of
restrictions on Restricted Stock and the Participant elects share withholding,
the Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back or deliver to
the Company a sufficient number of shares of Stock of the Company to satisfy the
tax obligations on the Tax Date.
                          ARTICLE 13. INDEMNIFICATION
     13.1  Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of
the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be
imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from
any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he
may be involved by reason 

                                       29
<PAGE>   28

of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any
and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval,
or paid by him in satisfaction of any judgement in any such action, suite, or
proceeding against him, provided he shall give the Company an opportunity, at
its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle
and defend it on his own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall
not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons
may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a
matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify
them or hold them harmless.
                             ARTICLE 14. SUCCESSORS
     14.1  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with
respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the
Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or
indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially
all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
                        ARTICLE 15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
     15.1  Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of
Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules,
and regulations, and to such approvals by an governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.
     15.2  Governing Law.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
                      ARTICLE 16. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

                                       30
<PAGE>   29


     16.1  Rights of First Refusal.  If any Shares issued under the Plan are not
readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee or his
successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his successor may offer
such Shares to the Company for purchase at a price and the Company shall have
thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent installments over a
period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the Board.  If the Board
selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance shall earn interest at
a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which the Company could
borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the Shares purchased
or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company and the employee or
his successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares shall be considered not
readily tradable on an established market if such Shares are not publicly
tradable or because such Shares are subject to a trading limitation under any
Federal or state securities law or regulation which would make such Shares less
freely tradable than stock not so restricted.



                                       31

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.16









                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.


                             1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN






                                       1
<PAGE>   2


                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                             1994 Stock Option Plan



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  --------                                                          ----

 1                 ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND
                   EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

             1.1   Establishment of the Plan                                 6

             1.2   Purpose of the Plan                                       6

             1.3   Duration of the Plan                                      7

 2                 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

             2.1   Definitions                                               7

             2.2   Gender and Number                                        12

             2.3   Severability                                             12

 3                 ADMINISTRATION

             3.1   The Committee                                            13

             3.2   Authority of the Committee                               13

             3.3   Selection of Participants                                13

             3.4   Decisions Binding                                        14

             3.5   Delegation of Certain
                   Responsibilities                                         14

             3.6   Procedures of the Committee                              14

             3.7   Award Agreements                                         15

 4                 STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

             4.1   Number of Shares                                         17

             4.2   Lapsed Awards                                            17

             4.3   Adjustments in Authorized Shares                         17



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  --------                                                          ----

 5                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

             5.1   Eligibility                                              18
 
             5.2   Actual Participation                                     18

 6                 STOCK OPTIONS

             6.1   Grant of Options                                         18

             6.2   Option Agreement                                         19

             6.3   Option Price                                             19

             6.4   Duration of Options                                      19

             6.5   Exercise of Options                                      19

             6.6   Payment                                                  20

             6.7   Restrictions on Stock
                   Transferability                                          20

             6.8   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death, Disability, or Retirement                         20

             6.9   Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                            21

             6.10  Nontransferability of Options                            22

 7                 RESTRICTED STOCK

             7.1   Grant of Restricted Stock                                22

             7.2   Restricted Stock Agreement                               22

             7.3   Transferability                                          22

             7.4   Other Restrictions                                       23

             7.5   Certificate Legend                                       23

             7.6   Removal of Restrictions                                  23

             7.7   Voting Rights                                            24

             7.8   Dividend and Other Distributions                         24



                                       3

<PAGE>   4


Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  -------                                                           ----

             7.9   Termination of Employment Due to
                   Retirement                                               24

             7.10  Termination of Employment Due to
                   Death or Disability                                      25

             7.11  Termination of Employment for
                   Other Reasons                                            25

             7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted
                   Stock                                                    25

 8                 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

             8.1   Beneficiary Designation                                  26

 9                 RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

             9.1   Employment                                               26

             9.2   Participation                                            26

10                 CHANGE IN CONTROL

             10.1  In General                                               27

11                 AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

             11.1  Amendment, Modification, and
                   Termination                                              27

             11.2  Awards Previously Granted                                28

12                 WITHHOLDING

             12.1  Tax Withholding                                          28

             12.2  Stock Withholding Elections                              28

             12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding
                   Restrictions                                             29

             12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery
                   Requirements                                             29

13                 INDEMNIFICATION

             13.1  Indemnification                                          30




                                       4
<PAGE>   5


Article  Section                                                           Page
- -------  -------                                                           ----

14                 SUCCESSORS

             14.1  Successors                                               31

15                 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

             15.1  Requirements of Law                                      31

             15.2  Governing Law                                            31

16                 RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

             16.1  Rights of First Refusal                                  31






                                       5
<PAGE>   6


                      NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
                             1994 Stock Option Plan

         ARTICLE 1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE, AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
    1.1  Establishment of the Plan.  North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
(hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive
compensation plan to be known as the "1994 Stock Option Plan" (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits
the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, and
restricted stock.  Subject to ratification by a majority of the shareholders of
the Company within twelve (12) months, the Plan shall become effective as of
September 16, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), and shall remain in effect as
provided in Section 1.3 herein.  Awards may be granted hereunder on or after
the Effective Date but in no event be exercisable or payable to a participant
prior to such stockholder approval; and, if such approval is not obtained
within twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, such awards shall be of no
force and effect.
    1.2  Purpose of the Plan.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the
success of the Company by providing incentives to Key Employees that will link
their personal interests to the long-term financial success of the Company and
to the growth in shareholder value.  The Plan is intended to provide
flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the
services of Key Employees upon whose judgement, interest, and special effort
the successful conduct of its operation is largely dependent. 



                                      6
<PAGE>   7

    1.3  Duration of the Plan.  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date,
as described in Article 1.1. herein, and shall remain in effect,
subject to the right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any
time pursuant to Article 11, until all Stock subject to it shall have been
purchased or acquired according to the provisions herein.  However, in no event
may an Award be granted under the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary
of the Plan's Effective Date.
                    ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
    2.1  Definitions.  Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall
have the meanings set forth below and, when the meaning is intended, the
initial letter of the word is capitalized:
         (a) "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant
              under this Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified
              Stock Options, or Restricted Stock.
         (b)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning
              ascribed to such terms in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and
              Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
              amended (the "Exchange Act").
         (c)  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board
              of Directors of the Company.
         (d)  "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have
              occurred if the conditions set forth in any one of the
              following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:
              (i)  A change in the ownership of sixty-six and two thirds 
                   percent (66.67%) or more of the

                                      7
<PAGE>   8


              Corporation's outstanding common stock, within a twelve
              month period; or,
         (ii) The stockholders of the Company
              approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
              any other corporation, other than a) a plan involving
              affiliated companies ("Affiliates").  For purposes of
              this Plan, the term Affiliates shall have the same
              definition as in Federal Reserve Regulation L (Section 212.2)
              or, b) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting
              Stock outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
              represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted
              into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of
              the total voting power represented by the voting Stock or the
              voting securities of such surviving entity outstanding
              immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
        (iii) The stockholders of the Company approve a
              plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement
              for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
              substantially all of the Company's assets.
    However, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred,
with respect to the Participant, if the Participant 


                                      8
<PAGE>   9

is part of a purchasing group which consummates the Change in Control
transaction.  The Participant shall be deemed "part of a purchasing group..."
for purposes of the preceding sentence if the Participant is an equity
participant or has agreed to become an equity participant in the purchasing
company or group (except for (a) passive ownership of less than 5% of the Stock
of the purchasing company or (b) ownership of equity participation in the
purchasing company or group which is otherwise not deemed to be significant, as
determined prior to the Change in Control by a majority of the nonemployee
continuing directors).  The Board has final authority to determine the exact
date on which a change in control has been deemed to have occurred under (i),
(ii), and (iii) above.
         (e)  "Cause" means:
              (i)   misappropriation of any funds or
                    property of the Corporation; or
              (ii)  attempting to obtain any personal
                    profit from any transaction in which the Participant has
                    a personal financial interest, unless the Participant
                    shall have first obtained the consent of the Board of
                    Directors; or
              (iii) material neglect or refusal to perform the
                    duties reasonably assigned to the Participant; or
               (iv) participating in a course of conduct
                    which is injurious to the Corporation or its


                                      9
<PAGE>   10

                    subsidiaries, as interpreted by the Board of Directors; or
                (v) being convicted of a felony; or
               (vi) being adjudicated a bankrupt; or
              (vii) suspension due to the direction of any
                    authorized bank regulatory agency.
         (f)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
              as amended from time to time.
         (g)  "Committee" means the Stock Option Committee of the
              Board, or any other committee appointed by the Board to
              administer the Plan pursuant to Article 3 herein.
         (h)  "Company" means North Shore Community Bancorp,
              Inc., a bank holding corporation or any successor thereto as
              provided in Article 14 herein.
         (i)  "Disability" means a permanent and total
              disability as determined by the Committee in good faith, upon
              receipt of sufficient competent medical advice.
         (j)  "Fair Market Value" means the average of the
              highest and lowest price at which the Stock was traded on the
              twenty trading days prior to the relevant date, as reported by
              the established market in which the shares are traded.  If the
              shares are not really tradable, a determination of Fair Market
              Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company.



                                      10
<PAGE>   11


         (k)  "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means an option
              to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is
              designated as an Incentive Stock Option and is intended to
              meet the requirements of Section 422A of the Code.
         (l)  "Key Employee" means an employee or member of the Board
              of Directors of the Company, including an employee who is an
              officer or a director of the Company, who, in the opinion of
              members of the Committee, can contribute significantly to the
              growth and profitability of the Company.  "Key Employee" also
              may include those employees, identified by the Committee, in
              situations concerning extraordinary performance, promotion,
              retention, or recruitment.  The granting of an Award under
              this Plan shall be deemed a determination by the Committee
              that such employee is a Key Employee.
         (m)  "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NSO" means an
              option to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6 herein,
              which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
         (n)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a
              Nonqualified Stock Option.
         (o)  "Outstanding Option" means any Option awarded to
              a Participant under the Plan for which and conditions 



                                      11
<PAGE>   12

              and/or restrictions on exercisability have been met.
         (p)  "Participant" means a Key Employee of the Company
              who has been granted an Award under the Plan.
         (q)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the
              transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is restricted, during
              which the Participant is subject to a substantial risk of
              forfeiture, pursuant to Article 8 herein.
         (r)  "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
              term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in
              Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a group as defined
              in Section 13(d).
         (s)  "Plan" means the North Shore Community Bancorp
              1994 Stock Option Plan, as herein described.
         (t)  "Restricted Stock" means a Stock Award granted to
              a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.
         (u)  "Stock" or "Shares" means the common Stock of the
              Company.
    2.2  Gender and Number.  Except where otherwise indicated by the context,
any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural
shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
    2.3  Severability.  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not
affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and 


                                      12
<PAGE>   13

the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision
had not been included.
                           ARTICLE 3. ADMINISTRATION
    3.1  The Committee.  The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the
"Committee") consisting of not less than three directors who shall be appointed
from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of
Directors.
    3.2  Authority of the Committee.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan
and subject to ratification by the Board, the Committee shall have full power
to construe and interpret the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and
regulations for its administration to accelerate the exercisability of any
Award or the end of a Period of Restriction or the termination of any Award
Agreement, or any other instrument relating to an Award under the Plan; and
(subject to the provisions of Article 12 herein) to amend the terms and
conditions of any outstanding Option, or Restricted Stock Award to the extent
such terms and conditions are within the discretion of the Committee as
provided in the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the
Committee may, without the consent of the person or persons entitled to
exercise any outstanding Option or to receive payment of any other outstanding
Award, adversely affect the rights of such person or persons.
    3.3  Selection of Participants.  The Committee shall have the authority to
grant Awards under the Plan, from time to time, to such Key Employees of the
Company (including officers and directors 


                                      13
<PAGE>   14

who are employees) as may be selected   by it.  The committee shall select
Participants from among those who they have identified as being Key Employees.
    3.4  Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the
Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or
resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be final, conclusive and binding on
all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants
and their estates and beneficiaries.
    3.5  Delegation of Certain Responsibilities.  The Committee may, in its
sole discretion, delegate to appropriate officers of the Company the
administration of the Plan under this Article 3; provided, however, that no
such delegation by the Committee shall be made with respect to the
administration of the Plan as it affects officers or directors of the Company
and provided further that the Committee may not delegate its authority to
correct errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Plan.  All authority
delegated by the Committee under this Section 3.5 shall be exercised in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan and any guidelines for the exercise
of such authority that may from time to time be established by the Committee.
    3.6  Procedures of the Committee.  All determinations of the Committee
shall be made by not less than a majority of its members present at the meeting
(in person or otherwise) at which a quorum is present.  A majority of the
entire Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
Any action required or 


                                      14
<PAGE>   15

permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Committee may be taken
without a meeting if a unanimous written consent, which sets for the action, is
signed by each member of the Committee and filed with the minutes for
proceedings of the Committee.  No member of the Committee shall be liable, in
the absence of bad faith, for any act or omission with respect to his or her
other services on the committee.  Service on the Committee shall constitute
service as a director of the Company so that members of the committee shall be
entitled to indemnification (as provided in Article 14 herein), and limitation
of liability and reimbursement with respect to their services as members of the
Committee to the same extent as for services as directors of the Company.
    3.7  Award Agreements.  Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an
Award Agreement which shall be signed by an officer of the Company and by the
Participant, and shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by
the Committee, which need not be the same in all cases.  Any Award Agreement
may be supplemented or amended in writing from time to time as approved by the
Committee, provided the terms of such agreements as amended or supplemented, as
well as the terms of the original award agreement, are not inconsistent with
the provisions of the Plan.
    Nothing contained in the Plan or any resolutions adopted or to be adopted
by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company shall
constitute the granting of an Award under the Plan.  An Employee who receives
an Award under the Plan will not, with respect to such Award, be deemed to have
become a Participant, or 


                                      15
<PAGE>   16

to have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such
Employee has executed an Award Agreement or other instrument evidencing the
Award and shall have delivered an executed copy thereof to the Company, and has
otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award.

                                      16

<PAGE>   17


                    ARTICLE 5. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
    5.1  Eligibility.  Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include
all employees of the Company who, in the opinion of the members of the
Committee, are Key Employees.  "Key Employees" may include employees who are
members of the Board, but may not include directors who are not full-time
employees.
    5.2  Actual Participation.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
Committee may from time to time select from Key Employees, those of whom Awards
shall be granted and determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No
employee shall have any rights to be granted an Award under this Plan.
                            ARTICLE 6. STOCK OPTIONS
    6.1  Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan,
Options may be granted to Key Employees at anytime and from time to time as
shall be determined by the Committee.   The Committee shall have complete
discretion in determining the number of Shares of Stock subject to Options
granted to each Participant.  The Committee may grant any type of option to
purchase Stock that is permitted by law at the time of grant including, but not
limited to, ISOs and NSOs.  However, no employee may receive an Award of
Incentive Stock Options that are first exercisable during any calendar year to
the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock (determined at the
time the options are granted) exceeds $100,000.  Nothing in this Article 6
shall be deemed to prevent the grant of NSOs in excess of the maximum
established by Section 422A 


                                      17
<PAGE>   18
of the Code.    Unless otherwise expressly provided at the time of grant,
options granted under the Plan will be NSOs.
    6.2  Option Agreement.  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an option
agreement that shall specify the type of option granted, the option price, the
vesting period and conditions of the options granted, the duration of the
option, the number of Shares of Stock to which the option pertains, and such
other provisions as the Committee shall determine.  The option agreement shall
specify whether the option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within
the meaning of Section 422A of the Code, or a Nonqualified Stock Option whose
grant is intended not to fall under the Code provisions of Section 422A.
    6.3  Option Price.  The purchase price per share of Stock covered by an
Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Stock on
the date the option is granted.
    An Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant
owns (within the meaning of Section 425(d) of the Code) Stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the
Company, shall have an exercise price which is at least 110% of the Fair Market
Value of the Stock subject to the Option.
    6.4  Duration of Options.  Each Option shall expire at such time as the
Committee shall determine at the time of grant provided, however, that no ISO
shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant.
    6.5  Exercise of Options.  Options granted under the Plan 


                                      18
<PAGE>   19

shall be exercisable at such time and be subject to such restrictions
and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not
be the same for all Participants.
     6.6  Payment.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written
notice to the Company setting forth the number of Shares of Stock with respect
to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the
Shares.  The Option price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the   
Company in full either (a) in cash or its equivalent, or (b) by tendering
Shares of previously acquired stock having a Fair Market Value at the time of
exercise equal to the total Option price, or (c) by combination of (a) and (b). 
The proceeds from such a payment shall be added to the general funds of the
Company and shall be used for general corporate purposes.  As soon as
practicable, after receipt of written notification and payment, the Company
shall deliver to the participant, Stock certificates in an appropriate amount
based upon the number of Option exercised, issued in the Participant's name.
     6.7  Restrictions on Stock Transferability.  The Committee shall impose
such restrictions on any Shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of
an Option under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, with limitation,
restrictions under applicable Federal securities law, under the requirements of
any stock exchange upon which such Shares of Stock are then listed and under
any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such shares.
     6.8  Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or 



                                      19
<PAGE>   20

Retirement. In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by
reasons of death, any Outstanding Option shall be exercisable at any time prior
to the expiration date of the Options or within 90 days after such date of
termination of  employment, whichever period is shorter, by such person or
persons as shall have acquired the Participant's rights under the Option by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In the event the employment
of Participant is terminated by reason of Disability, any Outstanding Options
shall be exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the Options or
within 90 days after such date of termination of employment, whichever period
is shorter.  In the event the employment of a Participant is terminated by
reason of retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the
Company), any Outstanding Options shall be exercisable at any time prior to the
expiration date of the Options or within one year after such date of
termination of employment, whichever period is shorter.  In the case of
Incentive Stock Options, the favorable tax treatment prescribed under Section
422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended may not be available if
the options are not exercised within the Section 422A prescribed time period
after termination of employment for death, disability, or retirement.
     6.9  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  If the employment of
the Participant shall terminate for any reason other than death, disability,
retirement, or for Cause, all Outstanding Options shall terminate one month
after such date of termination.  In its sole discretion, the Committee may
extend the exercisability 

                                      20
<PAGE>   21

of Outstanding Option for up to 180 days but, however, in no event beyond the
expiration date of the Option.
     If the employment of the Participant shall terminate for Cause, rights
under all outstanding Options shall be immediately terminated upon termination
of employment.
     6.10  Nontransferability of Options.  No Option granted under the Plan may
be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or
hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of decent and distribution.
Further, all options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be
exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant.
                          ARTICLE 7. RESTRICTED STOCK
     7.1  Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of
the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of
Restricted Stock under the Plan to such Participants and in such amounts as it
shall determine.
     7.2  Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Restricted Stock grant shall be
evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement that shall specify the Period of
Restriction, or periods, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted, and
such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
     7.3  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Article 7, the Shares of
Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the termination of the
applicable Period of Restriction or for such period of time as shall be
established by 



                                      21
<PAGE>   22

the Committee and as shall be specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement, or
upon earlier satisfaction of other conditions as specified by the       
Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock
Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a
Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.
     7.4  Other Restrictions.  The Committee shall impose such other
restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as
it may deem advisable including, without limitation, restrictions under
applicable Federal or state securities laws, and may legend the certifications
representing Restricted Stock to give appropriate notice of such restrictions.
     7.5  Certificate Legend.  In addition to any legends placed on
certificates pursuant to Section 7.4 herein, each certificate representing
Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan shall bear the
following legend:
      "The sale or other transfer of the Shares of Stock represented by this
      certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is
      subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the 1994 Stock
      Option Plan of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc., in the rules and
      administrative procedures adopted pursuant to such Plan, and in a
      Restricted Stock Agreement dated________________.  A copy of the Plan,
      such rules and procedures, and such Restricted Stock Agreement may be
      obtained from the Secretary of North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc."



                                      22
<PAGE>   23


     7.6  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Article, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made
under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after
the last day of the Period of Restriction.  Once the Shares are released from
the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend required
by Article 7.5 removed from his Stock certificate.
     7.7  Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Participants
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares.
     7.8  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction,
participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be
entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those Shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions
are paid in Shares of Stock, the Shares shall be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect
to which they were paid.
     7.9  Termination of Employment Due to Retirement.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of normal
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the Company), any
remaining Period of Restriction applicable to the Restricted Stock pursuant to
Article 7.3 hereof shall automatically terminate and, except as otherwise
provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall thereby be free
of restrictions and freely transferable. In the event that a 


                                      23
<PAGE>   24

Participant terminates his employment with the Company because of early
retirement (as defined under the then established rules of the  Company), the
Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the restrictions remaining on any
or all Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein and add such
new restrictions to those Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.10  Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.  In the event
a Participant's employment is terminated because of death or Disability during
the Period of Restriction, any remaining Period of Restriction applicable to
the Restricted Stock pursuant to Article 7.3 herein shall automatically
terminate and, except as otherwise provided in Article 7.4, the Shares of
Restricted Stock shall thereby be free of restrictions and fully transferable.
     7.11  Termination of Employment for Other Reasons.  In the event that a
Participant terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other
than for Death, Disability, or Retirement, as set forth in Articles 7.9 and
7.10 herein, during the Period of Restriction, then any Shares of Restricted
Stock still subject to restrictions as of the date of such termination shall    
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however,
that, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment of a Participant
by the Company other than for Cause, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may
waive the automatic forfeiture of any or all such Shares and may add such new
restrictions to such Shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.
     7.12  Nontransferability of Restricted Stock.  No shares of 




                                      24
<PAGE>   25

Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution until the termination of the applicable
Period of Restriction.  All rights with respect to Restricted Stock granted to
a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by
such Participant.
                       ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
     8.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant under the Plan may, from
time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named
contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid
in case of his death before he receives any or all of such benefit.  Each
designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall
be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed
by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime.  In the
absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's
death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.
                         ARTICLE 9. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES
     9.1  Employment.  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any
way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any
time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company.
     9.2  Participation.  No employee shall have a right to be selected as a
Participant, or, having been so selected, to be 





                                      25
<PAGE>   26

selected again as a Participant.
                         ARTICLE 10. CHANGE IN CONTROL
     10.1  In General.  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company as
defined, all awards under the Plan shall vest 100%, whereupon all Options shall
become exercisable in full, and the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock
shall terminate.
              ARTICLE 11. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
     11.1  Amendment, Modification, and Termination.  With the approval of the
Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend, or
modify the Plan.  However, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company (as may be required by the Code, by the insider trading rules of Section
16 of the Exchange Act, by any national securities exchange or system on which
the Stock is then listed or reported, or by a regulatory body having
jurisdiction with respect hereto) no such termination, amendment or modification
may:
     (a)  Increase the total amount of Stock which may be issued under this
          plan, except as provided in Article 4.3 herein; or
     (b)  Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the Plan; or
     (c)  Materially increase the cost of the Plan or materially increase the
          benefits to Participants; or
     (d)  Extend the maximum period after the date of grant during which Options
          may be exercised; or


                                       26
<PAGE>   27

     (e)  Change the provisions of the Plan regarding Option price.
     11.2  Awards, Previously Granted.  No termination, amendment or
modification of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect any Award
theretofore granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the
Participant.
                            ARTICLE 12. WITHHOLDING
     12.1  Tax Withholding.  The Company shall have the power and the right to
deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount
sufficient to satisfy Federal, State and local taxes (including the
participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to
any grant, exercise, or payment made under or as a result of this Plan.
     12.2  Stock Withholding Elections.  Subject to the consent of the
Committee, due to the exercise of a (a) Nonstatutory (Nonqualified) Stock
Option, (b) lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (c) the issuance of
any other Stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable
election to (i) have shares of Stock otherwise issuable under (a) withheld, or
(ii) tender back to the Company shares of Stock received pursuant to (a), (b),
or (c), or (iii) deliver back to the Company pursuant to (a), (b), or (c)
previously-acquired shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to
satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated total federal, state, and
local tax obligations associated with the transaction.  Such elections must be
made by a Participant on or prior to the Tax Date.  The Committee may disapprove
of any election, may suspend or terminate 


                                       27
<PAGE>   28

the right to make elections, or may provide with respect to any Award under the
Plan that the right to make elections shall not apply to such Awards.
     12.3  Special Insider Stock Withholding Restrictions.  Elections by
Participants who are subject to the short swing profit restrictions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (a) the election may not be made within six months
after the grant of a Nonstatutory (nonqualified) Stock Option or Restricted
Stock Award (except that this limitation does not apply if the Participant dies
or becomes disabled prior tot he expiration of the six-month period), and (b)
the election must be made either (i) at least six months prior to the Tax Date
or (ii) on or prior to the Tax Date and during the period beginning on the third
business day and ending on the twelfth business day following the date on which
the Company has released for publication its regular quarterly (or, in the case
of the fourth quarter of its fiscal year, annual) summary financial information.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, "business day" shall mean any calendar
day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a national holiday.
     12.4  Stock Withholding Delivery Requirements.  Pursuant to rules adopted
by the Committee, when the Tax Date of a Participant is deferred pursuant to
Code Section 83(c)(3) until six months after the exercise of a Nonstatutory
(Nonqualified) Stock Option the participant does not make an election under Code
Section 13.3 above, the full number of shares of Stock shall be issued or


                                       28
<PAGE>   29


transferred to the Participant upon the exercise of the Nonstatutory
(nonqualified) Stock Option, but the Participant shall be unconditionally
obligated to tender back or deliver to the Company the proper number of shares
on the Tax Date.  When the Tax Date occurs in connection with the lapse of
restrictions on Restricted Stock and the Participant elects share withholding,
the Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back or deliver to
the Company a sufficient number of shares of Stock of the Company to satisfy the
tax obligations on the Tax Date.
                          ARTICLE 13. INDEMNIFICATION
     13.1  Indemnification.  Each person who is or shall have been a member of
the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be
imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from
any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he
may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan
and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with
the Company's approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any judgement in any
such action, suite, or proceeding against him, provided he shall give the
Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before
he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.  The foregoing right of
indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to
which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation or 



                                       29
<PAGE>   30

Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have
to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
                             ARTICLE 14. SUCCESSORS
     14.1  Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with
respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the
Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or
indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially
all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
                        ARTICLE 15. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
     15.1  Requirements of Law.  The granting of Awards and the issuance of
Shares of Stock under this Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules,
and regulations, and to such approvals by an governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.
     15.2  Governing Law.  The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.
                      ARTICLE 16. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL
     16.1  Rights of First Refusal.  If any Shares issued under the Plan are not
readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee or his
successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his successor may offer
such Shares to the Company for purchase at a price and the Company shall have
thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent 




                                       30
<PAGE>   31

installments over a period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the
Board.  If the Board selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance
shall earn interest at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which
the Company could borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the
Shares purchased or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company and
the employee or his successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares shall be
considered not readily tradable on an established market if such Shares are not
publicly tradable or because such Shares are subject to a trading limitation
under any Federal or state securities law or regulation which would make such
Shares less freely tradable than stock not so restricted.



                                       31

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17


                             WARRANT AGREEMENT FOR

                           WINTRUST INVESTMENTS, INC.



April 22, 1994                                                 $5.00 per Warrant

     This Warrant Certificate certifies that DAVID M. AKI, or his, her or its
registered assignee (the "Holder"), is the owner of 25 Warrants (subject to
adjustments as provided herein), each of which represents the right to
subscribe for and purchase from WINTRUST INVESTMENTS, INC., an Illinois
corporation (the "Corporation"), one share of the Common Stock, no par value,
of the Corporation (the Common Stock, including any stock which may be issued
subject to the adjustments contained in paragraph 2 herein is referred to
herein as the "Common Stock") at the purchase price (the "Exercise Price") of
Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per share (subject to adjustment as provided herein).

      THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT
      BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE
      SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, WITH RESPECT TO
      THEIR TRANSFER.

     The Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate are subject to the
following provisions, terms and conditions:

1. EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.

     The Warrants may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part, by
surrender of this Warrant Certificate at the principal office of the
Corporation, as designated from time to time by notice in writing to the Holder
at the address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, with
the appropriate endorsement as requested by the Corporation, at any time within
the period beginning on the date hereof and expiring at the end of ten (10)
years from the date hereof (the "Exercise Period") and by payment to the
Corporation of the purchase price for such shares, The Corporation agrees that
the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be and are deemed to be issued to
the Holder as the record owner of such shares of Common Stock as of the close
of business on the date on which the Warrant Certificate shall have been
surrendered and payment made for such shares of Common Stock.  Certificates
representing the shares of Common Stock so purchased shall be delivered to the
Holder promptly in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Warrants
shall have been so exercised, and, unless the Warrants have expired, a new
Warrant Certificate representing the number of Warrants represented by the
surrendered Warrant Certificate, if any, that shall not have been exercised
shall also be delivered to the Holder within such time.


                                  Page 1 of 5
<PAGE>   2
WARRANT AGREEMENT FOR WINTRUST INVESTMENTS, INC.


2. ADJUSTMENTS.

     A. The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common stock issuable
upon exercise of each Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
in the event the Corporation shall do any of the following: a) pay a dividend
with respect to its capital stock in shares of Common Stock, b) subdivide its
outstanding shares of Common Stock, c) combine its outstanding shares of Common
Stock into smaller number or shares of any class of Common Stock, d) issue any
shares of its capital stock, or e) issue any shares of its capital stock in a
reclassification in connection with a merger, consolidation or other business
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

     B. Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Section 2A, the Exercise Price
for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be
adjusted by multiplying such exercise Price immediately prior to such
adjustment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each warrant immediately prior
to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares
of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

     C. Upon the expiration without being exercised of any rights, options,
warrants or conversion or exchange privileges for which an adjustment has been
made pursuant to this Warrant, the Exercise Price and the number of shares of
Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall, upon such
expiration, be readjusted and shall thereafter, upon any future exercise, be
such as they would have been had they been originally adjusted (or had the
original adjustment not been required, as the case may be) as if a) the only
shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of such Common Stock, if any,
actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights, options, warrants or
conversion or exchange rights, and b) such shares of Common Stock, if any, were
issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon
such exercise plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the
Corporation for issuance, sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants
or conversions or exchange rights whether or not exercised; provided, that no
such readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise Price by an
amount, or decreasing the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of each
Warrant by a number, in excess of the amount or number of the adjustment
initially made in respect to the issuance, sale or grant of such rights,
options, warrants or conversion or exchange rights.


                                  Page 2 OF 5
<PAGE>   3
WARRANT AGREEMENT FOR WINTRUST INVESTMENTS., INC.

 
     D. Prior to the declaration of any dividend, distribution, payment,
adjustment in Exercise Price as provided herein, voluntary or involuntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation
shall cause to be mailed to the Holder of such Certificate as of the record
date and to the address as listed on the Corporation's books, a notice by first
class mail, postage prepaid for
any such dividend, distribution, payment, adjustment in Exercise Price as
provided herein, voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding
up of the corporation.

3. RESERVATION AND AUTHORIZATION OF COMMON STOCK.

     The Corporation covenants and agrees a) that all shares of Common Stock
which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants represented by the
Warrant Certificate will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and free of all insurance or transfer taxes, liens and charges
with respect to the issue thereof, b) that during the Exercise Period, the
Corporation will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of
issue or transfer upon exercise of the Warrants evidence by this Warrant
Certificate, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the Exercise of
the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and c) that the
Corporation will take all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that the
shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants may be so
issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or any
requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which any capital stock
of the company may be listed, provided, however, that nothing contained herein
shall impose upon the Corporation any obligation to register the warrants
evidence by this Warrant Certificate or such Common Stock under applicable
securities laws.

4. NO VOTING RIGHTS.

     This Warrant Certificate shall not entitle the Holder hereof to any voting
rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Corporation until exercised.

5. WARRANTS TRANSFERABLE

     This Warrant Certificate and the Warrants it evidences are transferable,
in whole or in part, without charge to the Holder, at the office or agency of
the Corporation referred to in Section 1, by the Holder in person or by duly
authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate properly
endorsed, and provided further, any such transferee complies with the terms of
the Voting Trust Agreement of the Holder.  Each taker or Holder of this Warrant
Certificate, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this
Warrant Certificate, when endorsed in blank 

                                  Page 3 OF 5
<PAGE>   4
WARRANT AGREEMENT FOR WINTRUST INVESTMENTS., INC.


shall be deemed negotiable, and that the Holder, when this Warrant Certificate
shall have been endorsed, may be treated by the Corporation and all
other persons dealing with this Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner
hereof for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights
represented by this Warrant Certificate, or to the transfer, hereof on the
books of the Corporation, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding; but until
such transfer on such books, the Corporation may treat the registered Holder
thereof as the owner for all purposes.

6. CLOSING OF BOOKS

     The Corporation will at no time close its transfer books against the
transfer of any Warrant or of any shares of Common Stock or other securities
issuable upon the exercise of any Warrant in any manner which interferes with
the timely exercise of the Warrants.

7. WARRANTS EXCHANGEABLE, LOSS, THEFT

     This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof of any
Holder for a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor representing in the
aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder, each such new
Warrant to represent the right to subscribe and purchase such number of shares
of Common Stock as shall be designated by said Holder hereof at the time of
such surrender.  Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of
the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender or cancellation of
this Warrant Certificate, the Corporation will issue to the Holder hereof a new
Warrant Certificate of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant Certificate,
representing the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
the Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

8. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATION SURVIVE EXERCISE OR WARRANTS

     The rights and obligations of the Corporation, of the Holder, and of the
holders of shares of Common Stock or other securities issued upon exercise of
the Warrants, contained in Sections 6 and 7 of this Warrant Certificate shall
survive the exercise of the Warrants.

9. NOTICE.

     All notices, requests, demands and other communication required or
committed to be given hereunder shall be by hand delivery, certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, telex, telecopier, or air courier to
the parties set forth below.

                                  Page 4 OF 5
<PAGE>   5
WARRANT AGREEMENT FOR WINTRUST INVESTMENTS., INC.

     Such notices shall be deemed given at the time personally delivered, if
delivered by hand or by courier; at the time received if sent by certified or
registered mail; and when answered back, if telex, when receipt acknowledged
telecopy equipment, if telecopied.


If to Corporation:                 Attention: Mr. John W. Close, President
                                              1145 Wilmette Avenue
                                              Post Office Box 637
                                              Wilmette, Illinois 60091-0637

If to Holder:                      Address of such Holders 
                                   appearing on the books of the Corporation


Dated: April 22, 1994

                                         WINTRUST INVESTMENTS, INC.
                                           By: Emanuel J. Wiken
                                               --------------------
                                              Its: Vice Chairman
                                                   ----------------

ATTEST:
By: Lemuel H. Tate
    -----------------
  Its: Chairman
       --------------





                                  Page 5 OF 5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 1 OF 25


                                LEASE AGREEMENT


STATE OF ILLINOIS )
                  ) SS
COUNTY OF COOK    )

     This Lease Agreement, made and entered into by and between JOSEPH J.
HARTLEY and JOYCE M. HARTLEY ("Lessor") and North Shore Premier Properties,
Inc., An Illinois Corporation, AND Richard Keefe (###-##-####) ("Lessee").

                                   WITNESSETH
     1. In consideration of the obligation of Lessee to pay rent as herein
provided, and in consideration of the other terms, provisions and covenants
hereof, Lessor hereby demises and leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby takes
from Lessor that portion of the premises constituting a single store unit
located on the ground floor at 362 Park Avenue, Glencoe, Illinois, being a part
of single tract of land more particularly described as follows:
      Lots 1 and 2 in FLETCHER'S SUBDIVISION of Lot 1 and the Northerly 50.0
      feet of Lot 2 in Block 32 in the Village of Glencoe in Section 7,
      Township 42 North, Range 13 East of the Third Principal Meridian, in Cook
      County, Illinois.
together with such rights, privileges, easements, appurtenances and immunities
belonging to or in any way pertaining to that portion of the premises so
demised including all improvements located therein.  ("Demised Premises").
     To have and to hold the same for a term commencing March 17, 1992 for a
period of ten (10) years terminating March 31, 2002.
     2. (a) The rent to be paid during the initial term of this Lease shall be
Three Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Five 

<PAGE>   2
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 2 OF 25


Dollars per month (herein called "Base  Rent") the first installment of which
shall be due April 1, 1992 and a like sum on the first day of each and every
month thereafter until the end of the initial term of this Lease.  It is
understood and agreed by the parties that the square footage for the Demised
Premises is approximately One Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty-Nine (1,759) square
feet.
     (b) To pay in addition to the Base Rent such additional sums as
hereinafter provide for the payment of real estate taxes, insurance, and such
other payments as provided in this Lease ("Additional Rent").
     (C) To the extent that any installment of Rent is not received by Lessor
within ten days of the due date or in the further event that any check in
payment of a rental installment is returned uncollected for any reason, the
gross amount of such payment as then due shall be increased by an additional
FIVE PERCENT (5%), which payment shall be as liquidated damages to the Lessor
by reason of the fact that the parties acknowledge that it would be impossible
for them to determine the precise loss to the Lessor resulting from the failure 
of Lessee to make timely payment.  In addition, if any installment of rent is
not received within thirty days following the due date, such rent shall bear
additional interest beginning thirty days after the due date at a rate per
annum equal to the publicly announce prime rate of The First National Bank of
Chicago, Chicago, Illinois plus three additional percent (herein) called
"Default Interest Rate" which Default Interest Rate shall change with any
change in such prime 

<PAGE>   3
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 3 OF 25


rate, provided, however, in no event shall the Default Interest Rate exceed the
maximum lawful rate.  If the First National Bank of Chicago ceases to publish a 
prime rate, Lessor shall have the right to substitute a comparable index or
financial institution.
     3. The Demised Premises shall be used only for the purposes of conducting
and operating a general real estate sales and brokerage office and for such
other lawful purposes as may be incidental thereto.  Lessee shall at its own
cost and expense obtain any and all licenses and permits necessary for such
use. Lessee shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations
applicable to the use of the Demised Premises, and shall promptly comply with
all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention, and
abatement of nuisances in or upon, or connected with the Demised Premises, all
at Lessee's sole expense.
     4. Lessor agrees to pay before they become delinquent all
taxes (both general and special), assessments, or governmental charges lawfully
levied or assessed against the above described premises of which the Demised
Premises are part and all taxes, assessments, levies and charges which are now
or hereafter assessed, levied or imposed in addition to, in replacement of or
in substitution, for the taxes assessments or governmental charged described in
this section including, without limitation, such taxes, assessments, levies and
charges which, in whole or in part, are measured or calculated by or based upon
Base Rent including, without limitation, gross income, gross receipts, 

<PAGE>   4
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 4 OF 25

license, occupation, privilege, value added, documentary stamps, transfer, 
excise, sales   and use taxes, but excluding any tax on or measured by the net
income of Lessor or federal, state or local income taxes, transfer tax,
excise tax, capital stock tax, estate taxes, succession or inheritance taxes
payable by Lessors.
     Provided that Lessee shall pay one-half of all such taxes in excess of
$4,845.90 annually including 1991 taxes payable in 1992 and provided further,
Lessee may at its sole cost and expense (in its own name or in the name of
Lessor, or in the name of both, as it may deem appropriate) dispute and contest
the same, and in such case, such disputed item shall be paid until finally
adjudged to be valid.  At the conclusion of such contest if the Lessee secures
a reduction in the taxes, the Lessee shall be   entitled to its proportional
share of any refund received by Lessor but such refund cannot exceed the amount
paid by Lessee to Lessor.
     5. If Lessee should fail to pay any taxes, assessments, or governmental
charges to the extent as set forth in paragraph 4 hereof, required to be paid
by Lessee thereunder or if Lessee should fail to obtain and keep in full force
during the term of this lease such policies as hereinafter required, in
addition to any other remedies provided herein, Lessor may if it so elects pay
such taxes, assessment, and governmental charges or procure all such policies
of insurance and pay the premiums therefor.  Any sums so paid by Lessor shall
be deemed to be so much Additional Rent owing by Lessee to Lessor and due and
payable on 

<PAGE>   5
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 5 OF 25

demand.
     6. Lessee shall throughout the term of this Lease take good care of the
Demised Premises and keep it free from waste or nuisance of any kind.  Lessee
shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep in good repair and condition,
reasonable wear and tear excepted, the interior of Demised Premises including
but not limited to the heating system, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical
services and all fixtures attached thereto.  Lessor covenants and agrees to be
solely responsible for the exterior walls of the Demised Premises, the roof,
and so much of any interior walls constituting the interior side of the Demised
Premises.  Lessee further agrees that it will at its sole cost and
expense care for the grounds around the Demised Premises, including the removal
of snow accumulations on the sidewalks adjoining the Demised Premises;
specifically, the sidewalks located on Vernon Avenue and so such of the
sidewalk on Park Avenue as fronts on the Demised Premises.  At the end or other
termination of this Lease, Lessee shall deliver up the Demised Premises with
all improvements located thereon in good repair and condition, reasonable wear
and tear only expected.
     7. Lessee shall not make any major alterations, additions, or improvements
to the Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Lessor, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Lessee may, without the consent of
Lessor but at its own cost and expense and in a good workmanlike manner make
such minor alterations, additions, or improvements or erect, remove, or alter
such partitions or erect such shelves, bins, machinery, 

<PAGE>   6
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 6 OF 25


and trade fixtures as it may deem advisable, without altering the basic
character of the building or improvements, and in each case complying with all
applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations, and other requirements. 
At the termination of this Lease, Lessee shall, if Lessor so elects, remove all
alterations, additions, improvements, and partitions erected by Lessee and      
restore the Demised Premises to their original condition, otherwise such
improvements shall be delivered up to Lessor with the Demised Premises.  All
shelves, bins, machinery, and trade fixtures installed by Lessee may be removed
by Lessee at the termination of this Lease if Lessee so elects, and shall be so
removed if required by Lessor.  All such removals and restoration shall be
accomplished in a good workmanlike manner so as not to damage the primary
structure qualities of the building or the Demised Premises.
     8. Lessee shall have the right to install such signs as it may desire upon
the roof and exterior walls of the building subject to any applicable
governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements.  Lessee
shall remove all such signs at the termination of the Lease.  Such
installations and removals shall be made in such manner as to avoid injury,
defacement, or overloading of the buildings and other improvements.
     9. Lessee shall not permit the Demised Premises to be used for any purpose
which would render the insurance thereon void or the insurance risk more
hazardous; it being understood and agreed 

<PAGE>   7
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 7 OF 25


that the use of the Demised Premises    in the proper and ordinary conduct of
Lessee's business for the purposes set forth in Paragraph 3 above shall not in
any event be considered in violation of this Paragraph.
     10. Lessor and Lessor's beneficiaries, agents, and representatives shall
have the right to enter and inspect the Demised Premises at any time during
reasonable business hours, for the purpose of ascertaining the condition of the
Demised Premises or in order to make such repairs as may be required to be made
by Lessor under the terms of this Lease.
     11. Lessor agrees to provide at its cost water and electricity, and gas
into the Demised Premises; but Lessee shall pay all charges incurred for any
utility services used on the Demised Premises; said utility services being
connected by a separate meter for the Demised Premises only.
     12. This Lease may not be assigned nor shall the Lessee have any right to
sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises without the written consent
of the Lessor first had and obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  A breach of this provision shall at the option of the Lessor be a
material default and the Lessor shall have the right to thereupon re-enter and
take possession of the Demised Premises.  No assignment or sublease whatsoever
shall release Lessee from Lessees' obligations and liabilities under this Lease
or alter the primary liability of Lessee to pay all Rent and perform all
obligations to be performed by Lessee.  If any assignee,
subtenant or successor of Lessee defaults in the performance of 

<PAGE>   8
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 8 OF 25


any obligation to be performed by Lessee under this Lease, Lessor may proceed
directly against Lessee without the necessity of exhausting remedies against
such assignee,  subtenant or successor.  Lessor may consent to subsequent
assignment or subleases or amendments or modifications to this Lease with
assignees, subtenants or successors of Lessee and without obtaining any consent
thereto from Lessee or any successor of Lessee, and such actions shall not
release Lessee from liability under this lease.
     13. Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee or Lessee's employees, agents, or
visitors, or to any other person whomsoever, for any injury to person or damage
to property on or about the Demised Premises, caused by the negligence or
intentional conduct of Lessee, its agents, servants, or employees, or of any
other person entering upon the Demised Premises under express or implied
invitation of Lessee or caused by the building and improvements located on the
Demised Premises becoming out of repair, or caused by leakage of gas, oil,
water or steam or by electricity emanating from the Demised Premises, or due to
any other cause whatsoever, and Lessee agrees to indemnify Lessor and hold it
harmless from any loss, expense, or claims arising out of any such damage or    
injury, provided; however, that the indemnity shall apply only to those claims
attributable to negligence or intentional conduct on the part of the Lessee,
its agents, servants and employees and invitees.  Lessee shall throughout the
term of the this Lease, at its sole cost and expense, provide and keep in force
with responsible 

<PAGE>   9
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 9 OF 25


insurance companies satisfactory to Lessor and to any mortgagee
under a mortgage constituting a lien upon the Demised Premises public liability
and property damage insurance, including plate glass insurance, the property
damage insurance to be in an amount not less than $50,000 and the public
liability insurance not less than $1,000,000 for one person, and not less than
$2,000,000 per occurrence, protecting Lessor, any such mortgagee and the owners
record for the real estate on which the Demised Premises is located ("Real
Estate") as well as Lessee against liability to any employees or servants of
Lessee or to any other person arising out of or in connection with Lessee's use
of the Demised Premises or the condition of the Demised Premises.
     Such policies shall name Lessor, Lessee and, if required by Lessor's
mortgagee, all mortgagees of the Demised Premises, as insured and shall contain
an agreement by the insurer that such policies shall not be canceled or
substantially modified without at least 30 days prior written notice to Lessor.
     14. (a) If the whole or any substantial part of the Demised
Premises would be destroyed, taken for any public or quasi-public use under any
governmental law, ordinance or regulation or by right of eminent domain
("Taking"), or taken by private purchase in lieu thereof, this Lease shall
terminate, unless the demised Premises can be repaired, restored and rebuilt
within 120 days of the destruction to the condition of the Demised Premises
immediately prior to such destruction, but the Base Rent and Additional Rent
shall be abated during the 120 day period, effective when the destruction of
the Demised Premises shall 

<PAGE>   10
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 10 OF 25

occur.  In the event of a Taking, separate awards for damages to the respective
interests of Lessor and Lessee hereunder shall be made and each shall be
entitled to receive and retain such awards as shall be made to it, and the
termination of this Lease shall not affect the rights of the respective parties
to the awards. 

(b) If less than a substantial part of the Demised Premises should be 
destroyed, taken for any public or quasi-public use under any   governmental
laws, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or taken by
private purchase in lieu thereof, this Lease shall not terminate, provided that
the remaining portion of the Demised Premises can reasonably be used for the
same purpose as before, but the rent payable hereunder during the unexpired
portion of the term of this Lease shall be reduced in direct proportion to the
square footage of the Demised Premises so destroyed or taken.  If the Lessor
and Lessee cannot agree whether the remaining portion can reasonably be used
for the same purpose, the matter will be submitted to arbitration in accordance
with the rules of the American Arbitration Association to determine whether the
Demised Premises could be used in accordance with the terms of this Lease.  In
the event of a Taking, separate awards shall be made in such event for damages
to the respective interests of Lessor and Lessee hereunder. 15. Should Lessee,
or any of its permitted successors in interest, hold over the Demised Premises,
or any part hereof, after the expiration of the term of this Lease, unless
otherwise agreed in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be
construed as tenancy from month to month and at a rental equal to 

<PAGE>   11
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 11 OF 25

the rent paid for the last month of the term of this Lease plus
twenty-five percent (25%) of such amount.
     16. Lessor covenants that the Demised Premises are free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances, excepting only the lien for current taxes not yet due
and subsequent years, such mortgage or mortgages as Lessor secures, and zoning
ordinances and other building and fire ordinances and governmental regulations
relating to the use of the Real Estate.
     17. The following shall be deemed to be events of default
by Lessee under this lease:
     (1) Lessee shall fail to pay any installment of the Base Rent and such
failure shall continue, for a period of ten (10) days.
     (2) Lessee shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of
this Lease, other than the payment of Base Rent, and shall not cure such
failure within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Lessee.
     (3) Lessee shall become insolvent or shall make a transfer in fraud of
creditors or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
     (4) Lessee shall file a petition under any section or chapter of the
national Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or, under any similar law or statute of
the United States or any State thereof; or Lessee shall be adjudged bankrupt or
insolvent in proceedings filed against Lessee thereunder.
     (5) A receiver or Trustee shall be appointed for all or substantially all
of the assets of Lessee.

<PAGE>   12
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 12 OF 25

     (6) Lessee shall desert or vacate any substantial portion of the premises.
     Upon the occurrence of any of Such events of default, Lessor shall have
the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any
notice or demand whatsoever:
     (a) Terminate this Lease, in which event Lessee shall immediately
surrender the premises to Lessor, and if Lessee fails so to do, Lessor may,
without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have the possession or
arrearage in Base Rent, or Additional Rent, enter upon and take possession of
the Demised Premises and expel or remove Lessee and any other person who may be
occupying the Demised Premises or any part thereof, by force if necessary,
without being liable for prosecution or any claim of damages therefore and
Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor on demand the amount of all loss and damage
which Lessor may suffer by reason of such termination, whether through
inability to relet the Demised Premises on satisfactory terms or otherwise
     (b) Enter upon and take possession of the Demised Premises and expel or
remove Lessee and any other person who may be occupying Demised Premises or any
part thereof, by force if necessary, without being liable for prosecution of
any claim for damages therefore, and relet the Demised Premises and receive the
rent thereof; and Lessee agrees to pay to lessor on demand any deficiency that
may arise by reason of such reletting.
     (c) Enter upon the Demised Premises by force if necessary without being
liable for prosecution or any claim for damages thereof, and do whatever Lessee
is obligated to do under the 

<PAGE>   13
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 13 OF 25

terms of this Lease; and Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor on   demand for any
expenses which Lessor might incur in thus effective compliance with Lessee's
obligations under this Lease, and Lessee further agrees that Lessor shall not
be liable, for any damages, resulting to the Lessee from such
action, whether caused by the negligence of Lessor or otherwise.
     Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any
of the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies provided by laws
nor shall pursuit of any remedy herein provided constitute a forfeiture or
waiver of any Basic Rent or Additional Rent due to Lessor hereunder or of any
damages accruing to Lessor by reason of the violation of any of the terms,
provisions and covenants herein contained.  No waiver by Lessor of any
violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions, and covenants herein
contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other
violation or breach of any of the terms, provision, and covenants herein
contained.  Forbearance by Lessor to enforce one or more of the remedies herein
provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to
constitute a waiver of such default.
     18. Lessor shall have at all times a valid lien for all rentals and other
sums of money becoming due hereunder from Lessee, upon all goods, wares,
equipment, fixtures, furniture, and other personal property of Lessee situated
on the Demised  Premises, and such property shall not be removed therefrom
without the consent of Lessor until all arrearage in Base Rent as well as any
and all other sums of money then due to Lessor 

<PAGE>   14
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 14 OF 25

hereunder shall first have been paid and discharged.
The lien hereby granted may be foreclosed in the manner and form provided by
law for foreclosure of chattel mortgages or in any other form provided by law.
The statutory lien for rent is not hereby waived, the express contractual lien
herein granted being in addition and supplementary thereto.
     19. If, on account of any breach or default by Lessee in Lessee's
obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become
necessary for Lessor to, employ an attorney to enforce or defend any of
Lessor's rights or remedies, hereunder, Lessee agrees to pay any reasonable
attorney's fees costs, expenses, paralegal fees, and computerized research time
incurred by Lessor in such connection.
     20. Lessee accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage or
mortgages now a lien upon the Demised Premises or the Real Estate.  This Lease
shall also be subject and subordinate to the lien of any other mortgage which
may at any time hereafter be or become a lien an the Demised Premises or the
Real Estate.  Lessee shall at any time hereafter, on demand, execute any
instruments, releases or other documents that may be
required by any mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this
Lease to the lien of any such mortgage.
     21. Each provision of this instrument or of any applicable governmental
laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements with reference to the
sending, mailing, or delivery of any notice of the making of any payment by 
Lessor to Lessee or with reference to the sending, mailing, or delivery of any
notice of 
<PAGE>   15
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 15 OF 25

the making of any payment by Lessee to Lessor shall be deemed to be complied 
with when and if the following steps are taken:
     A. All Base Rent and other payments required to be made by Lessee to
Lessor hereunder shall be payable to Lessor in Glencoe, Illinois, at the
address hereinbelow set forth or at such other address within the continental
United States, as Lessor may specify from time to time by written notice
delivered in accordance herewith.
     B. Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder
shall be deemed to be delivered whether actually received or not when deposited
in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, Registered Mail, or certified mail,
Return Receipt Requested, addressed to the parties hereto, at the respective
addresses set out opposite their name below, or at such other address as they
have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:

      Lessor:              Joseph J. and Joyce M. Hartley
                           c/o International Silver Plating, Inc.
                           364 Park Avenue
                           Glencoe, IL 60022

      Lessee:              Red Carpet North Shore Premier Properties, Inc.
                           Attention: Dick Keefe
                           724 11th Street
                           Wilmette, IL 60091

     All parties included within the terms "Lessor" and "Lessee", respectively,
shall be bound by notices given in accordance with the provisions of this
Paragraph to the same effect as if each had received such notice.

     22. In addition to the Base Rent reserved herein, Lessee agrees to
reimburse Lessor for any amount equal to FIFTY PERCENT 

<PAGE>   16
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 16 OF 25

(50%) of the cost of fire, comprehensive and extended coverage insurance upon
the entire premises of which the Demised Premises is a portion thereof less
Seven Hundred Seventy Dollars.  For the purposes of this Lease, increases may
be necessitated by but not limited to having to increase the amount of coverage
as a result of a determination by the insurance carrier or carriers that the
value of the Real       Estate and Improvements thereon, including the Demised
Premises has increased. Any payments due hereunder shall be paid to Lessor
within 30 days following submission by Lessor of a copy of the invoice received
from the insurance carrier.     Failure to make a payment hereunder shall be
deemed to be the failure to make payment of an Additional Rent and entitle the
Lessor  to all appropriate remedies as set forth in this Lease.
     23. Effective with the commencement of this Lease and thereafter for each
year of the Lease term commencing on the first day of November, the monthly
Base Rent shall be subject to an increase as follows:
            (a) (i)  As promptly as practicable after October 31 of each year
                     (including 1992) of the lease term, Lessor shall compute
                     the increase, if any, in the cost of living for the
                     preceding one-year period based upon the "Revised Consumers
                     Price lndex-Cities (1967-100) (the "Index"), published by
                     the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States
                     Department of Labor.

                 (ii)The Index number indicated in the column for the City of
                     Chicago, entitled "all items", for the month of August
                     1991, shall be the "base Index number" and the
                     corresponding Index number for the month of August of the
                     calendar year of the adjustment, shall be "current Index
                     number."

<PAGE>   17
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 17 OF 25

                 (iii) The current Index number shall be divided by the base
                       index number.  From the quotient thereof, there  shall
                       be subtracted the integer 1, and any resulting positive
                       number shall be deemed to be the percentage of increase
                       in the cost of living.
                 (iv)  The percentage of increase multiplied by the Base Rent
                       shall be the increase required to be determined by this
                       Paragraph 23. 
                  (v)  Lessor shall, within a reasonable time
                       after obtaining the appropriate, data necessary for
                       computing such increase, give Lessee notice of any
                       increase so determined, and the Lessor's computation
                       shall be conclusive and binding but shall not preclude
                       any adjustment which may be required in the event of a
                       published amendment of the index figures upon which the
                       computation was based unless Lessee shall, within 60 days
                       after the giving of such notice, notify the Lessor of any
                       claimed error therein.  Any dispute between the parties
                       as to any such computation shall be determined by
                       arbitration.

            (b) The Base Rent, as so determined (i.e., the aggregate of the
                Base Rent and the "increase" calculated in accordance
                with subparagraphs (i) through (iv) of subdivision (a) of this
                Paragraph 23), shall be due and payable to the Lessor in equal
                monthly installments commencing with the first day of November
                of each year of the term of this Lease (any retroactive
                payments then due being payable within five days after the
                giving of such notice), and in the event of any subsequent
                redetermination of such amount the adjustment thus indicated
                shall be made, promptly between Lessor and Lessee.

            (C) If publication of the Consumers Price Index shall be
                discontinued,  the parties shall accept comparable
                statistics on the cost of living for the City of Chicago as
                they shall be computed and published by an agency of the United
                States or by a responsible financial periodical of recognized
                authority then to be selected by the parties, or, if the
                parties cannot agree upon a selection, by arbitration.  In the
                event of (i) use of comparable statistics in place of the
                Consumers Report Index, or (ii) publication of the Index
                figures at other than   monthly intervals, there shall be made
                in the method of computation such revisions as the
                circumstances may require to 

<PAGE>   18
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 18 OF 25

                carry out the intent of this Article, and any dispute
                between the parties as the making of such adjustment shall be
                determined by arbitration.

            (d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
                monthly Base Rent as adjusted herein, shall never be
                reduced below the monthly Base Rent as established as of the
                commencement of this lease.

            (e) Any reference to arbitration in this paragraph 23 shall be in
                accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration 
                Association.

     24. Beginning April 1, 1997 the Lessor shall have the right to increase
the Base Rent by a figure not more than ten percent(10%). Such an increase
shall not affect the obligation of the Lessee to make Additional Rent payments
under this terms of this lease .

     25. Concurrent with the execution of this Lease, Lessee has deposited with
Lessor Three Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Five Dollars ($3,355.00) which said
sum shall be held by Lessor as a security deposit to ensure full faith
compliance by Lessee of all of the terms of this Lease.  Lessor shall have the
right to mingle these funds with their personal funds and no interest shall be  
earned by the Lessee upon the said funds.  The said security deposit shall be
not used in payment of any installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent and
shall be refunded to Lessee upon termination of this Lease and the surrendering
of possession of the Demised Premises to Lessor subject only to ordinary wear
and tear.  To the extent that Lessor should apply all or any part of the said
security deposit in the satisfaction of any obligation of the Lessee pursuant
to the terms of this Lease, then Lessee shall, upon demand from 

<PAGE>   19
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 19 OF 25

Lessor deliver to Lessor such sums      of money as may be necessary to restore
the security deposit to the original amount. In the event that Lessee fails to
deliver such sums within ten (10) days from receipt of notice from Lessor,
Lessee shall thereafter owe interest on said sum at a rate of Ten Percent (10%)
per anum from the date of payment by Lessor until reimbursement by Lessee.
Failure to make such payment within thirty (30) days following delivery of a
written notice of demand by Lessor to Lessee shall constitute a default under
this lease and entitle Lessor to all of the remedies as may be available by
statute or under the terms of this lease.
     26. Words of any gender in this Lease shall be held and construed to
include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to
include the plural, unless the content otherwise requires.
     27. Lessee has no authority or power to cause or permit any
lien or encumbrance, whether created by act of Lessee, operation of law or
otherwise, to be attached to or be placed upon Lessor's title or interest in
the Demised Premises.
            A. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the Premises to become subject
to any vendor's, mechanic's, laborer's, materialman's or other lien or
encumberance based upon the claims for the furnishing of materials, services,
or labor to or for the Lessee or the Premises. If all, or any part, of the
Premises or Lessee's leasehold interest therein, shall become subject to such
lien or encumberance. Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense, shall cause the
same to be discharged of record within 60 days 

<PAGE>   20
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 20 OF 25

after notice of lien is given to Lessee by the lienor or promptly upon
written demand by Lessor, whichever occurs first.
            B. So long as an Event of Default has not occurred nor has any
event ocurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice
would constitute an Event of Default, Lessee may contest, in good faith and
with diligence, the validity of any such lien or claim for lien, subject to the
conditions that (a) Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of the filing of any
such lien or claim for lien and of the Lessee's intent to contest the same, (b)
Lessee shall give to Lessor such security as may be reasonably satisfactory to
Lessor to insure payment thereof and prevent any sale, foreclosure or
forfeiture of the Demised Premises by reason of non-payment thereof and (C) on
final determination of the lien or claim of lien, Lessee shall immediately pay
any judgement rendered, together with all costs and charges, shall have the
lien or claim of lien released and any judgement satisfied. Lessor shall return
the security to the Lessee promptly after Lessee delivers proof of such release
or satisfaction and recordation thereof to Lessor.
            C. Lessor may, but shall not have any obligation to, discharge any
such lien on behalf of Lessee, if Lessee fails to comply with Section.
In such case, the costs of such discharge shall be Additional Rent payable on
demand by Lessor. 28. The terms, provisions and covenants and conditions
contained in this Lease, shall apply to, insure to the benefit of, and be
binding upon the parties hereto and upon their respective successors in
interest and legal representatives, 
<PAGE>   21
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 21 OF 25

except as otherwise herein expressly provided.
     29. In addition to any other additional rent due, the Lessee shall pay the
Lessor upon execution of this lease, the sum of Thirteen Thousand  Eight
Hundred Forty Dollars which sum represents sums due and owing from First
United, Inc. Under the terms of the previous lease.
     30. This Lease shall be construed according to the laws of the State of
Illinois.
     31. The Lessee has inspected the Demised Premises and accepts the Demised
Premises "as is".
     32. Any sign or improvements belonging to the previous tenant at the
Demised Premises will be removed by the Lessee at the Lessee's sole cost and
expense.
     33. Any repairs which should have been made by the previous tenant in
accordance with the provisions of the Lease dated September 27, 1985 or any
extension thereto shall be made by the Lessee at the Lessee's sole cost and
expense.
     34. Lessees shall be jointly and severally liable to perform all the
covenants, agreements, conditions and provisions set forth in the lease.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have affixed their signature on 
this 18 day of March, 1992.

NORTH SHORE PROPERTIES, INC.

By:                                Joseph Hartley 
     ------------------            -----------------
     President                       Joseph Hartley 


<PAGE>   22
                                                  ORIGINAL LEASE - PAGE 22 OF 25


ATTEST:                              Joyce Hartley
       ------------------------      --------------------------
           Secretary                      Joyce Hartley


Lessee:      Richard A. Keefe
        --------------------------------
         Richard A. Keefe (###-##-####)



<PAGE>   23
                       ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE AND AMENDMENT

                     Re: 362 Park Avenue, Glencoe, Illinois

     This Assignment of Lease and Amendment (the "Amendment") is made in
reference to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 18, 1992 (the
"Lease") by and between J0YCE M. HARTLEY (the "Lessor") and NORTH SHORE PREMIER
PROPERTIES, INC., an Illinois corporation, and RICHARD KEEFE (###-##-####)
(together, the "Lessee"), each of which are now a party hereto together with
NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois corporation (the
"Assignee").

                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee previously entered into the Lease, whereby
Lessor demised to Lessee a single store unit located on the ground floor of a
building located at 362 Park Avenue, Glencoe, Illinois for a term commencing
March 17, 1992, and expiring on March 31, 2002; and

     WHEREAS, Lessee agrees to assign, and Assignee agrees to accept the
assignment of, Lessee's interest in, to and under the Lease subject to the
terms and conditions contained in this Amendment (the "Amendment"); and

     WHEREAS, Lessor agrees to allow the Assignment under the terms and
conditions provided herein and in reliance upon the Guaranties attached hereto;
and

     WHEREAS, upon the Effective Date of the Amendment, as that term is defined
herein through March 21 2002, Lessee shall not be released from his obligations
and liabilities under the Lease subject to the terms and conditions contained
herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions
herein set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor, Lessee and Assignee
agree as follows:

                              Terms and Conditions

     1. INCORPORATION OF RECITALS. The foregoing Recitals are hereby
incorporated into this Amendment and made a part hereof.

     2. EFFECTIVE DATE.  For the purpose of this Agreement, "Effective Date"
shall be defined as August 1, 1995.

     3. ASSIGNMENT.  As of the Effective Date, Lessee shall assign all right,
title and interest in, to and under the Lease and this Agreement to Assignee.



<PAGE>   24

     4. ASSUMPTION.  Assignee shall assume the Lease and will perform and
observe all the covenants and conditions therein.  Such liability of Assignee
under said lease shall be joint and several with Lessee as of the Effective
Date, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.  Lessor
consents to the Assignment of the Lease by Lessee to Assignee upon the express
condition that no further assignment of the Lease shall hereafter be made
without the prior written consent of the Lessor.

     5. REPRESENTATIONS.

        A. Lessor and Lessee covenant that Lessee is not in default under the
Lease, that the Lease is not encumbered by any prior transfer or assignment to
the knowledge of the Lessor.  Lessee covenants that Lessee has full and lawful
authority to assign the Lease.

        B. Joyce Hartley represents that she held the Demised Premises in joint
tenancy with Joseph J. Hartley, deceased.  Upon the death of Joseph J.
Hartley's, Joyce Hartley received her ownership interest in the property as the
sole surviving joint tenant and currently she has the power and authority to
enter into this Lease as Lessor.

     6. DEMISED PREMISES.  Notwithstanding the Provisions of paragraphs 1 and
2(a) of the Lease, on the Effective Date Lessor demises and leases to Assignee,
and Assignee takes from Lessor the Demised Premises, as that term is defined in
the Lease, together with that portion of the basement space located underneath
the Demised Premises which is shown on Exhibit "A" which is attached hereto and
made a part hereof.  The Assignee shall not be entitled to Possession of the
additional basement areas until thirty (30) days after the Effective Date.
Further the Assignee shall pay the Lessor the sum of Eight Hundred Dollars
within the thirty day period.

     7. RENT. Rent shall continue to be determined in the manner provided for
in the Lease.

     8. USE. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 3 of the Lease, the
Demised Premises shall be used for the purposes of conducting and operating a
banking facility and for such other lawful purposes as may be incidental
thereto.

     9. ADDITIONAL RENTAL INCREASE:  Paragraph 24 of the Lease is deleted and
the following language is substituted.  Beginning August 1, 2005, the Lessor
shall have the right to increase the Base Rent by an amount of three (3%)
percent in addition to the increase in Base Rent set forth in paragraph 23 of
the Lease.  Further, beginning August 1, 2013, the Lessor shall have the right
to increase the Base Rent an additional three (3%) percent in addition to the
increase in Base Rent set forth in paragraph 23 of



                                      2
<PAGE>   25


the Lease and the increase provided in the second sentence of this paragraph.

     10. TAXES. In addition to the real estate taxes payable by the Assignee in
accordance with Paragraph 4 of the Lease, Assignee shall be responsible to pay
for any additional real estate taxes caused by the Improvements made by the
Assignee to the interior or exterior of the Premises or the operation of the
Assignee's business.  If the Cook County Assessor's records indicate the
assessed value of the Real Estate is increased as a result of the Improvements,
the tax attributable to the increase in the assessed valuation as a result of
the Improvements shall be paid by the Assignee.  In the event the Lessor and
Assignee are unable to determine whether or not any increase in the Real Estate
taxes are
attributable to the Assignee's improvements or any improvements made by Lessor,
the Assignee and Lessor agree to allocate any such increase based upon the
actual cost of the Assignee's Improvements or Lessor's improvements.

     11. IMPROVEMENTS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 7 of the
Lease, the parties agree that the Demised Premises shall be subject to the
following improvements:

         A. Upon Lessor's written authorization of the plans and specifications,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, beginning on the Effective
Date Assignee shall have the right to make alterations, additions and
improvements ("Improvements") to the Demised Premises which are necessary for
said property to he used as a banking facility.  Assignee shall provide to
Lessor within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date a schematic floor plan,
plans, and specifications for all Improvements to be made to the Demised
premises.  Lessor shall, within fifteen (15) days from the receipt thereof,
review said plans and specifications.  All such alterations, additions and
Improvements shall be made in a workmanlike manner at Assignee's own cost and
expense including any permits or any other cost or expense necessary to
complete the Improvements. Lessor may withhold consent to any proposed plans
and specification for Improvements if they would unreasonably interfere with
the use of any area other than the Demised Premises, provided, however, the
Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such consent.  The Assignee
agrees that the Lessor may consult with the Architect retained by Assignee at
Assignee's expense for the purpose of securing answers to questions concerning
the plans and specifications and Improvements being constructed.

         B. Assignee shall cause the general contractor in charge of the
Improvements to acquire a performance bond covering all planned Improvements
and to deliver a copy of same to Lessor.  The performance bond shall name the
Lessor as an obligee.

         C. Assignee shall be solely responsible for all costs

                                      3
<PAGE>   26


associated with securing waivers of lien and construction escrows which waivers
of lien shall be in a form satisfactory to the Title Insurer providing the
extended title insurance coverage over mechanics lien claims.

         D. Upon completion of all Improvements proposed herein, Assignee shall
provide Lessor with extended Title Insurance coverage in an amount at least
equal to the fair market value of the Improvements.

         E. Upon completion by Assignee of all Improvements described here,
Assignee shall provide to Lessor written evidence of all amounts paid for such
Improvements.

         F. Assignee shall not erect any improvements on, or in any way 
interfere with, any other area other than the Demised Premises including but 
not limited to the area located to the south of the building, nor shall 
Assignee interfere with Lessor's efforts to construct a building on that 
location.

         G. Improvements made by Assignee shall not unreasonably interfere with
the peaceful enjoyment of the building by other tenants.

         H. At the termination of the Lease, Assignee shall have no obligation 
to restore the Demised Premises to its original condition, but any and all
improvements to the Demised Premises shall be delivered to Lessor.  The Demised
Premises and Improvements shall be in the same condition as received at the
Effective Date or improved, ordinary wear and tear expected.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, at the termination of the Lease, the Assignee shall have the
right to remove all of its trade fixtures, including without limitation any and
all modular safes, from the Demised Premises.  Assignee shall be obligated to
make any improvements or repairs required to the Demised Premises as a result
of the removal of its trade fixtures.

     12. RENEWAL OPTIONS.

         A.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 of the Lease, Lessor
hereby grants to Assignee an option to extend the term of the Lease for a
period of eight (8) years commencing as of the termination date of the original
Lease term as extended in paragraph 17 on March 31, 2005, and ending on March
31, 2013 (the "First Renewal Term"). If the option for the first Renewal Term
is exercised, Lessor shall further grant to Assignee an option to extend the
term of the Lease for an additional seven (7) years commencing as of the
termination of the First Renewal Term and ending on March 31, 2020 (the "Second
Renewal Term") .

         B. In order to exercise the option for the First Renewal Term and/or 
the Second Renewal Term, Assignee shall provide

                                      4
<PAGE>   27


Lessor with written notice of Assignee's intent to so exercise more than six
(6) months prior to March 31, 2O05 for the First Renewal Term and March 31,
2013 for the second renewal term.

         C. The terms and conditions pertaining to both the First Renewal Term 
and the Second Renewal Term shall be those same terms and conditions contained 
in the Lease this Amendment hereto.

         D. The Lessee shall have no obligations or liability for either the 
First Renewal Term or the Second Renewal Term or for the period April 1, 2002 
through March 31, 2005.

     13. Lessor shall not sell or cause to be sold the Demised Premises without
requiring as a term of such sale that the Purchaser take the Demised Premises
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease and this Amendment.

     14. INSURANCE.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 13 of the
Lease, Assignee shall provide for all necessary increases in insurance coverage
and costs, if any, resulting from the Improvements made to the Demised Premises
and from its use as a bank.

     15. KEYS TO DEMISED PREMISES.  Lessor shall not be provided with a set of
keys to the demised premises.

     16. UTILITIES. Assignee shall be separately metered and pay all utility
bills incurred for which Assignee is separately metered including but not
limited to water, gas, electricity, fuel, light, heat and power bills.
Assignee shall pay for the installation of a water meter. Assignee shall also
pay for its share for garbage removal and sewer charges if not included on a
separate meter or bill charged to Assignee.

     17. PERMITS AND LICENSES.  Lessor, at no cost to herself, agrees to use
her best efforts to assist Assignee to secure permits and licenses required by
the village of Glencoe.

     18. EXTENDED TERM. The term of the Lease is hereby extended from March 31,
2002 to March 31, 2005.

     19. CONTROLLING PROVISION.  To the extent that the provisions contained in
the Lease and Amendment contradict or are otherwise inconsistent, the
provisions of the Amendment shall control.
     20. RECORDATION.  The parties agree that this Amendment may be recorded at
the sole and exclusive expense of the Assignee.

     21. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Lease or this Amendment, if
the Improvements proposed by the Assignee in accordance with Paragraph 11 of
this Assignment would cause the

                                      5

<PAGE>   28


Lessor to be required to make alterations, additions or improvements
(Additional Improvements) to any portion of the building by any governmental
body, agency, or department including but not limited to the State of Illinois,
the County of Cook, the village of Glencoe, and/or the United States, the
Lessor shall not be required to approve the Improvements.  In that event, this
Amendment shall be terminated unless the Assignee notifies the Lessor that the
Assignee will make the Additional Improvements required by the governmental
body, agency or department at the Assignee's sole cost and expense.  Further,
if the Lessor determines in her sole discretion that the Additional
Improvements would interfere with her other tenants or her own business, Lessor
may terminate this Amendment by giving written notice to Assignee and Lessor
within ten days of receiving written notice of the requirement for the
Additional Improvements.  If this Assignment is terminated, the Lease shall
remain in full force and effect.

     22. Paragraph 11 of the Lease is amended to provide that Lessor's
liability is limited to providing the meter for water, electricity and gas as
now exists.

     23. Paragraph 6 of the Lease is amended to provide the Assignee shall be
solely responsible for the interior walls of the Demised Property and any
Improvements made to the exterior of the building by Assignee.

     24. Assignee shall pay Lessee a sum equal to Lessee's security deposit no
later than ten days after the Effective Date.

     25. The amount of insurance required by paragraph 15 of the Lease shall be
increased by the percentage of increase referred to in paragraph 23a (iv) or
50% which ever is greater at the beginning of each Renewal Term.

     26. Paragraph 21B is amended by adding:

         Assignee:  North Shore Community Bank 
                    and Trust Company
                    362 Park Avenue
                    Glencoe, Illinois 60022


     27. Assignee shall comply with all present and future laws, ordinances,
orders, rules, regulations, and requirement (collectively hereinafter referred
to as "Orders") of all federal, state, municipal and local governments,
departments, commissions, boards and officers, including but not limited to the
Williams-Streiger Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all reasonable Orders
of Lessor's and Assignee's insurance carriers whether foreseen or unforeseen
which may be applicable to the Demised Premises and to all or any parts thereof
and/or any and all facilities used in connection therewith or the use of the
Demised Premises, whether or not any such order shall interfere with the

                                      6
<PAGE>   29


use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises.  Assignee shall not be required to
make structural repairs or alterations unless it has by its use of the Demised
Premises or method of operations therein violated any such orders or unless
such repairs or alterations are necessitated by Assignee's special needs or
Improvements.  Assignee's failure to comply with this paragraph shall not be an
Event of Default until such time as the Lessee has exhausted its administrative
remedies and not complied with an Order.

     Assignee's right to contest said Order is subject to the contingency that
any noncompliance with the Order shall not subject Lessor or any mortgagee to
fines or criminal liability, and Assignee indemnifies the Lessor and mortgagee
from any liability or damages resulting from noncompliance.

     Assignee shall promptly give notice to Lessor of any notice of violation
of any Order received by Assignee.  Without diminishing the obligation of
Assignee, if Assignee shall at any time fail or neglect to comply, or commence
to comply in a reasonable manner, with any Order and, if a stay is necessary,
shall have failed to obtain a stay or extension thereof, Lessor shall be at
liberty to comply therewith upon giving Assignee ten days written notice
(except in cases of emergency or in case where Lessor or Lessor's Beneficiary
may be subject to criminal liability if the Order is not complied with) and all
expenses consequent thereof shall be borne and paid by Assignee; and upon
Assignee's failure so to pay, Lessor may pay the same, and any payments so made
by Lessor, together with interest thereon at fifteen (15%)percent per annum
from the date of payment, shall immediately become due and payable by Assignee
as additional rent.

     Assignee shall have no claim against Lessor, and Lessor shall have no
liability for, any damages, demands, penalties, suits, proceedings, claims,
actions and causes of action of any and every kind and nature arising or
growing out of, or in any way connected with, Assignee's use or occupancy of
the Demised Premises for the purpose permitted herein should such use or
occupancy be prohibited or substantially impaired by any law, ordinance or
regulation of federal, state, county or municipal governments or by any act of
legal, governmental or other public authority.

     28. In addition to paragraph 13 of the Lease, to the extent permitted by
law, Lessor, her agents and employees, shall not be liable for, and Assignee
waives all claim's for, damages against Lessor, her agents and employees,
including, but not limited to, consequential damages to person, property or
otherwise sustained by Assignee or any person claiming through Assignee
resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon any part of the Demised
Premises including, but not limited to, claims for damage resulting from: (a)
any equipment or appurtenances becoming out of repair; (b) Lessor's failure to
keep any part of the building in repair; (C) injury done or caused by wind,
water or other natural element; (d)

                                      7
<PAGE>   30


any defect in or failure of plumbing, heating or air conditioning equipment,
electric wiring or installation thereof, gas, water and steam pipes, stairs,
porches, railings or walks; (e) broken glass; (f) the backing up of any sewer
pipe or downspout; (g) the bursting, leaking or running of any tank, tub,
washstand, water closet, waste pipe, drain or any other pipe or tank in, upon
or about such building or Demised Premises; (h) the escape of steam or hot
water; (I) water, snow or ice upon the Premises or adjacent thereto; (j) the
falling of any fixture, plaster or stucco; (k) damage to or loss by theft or
otherwise of property of Assignee or others and (1) acts or omissions of
persons on the Demised Premises, and (m) any act or omission of owners or
lessees of adjacent or contiguous property.  All property of Assignee kept in
the Demised Premises shall be so kept at Assignee's risk only, and Assignee
shall save Lessor harmless and indemnified from Claims arising out of damage to
the same, including subrogation claims by Assignee's insurance carrier.

     29. To the extent permitted by law, Assignee waives any rights it may have
against Lessor for loss or damage to its property or business caused by fire or
the negligence of the Lessor, her employees or agents.  Further, to the extent
permitted by law, the Assignee waives any rights it may have against Lessor for
loss or damage to its property or business caused by the negligence of the
Lessor, her employees, invitees or agents to the extent the Assignee has
covered, or is obligated to cover, the loss by its insurance policies.

     30. RENTAL NOTICE: In the event that any other part of 362/364 Park Avenue
becomes available to rent, whether it is commercial or residential, Lessor will
notify the Assignee in writing at least 7 days prior to entering into a lease
with any other person or entity.

     31. FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL: In the event Lessor is tendered a bonafide
written offer to sell/purchase 362-364 Park Avenue, Glencoe, IL during the
pendency of the Lease or any extensions thereof, Lessor hereby agrees to notify
Assignee in writing of such offer.  Assignee shall then have one calendar week
after Lessor gives such notice to agree in writing to purchase the property on
the same terms and conditions.  The Assignee must deliver a written offer to
purchase subject to the same terms and conditions to Lessor within the seven
day period or Assignee's right to purchase shall terminate.

     This paragraph shall only apply to the Assignee while the Assignee
occupies the property.  If the Assignee does not occupy the property, this
Right to Purchase shall terminate.  Further, this paragraph shall not apply to
an offer of purchase by the Lessor's children or grandchildren.

     32. LETTER OF CREDIT.  Assignee shall provide Lessor a Letter

                                      8
<PAGE>   31


of Credit from the LaSalle National Bank in Chicago in an amount of $100,000 in
the form attached to this Amendment as Exhibit B within two days of the
Effective Date.  The Letter of Credit shall include the terms and be in the
same form set forth on Exhibit B.  If for any reason the LaSalle National Bank
in Chicago should fail or not continue in business, the Assignee shall provide
a letter of credit containing the same terms and conditions from another bank
in substantially the same financial condition as the LaSalle National Bank in
Chicago at the time of the Effective Date.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment this
27th day of July, 1995.

                                        LESSOR:
                                        Joyce M. Hartley
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        JOYCE M. HARTLEY

                                        LESSEE:

                                        NORTH SHORE PREMIER PROPERTIES, INC.

                                        BY: Richard Keefe
                                           ------------------------------------
                                        Its: Chairman
                                            -----------------------------------

                                        Richard Keefe
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        RICHARD KEEFE

                                        ASSIGNEE:

                                        NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANK AND TRUST
                                        COMPANY, an Illinois corporation f/k/a
                                        NORTH SHORE BUILDING CORPORATION, an
                                        Illinois corporation


                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                        Its: Chairman
                                            -----------------------------------


                                      9

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.19

                          COMMERCIAL BUILDING LEASE


     THIS COMMERCIAL BUILDING LEASE, (this "Lease") is made as of this _____
day of June, 1995, by and between ILLINOIS BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY, an Illinois
corporation, d/b/a AMERITECH ILLINOIS (hereinafter referred to as the
"Landlord") and NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANK & TRUST COMPANY, an Illinois State
banking association (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Tenant") who
mutually covenant and agree as follows:

                                       I.

                                 GRANT AND TERM

     1.0 Grant.  Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents herein
reserved and the covenants and agreements herein contained on the part of the
Tenant to be performed, hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby lets from
Landlord, that portion of certain real estate commonly known as 794 Oak Street
in Winnetka, Illinois (the "Building"), as depicted in Exhibit A attached
hereto; consisting of Eight Hundred Fifty-Five (855) rentable square feet of
the Building on the first floor, as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto
as Exhibit B-1 and Three Thousand Two Hundred Seventy Seven (3,277) rentable
square feet of the building on the second floor, as depicted on the floor plan
attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 together with all appurtenances belonging to or
in any way pertaining to the said premises (such real estate, improvements and
appurtenances hereinafter sometimes jointly or severally, as the context
requires, referred to as "Leased Premises").

     1.1 Term. The term of the Lease shall commence on the first day of the
second month following the satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent, as that
term is defined in Article XXII herein, (hereinafter sometimes referred to as
the "Commencement Date") and shall end on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the
Commencement Date, (the "Initial Term"), unless sooner terminated or extended
as herein set forth.

     1.2 Renewal Options.  Tenant shall have two (2) successive options to
extend the term of this Lease for five (5) years each (each a "Renewal Term"),
on the same terms and conditions as contained herein, except in respect of
rent, the terms of which shall be as negotiated by Landlord and Tenant based
upon prevailing market rental rates for comparable real estate in the Winnetka,
Illinois area outside of the overlay district.  However, in no event shall the
rent be less than the rent effective on the last day of the Initial Term or the
Renewal Term, as the case may be.  Each such option may be exercised by written
notice from Tenant to Landlord not later than sixty (60) days prior to the end
of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as the case may be.




<PAGE>   2


     1.3 Termination Option.  Both parties shall have the right to 
terminate the lease at any time after the seventh year of the term,
including during Renewal Terms by giving the other party no less than twelve
(12) months written notice. 

                                       II.
                                      
                                   POSSESSION

     2.0 Possession.  Landlord shall deliver possession of the Leased Premises
to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date in their condition as of the
execution and delivery hereof, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

                                      III.

                                    PURPOSE

     3.0 Purpose.  The Leased Premises shall be used and occupied only for the
operation of a general banking and trust business.

     3.1 Uses Prohibited.  Tenant shall not use or occupy the Leased Premises,
or permit the Leased Premises to be used or occupied, contrary to any statute,
rule, order, ordinance, requirement or regulation applicable thereto; or in any
manner which would violate any certificate of occupancy affecting the same; or
which would cause structural injury to the improvements (except for the
Tenant's Work as hereinafter provided and defined); or cause the value or
usefulness of the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, to diminish; or which
would constitute a public or private nuisance or waste.

                                      IV.

                         BASE RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT

     4.0 Rent.  Beginning with the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to and
upon the order of Landlord until otherwise notified in writing by Landlord, as
rent for the Leased Premises, at such place or places as Landlord may designate
in writing from time to time, and in default of such designation then at the
office of the Landlord, as hereinafter provided, an annual base rental of Sixty
Two Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy-Eight and No/100 Dollars ($62,978.00) payable
monthly in advance in installments of Five Thousand Two Hundred Forty Eight and
17/100 Dollars ($5,248.17) each.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is
understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that for the twelve
(12) month period commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing on the
first day of each and every anniversary date thereafter for each subsequent
twelve (12) month period of the term of this Lease (each successive twelve (12)
month period is hereinafter referred to as a "Lease Year"), the annual

                                      2
<PAGE>   3


rental for the Leased Premises shall be increased to an amount equal to one
hundred and four (104%) percent of the previous year's annual rental.

     4.1    Rent Abatement.  Tenant shall receive rent abatements as follows:

     (a)    Cost of Moving "Maintenance Center".  Tenant shall pay the
            cost, not to exceed $20,000.00, of moving Landlord's "Maintenance
            Center" which is currently located on the first floor,
            approximately where the teller stations are planned.  Landlord
            shall choose the contractor to perform the work.  Tenant's base
            rent shall be abated for the same amount Tenant is required to pay,
            not to exceed $20,000.00.  Tenant will receive the base rent
            abatement, so long as Tenant has paid the moving cost, as of the
            Commencement Date, until the full moving cost which tenant has paid
            has been abated.

     (b)    Tenant will receive base rent abatements for the first, second,
            third, and fourth years of the Term in the amounts of $7,000.00,
            $5,000.00, $3,000.00, and $1,000.00, respectively.  The abatements
            will commence, amortized over the year to which the abatement
            relates, after the abatements described above in this paragraph 4.1
            (a) are satisfied.


     4.2 Additional Rent.  In addition to the rent as provided for in Section
4.0, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the following (which collectively
shall be referred to as the "Additional Rent"):

     (a)    Tenant's Share, as that term is defined herein, of the Exterior
            Maintenance Expenses, as that term is defined in Section 5.0, and;

     (b)    Tenant's Shares, as that term is defined herein, of the
            Impositions, as that term is defined in Section 6.0.

     4.3 Tenant's Share.  The "Tenant's Share" of the Additional Rent shall be
equal to 17.6% of the Additional Rent, which is based upon a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Rentable Area square footage of the Leased Premises
(which is agreed to be Four Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Two, (4,132) rentable
square feet), and the denominator of which is the total Rentable Area square
footage of the Building (which is agreed to be Twenty-Three Thousand Four
Hundred Eighty-Four (23,484) rentable square feet).

                                      3
<PAGE>   4


                                       V.

                         EXTERIOR MAINTENANCE EXPENSES

     5.0 Definition.  The term "Exterior Maintenance Expenses" shall mean the
actual direct costs attributable to the following items: Landscaping, snow
removal, lawn care, sewer maintenance and repairs, if any, and any other
expenses considered by Landlord to be necessary to the exterior maintenance of
the building and grounds.  This list is not intended to be complete, rather,
should Landlord in future periods deem it necessary, other expenses shall be
properly included.

Any increase in the Exterior Maintenance Costs will be capped at four percent
(4%) annually, cumulatively.

     5.1 Payment of Exterior Maintenance Expenses.  Within ninety (90) days of
the commencement of each Lease Year, the Landlord shall provide the Tenant with
its reasonable estimate of the cost of the Exterior Maintenance Expenses for
that Lease Year.  During each month of the Lease Year, Tenant shall pay to the
Landlord one-twelfth (1/12) of the payments of the Exterior Maintenance
Expenses for that Lease Year.  If the actual cost of the Exterior Maintenance
Expenses for any Lease Year are greater than originally anticipated by the
Landlord, the Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days from its receipt of written
verification for the basis for the excess Exterior Maintenance Expenses, pay to
the Landlord the Tenant's Share of such Exterior Maintenance Expenses in a lump
sum.  If the actual Exterior Maintenance Expenses for any Lease Year are less
than originally anticipated by the Landlord, the Landlord shall reimburse such
additional amount to the Tenant within ninety (90) days from the expiration of
any Lease Year in a lump sum.  The Landlord agrees that the Tenant shall have
reasonable access to its books and records to determine the actual cost of the
Exterior Maintenance Expenses.

                                      VI.

                                  IMPOSITIONS

     6.0 Definitions.  Tenant shall pay the Tenant's Share of all taxes and
assessments, general and special, water rates and other impositions, ordinary
and extraordinary, of every kind and nature whatsoever, which may be levied,
assessed or imposed upon the Building, or any part thereof, or upon any
improvements at any time situated thereon, accruing or becoming due and payable
during the term of this Lease, together with the Tenant's Share of all costs of
any policy of insurance insuring the Building against such risks and in such
amounts as may be deemed reasonably necessary by the Landlord (all of the
aforesaid collectively referred to herein as the "Impositions"); provided,
however, that the general taxes and insurance levied against the Leased

                                      4
<PAGE>   5


Premises shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant as of the Commencement
Date for the first year of the Lease term and as of the expiration date of the
Lease term for the last year of the Lease term (on the basis of Landlord's
reasonable estimate thereof).  Tenant may take the benefit of the provisions of
any statute or ordinance permitting any assessment to be paid over a period of
years and Tenant shall be obligated to pay only those installments falling due
during the term of this Lease.

     6.1 Payment of Impositions.  Upon delivery by the Landlord to the Tenant
of any bill attributable to any Imposition, the Tenant shall, within thirty
(30) days of its receipt of same, pay to the Landlord, the Tenant's Share of
any such Imposition.

                                      VII

                                   INSURANCE

     7.0 Kinds and Amounts. Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its own cost
and expense, policies of insurance for its property to be located at the Leased
Premises against such risks and in such amounts which are deemed reasonably
necessary by the Tenant.  Upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide
Landlord with evidence of insurance.

     7.1 Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights.  Whenever (a) any loss, cost,
damage, or expense resulting from fire, explosion or any other casualty or
occurrence is incurred by either of the parties of this Lease, or anyone
claiming by, through, or under it in connection with the Leased Premises, and
(b) such party is then covered in whole or in part by insurance with respect to
such loss, cost, damage or expense, or required under this Lease to be so
insured, then the parties so insured (or so required) hereby release the other
party from any liability said other party may have on account of such loss,
cost, damage or expense to the extent of any amount recovered by reason of such
insurance (or which could have been recovered had such insurance been carried
as so required) and waives any right of subrogation which might otherwise exist
in or accrue to any person on account thereof, provided that such release of
liability and waiver of the right of subrogation shall not be operative in any
case where the effect thereof is to invalidate such insurance coverage or
increase the cost thereof.
                                     VIII.

                             DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     8.0 Tenant's Obligation to Rebuild.  In the event of damage to, or
destruction of, any improvements on the Leased Premises, or of the fixtures
therein, by fire and other casualty, Tenant shall promptly, at its expense,
repair, restore, or rebuild the same to the condition existing prior to the
happening of such fire or other casualty.  In the event of damage to, or
destruction of,

                                      5
<PAGE>   6


any portion of the Building which makes the Leased Premises untenantable, the
Landlord shall promptly, at its expense, repair, restore or rebuild the same to
allow the Leased Premises to be used for its intended use by the Tenant.  Rent
shall be reduced or abated during the period of such repair, restoration, or
rebuilding by an amount equal to that portion of the Leased Premises which are
not tenantable, whether as a result of damage to the Leased Premises, or damage
to the Building which makes the Leased Premises untenantable.

     8.1 Preconditions to Rebuilding.  Before Tenant commences such repairing,
restoration, or rebuilding involving an estimated cost of more than Twenty-Five
Thousand Dollars ($25,000), plans and specifications therefore shall be
submitted to Landlord for approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed) and Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (a) an estimate of
the cost of the proposed work; and (b) satisfactory evidence of sufficient
contractor's comprehensive general liability insurance covering Landlord,
builder's risk insurance, and workmen's compensation insurance.

     8.2 Payment for Rebuilding.  Provided that the insurer does not deny
liability, as to the insureds, and provided Tenant is not then in default
hereunder, all sums arising by reason of loss under the insurance referred to
in subsection 8.0 which is attributable to the Leased Premises, shall be
deposited with the Depositary (as hereinafter defined) to be available to
Tenant for the work.  Tenant shall deposit with the Depositary any excess cost
of the work over the amount held by the Depositary as proceeds of the insurance
within thirty (30) days from the date of the determination of the cost of the
work by the Tenant's in accordance with subsection 8.1(a), or if the insurer
has denied liability as to the insureds, or if Tenant is then in default
hereunder, then Tenant shall deposit the full amount of the work with the
Depositary.  Tenant shall diligently pursue the repair or rebuilding of the
improvements in a good and workmanlike manner using only quality workmen and
materials.  The Depositary shall pay out construction funds from time to time
on the written direction of Tenant provided that the Depositary and Landlord
shall first be furnished with waivers of lien, contractors, and subcontractors
sworn statements and other evidence of cost and payments so that the Depositary
can verify that the amounts disbursed from time to time are represented by
completed and in place work and that said work is free and clear of possible
mechanics liens.  At all times the undisbursed balance remaining in the hands
of Depositary shall be at least sufficient to pay for the cost of completion of
the work free and clear of liens; any deficiency shall be paid into the
Depositary by Tenant.  Depositary, as used herein, shall be any first mortgagee
of the Leased Premises, or the Landlord if there is no first mortgage of the
Leased Premises or if such first mortgagee has refused to act as Depositary.

     8.3 Excess Receipts by Depositary.  Any excess of money received from
insurance remaining with the Depositary after the repair or rebuilding or
improvements, if there is no default by Tenant then existing in the performance
of the Tenant's covenants and agreements hereunder, shall be paid to Tenant.

     8.4 Failure To Rebuild By Tenant.  If Tenant shall fail to commence the
repair or rebuilding of the improvements within a period of ninety (90) days
after damage or destruction

                                      6
<PAGE>   7


by fire or otherwise, and prosecute the same thereafter with such dispatch as
may be necessary to complete the same within a reasonable period after said
damage or destruction occurs, then, in addition to whatever other remedies
Landlord may have either under this Lease, at law or in equity, the money
received by and then remaining in the hands of the Depositary shall be paid to
and retained by Landlord as security for the continued performance and
observance by Tenant of the Tenant's covenants and agreements hereunder, or
Landlord may terminate this Lease and then be paid and retain the amount so
held as liquidated damages resulting from the failure on the part of Tenant to
comply with the provisions of this Article.

     8.5 Failure to Rebuild by Landlord.  If Landlord shall fail to commence
the repair or rebuilding of that portion of the Building affecting the Tenant's
use of the Leased Premises within ninety (90) days after damage or destruction
by fire or otherwise, and prosecute same with such dispatch as may be necessary
to complete same within a reasonable period after such damage or destruction
occurs, then the Tenant may terminate this Lease and all the obligations of the
Tenant to pay and perform hereunder shall cease and become null and void as of
the ninetieth (90th) day following such fire, damage or destruction.

                                      IX.

                                  CONDEMNATION

     9.0 Taking of Whole.  If the whole of the Leased Premises shall be taken
or condemned for a public or quasi-public use or purpose by any competent
authority or if such a portion of the Leased Premises including, however, a
portion of the improvements, shall be so taken that as a result thereof the
balance cannot be used for the same purpose as expressed in Article III, then
in either of such events, the Lease term shall terminate upon delivery of
possession to the condemning authority, and any award, compensation or damage
(hereinafter sometimes called the "Award"), shall be paid to and be the sole
property of Landlord.  The Tenant shall have the right to bring a separate
cause of action against such condemning authority for compensation for
diminution of the value of the leasehold estate and such Award, if any, shall
be the sole and exclusive property of the Tenant.  Tenant shall continue to pay
rent until the Lease term is terminated and any deposits with the Landlord for
either the Impositions or Exterior Maintenance Expenses shall be adjusted
between the parties.

     9.1 Partial Takings.  If only a part of the Leased Premises shall be so
taken or condemned, and as a result thereof the balance of the Leased Premises
can be used for the same purpose as expressed in Article III, this Lease shall
not terminate and Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall repair and
restore the Leased Premises and all improvements thereon.  Tenant shall
promptly and diligently proceed to make a complete architectural unit of the
remainder of the improvements first complying with the procedure set forth in
Section 8.1. For such purposes, and provided Tenant is not then in default
hereunder, the amount of the award relating to the improvements shall be
deposited with the Depositary (as defined in Section 8.2 hereof) which shall
disburse such award to apply on the cost of said repairing or restoration in
accordance with

                                      7
<PAGE>   8


the procedure set forth in Section 7.2.  If Tenant does not make a complete
architectural unit of the remainder of the improvements within a reasonable
period after such taking or condemnation, not to exceed one hundred eighty
(180) days, then, in addition to whatever other remedies Landlord may have
either under this Lease, at law or in equity, the money received by and then
remaining in the custody of the Depositary shall, at Landlord's election be
paid to and retained by Landlord as liquidated damages resulting from failure
of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Section.  Any portion of such
award as may not have to be expended for such repairing or restoration shall be
paid to Landlord.  Rent shall be abated based upon that portion of the Leased
Premises, which is subject to the condemnation of taking.

                                       X.

                                 TENANT'S WORK

     10.0 Tenant shall complete all improvements to be made to the Leased
Premises that are described on the attached Exhibit "B-1", "B-2", & "C" which
are attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Tenant's Work") at Tenant's
sole cost.  Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations, statutes, laws,
ordinances, orders, codes and other acts having force of effect of law, and
with all state, federal municipal or other agencies, authorities or bodies
having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises or the Building.


                                       XI

                            MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

     11.0 Maintenance.  Tenant shall keep and maintain the entire Leased
Premises, and Landlord shall not be responsible for maintenance of,
specifically including without limitation, the elevator, the heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system installed by the Tenant as part of the
Tenant's Work, in good repair and condition, in material compliance with all
health and police regulations in force.

     11.1 Alterations.  Except for the Tenant's Work, which has been approved
by the Landlord, Tenant shall not create any openings in the roof or exterior
walls, nor shall Tenant make any material structural alterations or material
structural additions to the Leased Premises without the prior written consent
of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Upon
completion of any work by or on behalf of Tenant, Tenant shall provide Landlord
with such documents as Landlord reasonably may require (including, without
limitation, sworn contractor's statements and supporting lien waivers)
evidencing payment in full for such work.

                                      8
<PAGE>   9


                                      XII.

                           ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     12.0 Assignment and Subletting.  Tenant may assign the Lease, or sublet
the premises with the Landlord's consent, which will not be unreasonably
withheld, and which consent may be denied if 1) the use by the intended
assignee is not consistent with the nature of the Tenant's tenancy, 2) the
character, moral stability, reputation and financial responsibility of the
proposed assignee are not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or not at least
equal to those which were possessed by Tenant as of the date of execution of
the Lease, or 3) there exists any default of Tenant under this Lease.  Tenant
shall provide nine (9) months' notice to Landlord of Tenant's intention to
assign.  No permitted assignment or subletting shall relieve Tenant of Tenant's
covenants and agreements hereunder and Tenant shall continue to be liable as
principal, and not as a guarantor or surety, to the same extent as though no
assignment or subletting had been made.

     Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease upon the Tenant's
subletting or assigning the Lease.  In this case, Tenant shall not continue to
be liable under the terms of the Lease.

     12.1 Assignment and Subletting to Affiliates.  Tenant may assign the Lease
to an affiliate or subsidiary without Landlord's consent.  For the purposes of
this Paragraph 12.1, (i) the transfer (whether direct or indirect) of all or a
majority of the capital stock in a corporate Tenant, or the merger,
consolidation or reorganization of such Tenant, and (ii) the transfer of all or
any general partnership interest in any partnership or joint venture interests,
as the case may be, in a partnership or joint venture Tenant, shall be
considered an assignment of this Lease which shall not require Landlord's
consent.


                                      XIII.

                             LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES


     13.0 Encumbering Title.  Tenant shall not do any act which shall in any
way encumbers the title of Landlord to the Leased Premises or the Building by
way of lien or encumbrance, whether by operation of law or by virtue of any
express or implied contract by Tenant.  Any claim to, or lien upon, the Leased
Premises arising from any act or omission of Tenant shall accrue only against
the leasehold estate of Tenant and shall be subject and subordinate to the
paramount title and rights of Landlord in and to the Leased Premises.

     13.1 Liens and Right to Contest.  Tenant shall not permit the Leased
Premises to become subject to any mechanics', laborers', or materialmen's lien
on account of labor or material furnished to Tenant or claimed to have been
furnished to Tenant in connection with work of any character performed or
claimed to have been performed on the Leased Premises by, or at the direction
or sufferance of, Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right
to contest,

                                      9
<PAGE>   10


in good faith and with reasonable diligence, the validity of any such lien or
claimed lien; provided, further, that on final determination of the lien,
Tenant shall immediately pay any judgment rendered with all proper costs and
charges and shall have the lien released and any judgment satisfied.


                                      XIV

                                   UTILITIES


     14.0 Utilities.  As part of the Tenant's Work, the Tenant shall install
all utility meters for any utility services to be provided to the Leased
Premises which meters shall be solely for the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall
purchase all utility services including, but not limited to, fuel, water,
sewer, and electricity from the utility or municipality providing such services
and shall pay for such services when such payments are due.

                                      XV

                              INDEMNITY AND WAIVER

     15.0 Indemnity.  Tenant will protect, indemnify, and save harmless
Landlord from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages,
penalties, causes of action, costs, and expenses imposed upon or incurred by or
asserted against Landlord by reason of any accident, injury to, or death of
persons or loss of or damage to property occurring on or about the Leased
Premises or resulting from any act or omission of Tenant, any invitee of
Tenant, any occupant of the Leased Premises, or anyone claiming by, through, or
under Tenant.

     15.1 Waiver of Certain Claims.  Tenant waives all claims it may have
against Landlord for damage or injury to person or property sustained by Tenant
or any persons claiming through Tenant or by any occupant of the Leased
Premises, or by any other person, resulting from any part of the Leased
Premises or any of its improvements, equipment, or appurtenances becoming out
of repair, or resulting from any accident on or about its improvements,
equipment, or appurtenances becoming out of repair or resulting from any
accident on or about the Leased Premises or resulting directly or indirectly
from any act or neglect of any person, other than Landlord except for the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord.  All personal property
belonging to Tenant or any occupant of the Leased Premises that is in or on
any part of the Leased Premises shall be there at the risk of Tenant or of such
other person only and Landlord shall not be liable for any damage thereto or
for the theft or misappropriation thereof.


                                     10
<PAGE>   11




                                      XVI.

                          RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

     16.0 Rights Reserved to Landlord.  Without limiting any other rights
reserved or available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity,
Landlord, on behalf of itself and its agents (and its beneficiary or
beneficiaries and their agents if Landlord is an Illinois land trust), reserves
the following rights, to be exercised at Landlord's election:

     (a)    To install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of
            the Building (other than the interior of the Leased Premises);

     (b)    Upon forty-eight (48) hours advance written notice to the
            Tenant, and during normal business hours, to show the Leased
            Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees, or other persons
            having a legitimate interest in viewing the same, and, at any time
            within one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Lease term, to
            persons wishing to rent the Leased Premises; and

     (c)    To prescribed the location and style of the number and
            identification sign or lettering for the Leased Premises.

     (d)    Landlord may enter the Leased Premises at reasonable times,
            with notice to Tenant:

            1) To install, maintain, operate, remove, and replace
            telecommunications equipment in the Leased Premises, consisting of
            vertical and horizontal cable racks on the ceiling, and vertical
            cable racks on the wall, and

            2) To install, maintain, operate, remove, and replace
            telecommunications equipment in the basement and in the remainder
            of the second floor space which is not part of the Leased Premises,
            and to gain access to the Building space which is not part of the
            Leased Premises, for any purposes deemed necessary by Landlord for
            the operation of Landlord's business.

            3) To install, maintain, operate, remove and replace equipment
            located on the roof of the building.

            4) To conduct construction in the Building space not leased to
            Tenant.

     (e)    Landlord may enter the Leased Premises without notice to Tenant
            only in a case of emergency, including, but not limited to, fire,
            smoke indicating the presence of fire, water leaking and flooding,
            or any failure of the facilities which requires Landlord's access
            through the Leased Premises under any circumstances.

                                     11
<PAGE>   12


Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Landlord
acknowledges that the operations of the Tenant require that the Leased Premises
remain secure.

                                     XVII.

                                 QUIET ENJOYMENT

     17.0 Quiet Enjoyment.  So long as no event of default shall have occurred
and be continuing under this Lease, Tenant's quiet and peaceable enjoyment of
the Leased Premises shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Landlord or by
any person claiming by, through, or under Landlord.

                                     XVIII.

                          SUBORDINATION OR SUPERIORITY

     18.0 Subordination or Superiority.  The rights and interest of Tenant
under this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any first mortgage or
trust deed creating a first mortgage that may be placed upon the Leased
Premises by Landlord and to any and all advances to be made thereunder, and to
the interest thereon, and all renewals, replacements, and extensions thereof,
if the mortgagee or trustee named in said mortgages or trust deeds shall elect
to subject or subordinate the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease to
the lien of its mortgage or deed of trust and shall agree to recognize this
Lease of Tenant in the event of foreclosure if Tenant is not in default (which
agreement may, at such mortgagee's option, require attornment by Tenant).  Any
such mortgagee or trustee may elect to give the rights and interest of Tenant
under this Lease priority over the lien of its mortgage or deed of trust.  In
the event of either such election and, upon notification by such mortgagee or
trustee to Tenant to that effect, the rights and interest of Tenant under this
Lease shall be deemed to be subordinate to, or to have priority over, as the
case may be, the lien of said mortgage or trust deed, whether this Lease is
dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said mortgage or trust deed.
Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever instruments may be required for such
purposes and in the event Tenant fails so to do within ten (10) days after
demand in writing, Tenant does hereby make, constitute, and irrevocably appoint
Landlord as its attorney in fact and in its name, place, and stead so to do.

                                      XIX.


                                   SURRENDER

     19.0 Surrender.  Upon the termination of this Lease whether by forfeiture,
lapse of time, or otherwise, or upon the termination of Tenant's right to
possession of the Leased Premises, Tenant will at once surrender and deliver up
the Leased Premises, together with all improvements thereon, to Landlord in
good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Said
improvements shall include all plumbing, lighting, electrical, heating,
cooling, and ventilating fixtures and

                                     12
<PAGE>   13


equipment and other articles of personal property used in the operation of the
Leased Premises (as distinguished from operations incident to the business of
Tenant; articles of personal property incident to Tenant's business are
hereinafter referred to as "Trade Fixtures").  All additions, hardware,
non-Trade Fixtures and improvements, temporary or permanent, in or upon the
Leased Premises placed there by Tenant shall become Landlord's property and
shall remain upon the Leased Premises upon such termination of this Lease by
lapse of time or otherwise, without compensation or allowance or credit to
Tenant, unless Landlord requests their removal in writing at or before the time
of such termination of this Lease.  If Landlord so requests removal of said
additions, hardware, non-Trade Fixtures, and all improvements and Tenant does
not make such removal at said termination of this Lease, or within ten (10)
days after such request, whichever is later, Landlord may remove the same and
deliver the same to any other place of business of Tenant or warehouse the
same, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal, delivery, and warehousing
to Landlord on demand provided, however, in no event shall the Tenant be
responsible for the costs attributable to the removal of the Tenant's Work.

     19.1 Removal of Tenant's Property.  Upon the termination of this Lease by
lapse of time, Tenant may remove Tenant's Trade Fixtures provided, however,
that Tenant shall repair any injury or damage to the Leased Premises which may
result from such removals.  If Tenant does not remove Tenant's Trade Fixtures
from the Leased Premises prior to the end of the term, however ended, Landlord
may, at its option, remove the same and deliver the same to any other place of
business of Tenant or warehouse the same, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such
removal (including the repair of any injury or damage to the Leased Premises
resulting from such removal), delivery, and warehousing to Landlord on demand,
or Landlord may treat such Trade Fixtures as having been conveyed to Landlord
with this Lease as a Bill of Sale, without further payment or credit by
Landlord to Tenant.

     19.2 Holding Over.  Any holding over by Tenant of the Leased Premises
after the expiration of this Lease shall operate and be construed to be a
tenancy from month to month only, at the same monthly rate of rent and other
charges payable hereunder for the Lease term or, at the election of Landlord
expressed in a written notice to Tenant, and not otherwise, such holding over
shall constitute a renewal of this Lease for one (1) year at the same rental
and upon all of the other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease.  If
Tenant continues to hold over after a written demand by Landlord for possession
at the expiration of the Lease or after termination by either party of a
month-to-month tenancy created pursuant to this Section, or after termination
of the Lease or of Tenant's right to possession pursuant to Section 19.0
hereof, Tenant shall pay monthly rental at a rate equal to double the rate of
rent payable hereunder immediately prior to the expiration or other termination
of this Lease or Tenant's right to possession.  Nothing contained in this
Section 19.2 shall be construed to give Tenant the right to hold over at any
time and Landlord may exercise any and all remedies at law or in equity to
recover possession of the Leased Premises.


                                     13
<PAGE>   14



                                      XX.

                                    REMEDIES

     20.0 Defaults.  Tenant further agrees that any one or more of the
following events shall be considered events of default, as such term is used
herein, that is to say, if:

     (a)    Tenant shall be adjudged an involuntary bankrupt, or a decree
            or order approving, as properly filed, a petition or answer filed
            against Tenant asking reorganization of Tenant under the Federal
            bankruptcy law as now or hereafter amended, or under the laws of
            any State, shall be entered and any such decree or judgment or
            order shall not have been vacated or set aside within sixty (60)
            days from the date of the entry or granting thereof; or

     (b)    Tenant shall file or admit the jurisdiction of the court, and
            the material allegations contained in, any petition in bankruptcy
            or any petition pursuant or purporting to be pursuant to the
            Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter amended or Tenant shall
            institute any proceedings or shall give its consent to the
            institution of any proceedings for any relief of Tenant under any
            bankruptcy or insolvency laws or any laws relating to the relief of
            debtors, or readjustment of indebtedness; or

     (c)    Tenant shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors
            or shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver for
            Tenant or any of the property of Tenant; or

     (d)    A decree or order appointing a receiver of the property of
            Tenant shall be made and such decree or order shall not have been
            vacated or set aside within sixty (60) days from the date of entry
            or granting thereof; or

     (e)    Tenant shall default in any monthly payments of rent or in any
            other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder when due as
            herein provided and such default shall continue for ten (10) days
            after notice thereof in writing to Tenant; or

     (f)    Tenant shall fail to contest the validity of any lien or
            claimed lien or, having commenced to contest the same, shall fail
            to prosecute such contest with diligence, or shall fail to have the
            same released and satisfy any judgment rendered thereon and such
            default shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof in
            writing to Tenant; or

     (g)    Tenant shall default in any of the other covenants and
            agreements herein contained to be kept, observed, and performed by
            Tenant and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after
            notice thereof in writing to Tenant.



                                     14
<PAGE>   15


Upon the occurrence of any one or more of such events of default, Landlord may,
at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant's right to possession
only, without terminating the Lease.  Upon termination of this Lease or of
Tenant's right to possession, Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises with or
without process of law using such force as may be necessary and remove all
persons, fixtures, and chattels therefrom and Landlord shall not be liable for
any damages resulting therefrom.  Upon termination of the Lease, or upon any
termination of Tenant's right to possession without termination of the Lease,
Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Leased Premises immediately
and deliver possession thereof to the Landlord and Tenant hereby grants to
Landlord the full and free right, without demand or notice of any kind to
Tenant (except as hereinabove expressly provided for), to enter into and upon
the Leased Premises in such event with process of law and to repossess the
Leased Premises as Landlord's former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and
any others who may be occupying or within the Leased Premises without being
deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction, or forcible entry or
detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom
and without relinquishing Landlord's rights to rent or any other right given to
Landlord hereunder or by operation of law.  Upon termination of this Lease,
Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages all rent and other sums due
and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus (1) an amount equal to
the value of the rent and other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant for
the residue of the stated term hereof, less the fair rental value of the Leased
Premises for the residue of the stated term (taking into account the time and
expenses necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, including
expenses hereinafter described relating to recovery of the premises,
preparation for reletting, and for reletting itself), and (2) the cost of
performing any other covenants to be performed by Tenant.  If Landlord elects
to terminate Tenant's right to possession only, without terminating this Lease,
Landlord may, at Landlord's option, enter into the Leased Premises, remove
Tenant's signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession
thereof as hereinabove provided, without such entry and possession terminating
this Lease or releasing Tenant, in whole or in part, from Tenant's obligations
to pay the rent hereunder for the full term or from any other of its
obligations under this Lease.  Landlord shall use its best efforts to relet all
or any part of the Leased Premises for such rent and upon terms as shall be
satisfactory to Landlord (including the right to relet the Leased Premises for
a term greater or lesser than that remaining under the Lease term, and the
right to relet the Leased Premises as a part of a larger area and the right to
change the character or use made of the Leased Premises).  For the purpose of
such reletting, Landlord may decorate or make any repairs, changes,
alterations, or additions in or to the Leased Premises that may be necessary or
convenient.  If Landlord does not relet the Leased Premises, after having
undertaken its best efforts to do so, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand
damages equal to the amount of the rent and other sums provided herein to be
paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Lease term.  If the Leased Premises are
relet and a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting, after
paying all of the expenses of such decorations, repairs, changes, alterations,
additions, the expenses of such reletting and the collection of the rent
accruing therefrom (including, but not by way of limitation, attorneys' fees
and brokers' commissions), to satisfy the rent herein provided to be paid for
the remainder of the Lease term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand any
deficiency and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums
falling due under the terms of this Section from time to time.  If Tenant shall
default under subsection (1) hereof, and if such default cannot with due
diligence be cured

                                     15
<PAGE>   16


within a period of thirty (30) days, and if notice thereof in writing shall
have been given to Tenant, and if Tenant promptly commences to eliminate the
cause of such default, then Landlord shall not have the right to declare said
term ended by reason of such default or to repossess the Leased Premises
without terminating this Lease so long as Tenant is proceeding diligently and
with reasonable dispatch to take all steps and do all work required to cure
such default and does so cure such default, provided, however, that the curing
of any default in such manner shall not be construed to limit or restrict the
right of Landlord to declare the term ended or to repossess, without
terminating this Lease, and to enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder
for any other default not so cured.

     20.1 Remedies Cumulative.  No remedy herein or otherwise conferred upon or
reserved to Landlord shall be considered to exclude or suspend any other remedy
but the same shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy
given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by
statute, and every power and remedy given by this Lease to Landlord may be
exercised from time to time and so often as occasion may arise or as may be
deemed expedient.

     20.2 No Waiver.  No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or
power arising from any default shall impair any such right or power or be
construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein.  No
waiver or any breach of any of the covenants of this Lease shall be construed,
taken, or held to be a waiver of any other breach or waiver, acquiescence in,
or consent to any further or succeeding breach of the same covenant.  The
acceptance by Landlord of any payment of Rent or other charges hereunder after
the termination by Landlord of this Lease or of Tenant's right to possession
hereunder shall not, in the absence of agreement in writing to the contrary by
Landlord, be deemed to restore this Lease or Tenant's right to possession
hereunder, as the case may be, but shall be construed as a payment on account,
and not in satisfaction, of damages due from Tenant to Landlord.


                                      XI.

                                 TENANT'S RIGHTS

     21.0 Right First Offer For Additional Space.  Tenant shall have a right of
first offer on any space coming available in the Building based upon prevailing
market rental rates for comparable real estate in the Winnetka, Illinois area
outside of the overlay district.

     21.1 Signage.  The Tenant shall have the right to maintain such exterior
and interior signs as are acceptable to the Landlord and the appropriate zoning
authority.  Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance of signs, and
Tenant shall pay for electricity needed to operate signs.

     21.2 Parking.  The Landlord agrees to provide to the Tenant three (3)
designated parking spaces for the sole and exclusive use of the Tenant and its
customers.  Landlord shall choose the three spaces and install signage, at
Tenant's expense, to designate spaces.



                                     16
<PAGE>   17


     21.3 Competition.  Landlord agrees that during the term of this Lease, or
any renewal thereof, it will not lease all or any portion of the Building to
any "financial institution".  The term "financial institution" shall mean any
business which is either accepting deposits, making loans, or processing loans.

     21.4 Binding on Mortgagees.  The provisions of this Section shall be
binding upon any mortgagee of the Premises who acquires title to the Leased
Premises by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.

                                     XXII.

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     22.1 Definition.  The obligations of Tenant to pay and perform under this
Lease are expressly contingent upon the following (collectively the following
are referred to herein as the "Conditions Precedent");

    (a)  The receipt by the Tenant of all necessary approvals from the
         Village of Winnetka for the operation of the Leased Premises as a
         general banking facility, including without limitation, the necessary
         approval for the Tenant's Work and any proposed signage requested by
         the Tenant as part of the Tenant's Work, and any building permit which
         may be required to complete the Tenant's Work.

    (b)  The receipt by the Tenant of the Landlord of its consent to the
         Tenant's Work, including without limitation, the location and
         description of any signage requested by the Tenant.

    (c)  The receipt by the Tenant of all necessary approvals from any
         state or federal authority deemed reasonably necessary by the Tenant
         for the operation of a general banking facility in the Leased
         Premises, namely, approvals from the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation, the Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Trusts, and the
         Federal Reserve Bank.

     22.2 Termination Date.  Upon completion of the Conditions Precedent, the
Tenant shall notify the Landlord in writing that the Conditions Precedent have
been satisfied or waived.  The Tenant shall have until October 1, 1995 (the
"Termination Date") in which to complete the Conditions Precedent.  If the
Tenant fails to notify the Landlord in writing prior to the Termination Date
that the Conditions Precedent have either been waived or satisfied, they sha11
be deemed not satisfied and the Tenant's obligations to pay or perform under
this Lease shall be null and void.  However, if the Tenant notifies the
Landlord in writing prior to the Termination Date that the Conditions Precedent
have been satisfied, then this Lease shall be deemed in full force and effect
and the Commencement Date of the Lease shall start as of the first day of the
next month following the Landlord's receipt of written notice from the Tenant
that the Conditions Precedent have been

                                     17
<PAGE>   18


satisfied or waived, provided, however, the Tenant shall have immediate access
to the Leased Premises for the Commencement of the Tenant's Work.

                                     XXIII.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     23.0 Estoppel Certificates.  Tenant shall, at any time and from time to
time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written request from Landlord,
execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord, in form reasonably satisfactory
to Landlord and/or Landlord's mortgagee, a written statement certifying, if
true, that Tenant has accepted the Leased Premises, that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications,
that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the
modifications), that Landlord is not in default hereunder, the date to which
the rental and other charges have been paid in advance, if any, or such other
accurate certification as may reasonably be required by Landlord or Landlord's
mortgagee, and agreeing to give copies to any mortgagee of Landlord of all
notices by Tenant to Landlord.  It is intended that any such statement
delivered pursuant to this subsection may be relied upon by any prospective
purchaser or mortgagee of the Leased Premises and their respective successors
and assigns.

     23.1 Landlord's Right to Cure.  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated
to, cure any default by Tenant (specifically including, but not by way of
limitation, Tenant's failure to obtain insurance, make repairs, or satisfy lien
claims); and whenever Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses paid by
Landlord in curing such default, including without limitation reasonable
attorneys' fees, shall be so much additional rent due on the next rent date
after such payment.

     23.2 Amendments Must Be In Writing.  None of the covenants, terms, or
conditions of this Lease, to be kept and performed by either party shall in any
manner be altered, waived, modified, changed, or abandoned except by a written
instrument, duly signed, acknowledged, and delivered by the other party.  This
Lease encompasses the entire terms and conditions of the agreement between the
parties.

     23.3 Notices.  All notices to or demands upon Landlord or Tenant, desired
or required to be given under any of the provisions hereof, shall be in
writing.  Any notices or demands from Tenant to Landlord shall be deemed to
have been duly and sufficiently given personally delivered or if a copy thereof
has been mailed by United States registered or certified mail in an envelope
properly stamped and addressed to Landlord as follows:

                        Ameritech Illinois
                        Director of Real Estate Services
                        425 W. Randolph Street
                        9th Floor
                        Chicago, Illinois 60606




                                     18
<PAGE>   19


and copies to:
                        Equis Corporation
                        P.O. Box 641338
                        Chicago, Illinois 60664

or at such address as Landlord may theretofore have furnished by writtcn notice
to Tenant, and any notices or demands from Landlord to Tenant shall be deemed
to have been duly and sufficiently given if personally delivered or if mailed
by United States registered or certified mail in an envelope properly stamped
and addressed to Tenant as follows:

                        North Shore Community Bank & Trust Company
                        1145 Wilmette Avenue
                        Wilmette, Illinois 60091

and copies to:
                        John F. Purtill
                        KECK, MAHIN & CATE
                        1515 E. Woodfield Road
                        Suite 250
                        Schaumburg,  IL 60173

or at such other address as Tenant may theretofore have furnished by written
notice to Landlord with a copy to any first mortgagee of the Leased Premises as
to the identity and address of which Landlord shall have received written
notice.  The effective date of such notice, if mailed in the manner aforesaid,
shall be one (1) day after delivery of the same to the United States Postal
Service.

      23.4 Short Form Lease.  This Lease shall not be recorded but the parties
agree, at the request of either of them, to execute a Short Form Lease
for recording containing the name of the parties, the legal description, and
the term of this Lease.

     23.5 Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence of this Lease, and all
provisions herein relating thereto shall be strictly construed.

     23.6 Relationship of Parties.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or
construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the
relationship of principal and agent or of partnership, or of joint venture by
the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that no provisions contained
in this Lease nor any acts of the parties hereto shall be deemed to create any
relationship other than the relationship of Landlord and Tenant.

                                     19
<PAGE>   20




     23.7 Captions.  The captions of this Lease are for convenience only and
are not to be construed as part of this Lease and shall not be construed as
defining or limiting in any way the scope or intent of the provisions hereof.

     23.8 Severability.  If any term or provision of this Lease shall to any
extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms and provisions of
this Lease shall not be affected thereby but each term and provision of this
Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     23.9 Law Applicable.  This Lease shall be construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

     23.10 Covenants Binding on Successors.  All of the covenants, agreements,
conditions, and undertakings contained in this Lease shall extend and inure to
and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns of the respective parties hereto the same as if they were in every case
specifically named and wherever in this Lease reference is made to either of
the parties hereto, it shall be held to include, and apply to, wherever
applicable, the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of
such party.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to grant or confer
upon any person or persons, firm, corporation or governmental authority other
than the parties hereto, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
assigns, any right, claim or privilege by virtue of any covenant, agreement,
condition or undertaking in this Lease contained.

     23.11 Landlord Means Owner.  The term "Landlord", as used in this Lease,
so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall
be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the time in question
of the fee of the Leased Premises, and in the event of any transfer or
transfers of the title to such fee, Landlord herein named (and in case of any
subsequent transfer or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be automatically
freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, of
all liability as respects the performance of any covenants or obligations on
the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed;
provided that any funds in the hands of such Landlord or the then grantor at
the time of such transfer, in which Tenant has an interest, shall be turned
over to the grantee, and any amount then due and payable to Tenant by Landlord
or the then grantor under any provisions of this Lease, shall be paid to
Tenant.

     23.12 Environmental Matters.  The Landlord represents and warrants that
the Leased Premises and the Building are not in violation of any environmental
laws, rules or regulations.  The Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Tenant from and against any and all liability attributable to any such
breach of any environmental law, rule or regulation.  During the term of the
Lease, or any renewal thereof, Tenant covenants and represents that it will
operate the Leased Premises in substantial compliance vith all such rules,
regulations and ordinances involving environmental matters, and that the Tenant
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all
liability attributable to any such breach of environmental law, rule or
regulation.



                                     20
<PAGE>   21


     23.13 Real Estate Broker.  Landlord and Tenant mutually represent to each
other that they have not negotiated with any broker in connection with this
Lease other than Equis Corporation.  Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify
each other and hold each other harmless from all losses, damages and
liabilities, claims, liens, costs and expenses including without limitation
reasonable attorney's fees, arising from any claims or demands of any other
broker or brokers or finders for any commissions due or alleged to be due such
other broker or brokers or finders claiming to have dealt with Tenant in
connection with this Lease or with whom Tenant hereafter deals or whom Tenant
hereafter employs.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease the day and
year first above written.

                               ILLINOIS BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY,            
                               an Illinois corporation,                    
                               d/b/a AMERITECH ILLINOIS                    
                                                                           
                                                                           
                               By:
                                  -------------------------------------
                               Its:  Gen. Mgr-Real Estate
                                  -------------------------------------
                                                                           
                               NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANK & TRUST COMPANY, 
                               an Illinois state banking association       
                                                                           
                                                                           
                               BY:       Adams
                                  -------------------------------------
                               Its:  Vice Chairman
                                  -------------------------------------
                                                                           

                                     21


<PAGE>   22
                        794 OAK STREET; WINNETKA; ILL
                               SCALE: 1"=30'-0"
                            ASSESSOR'S DESCRIPTION

        THE NORTH 180 FEET OF THE EAST 218 FEET (MEASURED FROM THE CENTER OF
OAK & LINDEN STS.) OF BLOCK 35, WINNETKA; BEING A SUBDIVISION OF THE NORTHEAST
QUARTER OF SECTION 20, AND THE WEST HALF OF FRACTIONAL SECTION 21 IN TOWNSHIP
42 NORTH, RANGE 13 EAST OF THE 3RD PRINCIPAL MERIDIAN; AND OTHERWISE DESCRIBED
AS THE NORTH 147 FEET OF THE EAST, 185 OF SAID BLOCK 33 INCLUSIVE OF THAT PART
OF SAID BLOCK FALLING  IN OAK & LINDEN STS, IN COOK COUNTY, ILLINOIS.

        PURCHASED IN 1930 UNDER ESTIMATE S-50800

Title:  Diagram [Map A]

<PAGE>   23
Title:  Diagram [Floor Plan B]
<PAGE>   24
Title:  Diagram [Floor Plan C]
<PAGE>   25
                                  EXHIBIT C


                       TENANT CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

1.      COST OF MOVING "MAINTENANCE CENTER".  Tenant shall pay the cost, not to
exceed $20,000.00, of moving Landlord's "Maintenance Center" which is currently
located on the first floor, approximately where the teller stations are
planned.  Landlord shall choose the contractor to perform the work.  Tenant's
rent shall be abated for the same amount Tenant is required to pay, not to
exceed $20,000.00.

2.      CABLE RACKS.  The construction of the ceiling on the first floor shall
allow Landlord access to the vertical cable racks and horizontal cable racks. 
The construction of the wall on the first floor shall enclose the vertical
cable racks to allow Landlord access to the vertical cable racks from the
non-Leased Premises space southerly of the Leased Premises.  The clearance from
the cable rack wall to the new wall shall be at least two and one-half feet (2
1/2 feet).

3.      FIRST FLOOR SECONDARY EXIT.  Tenant shall construct a secondary exit
from the first floor, if required by any laws, regulations or codes.  Said exit
must not interfere with the operations of the Landlord's business, and must be
constructed in a manner which isolates Landlord's premises from Tenant's
personnel.

4.      DUCTWORK AND ELECTRICAL.  During construction of the elevator lift, the
existing ductwork and electrical in the ceiling, and two Pyrotronics fire alarm
annunciator panels, two fire hose cabinets and their riser, shall be re-routed
by Tenant.

5.      HIGH SENSITIVITY SMOKE DETECTION (HSSD).  Landlord will relocate the
"HSSD" devices necessary for Landlord's operation.

6.      SPRINKLER SUPPRESSION SYSTEM.  Landlord may enter the Leased Premises,
during or before Tenant's initial construction, to install a sprinkler system
and heat detector sensors.

7.      ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION PANELS.  Landlord has the right to relocate the
electric distribution panels currently located on the first and second floors.

8.      TENANT'S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION, ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS, EQUIPMENT AND
FIXTURES.  Lessee shall be responsible and pay for all space planning,
engineering and construction drawing as well as all interior construction costs
related to and associated with Lessee's use of the leased Premises, including,
but not limited to, connections, modifications and/or additions to the building
systems required to provide building services.  Lessee shall have the right, at
Lessee's expense, to make such decorations and minor alterations and changes
upon the Leased premises as may be required in the conduct of its business;
provided, however, any such changes shall be with the Lessor's written consent
only.  Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of construction drawings for
approval, prior to commencing any work.  Any and all construction by Lessee
shall be conducted by contractors approved by Lessor, shall be coordinated
through Lessor, and shall be subject to the conditions and restrictions imposed
by Lessor.
<PAGE>   26
Lessor shall have the right to supervise and inspect the construction.  No
construction shall commence until authorized by Lessor after walk-thru of the
site by the contractor, architect/engineer and Lessor's representative.  No
electrical or mechanical systems shall be connected to existing Building
Systems without the approval of Lessor and the presence of the Lessor's
representative at the site during interconnection.  Lessor shall pay the cost
of Lessor's coordination and supervision of Lessee's construction, but Lessee
shall reimburse Lessor for any architectural or engineering design services
needed by Lessor as a result of Lessee's construction.  At termination of this  
Lease, Lessee may, and if Lessor so directs, Lessee shall, remove its fixtures
and equipment, and shall repair at Lessee's expense any damage to the Leased
Premises caused by such installation and/or removal, normal wear and tear
excepted.  Any such improvement not removed by Lessee at Lessor's direction
shall become the sole and exclusive property of the Lessor at the termination
of this Lease.  Any work performed by Lessee shall meet local, state, and/or
national codes and any requirements of Lessor arising out of its
telecommunications systems standards of construction and operation.  Lessee
shall not permit the commission of waste upon or against the Leased Premises,
the Property, or the Building.  Lessee shall not allow nor permit the
accumulation of any garbage, rubbish or refuse on the Leased Premises.

9.      AFFIDAVIT AND LIEN WAIVERS.  Tenant shall provide to Landlord a General
Contractor's Affidavit and the lien waivers from subcontractors.

10.     LANDLORD'S ACCESS.  Tenant's construction shall not prevent Landlord
from gaining access to the Building Premises not included in the Leased
Premises.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.20

                            PHANTOM STOCK AGREEMENT
                       NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP INC


     This Phantom Stock Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of October  31, 1994,
is entered into by and between Libertyville Bancorp Inc, an Illinois
Corporation (the "Company"), and Anne M. Adams of Lake Forest, Illinois
("Participant").

                                    RECITALS

     Whereas Participant is employed as Assistant Vice President of the Company
and has held that position since the organization of the Company and;

     Whereas Participant is considered a key employee whose diligent work
throughout the organization period of the Company was and is a major factor in
the success of the company to date and;

     Whereas the Board of Directors of the Company wish  recognize the
contribution made by Participant in this regard;

     Now, therefore the Company and Participant agree as follows:

                                   AGREEMENT

     1) Award.  The Company hereby grants and awards to Participant 500 phantom
stock units (the "Units"). Each Unit shall have the right to receive as
deferred compensation the value of the Units as hereinafter defined, delivered
in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Units and their Value will be credited to an unfunded account  (the "Account")
for Participant on the books of the Company.

     2) Valuation of the Units. Except as set forth elsewhere herein, the value
of each unit (the "Unit Value") shall be equal to the market value of a share
of the Company's common stock (the "Market Value") less a calculated amount
hereinafter referred to as the "Base Value". The Market Value shall be
determined as the price per common share paid in the most recent arms length
purchase or sale transaction involving the Company's common stock. If no such
transaction has occurred within three months of a valuation date, either party
at the Company's, expense can have the shares valued by a mutually agreed upon
investment banker whose valuation shall be binding. The initial Base Value
shall be $50.

     3) Adjustments.  The number of Units and the Base Value shall be subject
to adjustment from time to time as follows:

        a) In the event that the Common Stock of the Company is changed into or
        exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other 
        securities of the Company  or;

        b) In the event that the Company declares or enacts common stock
        dividends, common stock splits, reverse common stock splits, or other
        reclassifications or;

        c) In the event that the Company, in a merger, consolidation or
        reorganization with an "Affiliated Company"  (as defined in Federal 
        Reserve Bank Regulations) where the Company is not the survivor, 
        receives stock or other securities of the surviving company then;

     The Units and the Base Value shall be adjusted equitably as though the
Units were actually common shares owned by the Participant.



<PAGE>   2


     4) Merger, Tender or Consolidation. In the event that the holders of the
common stock of the Company are to receive consideration, whether in the form
of cash or shares of another entity, as the result of the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company, a merger, consolidation or reorganization with a
non-affiliated entity under circumstances where the Company will not be the
surviving party or in an event of a tender offer for the shares of the Company
by which the offeror is to obtain control of the Company,  the Market Value
shall be equal to the value per share of the consideration tendered or
exchanged for the common shares of the Company.

     5) Dividends.  In the event that the Company or its affiliated successor
pays any cash dividends on common stock or pays interest or dividends on
securities which during the course of  this agreement have been substituted for
the common stock of the Company, the Account shall be credited with an amount
equal to the dividends which are payable with respect to a number of shares of
Common Stock equal to the number of Units then credited to the Account. Such an
amount shall be referred to as a "Cash Credit". The balance of Cash Credits in
the Account shall bear interest payable quarterly at the average ninety day US
Treasury rate for the paying quarter. Any interest so credited to the Account
shall also be considered as Cash Credits.

     In the event that the Company or its affiliated successor pays dividends
on the Common Stock or any replacement security in the form of Common Stock or
the substitute security, the Account shall be credited with additional Units or
fractions thereof equal to the number of shares of Common Stock or substitute
security distributed with respect to  the number of Units then in the Account.

     6) Vesting. All Units shall be 100% vested as of the date of the Award.
Any amounts credited to the Account shall be 100% vested as of the earlier of
the date of the credit or the date of the transaction giving rise to the
credit.

     7) Payment of Account Value. Except as provided elsewhere herein, payment
of Account value (including the Value of the Units) shall be made as follows:

        a) Participant may at any time request a payment of cash for all or any
        portion of the Account Value then in the Account . Any such request 
        shall be in writing and be effective on the date that it is received by
        the Company.

        b) In the event the death of  the Participant, his beneficiary shall
        receive a lump sum payment in the amount of the Account Value as of the
        date of death. If no beneficiary has been designated, payment shall be 
        made to the executor of Participant's estate. Said payment shall be 
        made within thirty days of the date of death.

        c) Any Account Value remaining as of the Termination Date will be paid 
        to the Participant within thirty days of the Termination Date.

     The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under
this Plan the required amount of federal and state withholding tax required by
those taxing authorities.

     8) Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Participant, his heirs,
legatees, administrators, executors and legal representatives.

     9) Non-Alienation. Participant shall have no right to pledge, hypothecate,
anticipate or in any way create a lien upon any amounts payable under this
Agreement, and no benefits payable under this plan shall be assignable in
anticipation of payment either by voluntary or involuntary act, or by operation
of law.

     10) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements and
understandings between the parties or their 



<PAGE>   3

representatives relating to the Participant's deferred compensation through a
Phantom Stock Agreement; provided however that nothing in this Agreement
shall create a contract of employment between the Company and the Participant
or confer upon the Participant any right to continued employment by the
Company, and shall not be deemed to modify or supersede any other agreement
between the parties respecting their employment relationship or compensation
therefor or affect Participant's right to compensation and benefits in
accordance with any such agreements or otherwise in accordance with the
Company's regular practices from time to time.

     11) Modifications. This Agreement may be modified only by an agreement in
writing signed by both parties.

     12) Nature of the Award. The award of Units to the Participant under this
Agreement is solely an arrangement to pay deferred compensation in an amount
equal to the value which the Participant would have received had the
Participant held 500 shares of the Company Common Stock as of the date of the
award. Nothing in this Agreement confers upon the Participant any rights as a
stockholder of the Company. Participant's right to receive payments under this
Agreement shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor
of the Company. All payments shall be made from the general funds of the
Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation
of assets shall be made to insure payment of such amounts. Participant shall
have no right, title or interest in or to any investments which the Company may
make to aid in meeting its obligations under this Agreement.

     13) Term of the Agreement. This Agreement shall end upon the earlier of
the written agreement of the parties;  upon the events indicated in paragraph
7(b) of this Agreement; or on October 31, 2004 (the"Termination Date").

     14) Notice. Any notice, request, filing, or other communication required
or permitted by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by
first class mail to the Participant at the last address filed in writing with
the Company, or to the Company at 727 Bank Lane, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045,
or such other address as the Company  may specify from time to time in written
notice to the Participant.

     15) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and subject to, and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois irrespective
of the fact that one or more of the parties to this Agreement now is or may
become the resident of another state.



North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.     Participant

s/ Edward J. Wehmer                     s/ Anne M. Adams
- --------------------------              --------------------------
by: Edward J. Wehmer                    Anne M. Adams
    Vice Chairman


<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.21

                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION
                             1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.       PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

         The CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION 1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN (hereinafter
referred to as the "Plan") is intended to provide a means whereby key
policymaking employees of CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION (hereinafter referred to
as the "Company") and its related corporations may sustain a sense of
proprietorship and personal involvement in the continued development and
financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to remain with and
devote their best efforts to the business of the Company, thereby advancing the
interests of the Company and its shareholders.  Accordingly, the Company may
permit certain employees to acquire shares of the Company (hereinafter referred
to as "Shares"), on the terms and conditions established herein.  For purposes
of the Plan, except as provided in Paragraph 4(d)(iv) below, a corporation
shall be deemed a related corporation to CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION if such
corporation would be a parent or subsidiary corporation with respect to
CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION as defined in Section 425(e) or (f), respectively,
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (hereinafter referred to as the "Code") if
"35 percent" was substituted for "50 percent" where it appears in Sections
425(e) and (f).

2.       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

         The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the
Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Board").  The Board shall have sole
authority from time to time to select the employees from among those eligible
to whom Shares shall be sold under the Plan, to establish the number of such
Shares which may be sold to each such employee and the time when certificates
for such Shares shall be issued, and to prescribe the legend to be affixed to
the certificate representing such Shares.  The Board is authorized to interpret
the Plan and may from time to time adopt such rules, regulations, forms and
agreements, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it may deem
advisable to carry out the Plan.  All decisions made by the Board in
administering the Plan shall be final.

3.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         The aggregate number of Shares which may be acquired by employees
under the Plan shall not exceed 275,000 shares.  Such Shares may consist of
authorized but unissued shares or previously issued shares reacquired by the
Company.  Any Shares which remain unissued at the termination of the Plan shall
cease to be subject to the Plan, but until termination of the Plan, the Company
shall at all times make available sufficient Shares to meet the requirements of
the Plan.  The aggregate number of Shares which may be sold under the Plan may
be adjusted to reflect a change in capitalization of the Company, such as a
stock dividend or stock split.
<PAGE>   2


4.       STOCK OPTIONS

         a.      Type of Options.  The Company may issue options which
constitute Incentive Stock Options ("Incentive Options") under Section 422A of
the Code and options which do not constitute Incentive Options ("Nonqualified
Options") under the Plan.  The grant of each option shall be confirmed by a
stock option agreement which shall be executed by the Company and the optionee
as soon as practicable after such grant.  The stock option agreement shall
expressly state or incorporate by reference the provisions of this Plan and
state whether the option is an Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option.

         b.      Terms of Options.  Except as provided in Subparagraphs (c) and
(d) below, each option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and
conditions set forth by the Board in the stock option agreement including, but
not limited to, option price, option term and transferability.

         c.      Additional Terms Applicable to All Options.  Each option shall
be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                 (1)      Vesting.  An option may be exercised with respect to
         25% of the Shares subject to the option for each complete twelve
         calendar month period the optionee has been employed by the Company or
         related corporation (disregarding any employment with a related
         corporation before such corporation first became a related corporation
         to CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION).  An optionee who terminates
         employment with the Company or related corporation shall forfeit the
         right to acquire any Shares which may not yet be acquired under this
         Subparagraph.

                 (2)      Written Notice.  An option may be exercised only by
         giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of Shares
         to be purchased.

                 (3)      Method of Exercise.  The aggregate option price shall
         be paid in any one or a combination of cash, personal check or by
         delivery to the Company of Shares held by the optionee.

                 (4)      Death of Optionee.  If an optionee dies prior to
         exercise in full of any options, such options may only be exercised,
         if at all, by a member of the optionee's family who is designated as
         the recipient of such options under the optionee's will.  If the
         optionee has no surviving family member or if the  optionee fails to
         make testamentary disposition of such options  or dies intestate, the
         optionee's legal representative shall surrender such options to the
         Company and the Company shall make a cash payment to the optionee's
         estate equal to the product of: (i) the difference between the fair
         market value (determined on the optionee's date of death) of the
         Shares subject to the option being surrendered and the option price,
         and (ii) the number of Shares which could have been
<PAGE>   3

         acquired by the optionee under the option on the date of his death.
         The death of an optionee shall not accelerate the time under
         Subparagraph (c)(1) above that an option may be exercised.  For
         purposes of this Subparagraph, a member of an optionee's family shall
         be limited to his parents, brothers and sisters, spouse, children
         (whether or not adopted) and grandchildren.

                 (5)      Transferability.  No option may be transferred by an
         optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

         d.      Additional Terms Applicable to Incentive Options.  Each
Incentive Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                 (1)      Option Price.  The option price per Share shall be
         100% of the fair market value of such Share on the date the option is
         granted.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the option price per
         Share granted to an individual (hereinafter referred to as a "110%
         Shareholder") who, at the time such option is granted, owns stock
         possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
         classes of stock of the Company or related corporation shall not be
         less than 110% of the fair market value of such Share on the date the
         option is granted.

                 (2)      Term of Option.  No option may be exercised more than
         ten years after the date of grant and no option granted to a 10%
         Shareholder may be exercised more than five years after the date of
         grant.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no option may be
         exercised more than three months after the optionee terminates
         employment with the Company or related corporation; except that, if
         the optionee terminates employment due to his disability (within the
         meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Board may extend such
         three month period for up to an additional nine months.

                 (3)      Annual Exercise Limit.  The aggregate value of Shares
         which may be acquired during any calendar year by reason of the
         exercise of an option shall not exceed $100,000 multiplied by the
         number of calendar years (including the then current calendar year)
         that the optionee has been entitled to exercise options.  For purposes
         of the preceding sentence, the fair market value of each Share shall
         be determined on the date the option with respect to such Share is
         granted.

                 (4)      Related Corporation.  For purposes of this
         Subparagraph (d), a corporation shall be deemed a related corporation
         to CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION if such corporation is a parent or
         subsidiary corporation with respect to CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION as
         defined in Section 425(e) or (f), respectively, of the Code.

5.       STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
<PAGE>   4


         The  Company may grant Stock Appreciation Rights ("SARs") in
conjunction with any option granted under the Plan, either at the time the
option is granted or by subsequent amendment thereto.  Each SAR shall relate to
a specific option granted under the Plan and one SAR shall be granted with
respect to one Share subject to the option up to the number of SARs granted.
An SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent that the associated option is
exercisable and the exercise of SARs shall reduce an equal number of Shares
which the optionee may acquire under the option.

         An optionee may exercise an SAR and receive from the Company a cash
payment equal to the product of (i) the difference between the fair market
value of the Share subject to the option being surrendered and the option
price, and (ii) the number of SARs exercised.  The Company, in its discretion,
may permit an optionee to exercise an SAR and receive from the Company in
exchange, without the payment of cash (except for any applicable income taxes),
Shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to the cash payment the
optionee would receive under the preceding sentence; except that, the optionee
shall not receive a greater number of Shares under this sentence than the
optionee would receive if he or she exercised the option to acquire Shares.  An
optionee may exercise an SAR in tandem with another option and apply the
proceeds due under the SAR to the exercise price under the option.  An optionee
exercising an SAR in tandem with an option shall be deemed to receive cash
followed by the optionee's payment of the option price.


6.       RESTRICTED STOCK

         The Company may sell Shares to any employee eligible to receive
options under the Plan at any price determined by the Board.  Shares sold
hereunder shall be subject to a restriction that such Shares may not be sold,
exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by the
employee until such Shares become nonforfeitable.  Shares shall become
nonforfeitable at a rate of 25% of the Shares purchased for each complete
twelve calendar month period the employee has been employed by the Company or
related corporation (disregarding any employment with a related corporation
before such corporation first became a related corporation to CRABTREE CAPITAL
CORPORATION).  In the event the employee terminates employment with the Company
or related corporation for any reason at a time when any Shares purchased
hereunder are forfeitable, the Company shall have the option exercisable within
sixty days following the employee's termination to purchase such forfeitable
Shares.  The option price per Share hereunder to the Company shall be the
employee's original purchase price per Share.

         The Company may distribute Shares to any employee eligible to receive
options under the Plan as additional compensation to such employee.  For all
purposes of the Plan, such employee shag be deemed to have purchased such
Shares at a purchase price of zero.
<PAGE>   5

         The restrictions against disposition and the option to the Company are
herein referred to as "Forfeiture Restrictions" and the Shares which are then
subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions are herein referred to as "Restricted
Shares." Certificates representing Restricted Shares shall be appropriately
legended to reflect the Forfeiture Restrictions.  Upon expiration of the
Forfeiture Restrictions, the employee or his representative shall have the
right to surrender such certificates to the Company and receive in exchange
certificates of Shares not constituting Restricted Shares.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may sell Shares which are
not subject to any Forfeiture Restrictions but are otherwise subject to all
other provisions of the Plan.

7.       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

         If any Shares issued under the Plan are not readily tradable on an
established market on the date an employee or his successor intends to sell
such Shares, the employee or his successor shall first offer such Shares to the
Company for purchase and the Company shall have thirty days to exercise its
right to purchase such Shares.  The employee or his successor shall be entitled
to receive the fair market value of such Shares determined on the date the
Company exercises its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be in a lump
sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent installments over a
period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the Board.  If the Board
selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance shall earn interest
at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which the Company could
borrow amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the Shares purchased or
such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company and the employee or
his successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares shall be considered not
readily tradable on an established market if such Shares are not publicly
tradable or because such Shares are subject to a trading limitation under any
Federal or state securities law or regulation which would make such Shares less
freely tradable than stock not so restricted.

8.       AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

         The Board may in its discretion terminate the Plan at any time with
respect to any Shares which are not subject to issued but unexercised options,
and may alter or amend the Plan or any part thereof from time to time.

9.       TERM OF PLAN

         The Plan shall be effective upon the date of its adoption by the
Board; provided that, Incentive Options may be granted only if the Plan is
approved by the shareholders within twelve months before or after the date of
adoption.  Unless sooner terminated under the provisions of Paragraph 8, Shares
shall not be awarded under the Plan after the expiration of ten years from the
effective date of the Plan.
<PAGE>   6


10.      DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY

         The Board may in its discretion appoint a committee (hereinafter
referred to as the "Committee") of not less than two directors who shall serve
at the pleasure of the Board to administer the Plan.  The Board may delegate
any authority conferred to the Board by this Plan to the Committee and any
determination by the Committee shall be considered determined by the Board.

11.      RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER

         Upon delivery of any Share to an employee, such employee shall have
all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Share,
including the right to vote such Share and to receive all dividends or other
distributions paid with respect to such Share.

12.      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

         In the event the Company is merged or consolidated with another
corporation and the Company is not the surviving corporation, the surviving
corporation shall exchange

         Options issued under this Plan for options (with the same option price
and, if applicable, SARs) to acquire that number of shares in the surviving
corporation which have a fair market value equal to the fair market value
(determined on the date of such merger or consolidation) of Shares which the
optionee is entitled to acquire under this Plan on the date of such merger or
consolidation.

13.      EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP

         An employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company
or related corporation as long as he remains an employee of the Company or
related corporation.  Nothing herein shall confer on any employee the right to
continued employment with the Company or related corporation or affect the
right of the Company or Teiated corporation to terminate such employment.

14.      WITHHOLDING OF TAX

         To the extent the award or issuance of Shares, or the exercise of
SARS, results in the receipt of compensation by an employee, the Company is
authorized to withhold from any other cash compensation then or thereafter
payable to such employee any tax required to be withheld by reason of the
receipt of compensation resulting from the issuance of Shares or the exercise
of SARS.  Alternatively, the employee may tender a personal check in the amount
of tax required to be withheld.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.22

                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION
                            1990 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


         1.      PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.  The CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION 1990
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") is intended to
provide a means whereby key policy-making employees of CRABTREE CAPITAL
CORPORATION (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and its related
corporations may sustain a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in
the continued development and financial success of the Company, and to
encourage them to remain with and devote their best efforts to the business of
the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its
shareholders.  Accordingly, the Company may permit certain employees to acquire
shares of the Company (hereinafter referred to as "Shares"), on the terms and
conditions established herein.  For purposes of the Plan, a corporation shall
be deemed a related corporation to CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION if such
corporation would be a parent or subsidiary corporation with respect to
CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION as defined in Section 425(e) or (f), respectively,
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 if "35 percent" was substituted for "50
percent" where it appears in Sections 425(e) and (f).

         2.      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall be administered by
the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Board").
The Board shall have sole authority from time to time to select the employees
from among those eligible to whom Shares shall be sold under the Plan, to
establish the number of such Shares which may be sold to each such employee and
the time when certificates for such Shares shall be issued, and to prescribe
the legend to be affixed to the certificate representing such Shares.  The
Board is authorized to interpret the Plan and may from time to time adopt such
rules, regulations, forms and agreements, not inconsistent with the provisions
of the Plan, as it may deem advisable to carry out the Plan.  All decisions
made by the Board in administering the Plan shall be final.

         3.      SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  The aggregate number of Shares
which may be acquired by employees under the Plan shall not exceed 125,000
shares.  Such Shares may consist of authorized but unissued shares or
previously issued shares reacquired by the Company.  Any Shares which remain
unissued at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be subject to the Plan,
but until termination of the Plan, the Company shall at all times make
available sufficient Shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.  The
aggregate number of Shares which may be sold under the Plan may be adjusted to
reflect a change in capitalization of the Company, such as a stock dividend or
stock split.

         4.      GENERAL TERMS OF PURCHASE.  Each sale of Shares under the Plan
shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth by the Board in a stock
purchase agreement including, but not limited to, purchase price,
transferability and resale to the Company.
<PAGE>   2

         5.      PURCHASE PRICE AND STATED PRICE.  Each stock purchase
agreement shall indicate a Purchase Price per Share (which shall be the price
at which the employee shall purchase such Share) and a Stated Price per Share
(which shall be determined by the Board).  For purposes of the Plan, the
difference between the Stated Price per Share and the Purchase Price per Share
shall be called the Discount.

         6.      METHOD OF PURCHASE.  An employee may purchase Shares only by
giving written notice to the Company and paying the aggregate purchase price in
any one or a combination of cash, personal check or promissory note.

         7.      VESTING.  Shares sold under the Plan shall be subject to a
restriction that such Shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged,
hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by the employee until such Shares become
nonforfeitable.  Shares shall become nonforfeitable at a rate of 25% of the
Shares purchased for each complete twelve calendar month period the employee
has been employed by the Company or related corporation (disregarding any
employment with a related corporation before such corporation first became a
related corporation to CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION); except that, Shares shall
become nonforfeitable on the date an employee retires from the Company or
related corporation with the approval of the Board.  In the event an employee
terminates employment with the Company or related corporation for any reason at
a time when any Shares purchased hereunder are forfeitable, the Company shall
have the option exercisable within sixty days following the employee's
termination to purchase such forfeitable Shares.  The option price per Share
hereunder to the Company shall be the employee's Purchase Price per Share.

         8.      RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  Before any Shares purchased under the
Plan may be sold, the owner shall first offer such Shares to the Company for
purchase and the Company shall have sixty days to exercise its right to
purchase such Shares.  The owner shall be entitled to receive an amount equal
to the number of Shares to be sold multiplied by the difference between (i) the
fair market value of a Share (determined on the date the Company exercises its
right to purchase such Shares), and (ii) the Discount.  Payment may be in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent installments over a
period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the Board.  If the Board
selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance shall earn interest
at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which the Company could
borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the Shares purchased
or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company and the owner.

         For purposes of this Paragraph 8, an owner shall include any person
who acquires Shares from any other person and for any reason; including, but
not limited to, by gift, death or sale.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company's right under this
Paragraph 8 shall expire upon the filing and declaration or ordering of
effectiveness of a registration statement relating to Shares purchased under
the Plan pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.





                                       2
<PAGE>   3


         9.      FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS.  Certificates representing Shares
sold under the Plan shall be appropriately legended to reflect the restrictions
under the Plan.  Upon expiration of any restrictions the employee or his
successor shall have the right to surrender such certificates to the Company
and receive in exchange certificates without such restriction.

         10.     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board may in its
discretion terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any Shares that have
not been sold, and may alter or amend the Plan or any part thereof from time to
time.

         11.     TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall be effective as of June 29,
1990.  Unless terminated under the provisions of Paragraph 10, Shares shall not
be sold under the Plan after June 30, 2000.

         12.     DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  The Board may in its discretion
appoint a committee (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee") of not less
than two directors who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board to administer
the Plan.  The Board may delegate any authority conferred to the Board by the
Plan to the Committee and any determination by the Committee shall be
considered determined by the Board.

         13.     RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  Upon delivery of any Share to an
employee, such employee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the
Company with respect to such Share, including the right to vote such Share and
to receive all dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such
Share.

         14.     MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.  In the event the Company is merged
or consolidated with another corporation and the Company is not the surviving
corporation, the surviving corporation shall exchange Shares purchased under
the Plan for shares in the surviving corporation.  Each share in the surviving
corporation that is exchanged for a Share purchased under the Plan shall
thereafter be considered purchased under the Plan and shall be subject to the
same restrictions that the Share for which it was exchanged was subject. The
Purchase Price per Share and the Stated Price per Share of each share in the
surviving corporation that is exchanged shall be adjusted so that the aggregate
Purchase Price per Share of all Shares that are exchanged is equal to the
aggregate Purchase Price per Share of all shares in the surviving corporation
that are exchanged, and the aggregate Stated Value per Share of all Shares that
are exchanged is equal to the aggregate Stated Value of all shares in the
surviving corporation that are exchanged.

         15.     EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP.  An employee shall be considered to
be in the employment of the Company or related corporation as long as he
remains an employee of the Company or related corporation.  Nothing herein
shall confer on any employee the right to continued employment with the Company
or related Corporation or affect the right of the Company or related
corporation to terminate such employment.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4


         16.     WITHHOLDING OF TAX.  To the extent the sale of Shares results
in the receipt of compensation by an employee, the Company is authorized to
withhold from any other cash compensation then or thereafter payable to such
employee any tax required to be withheld by reason of the receipt of
compensation resulting from the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, the employee
may tender a personal check in the amount of tax required to be withheld.





                                       4
<PAGE>   5

                                                                         10/1/90

                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION
                       COMMON STOCK VALUATION STATISTICS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 12/31/88         12/31/89          6/30/90       12/31/90(3)
                                                 --------         --------          -------       --------
  <S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
  EPS undiluted(1)                                 $ .71           $(6.24)          $(6.12)(2)      $( .72)
                                                                                      
  Net Book Value Per Share

         -- undiluted                             $16.83           $11.77           $10.47          $12.81
                                                                                                          
         -- fully diluted                          --              $11.36           $10.88          $13.50
                                                  
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                1990
                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                       PRICE TO BOOK
                PER SHARE PRICE               PE RATIO                (FULLY DILUTED)
                ---------------               --------                ---------------
                      <S>                       <C>                          <C>
                      $30                       (41.67)                      2.22
                       25                       (34.72)                      1.85

                       20                       (27.78)                      1.48

                       15                       (20.83)                      1.11
</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1)      Based on shares outstanding at year-end (not average outstanding)

(2)      Annualized

(3)      Projected -- assumes budgeted net income targets are realized and sale
         of Credit General occurs in 1990.





                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
             CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION 1990 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


         1.      I hereby subscribe for and, upon acceptance, shall purchase
40,000 shares (hereinafter referred to as "Shares") of the Common Stock of
CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") at a
Purchase Price per Share of $5.00 (Five Dollars and No Cents), subject in all
respects to the CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION 1990 STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan").  The total purchase price is
$200,000.00 (Two Hundred Thousand Dollars and No Cents).

         2.      The Stated Value per Share is $25.00 (Twenty-Five Dollars and
No Cents).  The Discount per Share is $20.00 (Twenty Dollars and No Cents).

         3.      I acknowledge that the Shares become nonforfeitable at a rate
of 25% of the Shares purchased for each complete twelve calendar month period I
have been employed with the Company or related corporation (disregarding any
employment as provided in the Plan); except that, Shares become nonforfeitable
when I retire with approval of the Company.  I agree that if I terminate
employment with the Company or related corporation for any reason I (or my
executor) will sell any Shares which remain forfeitable to the Company at the
Company's option at the Purchase Price per Share indicated in Paragraph 1
above.

         4.      I acknowledge that with respect to any Share which is
forfeitable in accordance with Paragraph 3 above I may not sell, exchange,
transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of such Share.

         5.      I acknowledge that with respect to any Share which is
purchased under the Plan the Company has a right of first refusal and such
right is binding on any person who acquires such Share from any other person
and for any reason.

         6.      I certify that I am not aware that my purchase or acquisition
of Shares constitutes a violation of any federal or state securities law, or
any other valid law or regulation, and that I am acquiring these Shares for
investment purposes and not for distribution or resale.

         7.      I authorize the Company to withhold any taxes due by reason of
the purchase or acquisition of any Shares unless this agreement is accompanied
by my personal check in the amount of such tax.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Howard D. Adams
<PAGE>   7

         Received a copy of the foregoing agreement, and the total purchase
price and taxes, if applicable, this ______ day of _________________, 199______.

                                        CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Its Representative

                         (To be executed in duplicate)





                                       2

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.23



                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

                                      AND

             INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION



                         DATED AS OF DECEMBER 30, 1992
<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                           PAGE
- -------                                                                                                           ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                        <C>
1.       Purchase and Sale of Warrants: Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                                                                                                        
2.       Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                        
3.       Execution of Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                        
4.       Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                        
5.       Registration of Transfers and Exchanges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                        
6.       Warrants; Exercise of Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
                                                                                                        
7.       Payment of Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                        
8.       Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                        
9.       Reservation of Warrant Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                        
10.      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares Issuable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         (a)     Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         (b)     Adjustment for Common Stock Issue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         (c)     Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
         (d)     Adjustment for Right, Option and Warrant Issues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (e)     Current Market Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (f)     Consideration Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         (g)     Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (h)     When No Adjustment Required  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (i)     Notice of Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (j)     Voluntary Reduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (k)     Reorganization of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (l)     When Issuance or Payment May Be Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         (m)     Adjustment in Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
                                                                                                        
11.      Fractional Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
                                                                                                        
12.      Put of Warrant Ownership; Disposition of Warrant Shares; Registration of Warrant Shares  . . . . . . . .   15
</TABLE>    


                                      i
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>     
<CAPTION>                                                                                               
SECTION                                                                                                           PAGE
- -------                                                                                                           ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                       <C>
13.      Notice to Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
                                                                                                        
14.      Notices to the Issuer and Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                        
15.      Cash Distributions and Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                        
16.      Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
17.      Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
18.      Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
19.      Benefits of This Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
20.      Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
21.      Amendments; Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
22.      Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                        
23.      Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                        
24.      Specific Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                        
25.      Annual and Quarterly Reports; Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                        
26.      Charter Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                        
27.      Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
                                                                                                        
28.      Purchaser Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
                                                                                                        
29.      Automatic Extinguishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26


Exhibit A - Form of Warrant Certificate
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>   4

                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 30, 1992, between
FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the "Issuer"), and
INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION (the "Purchaser").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue to the Purchaser warrants to
purchase certain common stock of the Issuer as hereinafter described (the
"Warrants"), which Warrants will initially be exercisable for 3,343 shares of
Class B Nonvoting Convertible Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the
"Class B Common Stock"), of the Issuer, on the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth; and

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Issuer desire to set forth the terms
and provisions of the Warrants and the conditions to the issuance and sale
thereof to the Purchaser; and

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
herein set forth and as part of the consideration for the execution and
delivery to the Issuer by an affiliate of the Purchaser of its commitment
letter dated December 30, 1992 (the "Commitment Letter"), the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

         1.      PURCHASE AND SALE OF WARRANTS: CLOSING.

                 (a)      The Issuer hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser,
         and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Issuer, Warrants to
         purchase 3,343 shares of Class B Common Stock for an aggregate
         purchase price of $1.00.

                 (b)      The sale and purchase of the Warrants shall take
         place at a closing (the "Closing") at the offices of Sullivan &
         Worcester, 767 Third Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m. on or
         before December 31, 1992 (the "Closing Date").  At the Closing, the
         Issuer will deliver to the Purchaser Warrant Certificates (as defined
         in Section 2) evidencing the Warrants to be purchased by the Purchaser
         (in such permitted denomination or denominations as the Purchaser may
         request and registered in its name or the name of its nominee), dated
         the Closing Date, against payment, of the purchase price therefor by
         certified or bank cashier's check or by wire transfer of immediately
         available funds.
<PAGE>   5

         2.      WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  The certificates evidencing the
Warrants (the "Warrant Certificates") to be delivered pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in registered form only and shall be in the form set forth
as Exhibit A attached hereto.

         3.      EXECUTION OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  Warrant certificates shall
be signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman of the Board or its President
or a Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  Each such
signature upon the warrant certificates may be in the form of a facsimile
signature of the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President, Secretary or
Assistant Secretary and may be printed or otherwise reproduced on the Warrant
Certificates and for that purpose the Issuer may adopt and use the facsimile
signature of any person who shall have been Chairman of the Board, President,
Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, notwithstanding the fact that
at the time the Warrant Certificates shall be delivered or disposed of such
person shall have ceased to hold such office.

         In case any officer of the Issuer who shall have signed any of the
Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such officer before the Warrant
Certificates so signed shall have been disposed of by the Issuer, such Warrant
Certificates nevertheless may be delivered or disposed of as though such person
had not ceased to be such officer of the Issuer; and any Warrant Certificate
may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by any person who, at the actual date of
the execution of such Warrant Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the
Issuer to sign such Warrant Certificate although at the date of the execution
of this Agreement any such person was not such officer.

         4.      REGISTRATION.  The Issuer shall number and register the
Warrant Certificates in a register as they are issued.  The Issuer may deem and
treat the registered holder(s) of the Warrant Certificates as the absolute
owner(s) thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon made by anyone) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

         5.      REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.  The Issuer shall
from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrant Certificates
in a Warrant register to be maintained by the Issuer upon surrender of such
Warrant Certificates accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, duly executed by the
registered holder or holders thereof or by the duly appointed legal
representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney.  Upon any such
registration of transfer, a new Warrant Certificate shall be issued to the
transferee(s) and the surrendered Warrant Certificate shall be canceled and
disposed of by the Issuer.

         If such transfer of Warrants is not made pursuant to an effective
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), the Warrant holder will, if reasonably requested by the Issuer, deliver
to the Issuer an opinion of counsel, which may be counsel to the holder,
reasonably satisfactory in form, scope and substance to the Issuer, that the
Warrants may be sold publicly without registration under the Act, as well as:




                                       2
<PAGE>   6


                 (1)      an investment covenant reasonably satisfactory to the
         Issuer signed by the proposed transferee;

                 (2)      an agreement by such transferee to the impression of
         the restrictive investment legend set forth below on the Warrant
         Certificate; and

                 (3)      an agreement by such transferee to be bound by the
         provisions of: (a) this Agreement, and (b) the provisions of the
         Stockholders Agreement, to be entered into pursuant to Section 27(vii)
         of this Agreement, on or before February 28, 1993, among the Issuer,
         the stockholders of the Issuer set forth on Exhibit A thereto and the
         Purchaser (the "Stockholders Agreement");

provided that, the Purchaser may transfer the Warrants to an affiliate of the
Purchaser without providing the Issuer with an opinion of counsel.

         The Warrant holders agree that each Warrant Certificate and each
certificate representing Warrant Shares will bear the following legend:

                 "The securities represented by this Certificate have not been
                 registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  Said
                 securities may not be sold or transferred in the absence of
                 such registration or an exemption, or an opinion of counsel
                 (which may be counsel to the holder) as to an exemption, from
                 the registration provisions of said Act."

         Warrant Certificates may be exchanged at the option of the holder(s)
thereof when surrendered to the Issuer at its office for another Warrant
Certificate or other Warrant Certificates of like tenor and representing in the
aggregate a like number of Warrants, including, without limitation, upon an
adjustment in the Exercise Price or in the number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant.  Warrant Certificates surrendered for exchange
shall be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.

         6.      WARRANTS; EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.  Subject to the terms of this
Agreement, each Warrant holder shall have the right, which may be exercised at
any time on or after (1) the earliest of (i) December 31, 1995, (ii) the
effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a Stipulated Public
offering (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer, (iii) the occurrence
of an event of default under the Credit Agreement executed and delivered
pursuant to the Commitment Letter (as amended, modified, extended or replaced
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), (iv) any merger or consolidation of
the Issuer with or into any corporation or other entity that is not an
Affiliate (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer (v) any sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer not made in
the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and (vi) any sale or other
disposition by the Issuer of shares of Common Stock constituting more that 50%
of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and prior to





                                       3
<PAGE>   7

(2) December 31, 2004, to receive from the Issuer the number of fully paid and
nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to
receive on exercise of such warrants and payment of the Exercise Price then in
effect for such Warrant Shares.  No adjustments as to dividends will be made
upon exercise of the Warrants.  The term "Warrant Shares" shall mean shares of
Class B Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant or such other
securities, property and cash which the warrant holders shall be entitled to
receive upon exercise of the Warrants pursuant to the provisions of Section 10,
including without limitation subsection (k) thereof.  The Issuer represents and
warrants to the Purchaser that the number of shares for which the Warrants to
be purchased hereunder are exercisable on the date hereof equals 19.99% of the
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, after
giving effect to the conversion of the 600 shares of Common Stock (the
"Deerpath Shares") legally and beneficially owned as of the date hereof by
Deerpath Investment Partners, Ltd. ("Deerpath") into Deerpath Warrants, as
required by Section 27(v) of this Agreement.

         A Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Issuer at its office
designated for such purpose (the address of which is set forth in Section 14)
of the certificate or certificates evidencing the Warrants to be exercised with
the form of election to purchase attached thereto duly filled in and signed,
upon payment to the Issuer of the exercise price of $.02 per Warrant Share (the
"Exercise Price"), as adjusted as herein provided, for the number of Warrant
Shares in respect of which such Warrants are then exercised.  Payment of the
aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in cash or by check payable to the order
of the Issuer.

         Upon such surrender of Warrant Certificates and payment of the
Exercise Price, the Issuer shall issue and cause to be delivered with all
reasonable dispatch (and in any event within two business days) to or upon the
written order of the holder, and in the name of the Warrant holder or the
Warrant holder's nominee, a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants together with such
other property (including cash) and securities as may then be deliverable upon
such exercise, including cash for fractional Warrant Shares as provided in
Section 11.  Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been
issued and the person so named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder
of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such
Warrant Certificates and payment of the Exercise Price.

         The Warrants shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders
thereof, either in full or from time to time in part, and, in the event that a
Warrant Certificate is exercised in respect of fewer than all of the Warrant
Shares issuable on such exercise at any time prior to the date of expiration of
the Warrants, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the remaining Warrant or
Warrants will be issued and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this
Section and of Section 3.

         All Warrant Certificates surrendered upon exercise of Warrants shall
be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.  The Issuer shall keep copies of
this Agreement and any notices received hereunder available for inspection
during normal business hours at its office.  The Issuer





                                       4
<PAGE>   8

will furnish, at its expense, copies of this Agreement and all such notices,
upon request, to any holder of any Warrant Certificates.

         7.      PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Issuer will pay all stamp and transfer
taxes in connection with the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the
Warrants hereunder, as well as all such stamp and transfer taxes attributable
to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of Warrants and
payment of the Exercise Price.

         8.      MUTILATED OR MISSING WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  In case any of the
Warrant Certificates shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Issuer
shall issue, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of the
mutilated Warrant Certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant
Certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor
and representing an equivalent number of Warrants.

         9.      RESERVATION OF WARRANT SHARES.  The Issuer will at all times
reserve and keep available, free from preemptive or similar rights, out of the
aggregate of its authorized but unissued capital stock or its authorized and
issued capital stock held in its treasury, for the purpose of enabling it to
satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of Warrants, (i)
the maximum number of shares of each class of capital stock constituting a part
of the Warrant shares which may then be deliverable upon the exercise of all
outstanding Warrants and (ii) the maximum number of shares of each class of
capital stock of the Issuer which may then be deliverable upon the conversion
into Class A Common Stock of the Issuer of all issued Warrant Shares.  The
Issuer shall cause all Warrant Shares of each class of capital stock of the
Issuer or other securities of the Issuer reserved for issuance upon exercise of
the Warrants to be listed (or to be listed subject to notice of issuance) on
each securities exchange on which such shares of capital stock of the Issuer or
any such other securities are listed.

         The Issuer or, if appointed, the transfer agent for shares of each
class of capital stock of the Issuer (the "Transfer Agent") and every,
subsequent transfer agent for any shares of the Issuer's capital stock issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants will be irrevocably authorized and directed
at all times to reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be required
for such purpose.  The Issuer will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with
the Transfer Agent and with every subsequent transfer agent for any shares of
the Issuer's capital stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase
represented by the Warrants or of the rights of conversion of the Warrant
Shares.  The Issuer will furnish such Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of
adjustments, and certificates related thereto, transmitted to each holder
pursuant to Section 13.

         The Issuer covenants that (i) all Warrant Shares which may be issued
upon exercise of Warrants will, upon issuance and payment of the Exercise Price
therefor, and (ii) all shares of capital stock of the Issuer which may be
issued upon the conversion of any issued Warrant Shares will, in each case, be
fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive or similar rights and free from
all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the issuance
thereof.





                                       5
<PAGE>   9


         10.     ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES
ISSUABLE.  The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon
the exercise of each Warrant are subject to adjustment from time to time upon
the occurrence of the events enumerated in this Section.  For purposes of this
Section, "Common Stock" means shares now or hereafter authorized of any class
of common stock of the Issuer and any other stock of the Issuer, however
designated, that has the right (subject to any prior rights of any class or
series of preferred stock) to participate in any distribution of the assets
upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of the
earnings of the Issuer without limit as to per share amount.  "Common Stock"
shall not include preferred or special stock.

                 (a)      ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGE IN CAPITAL STOCK OF THE ISSUER.
         If the Issuer:
                
                          (1)     pays a dividend or makes a distribution on
                 any class of its Common Stock in shares of any class of its
                 Common Stock;

                          (2)     subdivides its outstanding shares of any
                 class of Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

                          (3)     combines its outstanding shares of any class
                 of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

                          (4)     makes a distribution on any class of its
                 Common Stock in shares of its capital stock other than Common
                 Stock; or

                          (5)     issues by reclassification of any class of
                 its Common Stock any shares of its capital stock;

         then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action
         shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Warrant
         thereafter exercised may receive the aggregate number and kind of
         shares of capital stock of the Issuer which it would have owned
         immediately following such action if such Warrant had been exercised
         immediately prior to such action, as determined by the Board of
         Directors of the Issuer in the good faith exercise of its reasonable
         business judgment.

                 The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the
         record date in the case of such a stock dividend or distribution and
         immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision,
         combination or reclassification.

                 If after an adjustment a holder of a Warrant upon exercise of
         such Warrant may receive shares of two or more classes of capital
         stock of the Issuer, the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall
         determine in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business
         judgment the allocation of the adjusted Exercise Price between the
         classes of capital stock.  After





                                       6
<PAGE>   10

         such allocation, the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each
         class of capital stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on
         terms comparable to those applicable to Common Stock in this Section.

                 Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event
         listed above shall occur.

                 (b)      ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK ISSUE.  If the Issuer
         issues shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than
         the Current Market Price per share on the date the Issuer fixes the
         offering price of such additional shares, the Exercise Price shall be
         adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

                                       P
                                       -
                          E, = E x 0 + M
                                   -----
                                     A

         where:

                 E, =     the adjusted Exercise Price.

                 E  =     the then current Exercise Price.

                 0  =     the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to
                          the issuance of such additional shares.

                 P  =     the aggregate consideration received for the issuance
                          of such additional shares.

                 M  =     the Current Market Price per share on the date of
                          issuance of such additional shares.

                 A  =     the number of shares outstanding immediately after
                          the issuance of such additional shares.

                 The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such
         issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such
         issuance.

                 The provisions of this subsection do not apply to:

                          (1)     any of the transactions described in
                 subsection (a) or for which an adjustment has been made
                 pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) or (d) of this
                 Section, or





                                       7
<PAGE>   11

                          (2)     the exercise of Warrants.

                 (c)      ADJUSTMENT FOR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ISSUE.  If the
         Issuer issues any Convertible Securities (other than Convertible
         Securities for which an adjustment has been made pursuant to the
         provisions of subsection (d) of this Section), whether or not the
         right to convert or exchange thereunder is immediately exercisable or
         is conditioned upon the passage of time, the occurrence or non-
         occurrence of some other event, or both, for a consideration per share
         of Common Stock initially deliverable upon conversion or exchange of
         such Convertible Securities less than the Current Market Price per
         share on the date of issuance of such Convertible Securities, the
         Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with this formula:

                                       P
                                       -
                          E' = E x 0 + M
                                   -----
                                   0 + D

         where:

                 E' =     the adjusted Exercise Price.

                 E  =     the then current Exercise Price.

                 0  =     the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to
                          the issuance of such securities.

                 P  =     the aggregate consideration received for the issuance
                          of such securities.

                 M  =     the Current Market Price per share on the date of
                          issuance of such securities.

                 D  =     the maximum number of shares deliverable upon
                          conversion or in exchange for such securities at the 
                          Minimum Rate.

         The term "Minimum Rate" means the lowest rate at which the Convertible
         Securities can be converted into or exchanged for Common Stock,
         regardless of whether that is the initial rate or is conditioned upon
         the passage of time, the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some other
         event, or both.

                 The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such
         issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such
         issuance.





                                       8
<PAGE>   12


                 If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or
         exchange of such securities has not been issued when such securities
         are no longer outstanding, then the Exercise Price shall promptly be
         readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the
         adjustment upon the issuance of such securities been made on the basis
         of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion
         or exchange of such securities.

                 (d)      ADJUSTMENT FOR RIGHT, OPTION AND WARRANT ISSUES.  If
         the Issuer issues any rights, options or warrants (other than the
         Warrants, the Deerpath Warrants and the Employee Options (as
         hereinafter defined)) to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise
         acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities (the "Option
         Securities"), then, upon the issuance of the Common Stock and/or
         Convertible Securities deliverable upon the exercise of such Option
         Securities or upon the conversion or exchange of such securities, an
         adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 10(b) on the basis of the
         actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise,
         conversion or exchange of such Option Securities.

                 (e)      CURRENT MARKET PRICE. In subsections (b), (c) and (d)
         of this Section the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on
         any date is the average of the Quoted Prices of the Common Stock for
         30 consecutive trading days commencing 45 trading days before the date
         in question.  The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock for each day is
         the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on such day as
         reported by NASDAQ, National Market System, or, if the Common Stock is
         listed on a securities exchange, the last reported sales price of the
         Common Stock on such exchange (which shall be for consolidated trading
         if applicable to such exchange) on such day, or if neither is so
         reported or listed, the average of the last reported bid and asked
         prices of the Common Stock on such day.  In the absence of one or more
         such quotations, the current Market Price shall be determined by the
         Board of Directors of the Issuer in its reasonable business judgment
         exercised in good faith and notice of such determination shall be
         delivered to the Purchaser; provided, however, that during the 30-day
         period following the date notice of such determination is received by
         holders of the Warrants, such holders may object to such determination
         by giving notice to the Issuer.  If within such 30-day period, the
         holders of a majority of the Warrants notify the Issuer of their
         objection (the "Objection Notice") and such holders and the Issuer do
         not agree upon the Current Market Price within fifteen (15) days
         following receipt by the Issuer of the Objection Notice (the
         "Negotiation Period"), then either the Issuer or a majority in
         interest of the holders of the Warrants shall have the right to invoke
         the following procedure:

                          1.      The Issuer and the holders shall each submit
                 their determination of Current Market Price within ten (10)
                 days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period;





                                       9
<PAGE>   13


                          2.      Such determinations of Current Market Price
                 shall be submitted to one of the following investment banking
                 firms: Kidder Peabody & Co., Inc., The First-Boston Corp. and
                 Dillon Reade & Co., as selected by a majority in interest of
                 the holders of the Warrants within five (5) days after the
                 expiration of the Negotiation Period or if each of such
                 investment banking firms shall decline or fail to act, a
                 recognized investment banking firm of national reputation
                 selected by agreement of the Issuer and a majority in interest
                 of the holders of the Warrants (the firm so chosen, the
                 "Appraiser") for consideration; and

                          3.      The Appraiser shall decide within twenty (20)
                 days of its selection but no earlier than ten (10) days of its
                 selection which of the determinations considered most closely
                 approximates Current Market Price, which decision shall be
                 final and binding on the Issuer and the holders of the
                 Warrants unless they agree in writing to settle their dispute
                 prior to the Appraiser's determination.  Upon receipt of the
                 submission from both the Issuer and the representative of the
                 holders of the warrants of their determination of Contract
                 Value, the Appraiser shall promptly transmit the determination
                 of each party to the other party.

                 All costs of appraisal shall be borne by the party whose
                 determination was not selected by the Appraiser as the Current
                 Market Price and in the case of agreement subsequent to the
                 Appraiser's selection but prior to such determination, such
                 costs shall be divided equally.

                 (f)      CONSIDERATION RECEIVED.  For purposes of any
         computation respecting consideration received pursuant to any
         subsection of this Section, the following shall apply:

                          (1)     in the case of the issuance of shares of
                 Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount
                 of such cash, after deduction for any commissions, discounts
                 or other expenses incurred by the Issuer for any underwriting
                 of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;

                          (2)     in the case of the issuance of shares of
                 Common Stock for a consideration consisting in whole or in
                 part of other than cash, the consideration other than cash
                 shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as
                 determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the good
                 faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment, after
                 deduction for all expenses incurred by the Issuer in
                 connection therewith, provided that the Issuer agrees that in
                 no event will shares of capital stock of the Issuer be issued
                 in exchange for services;

                          (3)     in the case of the issuance of Convertible
                 Securities or securities issuable upon the exercise of Option
                 Securities (other than the Deerpath Warrants





                                       10
<PAGE>   14

                 and the Employee Options (as defined in paragraph (4) below)),
                 the aggregate consideration received therefor shall be deemed
                 to be the consideration received by the Issuer for the
                 issuance of such Convertible Securities, plus the
                 consideration, if any, received by the Issuer for the issuance
                 of such Option Securities, plus the additional minimum
                 consideration, if any, to be received by the Issuer upon the
                 conversion, exchange or exercise thereof (the consideration in
                 each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in
                 clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection); and

                          (4)     in the case of (i) the warrants to purchase
                 an aggregate of 482 shares of Common Stock issued by the
                 Issuer to Deerpath, (ii) the warrants to purchase an aggregate
                 of 600 shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Issuer to
                 Deerpath as required by Section 27(v) of this Agreement (each,
                 a "Deerpath Warrant" and together, the "Deerpath Warrants")
                 and (iii) the options to purchase an aggregate of 2,300 shares
                 of Common Stock authorized for issuance to certain employees
                 of the Issuer (the "Employee Options"), the aggregate
                 consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be zero and
                 the issuance of shares pursuant to the Deerpath Warrants and
                 the Employee Options shall cause an adjustment to be made
                 pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement.

                 (g)      SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT.  If the purchase price provided
         for in any Option Securities, the additional consideration, if any,
         payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities
         or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into
         or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change (other than under or by
         reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the
         Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the
         exercise of the Warrants in effect at the time of such event shall
         forthwith be readjusted to the Exercise Price or number of Warrant
         Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants which would have
         been in affect at such time had such Option Securities or Convertible
         Securities outstanding at such time initially been granted, issued or
         sold and the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable
         upon the exercise of the Warrants initially adjusted as provided in
         the applicable subsection of this Section, whichever was applicable,
         except that the minimum amount of additional consideration payable and
         the total maximum number of shares issuable shall be determined after
         giving effect to such event (and any prior event or events).

                 (h)      WHEN NO ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED.  No adjustment need be
         made for a change in the par value or absence of par value of any
         Common Stock.

                 To the extent the Warrants become exercisable, in whole or in
         part, for cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash.
         Interest shall not accrue on the cash.





                                       11
<PAGE>   15


                 No adjustment in the Exercise Price need be made if (i) it
         would reduce the Exercise Price below the then par value (provided
         that the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant shall
         thereafter be exercisable shall be computed as if such Exercise Price
         had been so reduced) or (ii) the adjustment would require an increase
         or decrease of less than .001% in the Exercise Price.  Any adjustments
         that are not made but deferred shall be carried forward and taken into
         account in any subsequent adjustment.

                 (i)      NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.  Whenever the Exercise Price is
         adjusted or the Issuer takes any action that would require (a) any
         adjustment in (i) the Exercise Price or (ii) the number and type of
         securities or other property constituting Warrant Shares purchasable
         upon exercise of the Warrants or (b) the execution and delivery of a
         supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Issuer shall provide the notices
         required by Section 13.

                 (j)      VOLUNTARY REDUCTION.  The Issuer may reduce the
         Exercise Price from time to time by any amount for any period of time
         of at least 20 days (including, without limitation, permanently) if
         the reduction is irrevocable during such period; provided, however,
         that in no event may the Exercise Price be reduced to an amount less
         than the par value of a share of Common Stock.

                 Whenever the Exercise Price is reduced, the Issuer shall mail
         to Warrant holders, in the manner sat forth in Section 13, a notice of
         such reduction at least 20 days before the date such reduction takes
         effect.  The notice shall state the reduced Exercise Price and the
         period it will be in effect.

                 Any reduction of the Exercise Price under this subsection
         (other than a permanent reduction) shall not change or adjust the
         Exercise Price otherwise in effect for purposes of the other
         subsections of this Section.

                 (k)      REORGANIZATION OF THE ISSUER.  In the event of any
         capital reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of the
         capital stock of the Issuer, or consolidation, merger or amalgamation
         of the Issuer with another entity, or the sale, lease, transfer,
         conveyance or other disposition other than in the ordinary course of
         business of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity
         (any such occurrence being hereinafter referred to as a ("Major
         Transaction"), then, as a condition to such Major Transaction, lawful
         and adequate provision shall be made whereby (i) the holders of the
         Warrant Certificates shall thereafter have the right to purchase and
         receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the basis and upon the terms
         and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu of the Warrant
         Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights
         represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such Major
         Transaction, such shares of stock, securities or assets as would be
         issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of
         Warrant Shares which would have been outstanding had this Warrant





                                       12
<PAGE>   16

         been exercised immediately prior to such Major Transaction, and (ii)
         if such Major Transaction is part of a transaction with any person (or
         any affiliate of such person) who shall previously have made a
         purchase, tender or exchange offer which was accepted by the holders
         of not less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of
         Common Stock, the holder of the Warrants shall have been given a
         reasonable period of time (and, in no event, less than 30 days) to
         elect to receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the basis and upon
         the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu of
         the Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the
         rights represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such Major
         Transaction, either (x) the stock, securities, cash or properties it
         would have received pursuant to clause (i) or (y) stock, securities,
         cash or properties of the nature or type issued to holders of the
         common Stock in accordance with such purchase, tender or exchange
         offer, or the equivalent thereof, in an amount which the holder of the
         Warrants would have received had it held the number of shares of
         Common Stock for which the Warrant was exercisable immediately prior
         to such purchase, tender or exchange offer.

                 The Issuer shall not effect any such Major Transaction unless
         prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor
         entity (if other than the Issuer) resulting from such consolidation,
         merger or amalgamation or the entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring
         such assets (i) shall enter into a supplemental Warrant Agreement,
         containing provisions with respect to the rights and interests of the
         holder of the Warrants (including without limitation provisions for
         adjustment of the Exercise Price and of the number and type of
         securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants)
         substantially identical to the provisions of this Agreement (which
         supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be satisfactory in form, scope
         and substance to a majority in interest of the holders of the warrants
         and shall be mailed or delivered to the registered holders of the
         Warrants in accordance with Section 14) and shall assume the
         obligation to deliver to such holders such shares of stock, securities
         or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such
         holders may be entitled to purchase (the "Substitute Securities") and
         (ii) shall assume all of the obligations of the Issuer set forth in
         the Put Agreement of even date herewith between the Issuer and the
         Purchaser (the "Put Agreement") and the Registration Rights Agreement
         of even date herewith between the Issuer and the Purchaser (the
         "Registration Rights Agreement"), provided that such obligations
         shall, following such assumption, apply to the Substitute Securities
         rather than to the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.  The foregoing
         provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive Major
         Transactions.

                 If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise of
         Warrants under the supplemental Warrant Agreement is an affiliate of
         the formed, surviving, transferee or lessee entity, such issuer shall
         join in the supplemental Warrant Agreement.





                                       13
<PAGE>   17


                 (l)      WHEN ISSUANCE OR PAYMENT MAY BE DEFERRED.  In any
         case in which this Section shall require that an adjustment in the
         Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified
         event, the Issuer may elect to defer until the occurrence of such
         event (i) issuing to the holder of any Warrant exercised after such
         record date the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise over and
         above the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise on the basis of
         the Exercise Price prior to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such
         holder any amount in cash in lieu of a fractional share pursuant to
         Section 11; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to such
         holder a bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's
         right to receive such additional Warrant Shares and cash upon the
         occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

                 (m)      ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES.  Upon each adjustment
         of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section, each Warrant
         outstanding prior to the making of the adjustment in the Exercise
         Price shall thereafter evidence the right to receive upon payment of
         the adjusted Exercise Price that number of shares of Common Stock
         (calculated to the nearest hundredth) obtained from the following
         formula:

                          N, = N x E
                                   -
                                   E,

         where:

                 N, =     the adjusted number of Warrant Shares issuable upon
                          exercise of a Warrant by payment of the adjusted 
                          Exercise Price.

                 N  =     the number or Warrant Shares previously issuable upon
                          exercise of a Warrant by payment of the Exercise
                          Price prior to adjustment.

                 E, =     the adjusted Exercise Price.

                 E  =     the Exercise Price prior to adjustment.

         Anything in this subsection or elsewhere in this Agreement to the
         contrary notwithstanding, if, because of any limitation set forth in
         subsection (h), no adjustment in the Exercise Price is made, the
         provisions of this subsection shall nevertheless be given effect so as
         to increase the adjusted number of warrant Shares as though E, in the
         above formulas had actually been adjusted.

         11.     FRACTIONAL INTERESTS.  The Issuer shall not be required to
issue fractional Warrant Shares on the Exercise of Warrants.  If more than one
Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same
holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon exercise
thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant





                                       14
<PAGE>   18

Shares purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so presented.  If any fraction
of the Warrant Shares would, except for the provisions of this Section, be
issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or specified portion thereof), the
Issuer shall pay an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price on the day
immediately preceding the date the Warrant is presented for exercise,
multiplied by such fraction.

         12.     PUT OF WARRANT OWNERSHIP; DISPOSITION OF WARRANT SHARES;
REGISTRATION OF WARRANT SHARES.  The put and call of the Warrant shall be
governed by the Put Agreement; ownership and disposition of the Warrants and
the Warrant Shares shall be subject to the Stockholders Agreement; and
registration of the Warrant Shares shall be governed by the Registration Rights
Agreement.

         13.     NOTICE TO WARRANT HOLDERS.  Upon any adjustment of the
Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the
Warrants pursuant to Section 10, and as otherwise required by Section 10, the
Issuer shall promptly thereafter (i) cause to be filed with the Issuer a
certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer setting forth the
Exercise Price and the number and type of securities or other property
constituting Warrant Shares after such adjustment and setting forth in
reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such
calculations are based and setting forth the number and type of securities or
other property constituting Warrant Shares (or portion thereof) issuable after
such adjustment in the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrants, upon exercise of a Warrant and payment of the
adjusted Exercise Price, and (ii) cause to be given to each of the registered
holders of the Warrant Certificates at its address appearing on the Warrant
register written notice of such adjustments by first-class mail, postage
prepaid.  Where appropriate, such notice may be given in advance and included
as a part of the notice required to be mailed under the other provisions of
this Section.

         In the event:

                 (a)      the Issuer shall authorize the issuance to holders
         (although not necessarily to all such holders) of shares of Common
         Stock rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase or
         otherwise acquire shares of Common Stock or any other securities or
         property (including securities of any other company) or of any other
         subscription rights, options or warrants; or

                 (b)      the Issuer shall authorize the payment of any
         dividend or distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock of cash,
         Common Stock or other securities or property (including securities of
         any other company) of the Issuer; or

                 (c)      of any capital reorganization, reclassification or
         recapitalization of the capital stock of the Issuer, or any
         amalgamation, consolidation or merger to which the Issuer is a party,
         or of the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of
         the





                                       15
<PAGE>   19

         properties and assets of the Issuer (other than in the ordinary course
         of business) substantially as an entirety, or a purchase, tender or
         exchange offer for shares of Common Stock or other securities
         constituting part of the Warrant Shares (whether by the Issuer or some
         other party); or

                 (d)      of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
         liquidation or winding up of the Issuer; or

                 (e)      the Issuer proposes to take any action which would
         require an adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Warrant
         Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants pursuant to Section
         10;

then the Issuer shall cause to be given to each of the registered holders of
the Warrant Certificates at his or its address appearing an the Warrant
register, at least 30 days (or 20 days in any case specified in clauses (a) or
(b) above) prior to the applicable record date hereinafter specified (or
promptly in the case of events for which there is no record date) by first
class mail, postage prepaid, a written notice stating (as applicable) (i) the
date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock entitled to
receive any such rights, options, warrants or distribution are to be
determined, (ii) the initial expiration date set forth in any purchase, tender
or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which any
such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or be
consummated, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of
shares of Common Stock or other securities constituting a part of the Warrant
Shares (or securities into which the Warrant Shares may be converted) shall be
entitled to exchange such shares or securities for securities or other
property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification, recapitalization,
reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale, lease, conveyance,
transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.  The failure to
give the notice required by this Section or any defect therein shall not affect
the legality or validity of any distribution, right, option, warrant,
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, merger,
amalgamation, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any action.

         The Issuer shall give to each Warrant holder written notice of any
determination to register any of its Common Stock at the same time that it
gives notice to holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

         The Issuer shall promptly deliver to each Warrant holder copies of all
reports and filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") or furnished to the holders of its Common Stock or other securities
constituting a part of the Warrant Shares or into which Warrant Shares may be
converted.





                                       16
<PAGE>   20

         Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrant
Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the holders thereof the
right to vote or to consent as shareholders in respect of the meetings of
shareholders or the election of members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer
or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the Issuer.

         14.     NOTICES TO THE ISSUER AND WARRANT HOLDERS.  Any notice or
demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the registered
holder of any Warrant Certificate to or on the Issuer shall be sufficiently
given or made when received at the office of the Issuer expressly designated by
the Issuer as its office for purposes of this Agreement (until the Warrant
holders are otherwise notified in accordance with this Section by the Issuer),
as follows:

                                        First Premium Services, Inc.
                                        520 Lake Cook Road
                                        Suite 300
                                        Deerfield, Illinois 60015-4926
                                        Attention: Mr. James C. Knollenberg

         with a copy to:                Rudnick & Wolfe
                                        203 North LaSalle Street
                                        Suite 1900
                                        Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                        Attention:  Michael B. Fischer, Esq.

Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given by the Issuer to the
registered holder(s) of any Warrant Certificate shall be sufficiently given
when received by such holder at the address appearing on the Warrant register
of the Issuer (until the Issuer is otherwise notified in accordance with this
Section by such holder).

         15.     CASH DISTRIBUTIONS AND DIVIDENDS.  The Issuer shall not
declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to the holders of its
Common Stock other than dividends payable in and distributions of Common Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing and without authorizing same, if the Issuer pays
a dividend or makes a distribution to the holders of its Common Stock of any
securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including cash and securities
of other companies) of the Issuer, or any rights, options or warrants to
purchase securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including securities
of other companies) of the Issuer, then, simultaneously with the payment of
such dividend or the making of such distribution, it will pay or distribute to
the holders of the Warrant Certificates an amount of property (including
without limitation cash) and/or securities (including without limitation
securities of other companies) of the Issuer as would have been received by
such holders had they exercised all of the Warrants (whether or not the
Warrants were then exercisable) immediately prior to the record date (or other
applicable date) used for determining stockholders of the Issuer entitled to
receive such dividend or distribution.  Anything in subsection (d) of Section
10 to the contrary





                                       17
<PAGE>   21

notwithstanding, no adjustment to the Exercise Price shall be made for any
distribution of Convertible Securities of the Issuer to the Warrant holders
pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

         16.     SUCCESSORS.  All the covenants and provisions of this
Agreement by or for the benefit of the Issuer or the holders shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, including
those by operation of law, merger, consolidation or as otherwise provided in
Section 10(k).

         17.     TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate when all Warrants
have been exercised pursuant to this Agreement, have expired unexercised in
accordance with their terms or have been redeemed pursuant to the Put
Agreement.

         18.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH WARRANT CERTIFICATE
ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS OF SAID STATE.

         19.     BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall
be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the Issuer and the
registered holders of the Warrant Certificates any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole
and exclusive benefit of the Issuer and the registered holders of the Warrant
Certificates.

         20.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed to be
an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument.

         21.     AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  No provision of this Agreement may be
amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party sought
to be bound; provided, however, that any amendment requested or waiver sought
from the Warrant holders of any provision of this Agreement which affects
warrant holders generally may be given by holders of at least sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Warrants outstanding and any waiver so
given shall be binding on all warrant holders; provided, however, that the
provisions of Section 6 with respect to the type of securities for which the
Warrants are exercisable may not be changed without the consent of each holder
of Warrants affected thereby.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising
any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a
waiver of a particular right or remedy on one occasion be deemed a waiver of
any other right or remedy or a waiver of the same right or remedy on any
subsequent occasion.

         22.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE PURCHASER AND THE ISSUER HEREBY
KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY





                                       18
<PAGE>   22

MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION USED HEREON, OR
ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE WARRANTS OR
ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE
OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PURCHASER OR
THE ISSUER.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PURCHASER'S
ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

         23.     JURISDICTION.  The Issuer hereby agrees that any legal action
or proceeding against it with respect to this Agreement, the Warrants or any of
the documents delivered in connection herewith or therewith may be brought in
the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of America for the
Southern District of New York as any holder of the Warrants may elect, and, by
execution and delivery hereof, it accepts and consents for itself and in
respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the
aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive, unless
waived by a majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants in writing,
with respect to any action or proceeding brought by it against such holders.
The Issuer hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Prentice-Hall
Corporate Services, whose present address is 15 Columbus Circle, New York, New
York 10023 as its authorized agent to receive, for and on behalf of it and its
property, service of process in the State of New York when and as such legal
actions or proceedings may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or
of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and such
service of process shall be deemed complete upon the date of delivery thereof
to such agent, or upon the earliest of any other date permitted by applicable
law.  It is understood that a copy of said process served on such agent will be
forwarded to the Issuer as soon as practicable, at is address set forth herein,
but its failure to receive such copy shall not affect in any way the service of
said process on said agent as the agent of the Issuer.  The Issuer irrevocably
consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in
any such action or proceeding by the mailing of the copies thereof by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to it at its address set forth
herein, such service to become effective upon the earlier of (i) the date 10
calendar days after such mailing and (ii) any earlier date permitted by
applicable law.  The Issuer agrees that it will at all times continuously
maintain an agent to receive service of process in the State of New York on
behalf of itself and its properties and in the event that, for any reason, the
agent named above or its successor shall no longer serve as its agent to
receive service of process in the State of New York on its behalf, it shall
promptly appoint a successor so to serve and shall advise the holders of the
Warrants thereof.  The Issuer agrees that Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the
General Obligations Law of the State of New York shall apply to this Agreement
and waives any right to stay or to dismiss any action or proceeding brought
before said courts on the basis of forum non conveniens.  Nothing herein shall
affect the right of any holder of the warrants to bring proceedings against the
Issuer in the courts of any other jurisdiction or to serve process in any other
manner permitted by applicable law.





                                       19
<PAGE>   23

         24.     SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The Issuer recognizes that the rights
of the holders of the Warrants under this Agreement are unique and,
accordingly, the holders of the Warrants shall, in addition to such other
remedies as may be available to any of them at law or in equity, have the right
to enforce their rights hereunder by actions for injunctive relief and specific
performance to the extent permitted by law.  The Issuer agrees that monetary
damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a
breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in
any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be
adequate.  This Agreement is not intended to limit or abridge any rights of the
holders of the Warrants which may exist apart from this Agreement.

         25.     ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION.  The Issuer
will deliver to each holder of Warrants and Warrant Shares:

                 (a)      as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal
         year audited annual financial statements of the Issuer and after the
         end of each quarter, unaudited quarterly financial statements of the
         Issuer, including, in each case, a balance sheet, a statement of
         operations, and a statement of cash flow of the Issuer for such year
         or quarter, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles;

                 (b)      as soon as available, copies of all documents (other
         than any which have been granted confidential treatment) filed with
         the SEC;

                 (c)      as soon as available, copies of all reports and
         financial and other information furnished to its shareholders; and

                 (d)      until the consummation of the initial public offering
         of any class of equity securities of the Issuer, such other financial
         and other information as may, from time to time, be reasonably
         requested by any such holder.

         26.     CHARTER PROVISIONS.  So long as any Warrants or issued Warrant
Shares are outstanding, the Issuer's certificate of incorporation shall contain
the following provisions regarding the Class A Stock and the Class B Stock:

                 "FOURTH:  NUMBER OF SHARES.  The total number of shares of
         stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is: ______
         _________  (______) shares of capital stock (the "Capital Stock"), of
         which ________________ (______) shall be designated Class A Voting
         Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (herein called the "Class A
         Common Stock"), ________________ (______) shall be designated Class B
         Nonvoting Convertible Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (herein
         called the "Class B Common Stock") [and ________________ (______)
         shall be designated Preferred Stock, [no] par value [$______] per
         share].  The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are
         sometimes hereinafter jointly referred to as the Common Stock.





                                       20
<PAGE>   24

                 All cross references in each subdivision of this ARTICLE refer
         to other paragraphs in such subdivision unless otherwise indicated.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                 Except as otherwise provided herein, all shares of Class A
         Common stock and Class B Common Stock will be identical and will
         entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges.

                 (1)      VOTING RIGHTS.  Each share of Common Stock of the
         corporation shall be equal in all respects to each other share of
         Common Stock, except that the Class B Common Stock shall have no
         voting power or voting rights with respect to any matter whatsoever
         (except as maybe otherwise required by law).  The holders of shares of
         Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share
         of Common Stock held with respect to all matters as to which the Class
         A Common Stock is entitled to be voted.  Except as otherwise stated in
         a Certificate of Designation designating any class or series of
         Preferred Stock or as otherwise required by law, the holders of the
         Class A Common Stock shall vote together with the holders of shares of
         the Preferred Stock, and not separately by class, on any matter as to
         which the Class A Common Stock is entitled to be voted.

                 (2)      DIVIDENDS.  The holders of the Common Stock shall be
         entitled to receive such dividends (payable in cash, stock or
         otherwise) as may be declared on the Common Stock by the Board of
         Directors at any time or from time to time out of any funds legally
         available therefor.  When and as dividends are declared thereon,
         whether payable in cash, property or securities of the Corporation,
         the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common
         Stock will be entitled to share, ratably according to the number of
         shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock held by them,
         in such dividends; provided that if dividends are declared which are
         payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock,
         dividends will be declared which are payable at the same rate on both
         classes of Common Stock, and the dividends payable in shares of Class
         A Common Stock will be payable to holders of Class A Common Stock, and
         the dividends payable in shares of Class B Common Stock will be
         payable to the holders of Class B Common Stock.

                 (3)      LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.  In the event of any liquidation,
         dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or
         involuntary, after payment shall have been made to the holders of any
         preferred stock pursuant to this ARTICLE, the holders of Class A
         Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled, to the
         exclusion of the holders of preferred stock, to share, ratably
         according to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B
         Common Stock held by them, in the remaining assets of the Corporation
         available for distribution to its stockholders.





                                       21
<PAGE>   25

                 (4)      CONVERSION OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK.

                 (i)      At any time and from time to time, each record holder
         of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to convert any and all of the
         shares of such holder's Class B Common Stock into the same number of
         shares of Class A Common Stock at such holder's election; provided
         that each holder of Class B Common Stock shall only be entitled to
         convert any share or shares of Class B Common Stock to the extent that
         after giving effect to such conversion such holder or its affiliates
         shall not directly or indirectly own, control or have power to vote a
         greater quantity of securities of any kind issued by the corporation
         than such holder and its affiliates are permitted to own, control or
         have power to vote under any law or under any regulation, rule or
         other requirement of any governmental authority at any time applicable
         to such holder and its affiliates.

                 (ii)     Each conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock
         into shares of Class A Common Stock will be effected by the surrender
         of the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be
         converted at the principal office of the Corporation (or such other
         office or agency of the Corporation as the Corporation may designate
         by notice in writing to the holder or holders of the Class B Common
         Stock) at any time during normal business hours, together with a
         written notice by the holder of such Class B Common Stock stating that
         such holder desires to convert the shares, or a stated number of the
         shares, of Class B Common Stock represented by such certificate or
         certificates into Class A Common Stock and that upon such conversion
         such holder and its affiliates will not directly or indirectly own,
         control or have tho power to vote a greater quantity of securities of
         any kind issued by the Corporation than such holders and its
         affiliates are permitted to own, control or have the power to vote
         under any applicable law, regulation, rule or other governmental
         requirement (and such statement will obligate the Corporation to issue
         such Class A Common Stock).  Such conversion will be deemed to have
         been effected as of the close of business on the date on which such
         certificate or certificates have been surrendered and such notice has
         been received, and at such time the rights of the holder of the
         converted Class B Common Stock as such holder will cease and the
         person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or
         certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued upon
         such conversion will be deemed to have become the holder or holders of
         record of the shares of Class A Common Stock represented thereby.

                 (iii)    Promptly after such surrender and the receipt of such
         written notice, the Corporation will issue and deliver in accordance
         with the surrendering holder's instructions (x) the certificate or
         certificates for the Class A Common Stock issuable upon such
         conversion and (y) a certificate representing any Class B Common Stock
         which was represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to
         the Corporation in connection with such conversion but which was not
         converted.





                                       22
<PAGE>   26

                 (iv)     If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or
         combines the outstanding shares of either Class A Common Stock or
         Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will
         be proportionately subdivided or combined.

                 (v)      In the case of, and as a condition to, any capital
         reorganization of, or any reclassification of the capital stock of,
         the Corporation (other than a subdivision or combination of shares of
         Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock into a greater or lesser
         number of shares (whether with or without par value) or a change in
         the par value of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or from
         par value to no par value or from no par value to par value) or in the
         case of, and as a condition to, the consolidation or merger of the
         Corporation with or into another corporation (other than a merger in
         which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and which does not
         result in any reclassification of outstanding shares of Class A Common
         Stock or Class B Common Stock), each share of Class B Common Stock
         shall be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other
         securities or property receivable upon such reorganization,
         reclassification, consolidation or merger by a holder of the number of
         shares of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation into which such
         share of Class B Common Stock was convertible immediately prior to
         such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation or merger; and,
         in any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the
         application of the provisions set forth in this paragraph (4) with
         respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Class
         B Common Stock to the end that the provisions set forth in this
         paragraph (4) (including provisions with respect to the conversion
         rate) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be,
         in relation to any shares of stock or other securities or property
         thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of Class B
         Common Stock.

                 (vi)     Shares of Class B Common Stock which are converted
         into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided herein shall not be
         reissued.

                 (vii)    The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep
         available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common
         Stock or its treasury shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon
         the conversion of the Class B Common Stock as provided in this
         paragraph (4), such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall
         then be issuable upon the conversion of all then outstanding shares of
         Class B Common Stock (assuming that all such shares of Class B Common
         Stock are held by persons entitled to convert such shares into Class A
         Common Stock).

                 (viii)   The issuance of certificates for Class A Common Stock
         upon conversion of Class B Common Stock will be made without charge to
         the holders of such shares for any stamp, transfer or issuance tax in
         respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in
         connection with such conversion and the related issuance of Class A
         Common Stock.  The Corporation will not close its books against the
         transfer of Class B





                                       23
<PAGE>   27

         Common Stock or of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon
         conversion of Class B Common Stock in any manner which would interfere
         with the timely conversion of Class B Common Stock."

Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 9 hereof, the Issuer may
from time to time amend its certificate of incorporation, without the consent
of the Warrant holders to increase the authorized number of shares of Common
Stock.

         27.     COVENANTS.  The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that,
except as Purchaser may otherwise agree in writing, the Issuer shall:

                 (i)      CONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS, ETC.  Not wind up, liquidate
         or dissolve; not engage to a material extent in any line of business
         other than those in which it is actively engaged on the date hereof;
         maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary in the normal
         conduct of its business; and conduct its business in compliance in all
         material respects with all requirements of law (including
         environmental laws and, with respect to all employee benefit plans,
         the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended).

                 (ii)     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Not enter into any
         transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale,
         leasing or exchange of property, real or personal, or the rendering of
         any service, with any person or entity affiliated with Issuer, except
         in the ordinary course of, and pursuant to the reasonable requirements
         of, its business and upon fair and reasonable terms non less favorable
         than would be obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with
         any other person or entity not affiliated with Issuer.

                 (iii)    OTHER OBLIGATIONS.  Maintain all of its obligations
         for borrowed money, including, without limitation, its obligations to
         LaSalle National Bank under the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as
         of June 26, 1991 and as amended to date and from time to time
         hereafter, between the Issuer and LaSalle, as agent for itself and The
         Daiwa Bank Limited, in a current status.

                 (iv)     RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  Not purchase, redeem or retire
         or make any dividend or distribution on account of any shares of the
         capital stock of Issuer or issue any phantom stock or stock
         appreciation rights, except fore redemption of the Initial Preferred
         Stock (as defined in the Put Agreement) pursuant to the terms thereof.

                 (v)      DEERPATH WARRANTS.  On or before February 28, 1993,
         convert the Deerpath Shares into, or exchange them for, Deerpath
         Warrants exercisable not earlier than December 31, 1995 for not more
         than 600 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of not less than
         $500 per share.





                                       24
<PAGE>   28

                 (vi)     DEERPATH PREFERRED STOCK.  The rights, designations,
         performances, redemption provisions and other terms of the Initial
         Preferred Stock (as defined in the Put Agreement) shall be
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser.

                 (vii)    STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.  Enter into the Stockholders
         Agreement on or before February 28, 1993.

                 (viii)   REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  Enter into a
         Registration Rights Agreement satisfactory in form and substance to
         the Purchaser on or before February 28, 1993.

The covenants set forth in this Section 27 shall survive the exercise of the
Warrants and the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force
and effect until the expiration of the Put Agreement.

         28.     PURCHASER OPTION.

                 (a)      In the event the Issuer issues additional shares of
         Common Stock (other than shares issued upon the exercise of any
         Warrant), it shall so notify the Purchaser in writing (the "Issuance
         Notice") prior to accepting subscriptions for such stock.  The
         Purchaser shall be granted an option to subscribe for that number of
         such additional shares of Common Stock not in excess of the number
         obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of additional shares of
         Common Stock issued by (ii) a fraction (a) the numerator of which is
         the number of Warrant Shares for which the Warrants are exercisable at
         the time of such issuance and (b) the denominator of which is the
         total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to
         such issuance.  Such shares to be purchased by the Purchaser shall be
         issued as Class B Common Stock if the Purchaser so requests.

                 (b)      The Purchaser shall have a period of ten (10)
         Business Days (as defined in the Put Agreement) from the date of
         receipt of the Issuance Notice (the "Election Expiration Date") to
         elect, by written notice to the Issuer (the "Response Notice"), to
         subscribe or refrain from subscribing for any additional shares.  If
         the Purchaser elects to purchase additional shares it shall (i)
         specify in the Response Notice the number of shares for which it
         elects to subscribe, up to the maximum to which it shall be entitled
         pursuant to paragraph (a) above, (ii) execute a subscription agreement
         in the form customarily used by the issuer in accepting subscriptions
         for its capital stock and (iii) make payment for such shares within
         the time required by the Issuer.  In the event the Purchaser does not
         deliver a Response Notice to the Issuer on or prior to the Election
         Expiration Date, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to
         refrain from subscribing for any additional shares.





                                       25
<PAGE>   29

         29.     AUTOMATIC EXTINGUISHMENT.  In the event the Purchaser shall
fail to execute and deliver the Credit Agreement on or before February 28,
1993, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without further action of
the parties hereto and shall become null and void nunc pro tunc.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed, as of the day and year set above written.

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________




Attest:________________________________
        Secretary/Assistant Secretary



                                        INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN
                                        (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________





                                       26
<PAGE>   30

                                   EXHIBIT A

                         (Form of Warrant Certificate]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SAID SECURITIES KAY NOT BE SOLD OR
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION, OR AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER) AS TO AN EXEMPTION, FROM THE
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A PUT
AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1992 BY AND BETWEEN FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES,
INC. AND INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION.


                                                           _________ Warrants

                             Warrant Certificate

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

        This Warrant Certificate certifies that INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN
(U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION, or registered assigns, in the registered holder of
the number of Warrants (the "Warrants") set forth above to purchase shares of
Class B Convertible Common Stock (the "Common Stock") of FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation ("the Issuer").  Each Warrant entitles
the holder upon exercise to receive from the Issuer one fully paid and
nonassessable share of Class B Convertible Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the
Issuer (a "Warrant Share") at the initial exercise price (the "Exercise Price")
of $.02, payable in lawful money of the United States of America, upon
surrender of this warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the
office of the Issuer designated for such purpose, subject to the conditions set
forth herein and in the Warrant Purchase Agreement hereinafter referred to.
The Exercise Price and number and type of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain
events, as set forth in the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

        The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants, and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated As of December 30, 1992 (the "Warrant
Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, which Warrant Agreement
is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and
is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, obligations, duties and
immunities hereunder of the Issuer and the holders of the Warrants (the words
"holders" or "holder" meaning the





                                      A-1
<PAGE>   31

registered holders or registered holder).  A copy of the Warrant Agreement may
be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Issuer.

        The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may
exercise such warrants under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Warrant Agreement by Surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase attached hereto (and by this reference made a part hereof)
properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price in
cash or by check payable to the order of the Issuer at the office of the Issuer
designated for such purpose.  In the event that upon any exercise of
Warrants-evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than
the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued by the
Issuer to the holder hereof or his or its registered assignee a new Warrant
Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

        The warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events the Exercise Price set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain
conditions, be adjusted.  If the Exercise Price is adjusted, the War-rant
Agreement provides that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted.  No fractional shares of Common
Stock will be issued upon the exercise,of any Warrant, but the Issuer will pay
the cash value thereof determined as provided in the Warrant Agreement.  No
adjustment shall be made for any cash dividends on any Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant.

        The warrant Agreement provides that upon exercise of the Warrants,.the
holder of Common Stock issued upon such exercise will be bound by and subject
to tho terms of that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of ______________,
by and among the Issuer, (specify parties] and the Purchaser listed therein
(the "Stockholders Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the
holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the Warrants
evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Stockholders Agreement as a
Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Stockholders Agreement may be obtained by
the holder hereof upon written request to the Issuer.

        The holders of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration rights
with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.  Said
registration rights are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement dated as
of ______________________________, by and between the Issuer and the Purchaser
of the Warrants (the "Registration Rights Agreement").  By acceptance of this
Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agree that upon exercise of some or all
of the Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Registration
Rights Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to tho
Issuer.

        The Warrants are subject to that certain Put Agreement, dated as of
___________________, by and among the Issuer, and the Purchaser of the Warrants
(the "Put Agreement"), pursuant to which the holder hereof possesses certain
rights to put the Warrants to the Issuer, all at the times





                                      A-2
<PAGE>   32

specified in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Put
Agreement.  By acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees
to be bound by the Put Agreement to the same extent as the Purchaser of the
Warrants.  A copy of the Put Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof
upon written request to the Issuer.

        Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Issuer by
the registered holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney
duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any
service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like
tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

        The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing made hereon) for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof and for all other purposes, and
the Issuer shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Neither the
Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights
of a stockholder of the Issuer (other than the right to receive dividends and
distributions as sat forth in Section 15 of the Warrant Agreement).

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Premium Services, Inc. has caused this
Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and has caused
its corporate seal to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:__________________________ 199__

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________


                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________





                                      A-3
<PAGE>   33

                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

                   (TO BE EXECUTED UPON EXERCISE OF WARRANT)


         The undersigned holder hereby represents that he or it is the
registered holder of this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably elects to
exercise the right, represented by this warrant Certificate, to receive shares
of Class B Convertible Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of First Premium
Services, Inc., and herewith tenders payment for such shares to the order of
First Premium Services, Inc. in the amount of $_______________ in accordance
with the terms hereof.  The undersigned request that a certificate for such
shares be registered in the name of the undersigned or his/its nominee
hereinafter set forth, and further that such certificate be delivered to the
undersigned at the address hereinafter set forth or to such other person or
entity as is hereinafter set forth.  If said number of shares is less than all
of the shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests
that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such
shares be registered in the name of the undersigned or his/its nominee
hereinafter set forth, and further that such certificate be delivered to the
undersigned at the address hereinafter set forth or to such other person or
entity as is hereinafter set forth.

                    Certificate to be registered as follows:

                 Name:______________________________________________
                 Address:___________________________________________

                    Certificate to be delivered as follows:

                 Name:______________________________________________
                 Address:___________________________________________


Date:________________________________   ______________________________________
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to the name of the holder as specified 
                                        on the face of Warrant, unless Form of
                                        Assignment has been executed)

Federal Taxpayer ID No. ________________





                                      A-4
<PAGE>   34

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

                   (TO BE EXECUTED UPON TRANSFER OF WARRANT]

         For value received, the undersigned registered holder of the enclosed
Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _________________ the right
represented by such Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of First Premium
Services, Inc. to which such Warrant relates, and appoints ____________________
Attorney to make such transfer on the books of First Premium Services, Inc.
maintained for such purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.


Date:________________________________   
     
               _________________________(Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to name of holder as specified on the 
                                        face of warrant)


                                        _______________________________________
                                        (Street Address)

                                        _______________________________________
                                        (City, State, Zip Cods)


Assignee's Federal Taxpayer ID No.__________________________





                                      A-5
<PAGE>   35

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                    AMENDMENT TO WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         AMENDMENT TO WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"), dated as
of February 12, 1993, among FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC. (the "Issuer") and
INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE N.V. ( the "Purchaser").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:


         WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Purchaser are party to a Warrant Purchase
Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement"), dated as of December 30, 1992; and

         WHEREAS, the Warrant Agreement contains certain inaccuracies which the
Issuer and the Purchaser desire to correct;

         NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

         Section 1.  DEFINITIONS.  Terms which are defined in the Warrant
Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein unless otherwise 
provided herein.

         Section 2.  AMENDMENTS TO WARRANT AGREEMENT.  The Issuer and the
Purchaser hereby agree that the Warrant Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                 (a)      The first recital to the Warrant Agreement is hereby
         amended by substituting for the figure "3,343" where it appears
         therein the figure "3,342".

                 (b)      Section 1(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by
         substituting for the figure "3,343" where it appears therein the
         figure "3,342".

                 (c)      Section 23 of the Agreement is hereby amended by
         restating the second sentence thereof to read in its entirety as
         follows:

                 "The Issuer hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and
                 empowers CT Corporation System, whose present address is 1633
                 Broadway, New York, New York 10019 as its authorized agent to
                 receive, for and on behalf of it and its property, service of
                 process in the State of New York when and as such legal
                 actions or proceedings may be brought in the courts of the
                 State of New York or of the United States of America for the
                 Southern District
<PAGE>   36

                 of New York, and such service of process shall be deemed
                 complete upon the date of delivery thereof to such agent, or
                 upon the earliest of any other date permitted by applicable
                 law."

         Section 3.  REPRESENTATIONS.  The Issuer represents to the Purchaser
that it has the power to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment and to
perform the Warrant Agreement as modified hereby; this Amendment and the Warrant
Agreement as modified hereby are the valid and legally binding obligations of
the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; provided,
however, that this representation with respect to enforceability is limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, and other similar laws of general application relating
to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and by general principles
of equity.

         Section 4.  LIMITATIONS.  The amendments set forth above are limited
precisely as written and shall not be deemed to be (a) a consent to, or
waiver or modification of, any other term or condition of the Warrant Agreement
or any of the documents referred to therein or (b) prejudice any right or rights
which the Purchaser may now have or may have in the future under or in
connection with the Warrant Agreement or any of the documents referred to
therein.  Except as expressly modified hereby, the terms and provisions of the
Warrant Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect and the
Purchaser hereby reconfirms its obligations thereunder. The term "Agreement"
wherever the same is utilized in the Warrant Agreement shall be deemed, on and
after the date hereof, to mean the Agreement as amended hereby.

         Section 5.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same
agreement.

         Section 6.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A
CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         Section 7.  DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS, ETC.  The descriptive headings of
the several Sections of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and 
shall not be deemed to affect the meaning or construction of any of the 
provisions hereof.





                                       2
<PAGE>   37

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as
of the date first above written.

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                        INTERNATIONAL NEDERLANDEN (U.S.)
                                        FINANCE CORPORATION N.V.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:





                                       3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.24

                                                                  Execution Copy

                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

                                      AND

             INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION


                         DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 12, 1993
<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- -------                                                                                                       ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                    <C>
1.       Purchase and Sale of Warrants; Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                                                                                                     
2.       Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                                                                                                     
3.       Execution of Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                     
4.       Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                     
5.       Registration of Transfers and Exchanges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                     
6.       Warrants; Exercise of Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
                                                                                                     
7.       Payment of Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
                                                                                                     
8.       Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                     
9.       Reservation of Warrant Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                     
10.      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares Issuable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
                                                                                                     
         (a)     Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         (b)     Adjustment for Common Stock Issue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         (c)     Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
         (d)     Adjustment for Right, Option and Warrant Issues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (e)     Current Market Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (f)     Consideration Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         (g)     Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (h)     When No Adjustment Recruited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (i)     Notice of Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (k)     Reorganization of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (l)     When Issuance or Payment May Be Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         (m)     Adjustment in Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
                                                                                                     
11.      Fractional Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
                                                                                                     
12.      Put of Warrant Ownership; Disposition of Warrant Shares;                                    
         Registration of Warrant Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
</TABLE>



                                       i
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                            
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- -------                                                                                                       ----
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
13.      Notice to Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
                                                                                                     
14.      Notices to the Issuer and Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
                                                                                                     
15.      Cash Distributions and Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                     
16.      Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                     
17.      Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                     
18.      Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                     
19.      Benefits of This Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                     
20.      Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                     
21.      Amendments; Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                     
22.      Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                     
23.      Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                     
24.      Specific Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                     
25.      Annual and Quarterly Reports; Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                     
26.      Charter Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                     
27.      Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
                                                                                                     
28.      Purchaser Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25

Exhibit A        Form of Warrant Certificate
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>   4

                                                                  Execution Copy
                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of February 12, 1993, between
FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the "Issuer"), and
INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION (the "Purchaser").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue to the Purchaser warrants to
purchase certain common stock of the Issuer as hereinafter described (the
"Warrants"), which Warrants will initially be exercisable for 1,114 shares of
Class B Nonvoting Convertible Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the
"Class B Common Stock"), of the Issuer, on the terms and conditions hereinafter
set forth; and

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Issuer desire to set forth the terms
and provisions of the Warrants and the conditions to the issuance and sale
thereof to the Purchaser; and

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
herein set forth and as part of the consideration for the execution and
delivery to the Issuer by an affiliate of the Purchaser of its commitment
letter dated December 30, 1992 (the "Commitment Letter"), the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF WARRANTS; CLOSING.

            (a)      The Issuer hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser,
         and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Issuer, Warrants to
         purchase,1,114 shares of Class B Common Stock for an aggregate
         purchase price of $1.00.

            (b)      The sale and purchase of the Warrants shall take
         place at a closing (the "Closing") at the offices of Sullivan &
         Worcester, 767 Third Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m. on or
         before February 16, 1993 (the "Closing Date").  At the Closing, the
         Issuer will deliver to the Purchaser Warrant Certificates (as defined
         in Section 2) evidencing the Warrants to be purchased by the Purchaser
         (in such permitted denomination or denominations as the Purchaser may
         request and registered in its name or the name of its nominee), dated
         the Closing Date, against payment, of the purchase price therefor by
         certified or bank cashier's check or by wire transfer of immediately
         available funds.

         SECTION 2.  WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  The certificates evidencing the
Warrants (the "Warrant Certificates") to be delivered   pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in registered form only and shall be in the form set forth as
Exhibit A attached hereto.
<PAGE>   5


         SECTION 3.  EXECUTION OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  Warrant Certificates
shall be signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman of the Board or its
President or a Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. 
Each such signature upon the Warrant Certificates may be in the form of a
facsimile signature of the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President,
Secretary or Assistant Secretary and may be printed or otherwise reproduced on
the Warrant Certificates and for that purpose the Issuer may adopt and use the
facsimile signature of any person who shall have been chairman of the Board,
President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, notwithstanding the
fact that at the time the Warrant Certificates shall be delivered or disposed of
such person shall have ceased to hold such office.

         In case any officer of the Issuer who shall have signed any of the
Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such officer before the Warrant
Certificates so signed shall have been disposed of by the Issuer, such Warrant
Certificates nevertheless may be delivered or disposed of as though such person
had not ceased to be such officer of the Issuer; and any Warrant Certificate
may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by any person who, at the actual date of
the execution of such Warrant Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the
Issuer to sign such Warrant Certificate although at the date of the execution
of this Agreement any such person was not such officer.

         SECTION 4.  REGISTRATION.  The Issuer shall number and register the
Warrant Certificates in a register as they are issued.  The Issuer may deem
and treat the registered holder(s) of the Warrant Certificates as the absolute
owner(s) thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon made by anyone) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice
to the contrary.

         SECTION 5.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.  The Issuer shall
from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrant Certificates
in a Warrant register to be maintained  by the Issuer upon surrender of such
Warrant Certificates accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, duly executed by the
registered holder or holders thereof or by the duly appointed legal
representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney.  Upon any such
registration of transfer, a new Warrant Certificate shall be issued to the
transferee(s) and the surrendered Warrant Certificate shall be canceled and
disposed of by the Issuer.

         If such transfer of Warrants is not made pursuant to an effective
Registration-Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), the Warrant holder will, if reasonably requested by the Issuer, deliver
to the Issuer an opinion of counsel, which may be counsel to the holder,
reasonably satisfactory in form, scope and substance to the Issuer, that the
Warrants may be sold publicly without registration under the Act, as well as:

                 (1)      an investment covenant reasonably satisfactory to the
         Issuer signed by the proposed transferee;





                                       2
<PAGE>   6

                 (2)      an agreement by such transferee to the impression of
         the restrictive investment legend set forth below on the Warrant
         Certificate; and

                 (3)      an agreement by such transferee to be bound by the
         provisions of:  (a) this Agreement, and (b) the provisions of the
         Stockholders Agreement, to be entered into pursuant to Section 27(vii)
         of this Agreement, on or before February 28, 1993, among the Issuer,
         the stockholders of the Issuer set forth on Exhibit A thereto and the
         Purchaser (the " Stockholders Agreement");

provided that, the Purchaser may transfer the Warrants to an affiliate of the
Purchaser without providing the Issuer with an opinion of counsel.

         The Warrant holders agree that each Warrant Certificate and each
certificate representing Warrant Shares will bear the following legend:

                 "The securities represented by this Certificate have not been
                 registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  said
                 securities may not be sold or transferred in the absence of
                 such registration or an exemption, or an opinion of counsel
                 (which may be counsel to the holder) as to an exemption, from
                 the registration provisions of said Act."

         Warrant Certificates may be exchanged at the option of the holder(s)
thereof when surrendered to the Issuer at its office for another Warrant
Certificate or other Warrant Certificates of like tenor and representing in the
aggregate a like number of Warrants, including, without limitation, upon an
adjustment in the Exercise Price or in the number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant.  Warrant Certificates surrendered for exchange
shall be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.

         SECTION 6.  WARRANTS; EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.  Subject to the terms of
this Agreement, each Warrant holder shall have the right, which may be exercised
at any time on or after (1) the earliest of (i) December 31, 1995, (ii) the
effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a Stipulated Public
Offering (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer, (iii) the occurrence
of an event of default under the Credit Agreement executed and delivered
pursuant to the Commitment Letter (as amended, modified, extended or replaced
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), (iv) any merger or consolidation of
the Issuer with or into any corporation or other entity that is not an Affiliate
(as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer (v) any sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer not made in
the ordinary course of business of the Issuer, (vi) Crabtree Capital Corporation
defaults in its obligations under a certain indemnification agreement of even
date herewith with respect to certain tax consequences relating to the Issuer's
Note (as defined in the next paragraph) and (vii) any sale or other disposition
by the Issuer of shares of Common Stock constituting more that 50% of the number
of shares of





                                       3
<PAGE>   7

Common Stock then outstanding and prior to (2) December 31, 2004, to receive
from the Issuer the number of fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares which
the holder may at the time be entitled to receive on exercise of such warrants
and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect for such Warrant Shares.  No
adjustments as to dividends will be made upon exercise of the Warrants.  The
term "Warrant Shares" shall mean shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of each Warrant or such other securities, property and cash which
the Warrant holders shall be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Warrants
pursuant to the provisions of Section 10, including without limitation
subsection (k) thereof.

         A Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Issuer at its office
designated for such purpose (the address of which is set forth in Section 14)
of the certificate or certificates evidencing the Warrants to be exercised with
the form of election to purchase attached thereto duly filled in and signed,
upon payment to the Issuer of the exercise price of $500 per Warrant Share (the
"Exercise Price"), as adjusted as herein provided, for the number of Warrant
Shares in respect of which such Warrants are then exercised.  Payment of the
aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in cash or by check payable to the order
of the Issuer or by application against the Exercise Price amounts evidenced by
that certain promissory note issued by the Issuer in the original principal
amount of $557,000 (the "Issuer's Note").

         Upon such surrender of Warrant Certificates and payment of the
Exercise Price, the Issuer shall issue and cause to be delivered with all
reasonable dispatch (and in any event within two business days) to or upon the
written order of the holder, and in the name of the Warrant holder or the
Warrant holder's nominee, a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of such warrants together with such
other property (including cash) and securities as may then be deliverable upon
such exercise, including cash for fractional Warrant Shares as provided in
Section 11.  Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been
issued and the person so named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder
of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such
Warrant Certificates and payment of the Exercise Price.

         The Warrants shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders
thereof, either in full or from time to time in part, and, in the event that a
Warrant Certificate is exercised in respect of fewer than all of the Warrant
Shares issuable on such exercise at any time prior to the date of expiration of
the Warrants, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the remaining Warrant or
Warrants will be issued and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this
Section and of Section 3.

         All Warrant Certificates surrendered upon exercise of Warrants shall
be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.  The Issuer shall keep copies of
this Agreement and any notices received hereunder available for inspection
during normal business hours at its office.  The Issuer will furnish, at its
expense, copies of this Agreement and all such notices, upon request, to any
holder of any Warrant Certificates.





                                       4
<PAGE>   8

         SECTION 7.  PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Issuer will pay all stamp and
transfer taxes in connection with the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of
the Warrants hereunder, as well as all such stamp and transfer taxes
attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of
warrants and payment of the Exercise Price.

         SECTION 8.  MUTILATED OR MISSING WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  In case any of
the Warrant Certificates shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the
Issuer shall issue, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation
of the mutilated Warrant Certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the
Warrant Certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant Certificate of like
tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants.

         SECTION 9.  RESERVATION OF WARRANT SHARES.  The Issuer will at all
times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive or similar rights, out of
the aggregate of its authorized but unissued capital stock or its authorized
and issued capital stock held in its treasury, for the purpose of enabling it to
satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of Warrants, (i)
the maximum number of shares of each class of capital stock constituting a part
of the Warrant Shares which may then be deliverable upon the exercise of all
outstanding Warrants and (ii) the maximum number of shares of each class of
capital stock of the Issuer which may then be deliverable upon the conversion
into Class A Common Stock of the Issuer of all issued Warrant Shares.  The
Issuer shall cause all Warrant Shares of each class of capital stock of the
Issuer or other securities of the Issuer reserved for issuance upon exercise of
the Warrants to be listed (or to be listed subject to notice of issuance) on
each securities exchange on which such shares of capital stock of the Issuer or
any such other securities are listed.

         The Issuer or, if appointed, the transfer agent for shares of each
class of capital stock of the Issuer (the "Transfer Agent") and every,
subsequent transfer agent for any shares of the Issuer's capital stock issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants will be irrevocably authorized and directed
at all times to reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be required
for such purpose.  The Issuer will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with
the Transfer Agent and with every, subsequent transfer agent for any shares of
the Issuer's capital stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase
represented by the Warrants or of the rights of conversion of the Warrant
Shares.  The Issuer will furnish such Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of
adjustments, and certificates related thereto, transmitted to each holder
pursuant to Section 13.

         The Issuer covenants that (i) all Warrant Shares which may be issued
upon exercise of Warrants will, upon issuance and payment of the Exercise Price
therefor, and (ii) all shares of capital stock of the Issuer which may be
issued upon the conversion of any issued Warrant Shares will, in each case, be
fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive or similar rights and free from
all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the issuance
thereof.





                                       5
<PAGE>   9

         SECTION 10.  ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES
ISSUABLE.  The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon
the exercise of each Warrant are subject to adjustment from time to time upon
the occurrence of the events enumerated in this Section.  For purposes of this
Section, "Common Stock" means shares now or hereafter authorized of any class
of common stock of the Issuer and any other stock of the Issuer, however
designated, that has the right (subject to any prior rights of any class or
series of preferred stock) to participate in any distribution of the assets
upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of the
earnings of the Issuer without limit as to per share amount.  "Common Stock"
shall not include preferred or special stock.

         (a)     ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGE IN CAPITAL STOCK OF THE ISSUER:

                 If the Issuer

                 (1)      pays a dividend or makes a distribution on any class
         of its Common Stock in shares of any class of its Common Stock;

                 (2)      subdivides its outstanding shares of any class of
         Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

                 (3)      combines its outstanding shares of any class of
         Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

                 (4)      makes a distribution on any class of its Common Stock
         in shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

                 (5)      issues by reclassification of any class of its Common
         Stock any shares of its capital stock;


then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be
proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Warrant thereafter exercised
may receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock of the
Issuer which it would have owned immediately following such action if such
Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such action, as determined by
the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the good faith exercise of its
reasonable business judgment.

         The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record
date in the case of such a stock dividend or distribution and immediately after
the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or
reclassification.





                                       6
<PAGE>   10

         If after an adjustment a holder of a Warrant upon exercise of such
Warrant may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the
Issuer, the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall determine in the good faith
exercise of its reasonable business judgment the allocation of the adjusted
Exercise Price between the classes of capital stock.  After such allocation,
the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each class of capital stock
shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those
applicable to Common Stock in this Section.

         Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed
above shall occur.

         (b)     ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK ISSUE

         If the Issuer issues shares of Common Stock for a consideration per
share less than the Current Market Price per share on the date the Issuer fixes
the offering price of such additional shares, the Exercise Price shall be
adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

                                      P
                                      -
                 E,=      E x 0   +   M
                              ---------                     
                                      A
where:

         E, =    the adjusted Exercise Price.

         E =     the then current Exercise Price.

         O =     the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to the
                 issuance of such additional shares.

         P =     the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such
                 additional shares.

         M =     the Current Market Price per share on the date of issuance of
                 such additional shares.

         A =     the number of shares outstanding immediately after the
                 issuance of such additional shares.

         The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance
is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

         The provisions of this subsection do not apply to:





                                       7
<PAGE>   11

                 (1)      any of the transactions described in subsection (a)
         or for which an adjustment has been made pursuant to the provisions of
         subsection (c) or (d) of this Section, or

                 (2)      the exercise of Warrants.

         (c)     ADJUSTMENT FOR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ISSUE

         If the Issuer issues any Convertible Securities (other than
Convertible Securities for which an adjustment has been made pursuant to the
provisions of subsection (d) of this Section), whether or not the right to
convert or exchange thereunder is immediately exercisable or is conditioned
upon the passage of time, the occurrence or non-occurrence of some other event,
or both, for a consideration per share of Common Stock initially deliverable
upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities less than the
Current Market Price per share on the date of issuance of such Convertible
Securities, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with this
formula:

                                       P
                                       -
                 E'=      E x 0   +    M
                              ----------
                              0   +    D
where:

         E'  =   the adjusted Exercise Price.

         E   =   the then current Exercise Price.

         O   =   the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to the
                 issuance of such securities.

         P   =   the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such
                 securities.

         M   =   the Current Market Price per share on the date of issuance of
                 such securities.

         D   =   the maximum number of shares deliverable upon conversion or in
                 exchange for such securities at the Minimum Rate.

The term "Minimum Rate" means the lowest rate at which the Convertible
Securities can be converted into or exchanged for Common Stock, regardless of
whether that is the initial rate or is conditioned upon the passage of time,
the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some other event, or both.





                                       8
<PAGE>   12

         The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance
is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

         If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or exchange of
such securities has not been issued when such securities are no longer
outstanding, then the Exercise Price shall promptly be readjusted to the
Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the
issuance of such securities been made on the basis of the actual number of
shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or exchange of such securities.

         (d)     ADJUSTMENT FOR RIGHT, OPTION AND WARRANT ISSUES

         If the Issuer issues any rights, options or warrants (other than the
Warrants, the Deerpath Warrants and the Employee Options (as hereinafter
defined)) to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or
Convertible Securities (the "Option Securities"), then, upon the issuance of
the Common Stock and/or Convertible Securities deliverable upon the exercise of
such Option Securities or upon the conversion or exchange of such securities,
an adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 10(b) on the basis of the
actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise, conversion
or exchange of such Option Securities.

         (e)     CURRENT MARKET PRICE

         In subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section the Current Market
Price per share of Common Stock on any date is the average of the Quoted Prices
of the Common Stock for 30 consecutive trading days commencing 45 trading days
before the date in question.  The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock for each
day is the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on such day as
reported by NASDAQ, National Market System, or, if the Common Stock is listed
on a securities exchange, the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on
such exchange (which shall be for consolidated trading if applicable to such
exchange) on such day, or if neither is so reported or listed, the average of
the last reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on such day.  In the
absence of one or more such quotations, the Current Market Price shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in its reasonable business
judgment exercised in good faith and notice of such determination shall be
delivered to the Purchaser; provided, however, that during the 30-day period
following the date notice of such determination is received by holders of the
Warrants, such holders may object to such determination by giving notice to the
Issuer.  If within such 30-day period, the holders of a majority of the
Warrants notify the Issuer of their objection (the "Objection Notice") and such
holders and the Issuer do not agree upon the Current Market Price within
fifteen (15) days following receipt by the Issuer of the objection Notice (the
"Negotiation Period"), then either the Issuer or a majority in interest of the
holders of the Warrants shall have the right to invoke the following procedure:





                                       9
<PAGE>   13

         1.      The Issuer and the holders shall each submit their
determination of Current Market Price within ten (10) days after the expiration
of the Negotiation Period;

         2.      Such determinations of Current Market Price shall be submitted
to one of the following investment banking firms:  Kidder Peabody & Co., Inc.,
The First Boston Corp. and Dillon Reade & Co., as selected by a majority in
interest of the holders of the Warrants within five (5) days after the
expiration of the Negotiation Period or if each of such investment banking
firms shall decline or fail to act, a recognized investment banking firm of
national reputation selected by agreement of the Issuer and a majority in
interest of the holders of the Warrants (the firm so chosen, the "Appraiser")
for consideration; and

         3.      The Appraiser shall decide within twenty (20) days of its
selection but no earlier than ten (10) days of its selection which of the
determinations considered most closely approximates Current Market Price, which
decision shall be final and binding on the Issuer and the holders of the
Warrants unless they agree in writing to settle their dispute prior to the
Appraiser's determination.  Upon receipt of the submission from both the Issuer
and the representative of the holders of the Warrants of their determination of
Contract Value, the Appraiser shall promptly transmit the determination of each
party to the other party.

All costs of appraisal shall be borne by the party whose determination was not
selected by the Appraiser as the Current Market Price and in the case of
agreement subsequent to the Appraiser's selection but prior to such
determination, such costs shall be divided equally.

         (f)     CONSIDERATION RECEIVED

         For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received
pursuant to any subsection of this Section, the following shall apply:

                 (1)      in the case of the issuance of shares of common Stock
         for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, after
         deduction for any commissions, discounts or other expenses incurred by
         the Issuer for any underwriting of the issue or otherwise in
         connection therewith;

                 (2)      in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock
         for a consideration consisting in whole or in part of other than cash,
         the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair
         market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of the
         Issuer in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment,
         after deduction for all expenses incurred by the Issuer in connection
         therewith, provided that the Issuer agrees that in no event will
         shares of capital stock of the Issuer be issued in exchange for
         services;





                                       10
<PAGE>   14

                 (3)      in the case of the issuance of Convertible securities
         or securities issuable upon the exercise of Option Securities (other
         than the Deerpath Warrants and the Employee options (as defined in
         paragraph (4) below)), the aggregate consideration received therefor
         shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Issuer for the
         issuance of such Convertible Securities, plus the consideration, if
         any, received by the Issuer for the issuance of such Option
         Securities, plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to be
         received by the Issuer upon the conversion, exchange or exercise
         thereof (the consideration in each case to be determined in the same
         manner as provided in clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection); and

                 (4)      in the case of (i) the warrants to purchase an
         aggregate of 482 shares of Common Stock issued by the Issuer to
         Deerpath, (ii) the warrants to purchase an aggregate of 600 shares of
         Common Stock to be issued by the Issuer to Deerpath as required by
         Section 27(v) of this Agreement (each, a "Deerpath Warrant" and
         together, the "Deerpath Warrants") and (iii) the options to purchase
         an aggregate of 3,240 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance
         to certain employees of the Issuer (the "Employee Options"), the
         aggregate consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be zero
         and the issuance of shares pursuant to the Deerpath Warrants and the
         Employee Options shall cause an adjustment to be made pursuant to
         Section 10(b) of this Agreement.

         (g)     SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT

         If the purchase price provided for in any option Securities, the
additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of
any Convertible Securities or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change (other than
under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the
Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the
Warrants in effect at the time of such event shall forthwith be readjusted to
the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of
the Warrants which would have been in effect at such time had such Option
Securities or Convertible Securities outstanding at such time initially been
granted, issued or sold and the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares
purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants initially adjusted as provided in
the applicable subsection of this Section, whichever was applicable, except
that the minimum amount of additional consideration payable and the total
maximum number of shares issuable shall be determined after giving effect to
such event (and any prior event or events).

         (h)     WHEN NO ADJUSTMENT RECRUITED

         No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or absence of
par value of any Common Stock.





                                       11
<PAGE>   15

         To the extent the Warrants become exercisable, in whole or in part,
for cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash.  Interest shall
not accrue on the cash.

         No adjustment in the Exercise Price need be made if (i) it would
reduce the Exercise Price below the then par value (provided that the number of
Warrant Shares for which this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable shall be
computed as if such Exercise Price had been so reduced) or (ii) the adjustment
would require an increase or decrease of less than .001% in the Exercise Price.
Any adjustments that are not made but deferred shall be carried forward and
taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

         (i)     NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT

         Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted or the Issuer takes any action
that would require (a) any adjustment in (i) the Exercise Price or (ii) the
number and type of securities or other property constituting Warrant Shares
purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants or (b) the execution and delivery of
a supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Issuer shall provide the notices required
by Section 13.

         (j)     VOLUNTARY REDUCTION

         The Issuer may reduce the Exercise Price from time to time by any
amount for any period of time of at least 20 days (including, without
limitation, permanently) if the reduction is irrevocable during such period;
Provided, however, that in no event may the Exercise Price be reduced to an
amount less than the par value of a share of Common Stock.

         Whenever the Exercise Price is reduced, the Issuer shall mail to
Warrant holders, in the manner set forth in Section 13, a notice of such
reduction at least 20 days before the date such reduction takes effect.  The
notice shall state the reduced Exercise Price and the period it will be in
effect.

         Any reduction of the Exercise Price under this subsection (other than
a permanent reduction) shall not change or adjust the Exercise Price otherwise
in effect for purposes of the other subsections of this Section.

         (k)     REORGANIZATION OF THE ISSUER

         In the event of any capital reorganization, recapitalization or
reclassification of the capital stock of the Issuer, or consolidation, merger
or amalgamation of the Issuer with another entity, or the sale, lease,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition other than in the ordinary course of
business of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity (any such
occurrence being hereinafter referred to as a ("Major Transaction"), then, as a
condition to such Major Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be
made whereby (i) the holders of the Warrant Certificates





                                       12
<PAGE>   16

shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon exercise of the
Warrant, on the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in this
Agreement and in lieu of the Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon the
exercise of the rights represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such
Major Transaction, such shares of stock, securities or assets as would be
issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of Warrant
Shares which would have been outstanding had this Warrant been exercised
immediately prior to such Major Transaction, and (ii) if such Major Transaction
is part of a transaction with any person (or any affiliate of such person) who
shall previously have made a purchase, tender or exchange offer which was
accepted by the holders of not less than twenty percent (20%) of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holder of the Warrants shall have been
given a reasonable period of time (and, in no event, less than 30 days) to
elect to receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the basis and upon the terms
and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu of the Warrant Shares
purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented by the
Warrants immediately prior to such Major Transaction, either (x) the stock,
securities, cash or properties it would have received pursuant to clause (i) or
(y) stock, securities, cash or properties of the nature or type issued to
holders of the Common Stock in accordance with such purchase, tender or
exchange offer, or the equivalent thereof, in an amount which the holder of the
Warrants would have received had it held the number of shares of Common Stock
for which the Warrant was exercisable immediately prior to such purchase,
tender or exchange offer.

         The Issuer shall not effect any such Major Transaction unless prior to
or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor entity (if other
than the Issuer) resulting from such consolidation, merger or amalgamation or
the entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets (i) shall enter into a
supplemental Warrant Agreement, containing provisions with respect to the
rights and interests of the holder of the Warrants (including without
limitation provisions for adjustment of the Exercise Price and of the number
and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants)
substantially identical to the provisions of this Agreement (which supplemental
Warrant Agreement shall be satisfactory in form, scope and substance to a
majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants and shall be mailed or
delivered to the registered holders of the Warrants in accordance with Section
14) and shall assume the obligation to deliver to such holders such shares of
stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions,
such holders may be entitled to purchase (the "Substitute Securities") and (ii)
shall assume all of the obligations of the Issuer set forth in the Put
Agreement of even date herewith between the Issuer and the Purchaser (the "Put
Agreement") and the Registration Rights Agreement of even date herewith between
the Issuer and the Purchaser (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), provided
that such obligations shall, following such assumption, apply to the Substitute
Securities rather than to the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.  The foregoing
provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive Major
Transactions.

         If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise of Warrants
under the supplemental Warrant Agreement is an affiliate of the formed,
surviving, transferee or lessee entity, such issuer shall join in the
supplemental Warrant Agreement.





                                       13
<PAGE>   17

         (l)     WHEN ISSUANCE OR PAYMENT MAY BE DEFERRED

         In any case in which this Section shall require that an adjustment in
the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event,
the Issuer may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to
the holder of any Warrant exercised after such record date the Warrant Shares
issuable upon such exercise over and above the Warrant Shares issuable upon
such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price prior to such adjustment and
(ii) paying to such holder any amount in cash in lieu of a fractional share
pursuant to Section 11; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to
such holder a bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's
right to receive such additional Warrant Shares and cash upon the occurrence of
the event requiring such adjustment.

         (m)     ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES

         Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section,
each Warrant outstanding prior to the making of the adjustment in the Exercise
Price shall thereafter evidence the right to receive upon payment of the
adjusted Exercise Price that number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to
the nearest hundredth) obtained from the following formula:

                          N,= N x E
                                  -
                                  E,

where:

         N,  =   the adjusted number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise
                 of a Warrant by payment of the adjusted Exercise Price.

         N   =   the number or Warrant Shares previously issuable upon exercise
                 of a Warrant by payment of the Exercise Price prior to
                 adjustment.

         E,  =   the adjusted Exercise Price.

         E   =   the Exercise Price prior to adjustment.

Anything in this subsection or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding, if, because of any limitation set forth in subsection (h), no
adjustment in the Exercise Price is made, the provisions of this subsection
shall nevertheless be given effect so as to increase the adjusted number of
Warrant Shares as though E, in the above formulas had actually been adjusted.

         SECTION 11.  FRACTIONAL INTERESTS.  The Issuer shall not be required
to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the Exercise of Warrants.  If more than
one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the
same holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which





                                       14
<PAGE>   18

shall be issuable upon exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the
aggregate number of Warrant Shares purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so
presented.  If any fraction of the Warrant Shares would, except for the
provisions of this Section, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or
specified portion thereof), the Issuer shall pay an amount in cash equal to the
Exercise Price on the day immediately preceding the date the Warrant is
presented for exercise, multiplied by such fraction.

         SECTION 12.  PUT OF WARRANT OWNERSHIP; DISPOSITION OF WARRANT SHARES;
REGISTRATION OF WARRANT SHARES.  The put and call of the Warrant shall be
governed by the Put Agreement; ownership and disposition of the Warrants and
the Warrant Shares shall be subject to the Stockholders Agreement; and
registration of the Warrant Shares shall be governed by the Registration Rights
Agreement.

         SECTION 13.  NOTICE TO WARRANT HOLDERS.  Upon any adjustment of the
Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the
Warrants pursuant to Section 10, and as otherwise required by Section 10, the
Issuer shall promptly thereafter (i) cause to be filed with the Issuer a
certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer setting forth the
Exercise Price and the number and type of securities or other property
constituting Warrant Shares after such adjustment and setting forth in
reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such
calculations are based and setting forth the number and type of securities or
other property constituting Warrant Shares (or portion thereof) issuable after
such adjustment in the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrants, upon exercise of a warrant and payment of the
adjusted Exercise Price, and (ii) cause to be given to each of the registered
holders of the Warrant Certificates at its address appearing on the Warrant
register written notice of such adjustments by first-class mail, postage
prepaid.  Where appropriate, such notice may be given in advance and included
as a part of the notice required to be mailed under the other provisions of
this Section.

In the event:

                 (a)      the Issuer shall authorize the issuance to holders
         (although not necessarily to all such holders) of shares of Common
         Stock rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase or
         otherwise acquire shares of Common Stock or any other securities or
         property (including securities of any other company) or of any other
         subscription rights, options or warrants; or

                 (b)      the Issuer shall authorize the payment of any
         dividend or distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock of cash,
         Common Stock or other securities or property (including securities of
         any other company) of the Issuer; or

                 (c)      of any capital reorganization, reclassification or
         recapitalization of the capital stock of the Issuer, or any
         amalgamation, consolidation or merger to which the





                                       15
<PAGE>   19

         Issuer is a party, or of the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or
         other disposition of the properties and assets of the Issuer (other
         than in the ordinary course of business) substantially as an entirety,
         or a purchase, tender or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock or
         other securities constituting part of the Warrant Shares (whether by
         the Issuer or some other party); or

                 (d)      of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
         liquidation or winding up of the Issuer; or

                 (e)      the Issuer proposes to take any action which would
         require an adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Warrant
         Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants pursuant to Section
         10;

then the Issuer shall cause to be given to each of the registered holders of
the Warrant Certificates at his or its address appearing on the Warrant
register, at least 30 days (or 20 days in any case specified in clauses (a) or
(b) above) prior to the applicable record date hereinafter specified (or
promptly in the case of events for which there is no record date) by first
class mail, postage prepaid, a written notice stating (as applicable) (i) the
date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock entitled to
receive any such rights, options, warrants or distribution are to be
determined, (ii) the initial expiration date set forth in any purchase, tender
or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which any
such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or be
consummated, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of
shares of Common Stock or other securities constituting a part of the Warrant
Shares (or securities into which the Warrant Shares may be converted) shall be
entitled to exchange such shares or securities for securities or other
property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification, recapitalization,
reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale, lease, conveyance,
transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.  The failure to
give the notice required by this Section or any defect therein shall not affect
the legality or validity of any distribution, right, option, warrant,
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, merger,,
amalgamation, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any action.

         The Issuer shall give to each Warrant holder written notice of any
determination to register any of its Common Stock at the same time that it
gives notice to holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

         The Issuer shall promptly deliver to each Warrant holder copies of all
reports and filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") or furnished to the holders of its Common Stock or other securities
constituting a part of the Warrant Shares or into which Warrant Shares may be
converted.





                                       16
<PAGE>   20

         Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrant
Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the holders thereof the
right to vote or to consent as shareholders in respect of the meetings of
shareholders or the election of members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer
or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the Issuer.

         SECTION 14.  NOTICES TO THE ISSUER AND WARRANT HOLDERS.  Any notice or
demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the registered
holder of any Warrant Certificate to or on the Issuer shall be sufficiently
given or made when received at the office of the Issuer expressly designated by
the Issuer as its office for purposes of this Agreement (until the Warrant
holders are otherwise notified in accordance with this Section by the Issuer),
as follows:
                          First Premium Services, Inc.
                          520 Lake Cook Road
                          Suite 300
                          Deerfield, Illinois 60015-4926
                          Attention:  Mr. James C. Knollenberg

with a copy to:           Rudnick & Wolfe
                          203 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1800
                          Chicago, Illinois 60601
                          Attention:  Michael B. Fischer, Esq.

Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given by the Issuer to the
registered holder(s) of any Warrant Certificate shall be sufficiently given
when received by such holder at the address appearing on the Warrant register
of the Issuer (until the Issuer is otherwise notified in accordance with this
Section by such holder).

         SECTION 15.  CASH DISTRIBUTIONS AND DIVIDENDS.  The Issuer shall not
declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to the holders of its
Common Stock other than dividends payable in and distributions of Common Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing and without authorizing same, if the Issuer pays
a dividend or makes a distribution to the holders of its Common Stock of any
securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including cash and securities
of other companies) of the Issuer, or any rights, options or warrants to
purchase securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including securities
of other companies) of the Issuer, then, simultaneously with the payment of
such dividend or the making, of such distribution, it will pay or distribute to
the holders of the Warrant Certificates an amount of property (including
without limitation cash) and/or securities (including without limitation
securities of other companies) of the Issuer as would have been received by
such holders had they exercised all of the Warrants (whether or not the
Warrants were then exercisable) immediately prior to the record date (or other
applicable date) used for determining stockholders of the Issuer entitled to
receive such dividend or distribution.  Anything in subsection (d) of Section
10 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment to the Exercise Price shall
be made for any distribution





                                       17
<PAGE>   21

of Convertible Securities of the Issuer to the Warrant holders pursuant to the
provisions of this Section.

         SECTION 16.  SUCCESSORS.  All the covenants and provisions of this
Agreement by or for the benefit of the Issuer or the holders shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, including
those by operation of law, merger, consolidation or as otherwise provided in
Section 10(k).

         SECTION 17.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate when all
Warrants have been exercised pursuant to this Agreement, have expired
unexercised in accordance with their terms or have been redeemed pursuant to
the Put Agreement.

         SECTION 18.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH WARRANT
CERTIFICATE ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF SAID STATE.

         SECTION 19.  BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the Issuer
and the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for
the sole and exclusive benefit of the Issuer and the registered holders of the
Warrant Certificates.

         SECTION 20.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be
deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute
one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 21.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  No provision of this Agreement may
be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party
sought to be bound; provided, however, that any amendment requested or waiver
sought from the Warrant holders of any provision of this Agreement which
affects Warrant holders generally may be given by holders of at least sixty-six
and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Warrants outstanding and any waiver so
given shall be binding on all Warrant holders; provided, however, that the
provisions of Section 6 with respect to the type of securities for which the
Warrants are exercisable may not be changed without the consent of each holder
of Warrants affected thereby.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising
any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a
waiver of a particular right or remedy on one occasion be deemed a waiver of
any other right or remedy or a waiver of the same right or remedy on any
subsequent occasion.

         SECTION 22.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE PURCHASER AND THE ISSUER
HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS





                                       18
<PAGE>   22

THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR
ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE WARRANTS OR
ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE
OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PURCHASER OR
THE ISSUER.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PURCHASER'S
ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

         SECTION 23.  JURISDICTION.  The Issuer hereby agrees that any legal
action or proceeding against it with respect to this Agreement, the Warrants or
any of the documents delivered in connection herewith or therewith may be
brought in the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of
America for the Southern District of New York as any holder of the Warrants may
elect, and, by execution and delivery hereof, it accepts and consents for
itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be
exclusive, unless waived by a majority in interest of the holders of the
Warrants in writing, with respect to any action or proceeding brought by it
against such holders.  The Issuer hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and
empowers CT Corporation Systems, whose present address is 1633 Broadway, New
York, New York 10019 as its authorized agent to receive, for and on behalf of
it and its property, service of process in the State of New York when and as
such legal actions or proceedings may be brought in the courts of the State of
New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New
York, and such service of process shall be deemed complete upon the date of
delivery thereof to such agent, or upon the earliest of any other date
permitted by applicable law.  It is understood that a copy of said process
served on such agent will be forwarded to the Issuer as soon as practicable, at
is address set forth herein, but its failure to receive such copy shall not
affect in any way the service of said process on said agent as the agent of the
Issuer.  The Issuer irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any
of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of
the copies thereof by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, to it at its address set forth herein, such service to become
effective upon the earlier of (1) the date 10 calendar days after such mailing
and (ii) any earlier date permitted by applicable law.  The Issuer agrees that
it will at all times continuously maintain an agent to receive service of
process in the State of New York on behalf of itself and its properties and in
the event that, for any reason, the agent named above or its successor shall no
longer serve as its agent to receive service of process in the State of New
York on its behalf, it shall promptly appoint a successor so to serve and shall
advise the holders of the Warrants thereof.  The Issuer agrees that Sections
5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York shall
apply to this Agreement and waives any right to stay or to dismiss any action
or proceeding brought before said courts on the basis of forum non conveniens.
Nothing herein shall affect the right of any holder of the Warrants to bring
proceedings against the Issuer in the courts of any other jurisdiction or to
serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.





                                       19
<PAGE>   23

         SECTION 24.  SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The Issuer recognizes that the
rights of the holders of the Warrants under this Agreement are unique and,
accordingly, the holders of the Warrants shall, in addition to such other
remedies as may be available to any of them at law or in equity, have the right
to enforce their rights hereunder by actions for injunctive relief and specific
performance to the extent permitted by law.  The Issuer agrees that monetary
damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a
breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in
any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be
adequate.  This Agreement is not intended to limit or abridge any rights of the
holders of the Warrants which may exist apart from this Agreement.

         SECTION 25.  ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION.  The
Issuer will deliver to each holder of Warrants and Warrant Shares,

                 (a)      as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal
         year audited annual financial statements of the Issuer and after the
         end of each quarter, unaudited quarterly financial statements of the
         Issuer, including, in each case, a balance sheet, a statement of
         operations, and a statement of cash flow of the Issuer for such year
         or quarter, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles;

                 (b)      as soon as available, copies of all documents (other
         than any which have been granted confidential treatment) filed with
         the SEC;

                 (c)      as soon as available, copies of all reports and
         financial and other information furnished to its shareholders; and

                 (d)      until the consummation of the initial public offering
         of any class of equity securities of the Issuer, such other financial
         and other information as may, from time to time, be reasonably
         requested by any such holder.

         SECTION 26.  CHARTER PROVISIONS.

         So long as any Warrants or issued Warrant Shares are outstanding, the
Issuer's certificate of incorporation shall contain the following provisions
regarding the Class A Stock and the Class B Stock:

                 "FOURTH:  Number of Shares.  The total number of shares of
                 stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is:
                 _______________ (_________) shares of capital stock (the
                 "Capital Stock"), of which _________________ (________) shall
                 be designated Class A Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per
                 share (herein called the "Class A Common Stock"),
                 ______________ (_________) shall be designated Class B
                 Nonvoting Convertible





                                       20
<PAGE>   24

                 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (herein called the
                 "Class B Common Stock") [and ________________ (__________)
                 shall be designated Preferred Stock, [no] par value
                 [$___________] per share].  The Class A Common Stock and Class
                 B Common Stock are sometimes hereinafter jointly referred to
                 as the Common Stock.

         All cross references in each subdivision of this ARTICLE refer to
other paragraphs in such subdivision unless otherwise indicated.

                                  COMMON STOCK

         Except as otherwise provided herein, all shares of Class A Common
Stock and Class B Common Stock will be identical and will entitle the holders
thereof to the same rights and privileges.

         (1)     VOTING RIGHTS.  Each share of Common Stock of the corporation
shall be equal in all respects to each other share of Common Stock, except that
the Class B Common Stock shall have no voting power or voting rights with
respect to any matter whatsoever (except as may be otherwise required by law).
The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote
for each share of Common Stock held with respect to all matters as to which the
Class A Common Stock is entitled to be voted.  Except as otherwise stated in a
Certificate of Designation designating any class or series of Preferred Stock
or as otherwise required by law, the holders of the Class A Common Stock shall
vote together with the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock and not
separately by class, on any matter as to which the Class A Common Stock is
entitled to be voted.

         (2)     DIVIDENDS.  The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled
to receive such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be
declared on the Common Stock by the Board of Directors at any time or from time
to time out of any funds legally available therefor.  When and as dividends are
declared thereon, whether payable in cash, property or securities of the
Corporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B
Common Stock will be entitled to share, ratably according to the number of
shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock held by them, in such
dividends; provided that if dividends are declared which are payable in shares
of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, dividends will be declared
which are payable at the same rate on both classes of Common Stock, and the
dividends payable in shares of Class A Common Stock will be payable to holders
of Class A Common Stock, and the dividends payable in shares of Class B Common
Stock will be payable to the holders of Class B Common Stock.

         (3)     LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.  In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary,
after payment shall have been made to the holders of any preferred stock
pursuant to this ARTICLE, the holders of Class A Common Stock





                                       21
<PAGE>   25

and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled, to the exclusion of the holders of
preferred stock, to share, ratably according to the number of shares of Class A
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock held by them, in the remaining assets of
the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

         (4)     CONVERSION OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK. (i)  At any time and from
time to time, each record holder of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to
convert any and all of the shares of such holder's Class B Common Stock into
the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock at such holder's election;
provided that each holder of Class B Common Stock shall only be entitled to
convert any share or shares of Class B Common Stock to the extent that after
giving effect to such conversion such holder or its affiliates shall not
directly or indirectly own, control or have power to vote a greater quantity of
securities of any kind issued by the Corporation than such holder and its
affiliates are permitted to own, control or have power to vote under any law or
under any regulation, rule or other requirement of any governmental authority
at any time applicable to such holder and its affiliates.

         (ii)    Each conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares
of Class A Common Stock will be effected by the surrender of the certificate or
certificates representing the shares to be converted at the principal office of
the Corporation (or such other office or agency of the Corporation as the
Corporation may designate by notice in writing to the holder or holders of the
Class B Common Stock) at any time during normal business hours, together with a
written notice by the holder of such Class B Common Stock stating that such
holder desires to convert the shares, or a stated number of the shares, of
Class B Common Stock represented by such certificate or certificates into Class
A Common Stock and that upon such conversion such holder and its affiliates
will not directly or indirectly own, control or have the power to vote a
greater quantity of securities of any kind issued by the Corporation than such
holders and its affiliates are permitted to own, control or have the power to
vote under any applicable law, regulation, rule or other governmental
requirement (and such statement will obligate the Corporation to issue such
Class A Common Stock).  Such conversion will be deemed to have been effected as
of the close of business on the date on which such certificate or certificates
have been surrendered and such notice has been received, and at such time the
rights of the holder of the converted Class B Common Stock as such holder will
cease and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or
certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued upon such
conversion will be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the
shares of Class A Common Stock represented thereby.

         (iii)   Promptly after such surrender and the receipt of such written
notice, the Corporation will issue and deliver in accordance with the
surrendering holder's instructions (x) the certificate or certificates for the
Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and (y) a certificate
representing any class B Common Stock which was represented by the certificate
or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion
but which was not converted.





                                       22
<PAGE>   26

         (iv)    If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the
outstanding shares of either Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the
outstanding shares of the other class will be proportionately subdivided or
combined.

         (v)     In the case of, and as a condition to, any capital
reorganization of, or any reclassification of the capital stock of, the
Corporation (other than a subdivision or combination of shares of Class A
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares
(whether with or without par value) or a change in the par value of Class A
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or from par value to no par value, or from
no par value to par value) or in the case of, and as a condition to, the
consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another corporation
(other than a merger in which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and
which does not result in any reclassification of outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock), each share of Class B Common Stock shall
be convertible into the number of shares of stock or other securities or
property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation
or merger by a holder of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the
corporation into which such share of Class B Common Stock was convertible
immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation or
merger; and, in any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the
application of the provisions set forth in this paragraph (4) with respect to
the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Class B Common Stock to
the end that the provisions set forth in this paragraph (4) (including
provisions with respect to the conversion rate) shall thereafter be applicable,
as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other
securities or property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares
of Class B Common Stock.

         (vi)    Shares of Class B Common Stock which are converted into shares
of Class A Common Stock as provided herein shall not be reissued.

         (vii)   The Corporation wail at all times reserve and keep available
out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock or its
treasury shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the
Class B Common Stock as provided in this paragraph (4), such number of shares
of Class A Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the conversion of all
then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock (assuming that all such shares
of Class B Common Stock are held by persons entitled to convert such shares
into Class A Common Stock).

         (viii)  The issuance of certificates for Class A Common Stock upon
conversion of Class B Common Stock will be made without charge to the holders
of such shares for any stamp, transfer or issuance tax in respect thereof or
other cost incurred by the corporation in connection with such conversion and
the related issuance of Class A Common Stock.  The Corporation will not close
its books against the transfer of Class B Common Stock or of Class A Common
Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Class B Common Stock in any manner
which would interfere with the timely conversion of Class B Common Stock."





                                       23
<PAGE>   27

Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 9 hereof, the Issuer may
from time to time amend its certificate of incorporation, without the consent
of the Warrant holders to increase the authorized number of shares of Common
Stock.

         SECTION 27.  COVENANTS.

         The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that, except as Purchaser may
otherwise agree in writing, the Issuer shall:

         (i)     CONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS, ETC.  Not wind up, liquidate or
dissolve; not engage to a material extent in any line of business other than
those in which it is actively engaged on the date hereof; maintain all rights,
privileges and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business; and
conduct its business in compliance in all material respects with all
requirements of law (including environmental laws and, with respect to all
employee benefit plans, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended).

         (ii)    TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Not enter into any transaction,
including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, leasing or exchange of
property, real or personal, or the rendering of any service, with any person or
entity affiliated with Issuer, except in the ordinary course of, and pursuant
to the reasonable requirements of, its business and upon fair and reasonable
terms non less favorable than would be obtained in a comparable arms-length
transaction with any other person or entity not affiliated with Issuer.

         (iii)   OTHER OBLIGATIONS.  Maintain all of its obligations for
borrowed money, including, without limitation, its obligations to LaSalle
National Bank under the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1991
and as amended to date and from time to time hereafter, between the Issuer and
LaSalle, as agent for itself and The Daiwa Bank Limited, in a current status.

         (iv)    RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  Not purchase, redeem or retire or make
any dividend or distribution on account of any shares of the capital stock of
Issuer or issue any phantom stock or stock appreciation rights, except fore
redemption of the Initial Preferred Stock (as defined in the Put Agreement)
pursuant to the terms thereof.

         (v)     DEERPATH WARRANTS.  On or before February 28, 1993, convert
the Deerpath Shares into, or exchange them for, Deerpath Warrants exercisable
not earlier than December 31, 1995 for not more than 600 shares of Common Stock
at an exercise price of not less than $500 per share.





                                       24
<PAGE>   28

         (vi)    DEERPATH PREFERRED STOCK.  The rights, designations,
preferences, redemption provisions and other terms of the Initial Preferred
Stock (as defined in the Put Agreement) shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to the Purchaser.

         (vii)   STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT.  Enter into the Stockholders Agreement
on or before February 28, 1993.

         (viii)  REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.  Enter into a Registration
Rights Agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser on or
before February 28, 1993.

The covenants set forth in this Section 27 shall survive the exercise of the
Warrants and the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force
and effect until the expiration of the Put Agreement.

         SECTION 28.  PURCHASER OPTION.  (a)  In the event the Issuer issues
additional shares of Common Stock (other than shares issued upon the exercise
of any Warrant), it shall so notify the Purchaser in writing (the "Issuance
Notice") prior to accepting subscriptions for such stock.  The Purchaser shall
be granted an option to subscribe for that number of such additional shares of
Common Stock not in excess of the number obtained by multiplying (i) the total
number of additional shares of Common Stock issued by (ii) a fraction (a) the
numerator of which is the number of Warrant Shares for which the Warrants are
exercisable at the time of such issuance and (b) the denominator of which is
the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to such
issuance.  Such shares to be purchased by the Purchaser shall be issued as
Class B Common Stock if the Purchaser so requests.

         (b)     The Purchaser shall have a period of ten (10) Business Days
(as defined in the Put Agreement) from the date of receipt of the Issuance
Notice (the "Election Expiration Date") to elect, by written notice to the
Issuer (the "Response Notice"), to subscribe or refrain from subscribing for
any additional shares.  If the Purchaser elects to purchase additional shares
it shall (i) specify in the Response Notice the number of shares for which it
elects to subscribe, up to the maximum to which it shall be entitled pursuant
to paragraph (a) above, (ii) execute a subscription agreement in the form
customarily used by the Issuer in accepting subscriptions for its capital stock
and (iii) make payment for such shares within the time required by the Issuer.
In the event the Purchaser does not deliver a Response Notice to the Issuer on
or prior to the Election Expiration Date, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have
elected to refrain from subscribing for any additional shares.





                                       25
<PAGE>   29

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed, as of the day and year set above written.

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________

Attest:________________________________
        Secretary/Assistant Secretary

                                        INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.)
                                        FINANCE CORPORATION



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed, as of the day and year set above written.


                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________

Attest:________________________________
        Secretary/Assistant Secretary

                                        INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.)
                                        FINANCE CORPORATION


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:  Jamie Gubbins
                                           Title:  Senior Vice President





                                       26
<PAGE>   30

                                   EXHIBIT A

                         [FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SAID SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION, OR AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER) AS TO AN EXEMPTION, FROM THE
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A PUT
AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF February 12, 1993 BY AND BETWEEN FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES,
INC.  AND INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN (U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION.

                                 1114 Warrants

                              WARRANT CERTIFICATE

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

         This warrant Certificate certifies that INTERNATIONALE NEDERLANDEN
(U.S.) FINANCE CORPORATION, or registered assigns, is the registered holder of
the number of Warrants (the "Warrants") set forth above to purchase shares of
Class B Convertible Common Stock (the "Common Stock") of FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation ("the Issuer").  Each Warrant entitles
the holder upon exercise to receive from the Issuer one fully paid and
nonassessable share of Class B Convertible Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the
Issuer (a "Warrant Share") at the initial exercise price (the "Exercise Price")
of $500, payable in lawful money of the United States of America, upon
surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the
office of the Issuer designated for such purpose, subject to the conditions set
forth herein and in the Warrant Purchase Agreement hereinafter referred to.
The Exercise Price and number and type of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain
events, as set forth in the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants, and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of February 12, 1993 (the "Warrant
Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, which Warrant Agreement
is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and
is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, obligations, duties and
immunities hereunder of the Issuer and the holders of the Warrants (the words
"holders" or "holder" meaning the





                                      A-1
<PAGE>   31

registered holders or registered holder).  A copy of the Warrant Agreement may
be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Issuer.

         The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may
exercise such Warrants under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Warrant Agreement by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase attached hereto (and by this reference made a part hereof)
properly completed and-executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price in
cash or by check payable to the order of the Issuer at the office of the Issuer
designated for such purpose.  In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants
evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total
number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued by the Issuer to the
holder hereof or his or its registered assignee a new Warrant Certificate
evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events the Exercise Price set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain
conditions, be adjusted.  If the Exercise Price is adjusted, the Warrant
Agreement provides that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted.  No fractional shares of Common
Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Warrant, but the Issuer will pay
the cash value thereof determined as provided in the Warrant Agreement.  No
adjustment shall be made for any cash dividends on any Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon exercise of the Warrants, the
holder of Common Stock issued upon such exercise will be bound by and subject
to the terms of that certain Stockholders Agreement dated as of February 12,
1993, by and among the Issuer, Crabtree Capital Corporation, the Purchaser
listed therein, and the other parties thereto (the "Stockholders Agreement").
By acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon
exercise of some or all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be
bound by the Stockholders Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the
Stockholders Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written
request to the Issuer.

         The holders of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration
rights with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.
Said registration rights are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of February 12, 1993, by and between the Issuer and the Purchaser of the
Warrants (the "Registration Rights Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Registration Rights
Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         The Warrants are subject to that certain Put Agreement, dated as of
February 12, 1993, by and among the Issuer, and the Purchaser of the Warrants
(the "Put Agreement"), pursuant to which the holder hereof possesses certain
rights to put the Warrants to the Issuer, all at the times





                                      A-2
<PAGE>   32

specified in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Put
Agreement.  By acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees
to be bound by the Put Agreement to the same extent as the Purchaser of the
Warrants.  A copy of the Put Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof
upon written request to the Issuer.

         Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Issuer by
the registered holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney
duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any
service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like
tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

         The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing made hereon) for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof and for all other purposes, and the
Issuer shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Neither the
Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights
of a stockholder of the Issuer (other than the right to receive dividends and
distributions as set forth in Section 15 of the Warrant Agreement).

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Premium Services, Inc. has caused this
Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and has caused
its corporate seal to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:  February 12, 1993               FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.




                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________





                                      A-3
<PAGE>   33

                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

                   (TO BE EXECUTED UPON EXERCISE OF WARRANT)

         The undersigned holder hereby represents that he or it is the
registered holder of this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably elects to
exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive shares
of Class B Convertible Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of First Premium
Services, Inc., and herewith tenders payment for such shares to the order of
First Premium Services, Inc. in the amount of $_______________ in accordance
with the terms hereof or by reduction and application of amounts due under the
Issuer's Note (as defined in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement).  The
undersigned requests that a certificate for such shares be registered in the
name of the undersigned or his/its nominee hereinafter set forth, and further
that such certificate be delivered to the undersigned at the address
hereinafter set forth or to such other person or entity as is hereinafter set
forth.  If said number of shares is less than all of the shares of Common Stock
purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate
representing the remaining balance of such shares be registered in the name of
the undersigned or his/its nominee hereinafter set forth, and further that such
certificate be delivered to the undersigned at the address hereinafter set
forth or to such other person or entity as is hereinafter set forth.

                    Certificate to be registered as follows:

            Name:_________________________________________________

            Address:______________________________________________

                    Certificate to be delivered as follows:

            Name:_________________________________________________

            Address:______________________________________________


Date:________________________________   _______________________________________
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to the name of the holder as specified 
                                        on the face of Warrant, unless Form of
                                        Assignment has been executed)

Federal Taxpayer ID No.______________
<PAGE>   34

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

                   (TO BE EXECUTED UPON TRANSFER OF WARRANT)

         For value received, the undersigned registered holder of the enclosed
Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the right represented by such
warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of First Premium Services, Inc. to
which such Warrant relates, and appoints Attorney to make such transfer on the
books of First Premium Services, Inc. maintained for such purpose, with full
power of substitution in the premises.


Date:_________________________________  _______________________________________
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to the name of the holder as specified
                                        on the face of Warrant, unless Form of
                                        Assignment has been executed)

                                        ________________________________________
                                        (Street Address)

                                        ________________________________________
                                        (City, State, Zip Code)


Assignee's Federal Taxpayer ID No._________

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.25




                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

                                      AND

                       DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD.



                         Dated as of December 23, 1992
<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                         PAGE
- -------                                                                                                         ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                      <C>
1.       Purchase and Sale of Warrants; Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                                                                                                      
2.       Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                      
3.       Execution of Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                      
4.       Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                      
5.       Registration of Transfers and Exchanges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                      
6.       Warrants; Exercise of Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
                                                                                                      
7.       Payment of Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                      
8.       Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                      
9.       Reservation of Warrant Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                      
10.      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares Issuable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
                                                                                                      
         (a)     Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         (b)     Adjustment for Common Stock Issue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         (c)     Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
         (d)     Adjustment for Right, Option and Warrant Issues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (e)     Current Market Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         (f)     Consideration Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (g)     Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (h)     When No Adjustment Recruited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (i)     Notice of Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         (j)     Voluntary Reduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         (k)     Reorganization of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         (l)     When Issuance or Payment May Be Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
         (m)     Adjustment in Number of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
                                                                                                      
11.      Fractional Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
                                                                                                                    
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                             
SECTION                                                                                                         PAGE
- -------                                                                                                         ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                      <C>
12.      Put of Warrant Ownership; Disposition of Warrant Shares; Registration of Warrant Shares  . . . . . . .   16
                                                                                                      
13.      Notice to Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
                                                                                                      
14.      Notices to the Issuer and Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                      
15.      Cash Distributions and Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                      
16.      Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                      
17.      Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                      
18.      Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                      
19.      Benefits of This Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                      
20.      Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                      
21.      Amendments; Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                      
22.      Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                      
23.      Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                      
24.      Specific Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
                                                                                                      
25.      Annual and Quarterly Reports; Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
                                                                                                      
26.      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
                                                                                                      
27.      Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
                                                                                                      
28.      Purchaser Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
</TABLE>  


                                       ii
<PAGE>   4

                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 23, 1992, between
FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the "Issuer"), and
DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD., an Illinois limited partnership (the
"Purchaser").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue to the Purchaser warrants to
purchase certain common stock of the Issuer as hereinafter described (the
"Warrants"), which Warrants will initially be exercisable for 600 shares of
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), of
the Issuer, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Issuer desire to set forth the terms
and provisions of the Warrants and the conditions to the issuance and sale
thereof to the Purchaser.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
herein set forth and as part of the consideration for the loan by the Purchaser
to the Issuer of $300,000 as evidenced by a Subordinated Unsecured Promissory
Note dated December 23, 1992 (the "Issuer's Note "), the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

         Section 1.       Purchase and Sale of Warrants; Closing.

                 (a)      The Issuer hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser,
and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Issuer, Warrants to purchase 600
of Class A Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1.00.

                 (b)      The sale and purchase of the Warrants shall take
place at a closing (the "Closing") at the offices of Rudnick & Wolfe, 203 North
LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois at 10:00 a.m. on or before December 31, 1992
(the "Closing Date").  At the Closing, the Issuer will deliver to the Purchaser
Warrant Certificates (as defined in Section 2) evidencing the Warrants to be
purchased by the Purchaser (in such permitted denomination or denominations as
the Purchaser may request and registered in its name or the name of its
nominee), dated the Closing Date, against payment, of the purchase price
therefor by certified or bank cashier's check or by wire transfer of
immediately available funds.

         SECTION 2.       Warrant Certificates.  The certificates evidencing
the Warrants (the "Warrant Certificates") to be delivered pursuant to this
Agreement shall be in registered form only and shall be in the form set forth
as Exhibit A attached hereto.





                                       1
<PAGE>   5

         SECTION 3.       Execution of Warrant Certificates.  Warrant
Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman of the
Board or its-President or a Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary.  Each such signature upon the Warrant Certificates may be in the
form of a facsimile signature of the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice
President, secretary or Assistant Secretary and may be printed or otherwise
reproduced on the warrant Certificates and for that purpose the Issuer may
adopt and use the facsimile signature of any person who shall have been
Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant
Secretary, notwithstanding the fact that at the time the Warrant Certificates
shall be delivered or disposed of such person shall have ceased to hold such
office.

         In case any officer of the Issuer who shall have sign ed any of the
Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such officer before the Warrant
Certificates so signed shall have been disposed of by the Issuer, such Warrant
Certificates nevertheless may be delivered or disposed of as though such person
had not ceased to be such officer of the Issuer; and any Warrant Certificate
may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by any person who, at the actual date of
the execution of such Warrant Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the
Issuer to sign such Warrant Certificate although at the date of the execution
of this Agreement any such person was not such officer.

         SECTION 4.       Registration.  The Issuer shall number and register
the Warrant Certificates in a register as they are issued.  The Issuer may deem
and treat the registered holder(s) of the Warrant certificates as the absolute
owner(s) thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing
thereon made by anyone) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

         SECTION 5.       Registration of Transfers and Exchanges.  The Issuer
shall from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrant
Certificates in a Warrant register to be maintained by the Issuer upon
surrender of such Warrant Certificates accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, duly
executed by the registered holder or holders thereof or by the duly appointed
legal representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney.  Upon any such
registration of transfer, a new Warrant Certificate shall be issued to the
transferee(s) and the surrendered Warrant Certificate shall be canceled and
disposed of by the Issuer.

         If such transfer of Warrants is not made pursuant to an effective
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), the Warrant holder will, if reasonably requested by the Issuer, deliver
to the Issuer an opinion of counsel, which may be counsel to the holder,
reasonably satisfactory in form, scope and substance to the Issuer, that the
Warrants may be sold publicly without registration under the Act, as well as:

                                  (1)      an investment covenant reasonably
                          satisfactory to the Issuer signed by the proposed 
                          transferee;





                                       2
<PAGE>   6

                                  (2)      an agreement by such transferee to
                          the impression of the restrictive investment legend
                          set forth below on the warrant Certificate; and

                                  (3)      an agreement by such transferee to
                          be bound by the provisions of: (a) this Agreement,
                          and (b) the provisions of the Shareholders' Agreement
                          dated as of February 12, 1993, by and among the
                          Issuer, the Purchaser, and the other persons and
                          entities owning or entitled upon exercise of an
                          option or warrant to own shares of the Common Stock
                          of the Issuer (the "Stockholders Agreement");

provided that, the Purchaser may transfer the Warrants to an affiliate of the
Purchaser without providing the Issuer with an opinion of counsel.

         The Warrant holders agree that each Warrant Certificate and each
certificate representing Warrant Shares will bear the following legend:

                 "The securities represented by this Certificate have not been
                 registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  Said
                 securities may not be sold or transferred in the absence of
                 such registration or an exemption, or an opinion of counsel
                 (which may be counsel to the holder) as to an exemption, from
                 the registration provisions of said Act."

         Warrant Certificates may be exchanged at the option of the holder(s)
thereof when surrendered to the Issuer at its office for another Warrant
Certificate or other Warrant Certificates of like tenor and representing in the
aggregate a like number of Warrants, including, without limitation, upon an
adjustment in the Exercise Price or in the number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant.  Warrant Certificates surrendered for exchange
shall be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.

         SECTION 6.       Warrants; Exercise of Warrants.  Subject to the terms
of this Agreement, each Warrant holder shall have the right, which may be
exercised at any time on or after (1) the earliest of (i) December 31, 1995,
(ii) the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a Stipulated
Public Offering (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer, (iii) the
occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Agreement executed and
delivered pursuant to the commitment letter dated December 30, 1992 by and
between the Issuer and an affiliate of the Purchaser, (iv) any merger or
consolidation of the Issuer with or into any corporation or other entity that
is not an Affiliate (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer, (v) any
sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer not made in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer, and (vi) any
sale or other disposition by the Issuer of shares of Common Stock constituting
more that 50% of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and
prior to (2) December 31, 2004, to receive from the Issuer the number of fully
cheat and





                                       3
<PAGE>   7

nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to
receive on exercise of such warrants and payment of the Exercise Price then in
effect for such Warrant Shares.  No adjustments as to dividends will be made
upon exercise of the Warrants.  The term "Warrant Shares" shall mean shares of
Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant or such other
securities, property and cash which the Warrant holders shall be entitled to
receive upon exercise of the Warrants pursuant to the provisions of Section 10,
including without limitation subsection (k) thereof.

         A Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Issuer at its office
designated for such purpose (the address of which is set forth in Section 14)
of the certificate or certificates evidencing the Warrants to be exercised with
the form of election to purchase attached thereto duly filled in and signed,
upon payment to the Issuer of the exercise price of $500 per Warrant Share (the
"Exercise Price"), as adjusted as herein provided, for the number of Warrant
Shares in respect of which such Warrants are then exercised.  Payment of the
aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in cash or by check payable to the order
of the Issuer or by application against the Exercise Price amounts evidenced by
the Issuer's Note.

         Upon such surrender of Warrant Certificates and payment of the
Exercise Price, the Issuer shall issue and cause to be delivered with all
reasonable dispatch (and in any event within two business days) to or upon the
written order of the holder, and in the name of the Warrant holder or the
Warrant holder's nominee, a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants together with such
other property (including cash) and securities as may then be deliverable upon
such exercise, including cash for fractional Warrant Shares as provided in
Section 11.  Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been
issued and the person so named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder
of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such
Warrant Certificates and payment of the Exercise Price.

         The Warrants shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders
thereof, either in full or from time to time in part, and, in the event that a
Warrant Certificate is exercised in respect of fewer than all of the Warrant
Shares issuable on such exercise at any time prior to the date of expiration of
the Warrants, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the remaining warrant or
Warrants will be issued and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this
Section and of Section 3.

         All Warrant Certificates surrendered upon exercise of Warrants shall
be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.  The Issuer shall keep copies of
this Agreement and any notices received hereunder available for inspection
during normal business hours at its office.  The Issuer will furnish, at its
expense, copies of this Agreement and all such notices, upon request, to any
holder of any Warrant Certificates.

         SECTION 7.       Payment of Taxes.  The Issuer will pay all stamp and
transfer taxes in connection with the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of
the Warrants hereunder, as well as all





                                       4
<PAGE>   8

such stamp and transfer taxes attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant
Shares upon the exercise of Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price.

         SECTION 8.       Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates.  In case
any of the Warrant Certificates shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed,
the Issuer shall issue, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation
of the mutilated Warrant Certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the
Warrant Certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant Certificate of
like tenor and representing an equivalent number of Warrants.

         SECTION 9.       Reservation of Warrant Shares.  The Issuer will at
all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive or similar rights,
out of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued capital stock or its
authorized and issued capital stock held in its treasury, for the purpose of
enabling it to satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of
Warrants, the maximum number of shares of - each class of capital stock
constituting a part of the Warrant Shares which may then be deliverable upon
the exercise of all outstanding Warrants.  The Issuer shall cause all Warrant
Shares of each class of capital stock of the Issuer or other securities of the
Issuer reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants to be listed (or to
be listed subject to notice of issuance) on each securities exchange on which
such shares of capital stock of the Issuer or any such other securities are
listed.

         The Issuer or, if appointed, the transfer agent for shares of each
class of capital stock of the Issuer (the "Transfer Agent") and every,
subsequent transfer agent for any shares of the Issuer's capital stock issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants will be irrevocably authorized and directed
at all times to reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be required
for such purpose.  The Issuer will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with
the Transfer Agent and with every, subsequent transfer agent for any shares of
the Issuer's capital stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase
represented by the Warrants or of the rights of conversion of the Warrant
Shares.  The Issuer will furnish such Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of
adjustments, and certificates related thereto, transmitted to each holder
pursuant to Section 13.

         The Issuer covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon
exercise of Warrants will, upon issuance and payment of the Exercise Price
therefor be fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive or similar rights and
free from all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the
issuance thereof.

         SECTION 10.      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant
Shares Issuable.  The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable
upon the exercise of each Warrant are subject to adjustment from time to time
upon the occurrence of the events enumerated in this Section.  For purposes of
this Section, "Common Stock" means shares now or hereafter authorized of any
class of common stock of the Issuer and any other stock of the Issuer, however
designated, that has the right (subject to any prior rights of any class or
series of preferred stock) to participate in any distribution of the assets
upon voluntary or involuntary





                                       5
<PAGE>   9

liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of the earnings of the Issuer without
limit as to per share amount.  "Common Stock" shall not include preferred or
special stock.

                          (a)     Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock of the
                 Issuer:

                 If the Issuer

                                  (1)      pays a dividend or makes a
                          distribution on any class of its Common Stock in
                          shares of any class of its Common Stock;

                                  (2)      subdivides its outstanding shares of
                          any class of Common Stock into a greater number of 
                          shares;

                                  (3)      combines its outstanding shares of
                          any class of Common Stock into a smaller number of 
                          shares;               

                                  (4)      makes a distribution on any class of
                          its Common Stock in shares of its capital stock other
                          than Common Stock; or

                                  (5)      issues by reclassification of any
                          class of its Common Stock any shares of its capital 
                          stock;

then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be
proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Warrant thereafter exercised
may receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock of the
Issuer which it would have owned immediately following such action if such
Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such action, as determined by
the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the good faith exercise of its
reasonable business judgment.

         The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record
date in the case of such a stock dividend or distribution and immediately after
the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or
reclassification.

         If after an adjustment a holder of a warrant upon exercise of such
Warrant may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the
Issuer, the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall determine in the good faith
exercise of its reasonable business judgment the allocation of the adjusted
Exercise Price between the classes of capital stock.  After such allocation,
the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each class of capital stock
shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those
applicable to Common Stock in this Section.

         Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed
above shall occur.

                          (b)     Adjustment for Common Stock Issue





                                       6
<PAGE>   10


                                  If the Issuer issues shares of Common Stock
                          for a consideration per share less than the Current
                          Market Price per share on the date the Issuer fixes
                          the offering price of such additional shares, the
                          Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with
                          the following formula:

                                     P
                                     -
                          E, = E x 0 + M
                                   -----
                                     A
where:

                          E, =    the adjusted Exercise Price.

                          E =     the then current Exercise Price.

                          0 =     the number of shares outstanding immediately
                                  prior to the issuance of such additional 
                                  shares.

                          P =     the aggregate consideration received for the
                                  issuance of such additional shares.

                          M =     the Current Market Price per share on the
                                  date of issuance of such additional shares.

                          A =     the number of shares outstanding immediately
                                  after the issuance of such additional shares.

         The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance
is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

                 The provisions of this subsection do not apply to:

                                  (1)      any of the transactions described in
                          subsection (a) or for which an adjustment has been
                          made pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) or
                          (d) of this Section, or

                                  (2)      the exercise of Warrants.

                          (c)     Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue

         If the Issuer issues any Convertible Securities (other than
Convertible Securities for which an adjustment has been made pursuant to the
provisions of subsection (d) of this Section), whether or not the right to
convert or exchange thereunder is immediately exercisable or is conditioned





                                       7
<PAGE>   11

upon the passage of time, the occurrence or non-occurrence of some other event,
or both, for a consideration per share of Common Stock initially deliverable
upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities less than the
Current Market Price per share on the date of issuance of such Convertible
Securities, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with this
formula:

                                      P
                                      -
                          E' = E x 0 + M
                                   -----
                                   0 + D

where:

                 E' =     the adjusted Exercise Price.

                 E  =     the then current Exercise Price.

                 O  =     the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to
                          the issuance of such securities.
        
                 P =      the aggregate consideration received for the issuance
                          of such securities.

                 M =      the Current Market Price per share on the date of
                          issuance of such securities.

                 D  =     the maximum number of shares deliverable upon
                          conversion or in exchange for such securities at the 
                          Minimum Rate.


The term "Minimum Rate," means the lowest rate at which the Convertible
Securities can be converted into or exchanged for Common Stock, regardless of
whether that is the initial rate or is conditioned upon the passage of time,
the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some other event, or both.

         The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance
is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

         If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or exchange of
such securities has not been issued when such securities are no longer
outstanding, then the Exercise Price shall promptly be readjusted to the
Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the
issuance of such securities been made on the basis of the actual number of
shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or exchange of such securities.





                                       8
<PAGE>   12

                          (d)     Adjustment for Right, Option and Warrant
                                  Issues

         If the Issuer issues any rights, options or warrants (other than the
Warrants, the warrants issued to Crabtree Capital Corporation to acquire 482
shares of the Class A Common Stock of the Issuer (the "Crabtree Warrants"), the
warrants issued to Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Finance Corporation
("INFC") to acquire 4,456 shares of the Class B Nonvoting Convertible Common
Stock of the Issuer (the "INFC Warrants") and the Employee options (as
hereinafter defined)) to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire Common
Stock or Convertible Securities (the "Option Securities"), then, upon the
issuance of the Common Stock and/or Convertible Securities deliverable upon the
exercise of such option Securities or upon the conversion or exchange of such
securities, an adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 10 (b) on the basis
of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise,
conversion or exchange of such Option Securities.

                          (e)     Current Market Price

         In subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section the Current Market
Price per share of Common Stock on any date is the average of the Quoted Prices
of the Common Stock for 30 consecutive trading days commencing 45 trading days
before the date in question.  The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock for each
day is the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on such day as
reported by Nasdaq, National Market System, or, if the Common Stock is listed
on a securities exchange, the last reported sales price of the Common Stock on
such exchange (which shall be for consolidated trading if applicable to such
exchange) on such day, or if neither is so reported or listed, the average of
the last reported bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on such day.  In the
absence of one or more such quotations, the Current Market Price shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in its reasonable business
judgment exercised in good faith and notice of such determination shall be
delivered to the Purchaser; provided, however, that during the 30-day period
following the date notice of such determination is received by holders of the
Warrants, such holders may object to such determination by giving notice to the
Issuer.  If within such 30-day period, the holders of a majority of the
Warrants notify the Issuer of their objection (the "Objection Notice") and such
holders and the Issuer do not agree upon the Current Market Price within
fifteen (15) days following receipt by the Issuer of the Objection Notice (the
"Negotiation Period") , then either the Issuer or a majority in interest of the
holders of the Warrants shall have the right to invoke the following procedure:

         1.      The Issuer and the holders shall each submit their
determination of Current Market Price within ten (10) days after the expiration
of the Negotiation Period;

         2.      Such determinations of Current Market Price shall be submitted
to one of the following investment banking firms: Kidder Peabody & Co., Inc.,
The First Boston Corp. and Dillon Reade & Co., as selected by a majority in
interest of the holders of the Warrants within five (5) days after the
expiration of the Negotiation Period or if each of such investment banking





                                       9
<PAGE>   13

firms shall decline or fail to act, a recognized investment banking firm of
national reputation selected by agreement of the Issuer and a majority in
interest of the holders of the Warrants (the firm so chosen, the "Appraiser")
for consideration; and

         3.      The Appraiser shall decide within twenty (20) days of its
selection but no earlier than ten (10) days of its selection which of the
determinations considered most closely approximates Current Market Price, which
decision shall be final and binding on the Issuer and the holders of the
Warrants unless they agree in writing to settle their dispute prior to the
Appraiser's determination.  Upon receipt of the submission from both the Issuer
and the representative of the holders of the Warrants of their determination of
Contract Value, the Appraiser shall promptly transmit the determination of each
party to the other party.  All costs of appraisal shall be borne by the party
whose determination was not selected by the Appraiser as the Current Market
Price and in the case of agreement subsequent to the Appraiser's selection but
prior to such determination, such costs shall be divided equally.

                          (f)     Consideration Received

         For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received
pursuant to any subsection of this Section, the following shall apply:

                                  (1)      in the case of the issuance of
                          shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration
                          shall be the amount of such cash, after deduction for
                          any commissions, discounts or other expenses incurred
                          by the Issuer for any underwriting of the issue or
                          otherwise in connection therewith;

                                  (2)      in the case of the issuance of
                          shares of Common Stock for a consideration consisting
                          in whole or in part of other than cash, the
                          consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be
                          the fair market value thereof as determined by the
                          Board of Directors of the Issuer in the good faith
                          exercise of its reasonable business judgment, after
                          deduction for all expenses incurred by the Issuer in
                          connection therewith, provided that the Issuer agrees
                          that in no event will shares of capital stock of the
                          Issuer be issued in exchange for services;

                                  (3)      in the case of the issuance of
                          Convertible Securities or securities issuable upon
                          the exercise of option Securities (other than the
                          Crabtree Warrants, the INFC Warrants and the Employee
                          Options (as defined in paragraph (4) below)), the
                          aggregate consideration received therefor shall be
                          deemed to be the consideration received by the Issuer
                          for the issuance of such Convertible Securities, plus
                          the consideration, if any, received by the Issuer for
                          the issuance of such Option Securities, plus the
                          additional minimum consideration, if any, to be
                          received by the Issuer upon





                                       10
<PAGE>   14

                          the conversion, exchange or exercise thereof (the
                          consideration in each case to be determined in the
                          same manner as provided in clauses (1) and (2) of
                          this subsection); and

                                  (4)      in the case of (i) the Crabtree
                          Warrants, (ii) the INFC Warrants and (iii) the
                          options to purchase an aggregate of 3,240 shares of
                          Common Stock authorized for issuance to certain
                          employees of the Issuer (the "Employee Options") ,
                          the aggregate consideration received therefor shall
                          be deemed to be zero and the issuance of shares
                          pursuant to the Crabtree Warrants, the INFC Warrants
                          and the Employee Options shall cause an adjustment to
                          be made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement.

                          (g)     Special Adjustment

         If the purchase price provided for in any option Securities, the
additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of
any Convertible Securities or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change (other than
under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the
Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the
Warrants in effect at the time of such event shall forthwith be readjusted to
the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of
the Warrants which would have been in effect at such time had such Option
Securities or Convertible Securities outstanding at such time initially been
granted, issued or sold and the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares
purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants initially adjusted as provided in
the applicable subsection of this Section, whichever was applicable, except
that the minimum amount of additional consideration payable and the total
maximum number of shares issuable shall be determined after giving effect to
such event (and any prior event or events).

                          (h)     When No Adjustment Recruited

         No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or absence of
par value of any Common Stock.

         To the extent the warrants become exercisable, in whole or in part,
for cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash.  Interest shall
not accrue on the cash.

         No adjustment in the Exercise Price need be made if (i) it would
reduce the Exercise Price below the then par value (provided that the number of
Warrant Shares for which this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable shall be
computed as if such Exercise Price had been so reduced) or (ii) the adjustment
would require an increase or decrease of less than .001% in the Exercise





                                       11
<PAGE>   15

Price.  Any adjustments that are not made but deferred shall be carried forward
and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

                          (i)     Notice of Adjustment

         Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted or the Issuer takes any action
that would require (a) any adjustment in (i) the Exercise Price or (ii) the
number and type of securities or other property constituting Warrant Shares
purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants or (b) the execution and delivery of
a supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Issuer shall provide the notices required
by Section 13.

                          (j)     Voluntary Reduction

         The Issuer may reduce the Exercise Price from time to time by any
amount for any period of time of at least 20 days (including, without
limitation, permanently) if the reduction is irrevocable during such period;
provided, however, that in no event may the Exercise Price be reduced to an
amount less than the par value of a share of Common Stock.

         Whenever the Exercise Price is reduced, the Issuer shall mail to
Warrant holders, in the manner set forth in Section 13, a notice of such
reduction at least 20 days before the date such reduction takes effect.  The
notice shall state the reduced Exercise Price and the period it will be in
effect.

         Any reduction of the Exercise Price under this subsection (other than
a permanent reduction) shall not change or adjust the Exercise Price otherwise
in effect for purposes of the other subsections of this Section.

                          (k)     Reorganization of the Issuer

         In the event of any capital reorganization, recapitalization or
reclassification of the capital stock of the Issuer, or consolidation, merger
or amalgamation of the Issuer with another entity, or the sale, lease,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition other than in the ordinary course of
business of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity (any such
occurrence being hereinafter referred to as a ("Major Transaction"), then, as a
condition to such major Transaction, lawful and adequate provision shall be
made whereby (i) the holders of the Warrant Certificates shall thereafter have
the right to purchase and receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the basis
and upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu of
the Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights
represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such Major Transaction, such
shares of stock, securities or assets as would be issuable or payable with
respect to or in exchange for the number of Warrant Shares which would have
been outstanding had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such
Major Transaction, and (ii) if such Major Transaction is part of a transaction
with any person (or any





                                       12
<PAGE>   16

affiliate of such person) who shall previously have made a purchase, tender or
exchange offer which was accepted by the holders of not less than twenty
percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holder of the
Warrants shall have been given a reasonable period of time (and, in no event,
less than 30 days) to elect to receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the
basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu
of the Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the
rights represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such Major Transaction,
either (x) the stock, securities, cash or properties it would have received
pursuant to clause (i) or (y) stock, securities, cash or properties of the
nature or type issued to holders of the Common Stock in accordance with such
purchase, tender or exchange offer, or the equivalent thereof, in an amount
which the holder of the Warrants would have received had it held the number of
shares of Common Stock for which the Warrant was exercisable immediately prior
to such purchase, tender or exchange offer.
         The Issuer shall not effect any such Major Transaction unless prior to
or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor entity (if other
than the Issuer) resulting from such consolidation merger or amalgamation or
the entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets (i) shall enter into a
supplemental Warrant Agreement, containing provisions with respect to the
rights and interests of the holder of the Warrants (including without
limitation provisions for adjustment of the Exercise Price and of the number
and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants)
substantially identical to the provisions of this Agreement (which supplemental
Warrant Agreement shall be satisfactory in form, scope and substance to a
majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants and shall be mailed or
delivered to the registered holders of the Warrants in accordance with Section
14) and shall assume the obligation to deliver to such holders such shares of
stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions,
such holders may be entitled to purchase (the "Substitute Securities") and (ii)
shall assume all of the obligations of the Issuer set forth in the Put
Agreement of even date herewith between the Issuer and the Purchaser (the "Put
Agreement") and the Registration Rights Agreement of even date herewith between
the Issuer and the Purchaser (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), provided
that such obligations shall, following such assumption, apply to the Substitute
Securities rather than to the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.  The foregoing
provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive Major
Transactions.

         If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise of Warrants
under the supplemental Warrant Agreement is an affiliate of the formed,
surviving, transferee or lessee entity, such issuer shall join in the
supplemental Warrant Agreement.

                          (l)     When Issuance or Payment May Be Deferred

         In any case in which this Section shall require that an adjustment in
the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event,
the Issuer may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to
the holder of any warrant exercised after such record date the Warrant Shares
issuable upon such exercise over and above the Warrant Shares issuable upon
such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price prior to such adjustment and
(ii) paying to such





                                       13
<PAGE>   17

holder any amount in cash. in lieu of a fractional share pursuant to Section
11; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to such holder a bill or
other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such
additional Warrant Shares and cash upon the occurrence of the event requiring
such adjustment.

                          (m)     Adjustment in Number of Shares

         Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section,
each Warrant outstanding prior to the making of the adjustment in the Exercise
Price shall thereafter evidence the right to receive upon payment of the
adjusted Exercise Price that number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to
the nearest hundredth) obtained from the following formula:

                                  N,= N x E
                                          -
                                          E,

where:

                          N, =    the adjusted number of Warrant Shares
                                  issuable upon exercise of a Warrant by
                                  payment of the adjusted Exercise Price.

                          N  =    the number or Warrant Shares previously
                                  issuable upon exercise of a Warrant by
                                  payment of the Exercise Price prior to
                                  adjustment.

                          E, =    the adjusted Exercise Price.

                          E  =    the Exercise Price prior to adjustment.

Anything in this subsection or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding, if, because of any limitation set forth in subsection (h), no
adjustment in the Exercise Price is made, the provisions of this subsection
shall nevertheless be given effect so as to increase the adjusted number of
Warrant Shares as though E, in the above formulas had actually been adjusted.

         SECTION 11.      Fractional Interests.  The Issuer shall not be
required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the Exercise of Warrants.  If
more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time
by the same holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable
upon exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of
Warrant Shares purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so presented.  If any
fraction of the Warrant Shares would, except for the provisions of this
Section, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or specified portion
thereof), the Issuer shall pay an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price on
the day immediately preceding the date the Warrant is presented for exercise,
multiplied by such fraction.





                                       14
<PAGE>   18

         SECTION 12.      Put of Warrant Ownership; Disposition of Warrant
Shares; Registration of Warrant Shares.  The put and call of the Warrant shall
be governed by the Put Agreement; ownership and disposition of the Warrants and
the Warrant Shares shall be subject to the Stockholders Agreement; and
registration of the Warrant Shares shall be governed by the Registration Rights
Agreement.

         SECTION 13.      Notice to Warrant Holders.  Upon any adjustment of
the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the
Warrants pursuant to Section 10, and as otherwise required by Section 10, the
Issuer shall promptly thereafter (i) cause to be filed with the Issuer a
certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer setting forth the
Exercise Price and the number and type of securities or other property
constituting Warrant Shares after such adjustment and setting forth in
reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such
calculations are based and setting forth the number and type of securities or
other property constituting Warrant Shares (or portion thereof) issuable after
such adjustment in the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of the Warrants, upon exercise of a Warrant and payment of the
adjusted Exercise Price, and (ii) cause to be given to each of the registered
holders of the Warrant Certificates at its address appearing on the Warrant
register written notice of such adjustments by first-class mail, postage
prepaid.  Where appropriate, such notice may be given in advance and included
as a part of the notice required to be mailed under the other provisions of
this Section.

                 In the event:

                          (a)     the Issuer shall authorize the issuance to
                 holders (although not necessarily to all such holders) of
                 shares of Common Stock rights, options or warrants to
                 subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire shares of
                 Common Stock or any other securities or property (including
                 securities of any other company) or of any other subscription
                 rights, options or warrants; or

                          (b)     the Issuer shall authorize the payment of any
                 dividend or distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock
                 of cash, Common Stock or other securities or property
                 (including securities of any other company) of the Issuer; or

                          (c)     of any capital reorganization,
                 reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of
                 the Issuer, or any amalgamation, consolidation or merger to
                 which the Issuer is a party, or of the sale, lease,
                 conveyance, transfer or other disposition of the properties
                 and assets of the Issuer (other than in the ordinary course of
                 business) substantially as an entirety, or a purchase, tender
                 or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock or other
                 securities constituting part of the Warrant Shares (whether by
                 the Issuer or some other party); or





                                       15
<PAGE>   19

                          (d)     of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
                 liquidation or winding up of the Issuer; or

                          (e)     the Issuer proposes to take any action which
                 would require an adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of
                 Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants
                 pursuant to Section 10;

then the Issuer shall cause to be given to each of the registered holders of
the Warrant Certificates at his or its address appearing on the Warrant
register, at least 30 days (or 20 days in any case specified in clauses (a) or
(b) above) prior to the applicable record date hereinafter specified (or
promptly in the case of events for which there is no record date) by first
class mail, postage prepaid, a written notice stating (as applicable) (i) the
date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock entitled to
receive any such rights, options, warrants or distribution are to be
determined, (ii) the initial expiration date set forth in any purchase, tender
or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which any
such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or be
consummated, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of
shares of Common Stock or other securities constituting a part of the Warrant
Shares shall be entitled to exchange such shares or securities for securities
or other property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification,
recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale,
lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding
up.  The failure to give the notice required by this Section or any defect
therein shall not affect the legality or validity of any distribution, right,
option, warrant, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification,
consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer,
disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any
action.

         The issuer shall give to each Warrant holder written notice of any
determination to register any of its Common Stock at the same time that it
gives notice to holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

         The Issuer shall promptly deliver to each Warrant holder copies of all
reports and filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") or furnished to the holders of its Common Stock or other securities
constituting a part of the Warrant Shares.

         Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrant
Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the holders thereof the
right to vote or to consent as shareholders in respect of the meetings of
shareholders or the election of members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer
or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the Issuer.

         SECTION 14.      Notices to the Issuer and Warrant Holders.  Any
notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
registered holder cf any Warrant Certificate to or on the Issuer shall be
sufficiently given or made when received at the office of





                                       16
<PAGE>   20

the Issuer expressly designated by the Issuer as its office for purposes of
this Agreement (until the Warrant holders are otherwise notified in accordance
with this Section by the Issuer), as follows:





                                       17
<PAGE>   21

                          First Premium Services, Inc.
                          520 Lake Cook Road
                          Suite 300
                          Deerfield, Illinois 60015-4926
                          Attention: Mr. James C. Knollenberg

with a copy to:           Rudnick & Wolfe
                          203 North LaSalle Street
                          Chicago, Illinois 60601
                          Attention: Michael B. Fischer, Esq.

Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given by the Issuer to the
registered holder(s) of any Warrant Certificate shall be sufficiently given
when received by such holder at the address appearing on the Warrant register
of the Issuer (until the Issuer is otherwise notified in accordance with this
Section by such holder).

         SECTION 15.      Cash Distributions and Dividends.  The Issuer shall
not declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to the holders of
its Common Stock other than dividends payable in and distributions of Common
Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and without authorizing same, if the
Issuer pays a dividend or makes a distribution to the holders of its Common
Stock of any securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including cash
and securities of other companies) of the Issuer, or any rights, options or
warrants to purchase securities (other than Common Stock) or property
(including securities of other companies) of the Issuer, then, simultaneously
with the payment of such dividend or the making of such distribution, it will
pay or distribute to the holders of the Warrant Certificates an amount of
property (including without limitation cash) and/or securities (including
without limitation securities of other companies) of the Issuer as would have
been received by such holders had they exercised all of the Warrants (whether
or not the Warrants were then exercisable) immediately prior to the record date
(or other applicable date) used for determining stockholders of the Issuer
entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.  Anything in subsection (d)
of Section 10 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment to the Exercise
Price shall be made for any distribution of Convertible Securities of the
Issuer to the Warrant holders pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

         SECTION 16.      Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this
Agreement by or for the benefit of the Issuer or the holders shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, including
those by operation of law, merger, consolidation or as otherwise provided in
Section 10(k).

         SECTION 17.      Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate when all
Warrants have been exercised pursuant to this Agreement, have expired
unexercised in accordance with their terms or have been redeemed pursuant to
the Put Agreement.





                                       18
<PAGE>   22

         SECTION 18.      Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH WARRANT
CERTIFICATE ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF SAID STATE.

         SECTION 19.      Benefits of This Agreement.  Nothing in this
Agreement shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than
the Issuer and the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall
be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Issuer and the registered holders
of the Warrant Certificates.

         SECTION 20.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be
deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute
one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 21.      Amendments; Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement
may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party
sought to be bound; provided, however, that any amendment requested or waiver
sought from the Warrant holders of any provision of this Agreement which
affects Warrant holders generally may be given by holders of at least sixty-six
and two-thirds percent (66- 2/3%) of the Warrants outstanding and any waiver so
given shall be binding on all Warrant holders; provided, however, that the
provisions of Section 6 with respect to the type of securities for which the
Warrants are exercisable may not be changed without the consent of each holder
of Warrants affected thereby.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising
any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a
waiver of a particular right or remedy on one occasion be deemed a waiver of
any other right or remedy or a waiver of the same right or remedy on any
subsequent occasion.

         SECTION 22.      Waiver of Jury Trial.  THE PURCHASER AND THE ISSUER
HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY RAVE
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT
OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE WARRANTS OR ANY OTHER
DOCUMENT EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING,
STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PURCHASER OR THE ISSUER.
THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PURCHASER'S ENTERING INTO THIS
AGREEMENT.

         SECTION 23.      Jurisdiction.  The Issuer hereby agrees that any
legal action or proceeding against it with respect to this Agreement, the
Warrants or any of the documents delivered in connection herewith or therewith
may be brought in the courts of the State of Illinois or of the United States
of America for the Northern District of Illinois as any holder of the Warrants
may elect, and, by execution and delivery hereof, it accepts and consents for
itself and





                                       19
<PAGE>   23

in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of
the aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive,
unless waived by a majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants in
writing, with respect to any action or proceeding brought by it against such
holders.  The Issuer irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any
of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of
the copies thereof by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, to it at its address set forth herein, such service to become
effective upon the earlier of (i) the date 10 calendar days after such mailing
and (ii) any earlier date permitted by applicable law.  The Issuer agrees that
it will at all times continuously maintain an agent to receive service of
process in the State of Illinois on behalf of itself and its properties and in
the event that, for any reason, the Issuer is no longer domiciled or qualified
to do business in the State of Illinois, it shall promptly appoint an agent to
receive service of process in the State of Illinois and shall advise the
Investors thereof. The Issuer waives any right to stay or to dismiss any action
or proceeding brought before said courts on the basis of forum non conveniens.
Nothing herein shall affect the right of any holder of the Warrants to bring
proceedings against the Issuer in the courts of any other jurisdiction or to
serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

         SECTION 24.      Specific Performance.  The Issuer recognizes that the
rights of the holders of the Warrants under this Agreement are unique and,
accordingly, the holders of the Warrants shall, in addition to such other
remedies as may be available to any of them at law or in equity, have the right
to enforce their rights hereunder by actions for injunctive relief and specific
performance to the extent permitted by law.  The Issuer agrees that monetary
damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a
breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in
any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be
adequate.  This Agreement is not intended to limit or abridge any rights of the
holders of the warrants which may exist apart from this Agreement.

         SECTION 25.      Annual and Quarterly Reports; Other Information.  The
Issuer will deliver to each holder of Warrants and Warrant Shares,

                          (a)     as soon as practicable after the end of each
                 fiscal year audited annual financial statements of the Issuer
                 and after the end of each quarter, unaudited quarterly
                 financial statements of the Issuer, including, in each case, a
                 balance sheet, a statement of operations, and a statement of
                 cash flow of the issuer for such year or quarter, all
                 prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
                 principles;

                          (b)     as soon as available, copies of all documents
                 (other than any which have been granted confidential
                 treatment) filed with the SEC;

                          (c)     as soon as available, copies of all reports
                 and financial and other information furnished to its
                 shareholders; and





                                       20
<PAGE>   24

                          (d)     until the consummation of the initial public
                 offering of any class of equity securities of the Issuer, such
                 other financial and other information as may, from time to
                 time, be reasonably requested by any such holder.

         SECTION 26.      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

         SECTION 27.      Covenants.

         The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that, except as Purchaser may
otherwise agree in writing, the Issuer shall:

                          (i)     Continuance of Business, Etc.  Not wind up,
                 liquidate or dissolve; not engage to a material extent in any
                 line of business other than those in which it is actively
                 engaged on the date hereof; maintain all rights, privileges
                 and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its
                 business; and conduct its business in compliance in all
                 material respects with all requirements of law (including
                 environmental laws and, with respect to all employee benefit
                 plans, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                 amended).

                          (ii)    Transactions with Affiliates.  Not enter into
                 any transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase,
                 sale, leasing or exchange of property, real or personal, or
                 the rendering of any service, with any person or entity
                 affiliated with Issuer, except in the ordinary course of, and
                 pursuant to the reasonable requirements of, its business and
                 upon fair and reasonable terms non less favorable than would
                 be obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with any
                 other person or entity not affiliated with Issuer.

                          (iii)   Other Obligations.  Maintain all of its
                 obligations for borrowed money, including, without limitation,
                 its obligations to LaSalle National Bank under the Loan and
                 Security Agreement, dated as of June 26, 1991 and as amended
                 to date and from time to time hereafter, between the Issuer
                 and LaSalle, as agent. for itself and The Daiwa Bank Limited,
                 in a current status.

                          (iv)    Restricted Payments.  Not purchase, redeem or
                 retire or make any dividend or distribution on account of any
                 shares of the capital stock of Issuer or issue any phantom
                 stock or stock appreciation rights, except for redemption of
                 the Initial Preferred Stock (as defined in the Put Agreement)
                 pursuant to the terms thereof.

                          (v)     Charter Provisions.  Cause its certificate of
                 incorporation to contain provisions regarding its authorized
                 Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock consistent with
                 the requirements therefor set forth in Section 26 of the





                                       21
<PAGE>   25

                 Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between the Issuer and INFC 
                 dated as of February 12, 1993.

The covenants set forth in this Section 27 shall survive the exercise of the
Warrants and the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force
and effect until the expiration of the Put Agreement.

         SECTION 28.      Purchaser Option. (a) In the event the Issuer issues
additional shares of Common Stock (other than shares issued upon the exercise
of any Warrant), it shall so notify the Purchaser in writing (the "Issuance
Notice") prior to accepting subscriptions for such stock.  The Purchaser shall
be granted an option to subscribe for that number of such additional shares of
Common Stock not in excess of the number obtained by multiplying (i) the total
number of additional shares of Common Stock issued by (ii) a fraction (a) the
numerator of which is the number of Warrant Shares for which the Warrants are
exercisable at the time of such issuance and (b) the denominator of which is
the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to such
issuance.

                          (b)     The Purchaser shall have a period of ten (10)
                 Business Days (as defined in the Put Agreement) from the date
                 of receipt of the Issuance Notice (the "Election Expiration
                 Date") to elect, by written notice to the Issuer (the
                 "Response Notice"), to subscribe or refrain from subscribing
                 for any additional shares.  If the Purchaser elects to
                 purchase additional shares it shall (i) specify in the
                 Response Notice the number of shares for which it elects to
                 subscribe, up to the maximum to which it shall be entitled
                 pursuant to paragraph (a) above, (ii) execute a subscription
                 agreement in the form customarily used by the Issuer in
                 accepting subscriptions for its capital stock and (iii) make
                 payment for such shares within the time required by the
                 Issuer.

In the event the Purchaser does not deliver a Response Notice to the Issuer on
or prior to the Election Expiration Date, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have
elected to refrain from subscribing for any additional shares.





                                       22
<PAGE>   26


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed, as of the day and year set above written.


                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

Attest: ______________________________
        Secretary/Assistant Secretary

                                        DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:





                                       23
<PAGE>   27

                                                                      EXHIBIT A

                         [Form of Warrant Certificate]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SAID SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION, OR AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER) AS TO AN EXEMPTION, FROM THE
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A PUT
AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 1992, BY AND BETWEEN FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INC.  AND DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD.
                                                              600 Warrants

                              Warrant Certificate

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

         This Warrant Certificate certifies that DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS,
LTD., or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Warrants
(the "Warrants") set forth above to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock
(the "Common Stock") of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation
(the "Issuer").  Each Warrant entitles the holder upon exercise to receive from
the Issuer one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, $.01
par value, of the Issuer (a "Warrant Share") at the initial exercise price (the
"Exercise Price") of $500, payable in lawful money of the United States of
America, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise
Price at the office of the Issuer designated for such purpose, subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Purchase Agreement hereinafter
referred to.  The Exercise Price and number and type of Warrant Shares issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of
certain events, as set forth in the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants, and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1992 (the "Warrant
Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, which Warrant
Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights,
obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Issuer and the holders of
the, Warrants (the words "holders" or





                                       24
<PAGE>   28

"holder" meaning the registered holders or registered holder).  A copy of the
Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to
the Issuer.

         The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may
exercise such Warrants under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Warrant Agreement by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase attached hereto (and by this reference made a part hereof)
properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price in
cash or by check payable to the order of the Issuer at the office of the Issuer
designated for such purpose.  In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants
evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total
number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued by the Issuer to the
holder hereof or his or its registered assignee a new Warrant Certificate
evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events the Exercise Price set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain
conditions, be adjusted.  If the Exercise Price is adjusted, the Warrant
Agreement provides that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted.  No fractional shares of Common
Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Warrant, but the Issuer will pay
the cash value thereof determined as provided in the Warrant Agreement.  No
adjustment shall be made for any cash dividends on any Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon exercise of the Warrants, the
holder of Common Stock issued upon such exercise will be bound by and subject
to the terms of that certain Shareholders, Agreement dated as of February 12,
1993, by and among the Issuer, Crabtree Capital Corporation, the Purchaser and
the other parties thereto (the "Stockholders Agreement").  By acceptance of
this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some
or all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the
Stockholders Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Stockholders
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         The holders of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration
rights with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.
Said registration rights are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of December 23, 1992, by and between the Issuer and the Purchaser of the
Warrants (the "Registration Rights Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Registration Rights
Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         The Warrants are subject to that certain Put Agreement, dated as of
December 23, 1992, by and among the Issuer and the Purchaser of the Warrants
(the "Put Agreement"), pursuant to which the holder hereof possesses certain
rights to put the Warrants to the Issuer, all at the times





                                       25
<PAGE>   29

specified in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Put
Agreement.  By acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees
to be bound by the Put Agreement to the same extent as the Purchaser of the
Warrants.  A copy of the Put Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof
upon written request to the Issuer.

         Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Issuer by
the registered holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney
duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any
service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like
tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of warrants.

         The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing made hereon) for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof and for all other purposes, and the
Issuer shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Neither the
Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights
of a shareholder of the Issuer (other than the right to receive dividends and
distributions as set forth in Section 15 of the Warrant Agreement).

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Premium Services, Inc. has caused this
Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and has caused
its corporate seal to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:  December 23, 1992
                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:





                                       26
<PAGE>   30


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SAID SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION, OR AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER) AS TO AN EXEMPTION, FROM THE
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A PUT
AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 1992, BY AND BETWEEN FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INC. AND DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD.

                                                              600 Warrants

                              Warrant Certificate

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

        This Warrant Certificate certifies that DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS,
LTD., or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Warrants
(the "Warrants") set forth above to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock
(the "Common Stock") of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation
(the "Issuer").  Each Warrant entitles the holder upon exercise to receive from
the Issuer one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, $.01
par value, of the Issuer (a "Warrant Share") at the initial exercise price (the
"Exercise Price") of $500, payable in lawful money of the United States of
America, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise
Price at the office of the Issuer designated for such purpose, subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Purchase Agreement hereinafter
referred to.  The Exercise Price and number and type of Warrant Shares issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of
certain events, as set forth in the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

        The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants, and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1992 (the "Warrant
Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, which Warrant Agreement
is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and
is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, obligations, duties and
immunities hereunder of the Issuer and the holders of the Warrants (the word
"holders" or "holder" meaning the registered holders or registered holder).  A
copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written
request to the Issuer.





                                       
<PAGE>   31

        The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may
exercise such Warrants under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Warrant Agreement by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase attached hereto (and by this reference made a part hereof)
properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price in
cash or by check payable to the order of the Issuer at the office of the Issuer
designated for such purpose.  In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants
evidenced hereby the number Warrants exercised shall be less than the total
number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued by the Issuer to the
holder hereof or his or its registered assignee a new Warrant Certificate
evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

        The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events the Exercise Price set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain
conditions, be adjusted.  If the Exercise Price is adjusted, the Warrant
Agreement provides that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted.  No fractional shares of Common
Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Warrant, but the Issuer will pay
the cash value thereof determined as provided in the Warrant Agreement.  No
adjustment shall be made for any cash dividends on any Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant.

        The Warrant Agreement provides that upon exercise of the Warrants, the
holder of Common Stock issued upon such exercise will be bound by and subject
to the terms of that certain Shareholders' Agreement dated as of February 12,
1993, by and among the Issuer, Crabtree Capital Corporation, the Purchaser and
the other parties thereto (the "Stockholders Agreement").  By acceptance of
this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some
or all of the Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the
Stockholders Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Stockholders
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

        The holders of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration rights
with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.  Said
registration rights are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement dated as
of December 23, 1992, by and between the Issuer and the Purchaser of the
Warrants (the "Registration Rights Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Registration Rights
Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

        The Warrants are subject to that certain Put Agreement, dated as of
December 23, 1992, by and among the Issuer and the Purchaser of the Warrants
(the "Put Agreement"), pursuant to which the holder hereof possesses certain
rights to put the Warrants to the Issuer, all at the times specified in, and
pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Put Agreement.  By
acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
the Put Agreement





                                       2
<PAGE>   32

to the same extent as the Purchaser of the Warrants.  A copy of the Put
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

        Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Issuer by
the registered holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney
duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any
service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like
tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

        The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing made hereon) for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof and for all other purposes, and the
Issuer shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Neither the
Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights
of a shareholder of the Issuer (other than the right to receive dividends and
distributions as set forth in Section 15 of the Warrant Agreement).

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Premium Services, Inc. has caused this
Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and has caused
its corporate seal to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:  December 23, 1992

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

                                        By:___________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                        By:___________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:





                                       3
<PAGE>   33


                                   EXHIBIT A

                         [Form of Warrant Certificate]


         THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SAID SECURITIES MAY
NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION,
OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER) AS TO AN
EXEMPTION, FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A PUT
AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 1992, BY AND BETWEEN FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INC.  AND CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION.

                                                                    482 Warrants

                              WARRANT CERTIFICATE

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

         This Warrant Certificate certifies that CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION,
or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Warrants (the
"Warrants") set forth above to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (the
"Common Stock") of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the
"Issuer").  Each Warrant entitles the holder upon exercise to receive from the
Issuer one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par
value, of the Issuer (a "Warrant Share") at the initial exercise price (the
"Exercise Price") of $500, payable in lawful money of the United States of
America, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise
Price at the office of the Issuer designated for such purpose, subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Purchase Agreement hereinafter
referred to.  The Exercise Price and number and type of Warrant Shares issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of
certain events, as set forth in the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants, and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1992 (the "Warrant
Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, which Warrant Agreement
is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and
is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, obligations, duties and
immunities hereunder





                                       23
<PAGE>   34

of the Issuer and the holders of the Warrants (the words "holders" or "holder"
meaning the registered holders or registered holder).  A copy of the Warrant
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may
exercise such Warrants under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Warrant Agreement by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase attached hereto (and by this reference made a part hereof)
properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price in
cash or by check payable to the order of the Issuer at the office of the Issuer
designated for such purpose.  In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants
evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total
number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued by the Issuer to the
holder hereof or his or its registered assignee a new Warrant Certificate
evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events the Exercise Price set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain
conditions, be adjusted.  If the Exercise Price is adjusted, the Warrant
Agreement provides that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted.  No fractional shares of Common
Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Warrant, but the Issuer will pay
the cash value thereof determined as provided in the Warrant Agreement.  No
adjustment shall be made for any cash dividends on any Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon exercise of the Warrants, the
holder of Common Stock issued upon such exercise will be bound by and subject
to the terms of that certain Shareholders, Agreement dated as of February 12,
1993, by and among the Issuer, Crabtree Capital Corporation and the other
parties thereto (the "Stockholders Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Stockholders Agreement
as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Stockholders Agreement may be
obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Issuer.

         The holders of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration
rights with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.
Said registration rights are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of December 23, 1992, by and between the Issuer and the Purchaser of the
Warrants (the "Registration Rights Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Registration Rights
Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         The Warrants are subject to that certain Put Agreement, dated as of
December 23, 1992, by and among.the Issuer and Deerpath Investment Partners,
Ltd. as Assignee of the Warrants (the





                                       24
<PAGE>   35

"Put Agreement"), pursuant to which the holder hereof possesses certain rights
to put the Warrants to the Issuer, all at the times specified in, and pursuant
to the terms and conditions set forth in the Put Agreement.  By acceptance of
this Warrant Certificate, the holder hereof agrees to be bound by the Put
Agreement to the same extent as the Purchaser of the Warrants.  A copy of the
Put Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Issuer by
the registered holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney
duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any
service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like
tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of warrants.

         The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing made hereon) for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof and for all other purposes, and the
Issuer shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Neither the
Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights
of a shareholder of the Issuer (other than the right to receive dividends and
distributions as set forth in Section 15 of the Warrant Agreement).

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Premium Services, Inc. has caused this
Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and has caused
its corporate seal to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:  December 23, 1992

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________





                                       25
<PAGE>   36

                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

                   (To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)


         The undersigned holder hereby represents that he or it is the
registered holder of this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably elects to
exercise the right, represented by this warrant Certificate, to receive shares
of Class A Common Stock, par value $. 01 per share, of First Premium Services,
Inc., and herewith tenders payment for such shares to the order of First
Premium Services, Inc. in the amount of $________ in accordance with the terms
hereof or by reduction and application of amounts due under the Issuer's Note
(as defined in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement).  The undersigned requests
that a certificate for such shares be registered in the name of the undersigned
or his/its nominee hereinafter set forth, and further that such certificate be
delivered to the undersigned at the address hereinafter set forth or to such
other person or entity as is hereinafter set forth.  If said number of shares
is less than all of the shares,of Common Stock purchasable hereunder, the
undersigned requests that a new warrant Certificate representing the remaining
balance of such shares be registered in the name of the undersigned or his/its
nominee hereinafter set forth, and further that such certificate be delivered
to the undersigned at the address hereinafter set forth or to such other person
or entity as is hereinafter set forth.

         Certificate to be
         registered as follows:         Name:_________________________________
                                        Address:______________________________

         Certificate to be
         delivered as follows:          Name:_________________________________
                                        Address:______________________________


Date:_______________________________    ______________________________________
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to the name of the holder as specified 
                                        on the face of Warrant, unless Form of
                                        Assignment has been executed)

Federal Taxpayer ID No._____________





                                       26
<PAGE>   37

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

                   [To be executed upon Transfer of Warrant]


         For value received, the undersigned registered holder of the enclosed
Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _________________ __ the right
represented by such Warrant to purchase ____________________ shares of Common
Stock of First Premium Services, Inc. to which such Warrant relates, and
appoints ____________________ Attorney to make such transfer on the books of
First Premium Services, Inc. maintained for such purpose, with full power of
substitution in the premises.


Date:_______________________________    ______________________________________
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to the name of the holder as specified 
                                        on the face of Warrant)

                                        ______________________________________
                                        (Street Address)


                                        ______________________________________
                                        (City, State, Zip Code)


Assignee's Federal Taxpayer ID No.____________





                                       27
<PAGE>   38

                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.

                                      AND

                          CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


                         Dated as of December 23, 1992
<PAGE>   39

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                     PAGE
- -------                                                                                                     ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                  <C>
1.       Purchase and Sale of Warrants; Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
                                                                                                  
2.       Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                  
3.       Execution of Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                  
4.       Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                  
5.       Registration of Transfers and Exchanges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
                                                                                                  
6.       Warrants; Exercise of Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
                                                                                                  
7.       Payment of Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                  
8.       Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                  
9.       Reservation of Warrant Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
                                                                                                  
10.      Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares Issuable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
         (a)  Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock of the Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
         (b)  Adjustment for Common Stock Issue   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         (c)  Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
         (d)  Adjustment for Right, Option and Warrant Issues   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (e)  Current Market Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
         (f)  Consideration Received  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
         (g)  Special Adjustment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (h)  When No Adjustment Required   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
         (i)  Notice of Adjustment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (j)  Voluntary Reduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (k)  Reorganization of the Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
         (l)  When Issuance or Payment May Be Deferred  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
         (m)  Adjustment in Number of Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
                                                                                                  
11.      Fractional Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
</TABLE>    
            


                                       i
<PAGE>   40

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                         
SECTION                                                                                                     PAGE
- -------                                                                                                     ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                                  <C>
12.      Put of Warrant Ownership; Disposition of Warrant Shares; Registration of Warrant Shares  . . . . .   15
                                                                                                  
13.      Notice to Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
                                                                                                  
14.      Notices to the Issuer and Warrant Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                  
15.      Cash Distributions and Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                  
16.      Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
                                                                                                  
17.      Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                  
18.      Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                  
19.      Benefits of This Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                  
20.      Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                  
21.      Amendments; Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                  
22.      Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
                                                                                                  
23.      Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                  
24.      Specific Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                  
25.      Annual and Quarterly Reports; Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
                                                                                                  
26.      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                  
27.      Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
                                                                                                  
28.      Purchaser Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21


EXHIBIT
- -------

A        -    Form of Warrant Certificate
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>   41

                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 23, 1992, between
FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the "Issuer"), and
CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue to the Purchaser warrants to
purchase certain common stock of the Issuer as hereinafter described (the
"Warrants"), which Warrants will initially be exercisable for 482 shares of
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), of
the Issuer, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Issuer desire to set forth the terms
and provisions of the Warrants and the conditions to the issuance and sale
thereof to the Purchaser.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
herein set forth and as part of the consideration for the loan by the Purchaser
to the Issuer of $200,000 as evidenced by a Subordinated Unsecured Promissory
Note dated December 23, 1992 (the "Issuer's Note"), the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

         1.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF WARRANTS; CLOSING.

              (a)     The Issuer hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and
         the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Issuer, Warrants to purchase
         482 of Class A Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1.00.

              (b)     The sale and purchase of the Warrants shall take place at
         a closing (the "Closing") at the offices of Rudnick & Wolfe, 203 North
         LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois at 10:00 a.m. on or before December
         31, 1992 (the "Closing Date").  At the Closing, the Issuer will
         deliver to the Purchaser Warrant Certificates (as defined in Section
         2) evidencing the Warrants to be purchased by the Purchaser (in such
         permitted denomination or denominations as the Purchaser may request
         and registered in its name or the name of its nominee), dated the
         Closing Date, against payment, of the purchase price therefor by
         certified or bank cashier's check or by wire transfer of immediately
         available funds.
<PAGE>   42

         2.   WARRANT CERTIFICATES.

         The certificates evidencing the Warrants (the "Warrant Certificates")
to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be in registered form only and
shall be in the form set forth as Exhibit A attached hereto.

         3.   EXECUTION OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  Warrant Certificates shall be
signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman of the Board or its President or
a Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  Each such
signature upon the Warrant Certificates may be in the form of a facsimile
signature of the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President, Secretary or
Assistant Secretary and may be printed or otherwise reproduced on the Warrant
Certificates and for that purpose the Issuer may adopt and use the facsimile
signature of any person who shall have been Chairman of the Board, President,
Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary, notwithstanding the fact that
at the time the Warrant Certificates shall be delivered or disposed of such
person shall have ceased to hold such office.

         In case any officer of the Issuer who shall have signed any of the
Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such officer before the warrant
Certificates so signed shall have been disposed of by the Issuer, such Warrant
Certificates nevertheless may be delivered or disposed of as though such person
had not ceased to be such officer of the Issuer; and any Warrant Certificate
may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by any person who, at the actual date of
the execution of such Warrant Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the
Issuer to sign such Warrant Certificate although at the date of the execution
of this Agreement any such person was not such officer.

         4.   REGISTRATION.  The Issuer shall number and register the Warrant
Certificates in a register as they are issued.  The Issuer may deem and treat
the registered holder(s) of the Warrant Certificates as the absolute owner(s)
thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon
made by anyone) for all purposes and shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

         5.   REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.  The Issuer shall from
time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrant Certificates in a
Warrant register to be maintained by the Issuer upon surrender of such Warrant
Certificates accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, duly executed by the registered
holder or holders thereof or by the duly appointed legal representative thereof
or by a duly authorized attorney.  Upon any such registration of transfer, a
new Warrant Certificate shall be issued to the transferee(s) and the
surrendered Warrant Certificate shall be canceled and disposed of by the
Issuer.

         If such transfer of Warrants is not made pursuant to an effective
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), the Warrant holder will, if reasonably requested by the Issuer, deliver
to the Issuer an opinion of counsel, which may be counsel to the





                                       2
<PAGE>   43

holder, reasonably satisfactory in form, scope and substance to the Issuer,
that the Warrants may be sold publicly without registration under the Act, as
well as:

                      (1)    an investment covenant reasonably satisfactory to
              the Issuer signed by the proposed transferee;

                      (2)    an agreement by such transferee to the impression
              of the restrictive investment legend set forth below on the
              Warrant Certificate; and

                      (3)    an agreement by such transferee to be bound by the
              provisions of: (a) this Agreement, and (b) the provisions of the
              Shareholders' Agreement dated as of February 12, 1993, by and
              among the Issuer, the Purchaser, and the other persons and
              entities owning or entitled upon exercise of an option or warrant
              to own shares of the Common Stock of the Issuer (the
              "Stockholders Agreement");

provided that, the Purchaser may transfer the Warrants to an affiliate of the
Purchaser without providing the Issuer with an opinion of counsel.

         The Warrant holders agree that each Warrant Certificate and each
certificate representing Warrant Shares will bear the following legend:

              "The securities represented by this Certificate have not been
              registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  Said
              securities may not be sold or transferred in the absence of such
              registration or an exemption, or an opinion of counsel (which may
              be counsel to the holder) as to an exemption, from the
              registration provisions of said Act."

         Warrant Certificates may be exchanged at the option of the holder(s)
thereof when surrendered to the Issuer at its office for another Warrant
Certificate or other Warrant Certificates of like tenor and representing in the
aggregate a like number of Warrants, including, without limitation, upon an
adjustment in the Exercise Price or in the number of Warrant Shares purchasable
upon exercise of this Warrant.  Warrant Certificates surrendered for exchange
shall be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.

         6.   WARRANTS; EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.  Subject to the terms of this
Agreement, each Warrant holder shall have the right, which may be exercised at
any time on or after (1) the earliest of (i) December 31, 1995, (ii) the
effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a Stipulated Public
Offering (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer, (iii) the occurrence
of an event of default under the Credit Agreement executed and delivered
pursuant to the commitment letter dated December 30, 1992 by and between the
Issuer and an affiliate of the Purchaser, (iv) any merger or consolidation of
the Issuer with or into any corporation or other entity that is not an





                                       3
<PAGE>   44

Affiliate (as defined in the Put Agreement) of the Issuer, (v) any sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer not
made in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer, and (vi) any sale or
other disposition by the Issuer of shares of Common Stock constituting more
that 50% of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and prior to
(2) December 31, 2004, to receive from the Issuer the number of fully paid and
nonassessable Warrant Shares which the holder may at the time be entitled to
receive on exercise of such warrants and payment of the Exercise Price then in
effect for such Warrant Shares.  No adjustments as to dividends will be made
upon exercise of the Warrants.  The term "Warrant Shares" shall mean shares of
Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant or such other
securities, property and cash which the Warrant holders shall be entitled to
receive upon exercise of the Warrants pursuant to the provisions of Section 10,
including without limitation subsection (k) thereof.

         A Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Issuer at its office
designated for such purpose (the address of which is set forth in Section 14)
of the certificate or certificates evidencing the Warrants to be exercised with
the form of election to purchase attached thereto duly filled in and signed,
upon payment to the Issuer of the exercise price of $500 per Warrant Share (the
"Exercise Price"), as adjusted as herein provided, for the number of Warrant
Shares in respect of which such Warrants are then exercised.  Payment of the
aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in cash or by check payable to the order
of the Issuer or by application against the Exercise Price amounts evidenced by
the Issuer's Note.

         Upon such surrender of Warrant Certificates and payment of the
Exercise Price, the Issuer shall issue and cause to be delivered with all
reasonable dispatch (and in any event within two business days) to or upon the
written order of the holder, and in the name of the Warrant holder or the
Warrant holder's nominee, a certificate or certificates for the number of full
Warrant Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants together with such
other property (including cash) and securities as may then be deliverable upon
such exercise, including cash for fractional Warrant Shares as provided in
Section 11.  Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been
issued and the person so named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder
of record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such
Warrant Certificates and payment of the Exercise Price.

         The Warrants shall be exercisable, at the election of the holders
thereof, either in full or from time to time in part, and, in the event that a
Warrant Certificate is exercised in respect of fewer than all of the Warrant
Shares issuable on such exercise at any time prior to the date of expiration of
the Warrants, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the remaining Warrant or
Warrants will be issued and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this
Section and of Section 3.

         All Warrant Certificates surrendered upon exercise of Warrants shall
be canceled and disposed of by the Issuer.  The Issuer shall keep copies of
this Agreement and any notices received hereunder available for inspection
during normal business hours at its office.  The Issuer





                                       4
<PAGE>   45

will furnish, at its expense, copies of this Agreement and all such notices,
upon request, to any holder of any Warrant Certificates.

         7.   PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Issuer will pay all stamp and transfer
taxes in connection with the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer of the
Warrants hereunder, as well as all such stamp and transfer taxes attributable
to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of Warrants and
payment of the Exercise Price.

         8.   MUTILATED OR MISSING WARRANT CERTIFICATES.  In case any of the
Warrant Certificates shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Issuer
shall issue, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of the
mutilated Warrant Certificate, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant
Certificate lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor
and representing an equivalent number of Warrants.

         9.   RESERVATION OF WARRANT SHARES.  The Issuer will at all times
reserve and keep available, free from preemptive or similar rights, out of the
aggregate of its authorized but unissued capital stock or its authorized and
issued capital stock held in its treasury, for the purpose of enabling it to
satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of Warrants, the
maximum number of shares of each class of capital stock constituting a part of
the Warrant Shares which may then be deliverable upon the exercise of all
outstanding Warrants.  The Issuer shall cause all Warrant Shares of each class
of capital stock of the Issuer or other securities of the Issuer reserved for
issuance upon exercise of the Warrants to be listed (or to be listed subject to
notice of issuance) on each securities exchange on which such shares of capital
stock of the Issuer or any such other securities are listed.

         The Issuer or, if appointed, the transfer agent for shares of each
class of capital stock of the Issuer (the "Transfer Agent") and every,
subsequent transfer agent for any shares of the Issuer's capital stock issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants will be irrevocably authorized and directed
at all times to reserve such number of authorized shares as shall be required
for such purpose.  The Issuer will keep a copy of this Agreement on file with
the Transfer Agent and with every, subsequent transfer agent for any shares of
the Issuer's capital stock issuable upon the exercise of the rights of purchase
represented by the Warrants or of the rights of conversion of the Warrant
Shares.  The Issuer will furnish such Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of
adjustments, and certificates related thereto, transmitted to each holder
pursuant to Section 13.

         The Issuer covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon
exercise of Warrants will, upon issuance and payment of the Exercise Price
therefor be fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive or similar rights and
free from all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with respect to the
issuance thereof.

         10.  ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF WARRANT SHARES
ISSUABLE.  The Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon
the exercise of each Warrant are





                                       5
<PAGE>   46

subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of the events
enumerated in this Section.  For purposes of this Section, "Common Stock" means
shares now or hereafter authorized of any class of common stock of the Issuer
and any other stock of the Issuer, however designated, that has the right
(subject to any prior rights of any class or series of preferred stock) to
participate in any distribution of the assets upon voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up or of the earnings of the Issuer without
limit as to per share amount.  "Common Stock" shall not include preferred or
special stock.

              (a)     ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGE IN CAPITAL STOCK OF THE ISSUER:  If
         the Issuer

                      (1)    pays a dividend or makes a distribution on any
              class of its Common Stock in shares of any class of its Common
              Stock;

                      (2)    subdivides its outstanding shares of any class of
              Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

                      (3)    combines its outstanding shares of any class of
              Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

                      (4)    makes a distribution on any class of its Common
              Stock in shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

                      (5)    issues by reclassification of any class of its
              Common Stock any shares of its capital stock;

         then the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action
         shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Warrant
         thereafter exercised may receive the aggregate number and kind of
         shares of capital stock of the Issuer which it would have owned
         immediately following such action if such Warrant had been exercised
         immediately prior to such action, as determined by the Board of
         Directors of the Issuer in the good faith exercise of its reasonable
         business judgment.

              The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the
         record date in the case of such a stock dividend or distribution and
         immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision,
         combination or reclassification.

              If after an adjustment a holder of a Warrant upon exercise of
         such Warrant may receive shares of two or more classes of capital
         stock of the Issuer, the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall
         determine in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business
         judgment the allocation of the adjusted Exercise Price between the
         classes of capital stock.  After such allocation, the exercise
         privilege and the Exercise Price of each class of capital stock





                                       6
<PAGE>   47

         shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those
         applicable to Common Stock in this Section.

              Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event 
         listed above shall occur.

              (b)     ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK ISSUE. If the Issuer issues
         shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the
         Current Market Price per share on the date the Issuer fixes the
         offering price of such additional shares, the Exercise Price shall, be
         adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

                                      P
                                      -
              E,      =    E  x  0 +  M
                                 ------
                                    A
         where:

              E,      =      the adjusted Exercise Price.

              E       =      the then current Exercise Price.

              0       =      the number of shares outstanding immediately prior
                             to the issuance of such additional shares.

              P       =      the aggregate consideration received for the
                             issuance of such additional shares.

              M       =      the Current Market Price per share on the date of
                             issuance of such additional shares.

              A       =      the number of shares outstanding immediately after
                             the issuance of such additional shares.

              The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such
         issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such
         issuance.

              The provisions of this subsection do not apply to:

                      (1)    any of the transactions described in subsection
              (a) or for which an adjustment has been made pursuant to the
              provisions of subsection (c) or (d) of this Section, or





                                       7
<PAGE>   48

                      (2)    the exercise of Warrants.

              (c)     ADJUSTMENT FOR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES ISSUE.  If the
         Issuer issues any Convertible Securities (other than Convertible
         Securities for which an adjustment has been made pursuant to the
         provisions of subsection (d) of this Section), whether or not the
         right to convert or exchange thereunder is immediately exercisable or
         is conditioned upon the passage of time, the occurrence or
         non-occurrence of some other event, or both, for a consideration per
         share of Common Stock initially deliverable upon conversion or
         exchange of such Convertible Securities less than the Current Market
         Price per share on the date of issuance of such Convertible
         Securities, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with
         this formula:

                                       P
                                       -
              E'      =    E  x  0  +  M
                                 -------
                                 0  +  D
         where:

              E'      =      the adjusted Exercise Price.

              E       =      the then current Exercise Price.

              0       =      the number of shares outstanding immediately prior
                             to the issuance of such securities.

              P       =      the aggregate consideration received for the
                             issuance of such securities.

              M       =      the Current Market Price per share on the date of
                             issuance of such securities.

              D       =      the maximum number of shares deliverable upon
                             conversion or in exchange for such securities at 
                             the Minimum Rate.

         The term "Minimum Rate" means the lowest rate at which the Convertible
         Securities can be converted into or exchanged for Common Stock,
         regardless of whether that is the initial rate or is conditioned upon
         the passage of time, the occurrence or nonoccurrence of some other
         event, or both.

              The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such
         issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such
         issuance.





                                       8
<PAGE>   49

              If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or
         exchange of such securities has not been issued when such securities
         are no longer outstanding, then the Exercise Price shall promptly be
         readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect had the
         adjustment upon the issuance of such securities been made on the basis
         of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion
         or exchange of such securities.

              (d)     ADJUSTMENT FOR RIGHT, OPTION AND WARRANT ISSUES.  If the
         Issuer issues any rights, options or warrants (other than the
         Warrants, the warrants issued to Deerpath Investment Partners, Ltd. to
         acquire 600 shares of the Class A Common Stock of the Issuer (the
         "Deerpath Warrants"), the warrants issued to Internationale
         Nederlanden (U.S.) Finance Corporation ("INFC") to acquire 4,456
         shares of the Class B Nonvoting Convertible Common Stock of the Issuer
         (the "INFC Warrants") and the Employee Options (as hereinafter
         defined)) to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire Common
         Stock or Convertible Securities (the "Option Securities"), then, upon
         the issuance of the Common Stock and/or Convertible Securities
         deliverable upon the exercise of such Option Securities or upon the
         conversion or exchange of such securities, an adjustment shall be made
         pursuant to Section 10(b) on the basis of the actual number of shares
         of Common Stock issued upon such exercise, conversion or exchange of
         such Option Securities.

              (e)     CURRENT MARKET PRICE.  In subsections (b), (c) and (d) of
         this Section the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on any
         date is the average of the Quoted Prices of the Common Stock for 30
         consecutive trading days commencing 45 trading days before the date in
         question.  The "Quoted Price" of the Common Stock for each day is the
         last reported sales price of the Common Stock on such day as reported
         by NASDAQ, National Market System, or, if the Common Stock is listed
         on a securities exchange, the last reported sales price of the Common
         Stock on such exchange (which shall be for consolidated trading if
         applicable to such exchange) on such day, or if neither is so reported
         or listed, the average of the last reported bid and asked prices of
         the Common Stock on such day.  In the absence of one or more such
         quotations, the Current Market Price shall be determined by the Board
         of Directors of the Issuer in its reasonable business judgment
         exercised in good faith and notice of such determination shall be
         delivered to the Purchaser; provided, however , that during the 30-day
         period following the date notice of such determination is received by
         holders of the Warrants, such holders may object to such determination
         by giving notice to the Issuer.  If within such 30-day period, the
         holders of a majority of the Warrants notify the Issuer of their
         objection (the "Objection Notice") and such holders and the Issuer do
         not agree upon the Current Market Price within fifteen (15) days
         following receipt by the Issuer of the Objection Notice (the
         "Negotiation Period"), then either the Issuer or a majority in
         interest of the holders of the Warrants shall have the right to invoke
         the following procedure:





                                       9
<PAGE>   50

                             1.     The Issuer and the holders shall each
                      submit their determination of Current Market Price within
                      ten (10) days after the expiration of the Negotiation
                      Period;

                             2.     Such determinations of Current Market Price
                      shall be submitted to one of the following investment
                      banking firms: Kidder Peabody & Co., Inc., The First
                      Boston Corp. and Dillon Reade & Co., as selected by a
                      majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants
                      within five (5) days after the expiration of the
                      Negotiation Period or if each of such investment banking
                      firms shall decline or fail to act, a recognized
                      investment banking firm of national reputation selected
                      by agreement of the Issuer and a majority in interest of
                      the holders of the Warrants (the firm so chosen, the
                      "Appraiser") for consideration; and

                             3.     The Appraiser shall decide within twenty
                      (20) days of its selection but no earlier than ten (10)
                      days of its selection which of the determinations
                      considered most closely approximates Current Market
                      Price, which decision shall be final and binding on the
                      Issuer and the holders of the Warrants unless they agree
                      in writing to settle their dispute prior to the
                      Appraiser's determination.  Upon receipt of the
                      submission from both the Issuer and the representative of
                      the holders of the Warrants of their determination of
                      Contract Value, the Appraiser shall promptly transmit the
                      determination of each party to the other party.

         All costs of appraisal shall be borne by the party whose determination
         was not selected by the Appraiser as the Current Market Price and in
         the case of agreement subsequent to the Appraiser's selection but
         prior to such determination, such costs shall be divided equally.

              (f)     CONSIDERATION RECEIVED.  For purposes of any computation
         respecting consideration received pursuant to any subsection of this
         Section, the following shall apply:

                      (1)    in the case of the issuance of shares of Common
              Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such
              cash, after deduction for any commissions, discounts or other
              expenses incurred by the Issuer for any underwriting of the issue
              or otherwise in connection therewith;

                      (2)    in the case of the issuance of shares of Common
              Stock for a consideration consisting in whole or in part of other
              than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to
              be the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of
              Directors of the Issuer in the good faith exercise of its
              reasonable business judgment, after deduction for all expenses
              incurred by the Issuer in





                                       10
<PAGE>   51

              connection therewith, provided that the Issuer agrees that in no
              event will shares of capital stock of the Issuer be issued in
              exchange for services;

                      (3)    in the case of the issuance of Convertible
              Securities or securities issuable upon the exercise of Option
              Securities (other than the Deerpath Warrants, the INFC Warrants
              and the Employee Options (as defined in paragraph (4) below)),
              the aggregate consideration received therefor shall be deemed to
              be the consideration received by the Issuer for the issuance of
              such Convertible Securities, plus the consideration, if any,
              received by the Issuer for the issuance of such Option
              Securities, plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to
              be received by the Issuer upon the conversion, exchange or
              exercise thereof (the consideration in each case to be determined
              in the same manner as provided in clauses (1) and (2) of this
              subsection); and

                      (4)    in the case of (i) the Deerpath Warrants, (ii) the
              INFC Warrants and (iii) the options to purchase an aggregate of
              3,240 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to certain
              employees of the Issuer (the "Employee Options"), the aggregate
              consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be zero and
              the issuance of shares pursuant to the Deerpath Warrants, the
              INFC Warrants and the Employee Options shall cause an adjustment
              to be made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement.

              (g)     SPECIAL ADJUSTMENT.  If the purchase price provided for
         in any Option Securities, the additional consideration, if any,
         payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities
         or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into
         or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change (other than under or by
         reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the
         Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the
         exercise of the Warrants in effect at the time of such event shall
         forthwith be readjusted to the Exercise Price or number of Warrant
         Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants which would have
         been in effect at such time had such Option Securities or Convertible
         Securities outstanding at such time initially been granted, issued or
         sold and the Exercise Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable
         upon the exercise of the Warrants initially adjusted as provided in
         the applicable subsection of this Section, whichever was applicable,
         except that the minimum amount of additional consideration payable and
         the total maximum number of shares issuable shall be determined after
         giving effect to such event (and any prior event or events).

              (h)     WHEN NO ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED.  No adjustment need be made
         for a change in the par value or absence of par value of any Common
         Stock.





                                       11
<PAGE>   52

              To the extent the Warrants become exercisable, in whole or in
         part, for cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash.
         Interest shall not accrue on the cash.

              No adjustment in the Exercise Price need be made if (i) it would
         reduce the Exercise Price below the then par value (provided that  the
         number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant shall thereafter be
         exercisable shall be computed as if such Exercise Price had been so
         reduced) or (ii) the adjustment would require an increase or decrease
         of less than .001% in the Exercise Price.  Any adjustments that are
         not made but deferred shall be carried forward and taken into account
         in any subsequent adjustment.

              (i)     NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.  Whenever the Exercise Price is
         adjusted or the Issuer takes any action that would require (a) any
         adjustment in (i) the Exercise Price or (ii) the number and type of
         securities or other property constituting Warrant Shares purchasable
         upon exercise of the Warrants or (b) the execution and delivery of a
         supplemental Warrant Agreement, the Issuer shall provide the notices
         required by Section 13.

              (j)     VOLUNTARY REDUCTION.  The Issuer may reduce the Exercise
         Price from time to time by any amount for any period of time of at
         least 20 days (including, without limitation, permanently) if the
         reduction is irrevocable during such period; provided, however, that
         in no event may the Exercise Price be reduced to an amount less than
         the par value of a share of Common Stock.

              Whenever the Exercise Price is reduced, the Issuer shall mail to
         Warrant holders, in the manner set forth in Section 13, a notice of
         such reduction at least 20 days before the date such reduction takes
         effect.  The notice shall state the reduced Exercise Price and the
         period it will be in effect.

              Any reduction of the Exercise Price under this subsection (other
         than a permanent reduction) shall not change or adjust the Exercise
         Price otherwise in effect for purposes of the other subsections of
         this Section.

              (k)     REORGANIZATION OF THE ISSUER.  In the event of any
         capital reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of the
         capital stock of the Issuer, or consolidation, merger or amalgamation
         of the Issuer with another entity, or the sale, lease, transfer,
         conveyance or other disposition other than in the ordinary course of
         business of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity
         (any such occurrence being hereinafter referred to as a (" Major
         Transaction"), then, as a condition to such Major Transaction, lawful
         and adequate provision shall be made whereby (i) the holders of the
         Warrant Certificates shall thereafter have the right to purchase and
         receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the basis and upon the terms
         and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu of the Warrant
         Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights





                                       12
<PAGE>   53

         represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such Major
         Transaction, such shares of stock, securities or assets as would be
         issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of
         Warrant Shares which would have been outstanding had this Warrant been
         exercised immediately prior to such Major Transaction, and (ii) if
         such Major Transaction is part of a transaction with any person (or
         any affiliate of such person) who shall previously have made a
         purchase, tender or exchange offer which was accepted by the holders
         of not less than twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of
         Common Stock, the holder of the Warrants shall have been given a
         reasonable period of time (and, in no event, less than 30 days) to
         elect to receive upon exercise of the Warrant, on the basis and upon
         the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement and in lieu of
         the Warrant Shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the
         rights represented by the Warrants immediately prior to such Major
         Transaction, either (x) the stock, securities, cash or properties it
         would have received pursuant to clause (i) or (y) stock, securities,
         cash or properties of the nature or type issued to holders of the
         Common Stock in accordance with such purchase, tender or exchange
         offer, or the equivalent thereof, in an amount which the holder of the
         Warrants would have received had it held the number of shares of
         Common Stock for which the Warrant was exercisable immediately prior
         to such purchase, tender or exchange offer.

              The Issuer shall not effect any such Major Transaction unless
         prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor
         entity (if other than the Issuer) resulting from such consolidation,
         merger or amalgamation or the entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring
         such assets (i) shall enter into a supplemental Warrant Agreement,
         containing provisions with respect to the rights and interests of the
         holder of the Warrants (including without limitation provisions for
         adjustment of the Exercise Price and of the number and type of
         securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants)
         substantially identical to the provisions of this Agreement (which
         supplemental Warrant Agreement shall be satisfactory in form, scope
         and substance to a majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants
         and shall be mailed or delivered to the registered holders of the
         Warrants in accordance with Section 14) and shall assume the
         obligation to deliver to such holders such shares of stock, securities
         or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such
         holders may be entitled to purchase (the " Substitute Securities") and
         (ii) shall assume all of the obligations of the Issuer set forth in
         the Put Agreement of even date herewith between the Issuer and the
         Purchaser (the "Put Agreement") and the Registration Rights Agreement
         of even date herewith between the Issuer and the Purchaser (the
         "Registration Rights Agreement"), provided that such obligations
         shall, following such assumption, apply to the Substitute Securities
         rather than to the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.  The foregoing
         provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive Major
         Transactions.





                                       13
<PAGE>   54

              If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise of Warrants
         under the supplemental Warrant Agreement is an affiliate of the
         formed, surviving, transferee or lessee entity, such issuer shall join
         in the supplemental Warrant Agreement.

              (l)     WHEN ISSUANCE OR PAYMENT MAY BE DEFERRED.  In any case in
         which this Section shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise
         Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the
         Issuer may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event (i)
         issuing to the holder of any warrant exercised after such record date
         the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise over and above the
         Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the
         Exercise Price prior to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such holder
         any amount in cash in lieu of a fractional share pursuant to Section
         11; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to such holder a
         bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to
         receive such additional Warrant Shares and cash upon the occurrence of
         the event requiring such adjustment.

              (m)     ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SHARES.  Upon each adjustment of
         the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section, each Warrant outstanding
         prior to the making of the adjustment in the Exercise Price shall
         thereafter evidence the right to receive upon payment of the adjusted
         Exercise Price that number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to
         the nearest hundredth) obtained from the following formula:

              N,      =    N x  E
                                -
                                E,
         where:

              N,      =      the adjusted number of Warrant Shares issuable
                             upon exercise of a Warrant by payment of the
                             adjusted Exercise Price.

              N       =      the number or Warrant Shares previously issuable
                             upon exercise of a Warrant by payment of the
                             Exercise Price prior to adjustment.

              E,      =      the adjusted Exercise Price.

              E       =      the Exercise Price prior to adjustment.

         Anything in this subsection or elsewhere in this Agreement to the
         contrary notwithstanding, if, because of any limitation set forth in
         subsection (h), no adjustment in the Exercise Price is made, the
         provisions of this subsection shall nevertheless be given effect so as
         to increase the adjusted number of Warrant Shares as though E, in the
         above formulas had actually been adjusted.





                                       14
<PAGE>   55

         11.  FRACTIONAL INTERESTS.  The Issuer shall not be required to issue
fractional Warrant Shares on the Exercise of Warrants.  If more than one
Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same
holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon exercise
thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant
Shares purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so presented.  If any fraction
of the Warrant Shares would, except for the provisions of this Section, be
issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or specified portion thereof), the
Issuer shall pay an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price on the day
immediately preceding the date the Warrant is presented for exercise,
multiplied by such fraction.

         12.  PUT OF WARRANT OWNERSHIP; DISPOSITION OF WARRANT SHARES;
REGISTRATION OF WARRANT SHARES.  The put and call of the Warrant shall be
governed by the Put Agreement; ownership and disposition of the Warrants and
the Warrant Shares shall be subject to the Stockholders Agreement; and
registration of the Warrant Shares shall be governed by the Registration Rights
Agreement.

         13.  NOTICE TO WARRANT HOLDERS.  Upon any adjustment of the Exercise
Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants
pursuant to Section 10, and as otherwise required by Section 10, the Issuer
shall promptly thereafter (i) cause to be filed with the Issuer a certificate
of the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer setting forth the Exercise Price
and the number and type of securities or other property constituting Warrant
Shares after such adjustment and setting forth in reasonable detail the method
of calculation and the facts upon which such calculations are based and setting
forth the number and type of securities or other property constituting Warrant
Shares (or portion thereof) issuable after such adjustment in the Exercise
Price or number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants,
upon exercise of a Warrant and payment of the adjusted Exercise Price, and (ii)
cause to be given to each of the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates
at its address appearing on the warrant register written notice of such
adjustments by first-class mail, postage prepaid.  Where appropriate, such
notice may be given in advance and included as a part of the notice required to
be mailed under the other provisions of this Section.

         In the event:

              (a)     the Issuer shall authorize the issuance to holders
         (although not necessarily to all such holders) of shares of Common
         Stock rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase or
         otherwise acquire shares of Common Stock or any other securities or
         property (including securities of any other company) or of any other
         subscription rights, options or warrants; or

              (b)     the Issuer shall authorize the payment of any dividend or
         distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock of cash, Common
         Stock or other securities or property (including securities of any
         other company) of the Issuer; or





                                       15
<PAGE>   56

              (c)     of any capital reorganization, reclassification or
         recapitalization of the capital stock of the Issuer, or any
         amalgamation, consolidation or merger to which the Issuer is a party,
         or of the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, or other disposition of
         the properties and assets of the Issuer (other than in the ordinary
         course of business) substantially as an entirety, or a purchase,
         tender or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock or other
         securities constituting part of the Warrant Shares (whether by the
         Issuer or some other party); or

              (d)     of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation
         or winding up of the Issuer; or

              (e)     the Issuer proposes to take any action which would
         require an adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Warrant
         Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants pursuant to Section
         10;

         then the Issuer shall cause to be given to each of the registered
         holders of the Warrant Certificates at his or its address appearing on
         the Warrant register, at least 30 days (or 20 days in any case
         specified in clauses (a) or (b) above) prior to the applicable record
         date hereinafter specified (or promptly in the case of events for
         which there is no record date) by first class mail, postage prepaid, a
         written notice stating (as applicable) (i) the date as of which the
         holders of record of shares of Common Stock entitled to receive any
         such rights, options, warrants or distribution are to be determined,
         (ii) the initial expiration date set forth in any purchase, tender or
         exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which
         any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer,
         disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to
         become effective or be consummated, and the date as of which it is
         expected that holders of record of shares of Common Stock or other
         securities constituting a part of the Warrant Shares shall be entitled
         to exchange such shares or securities for securities or other
         property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification,
         recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, merger, amalgamation,
         sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition, dissolution,
         liquidation or winding up.  The failure to give the notice required by
         this Section or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or
         validity of any distribution, right, option, warrant, reorganization,
         recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation, merger,
         amalgamation, sale, lease, conveyance, transfer, disposition,
         dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any action.

              The Issuer shall give to each Warrant holder written notice of
         any determination to register any of its Common Stock at the same time
         that it gives notice to holders of Registrable Securities (as defined
         in the Registration Rights Agreement) pursuant to the Registration
         Rights Agreement.





                                       16
<PAGE>   57

              The Issuer shall promptly deliver to each Warrant holder copies
         of all reports and filings made with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission (the "SEC") or furnished to the holders of its Common Stock
         or other securities constituting a part of the Warrant Shares.

              Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrant
         Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the holders thereof
         the right to vote or to consent as shareholders in respect of the
         meetings of shareholders or the election of members of the Board of
         Directors of the Issuer or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever
         as shareholders of the Issuer.

         14.  NOTICES TO THE ISSUER AND WARRANT HOLDERS.  Any notice or demand
authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the registered holder of
any Warrant Certificate to or on the Issuer shall be sufficiently given or made
when received at the office of the Issuer expressly designated by the Issuer as
its office for purposes of this Agreement (until the Warrant holders are
otherwise notified in accordance with this Section by the Issuer), as follows:

                                        First Premium Services, Inc.
                                        520 Lake Cook Road
                                        Suite 300
                                        Deerfield, Illinois 60015-4926
                                        Attention: Mr. James C. Knollenberg

                 with a copy to:        Rudnick & Wolfe
                                        203 North LaSalle Street
                                        Chicago, Illinois  60601
                                        Attention:  Michael B. Fischer, Esq.

Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given by the Issuer to the
registered holder(s) of any Warrant Certificate shall be sufficiently given
when received by such holder at the address appearing on the Warrant register
of the Issuer (until the Issuer is otherwise notified in accordance with this
Section by such holder).

         15.     CASH DISTRIBUTIONS AND DIVIDENDS.  The Issuer shall not
declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to the holders of its
Common Stock other than dividends payable in and distributions of Common Stock.
Notwithstanding the foregoing and without authorizing same, if the Issuer pays
a dividend or makes a distribution to the holders of its Common Stock of any
securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including cash and securities
of other companies) of the Issuer, or any rights, options or warrants to
purchase securities (other than Common Stock) or property (including securities
of other companies) of the Issuer, then, simultaneously with the payment of
such dividend or the making of such distribution, it will pay or distribute to
the holders of the Warrant Certificates an amount of property (including





                                       17
<PAGE>   58

without limitation cash) and/or securities (including without limitation
securities of other companies) of the Issuer as would have been received by
such holders had they exercised all of the Warrants (whether or not the
Warrants were then exercisable) immediately prior to the record date (or other
applicable date) used for determining stockholders of the Issuer entitled to
receive such dividend or distribution.  Anything in subsection (d) of Section
10 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment to the Exercise Price shall
be made for any distribution of Convertible Securities of the Issuer to the
Warrant holders pursuant to the provisions of this Section.

         16.     SUCCESSORS.  All the covenants and provisions of this
Agreement by or for the benefit of the Issuer or the holders shall bind and
inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, including
those by operation of law, merger, consolidation or as otherwise provided in
Section 10(k).

         17.     TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate when all Warrants
have been exercised pursuant to this Agreement, have expired unexercised in
accordance with their terms or have been redeemed pursuant to the Put
Agreement.

         18.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH WARRANT CERTIFICATE
ISSUED HEREUNDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF ILLINOIS AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE INTERNAL LAWS OF SAID STATE.

         19.     BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall
be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the Issuer and the
registered holders of the Warrant Certificates any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole
and exclusive benefit of the Issuer and the registered holders of the Warrant
Certificates.

         20.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed to be
an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument.

         21.     AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  No provision of this Agreement may be
amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the party sought
to be bound; provided, however, that any amendment requested or waiver sought f
rom the Warrant holders of any provision of this Agreement which affects
Warrant holders generally may be given by holders of at least sixty-six and
two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Warrants outstanding and any waiver so
given shall be binding on all Warrant holders; provided, however, that the
provisions of Section 6 with respect to the type of securities for which the
Warrants are exercisable may not be changed without the consent of each holder
of Warrants affected thereby.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising
any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall





                                       18
<PAGE>   59

a waiver of a particular right or remedy on one occasion be deemed a waiver of
any other right or remedy or a waiver of the same right or remedy on any
subsequent occasion.

         22.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE PURCHASER AND THE ISSUER HEREBY
KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF,
UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE WARRANTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT
EXECUTED PURSUANT HERETO, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING,
STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE PURCHASER OR THE ISSUER.
THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE PURCHASER'S ENTERING INTO THIS
AGREEMENT.

         23.     JURISDICTION.  The Issuer hereby agrees that any legal action
or proceeding against it with respect to this Agreement, the Warrants or any of
the documents delivered in connection herewith or therewith may be brought in
the courts of the State of Illinois or of the United States of America for the
Northern District of Illinois as any holder of the Warrants may elect, and, by
execution and delivery hereof, it accepts and consents for itself and in
respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the
aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive, unless
waived by a majority in interest of the holders of the Warrants in writing,
with respect to any action or proceeding brought by it against such holders.
The Issuer irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the
aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of the
copies thereof by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to
it at its address set forth herein, such service to become effective upon the
earlier of (1) the date 10 calendar days after such mailing and (ii) any
earlier date permitted by applicable law.  The Issuer agrees that it will at
all times continuously maintain an agent to receive service of process in the
State of Illinois on behalf of itself and its properties and in the event that,
for any reason, the Issuer is no longer domiciled or qualified to do business
in the State of Illinois, it shall promptly appoint an agent to receive service
of process in the State of Illinois and shall advise the Investors thereof.
The Issuer waives any right to stay or to dismiss any action or proceeding
brought before said courts on the basis of forum non conveniens.  Nothing
herein shall affect the right of any holder of the Warrants to bring
proceedings against the Issuer in the courts of any other jurisdiction or to
serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

         24.     SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The Issuer recognizes that the rights
of the holders of the Warrants under this Agreement are unique and,
accordingly, the holders of the Warrants shall, in addition to such other
remedies as may be available to any of them at law or in equity, have the right
to enforce their rights hereunder by actions for injunctive relief and specific
performance to the extent permitted by law.  The Issuer agrees that monetary
damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a
breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in
any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at





                                       19
<PAGE>   60

law would be adequate.  This Agreement is not intended to limit or abridge any
rights of the holders of the Warrants which may exist apart from this
Agreement.

         25.     ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION.  The Issuer
will deliver to each holder of Warrants and Warrant Shares,

                 (a)      as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal
         year audited annual financial statements of the Issuer and after the
         end of each quarter, unaudited quarterly financial statements of the
         Issuer, including, in each case, a balance sheet, a statement of
         operations, and a statement of cash flow of the issuer for such year
         or quarter, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles;

                 (b)      as soon as available, copies of all documents (other
         than any which have been granted confidential treatment) filed with
         the SEC;

                 (c)      as soon as available, copies of all reports and
         financial and other information furnished to its shareholders; and

                 (d)      until the consummation of the initial public offering
         of any class of equity securities of the Issuer, such other financial
         and other information as may, from time to time, be reasonably
         requested by any such holder.

         26.     INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

         27.     COVENANTS.  The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that,
except as Purchaser may otherwise agree in writing, the Issuer shall:

                 (i)      CONTINUANCE OF BUSINESS, ETC.  Not wind up, liquidate
         or dissolve; not engage to a material extent in any line of business
         other than those in which it is actively engaged on the date hereof;
         maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary in the normal
         conduct of its business; and conduct its business in compliance in all
         material respects with all requirements of law (including
         environmental laws and, with respect to all employee benefit plans,
         the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended).

                 (ii)     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  Not enter into any
         transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale,
         leasing or exchange of property, real or personal, or the rendering of
         any service, with any person or entity affiliated with Issuer, except
         in the ordinary course of, and pursuant to the reasonable requirements
         of, its business and upon fair and reasonable terms non less favorable
         than would be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with
         any other person or entity not affiliated with Issuer.





                                       20
<PAGE>   61

                 (iii)    OTHER OBLIGATIONS.  Maintain all of its obligations
         for borrowed money, including, without limitation, its obligations to
         LaSalle National Bank under the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as
         of June 26, 1991 and as amended to date and from time to time
         hereafter, between the Issuer and LaSalle, as agent for itself and The
         Daiwa Bank Limited, in a current status.

                 (iv)     RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  Not purchase, redeem or retire
         or make any dividend or distribution on account of any shares of the
         capital stock of Issuer or issue any phantom stock or stock
         appreciation rights, except for redemption of the Initial Preferred
         Stock (as defined in the Put Agreement) pursuant to the terms thereof.

                 (v)      CHARTER PROVISIONS.  Cause its certificate of
         incorporation to contain provisions regarding its authorized Class A
         Common Stock and Class B Common Stock consistent with the requirements
         therefor set forth in Section 26 of the Warrant Purchase Agreement by
         and between the Issuer and INFC dated as of February 12, 1993.

The covenants set forth in this Section 27 shall survive the exercise of the
Warrants and the termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force
and effect until the expiration of the Put Agreement.

         28.     PURCHASER OPTION.

                 (a)      In the event the Issuer issues additional shares of
         Common Stock (other than shares issued upon the exercise of any
         Warrant), it shall so notify the Purchaser in writing (the " Issuance
         Notice") prior to accepting subscriptions for such stock.  The
         Purchaser shall be granted an option to subscribe for that number of
         such additional shares of Common Stock not in excess of the number
         obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of additional shares of
         Common Stock issued by (ii) a fraction (a) the numerator of which is
         the number of Warrant Shares for which the Warrants are exercisable at
         the time of such issuance and (b) the denominator of which is the
         total number-of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock prior to
         such issuance.

                 (b)      The Purchaser shall have a period of ten (10)
         Business Days (as defined in the Put Agreement) from the date of
         receipt of the Issuance Notice (the " Election Expiration Date") to
         elect, by written notice to the Issuer (the "Response Notice"), to
         subscribe or refrain from subscribing for any additional shares.  If
         the Purchaser elects to purchase additional shares it shall (i)
         specify in the Response Notice the number of shares for which it
         elects to subscribe, up to the maximum to which it shall be entitled
         pursuant to paragraph (a) above, (ii) execute a subscription agreement
         in the form customarily used by the Issuer in accepting subscriptions
         for its capital stock and (iii) make payment for such shares within
         the time required by the Issuer.





                                       21
<PAGE>   62

In the event the Purchaser does not deliver a Response Notice to the Issuer on
or prior to the Election Expiration Date, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have
elected to refrain from subscribing for any additional shares.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed, as of the day and year set above written.

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________
Attest:


______________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary

                                        CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________





                                       22
<PAGE>   63

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SAID SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION, OR AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL (WHICH MAY BE COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER) AS TO AN EXEMPTION, FROM THE
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SAID ACT.

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A PUT
AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 23, 1992, BY AND BETWEEN FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INC. AND DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD. AS ASSIGNEE OF THE
WARRANTS.

                                                               482 Warrants
                              Warrant Certificate

                          FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.


         This Warrant Certificate certifies that CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION,
or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Warrants (the
"Warrants") set forth above to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (the
"Common Stock") of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC., an Illinois corporation (the
"Issuer").  Each Warrant entitles the holder upon exercise to receive from the
Issuer one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock $.01 par
value, of the Issuer (a "Warrant Share") at the initial exercise price (the
"Exercise Price") of $500, payable in lawful money of the United States of
America, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise
Price at the office of the Issuer designated for such purpose, subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Purchase Agreement hereinafter
referred to.  The Exercise Price and number and type of Warrant Shares issuable
upon exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of
certain events, as set forth in the Warrant Purchase Agreement.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants, and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1992 (the "Warrant
Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, which Warrant Agreement
is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and
is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, obligations, duties and
immunities hereunder of the Issuer and the holders of the Warrants (the words
"holders" or "holder" meaning the registered holders or registered holder).  A
copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written
request to the Issuer.
<PAGE>   64

         The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may
exercise such Warrants under and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Warrant Agreement by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of
election to purchase attached hereto (and by this reference made a part hereof)
properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price in
cash or by check payable to the order of the Issuer at the office of the Issuer
designated for such purpose.  In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants
evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total
number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued by the Issuer to the
holder hereof or his or its registered assignee a new Warrant Certificate
evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events the Exercise Price set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain
conditions, be adjusted.  If the Exercise Price is adjusted, the Warrant
Agreement provides that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted.  No fractional shares of Common
Stock will be issued upon the exercise of any Warrant, but the issuer will pay
the cash value thereof determined as provided in the Warrant Agreement.  No
adjustment shall be made for any cash dividends on any Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon exercise of the Warrants, the
holder of Common Stock issued upon such exercise will be bound by and subject
to the terms of that certain Shareholders' Agreement dated as of February 12,
1993, by and among the Issuer, Crabtree Capital Corporation and the other
parties thereto (the "Stockholders Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Stockholders Agreement
as a Purchaser thereunder.   A copy of the Stockholders Agreement may be
obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Issuer.

         The holders of the Warrants are entitled to certain registration
rights with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.
Said registration rights are set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement dated
as of December 23, 1992, by and between the Issuer and the Purchaser of the
Warrants (the "Registration Rights Agreement").  By acceptance of this Warrant
Certificate, the holder hereof agrees that upon exercise of some or all of the
Warrants evidenced hereby, he or it will be bound by the Registration Rights
Agreement as a Purchaser thereunder.  A copy of the Registration Rights
Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the
Issuer.

         The Warrants are subject to that certain Put Agreement, dated as of
December 23, 1992, by and among the Issuer and Deerpath Investment Partners,
Ltd. as Assignee of the Warrants (the "Put Agreement"), pursuant to which the
holder hereof possesses certain rights to put the Warrants to the Issuer, all
at the times specified in, and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth
in the Put Agreement.  By acceptance of this Warrant Certificate, the holder
hereof agrees





                                       2
<PAGE>   65

to be bound by the Put Agreement to the same extent as the Purchase of the
Warrants.  A copy of the Put Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof
upon written request to the Issuer.

         Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office of the Issuer by
the registered holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney
duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the
limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any
service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like
tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

         The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing made hereof) for the purpose of any exercise hereof,
of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof and for all other purposes, and the
issuer shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Neither the
Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights
of a shareholder of the issuer (other than the right to receive dividends and
distributions as set forth in Section 15 of the Warrant Agreement).

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, First Premium Services, Inc. has caused this
Warrant Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and has caused
its corporate seal to be affixed hereunto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:  December 23, 1992


                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INC.



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name:________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Name_________________________________
                                           Title:_______________________________





                                       3
<PAGE>   66

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned registered holder of the enclosed
Warrant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _________________________ the
right represented by such Warrant to purchase four hundred eighty two (482)
shares of Class A Common Stock of First Premium Services, Inc. to which such
Warrant relates, and appoints __________________ Attorney to make such transfer
on the books of First Premium Services, Inc. maintained for such purpose, with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated as of December 23, 1992

                                        CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                             Howard D. Adams, Chairman
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                        to name of holder as specified on the 
                                        face of Warrant)

                                        425 North Martingale Road
                                        Suite 1540
                                        (Street Address)

                                        Schaumburg, Illinois 60173
                                        (City, State, Zip Code)


Assignee's Federal Taxpayer ID No.____________





                                       4
<PAGE>   67



                                 ASSIGNMENT OF
                          WARRANTS AND RELATED RIGHTS
                              AND CONSENT THERETO


         THIS ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANTS AND RELATED RIGHTS AND CONSENT THERETO,
dated as of December 23, 1992, by and among CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as "CRABTREE"), FIRST PREMIUM
SERVICES, INCORPORATED, an Illinois corporation (hereinafter referred to as the
"COMPANY"), and DEERPATH INVESTMENTS PARTNERS, LTD., an Illinois limited
partnership (hereinafter referred to as "DEERPATH").

         WHEREAS, Crabtree owns four hundred eighty-two (482) warrants (the
"Crabtree Warrants") issued by the Company which entitle the holder thereof to
obtain in exchange for each such warrant one share of the Company's Class A
Voting Common Stock, or an aggregate of four hundred eighty-two shares of the
Company's Class A Voting Common Stock in the capital of, or loaned by Crabtree
to, the Company;

         WHEREAS, Crabtree has asked Deerpath to lend One Million, Two Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) to Crabtree (the "Loan"), all of which will be
contributed by Crabtree to the capital of, or loaned by Crabtree to, the
Company;

         WHEREAS, to induce Deerpath to make the Loan, Crabtree has agreed to
assign to Deerpath the Crabtree Warrants and all of the rights relating thereto
(the "Related Rights"), including those set forth in the Warrant Purchase
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Put Agreement, each of
which is by and between Crabtree and the Company and is dated as of December
23, 1992 (the "Related Agreements");

         WHEREAS, to induce Deerpath to make the Loan, the Company has agreed
to consent to the assignment to Deerpath by Crabtree of the Crabtree Warrants
and the Related Rights so that the Company can obtain the benefits of the
contribution to its capital or loan to it by Crabtree of the proceeds of the
Loan; and

         WHEREAS, Deerpath has agreed to make the Loan to Crabtree on the
condition that Crabtree assign the Crabtree Warrants to Deerpath, together with
the Related Rights, and that the Company consent to said assignment.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Deerpath
to Crabtree and the mutual covenants, conditions and restrictions herein
contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
<PAGE>   68

         SECTION 1.       ASSIGNMENT.

                 1.011.   ASSIGNMENT OF CRABTREE WARRANTS.  Crabtree hereby
assigns and transfers to Deerpath, and Deerpath shall accept the assignment and
transfer from Crabtree of, the Crabtree Warrants and the Related Rights.

                 1.012.   CONSIDERATION.  In consideration of the assignment
and transfer of the Crabtree Warrants from Crabtree to Deerpath, Deerpath
hereby agrees to pay to Crabtree the sum of One Dollar and agrees to make the
Loan to Crabtree (the "Purchase Price"), and Crabtree hereby acknowledges the
adequacy of the consideration it is receiving from Deerpath in connection with
the assignment and transfer of the Crabtree Warrants and the Related Rights to
Deerpath.  The Company acknowledges that the Crabtree Warrants and the Related
Rights were issued to Crabtree in consideration of the Loan made this date by
Crabtree to the Company in the original principal amount of Two Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($200,000), and the legal sufficiency of such consideration is
hereby acknowledged by the Company.

         SECTION 2.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CRABTREE.

         Crabtree represents and warrants to Deerpath as follows:

                 1.021.    CRABTREE'S OWNERSHIP OF THE CRABTREE WARRANTS.
Crabtree owns the Crabtree Warrants for its own benefit, free and clear of any
and all liens, claims and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever, and the Crabtree
Warrants have not been pledged or hypothecated by Crabtree.  The Related
Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by Crabtree and are in full
force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of
Crabtree, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except as such
enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally
and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability
is considered in proceedings at law or in equity.

                 1.022.   ACCURACY AND ADEQUACY OF DISCLOSURES.  Neither this
Agreement, nor any document, statement, or certificate delivered by Crabtree in
connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits a
material fact necessary or desirable to make the statements contained herein or
therein not misleading.

         SECTION 3.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DEERPATH.

         Deerpath represents and warrants to Crabtree and the Company as
follows:

                 1.031.   INVESTMENT INTENT.  Deerpath is acquiring the
Crabtree Warrants for investment purposes only and not with a view to the sale
or distribution thereof.





                                       2
<PAGE>   69


         SECTION 4.       CONSENT OF, AND REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY BY, THE
COMPANY.

                 1.041.   CONSENT.  The Company consents to the assignment and
transfer of the Crabtree Warrants and the Related Rights from Crabtree to
Deerpath and agrees to fulfill all of its obligations under the Related
Agreements as though Deerpath were the original party thereto rather than
Crabtree.

                 1.042.   REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY.  The Company represents
and warrants to Deerpath that Deerpath will obtain, on a fully diluted basis, a
number of shares of the Company's Class A Voting Common Stock equal to 4.59% of
all of the shares of the Company's issued and outstanding Class A Voting Common
Stock and Class B Nonvoting Convertible Common Stock upon the exercise of (i)
all of the Crabtree Warrants, and (ii) all of the six hundred (600) other
warrants issued to Deerpath by the Company in connection with the Loan to the
Company by Deerpath of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000).  For purposes
hereof, "fully diluted basis" assumes the exercise of rights by (i) certain
executive employees of the Company to acquire (as of the date hereof) three
thousand two hundred forty (3,240) shares of the Company's Class A Voting
Common Stock, and (ii) Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Finance Corp. or
entities related thereto to acquire (as of the date hereof) five thousand,
eight hundred ninety-five (5,895) shares of the Company's Class B Nonvoting
Convertible Common Stock.  The Related Agreements have been duly executed and
delivered by the Company and are in full force and effect and constitute the
legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms except as such enforcement may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws
affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity,
regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in proceedings at law
or in equity.

         SECTION 5.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                 1.051.   EXPENSES.  The parties agree to bear all their own
expenses, including but not limited to counsel and accountants' fees, that may
be incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
herein.

                 1.052.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement (and all claims
flowing therefrom) shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the
substantive and procedural law of the State of Illinois.

                 1.053.   CAPTIONS.  The descriptive headings of the various
sections or parts of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

                 1.054.   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS.  All covenants,
agreements, representations and warranties made by the parties hereto and in
any certificates, documents or instruments





                                       3
<PAGE>   70

delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the consummation of the transactions
contemplated herein and the delivery of this Agreement.

                 1.055.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                 1.056.   OTHER EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE.  Subsequent to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, Deerpath,
Crabtree and the Company agree to promptly execute and deliver such other
documents and instruments as may be reasonably requested by any party hereto in
furtherance of the transactions contemplated herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                        CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Its:_________________________________



                                        DEERPATH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LTD.


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Its:_________________________________



                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Its:_________________________________






                                       4

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.26


                             FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT
                              ("First Amendment")

     This Amendment is made this 13th day of February, 1995, by and between
WOODFIELD CORPORATE CENTER JOINT VENTURE, an Illinois General Partnership,
hereinafter referred to as "Landlord" and CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Tenant".

     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Lease dated May 15,
1992, (hereinafter called the "Lease"), under which Landlord demised to Tenant
the premises commonly known as Suite 1540, 425 Woodfield Corporate Center, 425
North Martingale Road, Schaumburg, Illinois, 60173 (hereinafter called the
"Lease"); and

     WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said lease so as to change
the Demised Premises and to extend the term of the Lease.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreement herein set forth, which
the parties acknowledge as full and adequate consideration, the parties agree
as follows:

1.   Return of Demised Premises. The Premises identified on Exhibit A hereof
     consisting of 3,087 rentable square feet (hereinafter referred to as the
     "Returned Premises") shall be released from the terms of the Lease as of
     March 10, 1995.

2.   New Demised Premises. Commencing March 11, 1995, Landlord hereby issues
     to Tenant and Tenant accepts the new demised premises (hereinafter "New
     Demised Premises") being Suite 440 located on the fourth floor in the
     Project (as defined in the Lease) commonly known as 475 Woodfield
     Corporate Center, located at 475 North Martingale Road in Schaumburg,
     Illinois, as shown on Exhibit B attached hereto. Landlord agrees, at
     Landlord's cost, to clean the carpet and to repaint the new Demised
     Premises.

3.   Term For New Demised Premises. The lease of the New Demised Premises
     shall be for a term of two (2) years commencing on March 11, 1995 and
     ending on March 10, 1997, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

4.   Rentable Area of the New Demised Premises. Effective March 11, 1995,
     Lease Paragraph 2.8 is hereby amended to provide that Tenant's Rentable
     Area of the New Demised Premises is 1,184 rentable square feet.

5.   Tenant's Proportionate Share of the New Demised Premises. Effective March
     11, 1995, Lease Paragraph 2.12 is hereby amended to provide that Tenant's
     proportion for the New Demised Premises is eighteen on hundredths percent
     (0.18%).

6.   Base Rent For the New Demised Premises. Effective March 11, 1995, Lease
     Paragraph 3.0 is hereby amended to the following rental rate schedule for
     the New Demised Premises:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Monthly                           Annual
From/To                            Base Rent                         Base Rent
- --------                           ---------                      ----------------
<S>                                <C>                            <C>
03/11/95-03/10/96                    $1,036.00                      $12,432.00
03/11/96-0310/97                     $1,067.08                      $12,804.96
</TABLE>


                                       1
<PAGE>   2

7.   Brokerage. Paragraph 28.9 of the Lease is hereby modified by changing the
     words "CB Commercial and LaSalle Partners Asset Management (Illinois)
     Limited Partnership" to "U.S. Equities realty, Inc.".

8.   Deletion of Option To Extend. Effective March 11, 1995, Paragraph 29 of
     the Lease is hereby deleted.

9.   Affirmation and Incorporation. All terms of the lease are hereby affirmed
     and, except as specifically addressed herein, are made applicable to the
     New Demised Premises as though herein set forth in full.

     The parties hereto have executed this Lease sufficient to bind them to the
     first day of the aforewritten.

                                                  
                               LANDLORD:                                    
                                                                            
                               WOODFIELD CORPORATE CENTER JOINT             
                               VENTURE, an Illinois General Partnership     
                                                                            
                               By: THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY         
                               OF AMERICA, A General Partner.               
                                                                            
                                                                            
                               By:                                          
                                   ------------------                       
                                   Vice President                               
                                                                            
                               TENANT:                                      
                                                                            
                               CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION                 
                                                                            
                               By:                                          
                                   ------------------                       
                               Its: Treasurer                                
                                   ------------------                       
                                                                            
                                                                            
                                                                            
                          



                                      2

<PAGE>   3
                                  EXHIBIT A


                              RETURNED PREMISES

                                  [DIAGRAM]
<PAGE>   4
                                  EXHIBIT B


                             NEW DEMISED PREMISES

                                  [DIAGRAM]

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.27

                             AMENDED APRIL 18, 1988


                    THE CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES, INCORPORATED
                             1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN



         1.      PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.  THE CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES, INCORPORATED
1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") is intended to
provide a means whereby key policy-making employees of THE CREDIT LIFE
COMPANIES, INCORPORATED (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and its
related corporations may sustain a sense of proprietorship and personal
involvement in the continued development and financial success of the Company,
and to encourage them to remain with and devote their best efforts to the
business of the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its
shareholders.  Accordingly, the Company may permit certain employees to acquire
shares of the Company (hereinafter referred to as "Shares"), on the terms and
conditions established herein.  For purposes of the Plan, except as provided in
Paragraph 4(d)(iv) below, a corporation shall be deemed a related corporation
to THE CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES, INCORPORATED if such corporation would be a
parent or subsidiary corporation with respect to THE CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES,
INCORPORATED, as defined in Section 425(e) or (f), respectively, of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (hereinafter referred to as the "Code") if "35
percent" was substituted for "50 percent" where it appears in Sections 425(e)
and (f).

         2.      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall be administered by
the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Board").
The Board shall have sole authority from time to time to select the employees
from among those eligible to whom Shares shall be sold under the Plan, to
establish the number of such Shares which may be sold to each such employee and
the time when certificates for such Shares shall be issued, and to prescribe
the legend to be affixed to the certificate representing such Shares.  The
Board is authorized to interpret the Plan and may from time to time adopt such
rules, regulations, forms and agreements, not inconsistent with the provisions
of the Plan, as it may deem advisable to carry out the Plan.  All decisions
made by the Board in administering the Plan shall be final.

         3.      SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  The aggregate number of Shares
which may be acquired by employees under the Plan shall not exceed 200,000
shares.  Such Shares may consist of authorized but unissued shares or
previously issued shares reacquired by the Company.  Any Shares which remain
unissued at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be subject to the Plan,
but until termination of the Plan, the Company shall at all times make
available sufficient Shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.  The
aggregate number of Shares which may be sold under the Plan may be adjusted to
reflect a change in capitalization of the Company, such as a stock dividend or
stock split.
<PAGE>   2


         4.      STOCK OPTIONS.

                 (a)      TYPE OF OPTIONS.  The Company may issue options which
         constitute Incentive Stock Options ("Incentive Options") under Section
         422A of the Code and options which do not constitute Incentive Options
         ("Nonqualified Options") under the Plan.  The grant of each option
         shall be confirmed by a stock option agreement which shall be executed
         by the Company and the optionee as soon as practicable after such
         grant.  The stock option agreement shall expressly state or
         incorporate by reference the provisions of this Plan and state whether
         the option is an Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option.

                 (b)      TERMS OF OPTIONS.  Except as provided in
         Subparagraphs (c) and (d) below, each option granted under the Plan
         shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth by the Board in
         the stock option agreement including, but not limited to, option
         price, option term and transferability.

                 (c)      ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO ALL OPTIONS.  Each
         option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                          (i)     VESTING.  An option may be exercised with
                 respect to 25% of the Shares subject to the option for each
                 complete twelve calendar month period the optionee has been
                 employed by the Company or related corporation following the
                 date such option is granted to him.  An optionee who
                 terminates employment with the Company or related corporation
                 shall forfeit the right to acquire any Shares which may not
                 yet be acquired under this Subparagraph.

                          (ii)    WRITTEN NOTICE.  An option may be exercised
                 only by giving written notice to the Company specifying the
                 number of Shares to be purchased.

                          (iii)   METHOD OF EXERCISE.  The aggregate option
                 price shall be paid in any one or a combination of cash,
                 personal cheek or by delivery to the Company of Shares held by
                 the optionee.

                          (iv)    DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  If an optionee dies prior
                 to exercise in full of any options, such options may only be
                 exercised, if at all, by a member of the optionee's family who
                 is designated as the recipient of such options under the
                 optionee's will.  If the optionee has no surviving family
                 member or if the  optionee fails to make testamentary
                 disposition of such options or dies intestate, the optionee's
                 legal representative shall surrender such options to the
                 Company and the Company shall make a cash payment to the
                 optionee's estate equal to the product of (i) the difference
                 between the fair market value (determined on the optionee's
                 date of death) of the Shares subject to the option being
                 surrendered and the option price, and (ii) the number of
                 Shares which could have been acquired by the





                                       2
<PAGE>   3

                 optionee under the option on the date of his death.  The death
                 of an optionee shall not accelerate the time under
                 Subparagraph (c)(i) above that an option may be exercised.
                 For purposes of this Subparagraph, a member of an optionee's
                 family shall be limited to his parents, brothers and sisters,
                 spouse, children (whether or not adopted) and grandchildren.

                          (v)     TRANSFERABILITY.  No option may be
                 transferred by an optionee except by will or by the laws of
                 descent and distribution.

                 (d)      ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO INCENTIVE OPTIONS.
         Each Incentive Option shall be subject to the following terms and
         conditions:

                          (i)     OPTION PRICE.  The option price per Share
                 shall be 100% of the fair market value of such Share on the
                 date the option is granted.  Notwithstanding the preceding
                 sentence, the option price per Share granted to an individual
                 (hereinafter referred to as a "10% Shareholder") who, at the
                 time such option is granted, owns stock possessing more than
                 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
                 of the Company or related corporation shall not be less than
                 110% of the fair market value of such Share on the date the
                 option is granted.

                          (ii)    TERM OF OPTION.  No option may be exercised
                 more than ten years after the date of grant and no option
                 granted to a 10% Shareholder may be exercised more than five
                 years after the date of grant.  Notwithstanding the preceding
                 sentence, no option may be exercised more than three months
                 after the optionee terminates employment with the Company or
                 related corporation; except that, if the optionee terminates
                 employment due to his disability (within the meaning of
                 Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Board may extend such three
                 month period for up to an additional nine months.

                          (iii)   ANNUAL EXERCISE LIMIT.  The aggregate value
                 of Shares which may be acquired during any calendar year by
                 reason of the exercise of an option shall not exceed $100,000
                 multiplied by the number of calendar years (including the then
                 current calendar year) that the optionee has been entitled to
                 exercise options.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
                 fair market value of each Share shall be determined on the
                 date the option with respect to such Share is granted.

                          (iv)    RELATED CORPORATION.  For purposes of this
                 Subparagraph (d), a corporation shall be deemed a related
                 corporation to THE CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES, INCORPORATED if such
                 corporation is a parent or subsidiary corporation with respect
                 to THE CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES, INCORPORATED as defined in
                 Section 425(e) or (f), respectively, of the Code.





                                       3
<PAGE>   4

         5.      STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  The Company may grant Stock
Appreciation Rights ("SARs") in conjunction with any option granted under the
Plan, either at the time the option is granted or by subsequent amendment
thereto.  Each SAR shall relate to a specific option granted under the Plan and
one SAR shall be granted with respect to one Share subject to the option up to
the number of SARs granted.  An SAR shall be exercisable only to the extent
that the associated option is exercisable and the exercise of SARs shall reduce
an equal number of Shares which the optionee may acquire under the option.

         An optionee may exercise an SAR and receive from the Company a cash
payment equal to the product of (i) the difference between the fair market
value of the Share subject to the option being surrendered and the option
price, and (ii) the number of SARs exercised.  The Company, in its discretion,
may permit an optionee to exercise an SAR and receive from the Company in
exchange, without the payment of cash (except for any applicable income taxes),
Shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to the cash payment the
optionee would receive under the preceding sentence; except that, the optionee
shall not receive a greater number of Shares under this sentence than the
optionee would receive if he or she exercised the option to acquire Shares.  An
optionee may exercise an SAR in tandem with another option and apply the
proceeds due under the SAR to the exercise price under the option.  An optionee
exercising an SAR in tandem with an option shall be deemed to receive cash
followed by the optionee's payment of the option price.

         6.      RESTRICTED STOCK.  The Company may sell Shares to any employee
eligible to receive options under the Plan at any price determined by the
Board.  Shares sold hereunder shall be subject to a restriction that such
Shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or
otherwise disposed of by the employee until such Shares become nonforfeitable.
Shares shall become nonforfeitable at a rate of 25% of the Shares purchased for
each complete twelve calendar month period the employee has been employed by
the Company or related corporation (disregarding any employment with a related
corporation before such corporation first became a related corporation to THE
CREDIT LIFE COMPANIES, INCORPORATED).  In the event the employee terminates
employment with the Company or related corporation for any reason at a time
when any Shares purchased hereunder are forfeitable, the Company shall have the
option exercisable within sixty days following the employee's termination to
purchase such forfeitable Shares.  The option price per Share hereunder to the
Company shall be the employee's original purchase price per Share.

         The Company may distribute Shares to any employee eligible to receive
options under the Plan as additional compensation to such employee.  For all
purposes of the Plan, such employee shall be deemed to have purchased such
Shares at a purchase price of zero.

         The restrictions against disposition and the option to the Company are
herein referred to as "Forfeiture Restrictions" and the Shares which are then
subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions are herein referred to as "Restricted
Shares."  Certificates representing Restricted Shares shall be





                                       4
<PAGE>   5

appropriately legended to reflect the Forfeiture Restrictions.  Upon expiration
of the Forfeiture Restrictions, the employee or his representative shall have
the right to surrender such certificates to the Company and receive in exchange
certificates of Shares not constituting Restricted Shares.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may sell Shares which are
not subject to any Forfeiture Restrictions but are otherwise subject to all
other provisions of the Plan.

         7.      RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  If any Shares issued under the Plan
are not readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee or
his successor intends to sell such Shares, the employee or his successor shall
first offer such Shares to the Company for purchase and the Company shall have
thirty days to exercise its right to purchase such Shares.  The employee or his
successor shall be entitled to receive the fair market value of such Shares
determined on the date the Company exercises its right to purchase such Shares.
Payment may be in a lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent
installments over a period not exceeding five years in the discretion of the
Board.  If the Board selects a method of deferred payments, the unpaid balance
shall earn interest at a rate which is substantially equal to the rate at which
the Company could borrow the amount due and shall be secured by a pledge of the
Shares purchased or such other adequate security as agreed to by the Company
and the employee or his successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares
shall be considered not readily tradable on an established market if such
Shares are not publicly tradable or because such Shares are subject to a
trading limitation under any Federal or state securities law or regulation
which would make such Shares less freely tradable than stock not so restricted.

         8.      AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board may in its
discretion terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any Shares which are
not subject to issued but unexercised options, and may alter or amend the Plan
or any part thereof from time to time.

         9.      TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall be effective upon the date of
its adoption by the Board; provided that, Incentive Options may be granted only
if the Plan is approved by the shareholders within twelve months before or
after the date of adoption.  Unless sooner terminated under the provisions of
Paragraph 8, Shares shall not be awarded under the Plan after the expiration of
ten years from the effective date of the Plan.

         10.     DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  The Board may in its discretion
appoint a committee (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee") of not less
than three directors who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board to administer
the Plan.  The Board may delegate any authority conferred to the Board by this
Plan to the Committee and any determination by the Committee shall be
considered determined by the Board.

         11.     RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  Upon delivery of any Share to an
employee, such employee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the
Company with respect to such Share,





                                       5
<PAGE>   6

including the right to vote such Share and to receive all dividends or other
distributions paid with respect to such Share.

         12.     MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.  In the event the Company is merged
or consolidated with another corporation and the Company is not the surviving
corporation, the surviving corporation shall exchange options issued under this
Plan for options (with the same option price and, if applicable, SARs) to
acquire that number of shares in the surviving corporation which have a fair
market value equal to the fair market value (determined on the date of such
merger or consolidation) of Shares which the optionee is entitled to acquire
under this Plan on the date of such merger or consolidation.

         13.     EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP.  An employee shall be considered to
be in the employment of the Company or related corporation as long as he
remains an employee of the Company or related corporation.  Nothing herein
shall confer on any employee the right to continued employment with the Company
or related corporation or affect the right of the Company or related
corporation to terminate such employment.

         14.     WITHHOLDING OF TAX.  To the extent the award or issuance of
Shares, or the exercise of SARs, results in the receipt of compensation by an
employee, the Company is authorized to withhold from any other cash
compensation then or thereafter payable to such employee any tax required to be
withheld by reason of the receipt of compensation resulting from the issuance
of Shares or the exercise of SARs.  Alternatively, the employee may tender a
personal check in the amount of tax required to be withheld.





                                       6

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.28

                                   EXHIBIT A

                      FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED
                             1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         1.      PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.  The FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") is intended to
provide a means whereby key employees of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED
(hereinafter referred to as the "Company") and its related corporations may
sustain a sense of proprietorship and personal involvement in the continued
development and financial success of the Company, and to encourage them to
remain with and devote their best efforts to the business of the Company,
thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its shareholders.
Accordingly, the Company may grant one or more options to designated employees
who shall then be entitled to acquire shares of the Company (hereinafter
referred to as "Shares"), pursuant to the terms and conditions established
herein and those conditions set forth in a Stock Option Agreement entered into
pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) below.  For purposes of the Plan, except as provided
in Paragraph 4(d)(iv) below, a corporation shall be deemed a related
corporation to FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED if such corporation would
be a parent or subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 425(e) and (f) of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the
"Code")) of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED, provided "35 percent" is
substituted for "50 percent" where it appears in Sections 425(e) and (f).

         2.      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall be administered by
the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Board").
The Board shall have sole authority from time to time to select the employees
from among those eligible to whom Shares shall be sold under the Plan, to
establish the number of such Shares which may be sold to each such employee and
the time when certificates for such Shares shall be issued, and to prescribe
the legend to be affixed to the certificate representing such Shares.  The
Board is also authorized to interpret the Plan and may from time to time adopt
such rules, regulations, forms and agreements, not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan, as it may deem advisable to carry out the Plan.  All
decisions made by the Board in administering the Plan shall be final.

         3.      SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  The aggregate number of Shares
which may be acquired by employees under the Plan shall not exceed Two Thousand
Three Hundred (2,300) shares.  Such Shares may consist of authorized but
unissued shares or previously issued shares reacquired by the Company.  Any
Shares which remain unissued at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be
subject to the Plan, but until termination of the Plan, the Company shall at
all times make available sufficient Shares to meet the requirements of the
Plan.  The aggregate number of Shares which may be sold under the Plan shall be
adjusted to reflect a stock dividend





                                      A-1
<PAGE>   2

or stock split.  The Shares of stock which are subject to this Plan may be
designated restricted stock and would therefore be subject to all accompanying
rights and restrictions.

         4.      STOCK OPTIONS.

         (a)     TYPE OF OPTIONS.  Under the Plan, the Company may issue
options which constitute Incentive Stock Options ("Incentive Options") under
Section 422 of the Code and options which do not constitute Incentive Options
("Nonqualified Options").  The grant of each option under the Plan shall be
evidenced by a stock option agreement ("Stock Option Agreement") which shall be
executed by the Company and the optionee as soon as practicable after such
grant.  The Stock Option Agreement shall expressly state or incorporate by
reference the provisions of this Plan and state whether the option is an
Incentive Option or Nonqualified Option.

         (b)     TERMS OF OPTIONS.  Except as provided in Subparagraphs (c) and
(d) below, each option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and
conditions set forth by the Board in the Stock Option Agreement including, but
not limited to, option price, option term and accompanying exercise and vesting
rights.

         (c)     ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO ALL OPTIONS.  Each option shall
be subject to the following terms and conditions.

                 (i)      WRITTEN NOTICE.  An option may be exercised only by
         giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of Shares
         to be purchased.

                 (ii)     METHOD OF PURCHASE.  Upon exercise, the purchase
         price shall be paid by cash or personal check.

                 (iii)    DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  If an optionee dies prior to the
         exercise in full of any options, such options may only be exercised,
         if at all, by a member of the optionee's family who is designated as
         the recipient of such options under the optionee's will.  If the
         optionee has no surviving family member or if the optionee fails to
         make a testamentary disposition of such options or dies intestate, the
         optionee's legal representative shall surrender such options to the
         Company and the Company shall make a cash payment to the optionee's
         estate equal to the product of (i) the difference between the fair
         market value (determined on the optionee's date of death) of the
         Shares subject to the option being surrendered and the option price,
         and (ii) the number of Shares which could have been acquired by the
         optionee under the option on the date of his death.  The death of an
         optionee shall not accelerate any vesting rights provided for in the
         Stock Option Agreement.  For purposes of this Subparagraph, a member
         of an optionee's family shall be limited to his parents, brothers and
         sisters, spouse, children (whether or not adopted) and grandchildren.





                                      A-2
<PAGE>   3


                 (iv)     TRANSFERABILITY.  No option may be transferred by an
         optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

         (d)     ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO INCENTIVE OPTIONS.  Each
Incentive Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions.

                 (i)      OPTION PRICE.  The option price per Share shall be
         100% of the fair market value of such Share on the date the option is
         granted.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the option price per
         Share granted to an individual (hereinafter referred to as a "10%
         Shareholder") who, at the time such option is granted, owns stock
         possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all
         classes of stock of the Company or of a related corporation shall not
         be less than 110% of the fair market value of such Share on the date
         the option is granted.

                 (ii)     TERM OF OPTION.  No option may be exercised more than
         ten years after the date of grant and no option granted to a 10%
         Shareholder may be exercised more than five years after the date of
         grant.

                 (iii)    ANNUAL EXERCISE LIMIT.  The aggregate value of Shares
         which may be acquired during any calendar year by reason of the
         exercise of an option shall not exceed $100,000 multiplied by the
         number of calendar years (including the then current calendar year)
         that the optionee has been entitled to exercise options.  For purposes
         of the preceding sentence, the fair market value of each Share shall
         be determined on the date the option with respect to such Share is
         granted.

                 (iv)     RELATED CORPORATION.  For purposes of this
         Subparagraph (d), a corporation shall be deemed a related corporation
         to FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED if such corporation is a
         parent or subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 425(e) and (f)
         of the Code) of FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED.

         5.      RIGHT OF ISSUANCE.  The Company may sell Shares to any
employee eligible to receive options under the Plan at any price determined by
the Board.  The Company may further distribute Shares to any employee eligible
to receive options under the Plan as additional compensation to such employee.
For all purposes of the Plan, such employee shall be deemed to have purchased
such Shares at a purchase price of zero.

         6.      RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

         (a)     NONREADILY TRADABLE SHARES.  If any Shares issued under the
Plan are not readily tradable on an established market on the date an employee
or his successor intends to sell such





                                      A-3
<PAGE>   4

Shares, the employee or his successor shall first offer such Shares to the
Company for purchase and the Company shall have thirty days to exercise its
right to purchase such Shares.  The employee or his successor shall be entitled
to receive the fair market value of such Shares determined on the date the
Company exercises its right to purchase such Shares.  Payment may be made in a
lump sum or in substantially equal annual or more frequent installments which
shall not exceed a five year period.  If the Board selects a method of deferred
payment, the unpaid balance shall earn interest at a rate which is
substantially equal to the rate at which the Company could borrow the amount
due and shall be secured by a pledge of the Shares purchased or such other
adequate security as agreed to by the Company and the employee or his
successor.  For purposes of this Paragraph, Shares shall be considered not
readily tradable on an established market if such Shares are not publicly
tradable or because such Shares are subject to a trading limitation under any
Federal or state securities law or regulation which would make such Shares less
freely tradable than stock not so restricted.

         (b)     CORPORATE SALE OF STOCK.  In the event the Board approves the
sale of all or substantially all of the Company's stock, the Company shall have
the right to purchase, upon notice to the employee, any Shares acquired by an
employee pursuant to this Plan at a price equivalent to the price per share to
be received by the Company.  Payment may be made in a lump sum or in
substantially equal annual or more frequent installments which shall not exceed
a five year period.  If the Board selects a method of deferred payment, any
unpaid balance shall earn interest at a rate which is substantially equal to
the rate at which the Company could borrow the amount due.  The lump sum or
initial installment payment shall be made to the employee on a date selected by
the Board prior to, or within, thirty (30) days of the transaction's closing
date.

         7.      AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board may in its
discretion terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any Shares which are
not subject to issued but unexercised options, and may alter or amend the Plan
or any part thereof from time to time.

         8.      TERM OF PLAN.  The Plan shall be effective upon the date of
its adoption by the Board, provided that Incentive Options may be granted only
if the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months
before or after the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board.  Shares shall
not be awarded under the Plan after the expiration of ten years from the
effective date of the Plan.

         9.      DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  The Board may in its discretion
appoint a committee (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee") of not less
than two directors who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board to administer
the Plan.  The Board may delegate any authority conferred to the Board by this
Plan to the Committee and any determination by the Committee shall be
considered the equivalent of a determination by the Board.

         10.     RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  Upon delivery of any Share to an
employee, such employee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the
Company with respect to such Share,





                                      A-4
<PAGE>   5

including the right to vote such Share and to receive all dividends or other
distributions paid with respect to such Share.

         11.     MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.  In the event the Company is merged
or consolidated with another corporation and the Company is not the surviving
corporation, the surviving corporation may elect to issue, under similar or
identical terms to this Plan, new options to the Optionee granting him or her
the right to purchase shares of the surviving corporation.  If the surviving
corporation does not elect to issue such options, the options granted to the
employee pursuant to this Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement
shall terminate and become null and void.

         12.     EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP.  An employee shall be considered to
be in the employment of the Company or a related corporation as long as he
remains an employee of the Company or of the related corporation.  Nothing
herein shall confer on any employee the right to continued employment with the
Company or with the related corporation or affect the right of the Company or
the related corporation to terminate such employment.

         13.     WITHHOLDING OF TAX.  To the extent the award or issuance of
Shares results in the receipt of compensation by an employee, the Company is
authorized to withhold from any other cash compensation then or thereafter
payable to such employee any tax required to be withheld by reason of the
receipt of compensation resulting from the issuance of Shares.  Alternatively,
the employee may tender a personal check in the amount of tax required to be
withheld.


                                   * * * * *





                                      A-5
<PAGE>   6

                                   EXHIBIT B

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                      FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED


Date of Grant: ___________________


         THIS GRANT is delivered by FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, INCORPORATED, an
Illinois corporation (the "Company"), to ___________________________
___________________________ ("Optionee"), an employee of the Company.

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has adopted the First
Premium Services, Incorporated 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"); and

         WHEREAS, the Plan provides for the granting of stock options to
eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value
$1.00 per share (the "Stock"), in accordance with the terms and provisions
thereof; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors considers Optionee to be a person who
is eligible for this grant and has determined that it would be in the best
interest of the Company to grant this stock option to him or her.

         NOW, THEREFORE, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which
is incorporated herein by reference, and of this Agreement, the parties agree
as follows.

         1.      GRANT OF OPTION.  The Board of Directors hereby grant to
Optionee an option to purchase up to _______________ shares of Stock at a price
of $_______________ per share.  This option is hereinafter referred to as the
"Option" and the shares of stock purchasable upon exercise of the Option are
sometimes referred to hereinafter as the "Option Shares."

         2.      VESTING RIGHTS.  Optionee may exercise his or her right to
purchase ________________________________________ percent (________%) of the
total number of Option Shares subject to this grant for each completed twelve
calendar month period in which the Optionee has been employed by the Company.
These option rights may be exercised singularly or on a cumulative basis.

         3.      TERMINATION OF OPTION.  To the extent not previously
exercised, an Option shall immediately terminate and become null and void once
Optionee is no longer employed by the Company or a related corporation.  This
provision shall not apply to termination by reason of death.





                                      B-1
<PAGE>   7


         4.      OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS.  As a condition to the exercise of
this Option, the Optionee shall represent to the Company that the Shares being
acquired under this Option are for investment and not with a present view
toward distribution or resale, unless counsel for the Company is then of the
opinion that such a representation is not required under any applicable law,
regulation or rule of any governmental agency.  This Option may not be
exercised if the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would constitute a
violation of any applicable federal or state securities law or any other valid
law or regulation.

         5.      TRANSFERABILITY.  This Option may not be transferred in any
manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by him or her.  The terms of
this Option shall be binding upon the Optionee's executors, administrators,
heirs, assigns and successors.

         6.      TERM.  The Option may not be exercised more than
________________________________ (________) years after the Date of Grant
specified above.

         7.      AMENDMENT.  This Option may be amended by the Board of
Directors at any time (i) if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that
amendment is necessary or advisable as a consequence of any addition to, or
change in, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or in the regulations
issued thereunder, or any federal or state securities law or regulation, which
change occurs after the Date of Grant and by its terms applies to the Option;
or (ii) with the consent of Optionee.

         8.      INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.  The Option is granted pursuant to
the terms of the Plan, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, and
this Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance with the
Plan.  All Board of Director interpretations and determinations shall be
conclusive and binding on the parties hereto and on any other person claiming
an interest hereunder.

         9.      GOVERNING LAW.  The validity, construction, interpretation and
effect of this Agreement shall exclusively be governed by and determined in
accordance with the law of the State of Illinois, except to the extent
preempted by federal law.

         10.     OPTION TYPE.  (Check One).

                 / /      This Option is intended to constitute an Incentive
                          Stock Option as defined under Section 422 of the
                          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                 / /      This Option is not intended to constitute an
                          Incentive Stock Option.





                                      B-2
<PAGE>   8

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer
to execute this Agreement, and Optionee has placed his or her signature herein,
effective as of the Date of Grant.

                                        FIRST PREMIUM SERVICES, 
                                        INCORPORATED


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                        Its:____________________________________


ATTEST:


         The Optionee acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the
Plan and is familiar with the terms and conditions set forth therein.  The
Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and
interpretations of the Board of Directors and, where applicable, any committee
appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan.  As a condition to
the exercise of this Option, the Optionee authorizes the Company to withhold
from any regular cash compensation payable by the Company any taxes required to
be withheld under any federal, state or local law as a result of exercising
this Option.

Dated: ___________________


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Optionee





                         (To be executed in duplicate)





                                      B-3

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
                                                                    ------------





The Board of Directors
North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.:


We consent to the use of our reports included in (or incorporated herein by
reference) and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
prospectus.

                                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Chicago, Illinois
Tuesday, May 28, 1996
<PAGE>   2
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
                                                                    ------------




The Board of Directors
Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.


We consent to the use of our reports included in (or incorporated herein by
reference) and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
prospectus.

                                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Chicago, Illinois
Tuesday, May 28, 1996
<PAGE>   3
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
                                                                    ------------




The Board of Directors
Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.


We consent to the use of our reports included in (or incorporated herein by
reference) and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
prospectus.

                                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Chicago, Illinois
Tuesday, May 28, 1996
<PAGE>   4

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
                                                                    ------------




The Board of Directors
Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.


We consent to the use of our reports included in (or incorporated herein by
reference) and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the
prospectus.

                                                           KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Chicago, Illinois
Tuesday, May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


                    CONSENT OF HOWE BARNES INVESTMENTS, INC.



The Board of Directors
North Shore Community Bancorp, Inc.
Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc.
Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.
Libertyville Bancorp, Inc.
Crabtree Capital Corporation


     We consent to the inclusion of our opinions as an Appendix to the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement
on Form S-4 and to all references to our firm and said opinions included in
such Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus.


                                             Howe Barnes Investments, Inc.



                                             By: MICHAEL E. SAMMON
                                                ---------------------------
                                                 Michael E. Sammon
                                                 Senior Vice President

Chicago, Illinois
May 28, 1996




<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3


                         CONSENT OF ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use in this
registration statement of our report dated May 20, 1996 included herein in
Crabtree Capital Corporation's financial statements for the year ended December
31, 1995 and to all references to our Firm included in this registration
statement.




<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1

               FORM OF PROXY NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.


REVOCABLE PROXY         NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

               1145 WILMETTE AVENUE, WILMETTE, ILLINOIS  60091
                                (847) 853-1145
                       SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          JULY __, 1996, ____ __.M.

The undersigned hereby appoints Howard D. Adams, Edward J. Wehmer and David A.
Dykstra, with full power of     substitution, to act as attorney and proxy for
the undersigned, and to vote all shares of common stock of North Shore
Community Bancorp, Inc. ("North Shore") which the undersigned is entitled to
vote at the Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting"), to be held
on July __, 1996, at _____ __.m., local time, at ________________, ___________,
_________, Illinois ______, and at any and all adjournments or postponements
thereof, as marked on the reverse side.

THIS PROXY IS REVOCABLE AND WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS
ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS LISTED. 
If any other business is presented at the Special Meeting, this proxy will be
voted by those named in this proxy in their best judgment.  At the present
time, the Board of Directors knows of no other business to be presented at the
Special Meeting.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from North Shore prior to the
execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and
of a Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated July __, 1996.

(PLEASE MARK THIS PROXY AND SIGN AND DATE IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF AND
RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.)

                     NORTH SHORE COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE LISTED PROPOSAL

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated
   as of May 15, 1996, by and among North Shore and Lake Forest Bancorp II,
   Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II and Crabtree Capital
   Corporation II and Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.,
   Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., and Crabtree Capital Corporation.

               / /  FOR           / /  AGAINST          / /  ABSTAIN

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

                                     Dated:_____________________________, 1996

                                     __________________________________________
                                     Signature of Stockholder

                                     __________________________________________
                                     Signature of Stockholder

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this card (do not print).

When shares are held by joint tenants, both should sign, but only one signature
is required.  When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or
guardian, please give full title as such.

PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY.




<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2







               FORM OF PROXY LAKE FOREST BANCORP, INC.


REVOCABLE PROXY         LAKE FOREST BANCORP INC.

               727 NORTH BANK LANE, LAKE FOREST, ILLINOIS 60045
                                (847) 234-2442
                       SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          JULY __, 1996, ____ __.M.

The undersigned hereby appoints Howard D. Adams, Edward J. Wehmer and David A.
Dykstra, with full power of substitution, to act as attorney and proxy for
the undersigned, and to vote all shares of common stock of Lake Forest
Community Bancorp, Inc. ("Lake Forest") which the undersigned is entitled to
vote at the Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting"), to be held
on July __, 1996, at _____ __.m., local time, at ________________, ___________,
_________, Illinois ______, and at any and all adjournments or postponements
thereof, as marked on the reverse side.

THIS PROXY IS REVOCABLE AND WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS
ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS LISTED. 
If any other business is presented at the Special Meeting, this proxy will be
voted by those named in this proxy in their best judgment.  At the present
time, the Board of Directors knows of no other business to be presented at the
Special Meeting.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from Lake Forest prior to the
execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and
of a Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated July __, 1996.

(PLEASE MARK THIS PROXY AND SIGN AND DATE IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF AND
RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.)

                     LAKE FOREST COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE LISTED PROPOSAL

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated
   as of May 15, 1996, by and among North Shore and Lake Forest Bancorp II,
   Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II and Crabtree Capital
   Corporation II and Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.,
   Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., and Crabtree Capital Corporation.

               / /  FOR           / /  AGAINST          / /  ABSTAIN

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

                                     Dated:_____________________________, 1996

                                     __________________________________________
                                     Signature of Stockholder

                                     __________________________________________
                                     Signature of Stockholder

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this card (do not print).

When shares are held by joint tenants, both should sign, but only one signature
is required.  When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or
guardian, please give full title as such.

PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY.




<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.3






                     FORM OF PROXY HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.


REVOCABLE PROXY         HINSDALE BANCORP INC.

                25 EAST FIRST STREET, HINSDALE, ILLINOIS 60521
                                (708) 323-4404
                       SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          JULY __, 1996, ____ __.M.

The undersigned hereby appoints ____ with full power of substitution, to act as 
attorney and proxy for the undersigned, and to vote all shares of
common stock of Hinsdale  Bancorp, Inc. ("Hinsdale ") which the undersigned is
entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special
Meeting"), to be held on July __, 1996, at _____ __.m., local time, at
________________, ___________, _________, Illinois ______, and at any and all
adjournments or postponements thereof, as marked on the reverse side.

THIS PROXY IS REVOCABLE AND WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS
ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS LISTED. 
If any other business is presented at the Special Meeting, this proxy will be
voted by those named in this proxy in their best judgment.  At the present
time, the Board of Directors knows of no other business to be presented at the
Special Meeting.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from Hinsdale  prior to the
execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and
of a Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated July __, 1996.

(PLEASE MARK THIS PROXY AND SIGN AND DATE IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF AND
RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.)

                            HINSDALE BANCORP, INC.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE LISTED PROPOSAL

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated
   as of May 15, 1996, by and among North Shore and Lake Forest Bancorp II,
   Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II and Crabtree Capital
   Corporation II and Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc.,
   Libertyville Bancorp, Inc., and Crabtree Capital Corporation.

               / /  FOR           / /  AGAINST          / /  ABSTAIN

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

                                     Dated:_____________________________, 1996

                                     __________________________________________
                                     Signature of Stockholder

                                     __________________________________________
                                     Signature of Stockholder

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this card (do not print).

When shares are held by joint tenants, both should sign, but only one signature
is required.  When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or
guardian, please give full title as such.

PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY.






<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.4

                    FORM OF PROXY LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.


REVOCABLE PROXY           LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.

          507 NORTH MILWAUKEE AVENUE, LIBERTYVILLE, ILLINOIS  60048
                                (847) 367-6800
                       SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          JULY __, 1996, ____ __.M.

The undersigned hereby appoints ______________________________________________, 
with full power of substitution, to act as attorney and proxy for the
undersigned, and to vote all shares of common stock of Libertyville Bancorp,
Inc. ("Libertyville") which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special
Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting"), to be held on July __, 1996,
at _____ __.m., local time, at ________________, ___________, _________,
Illinois ______, and at any and all adjournments or postponements thereof, as
marked on the reverse side.

THIS PROXY IS REVOCABLE AND WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO
INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS
LISTED.  If any other business is presented at the Special Meeting, this proxy
will be voted by those named in this proxy in their best judgment.  At the
present time, the Board of Directors knows of no other business to be presented
at the Special Meeting.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from Libertyville prior to
the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and
of a Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated July __, 1996.

(PLEASE MARK THIS PROXY AND SIGN AND DATE IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF AND 
RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.)

                          LIBERTYVILLE BANCORP, INC.
                                      
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE LISTED PROPOSAL

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
dated as of May 15, 1996, by and among North Shore and Lake Forest Bancorp II,
Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II and Crabtree Capital Corporation
II and Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp,
Inc., and Crabtree Capital Corporation. 

                 / /  FOR       / /  AGAINST      / / ABSTAIN

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

                                      Dated:_____________________________, 1996
                                      __________________________________________
                                             Signature of Stockholder
                                      __________________________________________
                                             Signature of Stockholder

Please sign exactly as your name appears on this card (do not print).

When shares are held by joint tenants, both should sign, but only one
signature is required.  When signing as attorney, executor, administrator,
trustee or guardian, please give full title as such.

PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY.


<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.5

                   FORM OF PROXY CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION


REVOCABLE PROXY                   CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION
      475 NORTH MARTINGALE ROAD, SUITE 440, SCHAUMBURG, ILLINOIS  60173
                                (847) 517-8030
                       SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          JULY __, 1996, ____ __.M.

The undersigned hereby appoints ______________________________________________,
with full power of substitution, to act as attorney and proxy for the
undersigned, and to vote all shares of common stock of Crabtree Capital
Corporation ("Crabtree") which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the
Special Meeting of Shareholders (the "Special Meeting"), to be held on July __,
1996, at _____ __.m., local time, at ________________, ___________, _________,
Illinois ______, and at any and all adjournments or postponements thereof, as
marked on the reverse side.

THIS PROXY IS REVOCABLE AND WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO
INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF THE PROPOSALS
LISTED.  If any other business is presented at the Special Meeting, this proxy
will be voted by those named in this proxy in their best judgment.  At the
present time, the Board of Directors knows of no other business to be presented
at the Special Meeting.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from Crabtree prior to the
execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and of a
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated July __, 1996.

(PLEASE MARK THIS PROXY AND SIGN AND DATE IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF AND 
RETURN IT IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.)

                         CRABTREE CAPITAL CORPORATION

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" THE LISTED PROPOSAL

1. Approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
dated as of May 15, 1996, by and among North Shore and Lake Forest Bancorp II,
Hinsdale Bancorp II, Libertyville Bancorp II and Crabtree Capital Corporation
II and Lake Forest Bancorp, Inc., Hinsdale Bancorp, Inc., Libertyville Bancorp,
Inc., and Crabtree Capital Corporation. 

                       / / FOR / /  AGAINST / /  ABSTAIN

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

                               Dated:_____________________________, 1996     
                               __________________________________________    
                               Signature of Stockholder                      
                               __________________________________________    
                               Signature of Stockholder                      
                                                                             
Please sign exactly as your name appears on this card (do not print).

When shares are held by joint tenants, both should sign, but only one
signature is required.  When signing as attorney, executor, administrator,
trustee or guardian, please give full title as such.

PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY.




<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.7

                        CONSENT OF NOMINEE ALAN W. ADAMS

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.

        
                                        ALAN W. ADAMS
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Alan W. Adams


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.8

                         CONSENT OF NOMINEE PETER CRIST

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        PETER CRIST
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Peter Crist


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.9

                      CONSENT OF NOMINEE EUGENE HOTCHKISS

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        EUGENE HOTCHKISS III
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Eugene Hotchkiss III


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.10

                      CONSENT OF NOMINEE JAMES KNOLLENBERG

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        JAMES KNOLLENBERG
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        James Knollenberg


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.11

                       CONSENT OF NOMINEE JOHN S. LILLARD

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        JOHN S. LILLARD
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        John S. Lillard


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.12

                        CONSENT OF NOMINEE JAMES MAHONEY

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        JAMES MAHONEY
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        James Mahoney


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.13

                      CONSENT OF NOMINEE JAMES B. MCCARTHY

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        JAMES B. MCCARTHY
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        James B. McCarthy


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.14

                        CONSENT OF NOMINEE TULL MONSEES

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        TULL MONSEES
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Tull Monsees


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.15

                       CONSENT OF NOMINEE ALBIN MOSCHNER

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        ALBIN MOSCHNER
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Albin Moschner


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.16

                    Consent of Nominee J. Christopher Reyes

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        J. CHRISTOPHER REYES
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        J. Christopher Reyes


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.17

                        CONSENT OF NOMINEE JOHN SCHAPER

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        JOHN SCHAPER
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        John Schaper


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.18

                         CONSENT OF NOMINEE JANE STEIN

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        JANE STEIN
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Jane Stein


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.19

                     CONSENT OF NOMINEE KATHERINE SYLVESTER

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        KATHERINE SYLVESTER
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Katherine Sylvester


May 28, 1996

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.20

                        CONSENT OF NOMINEE LARRY WRIGHT

         Pursuant to Rule 483 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby consent to the use of information about and
all references to me in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus which is a part of
this Registration Statement.


                                        LARRY WRIGHT
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Larry Wright


May 28, 1996

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                       3,772,000
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                       7,000,000
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                            12,000,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                 11,535,000
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                     63,439,000
<ALLOWANCE>                                    440,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             105,122,000
<DEPOSITS>                                  93,657,000
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            337,000
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       246,000
<OTHER-SE>                                  10,882,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>             105,122,000
<INTEREST-LOAN>                              2,649,000
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              546,000
<INTEREST-OTHER>                             1,392,000
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                             4,587,000
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                           2,841,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           2,841,000
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                        1,746,000
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  428,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                              2,444,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (862,000)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   (862,000)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (862,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (4.29)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (4.29)
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    2.76
<LOANS-NON>                                    519,000
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                383,000
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                50,000
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                   38,000
<RECOVERIES>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              440,000
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                           324,000
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        116,000
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                       3,739,000
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                      10,000,000
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                             8,875,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                 12,054,000
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                     74,338,000
<ALLOWANCE>                                    510,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             117,938,000
<DEPOSITS>                                 106,240,000
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            291,000
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       254,000
<OTHER-SE>                                  11,153,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>             117,938,000
<INTEREST-LOAN>                              1,350,000
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              192,000
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               262,000
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                             1,804,000
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                           1,114,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           1,114,000
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          690,000
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                   79,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                997,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (237,000)
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   (237,000)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (237,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.95)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.95)
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    2.76
<LOANS-NON>                                    659,000
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                392,000
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               440,000
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                   10,000
<RECOVERIES>                                     1,000
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              510,000
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                           406,000
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        104,000
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission